initial public commit of qt4 portp1

104 files changed, 1605 insertions, 1346 deletions

diff --git a/microkde/KDGanttMinimizeSplitter.cpp b/microkde/KDGanttMinimizeSplitter.cpp
index 72c4e60..4172cd0 100644
--- a/microkde/KDGanttMinimizeSplitter.cpp
+++ b/microkde/KDGanttMinimizeSplitter.cpp
@@ -1,1716 +1,1728 @@
 /* -*- Mode: C++ -*-
    $Id$
 */
 
 /****************************************************************************
  ** Copyright (C)  2002-2004 Klarälvdalens Datakonsult AB.  All rights reserved.
  **
  ** This file is part of the KDGantt library.
  **
  ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
  ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
  ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
  ** packaging of this file.
  **
  ** Licensees holding valid commercial KDGantt licenses may use this file in
  ** accordance with the KDGantt Commercial License Agreement provided with
  ** the Software.
  **
  ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
  ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
  **
  ** See http://www.klaralvdalens-datakonsult.se/Public/products/ for
  **   information about KDGantt Commercial License Agreements.
  **
  ** Contact info@klaralvdalens-datakonsult.se if any conditions of this
  ** licensing are not clear to you.
  **
  ** As a special exception, permission is given to link this program
  ** with any edition of Qt, and distribute the resulting executable,
  ** without including the source code for Qt in the source distribution.
  **
  **********************************************************************/
 
 #include "KDGanttMinimizeSplitter.h"
 #ifndef QT_NO_SPLITTER___
 
 #include "qpainter.h"
 #include "qdrawutil.h"
 #include "qbitmap.h" 
 #if QT_VERSION >= 0x030000
-#include "qptrlist.h"
-#include "qmemarray.h"
+#include "q3ptrlist.h"
+#include "q3memarray.h"
 #else
 #include <qlist.h>
 #include <qarray.h>
-#define QPtrList QList
-#define QMemArray QArray
+#define Q3PtrList QList
+#define Q3MemArray QArray
 #endif
 #include "qlayoutengine_p.h"
-#include "qobjectlist.h"
+#include "qobject.h"
 #include "qstyle.h"
 #include "qapplication.h" //sendPostedEvents
-#include <qvaluelist.h>
+#include <q3valuelist.h>
 #include <qcursor.h>
-#include <qframe.h>
+#include <q3frame.h>
+#include <QDesktopWidget>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3PointArray>
+#include <QPixmap>
+#include <QResizeEvent>
+#include <QMouseEvent>
+#include <QChildEvent>
+#include <QEvent>
+#include <QPaintEvent>
 #ifndef KDGANTT_MASTER_CVS
 //#include "KDGanttMinimizeSplitter.moc"
 #endif
 
 
 
 #ifndef DOXYGEN_SKIP_INTERNAL
 
 #if QT_VERSION >= 232
 static int mouseOffset;
 static int opaqueOldPos = -1; //### there's only one mouse, but this is a bit risky
 
-class KDRubberBand: public QFrame
+class KDRubberBand: public Q3Frame
 {
 public:
-    KDRubberBand(  QWidget *parent, const char * name, WFlags f ) :QFrame ( parent, name, f ) {;}
+    KDRubberBand(  QWidget *parent, const char * name, Qt::WFlags f ) :Q3Frame ( parent, name, f ) {;}
 
 protected:
     virtual void mousePressEvent ( QMouseEvent * )
     {
         close();
     };
 
 };
 
 KDGanttSplitterHandle::KDGanttSplitterHandle( Qt::Orientation o,
 				  KDGanttMinimizeSplitter *parent, const char * name )
-    : QWidget( parent, name ), _activeButton( 0 ), _collapsed( false )
+    : _activeButton( 0 ), _collapsed( false )
 {
-
+    setObjectName(name);
+    setParent(parent);
     if ( QApplication::desktop()->width() > 320 &&  QApplication::desktop()->width() < 650 ) {
         mSizeHint = QSize(7,7);
         mUseOffset = true;
     } else {
         mSizeHint = QSize(6,6);
         mUseOffset = false;
     }
     s = parent;
     setOrientation(o);
     setMouseTracking( true );
     mMouseDown = false;
     //setMaximumHeight( 5 ); // test only
 }
 
 QSize KDGanttSplitterHandle::sizeHint() const
 {
     return  mSizeHint;
 }
 
 void KDGanttSplitterHandle::setOrientation( Qt::Orientation o )
 {
     orient = o;
 #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
-    if ( o == KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Horizontal )
-	setCursor( splitHCursor );
+    if ( o == Qt::Horizontal )
+	setCursor( Qt::splitHCursor );
     else
-	setCursor( splitVCursor );
+	setCursor( Qt::splitVCursor );
 #endif
 }
 
 
 void KDGanttSplitterHandle::mouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent *e )
 {
     updateCursor( e->pos() );
-    if ( !(e->state()&LeftButton) )
+    if ( !(e->state()&Qt::LeftButton) )
 	return;
 
     if ( _activeButton != 0)
         return;
 
     QCOORD pos = s->pick(parentWidget()->mapFromGlobal(e->globalPos()))
 		 - mouseOffset;
     if ( opaque() ) {
 	s->moveSplitter( pos, id() );
     } else {
 	int min = pos; int max = pos;
 	s->getRange( id(), &min, &max );
 	s->setRubberband( QMAX( min, QMIN(max, pos )));
     }
     _collapsed = false;
 }
 
 void KDGanttSplitterHandle::mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent *e )
 {
-    if ( e->button() == LeftButton ) {
+    if ( e->button() == Qt::LeftButton ) {
         _activeButton = onButton( e->pos() );
         mouseOffset = s->pick(e->pos());
         mMouseDown = true;
         repaint();
         updateCursor( e->pos() );
     }
 }
 
 void KDGanttSplitterHandle::updateCursor( const QPoint& p)
 {
     if ( onButton( p ) != 0 ) {
-        setCursor( arrowCursor );
+        setCursor( Qt::arrowCursor );
     }
     else {
-        if ( orient == KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Horizontal )
-            setCursor( splitHCursor );
+        if ( orient == Qt::Horizontal )
+            setCursor( Qt::splitHCursor );
         else
-            setCursor( splitVCursor );
+            setCursor( Qt::splitVCursor );
     }
 }
 void KDGanttSplitterHandle::toggle()
 {
     int pos;
     int min, max;
     if ( !_collapsed ) {
         s->expandPos( id(), &min, &max );
         if ( s->minimizeDirection() == KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Left
              || s->minimizeDirection() == KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Up ) {
             pos = min;
         }
         else {
             pos = max;
         }
 
         _origPos = s->pick(mapToParent( QPoint( 0,0 ) ));
         s->moveSplitter( pos, id() );
         _collapsed = true;
     }
     else {
         s->moveSplitter( _origPos, id() );
         _collapsed = false;
     }
     repaint();
 }
 
 void KDGanttSplitterHandle::mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent *e )
 {
     mMouseDown = false;
     if ( _activeButton != 0 ) {
         if ( onButton( e->pos() ) == _activeButton )
         {
             toggle();
         }
         _activeButton = 0;
         updateCursor( e->pos() );
     }
     else {
-        if ( !opaque() && e->button() == LeftButton ) {
+        if ( !opaque() && e->button() == Qt::LeftButton ) {
             QCOORD pos = s->pick(parentWidget()->mapFromGlobal(e->globalPos()))
                 - mouseOffset;
             s->setRubberband( -1 );
             s->moveSplitter( pos, id() );
         }
     }
     if ( s->rubberBand() ) {
         //qDebug("hide rubberband ");
         s->rubberBand()->close();
     }
     repaint();
 }
 
 int KDGanttSplitterHandle::onButton( const QPoint& p )
 {
-    QValueList<QPointArray> list = buttonRegions();
+    Q3ValueList<Q3PointArray> list = buttonRegions();
     int index = 1;
     int add = 12;
-    for( QValueList<QPointArray>::Iterator it = list.begin(); it != list.end(); ++it ) {
+    for( Q3ValueList<Q3PointArray>::Iterator it = list.begin(); it != list.end(); ++it ) {
         QRect rect = (*it).boundingRect();
         rect.setLeft( rect.left()- add );
         rect.setRight( rect.right() + add);
         rect.setTop( rect.top()- add );
         rect.setBottom( rect.bottom() + add);
         if ( rect.contains( p ) ) {
             return index;
         }
         index++;
     }
     return 0;
 }
 
 
-QValueList<QPointArray> KDGanttSplitterHandle::buttonRegions()
+Q3ValueList<Q3PointArray> KDGanttSplitterHandle::buttonRegions()
 {
-    QValueList<QPointArray> list;
+    Q3ValueList<Q3PointArray> list;
 
     int sw = 8;
     int yyy = 1;
     int xxx = 1;
     int voffset[] = { (int) -sw*3, (int) sw*3 };
     for ( int i = 0; i < 2; i++ ) {
-        QPointArray arr;
+        Q3PointArray arr;
         if ( !_collapsed && s->minimizeDirection() == KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Right ||
              _collapsed  && s->minimizeDirection() == KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Left) {
             int mid = height()/2 + voffset[i];
             arr.setPoints( 3,
                            1-xxx, mid - sw + 4,
                            sw-3-xxx, mid,
                            1-xxx, mid + sw -4);
         }
         else if ( !_collapsed &&  s->minimizeDirection() == KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Left ||
                   _collapsed  && s->minimizeDirection() == KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Right ) {
             int mid = height()/2 + voffset[i];
             arr.setPoints( 3,
                            sw-4, mid - sw + 4,
                            0, mid,
                            sw-4, mid + sw - 4);
         }
         else if ( !_collapsed &&  s->minimizeDirection() == KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Up ||
                   _collapsed  && s->minimizeDirection() == KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Down) {
             int mid = width()/2 + voffset[i];
             arr.setPoints( 3,
                            mid - sw + 4, sw-4,
                            mid, 0,
                            mid + sw - 4, sw-4 );
         }
         else if ( !_collapsed && s->minimizeDirection() == KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Down ||
                   _collapsed  && s->minimizeDirection() == KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Up ) {
             int mid = width()/2 + voffset[i];
             arr.setPoints( 3,
                            mid - sw + 4, 1-yyy,
                            mid, sw-3-yyy,
                            mid + sw -4, 1-yyy);
         }
         list.append( arr );
     }
     return list;
 }
 
 void KDGanttSplitterHandle::paintEvent( QPaintEvent * )
 {
     QPixmap buffer( size() );
     QPainter p( &buffer );
 
     //LR
     // Draw the splitter rectangle
     p.setBrush( colorGroup().background() );
     p.setPen( colorGroup().foreground() );
     //p.drawRect( rect() );
 #ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION
     if (  mMouseDown && ! _activeButton)
         buffer.fill( colorGroup().background().dark() );
     else    
 #endif
         buffer.fill( colorGroup().background() );
     //buffer.fill( backgroundColor() );
     // parentWidget()->style().drawPrimitive( QStyle::PE_Panel, &p, rect(), parentWidget()->colorGroup());
 
     int sw = 8; // Hardcoded, given I didn't use styles anymore, I didn't like to use their size
 
     // arrow color
     QColor col;
     if ( _activeButton )
         col = colorGroup().background().dark( 250 );
     else {
         if ( mMouseDown )
             col = Qt::white;
         else
             col = colorGroup().background().dark( 150 );
     }
     //QColor col = backgroundColor().dark( 130 );
     p.setBrush( col );
     p.setPen( col  );
 
-    QValueList<QPointArray> list = buttonRegions();
+    Q3ValueList<Q3PointArray> list = buttonRegions();
     int index = 1;
     if ( mUseOffset )
         p.translate( 0, 1 );
-    for ( QValueList<QPointArray>::Iterator it = list.begin(); it != list.end(); ++it ) {
+    for ( Q3ValueList<Q3PointArray>::Iterator it = list.begin(); it != list.end(); ++it ) {
         if ( index == _activeButton ) { 
            
             /*
             if ( ! _collapsed ) {
             p.save();
             // p.translate( parentWidget()->style().pixelMetric( QStyle::PM_ButtonShiftHorizontal ),
             //           parentWidget()->style().pixelMetric( QStyle::PM_ButtonShiftVertical ) );
             p.translate( -1, 0 );
             p.drawPolygon( *it, true );
             p.restore(); } else
             */
             p.drawPolygon( *it, true );
                 
         }
         else {
             /*
             if ( ! _collapsed ) {
             p.save();
             p.translate( -1, 0 );
             p.drawPolygon( *it, true );
             p.restore();
             } else
             */
             p.drawPolygon( *it, true );
                 
         }
         index++;
     }
 
     // Draw the lines between the arrows
     if ( s->minimizeDirection() == KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Left ||
          s->minimizeDirection() == KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Right ) {
         int mid = height()/2;
         p.drawLine ( 1, mid - sw, 1, mid + sw );
         p.drawLine ( 3, mid - sw, 3, mid + sw );
     }
     else if ( s->minimizeDirection() == KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Up ||
               s->minimizeDirection() == KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Down ) {
         int mid = width()/2;
         p.drawLine( mid -sw, 1, mid +sw, 1 );
         p.drawLine( mid -sw, 3, mid +sw, 3 );
     }
     bitBlt( this, 0, 0, &buffer );
 
 }
 #endif
 
 class QSplitterLayoutStruct
 {
 public:
     KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::ResizeMode mode;
     QCOORD sizer;
     bool isSplitter;
     QWidget *wid;
 };
 
 class QSplitterData
 {
 public:
     QSplitterData() : opaque( FALSE ), firstShow( TRUE ) {}
 
-    QPtrList<QSplitterLayoutStruct> list;
+    Q3PtrList<QSplitterLayoutStruct> list;
     bool opaque;
     bool firstShow;
 };
 
-void kdganttGeomCalc( QMemArray<QLayoutStruct> &chain, int start, int count, int pos,
+void kdganttGeomCalc( Q3MemArray<QLayoutStruct> &chain, int start, int count, int pos,
                  int space, int spacer );
 #endif // DOXYGEN_SKIP_INTERNAL
 
 
 /*!
   \class KDGanttMinimizeSplitter KDGanttMinimizeSplitter.h
   \brief The KDGanttMinimizeSplitter class implements a splitter
   widget with minimize buttons.
 
   This class (and its documentation) is largely a copy of Qt's
   QSplitter; the copying was necessary because QSplitter is not
   extensible at all. QSplitter and its documentation are licensed
   according to the GPL and the Qt Professional License (if you hold
   such a license) and are (C) Trolltech AS.
 
   A splitter lets the user control the size of child widgets by
   dragging the boundary between the children. Any number of widgets
   may be controlled.
 
   To show a QListBox, a QListView and a QTextEdit side by side:
 
   \code
     KDGanttMinimizeSplitter *split = new KDGanttMinimizeSplitter( parent );
     QListBox *lb = new QListBox( split );
     QListView *lv = new QListView( split );
     QTextEdit *ed = new QTextEdit( split );
   \endcode
 
   In KDGanttMinimizeSplitter, the boundary can be either horizontal or
   vertical.  The default is horizontal (the children are side by side)
   but you can use setOrientation( QSplitter::Vertical ) to set it to
   vertical.
 
   Use setResizeMode() to specify
   that a widget should keep its size when the splitter is resized.
 
   Although KDGanttMinimizeSplitter normally resizes the children only
   at the end of a resize operation, if you call setOpaqueResize( TRUE
   ) the widgets are resized as often as possible.
 
   The initial distribution of size between the widgets is determined
   by the initial size of each widget. You can also use setSizes() to
   set the sizes of all the widgets. The function sizes() returns the
   sizes set by the user.
 
   If you hide() a child, its space will be distributed among the other
   children. It will be reinstated when you show() it again. It is also
   possible to reorder the widgets within the splitter using
   moveToFirst() and moveToLast().
 */
 
 
 
 static QSize minSize( const QWidget* /*w*/ )
 {
     return QSize(0,0);
 }
 
 // This is the original version of minSize
 static QSize minSizeHint( const QWidget* w )
 {
     QSize min = w->minimumSize();
     QSize s;
     if ( min.height() <= 0 || min.width() <= 0 )
 	s = w->minimumSizeHint();
     if ( min.height() > 0 )
 	s.setHeight( min.height() );
     if ( min.width() > 0 )
 	s.setWidth( min.width() );
     return s.expandedTo(QSize(0,0));
 }
 
 
 /*!
   Constructs a horizontal splitter with the \a parent and \a
   name arguments being passed on to the QFrame constructor.
 */
 KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::KDGanttMinimizeSplitter( QWidget *parent, const char *name )
-    :QFrame(parent,name,WPaintUnclipped)
+    :Q3Frame(parent,name)
 {
+    setAttribute(Qt::WA_PaintUnclipped);
     mRubberBand = 0;
     mFirstHandle = 0;
 #if QT_VERSION >= 232
-     orient = Horizontal;
+     orient = Qt::Horizontal;
      init();
 #endif
 }
 
 /*!
   Constructs a splitter with orientation \a o with the \a parent
   and \a name arguments being passed on to the QFrame constructor.
 */
-KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::KDGanttMinimizeSplitter( Orientation o, QWidget *parent, const char *name )
-    :QFrame(parent,name,WPaintUnclipped)
+KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::KDGanttMinimizeSplitter( Qt::Orientation o, QWidget *parent, const char *name )
+    :Q3Frame(parent,name)
 { 
-    
+    setAttribute(Qt::WA_PaintUnclipped);
     mRubberBand = 0;
     mFirstHandle = 0;
 #if QT_VERSION >= 232
      orient = o;
      init();
 #endif
 }
 
 /*!
   Destroys the splitter and any children.
 */
 KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::~KDGanttMinimizeSplitter()
 {
 #if QT_VERSION >= 232
     data->list.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
     delete data;
 #endif
     if ( mRubberBand )
         delete mRubberBand;
 }
 
 
 #if QT_VERSION >= 232
 void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::init()
 {
     data = new QSplitterData;
-    if ( orient == Horizontal )
+    if ( orient == Qt::Horizontal )
 	setSizePolicy( QSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Expanding,QSizePolicy::Minimum) );
     else
 	setSizePolicy( QSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Minimum,QSizePolicy::Expanding) );
 #ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION
      setOpaqueResize( false );
 #else
      setOpaqueResize( true );
 #endif
 }
 #endif
 
 
 void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::toggle()
 {
     if ( mFirstHandle  )
         mFirstHandle->toggle();
     else
         qDebug("KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::toggle::sorry, handle not available ");
         
 }
 
 
 /*!
   \brief the orientation of the splitter
 
   By default the orientation is horizontal (the widgets are side by side).
   The possible orientations are Qt:Vertical and Qt::Horizontal (the default).
 */
-void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::setOrientation( Orientation o )
+void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::setOrientation( Qt::Orientation o )
 {
 #if QT_VERSION >= 232
     if ( orient == o )
 	return;
     orient = o;
 
-    if ( orient == Horizontal )
+    if ( orient == Qt::Horizontal )
 	setSizePolicy( QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Expanding, QSizePolicy::Minimum ) );
     else
 	setSizePolicy( QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Minimum, QSizePolicy::Expanding ) );
 
     QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.first();
     while ( s ) {
 	if ( s->isSplitter )
 	    ((KDGanttSplitterHandle*)s->wid)->setOrientation( o );
 	s = data->list.next();  // ### next at end of loop, no iterator
     }
     recalc( isVisible() );
 #endif
 }
 
 
 #if QT_VERSION >= 232
 /*!
   \reimp
 */
 void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::resizeEvent( QResizeEvent * )
 {
     doResize();
 }
 
 
 /*
   Inserts the widget \a w at the end (or at the beginning if \a first
   is TRUE) of the splitter's list of widgets.
 
   It is the responsibility of the caller of this function to make sure
   that \a w is not already in the splitter and to call recalcId if
   needed.  (If \a first is TRUE, then recalcId is very probably
   needed.)
 */
 QSplitterLayoutStruct *KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::addWidget( QWidget *w, bool first )
 {
     QSplitterLayoutStruct *s;
     KDGanttSplitterHandle *newHandle = 0;
     if ( data->list.count() > 0 ) {
 	s = new QSplitterLayoutStruct;
 	s->mode = KeepSize;
 	QString tmp = "qt_splithandle_";
 	tmp += w->name();
 	newHandle = new KDGanttSplitterHandle( orientation(), this, tmp.latin1() );
     if ( ! mFirstHandle )
         mFirstHandle = newHandle;
 	s->wid = newHandle;
 	newHandle->setId(data->list.count());
 	s->isSplitter = TRUE;
 	s->sizer = pick( newHandle->sizeHint() );
 	if ( first )
 	    data->list.insert( 0, s );
 	else
 	    data->list.append( s );
     }
     s = new QSplitterLayoutStruct;
     s->mode = Stretch;
     s->wid = w;
-    if ( !testWState( WState_Resized ) && w->sizeHint().isValid() )
+    if ( !testAttribute( Qt::WA_Resized ) && w->sizeHint().isValid() )
 	s->sizer = pick( w->sizeHint() );
     else
 	s->sizer = pick( w->size() );
     s->isSplitter = FALSE;
     if ( first )
 	data->list.insert( 0, s );
     else
 	data->list.append( s );
     if ( newHandle && isVisible() )
 	newHandle->show(); //will trigger sending of post events
     return s;
 }
 
 
 /*!
   Tells the splitter that a child widget has been inserted or removed.
   The event is passed in \a c.
 */
 void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::childEvent( QChildEvent *c )
 {
-    if ( c->type() == QEvent::ChildInserted ) {
+    if ( c->type() == QEvent::ChildAdded ) {
 	if ( !c->child()->isWidgetType() )
 	    return;
 
-	if ( ((QWidget*)c->child())->testWFlags( WType_TopLevel ) )
+	QWidget *cw = (QWidget*)c->child();
+
+	if ( (cw->windowFlags())&Qt::Window )
+	    return;
+
+	// avoid infinite recursion
+	if(cw->objectName().startsWith("qt_splithandle_"))
 	    return;
 
 	QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.first();
 	while ( s ) {
-	    if ( s->wid == c->child() )
+	    if ( s->wid == cw )
 		return;
 	    s = data->list.next();
 	}
-	addWidget( (QWidget*)c->child() );
+	addWidget( cw );
 	recalc( isVisible() );
 
     } else if ( c->type() == QEvent::ChildRemoved ) {
 	QSplitterLayoutStruct *p = 0;
 	if ( data->list.count() > 1 )
 	    p = data->list.at(1); //remove handle _after_ first widget.
 	QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.first();
 	while ( s ) {
 	    if ( s->wid == c->child() ) {
 		data->list.removeRef( s );
 		delete s;
 		if ( p && p->isSplitter ) {
 		    data->list.removeRef( p );
 		    delete p->wid; //will call childEvent
 		    delete p;
 		}
 		recalcId();
 		doResize();
 		return;
 	    }
 	    p = s;
 	    s = data->list.next();
 	}
     }
 }
 
 
 /*!
   Shows a rubber band at position \a p. If \a p is negative, the
   rubber band is removed.
 */
 void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::setRubberband( int p )
 {
 #ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION
     QPainter paint( this );
-    paint.setPen( gray );
-    paint.setBrush( gray );
-    paint.setRasterOp( XorROP );
+    paint.setPen( Qt::gray );
+    paint.setBrush( Qt::gray );
+    paint.setCompositionMode( QPainter::CompositionMode_Xor );
     QRect r = contentsRect();
     const int rBord = 3; //Themable????
 #if QT_VERSION >= 0x030000
-    int sw = style().pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_SplitterWidth, this);
+    int sw = style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_SplitterWidth, 0, this);
 #else
     int sw = style().splitterWidth();
 #endif
-    if ( orient == Horizontal ) {
+    if ( orient == Qt::Horizontal ) {
 	if ( opaqueOldPos >= 0 )
 	    paint.drawRect( opaqueOldPos + sw/2 - rBord , r.y(),
 			    2*rBord, r.height() );
 	if ( p >= 0 )
 	    paint.drawRect( p  + sw/2 - rBord, r.y(), 2*rBord, r.height() );
     } else {
 	if ( opaqueOldPos >= 0 )
 	    paint.drawRect( r.x(), opaqueOldPos + sw/2 - rBord,
 			    r.width(), 2*rBord );
 	if ( p >= 0 )
 	    paint.drawRect( r.x(), p + sw/2 - rBord, r.width(), 2*rBord );
     }
     opaqueOldPos = p;
 #else 
     if ( !mRubberBand  ) {
-        mRubberBand = new KDRubberBand( 0, "rubber", WStyle_NoBorder | WStyle_Customize | WStyle_StaysOnTop);
+        mRubberBand = new KDRubberBand( 0, "rubber", Qt::WStyle_NoBorder | Qt::WStyle_Customize | Qt::WStyle_StaysOnTop);
         mRubberBand->setFrameStyle( Box | Raised );
         //mRubberBand->setPalette( QPalette ( Qt::red.light(),Qt::red.dark() ) );
         mRubberBand->setPalette( QPalette ( colorGroup().background().light(), colorGroup().background().dark() ));
     }
     QRect r = contentsRect();
     static int rBord = 0; //Themable????
     if ( !rBord ) {
         if (QApplication::desktop()->width() <= 320 )
             rBord = 3;
         else
             rBord = 4;
     }
     int sw = style().splitterWidth();
-    if ( orient == Horizontal ) {
+    if ( orient == Qt::Horizontal ) {
         if ( p >= 0 ) {
             QPoint geo =  mapToGlobal (QPoint ( p  + sw/2 - rBord, r.y()));
             mRubberBand->setGeometry( geo.x(), geo.y(), 2*rBord, r.height() );
         }
     } else {
         if ( p >= 0 ) {
             QPoint geo =  mapToGlobal (QPoint ( r.x(), p + sw/2 - rBord));
            mRubberBand->setGeometry( geo.x(), geo.y(), r.width(), 2*rBord);
         }
     }
     opaqueOldPos = p;
     if ( ! mRubberBand->isVisible() ) {
         mRubberBand->show();
     }
 #endif
 }
 
 
 /*! \reimp */
 bool KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::event( QEvent *e )
 {
-    if ( e->type() == QEvent::LayoutHint || ( e->type() == QEvent::Show && data->firstShow ) ) {
+    if ( e->type() == QEvent::LayoutRequest || ( e->type() == QEvent::Show && data->firstShow ) ) {
 	recalc( isVisible() );
 	if ( e->type() == QEvent::Show )
 	    data->firstShow = FALSE;
     }
     return QWidget::event( e );
 }
 
 
 /*!
   \obsolete
 
   Draws the splitter handle in the rectangle described by \a x, \a y,
   \a w, \a h using painter \a p.
   \sa QStyle::drawPrimitive()
 */
 void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::drawSplitter( QPainter *p,
 			      QCOORD x, QCOORD y, QCOORD w, QCOORD h )
 {
 #if 0
     // LR
     style().drawPrimitive(QStyle::PE_Splitter, p, QRect(x, y, w, h), colorGroup(),
 			  (orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ?
-			   QStyle::Style_Horizontal : 0));
+			   QStyle::State_Horizontal : 0));
 #endif
 }
 
 
 /*!
   Returns the id of the splitter to the right of or below the widget \a w,
   or 0 if there is no such splitter
   (i.e. it is either not in this KDGanttMinimizeSplitter or it is at the end).
 */
 int KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::idAfter( QWidget* w ) const
 {
     QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.first();
     bool seen_w = FALSE;
     while ( s ) {
 	if ( s->isSplitter && seen_w )
 	    return data->list.at();
 	if ( !s->isSplitter && s->wid == w )
 	    seen_w = TRUE;
 	s = data->list.next();
     }
     return 0;
 }
 
 
 /*!
   Moves the left/top edge of the splitter handle with id \a id as
   close as possible to position \a p, which is the distance from the
   left (or top) edge of the widget.
 
   For Arabic and Hebrew the layout is reversed, and using this
   function to set the position of the splitter might lead to
   unexpected results, since in Arabic and Hebrew the position of
   splitter one is to the left of the position of splitter zero.
 
   \sa idAfter()
 */
 void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::moveSplitter( QCOORD p, int id )
 {
     p = adjustPos( p, id );
     QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.at(id);
-    int oldP = orient == Horizontal ? s->wid->x() : s->wid->y();
+    int oldP = orient == Qt::Horizontal ? s->wid->x() : s->wid->y();
     bool upLeft;
-    if ( false && orient == Horizontal ) {
+    if ( false && orient == Qt::Horizontal ) {
 	p += s->wid->width();
 	upLeft = p > oldP;
     } else
 	upLeft = p < oldP;
 
     moveAfter( p, id, upLeft );
     moveBefore( p-1, id-1, upLeft );
 
     storeSizes();
 }
 
 
 void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::setG( QWidget *w, int p, int s, bool isSplitter )
 {
-    if ( orient == Horizontal ) {
-	if ( false && orient == Horizontal && !isSplitter )
+    if ( orient == Qt::Horizontal ) {
+	if ( false && orient == Qt::Horizontal && !isSplitter )
 	    p = contentsRect().width() - p - s;
 	w->setGeometry( p, contentsRect().y(), s, contentsRect().height() );
     } else
 	w->setGeometry( contentsRect().x(), p, contentsRect().width(), s );
 }
 
 
 /*
   Places the right/bottom edge of the widget at \a id at position \a pos.
 
   \sa idAfter()
 */
 void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::moveBefore( int pos, int id, bool upLeft )
 {
     if( id < 0 )
 	return;
     QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.at(id);
     if ( !s )
 	return;
     QWidget *w = s->wid;
     if ( w->isHidden() ) {
 	moveBefore( pos, id-1, upLeft );
     } else if ( s->isSplitter ) {
 	int pos1, pos2;
 	int dd = s->sizer;
-	if( false && orient == Horizontal ) {
+	if( false && orient == Qt::Horizontal ) {
 	    pos1 = pos;
 	    pos2 = pos + dd;
 	} else {
 	    pos2 = pos - dd;
 	    pos1 = pos2 + 1;
 	}
 	if ( upLeft ) {
 	    setG( w, pos1, dd, TRUE );
 	    moveBefore( pos2, id-1, upLeft );
 	} else {
 	    moveBefore( pos2, id-1, upLeft );
 	    setG( w, pos1, dd, TRUE );
 	}
     } else {
 	int dd, newLeft, nextPos;
-	if( false && orient == Horizontal ) {
+	if( false && orient == Qt::Horizontal ) {
 	    dd = w->geometry().right() - pos;
 	    dd = QMAX( pick(minSize(w)), QMIN(dd, pick(w->maximumSize())));
 	    newLeft = pos+1;
 	    nextPos = newLeft + dd;
 	} else {
 	    dd = pos - pick( w->pos() ) + 1;
 	    dd = QMAX( pick(minSize(w)), QMIN(dd, pick(w->maximumSize())));
 	    newLeft = pos-dd+1;
 	    nextPos = newLeft - 1;
 	}
 	setG( w, newLeft, dd, TRUE );
 	moveBefore( nextPos, id-1, upLeft );
     }
 }
 
 
 /*
   Places the left/top edge of the widget at \a id at position \a pos.
 
   \sa idAfter()
 */
 void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::moveAfter( int pos, int id, bool upLeft )
 {
     QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = id < int(data->list.count()) ?
 			       data->list.at(id) : 0;
     if ( !s )
 	return;
     QWidget *w = s->wid;
     if ( w->isHidden() ) {
 	moveAfter( pos, id+1, upLeft );
     } else if ( pick( w->pos() ) == pos ) {
 	//No need to do anything if it's already there.
 	return;
     } else if ( s->isSplitter ) {
 	int dd = s->sizer;
 	int pos1, pos2;
-	if( false && orient == Horizontal ) {
+	if( false && orient == Qt::Horizontal ) {
 	    pos2 = pos - dd;
 	    pos1 = pos2 + 1;
 	} else {
 	    pos1 = pos;
 	    pos2 = pos + dd;
 	}
 	if ( upLeft ) {
 	    setG( w, pos1, dd, TRUE );
 	    moveAfter( pos2, id+1, upLeft );
 	} else {
 	    moveAfter( pos2, id+1, upLeft );
 	    setG( w, pos1, dd, TRUE );
 	}
     } else {
 	int left = pick( w->pos() );
 	int right, dd,/* newRight,*/ newLeft, nextPos;
-	if ( false && orient == Horizontal ) {
+	if ( false && orient == Qt::Horizontal ) {
 	    dd = pos - left + 1;
 	    dd = QMAX( pick(minSize(w)), QMIN(dd, pick(w->maximumSize())));
 	    newLeft = pos-dd+1;
 	    nextPos = newLeft - 1;
 	} else {
 	    right = pick( w->geometry().bottomRight() );
 	    dd = right - pos + 1;
 	    dd = QMAX( pick(minSize(w)), QMIN(dd, pick(w->maximumSize())));
 	    /*newRight = pos+dd-1;*/
 	    newLeft = pos;
 	    nextPos = newLeft + dd;
 	}
 	setG( w, newLeft, dd, TRUE );
 	/*if( right != newRight )*/
 	moveAfter( nextPos, id+1, upLeft );
     }
 }
 
 
 void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::expandPos( int id, int*  min, int* max )
 {
     QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.at(id-1);
     QWidget* w = s->wid;
     *min = pick( w->mapToParent( QPoint(0,0) ) );
 
     if ( (uint) id == data->list.count() ) {
         pick( size() );
     }
     else {
         QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.at(id+1);
         QWidget* w = s->wid;
         *max = pick( w->mapToParent( QPoint( w->width(), w->height() ) ) ) -8;
     }
 }
 
 
 /*!
   Returns the valid range of the splitter with id \a id in \a *min and \a *max.
 
   \sa idAfter()
 */
 
 void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::getRange( int id, int *min, int *max )
 {
     int minB = 0;	//before
     int maxB = 0;
     int minA = 0;
     int maxA = 0;	//after
     int n = data->list.count();
     if ( id < 0 || id >= n )
 	return;
     int i;
     for ( i = 0; i < id; i++ ) {
 	QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.at(i);
 	if ( s->wid->isHidden() ) {
 	    //ignore
 	} else if ( s->isSplitter ) {
 	    minB += s->sizer;
 	    maxB += s->sizer;
 	} else {
 	    minB += pick( minSize(s->wid) );
 	    maxB += pick( s->wid->maximumSize() );
 	}
     }
     for ( i = id; i < n; i++ ) {
 	QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.at(i);
 	if ( s->wid->isHidden() ) {
 	    //ignore
 	} else if ( s->isSplitter ) {
 	    minA += s->sizer;
 	    maxA += s->sizer;
 	} else {
 	    minA += pick( minSize(s->wid) );
 	    maxA += pick( s->wid->maximumSize() );
 	}
     }
     QRect r = contentsRect();
-    if ( orient == Horizontal && false ) {
+    if ( orient == Qt::Horizontal && false ) {
 #if QT_VERSION >= 0x030000
-    int splitterWidth = style().pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_SplitterWidth, this);
+    int splitterWidth = style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_SplitterWidth, 0,this);
 #else
     int splitterWidth = style().splitterWidth();
 #endif
       
 	if ( min )
 	    *min = pick(r.topRight()) - QMIN( maxB, pick(r.size())-minA ) - splitterWidth;
 	if ( max )
 	    *max = pick(r.topRight()) - QMAX( minB, pick(r.size())-maxA ) - splitterWidth;
     } else {
 	if ( min )
 	    *min = pick(r.topLeft()) + QMAX( minB, pick(r.size())-maxA );
 	if ( max )
 	    *max = pick(r.topLeft()) + QMIN( maxB, pick(r.size())-minA );
     }
 }
 
 
 /*!
   Returns the closest legal position to \a p of the splitter with id \a id.
 
   \sa idAfter()
 */
 
 int KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::adjustPos( int p, int id )
 {
     int min = 0;
     int max = 0;
     getRange( id, &min, &max );
     p = QMAX( min, QMIN( p, max ) );
 
     return p;
 }
 
 
 void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::doResize()
 {
     QRect r = contentsRect();
     int i;
     int n = data->list.count();
-    QMemArray<QLayoutStruct> a( n );
+    Q3MemArray<QLayoutStruct> a( n );
     for ( i = 0; i< n; i++ ) {
 	a[i].init();
 	QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.at(i);
 	if ( s->wid->isHidden() ) {
 	    a[i].stretch = 0;
 	    a[i].sizeHint = a[i].minimumSize = 0;
 	    a[i].maximumSize = 0;
 	} else if ( s->isSplitter ) {
 	    a[i].stretch = 0;
 	    a[i].sizeHint = a[i].minimumSize = a[i].maximumSize = s->sizer;
 	    a[i].empty = FALSE;
 	} else if ( s->mode == KeepSize ) {
 	    a[i].stretch = 0;
 	    a[i].minimumSize = pick( minSize(s->wid) );
 	    a[i].sizeHint = s->sizer;
 	    a[i].maximumSize = pick( s->wid->maximumSize() );
 	    a[i].empty = FALSE;
 	} else if ( s->mode == FollowSizeHint ) {
 	    a[i].stretch = 0;
 	    a[i].minimumSize = a[i].sizeHint = pick( s->wid->sizeHint() );
 	    a[i].maximumSize = pick( s->wid->maximumSize() );
 	    a[i].empty = FALSE;
 	} else { //proportional
 	    a[i].stretch = s->sizer;
 	    a[i].maximumSize = pick( s->wid->maximumSize() );
 	    a[i].sizeHint = a[i].minimumSize = pick( minSize(s->wid) );
 	    a[i].empty = FALSE;
 	}
     }
 
     kdganttGeomCalc( a, 0, n, pick( r.topLeft() ), pick( r.size() ), 0 );
 
     for ( i = 0; i< n; i++ ) {
 	QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.at(i);
 	setG( s->wid, a[i].pos, a[i].size );
     }
 
 }
 
 
 void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::recalc( bool update )
 {
     int fi = 2*frameWidth();
     int maxl = fi;
     int minl = fi;
     int maxt = QWIDGETSIZE_MAX;
     int mint = fi;
     int n = data->list.count();
     bool first = TRUE;
     /*
       The splitter before a hidden widget is always hidden.
       The splitter before the first visible widget is hidden.
       The splitter before any other visible widget is visible.
     */
     for ( int i = 0; i< n; i++ ) {
 	QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.at(i);
 	if ( !s->isSplitter ) {
 	    QSplitterLayoutStruct *p = (i > 0) ? p = data->list.at( i-1 ) : 0;
 	    if ( p && p->isSplitter )
 		if ( first || s->wid->isHidden() )
 		    p->wid->hide(); //may trigger new recalc
 		else
 		    p->wid->show(); //may trigger new recalc
 	    if ( !s->wid->isHidden() )
 		first = FALSE;
 	}
     }
 
     bool empty=TRUE;
     for ( int j = 0; j< n; j++ ) {
 	QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.at(j);
 	if ( !s->wid->isHidden() ) {
 	    empty = FALSE;
 	    if ( s->isSplitter ) {
 		minl += s->sizer;
 		maxl += s->sizer;
 	    } else {
 		QSize minS = minSize(s->wid);
 		minl += pick( minS );
 		maxl += pick( s->wid->maximumSize() );
 		mint = QMAX( mint, trans( minS ));
 		int tm = trans( s->wid->maximumSize() );
 		if ( tm > 0 )
 		    maxt = QMIN( maxt, tm );
 	    }
 	}
     }
     if ( empty ) {
         if ( parentWidget() != 0 && parentWidget()->inherits("KDGanttMinimizeSplitter") ) {
             // nested splitters; be nice
             maxl = maxt = 0;
         } else {
             // KDGanttMinimizeSplitter with no children yet
             maxl = QWIDGETSIZE_MAX;
         }
     } else {
         maxl = QMIN( maxl, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX );
     }
     if ( maxt < mint )
 	maxt = mint;
 
-    if ( orient == Horizontal ) {
+    if ( orient == Qt::Horizontal ) {
 	setMaximumSize( maxl, maxt );
 	setMinimumSize( minl, mint );
     } else {
 	setMaximumSize( maxt, maxl );
 	setMinimumSize( mint, minl );
     }
     if ( update )
 	doResize();
 }
 
 /*!
   Sets resize mode of \a w to \a mode.
 
   \sa ResizeMode
 */
 
 void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::setResizeMode( QWidget *w, ResizeMode mode )
 {
     processChildEvents();
     QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.first();
     while ( s ) {
 	if ( s->wid == w  ) {
 	    s->mode = mode;
 	    return;
 	}
 	s = data->list.next();
     }
     s = addWidget( w, TRUE );
     s->mode = mode;
 }
 
 
 /*!
   Returns TRUE if opaque resize is on; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
   \sa setOpaqueResize()
 */
 
 bool KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::opaqueResize() const
 {
     return data->opaque;
 }
 
 
 /*!
     If \a on is TRUE then opaque resizing is turned on; otherwise
     opaque resizing is turned off.
   Opaque resizing is initially turned off.
 
   \sa opaqueResize()
 */
 
 void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::setOpaqueResize( bool on )
 {
     data->opaque = on;
 }
 
 
 /*!
   Moves widget \a w to the leftmost/top position.
 */
 
 void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::moveToFirst( QWidget *w )
 {
     processChildEvents();
     bool found = FALSE;
     QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.first();
     while ( s ) {
 	if ( s->wid == w  ) {
 	    found = TRUE;
 	    QSplitterLayoutStruct *p = data->list.prev();
 	    if ( p ) { // not already at first place
 		data->list.take(); //take p
 		data->list.take(); // take s
 		data->list.insert( 0, p );
 		data->list.insert( 0, s );
 	    }
 	    break;
 	}
 	s = data->list.next();
     }
      if ( !found )
 	addWidget( w, TRUE );
      recalcId();
 }
 
 
 /*!
   Moves widget \a w to the rightmost/bottom position.
 */
 
 void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::moveToLast( QWidget *w )
 {
     processChildEvents();
     bool found = FALSE;
     QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.first();
     while ( s ) {
 	if ( s->wid == w  ) {
 	    found = TRUE;
 	    data->list.take(); // take s
 	    QSplitterLayoutStruct *p = data->list.current();
 	    if ( p ) { // the splitter handle after s
 		data->list.take(); //take p
 		data->list.append( p );
 	    }
 	    data->list.append( s );
 	    break;
 	}
 	s = data->list.next();
     }
      if ( !found )
 	addWidget( w);
      recalcId();
 }
 
 
 void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::recalcId()
 {
     int n = data->list.count();
     for ( int i = 0; i < n; i++ ) {
 	QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.at(i);
 	if ( s->isSplitter )
 	    ((KDGanttSplitterHandle*)s->wid)->setId(i);
     }
 }
 
 
 /*!\reimp
 */
 QSize KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::sizeHint() const
 {
     constPolish();
     int l = 0;
     int t = 0;
-    if ( children() ) {
-	const QObjectList * c = children();
-	QObjectListIt it( *c );
-	QObject * o;
-
-	while( (o=it.current()) != 0 ) {
-	    ++it;
+    if ( !children().empty() ) {
+	const QObjectList c = children();
+	for(QObjectList::const_iterator i=c.begin();i!=c.end();++i) {
+	    QObject * o = *i;
 	    if ( o->isWidgetType() &&
 		 !((QWidget*)o)->isHidden() ) {
 		QSize s = ((QWidget*)o)->sizeHint();
 		if ( s.isValid() ) {
 		    l += pick( s );
 		    t = QMAX( t, trans( s ) );
 		}
 	    }
 	}
     }
-    return orientation() == Horizontal ? QSize( l, t ) : QSize( t, l );
+    return orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? QSize( l, t ) : QSize( t, l );
 }
 
 
 /*!
 \reimp
 */
 
 QSize KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::minimumSizeHint() const
 {
     constPolish();
     int l = 0;
     int t = 0;
-    if ( children() ) {
-	const QObjectList * c = children();
-	QObjectListIt it( *c );
-	QObject * o;
-
-	while( (o=it.current()) != 0 ) {
-	    ++it;
+    if ( !children().empty() ) {
+	const QObjectList c = children();
+	for(QObjectList::const_iterator i=c.begin();i!=c.end();++i) {
+	    QObject * o = *i;
 	    if ( o->isWidgetType() &&
 		 !((QWidget*)o)->isHidden() ) {
 		QSize s = minSizeHint((QWidget*)o);
 		if ( s.isValid() ) {
 		    l += pick( s );
 		    t = QMAX( t, trans( s ) );
 		}
 	    }
 	}
     }
-    return orientation() == Horizontal ? QSize( l, t ) : QSize( t, l );
+    return orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? QSize( l, t ) : QSize( t, l );
 }
 
 
 /*
   Calculates stretch parameters from current sizes
 */
 
 void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::storeSizes()
 {
     QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.first();
     while ( s ) {
 	if ( !s->isSplitter )
 	    s->sizer = pick( s->wid->size() );
 	s = data->list.next();
     }
 }
 
 
 #if 0 // ### remove this code ASAP
 
 /*!
   Hides \a w if \a hide is TRUE and updates the splitter.
 
   \warning Due to a limitation in the current implementation,
   calling QWidget::hide() will not work.
 */
 
 void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::setHidden( QWidget *w, bool hide )
 {
     if ( w == w1 ) {
 	w1show = !hide;
     } else if ( w == w2 ) {
 	w2show = !hide;
     } else {
 #ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
 	qWarning( "KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::setHidden(), unknown widget" );
 #endif
 	return;
     }
     if ( hide )
 	w->hide();
     else
 	w->show();
     recalc( TRUE );
 }
 
 
 /*!
   Returns the hidden status of \a w
 */
 
 bool KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::isHidden( QWidget *w ) const
 {
     if ( w == w1 )
 	return !w1show;
      else if ( w == w2 )
 	return !w2show;
 #ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
     else
 	qWarning( "KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::isHidden(), unknown widget" );
 #endif
     return FALSE;
 }
 #endif
 
 
 /*!
   Returns a list of the size parameters of all the widgets in this
   splitter.
 
   Giving the values to another splitter's setSizes() function will
   produce a splitter with the same layout as this one.
 
   Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should
   iterate over a copy, e.g.
     \code
     QValueList<int> list = mySplitter.sizes();
     QValueList<int>::Iterator it = list.begin();
     while( it != list.end() ) {
 	myProcessing( *it );
 	++it;
     }
     \endcode
 
   \sa setSizes()
 */
 
-QValueList<int> KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::sizes() const
+Q3ValueList<int> KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::sizes() const
 {
+    /* TODO: hacker 
     if ( !testWState(WState_Polished) ) {
 	QWidget* that = (QWidget*) this;
 	that->polish();
-    }
-    QValueList<int> list;
+    } */
+    Q3ValueList<int> list;
     QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.first();
     while ( s ) {
 	if ( !s->isSplitter )
 	    list.append( s->sizer );
 	s = data->list.next();
     }
     return list;
 }
 
 
 
 /*!
   Sets the size parameters to the values given in \a list.
   If the splitter is horizontal, the values set the sizes from
   left to right. If it is vertical, the sizes are applied from
   top to bottom.
   Extra values in \a list are ignored.
 
   If \a list contains too few values, the result is undefined
   but the program will still be well-behaved.
 
   \sa sizes()
 */
 
-void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::setSizes( QValueList<int> list )
+void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::setSizes( Q3ValueList<int> list )
 {
     processChildEvents();
-    QValueList<int>::Iterator it = list.begin();
+    Q3ValueList<int>::Iterator it = list.begin();
     QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.first();
     while ( s && it != list.end() ) {
 	if ( !s->isSplitter ) {
 	    s->sizer = *it;
 	    ++it;
 	}
 	s = data->list.next();
     }
     doResize();
 }
 
 
 /*!
   Gets all posted child events, ensuring that the internal state of
   the splitter is consistent.
 */
 
 void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::processChildEvents()
 {
-    QApplication::sendPostedEvents( this, QEvent::ChildInserted );
+    QApplication::sendPostedEvents( this, QEvent::ChildAdded );
 }
 
 
 /*!
   \reimp
 */
 
 void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::styleChange( QStyle& old )
 {
 
 #if QT_VERSION >= 0x030000
-    int sw = style().pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_SplitterWidth, this);
+    int sw = style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_SplitterWidth, 0, this);
 #else
     int sw = style().splitterWidth();
 #endif
     QSplitterLayoutStruct *s = data->list.first();
     while ( s ) {
 	if ( s->isSplitter )
 	    s->sizer = sw;
 	s = data->list.next();
     }
     doResize();
-    QFrame::styleChange( old );
+    Q3Frame::styleChange( old );
 }
 
 #endif
 
 /*!
   Specifies the direction of the minimize buttons.
   If the orientation of the splitter is horizontal then with
   KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Left or KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Right should be used,
   otherwise either KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Up or KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Down
   should be used.
 */
 void KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::setMinimizeDirection( Direction direction )
 {
     _direction = direction;
 }
 
 /*!
   Returns the direction of the minimize buttons.
 */
 KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Direction KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::minimizeDirection() const
 {
     return _direction;
 }
 
 /*
   This is a copy of qGeomCalc() in qlayoutengine.cpp which
   unfortunately isn't exported.
 */
 static inline int toFixed( int i ) { return i * 256; }
 static inline int fRound( int i ) {
     return ( i % 256 < 128 ) ? i / 256 : 1 + i / 256;
 }
-void kdganttGeomCalc( QMemArray<QLayoutStruct> &chain, int start, int count, int pos,
+void kdganttGeomCalc( Q3MemArray<QLayoutStruct> &chain, int start, int count, int pos,
 		int space, int spacer )
 {
     typedef int fixed;
     int cHint = 0;
     int cMin = 0;
     int cMax = 0;
     int sumStretch = 0;
     int spacerCount = 0;
 
     bool wannaGrow = FALSE; // anyone who really wants to grow?
     //    bool canShrink = FALSE; // anyone who could be persuaded to shrink?
 
     int i;
     for ( i = start; i < start + count; i++ ) {
 	chain[i].done = FALSE;
 	cHint += chain[i].sizeHint;
 	cMin += chain[i].minimumSize;
 	cMax += chain[i].maximumSize;
 	sumStretch += chain[i].stretch;
 	if ( !chain[i].empty )
 	    spacerCount++;
 	wannaGrow = wannaGrow || chain[i].expansive;
     }
 
     int extraspace = 0;
     if ( spacerCount )
 	spacerCount--; // only spacers between things
     if ( space < cMin + spacerCount * spacer ) {
 	//	qDebug("not enough space");
 	for ( i = start; i < start+count; i++ ) {
 	    chain[i].size = chain[i].minimumSize;
 	    chain[i].done = TRUE;
 	}
     } else if ( space < cHint + spacerCount*spacer ) {
 	// Less space than sizeHint, but more than minimum.
 	// Currently take space equally from each, like in Qt 2.x.
 	// Commented-out lines will give more space to stretchier items.
 	int n = count;
 	int space_left = space - spacerCount*spacer;
 	int overdraft = cHint - space_left;
 	//first give to the fixed ones:
 	for ( i = start; i < start+count; i++ ) {
 	    if ( !chain[i].done && chain[i].minimumSize >= chain[i].sizeHint) {
 		chain[i].size = chain[i].sizeHint;
 		chain[i].done = TRUE;
 		space_left -= chain[i].sizeHint;
 		// sumStretch -= chain[i].stretch;
 		n--;
 	    }
 	}
 	bool finished = n == 0;
 	while ( !finished ) {
 	    finished = TRUE;
 	    fixed fp_over = toFixed( overdraft );
 	    fixed fp_w = 0;
 
 	    for ( i = start; i < start+count; i++ ) {
 		if ( chain[i].done )
 		    continue;
 		// if ( sumStretch <= 0 )
 		fp_w += fp_over / n;
 		// else
 		//    fp_w += (fp_over * chain[i].stretch) / sumStretch;
 		int w = fRound( fp_w );
 		chain[i].size = chain[i].sizeHint - w;
 		fp_w -= toFixed( w ); //give the difference to the next
 		if ( chain[i].size < chain[i].minimumSize ) {
 		    chain[i].done = TRUE;
 		    chain[i].size = chain[i].minimumSize;
 		    finished = FALSE;
 		    overdraft -= chain[i].sizeHint - chain[i].minimumSize;
 		    // sumStretch -= chain[i].stretch;
 		    n--;
 		    break;
 		}
 	    }
 	}
     } else { //extra space
 	int n = count;
 	int space_left = space - spacerCount*spacer;
 	// first give to the fixed ones, and handle non-expansiveness
 	for ( i = start; i < start + count; i++ ) {
 	    if ( !chain[i].done && (chain[i].maximumSize <= chain[i].sizeHint
 				    || wannaGrow && !chain[i].expansive) ) {
 		chain[i].size = chain[i].sizeHint;
 		chain[i].done = TRUE;
 		space_left -= chain[i].sizeHint;
 		sumStretch -= chain[i].stretch;
 		n--;
 	    }
 	}
 	extraspace = space_left;
 	/*
 	  Do a trial distribution and calculate how much it is off.
 	  If there are more deficit pixels than surplus pixels, give
 	  the minimum size items what they need, and repeat.
 	  Otherwise give to the maximum size items, and repeat.
 
 	  I have a wonderful mathematical proof for the correctness
 	  of this principle, but unfortunately this comment is too
 	  small to contain it.
 	*/
 	int surplus, deficit;
 	do {
 	    surplus = deficit = 0;
 	    fixed fp_space = toFixed( space_left );
 	    fixed fp_w = 0;
 	    for ( i = start; i < start+count; i++ ) {
 		if ( chain[i].done )
 		    continue;
 		extraspace = 0;
 		if ( sumStretch <= 0 )
 		    fp_w += fp_space / n;
 		else
 		    fp_w += (fp_space * chain[i].stretch) / sumStretch;
 		int w = fRound( fp_w );
 		chain[i].size = w;
 		fp_w -= toFixed( w ); // give the difference to the next
 		if ( w < chain[i].sizeHint ) {
 		    deficit +=  chain[i].sizeHint - w;
 		} else if ( w > chain[i].maximumSize ) {
 		    surplus += w - chain[i].maximumSize;
 		}
 	    }
 	    if ( deficit > 0 && surplus <= deficit ) {
 		// give to the ones that have too little
 		for ( i = start; i < start+count; i++ ) {
 		    if ( !chain[i].done &&
 			 chain[i].size < chain[i].sizeHint ) {
 			chain[i].size = chain[i].sizeHint;
 			chain[i].done = TRUE;
 			space_left -= chain[i].sizeHint;
 			sumStretch -= chain[i].stretch;
 			n--;
 		    }
 		}
 	    }
 	    if ( surplus > 0 && surplus >= deficit ) {
 		// take from the ones that have too much
 		for ( i = start; i < start+count; i++ ) {
 		    if ( !chain[i].done &&
 			 chain[i].size > chain[i].maximumSize ) {
 			chain[i].size = chain[i].maximumSize;
 			chain[i].done = TRUE;
 			space_left -= chain[i].maximumSize;
 			sumStretch -= chain[i].stretch;
 			n--;
 		    }
 		}
 	    }
 	} while ( n > 0 && surplus != deficit );
 	if ( n == 0 )
 	    extraspace = space_left;
     }
 
     // as a last resort, we distribute the unwanted space equally
     // among the spacers (counting the start and end of the chain).
 
     //### should do a sub-pixel allocation of extra space
     int extra = extraspace / ( spacerCount + 2 );
     int p = pos + extra;
     for ( i = start; i < start+count; i++ ) {
 	chain[i].pos = p;
 	p = p + chain[i].size;
 	if ( !chain[i].empty )
 	    p += spacer+extra;
     }
 }
 
 #endif
 
 /*!
   \enum KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::Direction
 
   The values of this enumeration describe into which direction the
   splitter will collapse its child widgets. By extension, it also
   specifies the orientation of the splitter; collapsing to the left or
   to the right results in a horizontal splitter, collapsing to the top
   or bottom in a vertical splitter.
 */
 
 /*!
   \fn Orientation KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::orientation() const
 
   Returns the orientation of the splitter.
 */
 
 /*! \enum KDGanttMinimizeSplitter::ResizeMode
 
   This enum type describes how KDGanttMinimizeSplitter will resize each of its child widgets.  The currently defined values are:
 
   Stretch: the widget will be resized when the splitter
   itself is resized.
 
   KeepSize: KDGanttMinimizeSplitter will try to keep this widget's size
   unchanged.
 
   FollowSizeHint: KDGanttMinimizeSplitter will resize the widget when the
   widget's size hint changes.
 */
 
diff --git a/microkde/KDGanttMinimizeSplitter.h b/microkde/KDGanttMinimizeSplitter.h
index 3042e0a..338d965 100644
--- a/microkde/KDGanttMinimizeSplitter.h
+++ b/microkde/KDGanttMinimizeSplitter.h
@@ -1,192 +1,199 @@
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3PointArray>
+#include <QPaintEvent>
+#include <QResizeEvent>
+#include <QChildEvent>
+#include <QMouseEvent>
+#include <QEvent>
 /* -*- Mode: C++ -*-
    $Id$
 */
 
 /****************************************************************************
  ** Copyright (C)  2001-2004 Klarälvdalens Datakonsult AB.  All rights reserved.
  **
  ** This file is part of the KDGantt library.
  **
  ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
  ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
  ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
  ** packaging of this file.
  **
  ** Licensees holding valid commercial KDGantt licenses may use this file in
  ** accordance with the KDGantt Commercial License Agreement provided with
  ** the Software.
  **
  ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
  ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
  **
  ** See http://www.klaralvdalens-datakonsult.se/Public/products/ for
  **   information about KDGantt Commercial License Agreements.
  **
  ** Contact info@klaralvdalens-datakonsult.se if any conditions of this
  ** licensing are not clear to you.
  **
  ** As a special exception, permission is given to link this program
  ** with any edition of Qt, and distribute the resulting executable,
  ** without including the source code for Qt in the source distribution.
  **
  **********************************************************************/
 
 #ifndef KDGANTTMINIMIZESPLITTER_H
 #define KDGANTTMINIMIZESPLITTER_H
 
 #ifndef QT_H
-#include "qframe.h"
-#include "qvaluelist.h"
+#include "q3frame.h"
+#include "q3valuelist.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_SPLITTER___
 class QSplitterData;
 class QSplitterLayoutStruct;
 class KDGanttSplitterHandle;
 class KDRubberBand; 
-class KDGanttMinimizeSplitter : public QFrame
+class KDGanttMinimizeSplitter : public Q3Frame
 {
     Q_OBJECT
     //  Q_ENUMS( Direction )
     // Q_PROPERTY( Orientation orientation READ orientation WRITE setOrientation )
     // Q_PROPERTY( Direction minimizeDirection READ minimizeDirection WRITE setMinimizeDirection )
 
 public:
     enum ResizeMode { Stretch, KeepSize, FollowSizeHint };
     enum Direction { Left, Right, Up, Down };
 
     KDGanttMinimizeSplitter( QWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0 );
-    KDGanttMinimizeSplitter( Orientation, QWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0 );
+    KDGanttMinimizeSplitter( Qt::Orientation, QWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0 );
     ~KDGanttMinimizeSplitter();
 
-    virtual void setOrientation( Orientation );
-    Orientation orientation() const { return orient; }
+    virtual void setOrientation( Qt::Orientation );
+    Qt::Orientation orientation() const { return orient; }
 
     void setMinimizeDirection( Direction );
     Direction minimizeDirection() const;
 
 #if QT_VERSION >= 232
     virtual void setResizeMode( QWidget *w, ResizeMode );
     virtual void setOpaqueResize( bool = TRUE );
     bool opaqueResize() const;
 
     void moveToFirst( QWidget * );
     void moveToLast( QWidget * );
 
     void refresh() { recalc( TRUE ); }
     QSize sizeHint() const;
     QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
 
-    QValueList<int> sizes() const;
-    void setSizes( QValueList<int> );
+    Q3ValueList<int> sizes() const;
+    void setSizes( Q3ValueList<int> );
     KDGanttSplitterHandle* firstHandle(){ return mFirstHandle;}
     void expandPos( int id, int* min, int* max );
     KDRubberBand* rubberBand() { return mRubberBand ;}
 public slots:
      void toggle();
 protected:
     void childEvent( QChildEvent * );
 
     bool event( QEvent * );
     void resizeEvent( QResizeEvent * );
 
     int idAfter( QWidget* ) const;
 
     void moveSplitter( QCOORD pos, int id );
     virtual void drawSplitter( QPainter*, QCOORD x, QCOORD y,
 			       QCOORD w, QCOORD h );
     void styleChange( QStyle& );
     int adjustPos( int , int );
     virtual void setRubberband( int );
     void getRange( int id, int*, int* );
 
 private:
     KDRubberBand* mRubberBand;
     void init();
     void recalc( bool update = FALSE );
     void doResize();
     void storeSizes();
     void processChildEvents();
     QSplitterLayoutStruct *addWidget( QWidget*, bool first = FALSE );
     void recalcId();
     void moveBefore( int pos, int id, bool upLeft );
     void moveAfter( int pos, int id, bool upLeft );
     void setG( QWidget *w, int p, int s, bool isSplitter = FALSE );
 
     QCOORD pick( const QPoint &p ) const
-    { return orient == Horizontal ? p.x() : p.y(); }
+    { return orient == Qt::Horizontal ? p.x() : p.y(); }
     QCOORD pick( const QSize &s ) const
-    { return orient == Horizontal ? s.width() : s.height(); }
+    { return orient == Qt::Horizontal ? s.width() : s.height(); }
 
     QCOORD trans( const QPoint &p ) const
-    { return orient == Vertical ? p.x() : p.y(); }
+    { return orient == Qt::Vertical ? p.x() : p.y(); }
     QCOORD trans( const QSize &s ) const
-    { return orient == Vertical ? s.width() : s.height(); }
+    { return orient == Qt::Vertical ? s.width() : s.height(); }
     KDGanttSplitterHandle* mFirstHandle;
     QSplitterData *data;
 #endif
 
 private:
-    Orientation orient;
+    Qt::Orientation orient;
     Direction _direction;
 #ifndef DOXYGEN_SKIP_INTERNAL
     friend class KDGanttSplitterHandle;
 #endif
 private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
 #if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
     KDGanttMinimizeSplitter( const KDGanttMinimizeSplitter & );
     KDGanttMinimizeSplitter& operator=( const KDGanttMinimizeSplitter & );
 #endif
 };
 
 #ifndef DOXYGEN_SKIP_INTERNAL
 // This class was continued from a verbatim copy of the
 // QSplitterHandle pertaining to the Qt Enterprise License and the
 // GPL. It has only been renamed to KDGanttSplitterHandler in order to
 // avoid a symbol clash on some platforms.
 class KDGanttSplitterHandle : public QWidget
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 #if QT_VERSION >= 232
 public:
     KDGanttSplitterHandle( Qt::Orientation o,
 		       KDGanttMinimizeSplitter *parent, const char* name=0 );
     void setOrientation( Qt::Orientation o );
     Qt::Orientation orientation() const { return orient; }
 
     bool opaque() const { return s->opaqueResize(); }
 
     QSize sizeHint() const;
     void toggle();
 
     int id() const { return myId; } // data->list.at(id())->wid == this
     void setId( int i ) { myId = i; }
 
 protected:
-    QValueList<QPointArray> buttonRegions();
+    Q3ValueList<Q3PointArray> buttonRegions();
     void paintEvent( QPaintEvent * );
     void mouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent * );
     void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * );
     void mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * );
     int onButton( const QPoint& p );
     void updateCursor( const QPoint& p );
 
 private:
     bool mMouseDown;
     QSize mSizeHint;
     bool mUseOffset;
     Qt::Orientation orient;
     bool opaq;
     int myId;
 
     KDGanttMinimizeSplitter *s;
     int _activeButton;
     bool _collapsed;
     int _origPos;
 #endif
 };
 #endif
 
 #endif // QT_NO_SPLITTER
 
 #endif // KDGANTTMINIMIZESPLITTER_H
diff --git a/microkde/fncolordialog.h b/microkde/fncolordialog.h
index 615d2ed..52356be 100755
--- a/microkde/fncolordialog.h
+++ b/microkde/fncolordialog.h
@@ -1,137 +1,137 @@
 /*  this program for Sharp SLA300, B500, C7x0, C860 Linux PDA

 	Copyright (C) 2003-2005 Joe Kanemori.<kanemori@ymg.urban.ne.jp>

 

     This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify

     it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

     the Free Software Foundatibannwaon; either version 2 of the License, or

     (at your option) any later version.

 

     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,

     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of

     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the

     GNU General Public License for more details.

 

     You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License

     along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software

     Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA

 */

 /*

 2005/02/27 FreeNote 1.11.10pre

 �EPDF‚Ì�o—ÍŒ`Ž®‚ðˆê•”•Ï�X

 �EƒCƒ“ƒ|�[ƒgŽž‚̃oƒOfix

 

 */

 #ifndef  FNPALETTEDIALOG_H

 #define  FNPALETTEDIALOG_H

 #include <qwidget.h> 

 #include <qpixmap.h>

 #include <qpainter.h>

 #include <qcolor.h>

 #include <qdialog.h>

 #include <qlayout.h>

 #include <qslider.h>

 #include <qspinbox.h>

 

 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

 // FNPaletteBase

 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-class Q_EXPORT FNPaletteBase : public QWidget

+class /* Q_EXPORT */ FNPaletteBase : public QWidget

 { 

     Q_OBJECT

 public:

 	

-    FNPaletteBase(QWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, WFlags fl = 0);

+    FNPaletteBase(QWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, Qt::WFlags fl = 0);

 

 	

     virtual ~FNPaletteBase();

 

 	

     void setBGColor(QColor c) {

 		bgcolor_ = c;

 		selection_ = c;

 		redraw();

 	};

 	QColor color() const {

 		return selection_;

 	};

 

 protected:

 	virtual void paintEvent(QPaintEvent*);		

 	virtual void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent* evt);

 	virtual void redraw(bool force=false);		

 	virtual void drawImpl(QPainter& pa);

 	virtual void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent* evt); 

 	virtual bool pickColor(int x, int y);

 	QColor selection_;

 private:

     QPixmap wbuf_;	

     QColor bgcolor_;

 	bool _isblock;

 

 signals:

 	void clicked(FNPaletteBase* sender);

 };

 

 

 

 

 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

 // FNColorPalette

 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-class Q_EXPORT FNColorPalette : public FNPaletteBase

+class /* Q_EXPORT */ FNColorPalette : public FNPaletteBase

 { 

     Q_OBJECT

 public:

-    FNColorPalette(QColor c, QWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, WFlags fl = 0);

+    FNColorPalette(QColor c, QWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, Qt::WFlags fl = 0);

     virtual ~FNColorPalette();

 };

 

 

 

 

 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

 // FNHSVPalette

 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-class Q_EXPORT FNHSVPalette : public FNPaletteBase

+class /*Q_EXPORT */ FNHSVPalette : public FNPaletteBase

 {

     Q_OBJECT

 public:

-    FNHSVPalette(QWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, WFlags fl = 0);

+    FNHSVPalette(QWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, Qt::WFlags fl = 0);

     virtual ~FNHSVPalette();

 public slots:

     void hueChanged(int v);

 protected:

 	virtual void drawImpl(QPainter& pa);

 	int _hue;

 };

 

 

 

 

 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

 // FNColorDialog

 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-class Q_EXPORT FNColorDialog : public QDialog

+class /*Q_EXPORT */FNColorDialog : public QDialog

 {

 	Q_OBJECT

 public:

-	FNColorDialog(QWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0, WFlags f=0);

+	FNColorDialog(QWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0, Qt::WFlags f=0);

 	virtual ~FNColorDialog();

 	void setColor(QColor c);

 	QColor color() const;

 public slots:

 	virtual void basePaletteClicked(FNPaletteBase*);

 	virtual void hsvPaletteClicked(FNPaletteBase*);

 	void rgbChanged(int);

 private:

 	FNHSVPalette*   _palette;

 	FNColorPalette* _base[16];

 	QSlider* _hue;

 	FNColorPalette* _select;

 	QSpinBox* _r;

 	QSpinBox* _g;

 	QSpinBox* _b;

     bool _isblock;

 

 };

 #endif //FNPALETTEDIALOG_H

diff --git a/microkde/kapplication.cpp b/microkde/kapplication.cpp
index d7c12bb..b058d54 100644
--- a/microkde/kapplication.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kapplication.cpp
@@ -1,251 +1,254 @@
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 
 #include "kapplication.h"
 #include "ktextedit.h"
 #include <qapplication.h>
 #include <qstring.h>
 #include <qfile.h>
-#include <qtextstream.h>
+#include <q3textstream.h>
 #include <qdialog.h>
 #include <qlayout.h>
-#include <qtextbrowser.h>
+#include <q3textbrowser.h>
 #include <qregexp.h>
+#include <QDesktopWidget>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3VBoxLayout>
 
 int KApplication::random()
 {
   return rand();
 }
 
 //US
 QString KApplication::randomString(int length)
 {
    if (length <=0 ) return QString::null;
 
    QString str;
    while (length--)
    {
       int r=random() % 62;
       r+=48;
       if (r>57) r+=7;
       if (r>90) r+=6;
       str += char(r);
       // so what if I work backwards?
    }
    return str;
 }
 int KApplication::execDialog( QDialog* d )
 {
     if (QApplication::desktop()->width() <= 640 )    
         d->showMaximized();
     else
         ;//d->resize( 800, 600 );
     return d->exec();
 }
 void KApplication::showLicence()
 {
    KApplication::showFile( "KDE-Pim/Pi licence", "kdepim/licence.txt" );
 }
 
 void KApplication::testCoords( int* x, int* y, int* wid, int * hei )
 {
     int dWid = QApplication::desktop()->width() ;
     int dHei = QApplication::desktop()->height();
     if ( *x < 0 ) *x = 0;
     if (  *y <  20 ) *y =  20 ;
     if ( *x + *wid > dWid ) {
         *x = 0;
         if ( *wid > dWid )
             *wid = dWid; 
     }
     if ( *y + *hei > dHei ) {
         *y = 20;
         if ( *hei > dHei )
             *hei = dHei; 
     }
 }
 void KApplication::showFile(QString caption, QString fn)
 {
     QString text;
     QString fileName;
 #ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION
    fileName = getenv("QPEDIR");
    fileName += "/pics/" + fn ;
 #else
    fileName  = qApp->applicationDirPath () + "/" + fn;
 #endif 
     QFile file( fileName );
-    if (!file.open( IO_ReadOnly ) ) {
+    if (!file.open( QIODevice::ReadOnly ) ) {
         return ;
     } 
-    QTextStream ts( &file );
+    Q3TextStream ts( &file );
     text = ts.read();
     file.close();
     KApplication::showText( caption, text );
   
 }
  
 bool KApplication::convert2latin1(QString fileName)
 {
     QString text;
     QFile file( fileName );
-    if (!file.open( IO_ReadOnly ) ) {
+    if (!file.open( QIODevice::ReadOnly ) ) {
         return false;
         
     } 
-    QTextStream ts( &file );
-    ts.setEncoding( QTextStream::UnicodeUTF8 );
+    Q3TextStream ts( &file );
+    ts.setEncoding( Q3TextStream::UnicodeUTF8 );
     text = ts.read();
     file.close();  
-    if (!file.open( IO_WriteOnly ) ) {
+    if (!file.open( QIODevice::WriteOnly ) ) {
         return false;
     }
-    QTextStream tsIn( &file );
-    tsIn.setEncoding( QTextStream::Latin1 );
+    Q3TextStream tsIn( &file );
+    tsIn.setEncoding( Q3TextStream::Latin1 );
     tsIn << text.latin1();
     file.close(); 
     return true; 
  
 
 }
 void KApplication::showText(QString caption, QString text)
 {
     QDialog dia( 0, "name", true ); ;
     dia.setCaption( caption );
-    QVBoxLayout* lay = new QVBoxLayout( &dia );
+    Q3VBoxLayout* lay = new Q3VBoxLayout( &dia );
     lay->setSpacing( 3 );
     lay->setMargin( 3 );
     KTextEdit tb ( &dia );
-    tb.setWordWrap( QMultiLineEdit::WidgetWidth );
+    tb.setWordWrap( Q3MultiLineEdit::WidgetWidth );
     lay->addWidget( &tb ); 
     tb.setText( text );
 #ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION
     dia.resize( 640, 480);
 #else
     dia.showMaximized();
 #endif
     dia.exec();
 
 }
 
 #include <qlabel.h>
 #include <qpushbutton.h>
 #include <qlayout.h>
 #include <qdir.h>
 #include <qradiobutton.h>
-#include <qbuttongroup.h>
+#include <q3buttongroup.h>
 #include "kglobal.h"
 #include "klocale.h"
 
 class KBackupPrefs : public QDialog
 {
   public:
     KBackupPrefs( QString message , QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 ) :
       QDialog( parent, name, true ) 
     {
         setCaption( i18n("Backup Failed!") );
-        QVBoxLayout* lay = new QVBoxLayout( this );
+        Q3VBoxLayout* lay = new Q3VBoxLayout( this );
         lay->setSpacing( 3 );
         lay->setMargin( 3 );
         QLabel * lab  = new QLabel( message, this );
         lay->addWidget( lab ); 
-        QButtonGroup* format = new  QButtonGroup( 1, Horizontal, i18n("Choose action"), this );
+        Q3ButtonGroup* format = new  Q3ButtonGroup( 1, Qt::Horizontal, i18n("Choose action"), this );
         lay->addWidget( format ); 
         format->setExclusive ( true ) ;
         vcal = new QRadioButton(i18n("Try again now"), format );
         tcal = new QRadioButton(i18n("Try again later"), format );
         ical = new QRadioButton(i18n("Try again tomorrow"), format );
         ocal = new QRadioButton(i18n("Disable backup"), format );
         vcal->setChecked( true );
         QPushButton * ok = new QPushButton( i18n("OK"), this );
         lay->addWidget(ok );
         connect ( ok,SIGNAL(clicked() ),this , SLOT ( accept() )  );
     }
       
     bool again() { return vcal->isChecked(); }
     bool later() { return tcal->isChecked(); }
     bool againTomorrow() { return ical->isChecked(); }
 private:
     QRadioButton* vcal, *ical, *ocal, *tcal;
 };
 int KApplication::createBackup( QString fn, QString dp, int numBup )
 {
     if ( numBup < 1) return 3;
     int ret = 3;
     //qDebug("KApplication::createBackup %s --- %s --- %d", fn.latin1(), dp.latin1(), numBup);
     QDir  bupDir ( dp );
     bool tryAgain = true;
     while ( tryAgain ) {
         if ( !bupDir.exists() ) {
             QString bd = dp.right(25);
             if ( dp.length() > 25 )
                 bd  = "..." + bd;
             KBackupPrefs noDir( i18n("<b>Backup directory does not exist: </b>") +  bd);
             if ( !noDir.exec() ) return 3;
             if ( noDir.againTomorrow() ) {
                 return 0;
             } else if ( noDir.later() ) {
                 return 3;
             } else if ( !noDir.again() ) {
                 return 2;
             }
         } else {
             tryAgain = false;
         }
     }
     // we have a valid dir!
     QStringList allFileList = bupDir.entryList(QDir::Files);
     QFileInfo fileInfo ( fn );
     QString fName = fileInfo.fileName ();
     QStringList fileList;
 
     int i;
     for ( i = 0; i < allFileList.count(); ++i ) {
         QString fi = allFileList[i];
         if ( fi. find( fName ) > -1 )
             fileList.append( fi );
     }
     qDebug("KApp: %d backup files exist ", fileList.count());
     int count = fileList.count();
     fileList.sort();
     int remCount = 0;
     while ( count >= numBup ) {
         QString fnr = dp + "/"+fileList[remCount];
         QFile::remove( fnr );
         --count;
         ++remCount;
     }
     QDateTime mRunStart =  QDateTime::currentDateTime();
     QString file = "%1%2%3-%4%5%6-";
     file = file.arg( mRunStart.date().year(), 4).arg( mRunStart.date().month(),2 ).arg( mRunStart.date().day(), 2 ).arg( mRunStart.time().hour(),2  ).arg( mRunStart.time().minute(),2 ).arg( mRunStart.time().second(),2 );
     file.replace ( QRegExp (" "), "0" ); 
     file += fName ;
     file = dp + file;
     QString command;
     int res = 0;
 #ifdef _WIN32_
     command = "copy \""+ QDir::convertSeparators( fn)+ "\"  \""+QDir::convertSeparators(file)+ "\" ";
 #else
     command = "cp "+ fn+ "  "+file;
 #endif
     //qDebug("command %s ",command.latin1() );
     tryAgain  = true; 
     while ( tryAgain ) {
         res = system ( command.latin1() );
         qDebug("KApp: Copy result %d ", res);
         if ( res != 0 ) {
             KBackupPrefs noDir( i18n("<b>The backup copy command failed!</b>"));
             if ( !noDir.exec() ) return 3;
             if ( noDir.againTomorrow() ) {
                 return 0;
             } else if ( noDir.later() ) {
                 return 3;
             } else if ( !noDir.again() ) {
                 return 2;
             }
         } else {
             tryAgain = false;
         }
     }
     return 1;
 }
diff --git a/microkde/kcolorbutton.cpp b/microkde/kcolorbutton.cpp
index 197bea2..16618fc 100644
--- a/microkde/kcolorbutton.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kcolorbutton.cpp
@@ -1,54 +1,57 @@
 #include "kcolorbutton.h"
 #include "kcolordialog.h"
 #include "qapplication.h"
+#include <QDesktopWidget>
 
 
 #include "qlayout.h"
 #ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION
 #include <qcolordialog.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <QPixmap>
 #endif
 void KColorButton:: edit()
 {
 
 #ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION
     QColor col = QColorDialog::getColor ( mColor ); 
     if ( col.isValid () ) {
         mColor = col;
         setColor ( mColor );
         emit changed ( mColor );
         emit changedID ( mColor, id );
     }
 #else
     KColorDialog* k =  new KColorDialog( this );
     k->setColor( mColor );
     int res = k->exec();
     if ( res ) {
         mColor = k->getColor(); 
         setColor ( mColor );
         emit changed ( mColor );
         emit changedID ( mColor, id );
     }
     delete k;
 #endif
 }
 KColorButton::KColorButton( QWidget *p ):QPushButton( p )
 {
     int size = 24;
     if(  QApplication::desktop()->width() < 480 || QApplication::desktop()->height() <= 320 )
         size = 18;
     setFixedSize( size,size );
     int id = 0;
     connect ( this, SIGNAL( clicked() ), this ,SLOT (edit() ));
     
 }
 void KColorButton::setID ( int i) 
 {
     id = i;
 }
 void KColorButton::setColor ( const QColor & c) 
 {
  mColor = c; 
  QPixmap pix ( height() - 4, width() - 4 );
  pix.fill( c );
  setPixmap ( pix );
 }
diff --git a/microkde/kconfig.cpp b/microkde/kconfig.cpp
index 940196e..12063ca 100644
--- a/microkde/kconfig.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kconfig.cpp
@@ -1,550 +1,552 @@
 #include <qfile.h>
-#include <qtextstream.h>
+#include <q3textstream.h>
 #include <qwidget.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3ValueList>
 
 #include "kdebug.h"
 
 #include "kurl.h"
 #include "kstandarddirs.h"
 #include "kconfig.h"
 
 QString KConfig::mGroup = "";
 //QString KConfig::mGroup = "General";
 
 KConfig::KConfig( const QString &fileName )
   : mFileName( fileName ), mDirty( false )
 {
   
   mTempGroup = "";
   load();
 
 }
 
 
 KConfig::~KConfig()
 {
   sync();
 }
 // we need the temp group for plugins on windows
 void KConfig::setTempGroup( const QString &group )
 {
   mTempGroup = group;
 
   if ( mTempGroup.right( 1 ) != "/" ) mTempGroup += "/";
 }
 
 
 QString KConfig::tempGroup() const {
   return mTempGroup;
 }
 
 void KConfig::setGroup( const QString &group )
 {
   
 
   mGroup = group;
 
   if ( mGroup.right( 1 ) != "/" ) mGroup += "/";
 }
 
 //US
 QString KConfig::group() const {
   return mGroup;
 }
 
 //US added method
-QValueList<int> KConfig::readIntListEntry( const QString & key)
+Q3ValueList<int> KConfig::readIntListEntry( const QString & key)
 {
 //  qDebug("KConfig::readIntListEntry key=%s:", key.latin1());
   
-  QValueList<int> result;
+  Q3ValueList<int> result;
 
   QMap<QString,QString>::ConstIterator mit = mStringMap.find( mGroup + key );
   
   if ( mit == mStringMap.end() ) {
     return result;
   }
     
   QStringList valuesAsStrings = QStringList::split(":",  *mit );
   bool ok = false;
   bool ok2 = true;
   int val;
   
   for ( QStringList::Iterator sit = valuesAsStrings.begin(); sit != valuesAsStrings.end(); ++sit ) {
     val = (*sit).toInt(&ok);
     result << val;
     if (ok == false) {
         //qDebug("KConfig::readIntListEntry str=%s , int=%n:", (*sit).latin1(), &val);
       ok2 = false;
     }
   }
   
   if (ok2 == false)
   {
    
     qDebug("KConfig::readIntListEntry: error while reading one of the intvalues.");
   }
   
   return result;
 }
 
 int KConfig::readNumEntry( const QString & key, int def )
 {
   QString res = readEntry(key, QString::number(def ) );
   bool ok = false;
   int result = res.toInt(&ok);
   if ( ok )
       return result;
   return def;
 }
 
 QString KConfig::readEntry( const QString &key, const QString &def )
 {
   QMap<QString,QString>::ConstIterator it = mStringMap.find( mGroup + key );
   
   if ( it == mStringMap.end() ) {
     return def;
   }
   
   return QString::fromUtf8((*it).latin1());
 }
 
 QSize KConfig::readSizeEntry( const QString &key, QSize* def )
 {
-  QValueList<int> intlist = readIntListEntry(key);
+  Q3ValueList<int> intlist = readIntListEntry(key);
 
   if (intlist.count() < 2)
     {
       if (def)
       return *def;
       else
       return QSize();
     } 
  
   QSize ret;
   ret.setWidth(intlist[0]);
   ret.setHeight(intlist[1]);
 
   return ret;
 }
 
 QStringList KConfig::readListEntry( const QString &key )
 {
     QMap<QString,QString>::ConstIterator it = mStringMap.find( mGroup + key );
     
     if ( it == mStringMap.end() ) {
         return QStringList();
     }
     QStringList temp = QStringList::split(":@:",  QString::fromUtf8((*it).latin1()));
     if ( temp.count() == 1 )
         return  QStringList::split(":",  QString::fromUtf8((*it).latin1()));
     return  temp;
     
 }
 
 bool KConfig::readBoolEntry( const QString &key, bool def )
 {
   QMap<QString,bool>::ConstIterator it = mBoolMap.find( mGroup + key );
   
   if ( it == mBoolMap.end() ) {
     return def;
   }
   
   return *it;
 }
 
 QColor KConfig::readColorEntry( const QString & e, QColor *def )
 {
 
     QStringList l;
     l = readListEntry( e.utf8() );
     if (l.count() != 3 ) {
         if ( def )
             return *def;
         else
             return QColor(); 
     }
     QColor c ( l[0].toInt(), l[1].toInt(), l[2].toInt() );
     return c; 
 }
 
 QFont KConfig::readFontEntry( const QString & e, QFont *def )
 {
   QStringList font = readListEntry( e );
   if ( font.isEmpty() )
       return *def;
   QFont f;
   f.setFamily( font[0]);
   f.setBold ( font[1] == "bold");
   f.setPointSize ( font[2].toInt());
   f.setItalic( font[3] == "italic" );
   return f;
 }
 
 QDateTime KConfig::readDateTimeEntry( const QString &key, const QDateTime *def )
 {
   QMap<QString,QDateTime>::ConstIterator it = mDateTimeMap.find( mGroup + key );
   
   if ( it == mDateTimeMap.end() ) {
     if ( def ) return *def;
     else return QDateTime();
   }
 
   return *it;
 }
 
 //US added method
-void KConfig::writeEntry( const QString &key, const QValueList<int> &value)
+void KConfig::writeEntry( const QString &key, const Q3ValueList<int> &value)
 {
   QStringList valuesAsStrings;
 
-  QValueList<int>::ConstIterator it;
+  Q3ValueList<int>::ConstIterator it;
   
   for( it = value.begin(); it != value.end(); ++it )
   {
     valuesAsStrings << QString::number(*it);
   }
   
   mStringMap.insert( mGroup + key, valuesAsStrings.join(":") );
   mDirty = true;
 }
 
 void KConfig::writeEntry( const QString & key , int num )
 {
     writeEntry( key, QString::number ( num ) );
 }
 
 void KConfig::writeEntry( const QString &key, const QString &value )
 {
   mStringMap.insert( mGroup + key, value.utf8() );
 
   mDirty = true;
 }
 
 void KConfig::writeEntry( const QString &key, const QStringList &value )
 {
     mStringMap.insert( mGroup + key, value.join(":@:").utf8() );
 
   mDirty = true;
 }
 
 void KConfig::writeEntry( const QString &key, bool value)
 {
   mBoolMap.insert( mGroup + key, value );
 
   mDirty = true;
 }
 
 void KConfig::writeEntry( const QString & e, const QColor & c )
 {
     QStringList l;
     l.append( QString::number ( c.red() ) );
     l.append( QString::number ( c.green() ) );
     l.append( QString::number ( c.blue() ) );
     writeEntry(  e.utf8(), l );
 }
 
 void KConfig::writeEntry( const QString & e, const QSize & s )
 {
-  QValueList<int> intlist;
+  Q3ValueList<int> intlist;
   intlist << s.width() << s.height();
   writeEntry(  e, intlist );
 }
 
 void KConfig::writeEntry( const QString & e , const QFont & f )
 {
     QStringList font;
     font.append( f.family());
     font.append( (!f.bold ()?"nonbold":"bold") );
     font.append( QString::number ( f.pointSize () ) );
     font.append( !f.italic ()?"nonitalic":"italic" );
     writeEntry( e, font );
 }
 
 void KConfig::writeEntry( const QString &key, const QDateTime &dt )
 {
   mDateTimeMap.insert( mGroup + key, dt );
 }
 
 void KConfig::load()
 {
   
 
   QFile f( mFileName );
-  if ( !f.open( IO_ReadOnly ) ) {
+  if ( !f.open( QIODevice::ReadOnly ) ) {
       //qDebug("KConfig: could not open file %s ",mFileName.latin1() );
       return;
   }
 
   mBoolMap.clear();
   mStringMap.clear();
   
-  QTextStream t( &f );
-  t.setEncoding( QTextStream::Latin1 );
+  Q3TextStream t( &f );
+  t.setEncoding( Q3TextStream::Latin1 );
   QString line = t.readLine();
 
   while ( !line.isNull() ) {
-    QStringList tokens = QStringList::split( ",", line );
+    QStringList tokens = line.split(',');
     if ( tokens[0] == "bool" ) {
       bool value = false;
       if ( tokens[2] == "1" ) value = true;      
       mBoolMap.insert( tokens[1], value );
     } else if ( tokens[0] == "QString" ) {
       QString value = tokens[2];
       mStringMap.insert( tokens[1], value );
     } else if ( tokens[0] == "QDateTime" ) {
 #if 0
       int year = tokens[2].toInt();
       QDateTime dt( QDate( year,
                            tokens[3].toInt(),
                            tokens[4].toInt() ),
                     QTime( tokens[5].toInt(), tokens[6].toInt(),
                            tokens[7].toInt() ) );
       mDateTimeMap.insert( tokens[1], dt );
 #endif
     }
   
     line = t.readLine();
   }
 }
 
 void KConfig::sync()
 {
 
   if ( !mDirty ) return;
   //qDebug("KConfig::sync() %s ",mFileName.latin1() );
   //kdDebug() << "KConfig::sync(): " << mFileName << endl;
 
 //US I took the following code from a newer version of KDE  
     // Create the containing dir if needed
   KURL path;
   path.setPath(mFileName);
   QString dir=path.directory();
   KStandardDirs::makeDir(dir);
   
   QFile f( mFileName );
-  if ( !f.open( IO_WriteOnly ) ) {
+  if ( !f.open( QIODevice::WriteOnly ) ) {
   
     qDebug("KConfig::sync() Can't open file %s ",mFileName.latin1() );
     
     return;
   }
 
-  QTextStream t( &f );
-  t.setEncoding( QTextStream::Latin1 );
+  Q3TextStream t( &f );
+  t.setEncoding( Q3TextStream::Latin1 );
   QMap<QString,bool>::ConstIterator itBool;
   for( itBool = mBoolMap.begin(); itBool != mBoolMap.end(); ++itBool ) {
     t << "bool," << itBool.key() << "," << ( *itBool ? "1" : "0"  ) << endl;
   }
 
   QMap<QString,QString>::ConstIterator itString;
   for( itString = mStringMap.begin(); itString != mStringMap.end(); ++itString ) {
     t << "QString," << itString.key() << "," << (*itString ) << endl;
   }
 
   QMap<QString,QDateTime>::ConstIterator itDateTime;
   for( itDateTime = mDateTimeMap.begin(); itDateTime != mDateTimeMap.end(); ++itDateTime ) {
     QDateTime dt = *itDateTime;
     t << "QDateTime," << itDateTime.key() << ","
       << dt.date().year() << ","
       << dt.date().month() << ","
       << dt.date().day() << ","
       << dt.time().hour() << ","
       << dt.time().minute() << ","
       << dt.time().second() << endl;
   }
 
   f.close();
 
   mDirty = false;
 }
 
 
 //US I took the following deleteGroup method from a newer version from KDE.
 /**
    * Deletes a configuration entry group
    *
    * If the group is not empty and bDeep is false, nothing gets
    * deleted and false is returned.
    * If this group is the current group and it is deleted, the
    * current group is undefined and should be set with setGroup()
    * before the next operation on the configuration object.
    *
    * @param group The name of the group
    *         returns true if we deleted at least one entry.
    */
 bool  KConfig::deleteGroup( const QString& group)
 {
   bool dirty = false;
   int pos;
   
   QMap<QString,bool>::Iterator itBool = mBoolMap.begin();
   QMap<QString,bool>::Iterator delBool;
  
   while ( itBool != mBoolMap.end()  ) {
       pos = itBool.key().find( group );
       if (pos == 0) {
           delBool  = itBool;
           ++itBool;
           mBoolMap.remove(delBool);
           dirty = true;
       } else
           ++itBool;
       
   }
   /*
   for( itBool = mBoolMap.begin(); itBool != mBoolMap.end(); ++itBool )
   {
     pos = itBool.key().find( group );
     if (pos == 0) {
       mBoolMap.remove(itBool);
       dirty = true;
     }
   }
   */
   QMap<QString,QString>::Iterator itString = mStringMap.begin();
   QMap<QString,QString>::Iterator delString ;
   while( itString != mStringMap.end()  ) {
       pos = itString.key().find( group );
       if (pos == 0) {
           delString = itString;
           ++itString;
           mStringMap.remove(delString);
           //qDebug("delte++++++++++++++++++ ");
           dirty = true;
       } else
           ++itString;
 
   }
   /* this leads to a memory access violation
   for( itString = mStringMap.begin(); itString != mStringMap.end(); ++itString )
   {
     pos = itString.key().find( group );
     if (pos == 0) {
       mStringMap.remove(itString);
       dirty = true;
     }
   }
   */
   QMap<QString,QDateTime>::Iterator itDateTime= mDateTimeMap.begin();
   QMap<QString,QDateTime>::Iterator delDateTime;
   while ( itDateTime != mDateTimeMap.end()  ) {
       pos = itDateTime.key().find( group );
       if (pos == 0) {
           delDateTime = itDateTime;
           ++itDateTime;
           mDateTimeMap.remove(delDateTime);
           dirty = true;
       } else
           ++itDateTime;
       
   }
   /*
   for( itDateTime = mDateTimeMap.begin(); itDateTime != mDateTimeMap.end(); ++itDateTime )
   {
     pos = itDateTime.key().find( group );
     if (pos == 0) {
       mDateTimeMap.remove(itDateTime);
       dirty = true;
     }
   }
   */
   
   if (dirty)
      mDirty = true;
   
   return dirty;
 
 }
 
 //US I took the following hasGroup method from a newer version from KDE.
   /**
    * Returns true if the specified group is known about.
    *
    * @param group The group to search for.
    * @return Whether the group exists.
    */
 bool KConfig::hasGroup(const QString &group) const
 {
   QMap<QString,bool>::ConstIterator itBool;
   for( itBool = mBoolMap.begin(); itBool != mBoolMap.end(); ++itBool )
   {
     if (itBool.key().find( group ) == 0) {
       return true;
     }
   }
 
   QMap<QString,QString>::ConstIterator itString;
   for( itString = mStringMap.begin(); itString != mStringMap.end(); ++itString )
   {
     if (itString.key().find( group ) == 0) {
       return true;
     }
   }
 
   QMap<QString,QDateTime>::ConstIterator itDateTime;
   for( itDateTime = mDateTimeMap.begin(); itDateTime != mDateTimeMap.end(); ++itDateTime )
   {
     if (itDateTime.key().find( group ) == 0) {
       return true;
     }
   }
   
   return false;
 }
 
 void KConfig::deleteEntry( const QString &key)
 {
   bool dirty = false;
     
   QMap<QString,bool>::Iterator itBool = mBoolMap.find( mGroup + key );
   if ( itBool != mBoolMap.end() ) {
     mBoolMap.remove(itBool);
     dirty = true;
   }
   
 
   QMap<QString,QString>::Iterator itString = mStringMap.find( mGroup + key );
   if ( itString != mStringMap.end() ) {
     mStringMap.remove(itString);
     dirty = true;
   }
 
 
   QMap<QString,QDateTime>::Iterator itDateTime = mDateTimeMap.find( mGroup + key );
   if ( itDateTime != mDateTimeMap.end() ) {
     mDateTimeMap.remove(itDateTime);
     dirty = true;
   }
   
   if (dirty)
      mDirty = true;
   
 }
 
 //US
 QString KConfig::getFileName()
 {
   return mFileName;
 }
 
 bool KConfig::hasKey( const QString &key)
 {
   QMap<QString,bool>::Iterator itBool = mBoolMap.find( mGroup + key );
   if ( itBool != mBoolMap.end() ) {
     return true;
   }
 
   QMap<QString,QString>::Iterator itString = mStringMap.find( mGroup + key );
   if ( itString != mStringMap.end() ) {
     return true;
   }
 
   QMap<QString,QDateTime>::Iterator itDateTime = mDateTimeMap.find( mGroup + key );
   if ( itDateTime != mDateTimeMap.end() ) {
     return true;
   }
   
   return false;
 }
 
diff --git a/microkde/kconfig.h b/microkde/kconfig.h
index 1a1038f..7b91e44 100644
--- a/microkde/kconfig.h
+++ b/microkde/kconfig.h
@@ -1,105 +1,105 @@
 #ifndef MINIKDE_KCONFIG_H
 #define MINIKDE_KCONFIG_H
 
 #include <qstring.h>
 #include <qstringlist.h>
-#include <qvaluelist.h>
+#include <q3valuelist.h>
 #include <qcolor.h>
 #include <qfont.h>
 #include <qmap.h>
 #include <qdatetime.h>
 
 class KConfig
 {
   public:
     KConfig( const QString & );
     ~KConfig();
   
     void setTempGroup( const QString &group );
     QString tempGroup() const;
 
     void setGroup( const QString & );
 
 //US
   /**
    * Returns the name of the group in which we are
    *  searching for keys and from which we are retrieving entries.
    *
    * @return The current group.
    */
     QString group() const;
 
 //US I took the following deleteGroup method from a newer version from KDE.
 /**
    * Deletes a configuration entry group
    *
    * If the group is not empty and bDeep is false, nothing gets
    * deleted and false is returned.
    * If this group is the current group and it is deleted, the
    * current group is undefined and should be set with setGroup()
    * before the next operation on the configuration object.
    *
    * @param group The name of the group
    *         returns true if we deleted at least one entry.
    */
     bool deleteGroup( const QString& group);
     
 //US I took the following hasGroup method from a newer version from KDE.
   /**
    * Returns true if the specified group is known about.
    *
    * @param group The group to search for.
    * @return Whether the group exists.
    */
   bool hasGroup(const QString &group) const;
     
     
     QString getFileName();
     
 //US added method readIntListEntry    
-    QValueList<int> readIntListEntry( const QString &);
+    Q3ValueList<int> readIntListEntry( const QString &);
     
     int readNumEntry( const QString &, int def=0 );
     QString readEntry( const QString &, const QString &def=QString::null );
     QStringList readListEntry( const QString & );
     bool readBoolEntry( const QString &, bool def=false );
     QColor readColorEntry( const QString &, QColor * );
     QFont readFontEntry( const QString &, QFont * );
     QDateTime readDateTimeEntry( const QString &, const QDateTime *pDefault = 0 );
     QSize readSizeEntry(const QString &, QSize* );
     bool hasKey( const QString &);
         
-    void writeEntry( const QString &, const QValueList<int>& );
+    void writeEntry( const QString &, const Q3ValueList<int>& );
     void writeEntry( const QString &, int );
     void writeEntry( const QString &key , unsigned int value) { writeEntry( key, int( value ) ); }
     void writeEntry( const char *key , unsigned int value) { writeEntry( QString( key ), value ); }
     void writeEntry( const char *key, int value ) { writeEntry( QString( key ), value ); } 
     void writeEntry( const QString &, const QString & );
     void writeEntry( const char *key, const QString &value ) { writeEntry( QString( key ), value ); }
     void writeEntry( const QString &, const QStringList & );
     void writeEntry( const QString &, bool );
     void writeEntry( const char *key, bool value ) { writeEntry( QString( key ), value ); } 
     void writeEntry( const QString &, const QColor & );
     void writeEntry( const QString &, const QFont & );
     void writeEntry( const QString &, const QDateTime & );
     void writeEntry( const QString &, const QSize & );
 
     void deleteEntry( const QString &);
         
     void load();
     void sync();
 
   private:  
     static QString mGroup;
     QString mTempGroup;
     
     QString mFileName;
     
     QMap<QString,bool> mBoolMap;
     QMap<QString,QString> mStringMap;
     QMap<QString,QDateTime> mDateTimeMap;
     
     bool mDirty;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdatepickernew.cpp b/microkde/kdatepickernew.cpp
index f60a422..8f8001e 100644
--- a/microkde/kdatepickernew.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kdatepickernew.cpp
@@ -1,485 +1,485 @@
 /*  -*- C++ -*-
     This file is part of the KDE libraries
     Copyright (C) 1997 Tim D. Gilman (tdgilman@best.org)
               (C) 1998-2001 Mirko Boehm (mirko@kde.org)
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
     version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */ 
 
 #include <qlayout.h>
 #include <qframe.h>
 #include <qpainter.h>
 #include <qdialog.h>
 #include <qstyle.h>
 #include <qtoolbutton.h>
 #include <qcombobox.h>
 #include <qtooltip.h>
 #include <qfont.h>
 #include <qvalidator.h>
 #include <qpopupmenu.h>
 
 #include "kdatepicker.h"
 #include <kglobal.h>
 #include <kapplication.h>
 #include <klocale.h>
 #include <kiconloader.h>
 #include <ktoolbar.h>
 #include <klineedit.h>
 #include <kdebug.h>
 #include <knotifyclient.h>
 #include <kcalendarsystem.h>
 
 #include "kdatetbl.h"
 #include "kdatepicker.moc"
 
 class KDatePicker::KDatePickerPrivate
 {
 public:
     KDatePickerPrivate() : closeButton(0L), selectWeek(0L), todayButton(0), navigationLayout(0) {}
 
     void fillWeeksCombo(const QDate &date);
 
     KToolBar *tb;
     QToolButton *closeButton;
     QComboBox *selectWeek;
     QToolButton *todayButton;
     QBoxLayout *navigationLayout;
 };
 
 void KDatePicker::fillWeeksCombo(const QDate &date)
 {
   // every year can have a different number of weeks
   const KCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar();
   int i, weeks = calendar->weeksInYear(calendar->year(date));
 
   if ( d->selectWeek->count() == weeks ) return;  // we already have the correct number
 
   d->selectWeek->clear();
 
   for (i = 1; i <= weeks; i++)
     d->selectWeek->insertItem(i18n("Week %1").arg(i));
 }
 
 KDatePicker::KDatePicker(QWidget *parent, QDate dt, const char *name)
   : QFrame(parent,name)
 {
   init( dt );
 }
 
 KDatePicker::KDatePicker(QWidget *parent, QDate dt, const char *name, WFlags f)
   : QFrame(parent,name, f)
 {
   init( dt );
 }
 
 KDatePicker::KDatePicker( QWidget *parent, const char *name )
   : QFrame(parent,name)
 {
   init( QDate::currentDate() );
 }
 
 void KDatePicker::init( const QDate &dt )
 {
   d = new KDatePickerPrivate();
 
   d->tb = new KToolBar(this);
 
   yearBackward = new QToolButton(d->tb);
   monthBackward = new QToolButton(d->tb);
   selectMonth = new QToolButton(d->tb);
   selectYear = new QToolButton(d->tb);
   monthForward = new QToolButton(d->tb);
   yearForward = new QToolButton(d->tb);
   line = new KLineEdit(this);
   val = new KDateValidator(this);
   table = new KDateTable(this);
   fontsize = 12;//KGlobalSettings::generalFont().pointSize();
  
 
   fontsize++; // Make a little bigger
  
   d->selectWeek = new QComboBox(false, this);  // read only week selection
   d->todayButton = new QToolButton(this);
   d->todayButton->setIconSet(SmallIconSet("today"));
 
   QToolTip::add(yearForward, i18n("Next year"));
   QToolTip::add(yearBackward, i18n("Previous year"));
   QToolTip::add(monthForward, i18n("Next month"));
   QToolTip::add(monthBackward, i18n("Previous month"));
   QToolTip::add(d->selectWeek, i18n("Select a week"));
   QToolTip::add(selectMonth, i18n("Select a month"));
   QToolTip::add(selectYear, i18n("Select a year"));
   QToolTip::add(d->todayButton, i18n("Select the current day"));
 
   // -----
   setFontSize(fontsize);
   line->setValidator(val);
   line->installEventFilter( this );
 //   yearForward->setIconSet(BarIconSet(QString::fromLatin1("2rightarrow")));
 //   yearBackward->setIconSet(BarIconSet(QString::fromLatin1("2leftarrow")));
 //   monthForward->setIconSet(BarIconSet(QString::fromLatin1("1rightarrow")));
 //   monthBackward->setIconSet(BarIconSet(QString::fromLatin1("1leftarrow")));
   setDate(dt); // set button texts
   connect(table, SIGNAL(dateChanged(QDate)), SLOT(dateChangedSlot(QDate)));
   connect(table, SIGNAL(tableClicked()), SLOT(tableClickedSlot()));
   connect(monthForward, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(monthForwardClicked()));
   connect(monthBackward, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(monthBackwardClicked()));
   connect(yearForward, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(yearForwardClicked()));
   connect(yearBackward, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(yearBackwardClicked()));
   connect(d->selectWeek, SIGNAL(activated(int)), SLOT(weekSelected(int)));
   connect(d->todayButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(todayButtonClicked()));
   connect(selectMonth, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(selectMonthClicked()));
   connect(selectYear, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(selectYearClicked()));
   connect(line, SIGNAL(returnPressed()), SLOT(lineEnterPressed()));
   table->setFocus();
 
   QBoxLayout * topLayout = new QVBoxLayout(this);
 
   d->navigationLayout = new QHBoxLayout(topLayout);
   d->navigationLayout->addWidget(d->tb);
 
   topLayout->addWidget(table);
 
   QBoxLayout * bottomLayout = new QHBoxLayout(topLayout);
   bottomLayout->addWidget(d->todayButton);
   bottomLayout->addWidget(line);
   bottomLayout->addWidget(d->selectWeek);
 }
 
 KDatePicker::~KDatePicker()
 {
   delete d;
 }
 
 bool
 KDatePicker::eventFilter(QObject *o, QEvent *e )
 {
    if ( e->type() == QEvent::KeyPress ) {
       QKeyEvent *k = (QKeyEvent *)e;
 
       if ( (k->key() == Qt::Key_Prior) ||
            (k->key() == Qt::Key_Next)  ||
            (k->key() == Qt::Key_Up)    ||
            (k->key() == Qt::Key_Down) )
        {
           QApplication::sendEvent( table, e );
           table->setFocus();
           return true; // eat event
        }
    }
    return QFrame::eventFilter( o, e );
 }
 
 void
 KDatePicker::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent* e)
 {
   QWidget::resizeEvent(e);
 }
 
 void
 KDatePicker::dateChangedSlot(QDate date)
 {
     kdDebug(298) << "KDatePicker::dateChangedSlot: date changed (" << date.year() << "/" << date.month() << "/" << date.day() << ")." << endl;
 
     const KCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar();
 
     line->setText(KGlobal::locale()->formatDate(date, true));
     selectMonth->setText(calendar->monthName(date, false));
     fillWeeksCombo(date);
     d->selectWeek->setCurrentItem(calendar->weekNumber(date) - 1);
     selectYear->setText(calendar->yearString(date, false));
 
     emit(dateChanged(date));
 }
 
 void
 KDatePicker::tableClickedSlot()
 {
   kdDebug(298) << "KDatePicker::tableClickedSlot: table clicked." << endl;
   emit(dateSelected(table->getDate()));
   emit(tableClicked());
 }
 
 const QDate&
 KDatePicker::getDate() const
 {
   return table->getDate();
 }
 
 const QDate &
 KDatePicker::date() const
 {
     return table->getDate();
 }
 
 bool
 KDatePicker::setDate(const QDate& date)
 {
     if(date.isValid())
     {
         const KCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar();
 
         table->setDate(date);
         fillWeeksCombo(date);
         d->selectWeek->setCurrentItem(calendar->weekNumber(date) - 1);
         selectMonth->setText(calendar->monthName(date, false));
         selectYear->setText(calendar->yearString(date, true));
         line->setText(KGlobal::locale()->formatDate(date, true));
         return true;
     }
     else
     {
         kdDebug(298) << "KDatePicker::setDate: refusing to set invalid date." << endl;
         return false;
     }
 }
 
 void
 KDatePicker::monthForwardClicked()
 {
     QDate temp;
     temp = KGlobal::locale()->calendar()->addMonths( table->getDate(), 1 );
 
     setDate( temp );
 }
 
 void
 KDatePicker::monthBackwardClicked()
 {
     QDate temp;
     temp = KGlobal::locale()->calendar()->addMonths( table->getDate(), -1 );
 
     setDate( temp );
 }
 
 void
 KDatePicker::yearForwardClicked()
 {
     QDate temp;
     temp = KGlobal::locale()->calendar()->addYears( table->getDate(), 1 );
   
     setDate( temp );
 }
 
 void
 KDatePicker::yearBackwardClicked()
 {
     QDate temp;
     temp = KGlobal::locale()->calendar()->addYears( table->getDate(), -1 );
   
     setDate( temp );
 }
 
 void KDatePicker::selectWeekClicked() {}  // ### in 3.2 obsolete; kept for binary compatibility
 
 void
 KDatePicker::weekSelected(int week)
 {
   week++; // week number starts with 1
 
   const KCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar();
 
   QDate date = table->getDate();
   int year = calendar->year(date);
 
   calendar->setYMD(date, year, 1, 1);
   date = calendar->addDays(date, -7);
   while (calendar->weekNumber(date) != 1)
     date = calendar->addDays(date, 1);
 
   // date is now first day in week 1 some day in week 1
   date = calendar->addDays(date, (week - calendar->weekNumber(date)) * 7);
 
   setDate(date);
 }
 
 void
 KDatePicker::selectMonthClicked()
 {
   // every year can have different month names (in some calendar systems)
   const KCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar();
   QDate date = table->getDate();
   int i, month, months = calendar->monthsInYear(date);
 
-  QPopupMenu popup(selectMonth);
+  Q3PopupMenu popup(selectMonth);
 
   for (i = 1; i <= months; i++)
     popup.insertItem(calendar->monthName(i, calendar->year(date)), i);
 
   popup.setActiveItem(calendar->month(date) - 1);
 
   if ( (month = popup.exec(selectMonth->mapToGlobal(QPoint(0, 0)), calendar->month(date) - 1)) == -1 ) return;  // canceled
 
   int day = calendar->day(date);
   // ----- construct a valid date in this month:
   //date.setYMD(date.year(), month, 1);
   //date.setYMD(date.year(), month, QMIN(day, date.daysInMonth()));
   calendar->setYMD(date, calendar->year(date), month,
                    QMIN(day, calendar->daysInMonth(date)));
   // ----- set this month
   setDate(date);
 }
 
 void
 KDatePicker::selectYearClicked()
 {
   const KCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar();
 
   int year;
   KPopupFrame* popup = new KPopupFrame(this);
   KDateInternalYearSelector* picker = new KDateInternalYearSelector(popup);
   // -----
   picker->resize(picker->sizeHint());
   popup->setMainWidget(picker);
   connect(picker, SIGNAL(closeMe(int)), popup, SLOT(close(int)));
   picker->setFocus();
   if(popup->exec(selectYear->mapToGlobal(QPoint(0, selectMonth->height()))))
     {
       QDate date;
       int day;
       // -----
       year=picker->getYear();
       date=table->getDate();
       day=calendar->day(date);
       // ----- construct a valid date in this month:
       //date.setYMD(year, date.month(), 1);
       //date.setYMD(year, date.month(), QMIN(day, date.daysInMonth()));
       calendar->setYMD(date, year, calendar->month(date),
                        QMIN(day, calendar->daysInMonth(date)));
       // ----- set this month
       setDate(date);
     } else {
       KNotifyClient::beep();
     }
   delete popup;
 }
 
 void
 KDatePicker::setEnabled(bool enable)
 {
   QWidget *widgets[]= {
     yearForward, yearBackward, monthForward, monthBackward,
     selectMonth, selectYear,
     line, table, d->selectWeek, d->todayButton };
   const int Size=sizeof(widgets)/sizeof(widgets[0]);
   int count;
   // -----
   for(count=0; count<Size; ++count)
     {
       widgets[count]->setEnabled(enable);
     }
 }
 
 void
 KDatePicker::lineEnterPressed()
 {
   QDate temp;
   // -----
   if(val->date(line->text(), temp)==QValidator::Acceptable)
     {
         kdDebug(298) << "KDatePicker::lineEnterPressed: valid date entered." << endl;
         emit(dateEntered(temp));
         setDate(temp);
     } else {
       KNotifyClient::beep();
       kdDebug(298) << "KDatePicker::lineEnterPressed: invalid date entered." << endl;
     }
 }
 
 void
 KDatePicker::todayButtonClicked()
 {
   setDate(QDate::currentDate());
 }
 
 QSize
 KDatePicker::sizeHint() const
 {
   return QWidget::sizeHint();
 }
 
 void
 KDatePicker::setFontSize(int s)
 {
   QWidget *buttons[]= {
     // yearBackward,
     // monthBackward,
     selectMonth,
     selectYear,
     // monthForward,
     // yearForward
   };
   const int NoOfButtons=sizeof(buttons)/sizeof(buttons[0]);
   int count;
   QFont font;
   QRect r;
   // -----
   fontsize=s;
   for(count=0; count<NoOfButtons; ++count)
     {
       font=buttons[count]->font();
       font.setPointSize(s);
       buttons[count]->setFont(font);
     }
   QFontMetrics metrics(selectMonth->fontMetrics());
 
   for (int i = 1; ; ++i)
     {
       QString str = KGlobal::locale()->calendar()->monthName(i, 
          KGlobal::locale()->calendar()->year(table->getDate()), false);
       if (str.isNull()) break;
       r=metrics.boundingRect(str);
       maxMonthRect.setWidth(QMAX(r.width(), maxMonthRect.width()));
       maxMonthRect.setHeight(QMAX(r.height(),  maxMonthRect.height()));
     }
 
   QSize metricBound = style().sizeFromContents(QStyle::CT_ToolButton,
                                                selectMonth,
                                                maxMonthRect);
   selectMonth->setMinimumSize(metricBound);
 
   table->setFontSize(s);
 }
 
 void
 KDatePicker::setCloseButton( bool enable )
 {
     if ( enable == (d->closeButton != 0L) )
         return;
 
     if ( enable ) {
         d->closeButton = new QToolButton( d->tb );
         d->navigationLayout->addWidget(d->closeButton);
         QToolTip::add(d->closeButton, i18n("Close"));
         d->closeButton->setPixmap( SmallIcon("remove") );
         connect( d->closeButton, SIGNAL( clicked() ),
                  topLevelWidget(), SLOT( close() ) );
     }
     else {
         delete d->closeButton;
         d->closeButton = 0L;
     }
     
     updateGeometry();
 }
 
 bool KDatePicker::hasCloseButton() const
 {
     return (d->closeButton != 0L);
 }
 
 void KDatePicker::virtual_hook( int /*id*/, void* /*data*/ )
 { /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
 
diff --git a/microkde/kdatetbl.cpp b/microkde/kdatetbl.cpp
index 353f78d..10dc449 100644
--- a/microkde/kdatetbl.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kdatetbl.cpp
@@ -1,932 +1,939 @@
 /*  -*- C++ -*-
     This file is part of the KDE libraries
     Copyright (C) 1997 Tim D. Gilman (tdgilman@best.org)
     (C) 1998-2001 Mirko Boehm (mirko@kde.org)
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
     version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 /////////////////// KDateTable widget class //////////////////////
 //
 // Copyright (C) 1997 Tim D. Gilman
 //           (C) 1998-2001 Mirko Boehm
 // Written using Qt (http://www.troll.no) for the
 // KDE project (http://www.kde.org)
 //
 // This is a support class for the KDatePicker class.  It just
 // draws the calender table without titles, but could theoretically
 // be used as a standalone.
 //
 // When a date is selected by the user, it emits a signal:
 //      dateSelected(QDate)
 
 #include <kglobal.h>
 #include <kglobalsettings.h>
 #include <kapplication.h>
 #include <klocale.h>
 #include <kdebug.h>
 #include <knotifyclient.h>
 #include "kdatetbl.h"
 #include <qdatetime.h>
 #include <qstring.h>
 #include <qpen.h>
 #include <qpainter.h>
 #include <qdialog.h>
+#include <QDesktopWidget>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <QResizeEvent>
+#include <QFocusEvent>
+#include <Q3Frame>
+#include <QMouseEvent>
+#include <QKeyEvent>
+#include <QEvent>
 #include <assert.h>
 #include <qapplication.h>
 
 KDateValidator::KDateValidator(QWidget* parent, const char* name)
     : QValidator(parent, name)
 {
 }
 
 QValidator::State
 KDateValidator::validate(QString& text, int&) const
 {
     QDate temp;
     // ----- everything is tested in date():
     return date(text, temp);
 }
 
 QValidator::State
 KDateValidator::date(const QString& text, QDate& d) const
 {
     QDate tmp = KGlobal::locale()->readDate(text);
     if (!tmp.isNull())
         {
             d = tmp;
             return Acceptable;
         } else
-        return Valid;
+        return QValidator::Intermediate;
 }
 
 void
 KDateValidator::fixup( QString& ) const
 {
 
 }
 
-KDateTable::KDateTable(QWidget *parent, QDate date_, const char* name, WFlags f)
-    : QGridView(parent, name, f)
+KDateTable::KDateTable(QWidget *parent, QDate date_, const char* name, Qt::WFlags f)
+    : Q3GridView(parent, name, f)
 {
     setFont( KGlobalSettings::generalFont() );
     if(!date_.isValid())
         {
             date_=QDate::currentDate();
         }
-    setFocusPolicy( QWidget::StrongFocus );
+    setFocusPolicy( Qt::StrongFocus );
     setNumRows(7); // 6 weeks max + headline
     setNumCols(7); // 7 days a week
     setHScrollBarMode(AlwaysOff);
     setVScrollBarMode(AlwaysOff);
     viewport()->setBackgroundColor(QColor(220,245,255));
 #if 0
-    viewport()->setEraseColor(lightGray);
+    viewport()->setEraseColor(Qt::lightGray);
 #endif
     mMarkCurrent = false;
     setDate(date_); // this initializes firstday, numdays, numDaysPrevMonth
 }
 
 void
 KDateTable::paintCell(QPainter *painter, int row, int col)
 {
     QRect rect;
     QString text;
     QPen pen;
     int w=cellWidth();
     int h=cellHeight();
     int pos;
-    QBrush brushBlue(blue);
+    QBrush brushBlue(Qt::blue);
     QBrush brushLightblue(QColor(220,245,255));
     QFont _font=font();
     // -----
     if(row==0)
         { // we are drawing the headline
             _font.setBold(true);
             painter->setFont(_font);
             bool normalday = true;
             QString daystr;
             if (KGlobal::locale()->weekStartsMonday())
                 {
                     daystr = KGlobal::locale()->weekDayName(col+1, true);
                     if (col == 5 || col == 6)
                         normalday = false;
                 } else {
                 daystr = KGlobal::locale()->weekDayName(col==0? 7 : col, true);
                 if (col == 0 || col == 6)
                     normalday = false;
             }
             if (!normalday)
                 {
                     painter->setPen(QColor(220,245,255));
                     painter->setBrush(brushLightblue);
                     painter->drawRect(0, 0, w, h);
-                    painter->setPen(blue);
+                    painter->setPen(Qt::blue);
                 } else {
-                painter->setPen(blue);
+                painter->setPen(Qt::blue);
                 painter->setBrush(brushBlue);
                 painter->drawRect(0, 0, w, h);
-                painter->setPen(white);
+                painter->setPen(Qt::white);
             }
-            painter->drawText(0, 0, w, h-1, AlignCenter,
+            painter->drawText(0, 0, w, h-1, Qt::AlignCenter,
                               daystr, -1, &rect);
-            painter->setPen(black);
-            painter->moveTo(0, h-1);
-            painter->lineTo(w-1, h-1);
+            painter->setPen(Qt::black);
+            painter->drawLine(0, h-1, w-1, h-1);
             // ----- draw the weekday:
         } else {
         painter->setFont(_font);
         pos=7*(row-1)+col;
         if (KGlobal::locale()->weekStartsMonday())
             pos++;
         if(pos<firstday || (firstday+numdays<=pos))
             { // we are either
                 // ° painting a day of the previous month or
                 // ° painting a day of the following month
                 if(pos<firstday)
                     { // previous month
                         text.setNum(numDaysPrevMonth+pos-firstday+1);
                     } else { // following month
                     text.setNum(pos-firstday-numdays+1);
                 }
-                painter->setPen(gray);
+                painter->setPen(Qt::gray);
             } else { // paint a day of the current month
             text.setNum(pos-firstday+1);
-            painter->setPen(black);
+            painter->setPen(Qt::black);
         }
 
         pen=painter->pen();
         if(firstday+date.day()-1==pos)
             {
                 if(mMarkCurrent && firstday+QDate::currentDate().day()-1==pos)
-                    painter->setPen(green);
+                    painter->setPen(Qt::green);
                 else
-                    painter->setPen(red);
+                    painter->setPen(Qt::red);
                 if(hasFocus())
                     {  
-                        painter->setBrush(darkRed);
-                        pen=white;
+                        painter->setBrush(Qt::darkRed);
+                        pen=QColor(Qt::white);
                     } else {
-                    painter->setBrush(darkGray);
-                    pen=white;
+                    painter->setBrush(Qt::darkGray);
+                    pen=QColor(Qt::white);
                 }
             } else {
             if(mMarkCurrent && firstday+QDate::currentDate().day()-1==pos)
                 {
-                    painter->setPen(green);
-                    painter->setBrush(darkGreen);
-                    pen=white;
+                    painter->setPen(Qt::green);
+                    painter->setBrush(Qt::darkGreen);
+                    pen=QColor(Qt::white);
                 } else {
                 painter->setBrush(QColor(220,245,255));
                 painter->setPen(QColor(220,245,255));
             }
         }
         painter->drawRect(0, 0, w, h);
         painter->setPen(pen);
-        painter->drawText(0, 0, w, h, AlignCenter, text, -1, &rect);
+        painter->drawText(0, 0, w, h, Qt::AlignCenter, text, -1, &rect);
     }
     /*
     if(rect.width()>maxCell.width()) maxCell.setWidth(rect.width()); 
     if(rect.height()>maxCell.height()) {
         maxCell.setHeight(rect.height());
     }
     */
 }
 
 void
 KDateTable::keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent *e )
 {
     /*
     // not working properly
     if ( e->key() == Qt::Key_Prior ) {
     if ( date.month() == 1 ) {
     KNotifyClient::beep();
     return;
     }
     int day = date.day();
     if ( day > 27 )
     while ( !QDate::isValid( date.year(), date.month()-1, day ) )
     day--;
     setDate(QDate(date.year(), date.month()-1, day));
     return;
     }
     if ( e->key() == Qt::Key_Next ) {
     if ( date.month() == 12 ) {
     KNotifyClient::beep();
     return;
     }
     int day = date.day();
     if ( day > 27 )
     while ( !QDate::isValid( date.year(), date.month()+1, day ) )
     day--;
     setDate(QDate(date.year(), date.month()+1, day));
     return;
     }
     */
     int dayoff = KGlobal::locale()->weekStartsMonday() ? 1 : 0;
 
     int temp=firstday+date.day()-dayoff;
     int pos = temp;
     bool irgnore = true;
     int add = 0;
     if ( e->state() != Qt::ControlButton ) {
         if ( e->key() == Qt::Key_Up ) {
             add -= 7;
             irgnore = false;
         }
         if ( e->key() == Qt::Key_Down ) {
             add += 7;
             irgnore = false;
         }
         if ( e->key() == Qt::Key_Left ) {
             --add;
             irgnore = false;
         }
         if ( e->key() == Qt::Key_Right ) {
             ++add;
             irgnore = false;
         }
     } 
     if ( irgnore ) {
         e->ignore();
         return;
     }
 
     pos += add;
     setDate(date.addDays( add ));
     updateCell(temp/7+1, temp%7); // Update the previously selected cell
     updateCell(pos/7+1, pos%7); // Update the selected cell
  
 }
 
 void
 KDateTable::viewportResizeEvent(QResizeEvent * e)
 {
-    QGridView::viewportResizeEvent(e);
+    Q3GridView::viewportResizeEvent(e);
 
     setCellWidth(viewport()->width()/7);
     setCellHeight(viewport()->height()/7);
 }
 
 void
 KDateTable::setFontSize(int size)
 {
     int count;
     QRect rect;
     // ----- store rectangles:
     fontsize=size;
     QFont  _font = font();
     _font.setPointSize(fontsize);
     setFont( _font );
     _font.setBold( true );
     QFontMetrics metrics(_font);
 
     // ----- find largest day name:
     maxCell.setWidth(0);
     maxCell.setHeight(0);
     for(count=0; count<7; ++count)
         {
             rect=metrics.boundingRect(KGlobal::locale()->weekDayName(count+1, true));
             maxCell.setWidth(QMAX(maxCell.width(), rect.width()));
             maxCell.setHeight(QMAX(maxCell.height(), rect.height()));
         }
     // ----- compare with a real wide number and add some space:
     rect=metrics.boundingRect(QString::fromLatin1("88"));
     maxCell.setWidth(QMAX(maxCell.width()+2, rect.width()));
 #ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION
     maxCell.setHeight(QMAX(maxCell.height()+8, rect.height()));
 #else
     maxCell.setHeight(QMAX(maxCell.height()+4, rect.height()));
 #endif
     if ( maxCell.width() * 1000 / maxCell.height()  > 1900 ) {
         maxCell.setHeight(maxCell.width() * 1000 / 1900 );
         //qDebug("setmax ");
     }
 }
 
 void
 KDateTable::contentsMousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
 {
     if(e->type()!=QEvent::MouseButtonPress)
         { // the KDatePicker only reacts on mouse press events:
             return;
         }
     if(!isEnabled())
         {
             KNotifyClient::beep();
             return;
         }
 
     int dayoff = KGlobal::locale()->weekStartsMonday() ? 1 : 0;
     // -----
     int row, col, pos, temp;
     QPoint mouseCoord;
     // -----
     mouseCoord = e->pos();
     row=rowAt(mouseCoord.y());
     col=columnAt(mouseCoord.x());
     if(row<0 || col<0)
         { // the user clicked on the frame of the table
             return;
         }
     pos=7*(row-1)+col+1;
 #if 0
     if(pos+dayoff<=firstday)
         { // this day is in the previous month
             KNotifyClient::beep();
             return;
         }
     if(firstday+numdays<pos+dayoff)
         { // this date is in the next month
             KNotifyClient::beep();
             return;
         }
 #endif
     temp=firstday+date.day()-dayoff-1;
     QDate da = QDate(date.year(), date.month(),1);
     setDate(da.addDays( pos-firstday+dayoff-1));
     updateCell(temp/7+1, temp%7); // Update the previously selected cell
     updateCell(row, col); // Update the selected cell
     // assert(QDate(date.year(), date.month(), pos-firstday+dayoff).isValid());
     emit(tableClicked());
 }
 
 bool
 KDateTable::setDate(const QDate& date_)
 {
     bool changed=false;
     QDate temp;
     mMarkCurrent = false;
     // -----
     if(!date_.isValid())
         {
             kdDebug() << "KDateTable::setDate: refusing to set invalid date." << endl;
             return false;
         }
     if(date!=date_)
         {
             date=date_;
             changed=true;
         }
     mMarkCurrent = ( date.month() ==  QDate::currentDate().month() && date.year() ==  QDate::currentDate().year() );
     temp.setYMD(date.year(), date.month(), 1);
     firstday=temp.dayOfWeek();
     if(firstday==1) firstday=8;
     numdays=date.daysInMonth();
     if(date.month()==1)
         { // set to december of previous year
             temp.setYMD(date.year()-1, 12, 1);
         } else { // set to previous month
         temp.setYMD(date.year(), date.month()-1, 1);
     }
     numDaysPrevMonth=temp.daysInMonth();
     if(changed)
         {
             repaintContents(false);
         }
     emit(dateChanged(date));
     return true;
 }
 
 const QDate&
 KDateTable::getDate() const
 {
     return date;
 }
 
 void KDateTable::focusInEvent( QFocusEvent *e )
 {
     repaintContents(false);
-    QGridView::focusInEvent( e );
+    Q3GridView::focusInEvent( e );
 }
 
 void KDateTable::focusOutEvent( QFocusEvent *e )
 {
     repaintContents(false);
-    QGridView::focusOutEvent( e );
+    Q3GridView::focusOutEvent( e );
 }
 
 QSize
 KDateTable::sizeHint() const
 {
     if(maxCell.height()>0 && maxCell.width()>0)
         {
             return QSize((maxCell.width()+2)*numCols()+2*frameWidth(),
                          (maxCell.height()+4)*numRows()+2*frameWidth());
         } else {
         return QSize(-1, -1);
     }
 }
 
 KDateInternalMonthPicker::KDateInternalMonthPicker
 (QWidget* parent, const char* name)
-    : QGridView(parent, name),
+    : Q3GridView(parent, name),
       result(0) // invalid
 {
     QRect rect;
     QFont font;
     // -----
     activeCol = -1;
     activeRow = -1;
     font=KGlobalSettings::generalFont();
     int fontsize = 10;
     int add = 2;
     if ( QApplication::desktop()->width() >= 480 && QApplication::desktop()->width() <= 640 )
         add += 8;
     if ( QApplication::desktop()->width() > 640 )
         add += 6;
     font.setPointSize(fontsize+add);
     setFont(font);
     setHScrollBarMode(AlwaysOff);
     setVScrollBarMode(AlwaysOff);
-    setFrameStyle(QFrame::NoFrame);
+    setFrameStyle(Q3Frame::NoFrame);
     setNumRows(4);
     setNumCols(3);
     // enable to find drawing failures:
     // setTableFlags(Tbl_clipCellPainting);
 #if 0
-    viewport()->setEraseColor(lightGray); // for consistency with the datepicker
+    viewport()->setEraseColor(Qt::lightGray); // for consistency with the datepicker
 #endif
     // ----- find the preferred size
     //       (this is slow, possibly, but unfortunatly it is needed here):
     QFontMetrics metrics(font);
     for(int i=1; i <= 12; ++i)
         {
             rect=metrics.boundingRect(KGlobal::locale()->monthName(i, false));
             if(max.width()<rect.width()) max.setWidth(rect.width());
             if(max.height()<rect.height()) max.setHeight(rect.height());
         }
 
 }
 
 QSize
 KDateInternalMonthPicker::sizeHint() const
 {
     return QSize((max.width()+6)*numCols()+2*frameWidth(),
                  (max.height()+6)*numRows()+2*frameWidth());
 }
 
 int
 KDateInternalMonthPicker::getResult() const
 {
     return result;
 }
 
 void
 KDateInternalMonthPicker::setupPainter(QPainter *p)
 {
-    p->setPen(black);
+    p->setPen(Qt::black);
 }
 
 void
 KDateInternalMonthPicker::viewportResizeEvent(QResizeEvent*)
 {
     setCellWidth(width()/3);
     setCellHeight(height()/4);
 }
 
 void
 KDateInternalMonthPicker::paintCell(QPainter* painter, int row, int col)
 {
     int index;
     QString text;
     // ----- find the number of the cell:
     index=3*row+col+1;
     text=KGlobal::locale()->monthName(index, false);
-    painter->drawText(0, 0, cellWidth(), cellHeight(), AlignCenter, text);
+    painter->drawText(0, 0, cellWidth(), cellHeight(), Qt::AlignCenter, text);
     if ( activeCol == col && activeRow == row )
         painter->drawRect( 0, 0, cellWidth(), cellHeight() );
 }
 
 void
 KDateInternalMonthPicker::contentsMousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
 {
-    if(!isEnabled() || e->button() != LeftButton)
+    if(!isEnabled() || e->button() != Qt::LeftButton)
         {
             KNotifyClient::beep();
             return;
         }
     // -----
     int row, col;
     QPoint mouseCoord;
     // -----
     mouseCoord = e->pos();
     row=rowAt(mouseCoord.y());
     col=columnAt(mouseCoord.x());
 
     if(row<0 || col<0)
         { // the user clicked on the frame of the table
             activeCol = -1;
             activeRow = -1;
         } else {
         activeCol = col;
         activeRow = row;
         updateCell( row, col /*, false */ );
     }
 }
 
 void
 KDateInternalMonthPicker::contentsMouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
 {
-    if (e->state() & LeftButton)
+    if (e->state() & Qt::LeftButton)
         {
             int row, col;
             QPoint mouseCoord;
             // -----
             mouseCoord = e->pos();
             row=rowAt(mouseCoord.y());
             col=columnAt(mouseCoord.x());
             int tmpRow = -1, tmpCol = -1;
             if(row<0 || col<0)
                 { // the user clicked on the frame of the table
                     if ( activeCol > -1 )
                         {
                             tmpRow = activeRow;
                             tmpCol = activeCol;
                         }
                     activeCol = -1;
                     activeRow = -1;
                 } else {
                 bool differentCell = (activeRow != row || activeCol != col);
                 if ( activeCol > -1 && differentCell)
                     {
                         tmpRow = activeRow;
                         tmpCol = activeCol;
                     }
                 if ( differentCell)
                     {
                         activeRow = row;
                         activeCol = col;
                         updateCell( row, col /*, false */ ); // mark the new active cell
                     }
             }
             if ( tmpRow > -1 ) // repaint the former active cell
                 updateCell( tmpRow, tmpCol /*, true */ );
         }
 }
 
 void
 KDateInternalMonthPicker::contentsMouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
 {
     if(!isEnabled())
         {
             return;
         }
     // -----
     int row, col, pos;
     QPoint mouseCoord;
     // -----
     mouseCoord = e->pos();
     row=rowAt(mouseCoord.y());
     col=columnAt(mouseCoord.x());
     if(row<0 || col<0)
         { // the user clicked on the frame of the table
             emit(closeMe(0));
         }
     pos=3*row+col+1;
     result=pos;
     emit(closeMe(1));
 }
 
 
 
 KDateInternalYearSelector::KDateInternalYearSelector
 (int fontsize, QWidget* parent, const char* name)
     : QLineEdit(parent, name),
       val(new QIntValidator(this)),
       result(0)
 {
     QFont font;
     // -----
     font=KGlobalSettings::generalFont();
     font.setPointSize(fontsize);
     setFont(font);
 #if 0
-    setFrameStyle(QFrame::NoFrame);
+    setFrameStyle(Q3Frame::NoFrame);
 #endif
     // we have to respect the limits of QDate here, I fear:
     val->setRange(0, 8000);
     setValidator(val);
     connect(this, SIGNAL(returnPressed()), SLOT(yearEnteredSlot()));
 }
 
 void
 KDateInternalYearSelector::yearEnteredSlot()
 {
     bool ok;
     int year;
     QDate date;
     // ----- check if this is a valid year:
     year=text().toInt(&ok);
     if(!ok)
         {
             KNotifyClient::beep();
             return;
         }
     date.setYMD(year, 1, 1);
     if(!date.isValid())
         {
             KNotifyClient::beep();
             return;
         }
     result=year;
     emit(closeMe(1));
 }
 
 int
 KDateInternalYearSelector::getYear()
 {
     return result;
 }
 
 void
 KDateInternalYearSelector::setYear(int year)
 {
     QString temp;
     // -----
     temp.setNum(year);
     setText(temp);
 }
 
 KPopupFrame::KPopupFrame(QWidget* parent, const char*  name)
-    : QFrame(parent, name, WType_Popup),
+    : Q3Frame(parent, name, Qt::WType_Popup),
       result(0), // rejected
       main(0)
 {
-    setFrameStyle(QFrame::Box|QFrame::Raised);
+    setFrameStyle(Q3Frame::Box|Q3Frame::Raised);
     setMidLineWidth(2);
 }
 
 void
 KPopupFrame::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent* e)
 {
-    if(e->key()==Key_Escape)
+    if(e->key()==Qt::Key_Escape)
         {
             result=0; // rejected
             qApp->exit_loop();
         }
 }
 
 void
 KPopupFrame::close(int r)
 {
     result=r;
     qApp->exit_loop();
 }
 
 void
 KPopupFrame::setMainWidget(QWidget* m)
 {
     main=m;
     if(main!=0)
         {
             resize(main->width()+2*frameWidth(), main->height()+2*frameWidth());
         }
 }
 
 void
 KPopupFrame::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent*)
 {
     if(main!=0)
         {
             main->setGeometry(frameWidth(), frameWidth(),
                               width()-2*frameWidth(), height()-2*frameWidth());
         }
 }
 
 void
 KPopupFrame::popup(const QPoint &pos)
 {
     // Make sure the whole popup is visible.
     QRect d = QApplication::desktop()->frameGeometry();
     int x = pos.x();
     int y = pos.y();
     int w = width();
     int h = height();
     if (x+w > d.x()+d.width())
         x = d.width() - w;
     if (y+h > d.y()+d.height())
         y = d.height() - h;
     if (x < d.x())
         x = 0;
     if (y < d.y())
         y = 0;
 
     // Pop the thingy up.
     move(x, y);
     show();
 }
 
 int
 KPopupFrame::exec(QPoint pos)
 {
     popup(pos);
     repaint();
     qApp->enter_loop();
     hide();
     return result;
 }
 
 int
 KPopupFrame::exec(int x, int y)
 {
     return exec(QPoint(x, y));
 }
 
 void KPopupFrame::virtual_hook( int, void* )
 { /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
 
 void KDateTable::virtual_hook( int, void* )
 { /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
 
 //#include "kdatetbl.moc"
 
 
 KDateInternalWeekPicker::KDateInternalWeekPicker
 (QWidget* parent, const char* name)
-    : QGridView(parent, name),
+    : Q3GridView(parent, name),
       result(0) // invalid
 {
     QRect rect;
     QFont font;
     // -----
     activeCol = -1;
     activeRow = -1;
     font=KGlobalSettings::generalFont();
     int fontsize = 10;
     int add = 2;
     if ( QApplication::desktop()->width() >= 480 && QApplication::desktop()->width() <= 640 )
         add += 6;
     font.setPointSize(fontsize+add);
     setFont(font);
     setHScrollBarMode(AlwaysOff);
     setVScrollBarMode(AlwaysOff);
-    setFrameStyle(QFrame::NoFrame);
+    setFrameStyle(Q3Frame::NoFrame);
     if ( QApplication::desktop()->height() > 240 ) {
         setNumRows(13);
         setNumCols(4);
     } else {
         setNumRows(4);
         setNumCols(13);
     }
     // enable to find drawing failures:
     // setTableFlags(Tbl_clipCellPainting);
 #if 0
-    viewport()->setEraseColor(lightGray); // for consistency with the datepicker
+    viewport()->setEraseColor(Qt::lightGray); // for consistency with the datepicker
 #endif
     // ----- find the preferred size
     //       (this is slow, possibly, but unfortunatly it is needed here):
     QFontMetrics metrics(font);
     for(int i=1; i <= 52; ++i)
         {
             rect=metrics.boundingRect(QString::number( i ));
             if(max.width()<rect.width()) max.setWidth(rect.width());
             if(max.height()<rect.height()) max.setHeight(rect.height());
         }
     if ( QApplication::desktop()->width() > 640 ) {
       
         max.setWidth(max.width()+6);
         max.setHeight(max.height()+8);
     }
 }
 
 QSize
 KDateInternalWeekPicker::sizeHint() const
 {
     return QSize((max.width()+6)*numCols()+2*frameWidth(),
                  (max.height()+6)*numRows()+2*frameWidth());
 }
 
 int
 KDateInternalWeekPicker::getResult() const
 {
     return result;
 }
 
 void
 KDateInternalWeekPicker::setupPainter(QPainter *p)
 {
-    p->setPen(black);
+    p->setPen(Qt::black);
 }
 
 void
 KDateInternalWeekPicker::viewportResizeEvent(QResizeEvent*)
 {
     setCellWidth(width()/ numCols());
     setCellHeight(height()/ numRows());
 }
 
 void
 KDateInternalWeekPicker::paintCell(QPainter* painter, int row, int col)
 {
     int index;
     QString text;
     // ----- find the number of the cell:
     index=numCols()*row+col+1;
     text=QString::number( index );
-    painter->drawText(0, 0, cellWidth(), cellHeight(), AlignCenter, text);
+    painter->drawText(0, 0, cellWidth(), cellHeight(), Qt::AlignCenter, text);
     if ( activeCol == col && activeRow == row )
         painter->drawRect( 0, 0, cellWidth(), cellHeight() );
 }
 
 void
 KDateInternalWeekPicker::contentsMousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
 {
-    if(!isEnabled() || e->button() != LeftButton)
+    if(!isEnabled() || e->button() != Qt::LeftButton)
         {
             KNotifyClient::beep();
             return;
         }
     // -----
     int row, col;
     QPoint mouseCoord;
     // -----
     mouseCoord = e->pos();
     row=rowAt(mouseCoord.y());
     col=columnAt(mouseCoord.x());
 
     if(row<0 || col<0)
         { // the user clicked on the frame of the table
             activeCol = -1;
             activeRow = -1;
         } else {
         activeCol = col;
         activeRow = row;
         updateCell( row, col /*, false */ );
     }
 }
 
 void
 KDateInternalWeekPicker::contentsMouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
 {
-    if (e->state() & LeftButton)
+    if (e->state() & Qt::LeftButton)
         {
             int row, col;
             QPoint mouseCoord;
             // -----
             mouseCoord = e->pos();
             row=rowAt(mouseCoord.y());
             col=columnAt(mouseCoord.x());
             int tmpRow = -1, tmpCol = -1;
             if(row<0 || col<0)
                 { // the user clicked on the frame of the table
                     if ( activeCol > -1 )
                         {
                             tmpRow = activeRow;
                             tmpCol = activeCol;
                         }
                     activeCol = -1;
                     activeRow = -1;
                 } else {
                 bool differentCell = (activeRow != row || activeCol != col);
                 if ( activeCol > -1 && differentCell)
                     {
                         tmpRow = activeRow;
                         tmpCol = activeCol;
                     }
                 if ( differentCell)
                     {
                         activeRow = row;
                         activeCol = col;
                         updateCell( row, col /*, false */ ); // mark the new active cell
                     }
             }
             if ( tmpRow > -1 ) // repaint the former active cell
                 updateCell( tmpRow, tmpCol /*, true */ );
         }
 }
 
 void
 KDateInternalWeekPicker::contentsMouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
 {
     if(!isEnabled())
         {
             return;
         }
     // -----
     int row, col, pos;
     QPoint mouseCoord;
     // -----
     mouseCoord = e->pos();
     row=rowAt(mouseCoord.y());
     col=columnAt(mouseCoord.x());
     if(row<0 || col<0)
         { // the user clicked on the frame of the table
             emit(closeMe(0));
         }
     pos=numCols()*row+col+1;
     result=pos;
     emit(closeMe(1));
 }
diff --git a/microkde/kdatetbl.h b/microkde/kdatetbl.h
index 87808df..2d3d2cf 100644
--- a/microkde/kdatetbl.h
+++ b/microkde/kdatetbl.h
@@ -1,372 +1,378 @@
 /*  -*- C++ -*-
     This file is part of the KDE libraries
     Copyright (C) 1997 Tim D. Gilman (tdgilman@best.org)
               (C) 1998-2001 Mirko Boehm (mirko@kde.org)
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
     version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 #ifndef KDATETBL_H
 #define KDATETBL_H
 
 #include <qvalidator.h>
-#include <qgridview.h>
+#include <q3gridview.h>
 #include <qlineedit.h>
 #include <qdatetime.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <QResizeEvent>
+#include <QMouseEvent>
+#include <Q3Frame>
+#include <QKeyEvent>
+#include <QFocusEvent>
 
 /**
 * A table containing month names. It is used to pick a month directly.
 * @internal
 * @version $Id$
 * @author Tim Gilman, Mirko Boehm
 */
-class KDateInternalMonthPicker : public QGridView
+class KDateInternalMonthPicker : public Q3GridView
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 protected:
   /**
    * Store the month that has been clicked [1..12].
    */
   int result;
   /**
    * the cell under mouse cursor when LBM is pressed
    */
   short int activeCol;
   short int activeRow;
   /**
    * Contains the largest rectangle needed by the month names.
    */
   QRect max;
 signals:
   /**
    * This is send from the mouse click event handler.
    */
   void closeMe(int);
 public:
   /**
    * The constructor.
    */
   KDateInternalMonthPicker(QWidget* parent, const char* name=0);
   /**
    * The size hint.
    */
   QSize sizeHint() const;
   /**
    * Return the result. 0 means no selection (reject()), 1..12 are the
    * months.
    */
   int getResult() const;
 protected:
   /**
    * Set up the painter.
    */
   void setupPainter(QPainter *p);
   /**
    * The resize event.
    */
   void viewportResizeEvent(QResizeEvent*);
   /**
    * Paint a cell. This simply draws the month names in it.
    */
   virtual void paintCell(QPainter* painter, int row, int col);
   /**
    * Catch mouse click and move events to paint a rectangle around the item.
    */
   void contentsMousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *e);
   void contentsMouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *e);
   /**
    * Emit monthSelected(int) when a cell has been released.
    */
   void contentsMouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *e);
 
 private:
   class KDateInternalMonthPrivate;
   KDateInternalMonthPrivate *d;
 };
 
 /** Year selection widget.
 * @internal
 * @version $Id$
 * @author Tim Gilman, Mirko Boehm
 */
 class KDateInternalYearSelector : public QLineEdit
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 protected:
   QIntValidator *val;
   int result;
 public slots:
   void yearEnteredSlot();
 signals:
   void closeMe(int);
 public:
   KDateInternalYearSelector(int fontsize,
 			    QWidget* parent=0,
 			    const char* name=0);
   int getYear();
   void setYear(int year);
 
 private:
   class KDateInternalYearPrivate;
   KDateInternalYearPrivate *d;
 };
 
 /**
  * Frame with popup menu behaviour.
  * @author Tim Gilman, Mirko Boehm
  * @version $Id$
  */
-class KPopupFrame : public QFrame
+class KPopupFrame : public Q3Frame
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 protected:
   /**
    * The result. It is returned from exec() when the popup window closes.
    */
   int result;
   /**
    * Catch key press events.
    */
   void keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent* e);
   /**
    * The only subwidget that uses the whole dialog window.
    */
   QWidget *main;
 public slots:
   /**
    * Close the popup window. This is called from the main widget, usually.
    * @p r is the result returned from exec().
    */
   void close(int r);
 public:
   /**
    * The contructor. Creates a dialog without buttons.
    */
   KPopupFrame(QWidget* parent=0, const char*  name=0);
   /**
    * Set the main widget. You cannot set the main widget from the constructor,
    * since it must be a child of the frame itselfes.
    * Be careful: the size is set to the main widgets size. It is up to you to
    * set the main widgets correct size before setting it as the main
    * widget.
    */
   void setMainWidget(QWidget* m);
   /**
    * The resize event. Simply resizes the main widget to the whole
    * widgets client size.
    */
   void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent*);
   /**
    * Open the popup window at position pos.
    */
   void popup(const QPoint &pos);
   /**
    * Execute the popup window.
    */
   int exec(QPoint p);
   /**
    * Dito.
    */
   int exec(int x, int y);
 
 private:
 
-  virtual bool close(bool alsoDelete) { return QFrame::close(alsoDelete); }
+  virtual bool close(bool alsoDelete) { return Q3Frame::close(alsoDelete); }
 protected:
   virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
 private:
   class KPopupFramePrivate;
   KPopupFramePrivate *d;
 };
 
 /**
 * Validates user-entered dates.
 */
 class KDateValidator : public QValidator
 {
 public:
     KDateValidator(QWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0);
     virtual State validate(QString&, int&) const;
     virtual void fixup ( QString & input ) const;
     State date(const QString&, QDate&) const;
 };
 
 /**
  * Date selection table.
  * This is a support class for the KDatePicker class.  It just
  * draws the calender table without titles, but could theoretically
  * be used as a standalone.
  *
  * When a date is selected by the user, it emits a signal:
  * dateSelected(QDate)
  *
  * @internal
  * @version $Id$
  * @author Tim Gilman, Mirko Boehm
  */
-class KDateTable : public QGridView
+class KDateTable : public Q3GridView
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 public:
     /**
      * The constructor.
      */
     KDateTable(QWidget *parent=0,
 	       QDate date=QDate::currentDate(),
-	       const char* name=0, WFlags f=0);
+	       const char* name=0, Qt::WFlags f=0);
     /**
      * Returns a recommended size for the widget.
      * To save some time, the size of the largest used cell content is
      * calculated in each paintCell() call, since all calculations have
      * to be done there anyway. The size is stored in maxCell. The
      * sizeHint() simply returns a multiple of maxCell.
      */
     virtual QSize sizeHint() const;
     /**
      * Set the font size of the date table.
      */
     void setFontSize(int size);
     /**
      * Select and display this date.
      */
     bool setDate(const QDate&);
     const QDate& getDate() const;
 
 
 protected:
     bool mMarkCurrent;
     /**
      * Paint a cell.
      */
     virtual void paintCell(QPainter*, int, int);
     /**
      * Handle the resize events.
      */
     virtual void viewportResizeEvent(QResizeEvent *);
     /**
      * React on mouse clicks that select a date.
      */
     virtual void contentsMousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *);
     virtual void keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent *e );
     virtual void focusInEvent( QFocusEvent *e );
     virtual void focusOutEvent( QFocusEvent *e );
     /**
      * The font size of the displayed text.
      */
     int fontsize;
     /**
      * The currently selected date.
      */
     QDate date;
     /**
      * The day of the first day in the month [1..7].
      */
     int firstday;
     /**
      * The number of days in the current month.
      */
     int numdays;
     /**
      * The number of days in the previous month.
      */
     int numDaysPrevMonth;
     /**
      * unused
      */
     bool unused_hasSelection;
     /**
      * Save the size of the largest used cell content.
      */
     QRect maxCell;
 signals:
     /**
      * The selected date changed.
      */
     void dateChanged(QDate);
     /**
      * A date has been selected by clicking on the table.
      */
     void tableClicked();
 
 protected:
   virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
 private:
     class KDateTablePrivate;
     KDateTablePrivate *d;
 };
 
 #endif // KDATETBL_H
-class KDateInternalWeekPicker : public QGridView
+class KDateInternalWeekPicker : public Q3GridView
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 protected:
   /**
    * Store the month that has been clicked [1..12].
    */
   int result;
   /**
    * the cell under mouse cursor when LBM is pressed
    */
   short int activeCol;
   short int activeRow;
   /**
    * Contains the largest rectangle needed by the month names.
    */
   QRect max;
 signals:
   /**
    * This is send from the mouse click event handler.
    */
   void closeMe(int);
 public:
   /**
    * The constructor.
    */
   KDateInternalWeekPicker(QWidget* parent, const char* name=0);
   /**
    * The size hint.
    */
   QSize sizeHint() const;
   /**
    * Return the result. 0 means no selection (reject()), 1..12 are the
    * months.
    */
   int getResult() const;
 protected:
   /**
    * Set up the painter.
    */
   void setupPainter(QPainter *p);
   /**
    * The resize event.
    */
   void viewportResizeEvent(QResizeEvent*);
   /**
    * Paint a cell. This simply draws the month names in it.
    */
   virtual void paintCell(QPainter* painter, int row, int col);
   /**
    * Catch mouse click and move events to paint a rectangle around the item.
    */
   void contentsMousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *e);
   void contentsMouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *e);
   /**
    * Emit monthSelected(int) when a cell has been released.
    */
   void contentsMouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *e);
 
 private:
   class KDateInternalMonthPrivate;
   KDateInternalMonthPrivate *d;
 };
diff --git a/microkde/kdebug.h b/microkde/kdebug.h
index bb9cfe3..534943c 100644
--- a/microkde/kdebug.h
+++ b/microkde/kdebug.h
@@ -1,92 +1,94 @@
 #ifndef MINIKDE_KDEBUG_H
 #define MINIKDE_KDEBUG_H
 
 #include <stdio.h>
 
 #include <qstring.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3CString>
 
 
 
 class kdbgstream;
 typedef kdbgstream & (*KDBGFUNC)(kdbgstream &); // manipulator function
 
 class kdbgstream {
  public:
     kdbgstream(unsigned int _area, unsigned int _level, bool _print = true) :
       area(_area), level(_level),  print(  _print ) { print = false; }
     /*   kdbgstream(const char * initialString, unsigned int _area, unsigned int _level, bool _print = false) :
          output(QString::fromLatin1(initialString)), area(_area), level(_level),  print(_print) { print = false; }*/
     ~kdbgstream()
     {
         // if (!output.isEmpty()) {
         // fprintf(stderr,"ASSERT: debug output not ended with \\n\n");
         //*this << "\n";
         //}
     }
    kdbgstream &operator<<(bool)  {
 
 	return *this;
     }
     kdbgstream &operator<<(short)  {
 
 	return *this;
     }
     kdbgstream &operator<<(unsigned short) {
      
         return *this;
     }
     kdbgstream &operator<<(char)  {
 
 	return *this;
     }
     kdbgstream &operator<<(unsigned char) {
        
         return *this;
     }
 
     kdbgstream &operator<<(int)  {
 
 	return *this;
     }
     kdbgstream &operator<<(unsigned int) {
       
         return *this;
     }
     kdbgstream &operator<<(long) {
         return *this;
     }
     kdbgstream &operator<<(unsigned long) {
         return *this;
     }
     kdbgstream &operator<<(const QString&) {
 	return *this;
     }
     kdbgstream &operator<<(const char*) {
 	return *this;
     }
-    kdbgstream &operator<<(const QCString&) {
+    kdbgstream &operator<<(const Q3CString&) {
       return *this;
     }
     kdbgstream& operator<<(KDBGFUNC f) {
 	return (*f)(*this);
     }
     kdbgstream& operator<<(double) {
 	if (!print) return *this;
       return *this;
     }
     void flush() {
 	return;
     }
  private:
     QString output;
     unsigned int area, level;
     bool print;
 };
 
 inline kdbgstream &endl( kdbgstream &s) { s << "\n"; return s; }
 
 inline kdbgstream kdDebug(int area = 0) { return kdbgstream(area, 0); }
 inline kdbgstream kdWarning(int area = 0) { return kdbgstream(area, 0); }
 inline kdbgstream kdError(int area = 0) { return kdbgstream(area, 0); }
 
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdecore/kcatalogue.cpp b/microkde/kdecore/kcatalogue.cpp
index 97ac326..1600b08 100644
--- a/microkde/kdecore/kcatalogue.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kdecore/kcatalogue.cpp
@@ -1,131 +1,133 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
    Copyright (c) 2001 Hans Petter Bieker <bieker@kde.org>
 
    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
    Library General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 //US #include <config.h>
 
 #include <qfile.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3CString>
 
 #include <kdebug.h>
 
 #include "kcatalogue.h"
 
 char *k_nl_find_msg(struct kde_loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
 	       const char *msgid);
 void k_nl_unload_domain (struct loaded_domain *domain);
 
 #ifndef KDE_USE_FINAL // with --enable-final, we're getting this from libintl.cpp
 struct kde_loaded_l10nfile
 {
   const char *filename;
   int decided;
 
   const void *data;
 
   kde_loaded_l10nfile() : filename(0), decided(0), data(0) {}
 };
 #endif
 
 class KCataloguePrivate
 {
 public:
   QString name;
 
   kde_loaded_l10nfile domain;
 };
 
 KCatalogue::KCatalogue(const QString & name)
   : d( new KCataloguePrivate )
 {
   d->name = name;
 }
 
 KCatalogue::KCatalogue(const KCatalogue & rhs)
   : d( new KCataloguePrivate )
 {
   *this = rhs;
 }
 
 KCatalogue & KCatalogue::operator=(const KCatalogue & rhs)
 {
   d->name = rhs.d->name;
   setFileName( rhs.fileName() );
 
   return *this;
 }
 
 KCatalogue::~KCatalogue()
 {
   doUnload();
 
   delete d;
 }
 
 QString KCatalogue::name() const
 {
   return d->name;
 }
 
 void KCatalogue::setFileName( const QString & fileName )
 {
   // nothing to do if the file name is already the same
   if ( this->fileName() == fileName ) return;
 
   doUnload();
 
-  QCString newFileName = QFile::encodeName( fileName );
+  Q3CString newFileName = QFile::encodeName( fileName );
 
   if ( !fileName.isEmpty() )
     {
       // set file name
       char *filename = new char[ newFileName.length() + 1 ];
       ::qstrcpy( filename, newFileName );
       d->domain.filename = filename;
     }
 }
 
 QString KCatalogue::fileName() const
 {
   return QFile::decodeName( d->domain.filename );
 }
 
 const char * KCatalogue::translate(const char * msgid) const
 {
     qDebug("KCatalogue::translate has to be fixed %s",msgid  );
 //US  return ::k_nl_find_msg( &d->domain, msgid );
   return msgid;
 
 }
 
 void KCatalogue::doUnload()
 {
   // use gettext's unloader
   if ( d->domain.data )
   {
 //US    ::k_nl_unload_domain( (struct loaded_domain *)d->domain.data );
   qDebug("KCatalogue::doUnload has to be fixed" );
     
   }
   d->domain.data = 0;
 
   // free name
   delete [] const_cast<char *>(d->domain.filename);
   d->domain.filename = 0;
 
   d->domain.decided = 0;
 }
diff --git a/microkde/kdecore/kconfigbase.h b/microkde/kdecore/kconfigbase.h
index 7e56d11..1ef6a04 100644
--- a/microkde/kdecore/kconfigbase.h
+++ b/microkde/kdecore/kconfigbase.h
@@ -1,102 +1,104 @@
 /*
    This file is part of the KDE libraries
    Copyright (c) 1999 Preston Brown <pbrown@kde.org>
    Copyright (c) 1997 Matthias Kalle Dalheimer <kalle@kde.org>
    Copyright (c) 2001 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org>
 
    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
    Library General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 // $Id$
 
 #ifndef _KCONFIGBASE_H
 #define _KCONFIGBASE_H
 
 #include "kconfig.h"
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3CString>
 
 /**
   * Helper class to facilitate working with @ref KConfig / @ref KSimpleConfig
   * groups.
   *
   * Careful programmers always set the group of a
   * @ref KConfig @ref KSimpleConfig object to the group they want to read from
   * and set it back to the old one of afterwards. This is usually
   * written as:
   * <pre>
   *
   * QString oldgroup config->group();
   * config->setGroup( "TheGroupThatIWant" );
   * ...
   * config->writeEntry( "Blah", "Blubb" );
   *
   * config->setGroup( oldgroup );
   * </pre>
   *
   * In order to facilitate this task, you can use
   * KConfigGroupSaver. Simply construct such an object ON THE STACK
   * when you want to switch to a new group. Then, when the object goes
   * out of scope, the group will automatically be restored. If you
   * want to use several different groups within a function or method,
   * you can still use KConfigGroupSaver: Simply enclose all work with
   * one group (including the creation of the KConfigGroupSaver object)
   * in one block.
   *
   * @author Matthias Kalle Dalheimer <kalle@kde.org>
   * @version $Id$
   * @see KConfigBase, KConfig, KSimpleConfig
   * @short Helper class for easier use of KConfig/KSimpleConfig groups
   */
 //US I converted the class in a way that it can be used with KConfig objects of microkde
   
 class KConfigGroupSaver
 {
 public:
   /**
    * Constructor. You pass a pointer to the KConfigBase-derived
    * object you want to work with and a string indicating the _new_
    * group.
    *
    * @param config The KConfigBase-derived object this
    *               KConfigGroupSaver works on.
    * @param group  The new group that the config object should switch to.
    */
   KConfigGroupSaver( KConfig* config, QString group )
       /* KDE 4 : make the second parameter const QString & */
       : _config(config), _oldgroup(config->group())
         { _config->setGroup( group ); }
 
   KConfigGroupSaver( KConfig* config, const char *group )
       : _config(config), _oldgroup(config->group())
         { _config->setGroup( group ); }
 
-  KConfigGroupSaver( KConfig* config, const QCString &group )
+  KConfigGroupSaver( KConfig* config, const Q3CString &group )
       : _config(config), _oldgroup(config->group())
         { _config->setGroup( group ); }
 
   ~KConfigGroupSaver() { _config->setGroup( _oldgroup ); }
 
     KConfig* config() { return _config; };
 
 private:
   KConfig* _config;
   QString _oldgroup;
 
   KConfigGroupSaver(const KConfigGroupSaver&);
   KConfigGroupSaver& operator=(const KConfigGroupSaver&);
 
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdecore/klibloader.cpp b/microkde/kdecore/klibloader.cpp
index 6d0475a..0b54eb6 100644
--- a/microkde/kdecore/klibloader.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kdecore/klibloader.cpp
@@ -1,653 +1,656 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
    Copyright (C) 1999 Torben Weis <weis@kde.org>
    Copyright (C) 2000 Michael Matz <matz@kde.org>
 
    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
    License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 
    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
    Library General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 //US #include <config.h>
 #include <qclipboard.h>
 #include <qfile.h>
 #include <qtimer.h>
-#include <qobjectdict.h>
-#include <qwidgetlist.h>
+#include <q3objectdict.h>
 #include <qwidget.h>
+#include <qwidget.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3CString>
+#include <Q3PtrList>
 
 #include "kapplication.h"
 #include "klibloader.h"
 #include "kstandarddirs.h"
 #include "kdebug.h"
 #include "klocale.h"
 
 /*US
 #ifndef NDEBUG
 #include "ltdl.h"
 #endif
 */
 
 //US do everything through qlibrary
 #ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION
 #include <qpe/qpeapplication.h>
 #include <qtopia/qlibrary.h>
 #else
 #include <qlibrary.h> 
 #endif
 
 
-template class QAsciiDict<KLibrary>;
+template class Q3AsciiDict<KLibrary>;
 
 #include <stdlib.h> //getenv
 
 /*US
 #if HAVE_DLFCN_H
 #  include <dlfcn.h>
 #endif
  
 #ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL
 #  define LT_GLOBAL             RTLD_GLOBAL
 #else
 #  ifdef DL_GLOBAL
 #    define LT_GLOBAL           DL_GLOBAL
 #  endif
 #endif
 #ifndef LT_GLOBAL
 #  define LT_GLOBAL             0
 #endif
 */
 
 /*US
 extern "C" {
 extern int lt_dlopen_flag;
 }
 */
 
 KLibFactory::KLibFactory( QObject* parent, const char* name )
     : QObject( parent, name )
 {
 }
 
 KLibFactory::~KLibFactory()
 {
 //    kdDebug(150) << "Deleting KLibFactory " << this << endl;
 }
 
 QObject* KLibFactory::create( QObject* parent, const char* name, const char* classname, const QStringList &args )
 {
     QObject* obj = createObject( parent, name, classname, args );
     if ( obj )
 	emit objectCreated( obj );
     return obj;
 }
 
 
 QObject* KLibFactory::createObject( QObject*, const char*, const char*, const QStringList &)
 {
     return 0;
 }
 
 
 // -----------------------------------------------
 
 //US KLibrary::KLibrary( const QString& libname, const QString& filename, void * handle )
 KLibrary::KLibrary( const QString& libname, const QString& filename, QLibrary* handle )
 {
     /* Make sure, we have a KLibLoader */
     (void) KLibLoader::self();
     m_libname = libname;
     m_filename = filename;
     m_handle = handle;
     m_factory = 0;
     m_timer = 0;
 }
 
 KLibrary::~KLibrary()
 {
 //    kdDebug(150) << "Deleting KLibrary " << this << "  " << m_libname << endl;
     if ( m_timer && m_timer->isActive() )
 	m_timer->stop();
 
     // If any object is remaining, delete
     if ( m_objs.count() > 0 )
 	{
-	    QPtrListIterator<QObject> it( m_objs );
+	    Q3PtrListIterator<QObject> it( m_objs );
 	    for ( ; it.current() ; ++it )
 		{
 		    kdDebug(150) << "Factory still has object " << it.current() << " " << it.current()->name () << " Library = " << m_libname << endl;
 		    disconnect( it.current(), SIGNAL( destroyed() ),
 				this, SLOT( slotObjectDestroyed() ) );
 		}
 	    m_objs.setAutoDelete(true);
 	    m_objs.clear();
 	}
 
     if ( m_factory ) {
 //	kdDebug(150) << " ... deleting the factory " << m_factory << endl;
 	delete m_factory;
     }
 }
 
 QString KLibrary::name() const
 {
     return m_libname;
 }
 
 QString KLibrary::fileName() const
 {
     return m_filename;
 }
 
 KLibFactory* KLibrary::factory()
 {
     if ( m_factory )
         return m_factory;
 
-        QCString symname;
+        Q3CString symname;
         symname.sprintf("init_%s", name().latin1() );
     
         void* sym = symbol( symname );
         if ( !sym )
         {
             qDebug("KLibrary: The library %s does not offer an %s function", name().latin1(), symname.data());
 #ifndef NDEBUG
 //US            qDebug("KLibrary: errorcode: %s", lt_dlerror());
 #endif            
             kdWarning(150) << "KLibrary: The library " << name().latin1() << " does not offer an init_" << name().latin1() << " function" << endl;
             return 0;
     }
 
     typedef KLibFactory* (*t_func)();
     t_func func = (t_func)sym;
     m_factory = func();
 
     if( !m_factory )
     {
         kdWarning(150) << "KLibrary: The library " << name() << " does not offer a KDE compatible factory" << endl;
         return 0;
     }
 
     connect( m_factory, SIGNAL( objectCreated( QObject * ) ),
              this, SLOT( slotObjectCreated( QObject * ) ) );
 
     return m_factory;
 }
 
 void* KLibrary::symbol( const char* symname ) const
 {
 //US     void* sym = lt_dlsym( (lt_dlhandle) m_handle, symname );
          void* sym = m_handle->resolve( symname );    
     if ( !sym )
     {
 //US        kdWarning(150) << "KLibrary: " << lt_dlerror() << endl;
         return 0;
     }
 
     return sym;
 }
 
 bool KLibrary::hasSymbol( const char* symname ) const
 {
 //US    void* sym = lt_dlsym( (lt_dlhandle) m_handle, symname );
          void* sym = m_handle->resolve( symname );    
     return (sym != 0L );
 }
 
 void KLibrary::unload() const
 {
    if (KLibLoader::s_self)
       KLibLoader::s_self->unloadLibrary(QFile::encodeName(name()));
 }
 
 void KLibrary::slotObjectCreated( QObject *obj )
 {
   if ( !obj )
     return;
 
   if ( m_timer && m_timer->isActive() )
     m_timer->stop();
 
   if ( m_objs.containsRef( obj ) )
       return; // we know this object already
 
   connect( obj, SIGNAL( destroyed() ),
            this, SLOT( slotObjectDestroyed() ) );
 
   m_objs.append( obj );
 }
 
 void KLibrary::slotObjectDestroyed()
 {
   m_objs.removeRef( sender() );
 
   if ( m_objs.count() == 0 )
   {
 //    kdDebug(150) << "KLibrary: shutdown timer for " << name() << " started!"
 //                 << endl;
 
     if ( !m_timer )
     {
       m_timer = new QTimer( this, "klibrary_shutdown_timer" );
       connect( m_timer, SIGNAL( timeout() ),
                this, SLOT( slotTimeout() ) );
     }
 
     // as long as it's not stable make the timeout short, for debugging
     // pleasure (matz)
     //m_timer->start( 1000*60, true );
     m_timer->start( 1000*10, true );
   }
 }
 
 void KLibrary::slotTimeout()
 {
   if ( m_objs.count() != 0 )
     return;
 
   /* Don't go through KLibLoader::unloadLibrary(), because that uses the
      ref counter, but this timeout means to unconditionally close this library
      The destroyed() signal will take care to remove us from all lists.
   */
   delete this;
 }
 
 // -------------------------------------------------
 
 /* This helper class is needed, because KLibraries can go away without
    being unloaded. So we need some info about KLibraries even after its
    death. */
 class KLibWrapPrivate
 {
 public:
 //US    KLibWrapPrivate(KLibrary *l, lt_dlhandle h);
     KLibWrapPrivate(KLibrary *l, QLibrary* h);
 
     KLibrary *lib;
     enum {UNKNOWN, UNLOAD, DONT_UNLOAD} unload_mode;
     int ref_count;
 //US    lt_dlhandle handle;
     QLibrary *handle;
     QString name;
     QString filename;
 };
 
 //US KLibWrapPrivate::KLibWrapPrivate(KLibrary *l, lt_dlhandle h)
 KLibWrapPrivate::KLibWrapPrivate(KLibrary *l, QLibrary* h)
  : lib(l), ref_count(1), handle(h), name(l->name()), filename(l->fileName())
 {
     unload_mode = UNKNOWN;
 /*US    
     if (lt_dlsym(handle, "__kde_do_not_unload") != 0) {
 //        kdDebug(150) << "Will not unload " << name << endl;
         unload_mode = DONT_UNLOAD;
     } else if (lt_dlsym(handle, "__kde_do_unload") != 0) {
         unload_mode = UNLOAD;
     }
 */
 //US use instead:
     if (h->resolve("__kde_do_not_unload") != 0) {
 //        kdDebug(150) << "Will not unload " << name << endl;
         unload_mode = DONT_UNLOAD;
     } else if (h->resolve("__kde_do_unload") != 0) {
         unload_mode = UNLOAD;
     }
 }
 
 class KLibLoaderPrivate
 {
 public:
-    QPtrList<KLibWrapPrivate> loaded_stack;
-    QPtrList<KLibWrapPrivate> pending_close;
+    Q3PtrList<KLibWrapPrivate> loaded_stack;
+    Q3PtrList<KLibWrapPrivate> pending_close;
     enum {UNKNOWN, UNLOAD, DONT_UNLOAD} unload_mode;
 
     QString errorMessage;
 };
 
 KLibLoader* KLibLoader::s_self = 0;
 
 KLibLoader* KLibLoader::self()
 {
     if ( !s_self )
         s_self = new KLibLoader;
     return s_self;
 }
 
 void KLibLoader::cleanUp()
 {
   if ( !s_self )
     return;
 
   delete s_self;
   s_self = 0;
 }
 
 KLibLoader::KLibLoader( QObject* parent, const char* name )
     : QObject( parent, name )
 {
     s_self = this;
     d = new KLibLoaderPrivate;
 //US    lt_dlinit();
     d->unload_mode = KLibLoaderPrivate::UNKNOWN;
     if (getenv("KDE_NOUNLOAD") != 0)
         d->unload_mode = KLibLoaderPrivate::DONT_UNLOAD;
     else if (getenv("KDE_DOUNLOAD") != 0)
         d->unload_mode = KLibLoaderPrivate::UNLOAD;
     d->loaded_stack.setAutoDelete( true );
 }
 
 KLibLoader::~KLibLoader()
 {
 //    kdDebug(150) << "Deleting KLibLoader " << this << "  " << name() << endl;
 
-    QAsciiDictIterator<KLibWrapPrivate> it( m_libs );
+    Q3AsciiDictIterator<KLibWrapPrivate> it( m_libs );
     for (; it.current(); ++it )
     {
       kdDebug(150) << "The KLibLoader contains the library " << it.current()->name
         << " (" << it.current()->lib << ")" << endl;
       d->pending_close.append(it.current());
     }
 
     close_pending(0);
 
     delete d;
 }
 
 //static
 QString KLibLoader::findLibrary( const char * name/*US , const KInstance * instance*/ )
 {
-    QCString libname( name );
+    Q3CString libname( name );
 
     // only append ".la" if there is no extension
     // this allows to load non-libtool libraries as well
     // (mhk, 20000228)
     int pos = libname.findRev('/');
     if (pos < 0)
       pos = 0;
 /*US      
     if (libname.find('.', pos) < 0) {
       libname += ".la";
     }
 */    
 //US in the microedition we work only with shared libraries.
 
     if (libname.find('.', pos) < 0) {
 #ifdef _WIN32_
       libname += ".dll";
 #else
       libname += ".so";
 #endif
     }
 
     // only look up the file if it is not an absolute filename
     // (mhk, 20000228)
     QString libfile;
     if (libname[0] == '/')
       libfile = libname;
     else
     {
 //US at this point the libname must exist as real filesname. No expansions will be made later
 // in findResources. Because of that we prepend the lib prefix here to the name 
 //US I add also the "lib" prefix. I do not how could this could have worked before without it?
 #ifndef _WIN32_
     libname.insert(pos, "lib");
 #endif
     
     
 //US      libfile = instance->dirs()->findResource( "module", libname );
     //qDebug("libname = %s ",libname.data() );
       libfile = KGlobal::dirs()->findResource( "module", libname );
       //qDebug("libfile = %s ",libfile.latin1() );
 
       if ( libfile.isEmpty() )
       {
 //US        libfile = instance->dirs()->findResource( "lib", libname );
         libfile = KGlobal::dirs()->findResource( "lib", libname );
         //qDebug("libfile2 = %s ",libfile.latin1() );
 #ifndef NDEBUG
         if ( !libfile.isEmpty() && libname.left(3) == "lib" ) // don't warn for kdeinit modules
           kdDebug(150) << "library " << libname << " not found under 'module' but under 'lib'" << endl;
 #endif
       }
       if ( libfile.isEmpty() )
       {
 #ifndef NDEBUG
         kdDebug(150) << "library=" << libname << ": No file names " << libname.data() << " found in paths." << endl;
-        self()->d->errorMessage = i18n("Library files for \"%1\" not found in paths").arg(libname); 
+        self()->d->errorMessage = i18n("Library files for \"%1\" not found in paths").arg(QString(libname)); 
             
         qDebug("KLibLoader::library could not find library: %s", libname.data());
 #endif
             
       }
       else
             self()->d->errorMessage = QString::null;
     }
 
     //qDebug("return libfile = %s ",libfile.latin1() );
     return libfile;
 }
 
 
 KLibrary* KLibLoader::globalLibrary( const char *name )
 {
 KLibrary *tmp;
 /*US
 int olt_dlopen_flag = lt_dlopen_flag;
 
    lt_dlopen_flag |= LT_GLOBAL;
    kdDebug(150) << "Loading the next library global with flag " 
                 << lt_dlopen_flag
                 << "." << endl;
 */                
    tmp = library(name);
 /*US   
    lt_dlopen_flag = olt_dlopen_flag;
 */
 return tmp;
 }
 
 
 KLibrary* KLibLoader::library( const char *name )
 {
     if (!name)
         return 0;
 
     KLibWrapPrivate* wrap = m_libs[name];
     if (wrap) {
       /* Nothing to do to load the library.  */
       wrap->ref_count++;
       return wrap->lib;
     }
 
     /* Test if this library was loaded at some time, but got
        unloaded meanwhile, whithout being dlclose()'ed.  */
-    QPtrListIterator<KLibWrapPrivate> it(d->loaded_stack);
+    Q3PtrListIterator<KLibWrapPrivate> it(d->loaded_stack);
     for (; it.current(); ++it) {
       if (it.current()->name == name)
         wrap = it.current();
     }
 
     if (wrap) {
       d->pending_close.removeRef(wrap);
       if (!wrap->lib) {
         /* This lib only was in loaded_stack, but not in m_libs.  */
         wrap->lib = new KLibrary( name, wrap->filename, wrap->handle );
       }
       wrap->ref_count++;
     } else {
       QString libfile = findLibrary( name );
       if ( libfile.isEmpty() )
         return 0;
 #ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION
       QLibrary *qlib = new QLibrary( libfile.latin1() );
 #else
       QLibrary *qlib = new QLibrary( libfile.latin1(), QLibrary::Immediately );
 #endif
         
 //US      lt_dlhandle handle = lt_dlopen( libfile.latin1() );
 //US      if ( !handle )
       if ( !qlib )
       {
           qDebug( "KLibLoader::library could not load library: %s", libfile.latin1());
           d->errorMessage = QString::null;
           return 0;
       }
       else
         d->errorMessage = QString::null;
 
       KLibrary *lib = new KLibrary( name, libfile, qlib );
       wrap = new KLibWrapPrivate(lib, qlib);
       d->loaded_stack.prepend(wrap);
     }
     m_libs.insert( name, wrap );
 
     connect( wrap->lib, SIGNAL( destroyed() ),
              this, SLOT( slotLibraryDestroyed() ) );
 
     return wrap->lib;
 }
 
 QString KLibLoader::lastErrorMessage() const
 {
     return d->errorMessage;
 }
 
 void KLibLoader::unloadLibrary( const char *libname )
 {
   KLibWrapPrivate *wrap = m_libs[ libname ];
   if (!wrap)
     return;
   if (--wrap->ref_count)
     return;
 
 //  kdDebug(150) << "closing library " << libname << endl;
 
   m_libs.remove( libname );
 
   disconnect( wrap->lib, SIGNAL( destroyed() ),
               this, SLOT( slotLibraryDestroyed() ) );
   close_pending( wrap );
 }
 
 KLibFactory* KLibLoader::factory( const char* name )
 {
     KLibrary* lib = library( name );
     if ( !lib )
         return 0;
 
     return lib->factory();
 }
 
 void KLibLoader::slotLibraryDestroyed()
 {
   const KLibrary *lib = static_cast<const KLibrary *>( sender() );
 
-  QAsciiDictIterator<KLibWrapPrivate> it( m_libs );
+  Q3AsciiDictIterator<KLibWrapPrivate> it( m_libs );
   for (; it.current(); ++it )
     if ( it.current()->lib == lib )
     {
       KLibWrapPrivate *wrap = it.current();
       wrap->lib = 0;  /* the KLibrary object is already away */
       m_libs.remove( it.currentKey() );
       close_pending( wrap );
       return;
     }
 }
 
 void KLibLoader::close_pending(KLibWrapPrivate *wrap)
 {
   if (wrap && !d->pending_close.containsRef( wrap ))
     d->pending_close.append( wrap );
 
   /* First delete all KLibrary objects in pending_close, but _don't_ unload
      the DSO behind it.  */
-  QPtrListIterator<KLibWrapPrivate> it(d->pending_close);
+  Q3PtrListIterator<KLibWrapPrivate> it(d->pending_close);
   for (; it.current(); ++it) {
     wrap = it.current();
     if (wrap->lib) {
       disconnect( wrap->lib, SIGNAL( destroyed() ),
                   this, SLOT( slotLibraryDestroyed() ) );
       delete wrap->lib;
       wrap->lib = 0;
     }
   }
 
   if (d->unload_mode == KLibLoaderPrivate::DONT_UNLOAD) return;
 
   bool deleted_one = false;
   while ((wrap = d->loaded_stack.first())) {
     /* Let's first see, if we want to try to unload this lib.
        If the env. var KDE_DOUNLOAD is set, we try to unload every lib.
        If not, we look at the lib itself, and unload it only, if it exports
        the symbol __kde_do_unload. */
     if (d->unload_mode != KLibLoaderPrivate::UNLOAD
         && wrap->unload_mode != KLibWrapPrivate::UNLOAD)
       break;
 
     /* Now ensure, that the libs are only unloaded in the reverse direction
        they were loaded.  */
     if (!d->pending_close.containsRef( wrap )) {
       if (!deleted_one)
         /* Only diagnose, if we really haven't deleted anything. */
 //        kdDebug(150) << "try to dlclose " << wrap->name << ": not yet" << endl;
       break;
     }
 
 //    kdDebug(150) << "try to dlclose " << wrap->name << ": yes, done." << endl;
 
 #if 0
 #ifndef Q_WS_QWS
     if ( !deleted_one ) {
       /* Only do the hack once in this loop.
          WABA: *HACK*
          We need to make sure to clear the clipboard before unloading a DSO
          because the DSO could have defined an object derived from QMimeSource
          and placed that on the clipboard. */
       /*kapp->clipboard()->clear();*/
 
       /* Well.. let's do something more subtle... convert the clipboard context
          to text. That should be safe as it only uses objects defined by Qt. */
 
       QWidgetList *widgetlist = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
       QWidget *co = widgetlist->first();
       while (co) {
         if (qstrcmp(co->name(), "internal clipboard owner") == 0) {
           if (XGetSelectionOwner(co->x11Display(), XA_PRIMARY) == co->winId())
 	    kapp->clipboard()->setText(kapp->clipboard()->text());
 
           break;
         }
         co = widgetlist->next();
       }
       delete widgetlist;
     }
 #else
     // FIXME(E): Implement in Qt Embedded
 #endif
 
 #endif // 0
     deleted_one = true;
 //US    lt_dlclose(wrap->handle);
     wrap->handle->unload();
     
     d->pending_close.removeRef(wrap);
     /* loaded_stack is AutoDelete, so wrap is freed */
     d->loaded_stack.remove();
   }
 }
 
 void KLibLoader::virtual_hook( int, void* )
 { /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
 
 void KLibFactory::virtual_hook( int, void* )
 { /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
 
 //US #include "klibloader.moc"
diff --git a/microkde/kdecore/klibloader.h b/microkde/kdecore/klibloader.h
index ed57109..53d146e 100644
--- a/microkde/kdecore/klibloader.h
+++ b/microkde/kdecore/klibloader.h
@@ -1,405 +1,405 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
    Copyright (C) 1999 Torben Weis <weis@kde.org>
 
    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
    License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 
    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
    Library General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 #ifndef KLIBLOADER_H
 #define KLIBLOADER_H
 
 #include <qobject.h>
 #include <qstring.h>
 #include <qstringlist.h>
-#include <qasciidict.h>
-#include <qptrlist.h>
+#include <q3asciidict.h>
+#include <q3ptrlist.h>
 #include <kglobal.h>
 
 #include <stdlib.h> // For backwards compatibility
 
 class KInstance;
 class QTimer;
 class KLibrary;
 class KLibFactory;
 class KLibFactoryPrivate;
 class KLibLoaderPrivate;
 class KLibraryPrivate;
 
 class QLibrary;
 
 #define K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( libname, factory ) \
     extern "C" { void *init_##libname() { return new factory; } }
 
 /**
  * @short Represents a dynamically loaded library.
  *
  * KLibrary allows you to look up symbols of the shared library.
  * Use @ref KLibLoader to create a new instance of KLibrary.
  *
  * @see KLibLoader
  * @author Torben Weis <weis@kde.org>
  */
 class KLibrary : public QObject
 {
     friend class KLibLoader;
-    friend class QAsciiDict<KLibrary>;
+    friend class Q3AsciiDict<KLibrary>;
 
     Q_OBJECT
 public:
     /**
      * @internal
      * Don't create KLibrary objects on your own. Instead use @ref KLibLoader.
      */
 //US    KLibrary( const QString& libname, const QString& filename, void * handle );
     KLibrary( const QString& libname, const QString& filename, QLibrary* handle );
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of the library.
      * @return The name of the library like "libkspread".
      */
     QString name() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the file name of the library.
      * @return The filename of the library, for example "/opt/kde2&/lib/libkspread.la"
      */
     QString fileName() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the factory of the library.
      * @return The factory of the library if there is any, otherwise 0
      */
     KLibFactory* factory();
 
     /**
      * Looks up a symbol from the library. This is a very low level
      * function that you usually don't want to use. Usually you should
      * check using @ref hasSymbol() whether the symbol actually exists,
      * otherwise a warning will be printed.
      * @param name the name of the symbol to look up
      * @return the address of the symbol, or 0 if it does not exist
      * @see #hasSymbol
      */
     void* symbol( const char* name ) const;
 
     /**
      * Looks up a symbol from the library. This is a very low level
      * function that you usually don't want to use.
      * Unlike @ref symbol(), this method doesn't warn if the symbol doesn't exist,
      * so if the symbol might or might not exist, better use hasSymbol() before symbol().
      * @param name the name of the symbol to check
      * @return true if the symbol exists
      * @since 3.1
      */
     bool hasSymbol( const char* name ) const;
 
     /**
      * Unloads the library.
      * This typically results in the deletion of this object. You should
      * not reference its pointer after calling this function.
      */
     void unload() const;
 
 private slots:
     void slotObjectCreated( QObject *obj );
     void slotObjectDestroyed();
     void slotTimeout();
 
 private:
     /**
      * @internal
      * Don't destruct KLibrary objects yourself. Instead use @ref unload() instead.
      */
     ~KLibrary();
 
     QString m_libname;
     QString m_filename;
     KLibFactory* m_factory;
 //US    void * m_handle;
     QLibrary* m_handle;
-    QPtrList<QObject> m_objs;
+    Q3PtrList<QObject> m_objs;
     QTimer *m_timer;
     KLibraryPrivate *d;
 };
 
 class KLibWrapPrivate;
 
 /**
  * The KLibLoader allows you to load libraries dynamically at runtime.
  * Dependent libraries are loaded automatically.
  *
  * KLibLoader follows the singleton pattern. You can not create multiple
  * instances. Use @ref self() to get a pointer to the loader.
  *
  * @see KLibrary
  * @author Torben Weis <weis@kde.org>
  */
 class KLibLoader : public QObject
 {
     friend class KLibrary;
 
     Q_OBJECT
 public:
     /**
      * You should NEVER destruct an instance of KLibLoader
      * until you know what you are doing. This will release
      * the loaded libraries.
      */
     ~KLibLoader();
 
     /**
      * Loads and initializes a library. Loading a library multiple times is
      * handled gracefully.
      *
      * This is a convenience function that returns the factory immediately
      * @param libname  This is the library name without extension. Usually that is something like
      *                 "libkspread". The function will then search for a file named
      *                 "libkspread.la" in the KDE library paths.
      *                 The *.la files are created by libtool and contain
      *                 important information especially about the libraries dependencies
      *                 on other shared libs. Loading a "libfoo.so" could not solve the
      *                 dependencies problem.
      *
      *                 You can, however, give a library name ending in ".so"
      *                 (or whatever is used on your platform), and the library
      *                 will be loaded without resolving dependencies. USE WITH CARE :)
      * @return the @ref KLibFactory, or 0 if the library does not exist or it does
      *         not have a factory
      * @see #library
      */
     KLibFactory* factory( const char* libname );
 
     /**
      * Loads and initializes a library. Loading a library multiple times is
      * handled gracefully.
      *
      * @param libname  This is the library name without extension. Usually that is something like
      *                 "libkspread". The function will then search for a file named
      *                 "libkspread.la" in the KDE library paths.
      *                 The *.la files are created by libtool and contain
      *                 important information especially about the libraries dependencies
      *                 on other shared libs. Loading a "libfoo.so" could not solve the
      *                 dependencies problem.
      *
      *                 You can, however, give a library name ending in ".so"
      *                 (or whatever is used on your platform), and the library
      *                 will be loaded without resolving dependencies. USE WITH CARE :)
      * @return @ref KLibrary is invalid (0) when the library couldn't be dlopened. in such
      * a case you can retrieve the error message by calling KLibLoader::lastErrorMessage()
      *
      * @see #factory
      */
     virtual KLibrary* library( const char* libname );
 
     /**
      * Loads and initializes a library. Loading a library multiple times is
      * handled gracefully.   The library is loaded such that the symbols are
      * globally accessible so libraries with dependencies can be loaded
      * sequentially.
      *
      * @param name     This is the library name without extension. Usually that is something like
      *                 "libkspread". The function will then search for a file named
      *                 "libkspread.la" in the KDE library paths.
      *                 The *.la files are created by libtool and contain
      *                 important information especially about the libraries dependencies
      *                 on other shared libs. Loading a "libfoo.so" could not solve the
      *                 dependencies problem.
      *
      *                 You can, however, give a library name ending in ".so"
      *                 (or whatever is used on your platform), and the library
      *                 will be loaded without resolving dependencies. USE WITH CARE :)
      * @return KLibrariy is invalid (0) when the library couldn't be dlopened. in such
      * a case you can retrieve the error message by calling KLibLoader::lastErrorMessage()
      *
      * @see #factory
      */
     KLibrary* globalLibrary( const char *name );
 
     /*
      * Returns an error message that can be useful to debug the problem.
      * Returns QString::null if the last call to @ref #library() was successful.
      * You can call this function more than once. The error message is only
      * reset by a new call to library().
      * @return the last error message, or QString::null if there was no error
      */
     QString lastErrorMessage() const;
 
     /**
      * Unloads the library with the given name.
      * @param libname  This is the library name without extension. Usually that is something like
      *                 "libkspread". The function will then search for a file named
      *                 "libkspread.la" in the KDE library paths.
      *                 The *.la files are created by libtool and contain
      *                 important information especially about the libraries dependencies
      *                 on other shared libs. Loading a "libfoo.so" could not solve the
      *                 dependencies problem.
      *
      *                 You can, however, give a library name ending in ".so"
      *                 (or whatever is used on your platform), and the library
      *                 will be loaded without resolving dependencies. USE WITH CARE :)
      */
     virtual void unloadLibrary( const char *libname );
 
     /**
      * Returns a pointer to the factory. Use this function to get an instance
      * of KLibLoader.
      * @return a pointer to the loader. If no loader exists until now
      *         then one is created.
      */
     static KLibLoader* self();
 
     /**
      * @internal 
      * Internal Method, called by the KApplication destructor.
      * Do not call it.
      * This is what makes it possible to rely on ~KLibFactory
      * being called in all cases, whether the library is unloaded
      * while the application is running or when exiting.
      */
     static void cleanUp();
 
     /**
      * Helper method which looks for a library in the standard paths
      * ("module" and "lib" resources).
      * Made public for code that doesn't use KLibLoader itself, but still
      * wants to open modules.
      * @param name of the library. If it is not a path, the function searches in
      *             the "module" and "lib" resources. If there is no extension, 
      *             ".la" will be appended.
      * @param instance a KInstance used to get the standard paths
      */
     static QString findLibrary( const char * name/*US , const KInstance * instance = KGlobal::instance()*/ );
 
 protected:
     KLibLoader( QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
 
 private slots:
     void slotLibraryDestroyed();
 private:
     void close_pending( KLibWrapPrivate * );
-    QAsciiDict<KLibWrapPrivate> m_libs;
+    Q3AsciiDict<KLibWrapPrivate> m_libs;
 
     static KLibLoader* s_self;
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
 private:
     KLibLoaderPrivate *d;
 };
 
 /**
  * If you develop a library that is to be loaded dynamically at runtime, then
  * you should return a pointer to your factory. The K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY
  * macro is provided for this purpose:
  * <pre>
  *   K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( libkspread, KSpreadFactory )
  * </pre>
  *
  * The first macro argument is the name of your library, the second specifies the name
  * of your factory.
  *
  * In the constructor of your factory you should create an instance of @ref KInstance
  * like this:
  * <pre>
  *     s_global = new KInstance( "kspread" );
  * </pre>
  * This @ref KInstance is comparable to @ref KGlobal used by normal applications.
  * It allows you to find resource files (images, XML, sound etc.) belonging
  * to the library.
  *
  * If you want to load a library, use @ref KLibLoader. You can query @ref KLibLoader
  * directly for a pointer to the libraries factory by using the @ref KLibLoader::factory()
  * function.
  *
  * The KLibFactory is used to create the components, the library has to offer.
  * The factory of KSpread for example will create instances of KSpreadDoc,
  * while the Konqueror factory will create KonqView widgets.
  * All objects created by the factory must be derived from @ref QObject, since @ref QObject
  * offers type safe casting.
  *
  * KLibFactory is an abstract class. Reimplement the @ref
  * createObject() method to give it functionality.
  *
  * @author Torben Weis <weis@kde.org>
  */
 class KLibFactory : public QObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 public:
     /**
      * Create a new factory.
      * @param parent the parent of the QObject, 0 for no parent
      * @param name the name of the QObject, 0 for no name
      */
     KLibFactory( QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
     virtual ~KLibFactory();
 
     /**
      * Creates a new object. The returned object has to be derived from
      * the requested classname.
      *
      * It is valid behavior to create different kinds of objects
      * depending on the requested @p classname. For example a koffice
      * library may usually return a pointer to KoDocument.  But
      * if asked for a "QWidget", it could create a wrapper widget,
      * that encapsulates the Koffice specific features.
      *
      * create() automatically emits a signal @ref objectCreated to tell
      * the library about its newly created object.  This is very
      * important for reference counting, and allows unloading the
      * library automatically once all its objects have been destroyed.
      *
      * @param parent the parent of the QObject, 0 for no parent
      * @param name the name of the QObject, 0 for no name
      * @param classname the name of the class
      * @param args a list of arguments
      */
 
      QObject* create( QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, const char* classname = "QObject", const QStringList &args = QStringList() );
 
 signals:
     /**
      * Emitted in #create
      * @param obj the new object
      */
     void objectCreated( QObject *obj );
 
 
 protected:
 
     /**
      * Creates a new object. The returned object has to be derived from
      * the requested classname.
      *
      * It is valid behavior to create different kinds of objects
      * depending on the requested @p classname. For example a koffice
      * library may usually return a pointer to KoDocument.  But
      * if asked for a "QWidget", it could create a wrapper widget,
      * that encapsulates the Koffice specific features.
      *
      * This function is called by #create()
      * @param parent the parent of the QObject, 0 for no parent
      * @param name the name of the QObject, 0 for no name
      * @param classname the name of the class
      * @param args a list of arguments
      */
     virtual QObject* createObject( QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, const char* classname = "QObject", const QStringList &args = QStringList() ) = 0;
 
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
 private:
     KLibFactoryPrivate *d;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdecore/klocale.cpp b/microkde/kdecore/klocale.cpp
index 1d8ae9f..dd310fa 100644
--- a/microkde/kdecore/klocale.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kdecore/klocale.cpp
@@ -1,1122 +1,1123 @@
 #include <qregexp.h>
 #include <qapplication.h>
+#include <QDesktopWidget>
 
 #include "kdebug.h"
 #include "kcalendarsystemgregorian.h"
 
 #include "klocale.h"
 
 #include <qstringlist.h>
 
 //#define COLLECT_TRANSLATION
 
 
-QDict<QString> *mLocaleDict = 0;
-void setLocaleDict( QDict<QString> * dict )
+Q3Dict<QString> *mLocaleDict = 0;
+void setLocaleDict( Q3Dict<QString> * dict )
 {
     mLocaleDict = dict;
 
 }
 
 #ifdef COLLECT_TRANSLATION 
 
 QStringList missingTrans;
 QStringList existingTrans1;
 QStringList existingTrans2;
 
 void addMissing(const char *text) 
 {
 
     QString mis ( text );
     if ( !missingTrans.contains( mis  ) )
         missingTrans.append(mis);
 
 }
 void addExist(const char *text,QString trans ) 
 {
     //return;
     QString mis ( text );
     if ( !existingTrans1.contains( mis  ) ) {
         existingTrans1.append(mis);
         existingTrans2.append(trans);
 
     }
 
 }
 
 #include <qfile.h>
-#include <qtextstream.h>
+#include <q3textstream.h>
 #include <qtextcodec.h>
 #endif
 void dumpMissing()
 {
 #ifdef COLLECT_TRANSLATION 
     QString fileName = "/tmp/usernewtrans.txt";
     QFile file( fileName );
-    if (!file.open( IO_WriteOnly ) ) {
+    if (!file.open( QIODevice::WriteOnly ) ) {
         return ;
     } 
-    QTextStream ts( &file );
+    Q3TextStream ts( &file );
     ts.setCodec( QTextCodec::codecForName("utf8") );
 
     int i;
     for ( i = 0; i< missingTrans.count(); ++i ) {
 
         QString text = missingTrans[i].replace( QRegExp("\n"),"\\n" );
         ts << "{ \""<<text<< "\",\""<< text <<"\" },\n";
 
     }
     file.close();
     {
     QString fileName = "/tmp/usertrans.txt";
     QFile file( fileName );
-    if (!file.open( IO_WriteOnly ) ) {
+    if (!file.open( QIODevice::WriteOnly ) ) {
         return ;
     } 
-    QTextStream ts( &file );
+    Q3TextStream ts( &file );
     ts.setCodec( QTextCodec::codecForName("utf8") );
 
     int i;
     for ( i = 0; i< existingTrans1.count(); ++i ) {
 
         QString text = existingTrans1[i].replace( QRegExp("\n"),"\\n" );
         QString text2 = existingTrans2[i].replace( QRegExp("\n"),"\\n" );
         ts << "{ \""<<text<< "\",\""<< text2 <<"\" },\n";
 
     }
     file.close();
     }
 #endif
 }
 QString i18n(const char *text)
 {
     if ( ! mLocaleDict ) {
 #ifdef COLLECT_TRANSLATION 
         addMissing( text );
 #endif
         return QString( text );
     }
     else {
         QString* ret  =  mLocaleDict->find(QString(text)) ;
         if ( ret == 0 ) {
 #ifdef COLLECT_TRANSLATION 
             addMissing( text );
 #endif
             return QString( text );
         }
         else {
             if ( (*ret).isEmpty() ) {
 #ifdef COLLECT_TRANSLATION 
                 addMissing( text );
 #endif
                 return QString( text );
             }
             else {
 #ifdef COLLECT_TRANSLATION 
                 addExist( text, *ret );
 #endif
                 return (*ret);
             }
         }
     }
 
 }
 
 QString i18n(const char *,const char *text)
 {
   return i18n( text );
 }
 
 QString i18n(const char *text1, const char *textn, int num)
 {
   if ( num == 1 ) return i18n( text1 );
   else {
     QString text = i18n( textn );
     int pos = text.find( "%n" );
     if ( pos >= 0 ) text.replace( pos, 2, QString::number( num ) );
     return text;
   }
 }
 
 inline void put_it_in( QChar *buffer, uint& index, const QString &s )
 {
   for ( uint l = 0; l < s.length(); l++ )
     buffer[index++] = s.at( l );
 }
 
 inline void put_it_in( QChar *buffer, uint& index, int number )
 {
   buffer[index++] = number / 10 + '0';
   buffer[index++] = number % 10 + '0';
 }
 
 static int readInt(const QString &str, uint &pos)
 {
   if (!str.at(pos).isDigit()) return -1;
   int result = 0;
   for (; str.length() > pos && str.at(pos).isDigit(); pos++)
     {
       result *= 10;
       result += str.at(pos).digitValue();
     }
 
   return result;
 }
 
 KLocale::KLocale() : mCalendarSystem( 0 )
 {
 
     m_decimalSymbol = ".";
     m_positiveSign = "";
     m_negativeSign = "-";
     m_thousandsSeparator = ",";
 
 
 
 
     mWeekStartsMonday = true;
     mHourF24Format = true;
     mIntDateFormat = Default;
     mIntTimeFormat = Default;
     mLanguage = 0;  
     mDateFormat = "%a %Y %b %d";
     mDateFormatShort = "%Y-%m-%d"; 
     mTimeZoneList <<  ("-11:00 US/Samoa")
             <<  ("-10:00 US/Hawaii")
             <<  ("-09:00 US/Alaska")
             <<  ("-08:00 US/Pacific")
             <<  ("-07:00 US/Mountain")
             <<  ("-06:00 US/Central")
             <<  ("-05:00 US/Eastern")
             <<  ("-04:00 Brazil/West")
             <<  ("-03:00 Brazil/East")
             <<  ("-02:00 Brazil/DeNoronha")
             <<  ("-01:00 Atlantic/Azores")
             <<  (" 00:00 Europe/London(UTC)")
             <<  ("+01:00 Europe/Oslo(CET)")
             <<  ("+02:00 Europe/Helsinki")
             <<  ("+03:00 Europe/Moscow")
             <<  ("+04:00 Indian/Mauritius")
             <<  ("+05:00 Indian/Maldives")
             <<  ("+06:00 Indian/Chagos")
             <<  ("+07:00 Asia/Bangkok")
             <<  ("+08:00 Asia/Hongkong")
             <<  ("+09:00 Asia/Tokyo")
             <<  ("+10:00 Asia/Vladivostok")
             <<  ("+11:00 Asia/Magadan")
             <<  ("+12:00 Asia/Kamchatka")
             //  <<  (" xx:xx User defined offset")
             << i18n (" Local Time");
     mSouthDaylight = false;
     mTimeZoneOffset = 0;
     daylightEnabled = false;
 }
 
 void KLocale::setDateFormat( QString s )
 {
     mDateFormat = s;
 }
 
 void KLocale::setDateFormatShort( QString s )
 {
     mDateFormatShort = s;
 }
 
 void KLocale::setHore24Format ( bool b )
 {
     mHourF24Format = b;
 }
 void KLocale::setWeekStartMonday( bool b )
 {
     mWeekStartsMonday = b;
 }
 
 KLocale::IntDateFormat KLocale::getIntDateFormat( )
 {
     return mIntDateFormat;
 
 }
 void KLocale::setIntDateFormat( KLocale::IntDateFormat i )
 {
     mIntDateFormat = i;
 }
 KLocale::IntDateFormat KLocale::getIntTimeFormat( )
 {
     return mIntTimeFormat;
 
 }
 void KLocale::setIntTimeFormat( KLocale::IntDateFormat i )
 {
     mIntTimeFormat = i;
 }
 
 void KLocale::setLanguage( int i )
 {
     mLanguage = i;
 }
 int  KLocale::language( )
 {
     return mLanguage;
 }
 QString KLocale::translate( const char *index ) const
 {
   return i18n( index );
 }
 
 QString KLocale::translate( const char *, const char *fallback) const
 {
   return i18n( fallback );
 }
 
 int KLocale::weekNum ( const QDate & date )
 {
     QDate seda = date;
     int weekNum = 0;
     int dayofweek = seda.dayOfWeek(); // 1... 7 Mo .. So. Do = 4
     int daystoprevthursday = (dayofweek + 3) % 7 ;
     int dayofyear = seda.dayOfYear();
     int prevThursday = dayofyear - ( daystoprevthursday  );
     int subweeknum = 0;
     if ( prevThursday < 1 ) {
         seda = seda.addDays( - daystoprevthursday );
         dayofyear = seda.dayOfYear();
         prevThursday = dayofyear;
         subweeknum = prevThursday / 7;
         if ( prevThursday % 7 != 0 )
             ++subweeknum; 
     } else {
         if ( dayofyear >= 360 ) { //maybe week 1
             seda = seda.addDays( 7 - daystoprevthursday ); 
             dayofyear = seda.dayOfYear();
             if ( dayofyear < 360 && ( dayofweek < 4 || dayofweek == 7 && !mWeekStartsMonday ) )
                 return 1;
         }
     }
     if ( ! weekNum ) {
         weekNum = prevThursday / 7;
         if ( prevThursday % 7 != 0 )
             ++weekNum; 
         if (  dayofweek < 4  )
             ++weekNum;
         else if ( dayofweek == 7 && !mWeekStartsMonday )
             ++weekNum;
         if ( weekNum > subweeknum )
             weekNum -= subweeknum;
     }
     return weekNum;
 }
 QString KLocale::formatTime(const QTime &pTime, bool includeSecs, IntDateFormat intIntDateFormat) const
 {
     const QString rst = timeFormat(intIntDateFormat);
 
     // only "pm/am" here can grow, the rest shrinks, but
     // I'm rather safe than sorry
     QChar *buffer = new QChar[rst.length() * 3 / 2 + 30];
 
     uint index = 0;
     bool escape = false;
     int number = 0;
 
     for ( uint format_index = 0; format_index < rst.length(); format_index++ )
         {
             if ( !escape )
                 {
                     if ( rst.at( format_index ).unicode() == '%' )
                         escape = true;
                     else
                         buffer[index++] = rst.at( format_index );
                 }
             else
                 {
                     switch ( rst.at( format_index ).unicode() )
                         {
                         case '%':
                             buffer[index++] = '%';
                             break;
                         case 'H':
                             put_it_in( buffer, index, pTime.hour() );
                             break;
                         case 'I':
                             put_it_in( buffer, index, ( pTime.hour() + 11) % 12 + 1 );
                             break;
                         case 'M':
                             put_it_in( buffer, index, pTime.minute() );
                             break;
                         case 'S':
                             if (includeSecs)
                                 put_it_in( buffer, index, pTime.second() );
                             else
                                 {
                                     // we remove the seperator sign before the seconds and
                                     // assume that works everywhere
                                     --index;
                                     break;
                                 }
                             break;
                         case 'k':
                             number = pTime.hour();
                         case 'l':
                             // to share the code
                             if ( rst.at( format_index ).unicode() == 'l' )
                                 number = (pTime.hour() + 11) % 12 + 1;
                             if ( number / 10 )
                                 buffer[index++] = number / 10 + '0';
                             buffer[index++] = number % 10 + '0';
                             break;
                         case 'p':
                             {
                                 QString s;
                                 if ( pTime.hour() >= 12 )
                                     put_it_in( buffer, index, i18n("pm") );
                                 else
                                     put_it_in( buffer, index, i18n("am") );
                                 break;
                             }
                         default:
                             buffer[index++] = rst.at( format_index );
                             break;
                         }
                     escape = false;
                 }
         }
     QString ret( buffer, index );
     delete [] buffer;
     return ret;
 }    
 
 QString KLocale::formatDate(const QDate &pDate, bool shortFormat, IntDateFormat intIntDateFormat) const
 {
   const QString rst = shortFormat?dateFormatShort(intIntDateFormat):dateFormat(intIntDateFormat);
 
   // I'm rather safe than sorry
   QChar *buffer = new QChar[rst.length() * 3 / 2 + 50];
 
   unsigned int index = 0;
   bool escape = false;
   int number = 0;
 
   for ( uint format_index = 0; format_index < rst.length(); ++format_index )
     {
       if ( !escape )
 	{
 	  if ( rst.at( format_index ).unicode() == '%' )
 	    escape = true;
 	  else
 	    buffer[index++] = rst.at( format_index );
 	}
       else
 	{
 	  switch ( rst.at( format_index ).unicode() )
 	    {
 	    case '%':
 	      buffer[index++] = '%';
 	      break;
 	    case 'Y':
 	      put_it_in( buffer, index, pDate.year() / 100 );
 	    case 'y':
 	      put_it_in( buffer, index, pDate.year() % 100 );
 	      break;
 	    case 'n':
 	      number = pDate.month();
 	    case 'e':
 	      // to share the code
 	      if ( rst.at( format_index ).unicode() == 'e' )
 		number = pDate.day();
 	      if ( number / 10 )
 		buffer[index++] = number / 10 + '0';
 	      buffer[index++] = number % 10 + '0';
 	      break;
 	    case 'm':
 	      put_it_in( buffer, index, pDate.month() );
 	      break;
 	    case 'b':
 	      put_it_in( buffer, index, monthName(pDate.month(), true) );
 	      break;
 	    case 'B':
 	      put_it_in( buffer, index, monthName(pDate.month(), false) );
 	      break;
 	    case 'd':
 	      put_it_in( buffer, index, pDate.day() );
 	      break;
 	    case 'a':
 	      put_it_in( buffer, index, weekDayName(pDate.dayOfWeek(), true) );
 	      break;
 	    case 'A':
 	      put_it_in( buffer, index, weekDayName(pDate.dayOfWeek(), false) );
 	      break;
 	    default:
 	      buffer[index++] = rst.at( format_index );
 	      break;
 	    }
 	  escape = false;
 	}
     }
   QString ret( buffer, index );
   delete [] buffer;
   return ret;
 }
 
 QString KLocale::formatDateTime(const QDateTime &pDateTime,
 				bool shortFormat,
 				bool includeSeconds,
 				IntDateFormat intIntDateFormat) const
 {
   QString format("%1 %2");
 
   if ( intIntDateFormat == Default )
     format = "%1 %2";
   else if ( intIntDateFormat == Format1 )
     format = "%1 %2";
-  else  if ( intIntDateFormat == ISODate )
+  else  if ( intIntDateFormat == Qt::ISODate )
     format = "%1T%2";
 
   QString res = format.arg(formatDate( pDateTime.date(), shortFormat, intIntDateFormat ))
                .arg(formatTime( pDateTime.time(), includeSeconds , intIntDateFormat ));
 
   //qDebug("KLocale::formatDateTime transformed %s, into %s", pDateTime.toString().latin1(), res.latin1() );
 
   return res;
 }
 
 QString KLocale::formatDateTime(const QDateTime &pDateTime, IntDateFormat intIntDateFormat) const
 {
   return formatDateTime(pDateTime, true, true, intIntDateFormat);
 }
 
 QDate KLocale::readDate(const QString &intstr, bool* ok) const
 {
   QDate date;
   date = readDate(intstr, true, ok);
   if (date.isValid()) return date;
   return readDate(intstr, false, ok);
 }
 
 QDate KLocale::readDate(const QString &intstr, bool shortFormat, bool* ok) const
 {
   QString fmt = (shortFormat ? dateFormatShort() : dateFormat()).simplifyWhiteSpace();
   return readDate( intstr, fmt, ok );
 }
 
 QDate KLocale::readDate(const QString &intstr, const QString &fmt, bool* ok) const
 {
   //kdDebug(173) << "KLocale::readDate intstr=" << intstr << " fmt=" << fmt << endl;
   QString str = intstr.simplifyWhiteSpace().lower();
   int day = -1, month = -1;
   // allow the year to be omitted if not in the format
   int year = QDate::currentDate().year();
   uint strpos = 0;
   uint fmtpos = 0;
 
   while (fmt.length() > fmtpos || str.length() > strpos)
     {
       if ( !(fmt.length() > fmtpos && str.length() > strpos) )
         goto error;
 
       QChar c = fmt.at(fmtpos++);
 
       if (c != '%') {
         if (c.isSpace())
           strpos++;
         else if (c != str.at(strpos++))
           goto error;
         continue;
       }
 
       // remove space at the begining
       if (str.length() > strpos && str.at(strpos).isSpace())
         strpos++;
 
       c = fmt.at(fmtpos++);
-      switch (c)
+      switch (c.unicode())
       {
 	case 'a':
 	case 'A':
 	  // this will just be ignored
 	  { // Cristian Tache: porting to Win: Block added because of "j" redefinition
   	  for (int j = 1; j < 8; j++) {
   	    QString s = weekDayName(j, c == 'a').lower();
   	    int len = s.length();
   	    if (str.mid(strpos, len) == s)
   	      strpos += len;
   	  }
   	  break;
   	}
 	case 'b':
 	case 'B':
 	  { // Cristian Tache: porting to Win: Block added because of "j" redefinition
   	  for (int j = 1; j < 13; j++) {
   	    QString s = monthName(j, c == 'b').lower();
   	    int len = s.length();
   	    if (str.mid(strpos, len) == s) {
   	      month = j;
   	      strpos += len;
   	    }
   	  }
   	  break;
   	}
 	case 'd':
 	case 'e':
 	  day = readInt(str, strpos);
 	  if (day < 1 || day > 31)
 	    goto error;
 
 	  break;
 
 	case 'n':
 	case 'm':
 	  month = readInt(str, strpos);
 	  if (month < 1 || month > 12)
 	    goto error;
 
 	  break;
 
 	case 'Y':
 	case 'y':
 	  year = readInt(str, strpos);
 	  if (year < 0)
 	    goto error;
 	  // Qt treats a year in the range 0-100 as 1900-1999.
 	  // It is nicer for the user if we treat 0-68 as 2000-2068
 	  if (year < 69)
 	    year += 2000;
 	  else if (c == 'y')
 	    year += 1900;
 
 	  break;
 	}
     }
   //kdDebug(173) << "KLocale::readDate day=" << day << " month=" << month << " year=" << year << endl;
   if ( year != -1 && month != -1 && day != -1 )
   {
     if (ok) *ok = true;
     return QDate(year, month, day);
   }
  error:
   if (ok) *ok = false;
   return QDate(); // invalid date
 }
 
 QTime KLocale::readTime(const QString &intstr, bool *ok) const
 {
   QTime _time;
   _time = readTime(intstr, false, ok);
   if (_time.isValid()) return _time;
   return readTime(intstr, true, ok);
 }
 
 QTime KLocale::readTime(const QString &intstr, bool seconds, bool *ok) const
 {
   QString str = intstr.simplifyWhiteSpace().lower();
   QString Format = timeFormat().simplifyWhiteSpace();
   if (!seconds)
     Format.replace(QRegExp(QString::fromLatin1(".%S")), QString::null);
 
   int hour = -1, minute = -1, second = seconds ? -1 : 0; // don't require seconds
 
   bool g_12h = false;
   bool pm = false;
   uint strpos = 0;
   uint Formatpos = 0;
 
   while (Format.length() > Formatpos || str.length() > strpos)
     {
       if ( !(Format.length() > Formatpos && str.length() > strpos) ) goto error;
 
       QChar c = Format.at(Formatpos++);
 
       if (c != '%')
 	{
 	  if (c.isSpace())
 	    strpos++;
 	  else if (c != str.at(strpos++))
 	    goto error;
 	  continue;
 	}
 
       // remove space at the begining
       if (str.length() > strpos && str.at(strpos).isSpace())
 	strpos++;
 
       c = Format.at(Formatpos++);
-      switch (c)
+      switch (c.unicode())
 	{
 	case 'p':
 	  {
 	    QString s;
 	    s = i18n("pm").lower();
 	    int len = s.length();
 	    if (str.mid(strpos, len) == s)
 	      {
 		pm = true;
 		strpos += len;
 	      }
 	    else
 	      {
 		s = i18n("am").lower();
 		len = s.length();
 		if (str.mid(strpos, len) == s) {
 		  pm = false;
 		  strpos += len;
 		}
 		else
 		  goto error;
 	      }
 	  }
 	  break;
 
 	case 'k':
 	case 'H':
 	  g_12h = false;
 	  hour = readInt(str, strpos);
 	  if (hour < 0 || hour > 23)
 	    goto error;
 
 	  break;
 
 	case 'l':
 	case 'I':
 	  g_12h = true;
 	  hour = readInt(str, strpos);
 	  if (hour < 1 || hour > 12)
 	    goto error;
 
 	  break;
 
 	case 'M':
 	  minute = readInt(str, strpos);
 	  if (minute < 0 || minute > 59)
 	    goto error;
 
 	  break;
 
 	case 'S':
 	  second = readInt(str, strpos);
 	  if (second < 0 || second > 59)
 	    goto error;
 
 	  break;
 	}
     }
   if (g_12h)
     {
       hour %= 12;
       if (pm) hour += 12;
     }
 
   if (ok) *ok = true;
   return QTime(hour, minute, second);
 
  error:
   if (ok) *ok = false;
   return QTime(-1, -1, -1); // return invalid date if it didn't work
   // This will be removed in the near future, since it gives a warning on stderr.
   // The presence of the bool* (since KDE-3.0) removes the need for an invalid QTime.
 }
 
 QDateTime KLocale::readDateTime(const QString &intstr, 
 				IntDateFormat intIntDateFormat, 
 				bool* ok) const
 {
   bool ok1, ok2;
 
   // AT the moment we can not read any other format then ISODate
   if ( intIntDateFormat != ISODate )
     {
       qDebug("KLocale::readDateTime, only ISODate is supported.");
       return QDateTime();
     }  
 
   int pos = intstr.find("T");
   QString date = intstr.left(pos);
   QString time = intstr.mid(pos+1);
 
   QString dformat = dateFormat(intIntDateFormat);
   QString tformat = timeFormat(intIntDateFormat);
 
   QDate m_date = readDate(date, dformat, &ok1);
-  QTime m_time = readTime(time, tformat, &ok2);
+  QTime m_time = readTime(time, !tformat.isEmpty(), &ok2);
 
   QDateTime m_dt;
 
   if (ok)
     {
       if ((ok1 == false) || (ok2 == false))
 	*ok = false;
       else
 	*ok = true;
     }
 
   //only set values if both operations returned true.
   if ((ok1 == true) && (ok2 == true))
     {
       m_dt.setDate(m_date);
       m_dt.setTime(m_time);
     }
 
   //qDebug("KLocale::readDateTime() transformed %s into %s (%s), %s (%s) : err1=%i, err2=%i", intstr.latin1(), date.latin1(), dformat.latin1(), time.latin1(), tformat.latin1(), ok1, ok2);
   return m_dt;
 }
 
 QDate KLocale::readDate(const QString &intstr, 
 				IntDateFormat intIntDateFormat, 
 				bool* ok) const
 {
   bool ok1;
 
   QString dformat = dateFormat(intIntDateFormat);
 
   QDate m_date = readDate(intstr, dformat, &ok1);
 
   if (ok)
     *ok = ok1;
 
   //qDebug("KLocale::readDate() transformed %s into %s (%s), %s (%s) : err1=%i, err2=%i", intstr.latin1(), date.latin1(), dformat.latin1(), time.latin1(), tformat.latin1(), ok1, ok2);
   return m_date;
 }
 
 
 bool KLocale::use12Clock() const
 {
     return !mHourF24Format ;;
 }
 
 bool KLocale::weekStartsMonday() const
 {
     return mWeekStartsMonday;
 }
 
 int KLocale::weekStartDay() const
 {
     if ( mWeekStartsMonday )
         return 1;
     return 7;
 }
 
 QString KLocale::weekDayName(int i,bool shortName) const
 {
   if ( shortName )
     switch ( i )
       {
       case 1:  return i18n("Monday", "Mon");
       case 2:  return i18n("Tuesday", "Tue");
       case 3:  return i18n("Wednesday", "Wed");
       case 4:  return i18n("Thursday", "Thu");
       case 5:  return i18n("Friday", "Fri");
       case 6:  return i18n("Saturday", "Sat");
       case 7:  return i18n("Sunday", "Sun");
       }
   else
     switch ( i )
       {
       case 1:  return i18n("Monday");
       case 2:  return i18n("Tuesday");
       case 3:  return i18n("Wednesday");
       case 4:  return i18n("Thursday");
       case 5:  return i18n("Friday");
       case 6:  return i18n("Saturday");
       case 7:  return i18n("Sunday");
       }
 
   return QString::null;
 }
 
 QString KLocale::monthName(int i,bool shortName) const
 {
   if ( shortName )
     switch ( i )
       {
       case 1:   return i18n("January", "Jan");
       case 2:   return i18n("February", "Feb");
       case 3:   return i18n("March", "Mar");
       case 4:   return i18n("April", "Apr");
       case 5:   return i18n("May short", "May");
       case 6:   return i18n("June", "Jun");
       case 7:   return i18n("July", "Jul");
       case 8:   return i18n("August", "Aug");
       case 9:   return i18n("September", "Sep");
       case 10:  return i18n("October", "Oct");
       case 11:  return i18n("November", "Nov");
       case 12:  return i18n("December", "Dec");
       }
   else
     switch (i)
       {
       case 1:   return i18n("January");
       case 2:   return i18n("February");
       case 3:   return i18n("March");
       case 4:   return i18n("April");
       case 5:   return i18n("May long", "May");
       case 6:   return i18n("June");
       case 7:   return i18n("July");
       case 8:   return i18n("August");
       case 9:   return i18n("September");
       case 10:  return i18n("October");
       case 11:  return i18n("November");
       case 12:  return i18n("December");
       }
 
   return QString::null;
 }
 
 QString KLocale::country() const
 {
   return QString::null;
 }
 
 QString KLocale::dateFormat(IntDateFormat intIntDateFormat) const
 {
   const IntDateFormat dformat = (intIntDateFormat == Undefined)?mIntDateFormat:intIntDateFormat;
     
   if ( dformat == ISODate )
     return "%Y-%m-%d";
 
     if ( QApplication::desktop()->width() < 480 ) {
         if ( dformat == Default )
             return "%a %d %b %Y";
         else  if ( dformat == Format1 )
             return "%a %b %d %Y";
     } else {
         if ( dformat == Default )
             return "%A %d %B %Y";
         else  if ( dformat == Format1 )
             return "%A %B %d %Y";
 
     }
     return  mDateFormat ;
 }
 
 QString KLocale::dateFormatShort(IntDateFormat intIntDateFormat) const
 {
   const IntDateFormat dformat = (intIntDateFormat == Undefined)?mIntDateFormat:intIntDateFormat;
  
   if ( dformat == Default )
         return "%d.%m.%Y"; 
     else  if ( dformat == Format1 )
         return "%m.%d.%Y"; 
     else  if ( dformat == ISODate )  // = Qt::ISODate
         return "%Y-%m-%d"; 
   return mDateFormatShort ;
 
 }
 
 
 QString KLocale::timeFormat(IntDateFormat intIntTimeFormat) const
 {
     const IntDateFormat tformat = (intIntTimeFormat == Undefined)?mIntTimeFormat:intIntTimeFormat;
  
     if ( tformat == Default )
         if ( mHourF24Format)
             return "%H:%M:%S";
         else
             return "%I:%M:%S%p";
 
     else  if ( tformat == Format1 )
         if ( mHourF24Format)
             return "%H:%M:%S";
         else
             return "%I:%M:%S%p";
 
     else  if ( tformat == ISODate )  // = Qt::ISODate
         if ( mHourF24Format)
             return "%H:%M:%S";
         else
             return "%I:%M:%S%p";
     // to satisfy the compiler
     return "%H:%M:%S";
 }
 
 void KLocale::insertCatalogue ( const QString & )
 {
 }
 
 KCalendarSystem *KLocale::calendar()
 {
   if ( !mCalendarSystem ) {
     mCalendarSystem = new KCalendarSystemGregorian;
   }
   
   return mCalendarSystem;
 }
 
 int KLocale::timezoneOffset( QString timeZone )
 {
     int ret = 1001;
     int index = mTimeZoneList.findIndex( timeZone );
     if ( index < 24 ) 
        ret =  ( index-11 ) * 60 ;
     return ret;
 }
 
 QStringList KLocale::timeZoneList() const
 {
     return mTimeZoneList;
 }
 void KLocale::setTimezone( const QString &timeZone, bool oddTZ )
 {
     mTimeZoneOffset = timezoneOffset( timeZone );
     if ( oddTZ )
         mTimeZoneOffset += 30;
 }
 
 void KLocale::setDaylightSaving( bool b, int start , int end )
 {
     daylightEnabled = b;
     daylightStart = start;
     daylightEnd = end;
     mSouthDaylight = (end < start);
     // qDebug("klocale daylight %d %d %d ", b,  start ,  end );
 }
 
 int KLocale::localTimeOffset( const QDateTime &dt )
 {
     bool addDaylight = false;
     if ( daylightEnabled ) {
         int d_end, d_start;
         int dayofyear = dt.date().dayOfYear();
         int year = dt.date().year();
         int add = 0;
         if (  QDate::leapYear(year) )
             add = 1;
         QDate date (  year,1,1 );
         if ( daylightEnd > 59 )
             d_end = daylightEnd +add;
         else
             d_end = daylightEnd;
         if ( daylightStart > 59 )
             d_start = daylightStart +add;
         else
             d_start = daylightStart;
         QDate s_date = date.addDays( d_start -1 );
         QDate e_date = date.addDays( d_end -1 );
         int dof = s_date.dayOfWeek();
         if ( dof < 7 )
             s_date = s_date.addDays( -dof );
         dof = e_date.dayOfWeek();
         if ( dof < 7 )
             e_date = e_date.addDays( -dof );
         QTime startTime ( 3,0,0 );
         QDateTime startDt( s_date,  startTime );
         QDateTime endDt( e_date,  startTime );
         //qDebug("dayligt saving start %s end %s ",startDt.toString().latin1(),endDt.toString().latin1( ));
         if ( mSouthDaylight ) {
             if ( ! ( endDt < dt && dt < startDt) )
                 addDaylight = true;  
            } else {
             if ( startDt < dt && dt < endDt )
                 addDaylight = true;  
            
             
         }
     }
     int addMin = 0;
     if ( addDaylight )
         addMin = 60;
     return mTimeZoneOffset + addMin;
 }
 // ******************************************************************
 // added LR
 QString KLocale::formatNumber(double num, int precision) const
 {
   bool neg = num < 0;
   if (precision == -1) precision = 2;
   QString res = QString::number(neg?-num:num, 'f', precision);
   int pos = res.find('.');
   if (pos == -1) pos = res.length();
   else res.replace(pos, 1, decimalSymbol());
 
   while (0 < (pos -= 3))
     res.insert(pos, thousandsSeparator()); // thousand sep
 
   // How can we know where we should put the sign?
   res.prepend(neg?negativeSign():positiveSign());
 
   return res;
 }
 QString KLocale::formatNumber(const QString &numStr) const
 {
   return formatNumber(numStr.toDouble());
 }
 double KLocale::readNumber(const QString &_str, bool * ok) const
 {
   QString str = _str.stripWhiteSpace();
   bool neg = str.find(negativeSign()) == 0;
   if (neg)
     str.remove( 0, negativeSign().length() );
 
   /* will hold the scientific notation portion of the number.
      Example, with 2.34E+23, exponentialPart == "E+23"
   */
   QString exponentialPart;
   int EPos;
 
   EPos = str.find('E', 0, false);
 
   if (EPos != -1)
   {
     exponentialPart = str.mid(EPos);
     str = str.left(EPos);
   }
 
   int pos = str.find(decimalSymbol());
   QString major;
   QString minor;
   if ( pos == -1 )
     major = str;
   else
     {
       major = str.left(pos);
       minor = str.mid(pos + decimalSymbol().length());
     }
 
   // Remove thousand separators
   int thlen = thousandsSeparator().length();
   int lastpos = 0;
   while ( ( pos = major.find( thousandsSeparator() ) ) > 0 )
   {
     // e.g. 12,,345,,678,,922 Acceptable positions (from the end) are 5, 10, 15... i.e. (3+thlen)*N
     int fromEnd = major.length() - pos;
     if ( fromEnd % (3+thlen) != 0 // Needs to be a multiple, otherwise it's an error
         || pos - lastpos > 3 // More than 3 digits between two separators -> error
         || pos == 0          // Can't start with a separator
         || (lastpos>0 && pos-lastpos!=3))   // Must have exactly 3 digits between two separators
     {
       if (ok) *ok = false;
       return 0.0;
     }
 
     lastpos = pos;
     major.remove( pos, thlen );
   }
   if (lastpos>0 && major.length()-lastpos!=3)   // Must have exactly 3 digits after the last separator
   {
     if (ok) *ok = false;
     return 0.0;
   }
 
   QString tot;
   if (neg) tot = '-';
 
   tot += major + '.' + minor + exponentialPart;
 
   return tot.toDouble(ok);
 }
 QString KLocale::decimalSymbol() const
 {
 
   return m_decimalSymbol;
 }
 
 QString KLocale::thousandsSeparator() const
 {
 
   return m_thousandsSeparator;
 }
 QString KLocale::positiveSign() const
 {
   return m_positiveSign;
 }
 
 QString KLocale::negativeSign() const
 {
   return m_negativeSign;
 }
diff --git a/microkde/kdecore/klocale.h b/microkde/kdecore/klocale.h
index 58e0b39..840fc9d 100644
--- a/microkde/kdecore/klocale.h
+++ b/microkde/kdecore/klocale.h
@@ -1,119 +1,119 @@
 #ifndef MINIKDE_KLOCALE_H
 #define MINIKDE_KLOCALE_H
 
 #include <qstring.h>
 #include <qstringlist.h>
 #include <qdatetime.h>
-#include <qdict.h>
+#include <q3dict.h>
 
 #ifndef I18N_NOOP
 #define I18N_NOOP(x) (x)
 #endif
 
 class KCalendarSystem;
-void setLocaleDict( QDict<QString> * dict );
+void setLocaleDict( Q3Dict<QString> * dict );
 QString i18n(const char *text);
 QString i18n(const char *hint, const char *text);
 QString i18n(const char *text1, const char *textn, int num);
 
 // Qt3's uic generates i18n( "msg", "comment" ) calls which conflict
 // with our i18n method. we use uic -tr tr2i18n to redirect
 // to the right i18n() function
 inline QString tr2i18n(const char* message, const char* =0) {
   return i18n( message);
 }
 
 class KLocale
 {
   public:
     KLocale();
 
     QString formatNumber(double num, int precision = -1) const;
     QString formatNumber(const QString &numStr) const;
     double readNumber(const QString &numStr, bool * ok = 0) const;
     
     QString decimalSymbol() const;
     QString thousandsSeparator() const;
     QString positiveSign() const;
     QString negativeSign() const;
 
 
     QString translate( const char *index ) const;
     QString translate( const char *index, const char *fallback) const;
 
     enum IntDateFormat { Undefined=-1, Default=0, Format1=1, ISODate=2, Userdefined=3 };
     
     QString formatDate(const QDate &pDate, bool shortFormat = false, IntDateFormat intIntDateFormat = Undefined) const;
     QString formatTime(const QTime &pTime, bool includeSecs = false, IntDateFormat intIntDateFormat = Undefined) const;
     QString formatDateTime(const QDateTime &pDateTime, IntDateFormat intIntDateFormat = Undefined) const;
     QString formatDateTime(const QDateTime &pDateTime,
                            bool shortFormat,
                            bool includeSecs = false, IntDateFormat intIntDateFormat = Undefined) const;
 
     QDate readDate(const QString &str, bool* ok = 0) const;
     QDate readDate( const QString &intstr, const QString &fmt, bool* ok = 0) const;
     QTime readTime(const QString &str, bool* ok = 0) const;
     QDate readDate(const QString &intstr, IntDateFormat intIntDateFormat, bool* ok) const;
 
     QDateTime readDateTime(const QString &intstr, IntDateFormat intIntDateFormat, bool* ok) const;
 
     bool use12Clock() const;
     bool weekStartsMonday() const;
     int weekStartDay() const;
     
     QString weekDayName(int,bool=false) const;
     QString monthName(int,bool=false) const;
 
     QString country() const;
     int weekNum ( const QDate & );
     QString dateFormat(IntDateFormat intIntDateFormat = Undefined) const;
     QString dateFormatShort(IntDateFormat intIntDateFormat = Undefined) const;
     QString timeFormat(IntDateFormat intIntDateFormat = Undefined) const;
 
     void insertCatalogue ( const QString & );
 
     KCalendarSystem *calendar();
     void setHore24Format ( bool );
     void setWeekStartMonday( bool );
     void setIntDateFormat( IntDateFormat );
     void setIntTimeFormat( IntDateFormat );
     IntDateFormat getIntDateFormat( );
     IntDateFormat getIntTimeFormat( );
     void setLanguage( int );
     int language();
     void setDateFormat( QString );
     void setDateFormatShort( QString );
 
   QString m_decimalSymbol;
   QString m_thousandsSeparator;
   QString m_currencySymbol;
   QString m_monetaryDecimalSymbol;
   QString m_monetaryThousandsSeparator;
   QString m_positiveSign;
   QString m_negativeSign;
 
     int timezoneOffset( QString );
     QStringList timeZoneList() const;
     void setDaylightSaving( bool, int , int );
     int localTimeOffset(const QDateTime &);
     void setTimezone( const QString &timeZone , bool oddTZ);
   private:
     QTime readTime(const QString &str, bool seconds, bool *ok) const;
     QDate readDate(const QString &str, bool shortFormat, bool *ok) const;
     KCalendarSystem *mCalendarSystem;
     bool mWeekStartsMonday;
     bool mHourF24Format;
     IntDateFormat mIntDateFormat;
     IntDateFormat mIntTimeFormat;
     int mLanguage;
     QString mDateFormat;
     QString mDateFormatShort;
     QStringList mTimeZoneList;
     bool daylightEnabled;
     int mDaylightTZoffset;
     int mNondaylightTZoffset;
     bool mSouthDaylight;
     int daylightStart, daylightEnd, mTimeZoneOffset;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdecore/kmdcodec.cpp b/microkde/kdecore/kmdcodec.cpp
index bc03569..db11e52 100644
--- a/microkde/kdecore/kmdcodec.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kdecore/kmdcodec.cpp
@@ -1,1127 +1,1126 @@
 /*
    Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Dawit Alemayehu <adawit@kde.org>
    Copyright (C) 2001 Rik Hemsley (rikkus) <rik@kde.org>
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL)
    version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
    License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
 
    RFC 1321 "MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm" Copyright (C) 1991-1992.
    RSA Data Security, Inc. Created 1991. All rights reserved.
 
    The KMD5 class is based on a C++ implementation of
    "RSA Data Security, Inc. MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm" by
    Mordechai T. Abzug,	Copyright (c) 1995.  This implementation
    passes the test-suite as defined in RFC 1321.
 
    The encoding and decoding utilities in KCodecs with the exception of
    quoted-printable are based on the java implementation in HTTPClient
    package by Ronald Tschal� Copyright (C) 1996-1999.
 
    The quoted-printable codec as described in RFC 2045, section 6.7. is by
    Rik Hemsley (C) 2001.
 */
 
 //US #include <config.h>
 
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <string.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 
 #include <kdebug.h>
 #include "kmdcodec.h"
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3CString>
 
 #define KMD5_S11 7
 #define KMD5_S12 12
 #define KMD5_S13 17
 #define KMD5_S14 22
 #define KMD5_S21 5
 #define KMD5_S22 9
 #define KMD5_S23 14
 #define KMD5_S24 20
 #define KMD5_S31 4
 #define KMD5_S32 11
 #define KMD5_S33 16
 #define KMD5_S34 23
 #define KMD5_S41 6
 #define KMD5_S42 10
 #define KMD5_S43 15
 #define KMD5_S44 21
 
 const char KCodecs::Base64EncMap[64] =
 {
   0x41, 0x42, 0x43, 0x44, 0x45, 0x46, 0x47, 0x48,
   0x49, 0x4A, 0x4B, 0x4C, 0x4D, 0x4E, 0x4F, 0x50,
   0x51, 0x52, 0x53, 0x54, 0x55, 0x56, 0x57, 0x58,
   0x59, 0x5A, 0x61, 0x62, 0x63, 0x64, 0x65, 0x66,
   0x67, 0x68, 0x69, 0x6A, 0x6B, 0x6C, 0x6D, 0x6E,
   0x6F, 0x70, 0x71, 0x72, 0x73, 0x74, 0x75, 0x76,
   0x77, 0x78, 0x79, 0x7A, 0x30, 0x31, 0x32, 0x33,
   0x34, 0x35, 0x36, 0x37, 0x38, 0x39, 0x2B, 0x2F
 };
 
 const char KCodecs::Base64DecMap[128] =
 {
   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3E, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3F,
   0x34, 0x35, 0x36, 0x37, 0x38, 0x39, 0x3A, 0x3B,
   0x3C, 0x3D, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
   0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06,
   0x07, 0x08, 0x09, 0x0A, 0x0B, 0x0C, 0x0D, 0x0E,
   0x0F, 0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16,
   0x17, 0x18, 0x19, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
   0x00, 0x1A, 0x1B, 0x1C, 0x1D, 0x1E, 0x1F, 0x20,
   0x21, 0x22, 0x23, 0x24, 0x25, 0x26, 0x27, 0x28,
   0x29, 0x2A, 0x2B, 0x2C, 0x2D, 0x2E, 0x2F, 0x30,
   0x31, 0x32, 0x33, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00
 };
 
 const char KCodecs::UUEncMap[64] =
 {
   0x60, 0x21, 0x22, 0x23, 0x24, 0x25, 0x26, 0x27,
   0x28, 0x29, 0x2A, 0x2B, 0x2C, 0x2D, 0x2E, 0x2F,
   0x30, 0x31, 0x32, 0x33, 0x34, 0x35, 0x36, 0x37,
   0x38, 0x39, 0x3A, 0x3B, 0x3C, 0x3D, 0x3E, 0x3F,
   0x40, 0x41, 0x42, 0x43, 0x44, 0x45, 0x46, 0x47,
   0x48, 0x49, 0x4A, 0x4B, 0x4C, 0x4D, 0x4E, 0x4F,
   0x50, 0x51, 0x52, 0x53, 0x54, 0x55, 0x56, 0x57,
   0x58, 0x59, 0x5A, 0x5B, 0x5C, 0x5D, 0x5E, 0x5F
 };
 
 const char KCodecs::UUDecMap[128] =
 {
   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
   0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
   0x08, 0x09, 0x0A, 0x0B, 0x0C, 0x0D, 0x0E, 0x0F,
   0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17,
   0x18, 0x19, 0x1A, 0x1B, 0x1C, 0x1D, 0x1E, 0x1F,
   0x20, 0x21, 0x22, 0x23, 0x24, 0x25, 0x26, 0x27,
   0x28, 0x29, 0x2A, 0x2B, 0x2C, 0x2D, 0x2E, 0x2F,
   0x30, 0x31, 0x32, 0x33, 0x34, 0x35, 0x36, 0x37,
   0x38, 0x39, 0x3A, 0x3B, 0x3C, 0x3D, 0x3E, 0x3F,
   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
   0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00
 };
 
 const char KCodecs::hexChars[16] =
 {
   '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7',
   '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F'
 };
 
 const unsigned int KCodecs::maxQPLineLength = 70;
 
 
 /******************************** KCodecs ********************************/
 // strchr(3) for broken systems.
 static int rikFindChar(register const char * _s, const char c)
 {
   register const char * s = _s;
 
   while (true)
   {
     if ((0 == *s) || (c == *s)) break; ++s;
     if ((0 == *s) || (c == *s)) break; ++s;
     if ((0 == *s) || (c == *s)) break; ++s;
     if ((0 == *s) || (c == *s)) break; ++s;
   }
 
   return s - _s;
 }
 
-QCString KCodecs::quotedPrintableEncode(const QByteArray& in, bool useCRLF)
+Q3CString KCodecs::quotedPrintableEncode(const QByteArray& in, bool useCRLF)
 {
   QByteArray out;
   quotedPrintableEncode (in, out, useCRLF);
-  return QCString (out.data(), out.size()+1);
+  return Q3CString (out.data(), out.size()+1);
 }
 
-QCString KCodecs::quotedPrintableEncode(const QCString& str, bool useCRLF)
+Q3CString KCodecs::quotedPrintableEncode(const Q3CString& str, bool useCRLF)
 {
   if (str.isEmpty())
     return "";
 
   QByteArray in (str.length());
   memcpy (in.data(), str.data(), str.length());
   return quotedPrintableEncode(in, useCRLF);
 }
 
 void KCodecs::quotedPrintableEncode(const QByteArray& in, QByteArray& out, bool useCRLF)
 {
   out.resize (0);
   if (in.isEmpty())
     return;
 
   char *cursor;
   const char *data;
   unsigned int lineLength;
   unsigned int pos;
 
   const unsigned int length = in.size();
   const unsigned int end = length - 1;
 
 
   // Reasonable guess for output size when we're encoding
   // mostly-ASCII data. It doesn't really matter, because
   // the underlying allocation routines are quite efficient,
   // but it's nice to have 0 allocations in many cases.
   out.resize ((length*12)/10);
   cursor = out.data();
   data = in.data();
   lineLength = 0;
   pos = 0;
 
   for (unsigned int i = 0; i < length; i++)
   {
     unsigned char c (data[i]);
 
     // check if we have to enlarge the output buffer, use
     // a safety margin of 16 byte
     pos = cursor-out.data();
     if (out.size()-pos < 16) {
       out.resize(out.size()+4096);
       cursor = out.data()+pos;
     }
 
     // Plain ASCII chars just go straight out.
 
     if ((c >= 33) && (c <= 126) && ('=' != c))
     {
       *cursor++ = c;
       ++lineLength;
     }
 
     // Spaces need some thought. We have to encode them at eol (or eof).
 
     else if (' ' == c)
     {
       if
         (
          (i >= length)
          ||
          ((i < end) && ((useCRLF && ('\r' == data[i + 1]) && ('\n' == data[i + 2]))
                         ||
                         (!useCRLF && ('\n' == data[i + 1]))))
         )
       {
         *cursor++ = '=';
         *cursor++ = '2';
         *cursor++ = '0';
 
         lineLength += 3;
       }
       else
       {
         *cursor++ = ' ';
         ++lineLength;
       }
     }
     // If we find a line break, just let it through.
     else if ((useCRLF && ('\r' == c) && (i < end) && ('\n' == data[i + 1])) ||
              (!useCRLF && ('\n' == c)))
     {
       lineLength = 0;
 
       if (useCRLF) {
         *cursor++ = '\r';
         *cursor++ = '\n';
         ++i;
       } else {
         *cursor++ = '\n';
       }
     }
 
     // Anything else is converted to =XX.
 
     else
     {
       *cursor++ = '=';
       *cursor++ = hexChars[c / 16];
       *cursor++ = hexChars[c % 16];
 
       lineLength += 3;
     }
 
     // If we're approaching the maximum line length, do a soft line break.
 
     if ((lineLength > maxQPLineLength) && (i < end))
     {
       if (useCRLF) {
         *cursor++ = '=';
         *cursor++ = '\r';
         *cursor++ = '\n';
       } else {
         *cursor++ = '=';
         *cursor++ = '\n';
       }
 
       lineLength = 0;
     }
   }
 
   out.truncate(cursor - out.data());
 }
 
-QCString KCodecs::quotedPrintableDecode(const QByteArray & in)
+Q3CString KCodecs::quotedPrintableDecode(const QByteArray & in)
 {
   QByteArray out;
   quotedPrintableDecode (in, out);
-  return QCString (out.data(), out.size()+1);
+  return Q3CString (out.data(), out.size()+1);
 }
 
-QCString KCodecs::quotedPrintableDecode(const QCString & str)
+Q3CString KCodecs::quotedPrintableDecode(const Q3CString & str)
 {
   if (str.isEmpty())
     return "";
 
   QByteArray in (str.length());
   memcpy (in.data(), str.data(), str.length());
   return quotedPrintableDecode (in);
 }
 
 void KCodecs::quotedPrintableDecode(const QByteArray& in, QByteArray& out)
 {
   // clear out the output buffer
   out.resize (0);
   if (in.isEmpty())
       return;
 
   char *cursor;
   const char *data;
   const unsigned int length = in.size();
 
   data = in.data();
   out.resize (length);
   cursor = out.data();
 
   for (unsigned int i = 0; i < length; i++)
   {
     char c(in.at(i));
 
     if ('=' == c)
     {
       if (i < length - 2)
       {
         char c1 = in.at(i + 1);
         char c2 = in.at(i + 2);
 
         if (('\n' == c1) || ('\r' == c1 && '\n' == c2))
         {
           // Soft line break. No output.
           if ('\r' == c1)
             i += 2;        // CRLF line breaks
           else
             i += 1;
         }
         else
         {
           // =XX encoded byte.
 
           int hexChar0 = rikFindChar(hexChars, c1);
           int hexChar1 = rikFindChar(hexChars, c2);
 
           if (hexChar0 < 16 && hexChar1 < 16)
           {
             *cursor++ = char((hexChar0 * 16) | hexChar1);
             i += 2;
           }
         }
       }
     }
     else
     {
       *cursor++ = c;
     }
   }
 
   out.truncate(cursor - out.data());
 }
 
-QCString KCodecs::base64Encode( const QCString& str, bool insertLFs )
+Q3CString KCodecs::base64Encode( const Q3CString& str, bool insertLFs )
 {
     if ( str.isEmpty() )
         return "";
 
     QByteArray in (str.length());
     memcpy( in.data(), str.data(), str.length() );
     return base64Encode( in, insertLFs );
 }
 
-QCString KCodecs::base64Encode( const QByteArray& in, bool insertLFs )
+Q3CString KCodecs::base64Encode( const QByteArray& in, bool insertLFs )
 {
     QByteArray out;
     base64Encode( in, out, insertLFs );
-    return QCString( out.data(), out.size()+1 );
+    return Q3CString( out.data(), out.size()+1 );
 }
 
 void KCodecs::base64Encode( const QByteArray& in, QByteArray& out,
                             bool insertLFs )
 {
     // clear out the output buffer
     out.resize (0);
     if ( in.isEmpty() )
         return;
 
     unsigned int sidx = 0;
     unsigned int didx = 0;
     const char* data = in.data();
     const unsigned int len = in.size();
 
     unsigned int out_len = ((len+2)/3)*4;
 
     // Deal with the 76 characters or less per
     // line limit specified in RFC 2045 on a
     // pre request basis.
     insertLFs = (insertLFs && out_len > 76);
     if ( insertLFs )
       out_len += ((out_len-1)/76);
 
     int count = 0;
     out.resize( out_len );
 
     // 3-byte to 4-byte conversion + 0-63 to ascii printable conversion
     if ( len > 1 )
     {
         while (sidx < len-2)
         {
             if ( insertLFs )
             {
                 if ( count && (count%76) == 0 )
-                    out.at(didx++) = '\n';
+                    out[didx++] = '\n';
                 count += 4;
             }
-            out.at(didx++) = Base64EncMap[(data[sidx] >> 2) & 077];
-            out.at(didx++) = Base64EncMap[(data[sidx+1] >> 4) & 017 |
+            out[didx++] = Base64EncMap[(data[sidx] >> 2) & 077];
+            out[didx++] = Base64EncMap[(data[sidx+1] >> 4) & 017 |
                                        (data[sidx] << 4) & 077];
-            out.at(didx++) = Base64EncMap[(data[sidx+2] >> 6) & 003 |
+            out[didx++] = Base64EncMap[(data[sidx+2] >> 6) & 003 |
                                        (data[sidx+1] << 2) & 077];
-            out.at(didx++) = Base64EncMap[data[sidx+2] & 077];
+            out[didx++] = Base64EncMap[data[sidx+2] & 077];
             sidx += 3;
         }
     }
 
     if (sidx < len)
     {
         if ( insertLFs && (count > 0) && (count%76) == 0 )
-           out.at(didx++) = '\n';
+           out[didx++] = '\n';
 
-        out.at(didx++) = Base64EncMap[(data[sidx] >> 2) & 077];
+        out[didx++] = Base64EncMap[(data[sidx] >> 2) & 077];
         if (sidx < len-1)
         {
-            out.at(didx++) = Base64EncMap[(data[sidx+1] >> 4) & 017 |
+            out[didx++] = Base64EncMap[(data[sidx+1] >> 4) & 017 |
                                        (data[sidx] << 4) & 077];
-            out.at(didx++) = Base64EncMap[(data[sidx+1] << 2) & 077];
+            out[didx++] = Base64EncMap[(data[sidx+1] << 2) & 077];
         }
         else
         {
-            out.at(didx++) = Base64EncMap[(data[sidx] << 4) & 077];
+            out[didx++] = Base64EncMap[(data[sidx] << 4) & 077];
         }
     }
 
     // Add padding
     while (didx < out.size())
-    {
-        out.at(didx) = '=';
-        didx++;
-    }
+        out[didx++] = '=';
 }
 
-QCString KCodecs::base64Decode( const QCString& str )
+Q3CString KCodecs::base64Decode( const Q3CString& str )
 {
     if ( str.isEmpty() )
         return "";
 
     QByteArray in( str.length() );
     memcpy( in.data(), str.data(), str.length() );
     return base64Decode( in );
 }
 
-QCString KCodecs::base64Decode( const QByteArray& in )
+Q3CString KCodecs::base64Decode( const QByteArray& in )
 {
     QByteArray out;
     base64Decode( in, out );
-    return QCString( out.data(), out.size()+1 );
+    return Q3CString( out.data(), out.size()+1 );
 }
 
 void KCodecs::base64Decode( const QByteArray& in, QByteArray& out )
 {
     out.resize(0);
     if ( in.isEmpty() )
         return;
 
     unsigned int count = 0;
     unsigned int len = in.size(), tail = len;
     const char* data = in.data();
 
     // Deal with possible *nix "BEGIN" marker!!
     while ( count < len && (data[count] == '\n' || data[count] == '\r' ||
             data[count] == '\t' || data[count] == ' ') )
         count++;
 
     if ( QString(data+count).left(5).lower() == "begin" )
     {
         count += 5;
         while ( count < len && data[count] != '\n' && data[count] != '\r' )
             count++;
 
         while ( count < len && (data[count] == '\n' || data[count] == '\r') )
             count ++;
 
         data += count;
         tail = (len -= count);
     }
 
     // Find the tail end of the actual encoded data even if
     // there is/are trailing CR and/or LF.
     while ( data[tail-1] == '=' || data[tail-1] == '\n' ||
             data[tail-1] == '\r' )
         if ( data[--tail] != '=' ) len = tail;
 
     unsigned int outIdx = 0;
     out.resize( (count=len) );
     for (unsigned int idx = 0; idx < count; idx++)
     {
         // Adhere to RFC 2045 and ignore characters
         // that are not part of the encoding table.
         unsigned char ch = data[idx];
         if ((ch > 47 && ch < 58) || (ch > 64 && ch < 91) ||
             (ch > 96 && ch < 123) || ch == '+' || ch == '/' || ch == '=')
         {
-            out.at(outIdx++) = Base64DecMap[ch];
+            out[outIdx++] = Base64DecMap[ch];
         }
         else
         {
             len--;
             tail--;
         }
     }
 
     // kdDebug() << "Tail size = " << tail << ", Length size = " << len << endl;
 
     // 4-byte to 3-byte conversion
     len = (tail>(len/4)) ? tail-(len/4) : 0;
     unsigned int sidx = 0, didx = 0;
     if ( len > 1 )
     {
       while (didx < len-2)
       {
-          out.at(didx) = (((out.at(sidx) << 2) & 255) | ((out.at(sidx+1) >> 4) & 003));
-          out.at(didx+1) = (((out.at(sidx+1) << 4) & 255) | ((out.at(sidx+2) >> 2) & 017));
-          out.at(didx+2) = (((out.at(sidx+2) << 6) & 255) | (out.at(sidx+3) & 077));
+          out[didx] = (((out[sidx] << 2) & 255) | ((out[sidx+1] >> 4) & 003));
+          out[didx+1] = (((out[sidx+1] << 4) & 255) | ((out[sidx+2] >> 2) & 017));
+          out[didx+2] = (((out[sidx+2] << 6) & 255) | (out[sidx+3] & 077));
           sidx += 4;
           didx += 3;
       }
     }
 
     if (didx < len)
-        out.at(didx) = (((out.at(sidx) << 2) & 255) | ((out.at(sidx+1) >> 4) & 003));
+        out[didx] = (((out[sidx] << 2) & 255) | ((out[sidx+1] >> 4) & 003));
 
     if (++didx < len )
-        out.at(didx) = (((out.at(sidx+1) << 4) & 255) | ((out.at(sidx+2) >> 2) & 017));
+        out[didx] = (((out[sidx+1] << 4) & 255) | ((out[sidx+2] >> 2) & 017));
 
     // Resize the output buffer
     if ( len == 0 || len < out.size() )
       out.resize(len);
 }
 
-QCString KCodecs::uuencode( const QCString& str )
+Q3CString KCodecs::uuencode( const Q3CString& str )
 {
     if ( str.isEmpty() )
         return "";
 
     QByteArray in;
     in.resize( str.length() );
     memcpy( in.data(), str.data(), str.length() );
     return uuencode( in );
 }
 
-QCString KCodecs::uuencode( const QByteArray& in )
+Q3CString KCodecs::uuencode( const QByteArray& in )
 {
     QByteArray out;
     uuencode( in, out );
-    return QCString( out.data(), out.size()+1 );
+    return Q3CString( out.data(), out.size()+1 );
 }
 
 void KCodecs::uuencode( const QByteArray& in, QByteArray& out )
 {
     out.resize( 0 );
     if( in.isEmpty() )
         return;
 
     unsigned int sidx = 0;
     unsigned int didx = 0;
     unsigned int line_len = 45;
 
     const char nl[] = "\n";
     const char* data = in.data();
     const unsigned int nl_len = strlen(nl);
     const unsigned int len = in.size();
 
     out.resize( (len+2)/3*4 + ((len+line_len-1)/line_len)*(nl_len+1) );
     // split into lines, adding line-length and line terminator
     while (sidx+line_len < len)
     {
         // line length
-        out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[line_len];
+        out[didx++] = UUEncMap[line_len];
 
         // 3-byte to 4-byte conversion + 0-63 to ascii printable conversion
         for (unsigned int end = sidx+line_len; sidx < end; sidx += 3)
         {
-            out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[(data[sidx] >> 2) & 077];
-            out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[(data[sidx+1] >> 4) & 017 |
+            out[didx++] = UUEncMap[(data[sidx] >> 2) & 077];
+            out[didx++] = UUEncMap[(data[sidx+1] >> 4) & 017 |
                                    (data[sidx] << 4) & 077];
-            out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[(data[sidx+2] >> 6) & 003 |
+            out[didx++] = UUEncMap[(data[sidx+2] >> 6) & 003 |
                                 (data[sidx+1] << 2) & 077];
-            out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[data[sidx+2] & 077];
+            out[didx++] = UUEncMap[data[sidx+2] & 077];
         }
 
         // line terminator
         //for (unsigned int idx=0; idx < nl_len; idx++)
-        //out.at(didx++) = nl[idx];
+        //out[didx++] = nl[idx];
         memcpy(out.data()+didx, nl, nl_len);
         didx += nl_len;
     }
 
     // line length
-    out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[len-sidx];
+    out[didx++] = UUEncMap[len-sidx];
     // 3-byte to 4-byte conversion + 0-63 to ascii printable conversion
     while (sidx+2 < len)
     {
-        out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[(data[sidx] >> 2) & 077];
-        out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[(data[sidx+1] >> 4) & 017 |
+        out[didx++] = UUEncMap[(data[sidx] >> 2) & 077];
+        out[didx++] = UUEncMap[(data[sidx+1] >> 4) & 017 |
                                (data[sidx] << 4) & 077];
-        out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[(data[sidx+2] >> 6) & 003 |
+        out[didx++] = UUEncMap[(data[sidx+2] >> 6) & 003 |
                                (data[sidx+1] << 2) & 077];
-        out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[data[sidx+2] & 077];
+        out[didx++] = UUEncMap[data[sidx+2] & 077];
         sidx += 3;
     }
 
     if (sidx < len-1)
     {
-        out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[(data[sidx] >> 2) & 077];
-        out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[(data[sidx+1] >> 4) & 017 |
+        out[didx++] = UUEncMap[(data[sidx] >> 2) & 077];
+        out[didx++] = UUEncMap[(data[sidx+1] >> 4) & 017 |
                                (data[sidx] << 4) & 077];
-        out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[(data[sidx+1] << 2) & 077];
-        out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[0];
+        out[didx++] = UUEncMap[(data[sidx+1] << 2) & 077];
+        out[didx++] = UUEncMap[0];
     }
     else if (sidx < len)
     {
-        out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[(data[sidx] >> 2) & 077];
-        out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[(data[sidx] << 4) & 077];
-        out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[0];
-        out.at(didx++) = UUEncMap[0];
+        out[didx++] = UUEncMap[(data[sidx] >> 2) & 077];
+        out[didx++] = UUEncMap[(data[sidx] << 4) & 077];
+        out[didx++] = UUEncMap[0];
+        out[didx++] = UUEncMap[0];
     }
 
     // line terminator
     memcpy(out.data()+didx, nl, nl_len);
     didx += nl_len;
 
     // sanity check
     if ( didx != out.size() )
         out.resize( 0 );
 }
 
-QCString KCodecs::uudecode( const QCString& str )
+Q3CString KCodecs::uudecode( const Q3CString& str )
 {
     if ( str.isEmpty() )
         return "";
 
     QByteArray in;
     in.resize( str.length() );
     memcpy( in.data(), str.data(), str.length() );
     return uudecode( in );
 }
 
-QCString KCodecs::uudecode( const QByteArray& in )
+Q3CString KCodecs::uudecode( const QByteArray& in )
 {
     QByteArray out;
     uudecode( in, out );
-    return QCString( out.data(), out.size()+1 );
+    return Q3CString( out.data(), out.size()+1 );
 }
 
 void KCodecs::uudecode( const QByteArray& in, QByteArray& out )
 {
     out.resize( 0 );
     if( in.isEmpty() )
         return;
 
     unsigned int sidx = 0;
     unsigned int didx = 0;
     unsigned int len = in.size();
     unsigned int line_len, end;
     const char* data = in.data();
 
     // Deal with *nix "BEGIN"/"END" separators!!
     unsigned int count = 0;
     while ( count < len && (data[count] == '\n' || data[count] == '\r' ||
             data[count] == '\t' || data[count] == ' ') )
         count ++;
 
     bool hasLF = false;
     if ( QString( data+count).left(5).lower() == "begin" )
     {
         count += 5;
         while ( count < len && data[count] != '\n' && data[count] != '\r' )
             count ++;
 
         while ( count < len && (data[count] == '\n' || data[count] == '\r') )
             count ++;
 
         data += count;
         len -= count;
         hasLF = true;
     }
 
     out.resize( len/4*3 );
     while ( sidx < len )
     {
         // get line length (in number of encoded octets)
         line_len = UUDecMap[ (unsigned char) data[sidx++]];
         // ascii printable to 0-63 and 4-byte to 3-byte conversion
         end = didx+line_len;
         char A, B, C, D;
         if (end > 2) {
           while (didx < end-2)
           {
              A = UUDecMap[(unsigned char) data[sidx]];
              B = UUDecMap[(unsigned char) data[sidx+1]];
              C = UUDecMap[(unsigned char) data[sidx+2]];
              D = UUDecMap[(unsigned char) data[sidx+3]];
-             out.at(didx++) = ( ((A << 2) & 255) | ((B >> 4) & 003) );
-             out.at(didx++) = ( ((B << 4) & 255) | ((C >> 2) & 017) );
-             out.at(didx++) = ( ((C << 6) & 255) | (D & 077) );
+             out[didx++] = ( ((A << 2) & 255) | ((B >> 4) & 003) );
+             out[didx++] = ( ((B << 4) & 255) | ((C >> 2) & 017) );
+             out[didx++] = ( ((C << 6) & 255) | (D & 077) );
              sidx += 4;
           }
         }
 
         if (didx < end)
         {
             A = UUDecMap[(unsigned char) data[sidx]];
             B = UUDecMap[(unsigned char) data[sidx+1]];
-            out.at(didx++) = ( ((A << 2) & 255) | ((B >> 4) & 003) );
+            out[didx++] = ( ((A << 2) & 255) | ((B >> 4) & 003) );
         }
 
         if (didx < end)
         {
             B = UUDecMap[(unsigned char) data[sidx+1]];
             C = UUDecMap[(unsigned char) data[sidx+2]];
-            out.at(didx++) = ( ((B << 4) & 255) | ((C >> 2) & 017) );
+            out[didx++] = ( ((B << 4) & 255) | ((C >> 2) & 017) );
         }
 
         // skip padding
         while (sidx < len  && data[sidx] != '\n' && data[sidx] != '\r')
             sidx++;
 
         // skip end of line
         while (sidx < len  && (data[sidx] == '\n' || data[sidx] == '\r'))
             sidx++;
 
         // skip the "END" separator when present.
         if ( hasLF && QString( data+sidx).left(3).lower() == "end" )
             break;
     }
 
     if ( didx < out.size()  )
         out.resize( didx );
 }
 
 /******************************** KMD5 ********************************/
 KMD5::KMD5()
 {
     init();
 }
 
 KMD5::KMD5(const char *in, int len)
 {
     init();
     update(in, len);
 }
 
 KMD5::KMD5(const QByteArray& in)
 {
     init();
     update( in );
 }
 
-KMD5::KMD5(const QCString& in)
+KMD5::KMD5(const Q3CString& in)
 {
     init();
     update( in );
 }
 
 void KMD5::update(const QByteArray& in)
 {
     update(in.data(), int(in.size()));
 }
 
-void KMD5::update(const QCString& in)
+void KMD5::update(const Q3CString& in)
 {
     update(in.data(), int(in.length()));
 }
 
 void KMD5::update(const unsigned char* in, int len)
 {
     if (len < 0)
         len = qstrlen(reinterpret_cast<const char*>(in));
 
     if (!len)
         return;
 
     if (m_finalized) {
         kdWarning() << "KMD5::update called after state was finalized!" << endl;
         return;
     }
 
     Q_UINT32 in_index;
     Q_UINT32 buffer_index;
     Q_UINT32 buffer_space;
     Q_UINT32 in_length = static_cast<Q_UINT32>( len );
 
     buffer_index = static_cast<Q_UINT32>((m_count[0] >> 3) & 0x3F);
 
     if (  (m_count[0] += (in_length << 3))<(in_length << 3) )
         m_count[1]++;
 
     m_count[1] += (in_length >> 29);
     buffer_space = 64 - buffer_index;
 
     if (in_length >= buffer_space)
     {
         memcpy (m_buffer + buffer_index, in, buffer_space);
         transform (m_buffer);
 
         for (in_index = buffer_space; in_index + 63 < in_length;
              in_index += 64)
             transform (reinterpret_cast<const unsigned char*>(in+in_index));
 
         buffer_index = 0;
     }
     else
         in_index=0;
 
     memcpy(m_buffer+buffer_index, in+in_index, in_length-in_index);
 }
 
 bool KMD5::update(QIODevice& file)
 {
     char buffer[1024];
     int len;
 
     while ((len=file.readBlock(reinterpret_cast<char*>(buffer), sizeof(buffer))) > 0)
         update(buffer, len);
 
     return file.atEnd();
 }
 
 void KMD5::finalize ()
 {
     if (m_finalized) return;
 
     Q_UINT8 bits[8];
     Q_UINT32 index, padLen;
     static unsigned char PADDING[64]=
     {
         0x80, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
         0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
         0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
         0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
     };
 
     encode (bits, m_count, 8);
     //memcpy( bits, m_count, 8 );
 
     // Pad out to 56 mod 64.
     index = static_cast<Q_UINT32>((m_count[0] >> 3) & 0x3f);
     padLen = (index < 56) ? (56 - index) : (120 - index);
     update (reinterpret_cast<const char*>(PADDING), padLen);
 
     // Append length (before padding)
     update (reinterpret_cast<const char*>(bits), 8);
 
     // Store state in digest
     encode (m_digest, m_state, 16);
     //memcpy( m_digest, m_state, 16 );
 
     // Fill sensitive information with zero's
     memset ( (void *)m_buffer, 0, sizeof(*m_buffer));
 
     m_finalized = true;
 }
 
 
 bool KMD5::verify( const KMD5::Digest& digest)
 {
     finalize();
     return (0 == memcmp(rawDigest(), digest, sizeof(KMD5::Digest)));
 }
 
-bool KMD5::verify( const QCString& hexdigest)
+bool KMD5::verify( const Q3CString& hexdigest)
 {
     finalize();
     return (0 == strcmp(hexDigest().data(), hexdigest));
 }
 
 const KMD5::Digest& KMD5::rawDigest()
 {
     finalize();
     return m_digest;
 }
 
 void KMD5::rawDigest( KMD5::Digest& bin )
 {
     finalize();
     memcpy( bin, m_digest, 16 );
 }
 
 
-QCString KMD5::hexDigest()
+Q3CString KMD5::hexDigest()
 {
-    QCString s(33);
+    Q3CString s(33);
 
     finalize();
     sprintf(s.data(), "%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x",
             m_digest[0], m_digest[1], m_digest[2], m_digest[3], m_digest[4], m_digest[5],
             m_digest[6], m_digest[7], m_digest[8], m_digest[9], m_digest[10], m_digest[11],
             m_digest[12], m_digest[13], m_digest[14], m_digest[15]);
 
     return s;
 }
 
-void KMD5::hexDigest(QCString& s)
+void KMD5::hexDigest(Q3CString& s)
 {
     finalize();
     s.resize(33);
     sprintf(s.data(), "%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x",
             m_digest[0], m_digest[1], m_digest[2], m_digest[3], m_digest[4], m_digest[5],
             m_digest[6], m_digest[7], m_digest[8], m_digest[9], m_digest[10], m_digest[11],
             m_digest[12], m_digest[13], m_digest[14], m_digest[15]);
 }
 
-QCString KMD5::base64Digest()
+Q3CString KMD5::base64Digest()
 {
     QByteArray ba(16);
 
     finalize();
     memcpy(ba.data(), m_digest, 16);
     return KCodecs::base64Encode(ba);
 }
 
 
 void KMD5::init()
 {
     d = 0;
     reset();
 }
 
 void KMD5::reset()
 {
     m_finalized = false;
 
     m_count[0] = 0;
     m_count[1] = 0;
 
     m_state[0] = 0x67452301;
     m_state[1] = 0xefcdab89;
     m_state[2] = 0x98badcfe;
     m_state[3] = 0x10325476;
 
     memset ( m_buffer, 0, sizeof(*m_buffer));
     memset ( m_digest, 0, sizeof(*m_digest));
 }
 
 void KMD5::transform( const unsigned char block[64] )
 {
 
     Q_UINT32 a = m_state[0], b = m_state[1], c = m_state[2], d = m_state[3], x[16];
 
     decode (x, block, 64);
     //memcpy( x, block, 64 );
 
 //US    Q_ASSERT(!m_finalized);  // not just a user error, since the method is private
-    ASSERT(!m_finalized);  // not just a user error, since the method is private
+    Q_ASSERT(!m_finalized);  // not just a user error, since the method is private
 
     /* Round 1 */
     FF (a, b, c, d, x[ 0], KMD5_S11, 0xd76aa478); /* 1 */
     FF (d, a, b, c, x[ 1], KMD5_S12, 0xe8c7b756); /* 2 */
     FF (c, d, a, b, x[ 2], KMD5_S13, 0x242070db); /* 3 */
     FF (b, c, d, a, x[ 3], KMD5_S14, 0xc1bdceee); /* 4 */
     FF (a, b, c, d, x[ 4], KMD5_S11, 0xf57c0faf); /* 5 */
     FF (d, a, b, c, x[ 5], KMD5_S12, 0x4787c62a); /* 6 */
     FF (c, d, a, b, x[ 6], KMD5_S13, 0xa8304613); /* 7 */
     FF (b, c, d, a, x[ 7], KMD5_S14, 0xfd469501); /* 8 */
     FF (a, b, c, d, x[ 8], KMD5_S11, 0x698098d8); /* 9 */
     FF (d, a, b, c, x[ 9], KMD5_S12, 0x8b44f7af); /* 10 */
     FF (c, d, a, b, x[10], KMD5_S13, 0xffff5bb1); /* 11 */
     FF (b, c, d, a, x[11], KMD5_S14, 0x895cd7be); /* 12 */
     FF (a, b, c, d, x[12], KMD5_S11, 0x6b901122); /* 13 */
     FF (d, a, b, c, x[13], KMD5_S12, 0xfd987193); /* 14 */
     FF (c, d, a, b, x[14], KMD5_S13, 0xa679438e); /* 15 */
     FF (b, c, d, a, x[15], KMD5_S14, 0x49b40821); /* 16 */
 
     /* Round 2 */
     GG (a, b, c, d, x[ 1], KMD5_S21, 0xf61e2562); /* 17 */
     GG (d, a, b, c, x[ 6], KMD5_S22, 0xc040b340); /* 18 */
     GG (c, d, a, b, x[11], KMD5_S23, 0x265e5a51); /* 19 */
     GG (b, c, d, a, x[ 0], KMD5_S24, 0xe9b6c7aa); /* 20 */
     GG (a, b, c, d, x[ 5], KMD5_S21, 0xd62f105d); /* 21 */
     GG (d, a, b, c, x[10], KMD5_S22,  0x2441453); /* 22 */
     GG (c, d, a, b, x[15], KMD5_S23, 0xd8a1e681); /* 23 */
     GG (b, c, d, a, x[ 4], KMD5_S24, 0xe7d3fbc8); /* 24 */
     GG (a, b, c, d, x[ 9], KMD5_S21, 0x21e1cde6); /* 25 */
     GG (d, a, b, c, x[14], KMD5_S22, 0xc33707d6); /* 26 */
     GG (c, d, a, b, x[ 3], KMD5_S23, 0xf4d50d87); /* 27 */
     GG (b, c, d, a, x[ 8], KMD5_S24, 0x455a14ed); /* 28 */
     GG (a, b, c, d, x[13], KMD5_S21, 0xa9e3e905); /* 29 */
     GG (d, a, b, c, x[ 2], KMD5_S22, 0xfcefa3f8); /* 30 */
     GG (c, d, a, b, x[ 7], KMD5_S23, 0x676f02d9); /* 31 */
     GG (b, c, d, a, x[12], KMD5_S24, 0x8d2a4c8a); /* 32 */
 
     /* Round 3 */
     HH (a, b, c, d, x[ 5], KMD5_S31, 0xfffa3942); /* 33 */
     HH (d, a, b, c, x[ 8], KMD5_S32, 0x8771f681); /* 34 */
     HH (c, d, a, b, x[11], KMD5_S33, 0x6d9d6122); /* 35 */
     HH (b, c, d, a, x[14], KMD5_S34, 0xfde5380c); /* 36 */
     HH (a, b, c, d, x[ 1], KMD5_S31, 0xa4beea44); /* 37 */
     HH (d, a, b, c, x[ 4], KMD5_S32, 0x4bdecfa9); /* 38 */
     HH (c, d, a, b, x[ 7], KMD5_S33, 0xf6bb4b60); /* 39 */
     HH (b, c, d, a, x[10], KMD5_S34, 0xbebfbc70); /* 40 */
     HH (a, b, c, d, x[13], KMD5_S31, 0x289b7ec6); /* 41 */
     HH (d, a, b, c, x[ 0], KMD5_S32, 0xeaa127fa); /* 42 */
     HH (c, d, a, b, x[ 3], KMD5_S33, 0xd4ef3085); /* 43 */
     HH (b, c, d, a, x[ 6], KMD5_S34,  0x4881d05); /* 44 */
     HH (a, b, c, d, x[ 9], KMD5_S31, 0xd9d4d039); /* 45 */
     HH (d, a, b, c, x[12], KMD5_S32, 0xe6db99e5); /* 46 */
     HH (c, d, a, b, x[15], KMD5_S33, 0x1fa27cf8); /* 47 */
     HH (b, c, d, a, x[ 2], KMD5_S34, 0xc4ac5665); /* 48 */
 
     /* Round 4 */
     II (a, b, c, d, x[ 0], KMD5_S41, 0xf4292244); /* 49 */
     II (d, a, b, c, x[ 7], KMD5_S42, 0x432aff97); /* 50 */
     II (c, d, a, b, x[14], KMD5_S43, 0xab9423a7); /* 51 */
     II (b, c, d, a, x[ 5], KMD5_S44, 0xfc93a039); /* 52 */
     II (a, b, c, d, x[12], KMD5_S41, 0x655b59c3); /* 53 */
     II (d, a, b, c, x[ 3], KMD5_S42, 0x8f0ccc92); /* 54 */
     II (c, d, a, b, x[10], KMD5_S43, 0xffeff47d); /* 55 */
     II (b, c, d, a, x[ 1], KMD5_S44, 0x85845dd1); /* 56 */
     II (a, b, c, d, x[ 8], KMD5_S41, 0x6fa87e4f); /* 57 */
     II (d, a, b, c, x[15], KMD5_S42, 0xfe2ce6e0); /* 58 */
     II (c, d, a, b, x[ 6], KMD5_S43, 0xa3014314); /* 59 */
     II (b, c, d, a, x[13], KMD5_S44, 0x4e0811a1); /* 60 */
     II (a, b, c, d, x[ 4], KMD5_S41, 0xf7537e82); /* 61 */
     II (d, a, b, c, x[11], KMD5_S42, 0xbd3af235); /* 62 */
     II (c, d, a, b, x[ 2], KMD5_S43, 0x2ad7d2bb); /* 63 */
     II (b, c, d, a, x[ 9], KMD5_S44, 0xeb86d391); /* 64 */
 
     m_state[0] += a;
     m_state[1] += b;
     m_state[2] += c;
     m_state[3] += d;
 
     memset ( static_cast<void *>(x), 0, sizeof(x) );
 }
 
 inline Q_UINT32 KMD5::rotate_left (Q_UINT32 x, Q_UINT32 n)
 {
     return (x << n) | (x >> (32-n))  ;
 }
 
 inline Q_UINT32 KMD5::F (Q_UINT32 x, Q_UINT32 y, Q_UINT32 z)
 {
     return (x & y) | (~x & z);
 }
 
 inline Q_UINT32 KMD5::G (Q_UINT32 x, Q_UINT32 y, Q_UINT32 z)
 {
     return (x & z) | (y & ~z);
 }
 
 inline Q_UINT32 KMD5::H (Q_UINT32 x, Q_UINT32 y, Q_UINT32 z)
 {
     return x ^ y ^ z;
 }
 
 inline Q_UINT32 KMD5::I (Q_UINT32 x, Q_UINT32 y, Q_UINT32 z)
 {
     return y ^ (x | ~z);
 }
 
 void KMD5::FF ( Q_UINT32& a, Q_UINT32 b, Q_UINT32 c, Q_UINT32 d,
                        Q_UINT32 x, Q_UINT32  s, Q_UINT32 ac )
 {
     a += F(b, c, d) + x + ac;
     a = rotate_left (a, s) +b;
 }
 
 void KMD5::GG ( Q_UINT32& a, Q_UINT32 b, Q_UINT32 c, Q_UINT32 d,
                  Q_UINT32 x, Q_UINT32 s, Q_UINT32 ac)
 {
     a += G(b, c, d) + x + ac;
     a = rotate_left (a, s) +b;
 }
 
 void KMD5::HH ( Q_UINT32& a, Q_UINT32 b, Q_UINT32 c, Q_UINT32 d,
                  Q_UINT32 x, Q_UINT32 s, Q_UINT32 ac )
 {
     a += H(b, c, d) + x + ac;
     a = rotate_left (a, s) +b;
 }
 
 void KMD5::II ( Q_UINT32& a, Q_UINT32 b, Q_UINT32 c, Q_UINT32 d,
                  Q_UINT32 x, Q_UINT32 s, Q_UINT32 ac )
 {
     a += I(b, c, d) + x + ac;
     a = rotate_left (a, s) +b;
 }
 
 
 void KMD5::encode ( unsigned char* output, Q_UINT32 *in, Q_UINT32 len )
 {
 #if !defined(WORDS_BIGENDIAN)
     memcpy(output, in, len);
 
 #else
     Q_UINT32 i, j;
     for (i = 0, j = 0; j < len; i++, j += 4)
     {
         output[j]   = static_cast<Q_UINT8>((in[i] & 0xff));
         output[j+1] = static_cast<Q_UINT8>(((in[i] >> 8) & 0xff));
         output[j+2] = static_cast<Q_UINT8>(((in[i] >> 16) & 0xff));
         output[j+3] = static_cast<Q_UINT8>(((in[i] >> 24) & 0xff));
     }
 #endif
 }
 
 // Decodes in (Q_UINT8) into output (Q_UINT32). Assumes len is a
 // multiple of 4.
 void KMD5::decode (Q_UINT32 *output, const unsigned char* in, Q_UINT32 len)
 {
 #if !defined(WORDS_BIGENDIAN)
     memcpy(output, in, len);
 
 #else
     Q_UINT32 i, j;
     for (i = 0, j = 0; j < len; i++, j += 4)
         output[i] = static_cast<Q_UINT32>(in[j]) |
                     (static_cast<Q_UINT32>(in[j+1]) << 8)  |
                     (static_cast<Q_UINT32>(in[j+2]) << 16) |
                     (static_cast<Q_UINT32>(in[j+3]) << 24);
 #endif
 }
diff --git a/microkde/kdecore/kmdcodec.h b/microkde/kdecore/kmdcodec.h
index 2c4d611..616b683 100644
--- a/microkde/kdecore/kmdcodec.h
+++ b/microkde/kdecore/kmdcodec.h
@@ -1,572 +1,574 @@
 /*
    Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Dawit Alemayehu <adawit@kde.org>
    Copyright (C) 2001 Rik Hemsley (rikkus) <rik@kde.org>
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL)
    version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
    License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
 
    RFC 1321 "MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm" Copyright (C) 1991-1992.
    RSA Data Security, Inc. Created 1991. All rights reserved.
 
    The KMD5 class is based on a C++ implementation of
    "RSA Data Security, Inc. MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm" by
    Mordechai T. Abzug,	Copyright (c) 1995.  This implementation
    passes the test-suite as defined in RFC 1321.
 
    The encoding and decoding utilities in KCodecs with the exception of
    quoted-printable are based on the java implementation in HTTPClient
    package by Ronald Tschalär Copyright (C) 1996-1999.
 
    The quoted-printable codec as described in RFC 2045, section 6.7. is by
    Rik Hemsley (C) 2001.
 */
 
 #ifndef _KMDBASE_H
 #define _KMDBASE_H
 
 #define KBase64 KCodecs
 
 #include <qglobal.h>
 #include <qstring.h>
 #include <qiodevice.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3CString>
 
 /**
  * A wrapper class for the most commonly used encoding and
  * decoding algorithms.  Currently there is support for encoding
  * and decoding input using base64, uu and the quoted-printable
  * specifications.
  *
  * @sect Usage:
  *
  * <PRE>
  * QCString input = "Aladdin:open sesame";
  * QCString result = KCodecs::base64Encode(input);
  * cout << "Result: " << result.data() << endl;
  *
  * Output should be
  * Result: QWxhZGRpbjpvcGVuIHNlc2FtZQ==
  * </PRE>
  *
  * The above example makes use of the convenience functions
  * (ones that accept/return null-terminated strings) to encode/decode
  * a string.  If what you need is to encode or decode binary data, then
  * it is highly recommended that you use the functions that take an input
  * and output QByteArray as arguments.  These functions are specifically
  * tailored for encoding and decoding binary data.
  *
  * @short A collection of commonly used encoding and decoding algorithms.
  * @author Dawit Alemayehu <adawit@kde.org>
  * @author Rik Hemsley <rik@kde.org>
  */
 class KCodecs
 {
 public:
 
   /**
    * Encodes the given data using the quoted-printable algorithm.
    *
    * @param in      data to be encoded.
    * @param useCRLF if true the input data is expected to have
    *                CRLF line breaks and the output will have CRLF line
    *                breaks, too.
    * @return        quoted-printable encoded data.
    */
-  static QCString quotedPrintableEncode(const QByteArray & in,
+  static Q3CString quotedPrintableEncode(const QByteArray & in,
                                         bool useCRLF = true);
 
   /**
    * @overload
    *
    * Same as above except it accepts a null terminated
    * string instead an array.
    *
    * @param str     data to be encoded.
    * @param useCRLF if true the input data is expected to have
    *                CRLF line breaks and the output will have CRLF line
    *                breaks, too.
    * @return        quoted-printable encoded data.
    */
-  static QCString quotedPrintableEncode(const QCString & str,
+  static Q3CString quotedPrintableEncode(const Q3CString & str,
                                         bool useCRLF = true);
 
   /**
    * Encodes the given data using the quoted-printable algorithm.
    *
    * Use this function if you want the result of the encoding
    * to be placed in another array which cuts down the number
    * of copy operation that have to be performed in the process.
    * This is also the preferred method for encoding binary data.
    *
    * NOTE: the output array is first reset and then resized
    * appropriately before use, hence, all data stored in the
    * output array will be lost.
    *
    * @param in      data to be encoded.
    * @param out     decoded data.
    * @param useCRLF if true the input data is expected to have
    *                CRLF line breaks and the output will have CRLF line
    *                breaks, too.
    * @return        quoted-printable encoded data.
    */
   static void quotedPrintableEncode(const QByteArray & in, QByteArray& out,
                                     bool useCRLF);
 
   /**
    * Decodes a quoted-printable encoded string.
    *
    * Accepts data with CRLF or standard unix line breaks.
    *
    * @param in  the data to be decoded.
    * @return    decoded data.
    */
-  static QCString quotedPrintableDecode(const QByteArray & in);
+  static Q3CString quotedPrintableDecode(const QByteArray & in);
 
   /**
    * @overload
    *
    * Same as above except it accepts a null terminated
    * string instead an array.
    *
    * @param str  the data to be decoded.
    * @return     decoded data.
    */
-  static QCString quotedPrintableDecode(const QCString & str);
+  static Q3CString quotedPrintableDecode(const Q3CString & str);
 
   /**
    * Decodes a quoted-printable encoded data.
    *
    * Accepts data with CRLF or standard unix line breaks.
    * Use this function if you want the result of the decoding
    * to be placed in another array which cuts down the number
    * of copy operation that have to be performed in the process.
    * This is also the preferred method for decoding an encoded
    * binary data.
    *
    * NOTE: the output array is first reset and then resized
    * appropriately before use, hence, all data stored in the
    * output array will be lost.
    *
    * @param in   data to be encoded.
    * @param out  decoded data.
    *
    * @return     quoted-printable encoded data.
    */
   static void quotedPrintableDecode(const QByteArray & in, QByteArray& out);
 
 
   /**
    * Encodes the given data using the uuencode algorithm.
    *
    * The output is split into lines starting with the number of
    * encoded octets in the line and ending with a newline.  No
    * line is longer than 45 octets (60 characters), excluding the
    * line terminator.
    *
    * @param in   the data to be uuencoded
    * @return     a uuencoded data.
    */
-  static QCString uuencode( const QByteArray& in );
+  static Q3CString uuencode( const QByteArray& in );
 
   /**
    * @overload
    *
    * Same as the above functions except it accepts
    * a null terminated string instead an array.
    *
    * @param str   the string to be uuencoded.
    * @return      the encoded string.
    */
-  static QCString uuencode( const QCString& str );
+  static Q3CString uuencode( const Q3CString& str );
 
   /**
    * Encodes the given data using the uuencode algorithm.
    *
    * Use this function if you want the result of the encoding
    * to be placed in another array and cut down the number of
    * copy operation that have to be performed in the process.
    * This is the preffered method for encoding binary data.
    *
    * NOTE: the output array is first reset and then resized
    * appropriately before use, hence, all data stored in the
    * output array will be lost.
    *
    * @param in   the data to be uuencoded.
    * @param out  the container for the uudecoded data.
    */
   static void uuencode( const QByteArray& in, QByteArray& out );
 
   /**
    * Decodes the given data using the uuencode algorithm.
    *
    * Any 'begin' and 'end' lines like those generated by
    * the utilities in unix and unix-like OS will be
    * automatically ignored.
    *
    * @param in   the data uuencoded data to be decoded.
    * @return     a decoded string.
    */
-  static QCString uudecode( const QByteArray& in );
+  static Q3CString uudecode( const QByteArray& in );
 
   /**
    * @overload
    *
    * Same as the above functions except it accepts
    * a null terminated string instead an array.
    *
    * @param str   the string to be decoded.
    * @return      a uudecoded string.
    */
-  static QCString uudecode( const QCString& str );
+  static Q3CString uudecode( const Q3CString& str );
 
   /**
    * Decodes the given data using the uudecode algorithm.
    *
    * Use this function if you want the result of the decoding
    * to be placed in another array which cuts down the number
    * of copy operation that have to be performed in the process.
    * This is the preferred method for decoding binary data.
    *
    * Any 'begin' and 'end' lines like those generated by
    * the utilities in unix and unix-like OS will be
    * automatically ignored.
    *
    * NOTE: the output array is first reset and then resized
    * appropriately before use, hence, all data stored in the
    * output array will be lost.
    *
    * @param in   the uuencoded-data to be decoded.
    * @param out  the container for the uudecoded data.
    */
   static void uudecode( const QByteArray& in, QByteArray& out );
 
 
   /**
    * Encodes the given data using the base64 algorithm.
    *
    * The boolean argument determines if the encoded data is
    * going to be restricted to 76 characters or less per line
    * as specified by RFC 2045.  If @p insertLFs is true, then
    * there will be 76 characters or less per line.
    *
    * @param in         the data to be encoded.
    * @param insertLFs  limit the number of characters per line.
    *
    * @return           a base64 encoded string.
    */
-  static QCString base64Encode( const QByteArray& in, bool insertLFs = false);
+  static Q3CString base64Encode( const QByteArray& in, bool insertLFs = false);
 
   /**
    * @overload
    *
    * Same as the above functions except it accepts
    * a null terminated string instead an array.
    *
    * @param str       the string to be encoded.
    * @param insertLFs limit the number of characters per line.
    * @return          the decoded string.
    */
-  static QCString base64Encode( const QCString& str, bool insertLFs = false );
+  static Q3CString base64Encode( const Q3CString& str, bool insertLFs = false );
 
   /**
    * Encodes the given data using the base64 algorithm.
    *
    * Use this function if you want the result of the encoding
    * to be placed in another array which cuts down the number
    * of copy operation that have to be performed in the process.
    * This is also the preferred method for encoding binary data.
    *
    * The boolean argument determines if the encoded data is going
    * to be restricted to 76 characters or less per line as specified
    * by RFC 2045.  If @p insertLFs is true, then there will be 76
    * characters or less per line.
    *
    * NOTE: the output array is first reset and then resized
    * appropriately before use, hence, all data stored in the
    * output array will be lost.
    *
    * @param in        the data to be encoded using base64.
    * @param out       the container for the encoded data.
    * @param insertLFs limit the number of characters per line.
    */
   static void base64Encode( const QByteArray& in, QByteArray& out,
                             bool insertLFs = false );
 
   /**
    * Decodes the given data that was encoded using the
    * base64 algorithm.
    *
    * @param in   the base64-encoded data to be decoded.
    * @return     the decoded data.
    */
-  static QCString base64Decode( const QByteArray& in );
+  static Q3CString base64Decode( const QByteArray& in );
 
   /**
    * @overload
    *
    * Same as the above functions except it accepts
    * a null terminated string instead an array.
    *
    * @param str  the base64-encoded string.
    * @return     the decoded string.
    */
-  static QCString base64Decode( const QCString& str );
+  static Q3CString base64Decode( const Q3CString& str );
 
   /**
    * Decodes the given data that was encoded with the base64
    * algorithm.
    *
    * Use this function if you want the result of the decoding
    * to be placed in another array which cuts down the number
    * of copy operation that have to be performed in the process.
    * This is also the preferred method for decoding an encoded
    * binary data.
    *
    * NOTE: the output array is first reset and then resized
    * appropriately before use, hence, all data stored in the
    * output array will be lost.
    *
    * @param in   the encoded data to be decoded.
    * @param out  the container for the decoded data.
    */
   static void base64Decode( const QByteArray& in, QByteArray& out );
 
 
 private:
   KCodecs();
 
 private:
   static const char UUEncMap[64];
   static const char UUDecMap[128];
   static const char Base64EncMap[64];
   static const char Base64DecMap[128];
   static const char hexChars[16];
   static const unsigned int maxQPLineLength;
 };
 
 class KMD5Private;
 /**
  * Provides an easy to use C++ implementation of RSA's
  * MD5 algorithm.
  *
  * The default constructor is designed to provide much the same
  * functionality as the most commonly used C-implementation, while
  * the other three constructors are meant to further simplify the
  * process of obtaining a digest by calculating the result in a
  * single step.
  *
  * KMD5 is state-based, that means you can add new contents with
  * update() as long as you didn't request the digest value yet.
  * After the digest value was requested, the object is "finalized"
  * and you have to call reset() to be able to do another calculation
  * with it.  The reason for this behaviour is that upon requesting
  * the message digest KMD5 has to pad the received contents up to a
  * 64 byte boundary to calculate its value. After this operation it
  * is not possible to resume consuming data.
  *
  * @sect Usage:
  *
  * A common usage of this class:
  *
  * <PRE>
  *  const char* test1;
  *  KMD5::Digest rawResult;
  *
  *  test1 = "This is a simple test.";
  *  KMD5 context (test1);
  *  cout << "Hex Digest output: " << context.hexDigest().data() << endl;
  * </PRE>
  *
  * To cut down on the unnecessary overhead of creating multiple KMD5
  * objects, you can simply invoke @ref reset() to reuse the same object
  * in making another calculation:
  *
  * <PRE>
  *  context.reset ();
  *  context.update ("TWO");
  *  context.update ("THREE");
  *  cout << "Hex Digest output: " << context.hexDigest().data() << endl;
  * </PRE>
  *
  * @short An adapted C++ implementation of RSA Data Securities MD5 algorithm.
  * @author Dirk Mueller <mueller@kde.org>, Dawit Alemayehu <adawit@kde.org>
  */
 
 class KMD5
 {
 public:
 
   typedef unsigned char Digest[16];
 
   KMD5();
 
   /**
    * Constructor that updates the digest for the given string.
    *
    * @param in   C string or binary data
    * @param len  if negative, calculates the length by using
    *             strlen on the first parameter, otherwise
    *             it trusts the given length (does not stop on NUL byte).
    */
   KMD5(const char* in, int len = -1);
 
   /**
    * @overload
    *
    * Same as above except it accepts a QByteArray as its argument.
    */
   KMD5(const QByteArray& a );
 
   /**
    * @overload
    *
    * Same as above except it accepts a QByteArray as its argument.
    */
-  KMD5(const QCString& a );
+  KMD5(const Q3CString& a );
 
   /**
    * Updates the message to be digested. Be sure to add all data
    * before you read the digest. After reading the digest, you
    * can <b>not</b> add more data!
    *
    * @param in     message to be added to digest
    * @param len    the length of the given message.
    */
   void update(const char* in, int len = -1) { update(reinterpret_cast<const unsigned char*>(in), len); }
 
   /**
    * @overload
    */
   void update(const unsigned char* in, int len = -1);
 
   /**
    * @overload
    *
    * @param in     message to be added to the digest (QByteArray).
    */
   void update(const QByteArray& in );
 
   /**
    * @overload
    *
    * @param in     message to be added to the digest (QByteArray).
    */
-  void update(const QCString& in );
+  void update(const Q3CString& in );
 
   /**
    * @overload
    *
    * reads the data from an I/O device, i.e. from a file (QFile).
    *
    * NOTE that the file must be open for reading.
    *
    * @param file       a pointer to FILE as returned by calls like f{d,re}open
    *
    * @returns false if an error occured during reading.
    */
   bool update(QIODevice& file);
 
   /**
    * Calling this function will reset the calculated message digest.
    * Use this method to perform another message digest calculation
    * without recreating the KMD5 object.
    */
   void reset();
 
   /**
    * @return the raw representation of the digest
    */
   const Digest& rawDigest ();
 
   /**
    * Fills the given array with the binary representation of the
    * message digest.
    *
    * Use this method if you do not want to worry about making
    * copy of the digest once you obtain it.
    *
    * @param bin an array of 16 characters ( char[16] )
    */
   void rawDigest( KMD5::Digest& bin );
 
   /**
    * Returns the value of the calculated message digest in
    * a hexadecimal representation.
    */
-  QCString hexDigest ();
+  Q3CString hexDigest ();
 
   /**
    * @overload
    */
-  void hexDigest(QCString&);
+  void hexDigest(Q3CString&);
 
   /**
    * Returns the value of the calculated message digest in
    * a base64-encoded representation.
    */
-  QCString base64Digest ();
+  Q3CString base64Digest ();
 
   /**
    * returns true if the calculated digest for the given
    * message matches the given one.
    */
   bool verify( const KMD5::Digest& digest);
 
   /**
    * @overload
    */
-  bool verify(const QCString&);
+  bool verify(const Q3CString&);
 
 protected:
   /**
    *  Performs the real update work.  Note
    *  that length is implied to be 64.
    */
   void transform( const unsigned char buffer[64] );
 
   /**
    * finalizes the digest
    */
   void finalize();
 
 private:
   KMD5(const KMD5& u);
   KMD5& operator=(const KMD5& md);
 
   void init();
   void encode( unsigned char* output, Q_UINT32 *in, Q_UINT32 len );
   void decode( Q_UINT32 *output, const unsigned char* in, Q_UINT32 len );
 
   Q_UINT32 rotate_left( Q_UINT32 x, Q_UINT32 n );
   Q_UINT32 F( Q_UINT32 x, Q_UINT32 y, Q_UINT32 z );
   Q_UINT32 G( Q_UINT32 x, Q_UINT32 y, Q_UINT32 z );
   Q_UINT32 H( Q_UINT32 x, Q_UINT32 y, Q_UINT32 z );
   Q_UINT32 I( Q_UINT32 x, Q_UINT32 y, Q_UINT32 z );
   void FF( Q_UINT32& a, Q_UINT32 b, Q_UINT32 c, Q_UINT32 d, Q_UINT32 x,
                Q_UINT32  s, Q_UINT32 ac );
   void GG( Q_UINT32& a, Q_UINT32 b, Q_UINT32 c, Q_UINT32 d, Q_UINT32 x,
                 Q_UINT32 s, Q_UINT32 ac );
   void HH( Q_UINT32& a, Q_UINT32 b, Q_UINT32 c, Q_UINT32 d, Q_UINT32 x,
                 Q_UINT32 s, Q_UINT32 ac );
   void II( Q_UINT32& a, Q_UINT32 b, Q_UINT32 c, Q_UINT32 d, Q_UINT32 x,
              Q_UINT32 s, Q_UINT32 ac );
 
 private:
   Q_UINT32 m_state[4];
   Q_UINT32 m_count[2];
   Q_UINT8 m_buffer[64];
   Digest m_digest;
   bool m_finalized;
 
   KMD5Private* d;
 };
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdecore/kprefs.cpp b/microkde/kdecore/kprefs.cpp
index 0220a34..d4010fa 100644
--- a/microkde/kdecore/kprefs.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kdecore/kprefs.cpp
@@ -1,512 +1,514 @@
 /*
     This file is part of KOrganizer.
     Copyright (c) 2000,2001 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org>
 
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
     version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 // $Id$
 
 #include <qcolor.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3ValueList>
 
 #include <kconfig.h>
 #include <kstandarddirs.h>
 #include <kglobal.h>
 #include <kdebug.h>
 
 #include "kprefs.h"
 
 class KPrefsItemBool : public KPrefsItem {
   public:
     KPrefsItemBool(const QString &group,const QString &name,bool *,bool defaultValue=true);
     virtual ~KPrefsItemBool() {}
     
     void setDefault();
     void readConfig(KConfig *);
     void writeConfig(KConfig *);
 
   private:
     bool *mReference;
     bool mDefault;
 };
 
 class KPrefsItemInt : public KPrefsItem {
   public:
     KPrefsItemInt(const QString &group,const QString &name,int *,int defaultValue=0);
     virtual ~KPrefsItemInt() {}
     
     void setDefault();
     void readConfig(KConfig *);
     void writeConfig(KConfig *);
 
   private:
     int *mReference;
     int mDefault;
 };
 
 
 class KPrefsItemColor : public KPrefsItem {
   public:
     KPrefsItemColor(const QString &group,const QString &name,QColor *,
                     const QColor &defaultValue=QColor(128,128,128));
     virtual ~KPrefsItemColor() {}
     
     void setDefault();
     void readConfig(KConfig *);
     void writeConfig(KConfig *);    
 
   private:
     QColor *mReference;
     QColor mDefault;
 };
 
 class KPrefsItemSize : public KPrefsItem {
   public:
     KPrefsItemSize(const QString &group,const QString &name,QSize *,
 		   const QSize &defaultValue=QSize());
     ~KPrefsItemSize() {}
     
     void setDefault();
     void readConfig(KConfig *);
     void writeConfig(KConfig *);    
 
   private:
     QSize *mReference;
     QSize mDefault;
 };
 
 
 class KPrefsItemFont : public KPrefsItem {
   public:
     KPrefsItemFont(const QString &group,const QString &name,QFont *,
                    const QFont &defaultValue=QFont("helvetica",12));
     virtual ~KPrefsItemFont() {}
     
     void setDefault();
     void readConfig(KConfig *);
     void writeConfig(KConfig *);    
 
   private:
     QFont *mReference;
     QFont mDefault;
 };
 
 
 class KPrefsItemString : public KPrefsItem {
   public:
     KPrefsItemString(const QString &group,const QString &name,QString *,
                      const QString &defaultValue="", bool isPassword=false);
     virtual ~KPrefsItemString() {}
     
     void setDefault();
     void readConfig(KConfig *);
     void writeConfig(KConfig *);    
 
   private:
     QString *mReference;
     QString mDefault;
     bool mPassword;
 };
 
 
 class KPrefsItemStringList : public KPrefsItem {
   public:
     KPrefsItemStringList(const QString &group,const QString &name,QStringList *,
                          const QStringList &defaultValue=QStringList());
     virtual ~KPrefsItemStringList() {}
     
     void setDefault();
     void readConfig(KConfig *);
     void writeConfig(KConfig *);    
 
   private:
     QStringList *mReference;
     QStringList mDefault;
 };
 
 
 class KPrefsItemIntList : public KPrefsItem {
   public:
-    KPrefsItemIntList(const QString &group,const QString &name,QValueList<int> *,
-                      const QValueList<int> &defaultValue=QValueList<int>());
+    KPrefsItemIntList(const QString &group,const QString &name,Q3ValueList<int> *,
+                      const Q3ValueList<int> &defaultValue=Q3ValueList<int>());
     virtual ~KPrefsItemIntList() {}
     
     void setDefault();
     void readConfig(KConfig *);
     void writeConfig(KConfig *);    
 
   private:
-    QValueList<int> *mReference;
-    QValueList<int> mDefault;
+    Q3ValueList<int> *mReference;
+    Q3ValueList<int> mDefault;
 };
 
 
 KPrefsItemBool::KPrefsItemBool(const QString &group,const QString &name,
                                bool *reference,bool defaultValue) :
   KPrefsItem(group,name)
 {
   mReference = reference;
   mDefault = defaultValue;
 }
 
 void KPrefsItemBool::setDefault()
 {
   *mReference = mDefault;
 }
 
 void KPrefsItemBool::writeConfig(KConfig *config)
 {
   config->setGroup(mGroup);
   config->writeEntry(mName,*mReference);
 }
 
 
 void KPrefsItemBool::readConfig(KConfig *config)
 {
   config->setGroup(mGroup);
   *mReference = config->readBoolEntry(mName,mDefault);
 }
 
 
 KPrefsItemInt::KPrefsItemInt(const QString &group,const QString &name,
                              int *reference,int defaultValue) :
   KPrefsItem(group,name)
 {
   mReference = reference;
   mDefault = defaultValue;
 }
 
 void KPrefsItemInt::setDefault()
 {
   *mReference = mDefault;
 }
 
 void KPrefsItemInt::writeConfig(KConfig *config)
 {
   config->setGroup(mGroup);
   config->writeEntry(mName,*mReference);
 }
 
 void KPrefsItemInt::readConfig(KConfig *config)
 {
   config->setGroup(mGroup);
   *mReference = config->readNumEntry(mName,mDefault);
 }
 
 
 KPrefsItemColor::KPrefsItemColor(const QString &group,const QString &name,
                                  QColor *reference,const QColor &defaultValue) :
   KPrefsItem(group,name)
 {
   mReference = reference;
   mDefault = defaultValue;
 }
 
 void KPrefsItemColor::setDefault()
 {
   *mReference = mDefault;
 }
 
 void KPrefsItemColor::writeConfig(KConfig *config)
 {
   config->setGroup(mGroup);
   config->writeEntry(mName,*mReference);
 }
 
 void KPrefsItemColor::readConfig(KConfig *config)
 {
   config->setGroup(mGroup);
   *mReference = config->readColorEntry(mName,&mDefault);
  
 }
 
 
 KPrefsItemSize::KPrefsItemSize(const QString &group,const QString &name,
                                  QSize *reference,const QSize &defaultValue) :
   KPrefsItem(group,name)
 {
   mReference = reference;
   mDefault = defaultValue;
 }
 
 void KPrefsItemSize::setDefault()
 {
   *mReference = mDefault;
 }
 
 void KPrefsItemSize::writeConfig(KConfig *config)
 {
   config->setGroup(mGroup);
   config->writeEntry(mName,*mReference);
 }
 
 void KPrefsItemSize::readConfig(KConfig *config)
 {
   config->setGroup(mGroup);
   *mReference = config->readSizeEntry(mName,&mDefault);
  
 }
 
 
 KPrefsItemFont::KPrefsItemFont(const QString &group,const QString &name,
                                QFont *reference,const QFont &defaultValue) :
   KPrefsItem(group,name)
 {
   mReference = reference;
   mDefault = defaultValue;
 }
 
 void KPrefsItemFont::setDefault()
 {
   *mReference = mDefault;
 }
 
 void KPrefsItemFont::writeConfig(KConfig *config)
 {
   config->setGroup(mGroup);
   config->writeEntry(mName,*mReference);
 }
 
 void KPrefsItemFont::readConfig(KConfig *config)
 {
   config->setGroup(mGroup);
   *mReference = config->readFontEntry(mName,&mDefault);
 }
 
 
 QString endecryptStr( const QString &aStr )
 {
   QString result;
   uint i;
   for ( i = 0; i < aStr.length(); i++)
     result += (aStr.at(i).unicode() < 0x20) ? 
       aStr.at(i) :
       QChar(0x1001F - aStr.at(i).unicode());
   return result;
 }
 
 
 KPrefsItemString::KPrefsItemString(const QString &group,const QString &name,
                                    QString *reference,const QString &defaultValue,
 				   bool isPassword) :
   KPrefsItem(group,name)
 {
   mReference = reference;
   mDefault = defaultValue;
   mPassword = isPassword;
 }
 
 void KPrefsItemString::setDefault()
 {
   *mReference = mDefault;
 }
 
 void KPrefsItemString::writeConfig(KConfig *config)
 {
   config->setGroup(mGroup);
   if ( mPassword )
     config->writeEntry(mName, endecryptStr( *mReference ) );
   else
     config->writeEntry(mName,*mReference);
 }
 
 void KPrefsItemString::readConfig(KConfig *config)
 {
   config->setGroup(mGroup);
 
   QString value;
   if ( mPassword ) {
     value = config->readEntry( mName, endecryptStr( mDefault ) );
     *mReference = endecryptStr( value );
   } else {
     *mReference = config->readEntry( mName, mDefault );
   }
 }
 
 
 KPrefsItemStringList::KPrefsItemStringList(const QString &group,const QString &name,
                                            QStringList *reference,const QStringList &defaultValue) :
   KPrefsItem(group,name)
 {
   mReference = reference;
   mDefault = defaultValue;
 }
 
 void KPrefsItemStringList::setDefault()
 {
   *mReference = mDefault;
 }
 
 void KPrefsItemStringList::writeConfig(KConfig *config)
 {
   config->setGroup(mGroup);
   config->writeEntry(mName,*mReference);
 }
 
 void KPrefsItemStringList::readConfig(KConfig *config)
 {
   config->setGroup(mGroup);
   *mReference = config->readListEntry(mName);
 }
 
 
 KPrefsItemIntList::KPrefsItemIntList(const QString &group,const QString &name,
-                                     QValueList<int> *reference,const QValueList<int> &defaultValue) :
+                                     Q3ValueList<int> *reference,const Q3ValueList<int> &defaultValue) :
   KPrefsItem(group,name)
 {
   mReference = reference;
   mDefault = defaultValue;
 }
 
 void KPrefsItemIntList::setDefault()
 {
   *mReference = mDefault;
 }
 
 void KPrefsItemIntList::writeConfig(KConfig *config)
 {
   config->setGroup(mGroup);
   config->writeEntry(mName,*mReference);
 }
 
 void KPrefsItemIntList::readConfig(KConfig *config)
 {
   config->setGroup(mGroup);
   *mReference = config->readIntListEntry(mName);
 }
 
 
 QString *KPrefs::mCurrentGroup = 0;
 
 KPrefs::KPrefs(const QString &configname)
 {
   if (!configname.isEmpty()) {
       //qDebug("KPrefs::KPrefs %s",configname.latin1() );
        mConfig = new KConfig(locateLocal("config",configname));
   } else {
       qDebug("KPrefs::Global config ");
     mConfig = KGlobal::config();
   }
 
   mItems.setAutoDelete(true);
 
   // Set default group
   if (mCurrentGroup == 0) mCurrentGroup = new QString("No Group");
 }
 
 KPrefs::~KPrefs()
 {
   if (mConfig != KGlobal::config()) {
     delete mConfig;
   }
 }
 
 void KPrefs::setCurrentGroup(const QString &group)
 {
   if (mCurrentGroup) delete mCurrentGroup;
   mCurrentGroup = new QString(group);
 }
 
 KConfig *KPrefs::config() const
 {
   return mConfig;
 }
 
 void KPrefs::setDefaults()
 {
   KPrefsItem *item;
   for(item = mItems.first();item;item = mItems.next()) {
     item->setDefault();
   }
 
   usrSetDefaults();
 }
 
 void KPrefs::readConfig()
 {
   KPrefsItem *item;
   for(item = mItems.first();item;item = mItems.next()) {
     item->readConfig(mConfig);
   }
 
   usrReadConfig();
   //qDebug("KPrefs::readConfig: %s", mConfig->getFileName().latin1());
 }
 
 void KPrefs::writeConfig()
 {
   KPrefsItem *item;
   for(item = mItems.first();item;item = mItems.next()) {
     item->writeConfig(mConfig);
   }
 
   usrWriteConfig();
   //qDebug("KPrefs::WriteConfig: %s", mConfig->getFileName().latin1());
   mConfig->sync();
 }
 
 
 void KPrefs::addItem(KPrefsItem *item)
 {
   mItems.append(item);
 }
 
 void KPrefs::addItemBool(const QString &key,bool *reference,bool defaultValue)
 {
   addItem(new KPrefsItemBool(*mCurrentGroup,key,reference,defaultValue));
 }
 
 void KPrefs::addItemInt(const QString &key,int *reference,int defaultValue)
 {
   addItem(new KPrefsItemInt(*mCurrentGroup,key,reference,defaultValue));
 }
 
 void KPrefs::addItemColor(const QString &key,QColor *reference,const QColor &defaultValue)
 {
   addItem(new KPrefsItemColor(*mCurrentGroup,key,reference,defaultValue));
 }
 
 void KPrefs::addItemFont(const QString &key,QFont *reference,const QFont &defaultValue)
 {
   addItem(new KPrefsItemFont(*mCurrentGroup,key,reference,defaultValue));
 }
 
 void KPrefs::addItemSize(const QString &key,QSize *reference,const QSize &defaultValue)
 {
   addItem(new KPrefsItemSize(*mCurrentGroup,key,reference,defaultValue));
 }
 
 void KPrefs::addItemString(const QString &key,QString *reference,const QString &defaultValue)
 {
   addItem(new KPrefsItemString(*mCurrentGroup,key,reference,defaultValue,false));
 }
 
 void KPrefs::addItemPassword(const QString &key,QString *reference,const QString &defaultValue)
 {
   addItem(new KPrefsItemString(*mCurrentGroup,key,reference,defaultValue,true));
 }
 
 void KPrefs::addItemStringList(const QString &key,QStringList *reference,
                                const QStringList &defaultValue)
 {
   addItem(new KPrefsItemStringList(*mCurrentGroup,key,reference,defaultValue));
 }
 
-void KPrefs::addItemIntList(const QString &key,QValueList<int> *reference,
-                            const QValueList<int> &defaultValue)
+void KPrefs::addItemIntList(const QString &key,Q3ValueList<int> *reference,
+                            const Q3ValueList<int> &defaultValue)
 {
   addItem(new KPrefsItemIntList(*mCurrentGroup,key,reference,defaultValue));
 }
diff --git a/microkde/kdecore/kprefs.h b/microkde/kdecore/kprefs.h
index 95d2724..d9d1572 100644
--- a/microkde/kdecore/kprefs.h
+++ b/microkde/kdecore/kprefs.h
@@ -1,316 +1,318 @@
 /*
     This file is part of KOrganizer.
     Copyright (c) 2001 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org>
 
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
     version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 #ifndef _KPREFS_H
 #define _KPREFS_H
 // $Id$
 
-#include <qptrlist.h>
+#include <q3ptrlist.h>
 #include <qcolor.h>
 #include <qfont.h>
 #include <qsize.h>
 #include <qstringlist.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3ValueList>
 
 class KConfig;
 
 /**
   @short Class for storing a preferences setting
   @author Cornelius Schumacher
   @see KPref
   
   This class represents one preferences setting as used by @ref KPrefs.
   Subclasses of KPrefsItem implement storage functions for a certain type of
   setting. Normally you don't have to use this class directly. Use the special
   addItem() functions of KPrefs instead. If you subclass this class you will
   have to register instances with the function KPrefs::addItem().
 */
 class KPrefsItem {
   public:
     /**
       Constructor.
       
       @param group Config file group.
       @param name Config file key.
     */
     KPrefsItem(const QString &group,const QString &name) :
       mGroup(group),mName(name) {}
     /**
       Destructor.
     */
     virtual ~KPrefsItem() {}
     
     /**
       This function is called by @ref KPrefs to set this setting to its default
       value.
     */
     virtual void setDefault() = 0;
     /**
       This function is called by @ref KPrefs to read the value for this setting
       from a config file.
       value.
     */
     virtual void readConfig(KConfig *) = 0;
     /**
       This function is called by @ref KPrefs to write the value of this setting
       to a config file.
     */
     virtual void writeConfig(KConfig *) = 0;
 
   protected:
     QString mGroup;
     QString mName;
 };
 
 /**
   @short Class for handling preferences settings for an application.
   @author Cornelius Schumacher
   @see KPrefsItem
 
   This class provides an interface to preferences settings. Preferences items
   can be registered by the addItem() function corresponding to the data type of
   the seetting. KPrefs then handles reading and writing of config files and
   setting of default values.
 
   Normally you will subclass KPrefs, add data members for the preferences
   settings and register the members in the constructor of the subclass.
   
   Example:
   <pre>
   class MyPrefs : public KPrefs {
     public:
       MyPrefs()
       {
         setCurrentGroup("MyGroup");
         addItemBool("MySetting1",&mMyBool,false);
         addItemColor("MySetting2",&mMyColor,QColor(1,2,3));
         
         setCurrentGroup("MyOtherGroup");
         addItemFont("MySetting3",&mMyFont,QFont("helvetica",12));
       }
       
       bool mMyBool;
       QColor mMyColor;
       QFont mMyFont;
   }
   </pre>
   
   It might be convenient in many cases to make this subclass of KPrefs a
   singleton for global access from all over the application without passing
   references to the KPrefs object around.
 
   You can set all values to default values by calling @ref setDefaults(), write
   the data to the configuration file by calling @ref writeConfig() and read the
   data from the configuration file by calling @ref readConfig().
 
   If you have items, which are not covered by the existing addItem() functions
   you can add customized code for reading, writing and default setting by
   implementing the functions @ref usrSetDefaults(), @ref usrReadConfig() and
   @ref usrWriteConfig().
   
   Internally preferences settings are stored in instances of subclasses of
   @ref KPrefsItem. You can also add KPrefsItem subclasses for your own types
   and call the generic @ref addItem() to register them.
 */
   
 class KPrefs {
   public:
     /**
       Constructor.
       
       @param configname name of config file. If no name is given, the default
                         config file as returned by kapp()->config() is used.
     */
     KPrefs(const QString &configname=QString::null);
     /**
       Destructor
     */
     virtual ~KPrefs();
   
     /**
       Set preferences to default values. All registered items are set to their
       default values.
     */
     void setDefaults();
   
     /**
       Read preferences from config file. All registered items are set to the
       values read from disk.
     */
     void readConfig();
 
     /**
       Write preferences to config file. The values of all registered items are
       written to disk.
     */
     void writeConfig();
 
     /**
       Set the config file group for subsequent addItem() calls. It is valid
       until setCurrentGroup() is called with a new argument. Call this before
       you add any items. The default value is "No Group".
     */
     static void setCurrentGroup(const QString &group);
 
     /**
       Register a custom @ref KPrefsItem.
     */
     void addItem(KPrefsItem *);
 
     /**
       Register an item of type bool.
       
       @param key Key used in config file.
       @param reference Pointer to the variable, which is set by readConfig()
                        and setDefaults() calls and read by writeConfig() calls.
       @param defaultValue Default value, which is used by setDefaults() and
                           when the config file does not yet contain the key of
                           this item.
     */
     void addItemBool(const QString &key,bool *reference,
                      bool defaultValue=false);
     /**
       Register an item of type int.
       
       @param key Key used in config file.
       @param reference Pointer to the variable, which is set by readConfig()
                        and setDefaults() calls and read by writeConfig() calls.
       @param defaultValue Default value, which is used by setDefaults() and
                           when the config file does not yet contain the key of
                           this item.
     */
     void addItemInt(const QString &key,int *reference,
                     int defaultValue=0);
     /**
       Register an item of type QColor.
       
       @param key Key used in config file.
       @param reference Pointer to the variable, which is set by readConfig()
                        and setDefaults() calls and read by writeConfig() calls.
       @param defaultValue Default value, which is used by setDefaults() and
                           when the config file does not yet contain the key of
                           this item.
     */
     void addItemColor(const QString &key,QColor *reference,
                       const QColor &defaultValue=QColor(128,128,128));
 
     /**
       Register an item of type QSize.
       
       @param key Key used in config file.
       @param reference Pointer to the variable, which is set by readConfig()
                        and setDefaults() calls and read by writeConfig() calls.
       @param defaultValue Default value, which is used by setDefaults() and
                           when the config file does not yet contain the key of
                           this item.
     */
     void addItemSize(const QString &key,QSize *reference,
                       const QSize &defaultValue=QSize());
 
     /**
       Register an item of type QFont.
       
       @param key Key used in config file.
       @param reference Pointer to the variable, which is set by readConfig()
                        and setDefaults() calls and read by writeConfig() calls.
       @param defaultValue Default value, which is used by setDefaults() and
                           when the config file does not yet contain the key of
                           this item.
     */
     void addItemFont(const QString &key,QFont *reference,
                      const QFont &defaultValue=QFont("helvetica",12));
     /**
       Register an item of type QString.
       
       @param key Key used in config file.
       @param reference Pointer to the variable, which is set by readConfig()
                        and setDefaults() calls and read by writeConfig() calls.
       @param defaultValue Default value, which is used by setDefaults() and
                           when the config file does not yet contain the key of
                           this item.
     */
     void addItemString(const QString &key,QString *reference,
                        const QString &defaultValue="");
     /**
       Register a password item of type QString. The string value is written 
       encrypted to the config file. Note that the current encryption scheme 
       is very weak.
 
       @param key Key used in config file.
       @param reference Pointer to the variable, which is set by readConfig()
                        and setDefaults() calls and read by writeConfig() calls.
       @param defaultValue Default value, which is used by setDefaults() and
                           when the config file does not yet contain the key of
                           this item.
     */
     void addItemPassword(const QString &key,QString *reference,
                          const QString &defaultValue="");
     /**
       Register an item of type QStringList.
       
       @param key Key used in config file.
       @param reference Pointer to the variable, which is set by readConfig()
                        and setDefaults() calls and read by writeConfig() calls.
       @param defaultValue Default value, which is used by setDefaults() and
                           when the config file does not yet contain the key of
                           this item.
     */
     void addItemStringList(const QString &key,QStringList *reference,
                            const QStringList &defaultValue=QStringList());
 
     /**
       Register an item of type QValueList<int>.
       
       @param key Key used in config file.
       @param reference Pointer to the variable, which is set by readConfig()
                        and setDefaults() calls and read by writeConfig() calls.
       @param defaultValue Default value, which is used by setDefaults() and
                           when the config file does not yet contain the key of
                           this item.
     */
-    void addItemIntList(const QString &key,QValueList<int> *reference,
-                        const QValueList<int> &defaultValue=QValueList<int>());
+    void addItemIntList(const QString &key,Q3ValueList<int> *reference,
+                        const Q3ValueList<int> &defaultValue=Q3ValueList<int>());
 
   protected:
     /**
       Implemented by subclasses that use special defaults.
     */
     virtual void usrSetDefaults() {};
     /**
       Implemented by subclasses that read special config values.
     */
     virtual void usrReadConfig() {};
     /**
       Implemented by subclasses that write special config values.
     */
     virtual void usrWriteConfig() {};
 
     /**
       Return the @ref KConfig object used for reading and writing the settings.
     */
     KConfig *config() const;
 
   private:
     static QString *mCurrentGroup;
 
     KConfig *mConfig;  // pointer to KConfig object
 
-    QPtrList<KPrefsItem> mItems;
+    Q3PtrList<KPrefsItem> mItems;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdecore/kshortcut.h b/microkde/kdecore/kshortcut.h
index 4813734..244d590 100644
--- a/microkde/kdecore/kshortcut.h
+++ b/microkde/kdecore/kshortcut.h
@@ -1,846 +1,846 @@
 /*  This file is part of the KDE libraries
     Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org>
 
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
     version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 #ifndef __KSHORTCUT_H
 #define __KSHORTCUT_H
 /*US
 #include <qkeysequence.h>
 #include <qstring.h>
 
 class QKeyEvent;
 class KKeyNative;
 */
 /**
 * A KKey object represents a single key with possible modifiers
 * (Shift, Ctrl, Alt, Win).  It can represent both keys which are
 * understood by Qt as well as those which are additionally supported
 * by the underlying system (e.g. X11).
 * @see KKeyNative
 * @see KKeySequence
 * @see KShortcut
 */
 /*US
 class KKey
 {
  public:
 */ 
         /**
 	 * The number of flags.
 	 * @see ModFlag
 	 */
 /*US   
 	enum { MOD_FLAG_COUNT = 4 };
 	enum { QtWIN = (Qt::ALT << 1) };
 */  
 	/**
 	 * Flags to represent the modifiers. You can combine modifiers
 	 * by ORing them.
 	 */
 /*US
 	enum ModFlag {
 		SHIFT = 0x01,
 		CTRL = 0x02,
 		ALT = 0x04,
 		WIN = 0x08
 	};
 */
 	/**
 	 * Creates a new null KKey.
 	 * @see clear()
 	 * @see isNull()
 	 * @see null()
 	 */
 //US	KKey();
 
 	/**
 	 * Creates a new key for the given Qt key code.
 	 * @param keyQt the qt keycode
 	 * @see Qt::Key
 	 */
 //US	KKey( int keyQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Creates a new key from the first key code of the given key sequence.
 	 * @param keySeq the key sequence that contains the key 
 	 */
 //US	KKey( const QKeySequence& keySeq );
 
 	/**
 	 * Extracts the key from the given key event.
 	 * @param keyEvent the key event to get the key from
 	 */
 //US	KKey( const QKeyEvent* keyEvent );
 
 	/**
 	 * Copy constructor.
 	 */
 //US	KKey( const KKey& key );
 
 	/**
 	 * Creates a new key from the given description. The form of the description
 	 * is "[modifier+[modifier+]]+key", for example "e", "CTRL+q" or 
 	 * "CTRL+ALT+DEL". Allowed modifiers are "SHIFT", "CTRL", "ALT", "WIN" and
 	 * "META". "WIN" and "META" are equivalent. Modifiers are not case-sensitive. 
 	 * @param key the description of the key
 	 * @see KKeyServer::Sym::init()
 	 */
 //US	KKey( const QString& key );
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
 //US	KKey( uint key, uint mod );
 //US	~KKey();
 
  // Initialization methods
 	/**
 	 * Clears the key. The key is null after calling this function.
 	 * @see isNull()
 	 */
 //US	void clear();
 
 	/**
 	 * Initializes the key with the given Qt key code.
 	 * @param keyQt the qt keycode
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 * @see Qt::Key
 	 */
 //US	bool init( int keyQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Initializes the key with the first key code of the given key sequence.
 	 * @param keySeq the key sequence that contains the key 
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
 //US	bool init( const QKeySequence& keySeq );
 
 	/**
 	 * Initializes the key by extracting the code from the given key event.
 	 * @param keyEvent the key event to get the key from
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
 //US	bool init( const QKeyEvent* keyEvent );
 
 	/**
 	 * Copies the given key.
 	 * @param key the key to copy
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
 //US	bool init( const KKey& key );
 
 	/**
 	 * Initializes the key with the given description. The form of the description
 	 * is "[modifier+[modifier+]]+key", for example "e", "CTRL+q" or 
 	 * "CTRL+ALT+DEL". Allowed modifiers are "SHIFT", "CTRL", "ALT", "WIN" and
 	 * "META". "WIN" and "META" are equivalent. Modifiers are not case-sensitive. 
 	 * @param key the description of the key
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 * @see KKeyServer::Sym::init()
 	 */
 //US	bool init( const QString& );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
 //US	bool init( uint key, uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * Copies the key.
 	 */
 //US	KKey& operator =( const KKey& key )
 //US		{ init( key ); return *this; }
 
  // Query methods.
 	/**
 	 * Returns true if the key is null (after @ref clear() or empty
 	 * constructor).
 	 * @return true if the key is null
 	 * @see clear()
 	 * @see null()
 	 */
 //US	bool isNull() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
 //US	bool isValidQt() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
 //US	bool isValidNative() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
 //US	uint sym() const;
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
 //US	uint modFlags() const;
 
  // Comparison Methods
 	/**
 	 * Compares this key with the given KKey object. Returns a negative 
 	 * number if the given KKey is larger, 0 if they are equal and
 	 * a positive number this KKey is larger. The returned value
 	 * is the difference between the symbol or, if the symbols 
 	 * are equal, the difference between the encoded modifiers.
 	 * @param key the key to compare with this key
 	 * @return a negative number if the given KKey is larger, 0 if 
 	 * they are equal and a positive number this KKey is larger
 	 */
 //US	int compare( const KKey& key ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Compares the symbol and modifiers of both keys.
 	 * @see compare()
 	 */
 //US	bool operator == ( const KKey& key ) const
 //US		{ return compare( key ) == 0; }
 	/**
 	 * Compares the symbol and modifiers of both keys.
 	 * @see compare()
 	 */
 //US	bool operator != ( const KKey& key ) const
 //US		{ return compare( key ) != 0; }
 	/**
 	 * Compares the symbol and modifiers of both keys.
 	 * @see compare()
 	 */
 //US	bool operator < ( const KKey& key ) const
 //US		{ return compare( key ) < 0; }
 
  // Conversion methods.
 	/**
 	 * Returns the qt key code.
 	 * @return the qt key code or 0 if there is no key set.
 	 * @see Qt::Key
 	 */
 //US	int keyCodeQt() const;
 	
 	/**
 	 * Returns a human-readable representation of the key in the form
 	 * "modifier+key".
 	 * @return the string representation of the key
 	 */
 //US	QString toString() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
 //US  QString toStringInternal() const;
 
  // Operation methods
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
 //US	void simplify();
 	
 	/**
 	 * Returns a null key.
 	 * @return the null key
 	 * @see isNull()
 	 * @see clear()
 	 */
 //US	static KKey& null();
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns a user-readable representation of the given modifiers.
 	 * @param f the modifiers to convert
 	 * @return the string representation of the modifiers
 	 */
 //US	static QString modFlagLabel( ModFlag f );
 
 //US private:
 	/*
 	 * Under X11, m_key will hold an X11 key symbol.
 	 * For Qt/Embedded, it will hold the Qt key code.
 	 */
 	/**
 	 * Returns the native key symbol value key.  Under X11, this is the X
 	 * keycode.  Under Qt/Embedded, this is the Qt keycode.
 	 * @see /usr/include/X11/keysymdef.h
 	 * @see qnamespace.h
 	 */
 //US	uint m_sym;
 	/**
 	 * m_mod holds the
 	 */
 //US	uint m_mod;
 
 //US private:
 //US	friend class KKeyNative;
 //US};
 
 /**
 * A KKeySequence object holds a sequence of up to 4 keys.
 * Ex: Ctrl+X,I
 * @see KKey
 * @see KShortcut
 */
 
 //USclass KKeySequence
 //US{
 //US public:
         /// Defines the maximum length of the key sequence 
 //US        enum { MAX_KEYS = 4 }; 
 
 	/**
 	 * Create a new null key sequence.
 	 * @see isNull()
 	 * @see null()
 	 * @see clear()
 	 */
 //US	KKeySequence();
 
 	/**
 	 * Copies the given qt key sequence.
 	 * @param keySeq the qt key sequence to copy
 	 */
 //US	KKeySequence( const QKeySequence& keySeq );
 
 	/**
 	 * Create a new key sequence that only contains the given key.
 	 * @param key the key to add
 	 */
 //US	KKeySequence( const KKey& key );
 
 	/**
 	 * Create a new key sequence that only contains the given key.
 	 * @param key the key to add
 	 */
 //US	KKeySequence( const KKeyNative& key );
 
 	/**
 	 * Copies the given key sequence.
 	 * @param keySeq the key sequence to copy
 	 */
 //US	KKeySequence( const KKeySequence& keySeq );
 
 	/**
 	 * Creates a new key sequence that contains the given key sequence. 
 	 * The description consists of comma-separated keys as
 	 * required by @ref KKey::KKey(const QString&).
 	 * @param keySeq the description of the key
 	 * @see KKeyServer::Sym::init()
 	 * @see KKey::KKey(const QString&)
 	 */
 //US	KKeySequence( const QString& keySeq );
 
 //US	~KKeySequence();
 
 	/**
 	 * Clears the key sequence. The key sequence is null after calling this 
 	 * function.
 	 * @see isNull()
 	 */
 //US	void clear();
 
 	/**
 	 * Copies the given qt key sequence over this key sequence.
 	 * @param keySeq the qt key sequence to copy
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
 //US	bool init( const QKeySequence& keySeq );
 
 	/**
 	 * Initializes the key sequence to only contain the given key.
 	 * @param key the key to set
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
 //US	bool init( const KKey& key );
 
 	/**
 	 * Initializes the key sequence to only contain the given key.
 	 * @param key the key to set
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
 //US	bool init( const KKeyNative& key );
 
 	/**
 	 * Copies the given key sequence over this key sequence.
 	 * @param keySeq the key sequence to copy
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
 //US	bool init( const KKeySequence& keySeq );
 
 	/**
 	 * Initializes this key sequence to contain the given key sequence.
 	 * The description consists of comma-separated keys as
 	 * required by @ref KKey::KKey(const QString&).
 	 * @param key the description of the key
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 * @see KKeyServer::Sym::init()
 	 * @see KKey::KKey(const QString&)
 	 */
 //US	bool init( const QString& key );
 
 	/**
 	 * Copy the given key sequence into this sequence.
 	 */
 //US	KKeySequence& operator =( const KKeySequence& seq )
 //US		{ init( seq ); return *this; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the number of key strokes of this sequence.
 	 * @return the number of key strokes
 	 * @see MAX_KEYS
 	 */
 //US	uint count() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Return the @p i'th key of this sequence, or a null key if there
 	 * are less then i keys.
 	 * @param i the key to retrieve
 	 * @return the @p i'th key, or @ref KKey::null() if there are less
 	 *         than i keys
 	 * @see MAX_KEYS
 	 */
 //US	const KKey& key( uint i ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
 //US	bool isTriggerOnRelease() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the @p i'th key of the sequence. You can not introduce gaps
 	 * in a sequence, so you must use an @p i <= @ref count(). Also note that
 	 * the maximum length of a key sequence is @ref MAX_KEYS.
 	 * @param i the position of the new key (<= @ref count(), <= @ref MAX_KEYS)
 	 * @param key the key to set
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
 //US	bool setKey( uint i, const KKey& key );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
 //US	void setTriggerOnRelease( bool );
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns true if the key sequence is null (after @ref clear() or empty
 	 * constructor).
 	 * @return true if the key sequence is null
 	 * @see clear()
 	 * @see null()
 	 */
 //US  bool isNull() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns true if this key sequence begins with the given sequence.
 	 * @param keySeq the key sequence to search
 	 * @return true if this key sequence begins with the given sequence
 	 */
 //US	bool startsWith( const KKeySequence& keySeq ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Compares this object with the given key sequence. Returns a negative 
 	 * number if the given KKeySequence is larger, 0 if they are equal and
 	 * a positive number this KKeySequence is larger. Key sequences are
 	 * compared by comparing the individual keys, starting from the beginning
 	 * until an unequal key has been found. If a sequence contains more
 	 * keys, it is considered larger.
 	 * @param keySeq the key sequence to compare to
 	 * @return a negative number if the given KKeySequence is larger, 0 if 
 	 * they are equal and a positive number this KKeySequence is larger
 	 * @see KKey::sequence
 	 */
 //US	int compare( const KKeySequence& keySeq ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Compares the keys of both sequences.
 	 * @see compare()
 	 */
 //US	bool operator == ( const KKeySequence& seq ) const
 //US		{ return compare( seq ) == 0; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Compares the keys of both sequences.
 	 * @see compare()
 	 */
 //US	bool operator != ( const KKeySequence& seq ) const
 //US		{ return compare( seq ) != 0; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Compares the keys of both sequences.
 	 * @see compare()
 	 */
 //US	bool operator < ( const KKeySequence& seq ) const
 //US		{ return compare( seq ) < 0; }
 	// TODO: consider adding Qt::SequenceMatch matches(...) methods for QKeySequence equivalence
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts this key sequence to a QKeySequence.
 	 * @return the QKeySequence
 	 */
 //US	QKeySequence qt() const;
 	
 	/**
 	 * Returns the qt key code of the first key.
 	 * @return the qt key code of the first key
 	 * @see Qt::Key
 	 * @see KKey::keyCodeQt()
 	 */
 //US	int keyCodeQt() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the key sequence as a number of key presses as
 	 * returned by @ref KKey::toString(), seperated by commas.
 	 * @return the string represenation of this key sequence
 	 * @see KKey::toString()
 	 */
 //US	QString toString() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
 //US  QString toStringInternal() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns a null key sequence.
 	 * @return the null key sequence
 	 * @see isNull()
 	 * @see clear()
 	 */
 //US	static KKeySequence& null();
 
 //US protected:
 //US	uchar m_nKeys;
 //US	uchar m_bTriggerOnRelease;
 	// BCI: m_rgvar should be renamed to m_rgkey for KDE 4.0
 //US	KKey m_rgvar[MAX_KEYS];
 
 //US private:
 //US	class KKeySequencePrivate* d;
 //US	friend class KKeyNative;
 //US};
 
 /**
 * The KShortcut class is used to represent a keyboard shortcut to an action.
 * A shortcut is normally a single key with modifiers, such as Ctrl+V.
 * A KShortcut object may also contain an alternate key which will also
 * activate the action it's associated to, as long as no other actions have
 * defined that key as their primary key.  Ex: Ctrl+V;Shift+Insert.
 */
 
 class KShortcut
 {
  public:
         /**
 	 * The maximum number of key sequences that can be contained in 
 	 * a KShortcut.
          */ 
 	enum { MAX_SEQUENCES = 2 };
 
 	/**
 	 * Creates a new null shortcut.
 	 * @see null()
 	 * @see isNull()
 	 * @see clear()
 	 */
 	KShortcut() {}
 
 	/**
 	 * Creates a new shortcut with the given Qt key code
 	 * as the only key sequence.
 	 * @param keyQt the qt keycode
 	 * @see Qt::Key
 	 */
-	KShortcut( int keyQt ) {}
+	KShortcut( int /*keyQt */) {}
 
 	/**
 	 * Creates a new shortcut that contains only the given qt key
 	 * sequence.
 	 * @param keySeq the qt key sequence to add
 	 */
 //US	KShortcut( const QKeySequence& keySeq ) {}
 
 	/**
 	 * Creates a new shortcut that contains only the given key
 	 * in its only sequence.
 	 * @param key the key to add
 	 */
 //US	KShortcut( const KKey& key );
 
 	/**
 	 * Creates a new shortcut that contains only the given key
 	 * sequence.
 	 * @param keySeq the key sequence to add
 	 */
 //US	KShortcut( const KKeySequence& keySeq );
 
 	/**
 	 * Copies the given shortcut.
 	 * @param shortcut the shortcut to add
 	 */
 //US	KShortcut( const KShortcut& shortcut );
 
 	/**
 	 * Creates a new key sequence that contains the given key sequence.
 	 * The description consists of semicolon-separated keys as
 	 * used in @ref KKeySequence::KKeySequence(const QString&).
 	 * @param shortcut the description of the key
 	 * @see KKeySequence::KKeySequence(const QString&)
 	 */
-	KShortcut( const char* shortcut ) {}
+	KShortcut( const char* /*shortcut */) {}
 
 	/**
 	 * Creates a new key sequence that contains the given key sequence.
 	 * The description consists of semicolon-separated keys as
 	 * used in @ref KKeySequence::KKeySequence(const QString&).
 	 * @param shortcut the description of the key
 	 * @see KKeySequence::KKeySequence(const QString&)
 	 */
-	KShortcut( const QString& shortcut ) {}
+	KShortcut( const QString& /*shortcut */) {}
 	~KShortcut() {}
 
 	/**
 	 * Clears the shortcut. The shortcut is null after calling this 
 	 * function.
 	 * @see isNull()
 	 */
 //US	void clear();
 
 	/**
 	 * Initializes the shortcut with the given Qt key code
 	 * as the only key sequence.
 	 * @param keyQt the qt keycode
 	 * @see Qt::Key
 	 */
 //US	bool init( int keyQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Initializes the shortcut with the given qt key sequence.
 	 * @param keySeq the qt key sequence to add
 	 */
 //US	bool init( const QKeySequence& keySeq );
 
 	/**
 	 * Initializes the shortcut with the given key as its only sequence.
 	 * @param key the key to add
 	 */
 //US	bool init( const KKey& key );
 
 	/**
 	 * Initializes the shortcut with the given qt key sequence.
 	 * @param keySeq the qt key sequence to add
 	 */
 //US	bool init( const KKeySequence& keySeq );
 
 	/**
 	 * Copies the given shortcut.
 	 * @param shortcut the shortcut to add
 	 */
 //US	bool init( const KShortcut& shortcut );
 
 	/**
 	 * Initializes the key sequence with the given key sequence.
 	 * The description consists of semicolon-separated keys as
 	 * used in @ref KKeySequence::KKeySequence(const QString&).
 	 * @param shortcut the description of the key
 	 * @see KKeySequence::KKeySequence(const QString&)
 	 */
 //US	bool init( const QString& shortcut );
 
 	/**
 	 * Copies the given shortcut over this shortcut.
 	 */
 //US	KShortcut& operator =( const KShortcut& cut )
 //US		{ init( cut ); return *this; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the number of sequences that are in this
 	 * shortcut.
 	 * @return the number of sequences
 	 * @ref MAX_SEQUENCES
 	 */
 //US	uint count() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the @p i'th key sequence of this shortcut.
 	 * @param i the number of the key sequence to retrieve
 	 * @return the @p i'th sequence or @ref KKeySequence::null() if
 	 *         there are less than @p i key sequences
 	 * @ref MAX_SEQUENCES
 	 */
 //US	const KKeySequence& seq( uint i ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the key code of the first key sequence, or 
 	 * null if there is no first key sequence.
 	 * @return the key code of the first sequence's first key
 	 * @see Qt::Key
 	 * @see KKeySequence::keyCodeQt()
 	 */
 //US	int keyCodeQt() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns true if the shortcut is null (after @ref clear() or empty
 	 * constructor).
 	 * @return true if the shortcut is null
 	 * @see clear()
 	 * @see null()
 	 */
 	bool isNull() const { return true; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Compares this object with the given shortcut. Returns a negative 
 	 * number if the given shortcut is larger, 0 if they are equal and
 	 * a positive number this shortcut is larger. Shortcuts are
 	 * compared by comparing the individual key sequences, starting from the 
 	 * beginning until an unequal key sequences has been found. If a shortcut
 	 * contains more key sequences, it is considered larger.
 	 * @param shortcut the shortcut to compare to
 	 * @return a negative number if the given KShortcut is larger, 0 if 
 	 * they are equal and a positive number this KShortcut is larger
 	 * @see KKey::compare()
 	 * @see KKeyShortcut::compare()
 	 */
 //US	int compare( const KShortcut& shortcut ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Compares the sequences of both shortcuts.
 	 * @see compare()
 	 */
 //US	bool operator == ( const KShortcut& cut ) const
 //US		{ return compare( cut ) == 0; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Compares the sequences of both shortcuts.
 	 * @see compare()
 	 */
 //US	bool operator != ( const KShortcut& cut ) const
 //US		{ return compare( cut ) != 0; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Compares the sequences of both shortcuts.
 	 * @see compare()
 	 */
 //US	bool operator < ( const KShortcut& cut ) const
 //US		{ return compare( cut ) < 0; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Checks whether this shortcut contains a sequence that starts
 	 * with the given key.
 	 * @param key the key to check
 	 * @return true if a key sequence starts with the key
 	 */
 //US	bool contains( const KKey& key ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Checks whether this shortcut contains a sequence that starts
 	 * with the given key.
 	 * @param key the key to check
 	 * @return true if a key sequence starts with the key
 	 */
 //US	bool contains( const KKeyNative& key ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Checks whether this shortcut contains the given sequence.
 	 * @param keySeq the key sequence to check
 	 * @return true if the shortcut has the given key sequence
 	 */
 //US	bool contains( const KKeySequence& keySeq ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the @p i'th key sequence of the shortcut. You can not introduce 
 	 * gaps in the list of sequences, so you must use an @i <= @ref count(). 
 	 * Also note that the maximum number of key sequences is @ref MAX_SEQUENCES.
 	 * @param i the position of the new key sequence(<= @ref count(), 
 	 *          <= @ref MAX_SEQUENCES)
 	 * @param keySeq the key sequence to set
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
 //US	bool setSeq( uint i, const KKeySequence& keySeq );
 
 	/**
 	 * Appends the given key sequence.
 	 * @param keySeq the key sequence to add
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 * @see setSeq()
 	 * @see MAX_SEQUENCES
 	*/
 //US	bool append( const KKeySequence& keySeq );
 
 	/**
 	 * Appends the given key
 	 * @param spec the key to add
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 * @see setSeq()
 	 * @see MAX_SEQUENCES
 	 * @since 3.2
 	*/
 //US	bool append( const KKey& spec );
 
 	/**
 	 * Appends the sequences from the given shortcut.
 	 * @param cut the shortcut to append
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 * @see MAX_SEQUENCES
 	 * @since 3.2
 	*/
 //US	bool append( const KShortcut& cut );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts this shortcut to a key sequence. The first key sequence
 	 * will be taken.
 	 */
 //US	operator QKeySequence () const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns a description of the shortcut as semicolon-separated
 	 * ket sequences, as returned by @ref KKeySequence::toString().
 	 * @return the string represenation of this shortcut
 	 * @see KKey::toString()
 	 * @see KKeySequence::toString()
 	 */
 //US	QString toString() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-  QString toStringInternal( const KShortcut* pcutDefault = 0 ) const
+  QString toStringInternal( const KShortcut* /*pcutDefault*/ = 0 ) const
   {
     return "EMPTY IMPL.";
   }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns a null shortcut.
 	 * @return the null shortcut
 	 * @see isNull()
 	 * @see clear()
 	 */
 //US	static KShortcut& null();
 
 //US protected:
 //US	uint m_nSeqs;
 //US	KKeySequence m_rgseq[MAX_SEQUENCES];
 
 //US private:
 //US	class KShortcutPrivate* d;
 //US	friend class KKeyNative;
 
 //US#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
 //US public:
 //US	operator int () const    { return keyCodeQt(); }
 //US#endif
 };
 
 #endif // __KSHORTCUT_H
diff --git a/microkde/kdecore/kstandarddirs.cpp b/microkde/kdecore/kstandarddirs.cpp
index d5bfefd..f10934b 100644
--- a/microkde/kdecore/kstandarddirs.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kdecore/kstandarddirs.cpp
@@ -1,1693 +1,1695 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
    Copyright (C) 1999 Sirtaj Singh Kang <taj@kde.org>
    Copyright (C) 1999 Stephan Kulow <coolo@kde.org>
    Copyright (C) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org>
 
    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
    License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 
    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
    Library General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 /*
  * Author: Stephan Kulow <coolo@kde.org> and Sirtaj Singh Kang <taj@kde.org>
  * Version:	$Id$
  * Generated:	Thu Mar  5 16:05:28 EST 1998
  */
 
 //US #include "config.h"
 
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <assert.h>
 //US#include <errno.h>
 //US #ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
 //US #include <sys/stat.h>
 //US #endif
 //US#include <sys/types.h>
 //US#include <dirent.h>
 //US#include <pwd.h>
 
 #include <qregexp.h>
-#include <qasciidict.h>
-#include <qdict.h>
+#include <q3asciidict.h>
+#include <q3dict.h>
 #include <qdir.h>
 #include <qfileinfo.h>
 #include <qstring.h>
 #include <qmessagebox.h>
 #include <qapplication.h>
 
 #include <qstringlist.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3CString>
 
 #include "kstandarddirs.h"
 #include "kconfig.h"
 #include "kdebug.h"
 //US #include "kinstance.h"
 #include "kshell.h"
 //US#include <sys/param.h>
 //US#include <unistd.h>
 
 //US
 QString KStandardDirs::mAppDir = QString::null;
 
 
-template class QDict<QStringList>;
+template class Q3Dict<QStringList>;
 
 #if 0
-#include <qtextedit.h>
+#include <q3textedit.h>
 void ddd( QString op )
 {
-  static QTextEdit * dot = 0;
+  static Q3TextEdit * dot = 0;
   if ( ! dot )
-  dot = new QTextEdit();
+  dot = new Q3TextEdit();
 
   dot->show();
 
   dot->append( op );
 
 }
 #endif
 class KStandardDirs::KStandardDirsPrivate
 {
 public:
    KStandardDirsPrivate()
     : restrictionsActive(false),
       dataRestrictionActive(false)
    { }
 
    bool restrictionsActive;
    bool dataRestrictionActive;
-   QAsciiDict<bool> restrictions;
+   Q3AsciiDict<bool> restrictions;
    QStringList xdgdata_prefixes;
    QStringList xdgconf_prefixes;
 };
 
 static const char* const types[] = {"html", "icon", "apps", "sound",
 			      "data", "locale", "services", "mime",
 			      "servicetypes", "config", "exe", "tmp",
 			      "wallpaper", "lib", "pixmap", "templates",
 			      "module", "qtplugins",
 			      "xdgdata-apps", "xdgdata-dirs", "xdgconf-menu", 0 };
 
 static int tokenize( QStringList& token, const QString& str,
 		const QString& delim );
 
 KStandardDirs::KStandardDirs( ) : addedCustoms(false)
 {
     d = new KStandardDirsPrivate;
     dircache.setAutoDelete(true);
     relatives.setAutoDelete(true);
     absolutes.setAutoDelete(true);
     savelocations.setAutoDelete(true);
     addKDEDefaults();
 }
 
 KStandardDirs::~KStandardDirs()
 {
     delete d;
 }
 
 bool KStandardDirs::isRestrictedResource(const char *type, const QString& relPath) const
 {
    if (!d || !d->restrictionsActive)
       return false;
 
    if (d->restrictions[type])
       return true;
 
    if (strcmp(type, "data")==0)
    {
       applyDataRestrictions(relPath);
       if (d->dataRestrictionActive)
       {
          d->dataRestrictionActive = false;
          return true;
       }
    }
    return false;
 }
 
 void KStandardDirs::applyDataRestrictions(const QString &relPath) const
 {
    QString key;
    int i = relPath.find('/');
    if (i != -1)
       key = "data_"+relPath.left(i);
    else
       key = "data_"+relPath;
 
    if (d && d->restrictions[key.latin1()])
       d->dataRestrictionActive = true;
 }
 
 
 QStringList KStandardDirs::allTypes() const
 {
     QStringList list;
     for (int i = 0; types[i] != 0; ++i)
         list.append(QString::fromLatin1(types[i]));
     return list;
 }
 
 void KStandardDirs::addPrefix( const QString& _dir )
 {
     if (_dir.isNull())
 	return;
 
     QString dir = _dir;
     if (dir.at(dir.length() - 1) != '/')
 	dir += '/';
 
     if (!prefixes.contains(dir)) {
 	prefixes.append(dir);
 	dircache.clear();
     }
 }
 
 void KStandardDirs::addXdgConfigPrefix( const QString& _dir )
 {
     if (_dir.isNull())
 	return;
 
     QString dir = _dir;
     if (dir.at(dir.length() - 1) != '/')
 	dir += '/';
 
     if (!d->xdgconf_prefixes.contains(dir)) {
 	d->xdgconf_prefixes.append(dir);
 	dircache.clear();
     }
 }
 
 void KStandardDirs::addXdgDataPrefix( const QString& _dir )
 {
     if (_dir.isNull())
 	return;
 
     QString dir = _dir;
     if (dir.at(dir.length() - 1) != '/')
 	dir += '/';
 
     if (!d->xdgdata_prefixes.contains(dir)) {
 	d->xdgdata_prefixes.append(dir);
 	dircache.clear();
     }
 }
 
 
 QString KStandardDirs::kfsstnd_prefixes()
 {
    return prefixes.join(":");
 }
 
 bool KStandardDirs::addResourceType( const char *type,
 				     const QString& relativename )
 {
     if (relativename.isNull())
        return false;
 
     QStringList *rels = relatives.find(type);
     if (!rels) {
 	rels = new QStringList();
 	relatives.insert(type, rels);
     }
     QString copy = relativename;
     if (copy.at(copy.length() - 1) != '/')
 	copy += '/';
     if (!rels->contains(copy)) {
 	rels->prepend(copy);
 	dircache.remove(type); // clean the cache
 	return true;
     }
     return false;
 }
 
 bool KStandardDirs::addResourceDir( const char *type,
 				    const QString& absdir)
 {
     QStringList *paths = absolutes.find(type);
     if (!paths) {
 	paths = new QStringList();
 	absolutes.insert(type, paths);
     }
     QString copy = absdir;
     if (copy.at(copy.length() - 1) != '/')
       copy += '/';
 
     if (!paths->contains(copy)) {
 	paths->append(copy);
 	dircache.remove(type); // clean the cache
 	return true;
     }
     return false;
 }
 
 QString KStandardDirs::findResource( const char *type,
 				     const QString& filename ) const
 {
     if (filename.at(0) == '/')
 	return filename; // absolute dirs are absolute dirs, right? :-/
 
 #if 0
 kdDebug() << "Find resource: " << type << endl;
 for (QStringList::ConstIterator pit = prefixes.begin();
      pit != prefixes.end();
      pit++)
 {
   kdDebug() << "Prefix: " << *pit << endl;
 }
 #endif
 
     QString dir = findResourceDir(type, filename);
     if (dir.isNull())
 	return dir;
     else return dir + filename;
 }
 /*US
 static Q_UINT32 updateHash(const QString &file, Q_UINT32 hash)
 {
     QCString cFile = QFile::encodeName(file);
 //US     struct stat buff;
 //US    if ((access(cFile, R_OK) == 0) &&
 //US        (stat( cFile, &buff ) == 0) &&
 //US        (S_ISREG( buff.st_mode )))
     QFileInfo pathfnInfo(cFile);
     if (( pathfnInfo.isReadable() == true ) &&
        ( pathfnInfo.isFile()) )
     {
 //US       hash = hash + (Q_UINT32) buff.st_ctime;
        hash = hash + (Q_UINT32) pathfnInfo.lastModified();
     }
     return hash;
 }
 */
 /*US
 Q_UINT32 KStandardDirs::calcResourceHash( const char *type,
 			      const QString& filename, bool deep) const
 {
     Q_UINT32 hash = 0;
 
     if (filename.at(0) == '/')
     {
         // absolute dirs are absolute dirs, right? :-/
 	return updateHash(filename, hash);
     }
     if (d && d->restrictionsActive && (strcmp(type, "data")==0))
        applyDataRestrictions(filename);
     QStringList candidates = resourceDirs(type);
     QString fullPath;
 
     for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = candidates.begin();
 	 it != candidates.end(); it++)
     {
         hash = updateHash(*it + filename, hash);
         if (!deep && hash)
            return hash;
     }
     return hash;
 }
 */
 
 QStringList KStandardDirs::findDirs( const char *type,
                                      const QString& reldir ) const
 {
     QStringList list;
 
     checkConfig();
 
     if (d && d->restrictionsActive && (strcmp(type, "data")==0))
        applyDataRestrictions(reldir);
     QStringList candidates = resourceDirs(type);
     QDir testdir;
 
     for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = candidates.begin();
          it != candidates.end(); it++) {
         testdir.setPath(*it + reldir);
         if (testdir.exists())
             list.append(testdir.absPath() + '/');
     }
 
     return list;
 }
 
 QString KStandardDirs::findResourceDir( const char *type,
 					const QString& filename) const
 {
 #ifndef NDEBUG
     if (filename.isEmpty()) {
       kdWarning() << "filename for type " << type << " in KStandardDirs::findResourceDir is not supposed to be empty!!" << endl;
       return QString::null;
     }
 #endif
 
     if (d && d->restrictionsActive && (strcmp(type, "data")==0))
        applyDataRestrictions(filename);
     QStringList candidates = resourceDirs(type);
     QString fullPath;
 #ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION
 #ifdef _WIN32_
     candidates.prepend( qApp->applicationDirPath () +"\\");
 #else
     candidates.prepend( qApp->applicationDirPath () +"/");
 #endif
 #endif
     for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = candidates.begin(); it != candidates.end(); it++)
     {
         //qDebug("looking for dir %s  - file %s", (*it).latin1(),  filename.latin1());
       if (exists(*it + filename))
 	return *it;
     }
 
 #ifndef NDEBUG
     if(false && type != "locale")
         qDebug("KStdDirs::findResDir(): can't find %s ", filename.latin1());
 
 #endif
 
     return QString::null;
 }
 
 bool KStandardDirs::exists(const QString &fullPath)
 {
 //US    struct stat buff;
     QFileInfo fullPathInfo(QFile::encodeName(fullPath));
 
 //US    if (access(QFile::encodeName(fullPath), R_OK) == 0 && fullPathInfo.isReadable())
     if (fullPathInfo.isReadable())
 	  {
       if (fullPath.at(fullPath.length() - 1) != '/') {
 //US	      if (S_ISREG( buff.st_mode ))
 	      if (fullPathInfo.isFile())
 		      return true;
 	    }
       else {
 //US	      if (S_ISDIR( buff.st_mode ))
 	      if (fullPathInfo.isDir())
 		      return true;
       }
     }
     return false;
 }
 
 static void lookupDirectory(const QString& path, const QString &relPart,
 			    const QRegExp &regexp,
 			    QStringList& list,
 			    QStringList& relList,
 			    bool recursive, bool uniq)
 {
   QString pattern = regexp.pattern();
   if (recursive || pattern.contains('?') || pattern.contains('*'))
   {
     // We look for a set of files.
 //US    DIR *dp = opendir( QFile::encodeName(path));
     QDir dp(QFile::encodeName(path));
 
     if (!dp.exists())
       return;
     static int iii = 0;
     ++iii;
     if ( iii == 5 )
         abort();
     assert(path.at(path.length() - 1) == '/');
 
 //US    struct dirent *ep;
 //US    struct stat buff;
 
     QString _dot(".");
     QString _dotdot("..");
 
 //US    while( ( ep = readdir( dp ) ) != 0L )
     QStringList direntries = dp.entryList();
     QStringList::Iterator it = direntries.begin();
 
     while ( it != list.end() )            // for each file...
     {
 
 //US      QString fn( QFile::decodeName(ep->d_name));
       QString fn = (*it); // dp.entryList already decodes
       it++;
       if ( fn.isNull() )
           break;
 
       if (fn == _dot || fn == _dotdot || fn.at(fn.length() - 1).latin1() == '~'   )
 	continue;
 
 /*US
       if (!recursive && !regexp.exactMatch(fn))
         continue; // No match
 */
 //US this should do the same:
-      int pos = regexp.match(fn);
+      int pos = regexp.exactMatch(fn);
       if (!recursive && !pos == 0)
         continue; // No match
 
       QString pathfn = path + fn;
 /*US
       if ( stat( QFile::encodeName(pathfn), &buff ) != 0 ) {
         kdDebug() << "Error stat'ing " << pathfn << " : " << perror << endl;
         continue; // Couldn't stat (e.g. no read permissions)
       }
 
       if ( recursive )
       {
         if ( S_ISDIR( buff.st_mode )) {
           lookupDirectory(pathfn + '/', relPart + fn + '/', regexp, list, relList, recursive, uniq);
       }
 */
 //US replacement:
       QFileInfo pathfnInfo(QFile::encodeName(pathfn));
       if ( pathfnInfo.isReadable() == false )
       {
 //US        kdDebug() << "Error stat'ing " << pathfn << " : " << perror << endl;
         continue; // Couldn't stat (e.g. no read permissions)
       }
 
       if ( recursive )
       {
         if ( pathfnInfo.isDir()) {
           lookupDirectory(pathfn + '/', relPart + fn + '/', regexp, list, relList, recursive, uniq);
       }
 
 
 /*US
         if (!regexp.exactMatch(fn))
           continue; // No match
 */
 //US this should do the same:
-        pos = regexp.match(fn);
+        pos = regexp.exactMatch(fn);
         if (!pos == 0)
           continue; // No match
       }
 
 //US      if ( S_ISREG( buff.st_mode))
       if ( pathfnInfo.isFile())
       {
         if (!uniq || !relList.contains(relPart + fn))
         {
           list.append( pathfn );
           relList.append( relPart + fn );
         }
       }
     }
 //US    closedir( dp );
   }
   else
   {
      // We look for a single file.
      QString fn = pattern;
      QString pathfn = path + fn;
 //US     struct stat buff;
       QFileInfo pathfnInfo(QFile::encodeName(pathfn));
 
 
 //US     if ( stat( QFile::encodeName(pathfn), &buff ) != 0 )
       if ( pathfnInfo.isReadable() == false )
         return; // File not found
 
 //US     if ( S_ISREG( buff.st_mode))
      if ( pathfnInfo.isFile())
      {
        if (!uniq || !relList.contains(relPart + fn))
        {
          list.append( pathfn );
          relList.append( relPart + fn );
        }
      }
   }
 }
 
 static void lookupPrefix(const QString& prefix, const QString& relpath,
                          const QString& relPart,
 			 const QRegExp &regexp,
 			 QStringList& list,
 			 QStringList& relList,
 			 bool recursive, bool uniq)
 {
     if (relpath.isNull()) {
        lookupDirectory(prefix, relPart, regexp, list,
 		       relList, recursive, uniq);
        return;
     }
     QString path;
     QString rest;
 
     if (relpath.length())
     {
        int slash = relpath.find('/');
        if (slash < 0)
 	   rest = relpath.left(relpath.length() - 1);
        else {
 	   path = relpath.left(slash);
 	   rest = relpath.mid(slash + 1);
        }
     }
     assert(prefix.at(prefix.length() - 1) == '/');
 
 //US    struct stat buff;
 
     if (path.contains('*') || path.contains('?')) {
 	QRegExp pathExp(path, true, true);
 //US	DIR *dp = opendir( QFile::encodeName(prefix) );
   QDir dp(QFile::encodeName(prefix));
 
 //US	if (!dp)
   if (!dp.exists())
   {
 	    return;
 	}
 
 //US	struct dirent *ep;
 
         QString _dot(".");
         QString _dotdot("..");
 
 //US	while( ( ep = readdir( dp ) ) != 0L )
     QStringList direntries = dp.entryList();
     QStringList::Iterator it = direntries.begin();
 
     while ( it != list.end() )            // for each file...
     {
 //US      QString fn( QFile::decodeName(ep->d_name));
       QString fn = (*it); // dp.entryList() already encodes the strings
       it++;
 
 		if (fn == _dot || fn == _dotdot || fn.at(fn.length() - 1) == '~')
 		    continue;
 
 #ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION
 
 		if (pathExp.search(fn) == -1)
 		    continue; // No match
 
 #else
 //US this should do the same:
         if (pathExp.find(fn, 0) == -1)
           continue; // No match
 #endif
 		QString rfn = relPart+fn;
 		fn = prefix + fn;
 //US    if ( stat( QFile::encodeName(fn), &buff ) != 0 )
       QFileInfo fnInfo(QFile::encodeName(fn));
     if ( fnInfo.isReadable() == false )
     {
 //US        kdDebug() << "Error statting " << fn << " : " << perror << endl;
 		    continue; // Couldn't stat (e.g. no permissions)
 		}
 //US		if ( S_ISDIR( buff.st_mode ))
     if ( fnInfo.isDir() )
 
 		    lookupPrefix(fn + '/', rest, rfn + '/', regexp, list, relList, recursive, uniq);
 	    }
 
 //US	closedir( dp );
     } else {
         // Don't stat, if the dir doesn't exist we will find out
         // when we try to open it.
         lookupPrefix(prefix + path + '/', rest,
                      relPart + path + '/', regexp, list,
                      relList, recursive, uniq);
     }
 }
 
 QStringList
 KStandardDirs::findAllResources( const char *type,
 			         const QString& filter,
 				 bool recursive,
 			         bool uniq,
                                  QStringList &relList) const
 {
     QStringList list;
     if (filter.at(0) == '/') // absolute paths we return
     {
         list.append( filter);
 	return list;
     }
 
     QString filterPath;
     QString filterFile;
 
     if (filter.length())
     {
        int slash = filter.findRev('/');
        if (slash < 0)
 	   filterFile = filter;
        else {
 	   filterPath = filter.left(slash + 1);
 	   filterFile = filter.mid(slash + 1);
        }
     }
     checkConfig();
 
     if (d && d->restrictionsActive && (strcmp(type, "data")==0))
        applyDataRestrictions(filter);
     QStringList candidates = resourceDirs(type);
     if (filterFile.isEmpty())
 	filterFile = "*";
 
     QRegExp regExp(filterFile, true, true);
     for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = candidates.begin();
          it != candidates.end(); it++)
     {
         lookupPrefix(*it, filterPath, "", regExp, list,
                      relList, recursive, uniq);
     }
     return list;
 }
 
 QStringList
 KStandardDirs::findAllResources( const char *type,
 			         const QString& filter,
 				 bool recursive,
 			         bool uniq) const
 {
     QStringList relList;
     return findAllResources(type, filter, recursive, uniq, relList);
 }
 
 QString
 KStandardDirs::realPath(const QString &dirname)
 {
 #ifdef _WIN32_
   return dirname;
 #else
 //US    char realpath_buffer[MAXPATHLEN + 1];
 //US    memset(realpath_buffer, 0, MAXPATHLEN + 1);
     char realpath_buffer[250 + 1];
     memset(realpath_buffer, 0, 250 + 1);
 
     /* If the path contains symlinks, get the real name */
     if (realpath( QFile::encodeName(dirname).data(), realpath_buffer) != 0) {
         // succes, use result from realpath
         int len = strlen(realpath_buffer);
         realpath_buffer[len] = '/';
         realpath_buffer[len+1] = 0;
         return QFile::decodeName(realpath_buffer);
     }
 
     return dirname;
 #endif
 }
 /*US
 void KStandardDirs::createSpecialResource(const char *type)
 {
    char hostname[256];
    hostname[0] = 0;
    gethostname(hostname, 255);
    QString dir = QString("%1%2-%3").arg(localkdedir()).arg(type).arg(hostname);
    char link[1024];
    link[1023] = 0;
    int result = readlink(QFile::encodeName(dir).data(), link, 1023);
    if ((result == -1) && (errno == ENOENT))
    {
       QString srv = findExe(QString::fromLatin1("lnusertemp"), KDEDIR+QString::fromLatin1("/bin"));
       if (srv.isEmpty())
          srv = findExe(QString::fromLatin1("lnusertemp"));
       if (!srv.isEmpty())
       {
          system(QFile::encodeName(srv)+" "+type);
          result = readlink(QFile::encodeName(dir).data(), link, 1023);
       }
    }
    if (result > 0)
    {
       link[result] = 0;
       if (link[0] == '/')
          dir = QFile::decodeName(link);
       else
          dir = QDir::cleanDirPath(dir+QFile::decodeName(link));
    }
    addResourceDir(type, dir+'/');
 }
 */
 
 QStringList KStandardDirs::resourceDirs(const char *type) const
 {
     QStringList *candidates = dircache.find(type);
 
     if (!candidates) { // filling cache
 /*US
         if (strcmp(type, "socket") == 0)
            const_cast<KStandardDirs *>(this)->createSpecialResource(type);
         else if (strcmp(type, "tmp") == 0)
            const_cast<KStandardDirs *>(this)->createSpecialResource(type);
         else if (strcmp(type, "cache") == 0)
            const_cast<KStandardDirs *>(this)->createSpecialResource(type);
 */
         QDir testdir;
 
         candidates = new QStringList();
         QStringList *dirs;
 
         bool restrictionActive = false;
         if (d && d->restrictionsActive)
         {
            if (d->dataRestrictionActive)
               restrictionActive = true;
            else if (d->restrictions["all"])
               restrictionActive = true;
            else if (d->restrictions[type])
               restrictionActive = true;
            d->dataRestrictionActive = false; // Reset
         }
 
         dirs = relatives.find(type);
         if (dirs)
         {
             bool local = true;
             const QStringList *prefixList = 0;
             if (strncmp(type, "xdgdata-", 8) == 0)
                 prefixList = &(d->xdgdata_prefixes);
             else if (strncmp(type, "xdgconf-", 8) == 0)
                 prefixList = &(d->xdgconf_prefixes);
             else
                 prefixList = &prefixes;
 
             for (QStringList::ConstIterator pit = prefixList->begin();
                  pit != prefixList->end();
                  pit++)
             {
                 for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = dirs->begin();
                      it != dirs->end(); ++it) {
                     QString path = realPath(*pit + *it);
                     testdir.setPath(path);
                     if (local && restrictionActive)
                        continue;
                     if ((local || testdir.exists()) && !candidates->contains(path))
                         candidates->append(path);
                 }
                 local = false;
             }
         }
         dirs = absolutes.find(type);
         if (dirs)
             for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = dirs->begin();
                  it != dirs->end(); ++it)
             {
                 testdir.setPath(*it);
                 if (testdir.exists())
                 {
                     QString filename = realPath(*it);
                     if (!candidates->contains(filename))
                         candidates->append(filename);
                 }
             }
         dircache.insert(type, candidates);
     }
 
 #if 0
     kdDebug() << "found dirs for resource " << type << ":" << endl;
     for (QStringList::ConstIterator pit = candidates->begin();
 	 pit != candidates->end();
 	 pit++)
     {
 	fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", (*pit).latin1());
     }
 #endif
 
 
   return *candidates;
 }
 
 /*US
 QString KStandardDirs::findExe( const QString& appname,
 				const QString& pstr, bool ignore)
 {
     QFileInfo info;
 
     // absolute path ?
     if (appname.startsWith(QString::fromLatin1("/")))
     {
         info.setFile( appname );
         if( info.exists() && ( ignore || info.isExecutable() )
             && info.isFile() ) {
             return appname;
         }
         return QString::null;
     }
 
 //US    QString p = QString("%1/%2").arg(__KDE_BINDIR).arg(appname);
     QString p = QString("%1/%2").arg(appname).arg(appname);
     qDebug("KStandardDirs::findExe this is probably wrong");
 
     info.setFile( p );
     if( info.exists() && ( ignore || info.isExecutable() )
          && ( info.isFile() || info.isSymLink() )  ) {
          return p;
     }
 
     QStringList tokens;
     p = pstr;
 
     if( p.isNull() ) {
 	p = getenv( "PATH" );
     }
 
     tokenize( tokens, p, ":\b" );
 
     // split path using : or \b as delimiters
     for( unsigned i = 0; i < tokens.count(); i++ ) {
 	p = tokens[ i ];
 
         if ( p[ 0 ] == '~' )
         {
             int len = p.find( '/' );
             if ( len == -1 )
                 len = p.length();
             if ( len == 1 )
                 p.replace( 0, 1, QDir::homeDirPath() );
             else
             {
                 QString user = p.mid( 1, len - 1 );
                 struct passwd *dir = getpwnam( user.local8Bit().data() );
                 if ( dir && strlen( dir->pw_dir ) )
                     p.replace( 0, len, QString::fromLocal8Bit( dir->pw_dir ) );
             }
         }
 
 	p += "/";
 	p += appname;
 
 	// Check for executable in this tokenized path
 	info.setFile( p );
 
 	if( info.exists() && ( ignore || info.isExecutable() )
            && ( info.isFile() || info.isSymLink() )  ) {
 	    return p;
 	}
     }
 
     // If we reach here, the executable wasn't found.
     // So return empty string.
 
     return QString::null;
 }
 
 int KStandardDirs::findAllExe( QStringList& list, const QString& appname,
 			const QString& pstr, bool ignore )
 {
     QString p = pstr;
     QFileInfo info;
     QStringList tokens;
 
     if( p.isNull() ) {
 	p = getenv( "PATH" );
     }
 
     list.clear();
     tokenize( tokens, p, ":\b" );
 
     for ( unsigned i = 0; i < tokens.count(); i++ ) {
 	p = tokens[ i ];
 	p += "/";
 	p += appname;
 
 	info.setFile( p );
 
 	if( info.exists() && (ignore || info.isExecutable())
 	    && info.isFile() ) {
 	    list.append( p );
 	}
 
     }
 
     return list.count();
 }
 */
 
 static int tokenize( QStringList& tokens, const QString& str,
 		     const QString& delim )
 {
     int len = str.length();
     QString token = "";
 
     for( int index = 0; index < len; index++)
     {
 	if ( delim.find( str[ index ] ) >= 0 )
 	{
 	    tokens.append( token );
 	    token = "";
 	}
 	else
 	{
 	    token += str[ index ];
 	}
     }
     if ( token.length() > 0 )
     {
 	tokens.append( token );
     }
 
     return tokens.count();
 }
 
 QString KStandardDirs::kde_default(const char *type) {
     if (!strcmp(type, "data"))
 	return "apps/";
     if (!strcmp(type, "html"))
 	return "share/doc/HTML/";
     if (!strcmp(type, "icon"))
 	return "share/icons/";
     if (!strcmp(type, "config"))
 	return "config/";
     if (!strcmp(type, "pixmap"))
 	return "share/pixmaps/";
     if (!strcmp(type, "apps"))
 	return "share/applnk/";
     if (!strcmp(type, "sound"))
 	return "share/sounds/";
     if (!strcmp(type, "locale"))
 	return "share/locale/";
     if (!strcmp(type, "services"))
 	return "share/services/";
     if (!strcmp(type, "servicetypes"))
 	return "share/servicetypes/";
     if (!strcmp(type, "mime"))
 	return "share/mimelnk/";
     if (!strcmp(type, "cgi"))
 	return "cgi-bin/";
     if (!strcmp(type, "wallpaper"))
 	return "share/wallpapers/";
     if (!strcmp(type, "templates"))
 	return "share/templates/";
     if (!strcmp(type, "exe"))
 	return "bin/";
     if (!strcmp(type, "lib"))
       	return "lib/";
     if (!strcmp(type, "module"))
       	return "lib/kde3/";
     if (!strcmp(type, "qtplugins"))
         return "lib/kde3/plugins";
     if (!strcmp(type, "xdgdata-apps"))
         return "applications/";
     if (!strcmp(type, "xdgdata-dirs"))
         return "desktop-directories/";
     if (!strcmp(type, "xdgconf-menu"))
         return "menus/";
     if (!strcmp(type, "tmp"))
 	return "tmp/";
 
     qFatal("unknown resource type %s", type);
     return QString::null;
 }
 
 QString KStandardDirs::saveLocation(const char *type,
 				    const QString& suffix,
 				    bool create) const
 {
     //qDebug("KStandardDirs::saveLocation called %s %s", type,suffix.latin1() );
     //return "";
     checkConfig();
 
     QString *pPath = savelocations.find(type);
     if (!pPath)
     {
        QStringList *dirs = relatives.find(type);
        if (!dirs && (
                      (strcmp(type, "socket") == 0) ||
                      (strcmp(type, "tmp") == 0) ||
                      (strcmp(type, "cache") == 0) ))
        {
           (void) resourceDirs(type); // Generate socket|tmp|cache resource.
           dirs = relatives.find(type); // Search again.
        }
        if (dirs)
        {
           // Check for existance of typed directory + suffix
           if (strncmp(type, "xdgdata-", 8) == 0)
              pPath = new QString(realPath(localxdgdatadir() + dirs->last()));
           else if (strncmp(type, "xdgconf-", 8) == 0)
              pPath = new QString(realPath(localxdgconfdir() + dirs->last()));
           else
              pPath = new QString(realPath(localkdedir() + dirs->last()));
        }
        else {
           dirs = absolutes.find(type);
           if (!dirs)
              qFatal("KStandardDirs: The resource type %s is not registered", type);
           pPath = new QString(realPath(dirs->last()));
        }
 
        savelocations.insert(type, pPath);
     }
 
     QString fullPath = *pPath + suffix;
 //US    struct stat st;
 //US    if (stat(QFile::encodeName(fullPath), &st) != 0 || !(S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)))
       QFileInfo fullPathInfo(QFile::encodeName(fullPath));
       if (fullPathInfo.isReadable() || !fullPathInfo.isDir())
 
 
     {
 	if(!create) {
 #ifndef NDEBUG
 	    qDebug("save location %s doesn't exist", fullPath.latin1());
 #endif
 	    return fullPath;
 	}
 	if(!makeDir(fullPath, 0700)) {
             qWarning("failed to create %s", fullPath.latin1());
 	    return fullPath;
 	}
         dircache.remove(type);
     }
     return fullPath;
 }
 
 QString KStandardDirs::relativeLocation(const char *type, const QString &absPath)
 {
     QString fullPath = absPath;
     int i = absPath.findRev('/');
     if (i != -1)
     {
        fullPath = realPath(absPath.left(i+1))+absPath.mid(i+1); // Normalize
     }
 
     QStringList candidates = resourceDirs(type);
 
     for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = candidates.begin();
 	 it != candidates.end(); it++)
       if (fullPath.startsWith(*it))
       {
 	return fullPath.mid((*it).length());
       }
 
     return absPath;
 }
 
 
 bool KStandardDirs::makeDir(const QString& dir2, int mode)
 {
   QString dir = QDir::convertSeparators( dir2  );
 #if 0
     //LR
 
     // we want an absolute path
     if (dir.at(0) != '/')
         return false;
 
     QString target = dir;
     uint len = target.length();
 
     // append trailing slash if missing
     if (dir.at(len - 1) != '/')
         target += '/';
 
     QString base("");
     uint i = 1;
 
     while( i < len )
     {
 //US        struct stat st;
         int pos = target.find('/', i);
         base += target.mid(i - 1, pos - i + 1);
-        QCString baseEncoded = QFile::encodeName(base);
+        Q3CString baseEncoded = QFile::encodeName(base);
         // bail out if we encountered a problem
 //US        if (stat(baseEncoded, &st) != 0)
         QFileInfo baseEncodedInfo(baseEncoded);
         if (!baseEncodedInfo.exists())
         {
           // Directory does not exist....
           // Or maybe a dangling symlink ?
 //US          if (lstat(baseEncoded, &st) == 0)
           if (baseEncodedInfo.isSymLink()) {
 //US              (void)unlink(baseEncoded); // try removing
               QFile(baseEncoded).remove();
           }
 
 //US	  if ( mkdir(baseEncoded, (mode_t) mode) != 0)
     QDir dirObj;
 	  if ( dirObj.mkdir(baseEncoded) != true )
     {
 //US	    perror("trying to create local folder");
 	    return false; // Couldn't create it :-(
 	  }
         }
         i = pos + 1;
     }
     return true;
 #endif
 
     // ********************************************
     // new code for WIN32
   QDir dirObj;
 
 
     // we want an absolute path
 #ifndef _WIN32_
     if (dir.at(0) != '/')
         return false;
 #endif
 
     QString target = dir;
     uint len = target.length();
 #ifndef _WIN32_
     // append trailing slash if missing
     if (dir.at(len - 1) != '/')
         target += '/';
 #endif
 
     QString base("");
     uint i = 1;
 
     while( i < len )
     {
 //US        struct stat st;
 #ifndef _WIN32_
         int pos = target.find('/', i);
 #else
 	int pos = target.find('\\', i);
 #endif
 	if ( pos < 0 )
 	  return true;
         base += target.mid(i - 1, pos - i + 1);
 	//QMessageBox::information( 0,"cap111", base, 1 );
 /*US
         QCString baseEncoded = QFile::encodeName(base);
         // bail out if we encountered a problem
         if (stat(baseEncoded, &st) != 0)
         {
           // Directory does not exist....
           // Or maybe a dangling symlink ?
           if (lstat(baseEncoded, &st) == 0)
               (void)unlink(baseEncoded); // try removing
 
 
           if ( mkdir(baseEncoded, (mode_t) mode) != 0) {
             perror("trying to create local folder");
             return false; // Couldn't create it :-(
           }
         }
 */
 
         if (dirObj.exists(base) == false)
         {
             //qDebug("KStandardDirs::makeDir try to create : %s" , base.latin1());
           if (dirObj.mkdir(base) != true)
           {
             qDebug("KStandardDirs::makeDir could not create: %s" , base.latin1());
             return false;
           }
         }
 
         i = pos + 1;
     }
     return true;
 
 }
 
 QString readEnvPath(const char *env)
 {
   //#ifdef _WIN32_
   //    return "";
   //#else
-  QCString c_path;
+  Q3CString c_path;
   if ( getenv(env) != NULL )
     c_path = QString ( getenv(env) );
   if (c_path.isEmpty())
     return QString::null;
   return QFile::decodeName(c_path);
    //#endif
 
 }
 
 void KStandardDirs::addKDEDefaults()
 {
  
     //qDebug("ERROR: KStandardDirs::addKDEDefaults() called ");
     //return;
     QStringList kdedirList;
 
     // begin KDEDIRS
     QString kdedirs = readEnvPath("MICROKDEDIRS");
     if (!kdedirs.isEmpty())
     {
 	tokenize(kdedirList, kdedirs, ":");
     }
     else
     {
 	QString kdedir = readEnvPath("MICROKDEDIR");
 	if (!kdedir.isEmpty())
         {
            kdedir = KShell::tildeExpand(kdedir);
 	   kdedirList.append(kdedir);
         }
     }
 //US    kdedirList.append(KDEDIR);
 //US for embedded, add qtopia dir as kdedir
 
 #ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION
     QString tmp = readEnvPath("QPEDIR");
     if (!tmp.isEmpty())
       kdedirList.append(tmp);
 
     tmp = readEnvPath("QTDIR");
     if (!tmp.isEmpty())
       kdedirList.append(tmp);
 
     tmp = readEnvPath("OPIEDIR");
     if (!tmp.isEmpty())
       kdedirList.append(tmp);
 
 #endif
 
 #ifdef __KDE_EXECPREFIX
     QString execPrefix(__KDE_EXECPREFIX);
     if (execPrefix!="NONE")
        kdedirList.append(execPrefix);
 #endif
 
     QString localKdeDir;
 
 //US    if (getuid())
     if (true)
     {
        localKdeDir = readEnvPath("MICROKDEHOME");
        if (!localKdeDir.isEmpty())
        {
 #ifdef _WIN32_
           if (localKdeDir.at(localKdeDir.length()-1) != '\\')
              localKdeDir += '\\';
 #else
           if (localKdeDir.at(localKdeDir.length()-1) != '/')
              localKdeDir += '/';
 #endif
 	  //QMessageBox::information( 0,"localKdeDir",localKdeDir, 1 );
        }
        else
        {
            QString confFile;
 #ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION           
            confFile = qApp->applicationDirPath ()+ "/.microkdehome" ;
            QFileInfo fi ( confFile );
            if ( !fi.exists() )
                 confFile = QDir::homeDirPath() + "/.microkdehome";
            else
                qDebug("Loading path info from " +  confFile );
 
 #else
            confFile = QDir::homeDirPath() + "/.microkdehome";
 #endif
            KConfig cfg (   confFile );
            cfg.setGroup("Global");
            localKdeDir = cfg.readEntry( "MICROKDEHOME", QDir::homeDirPath() + "/kdepim/" );
 #ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION           
            if ( localKdeDir.startsWith( "LOCAL:" ) ) {
 #ifdef _WIN32_
                localKdeDir = qApp->applicationDirPath () + "\\"+ localKdeDir.mid( 6 );
 #else
                localKdeDir = qApp->applicationDirPath () + "/"+ localKdeDir.mid( 6 );
 #endif
                qDebug("Using local conf dir %s ",localKdeDir.latin1() );
                // <stdlib.h>
 #ifdef _WIN32_
 	       QString envSt = "LOCALMICROKDEHOME="+localKdeDir;
 	       _putenv( envSt.latin1());
 #else
                setenv(  "LOCALMICROKDEHOME",  localKdeDir.latin1(), 1 );
 #endif
            }
 #endif
        }
     }
     else
     {
        // We treat root different to prevent root messing up the
        // file permissions in the users home directory.
        localKdeDir = readEnvPath("MICROKDEROOTHOME");
        if (!localKdeDir.isEmpty())
        {
           if (localKdeDir.at(localKdeDir.length()-1) != '/')
              localKdeDir += '/';
        }
        else
        {
 //US          struct passwd *pw = getpwuid(0);
 //US          localKdeDir =  QFile::decodeName((pw && pw->pw_dir) ? pw->pw_dir : "/root")  + "/.microkde/";
               qDebug("KStandardDirs::addKDEDefaults: 1 has to be fixed");
        }
 
     }
 
 //US    localKdeDir =  appDir();
 
 //US
 //  qDebug("KStandardDirs::addKDEDefaults: localKdeDir=%s", localKdeDir.latin1());
     if (localKdeDir != "-/")
     {
         localKdeDir = KShell::tildeExpand(localKdeDir);
         addPrefix(localKdeDir);
     }
 
     for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = kdedirList.begin();
 	 it != kdedirList.end(); it++)
     {
         QString dir = KShell::tildeExpand(*it);
 	addPrefix(dir);
     }
     // end KDEDIRS
 
     // begin XDG_CONFIG_XXX
     QStringList xdgdirList;
     QString xdgdirs = readEnvPath("XDG_CONFIG_DIRS");
     if (!xdgdirs.isEmpty())
     {
 	tokenize(xdgdirList, xdgdirs, ":");
     }
     else
     {
 	xdgdirList.clear();
         xdgdirList.append("/etc/xdg");
     }
 
     QString localXdgDir = readEnvPath("XDG_CONFIG_HOME");
     if (!localXdgDir.isEmpty())
     {
        if (localXdgDir.at(localXdgDir.length()-1) != '/')
           localXdgDir += '/';
     }
     else
     {
 //US       if (getuid())
        if (true)
        {
           localXdgDir =  QDir::homeDirPath() + "/.config/";
        }
        else
        {
 //US          struct passwd *pw = getpwuid(0);
 //US          localXdgDir =  QFile::decodeName((pw && pw->pw_dir) ? pw->pw_dir : "/root")  + "/.config/";
               qDebug("KStandardDirs::addKDEDefaults: 2 has to be fixed");
        }
     }
 
     localXdgDir = KShell::tildeExpand(localXdgDir);
     addXdgConfigPrefix(localXdgDir);
 
     for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = xdgdirList.begin();
 	 it != xdgdirList.end(); it++)
     {
         QString dir = KShell::tildeExpand(*it);
 	addXdgConfigPrefix(dir);
     }
     // end XDG_CONFIG_XXX
 
     // begin XDG_DATA_XXX
     xdgdirs = readEnvPath("XDG_DATA_DIRS");
     if (!xdgdirs.isEmpty())
     {
 	tokenize(xdgdirList, xdgdirs, ":");
     }
     else
     {
 	xdgdirList.clear();
         for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = kdedirList.begin();
            it != kdedirList.end(); it++)
         {
            QString dir = *it;
            if (dir.at(dir.length()-1) != '/')
              dir += '/';
            xdgdirList.append(dir+"share/");
         }
 
         xdgdirList.append("/usr/local/share/");
         xdgdirList.append("/usr/share/");
     }
 
     localXdgDir = readEnvPath("XDG_DATA_HOME");
     if (!localXdgDir.isEmpty())
     {
        if (localXdgDir.at(localXdgDir.length()-1) != '/')
           localXdgDir += '/';
     }
     else
     {
 //US       if (getuid())
        if (true)
        {
           localXdgDir =  QDir::homeDirPath() + "/.local/share/";
        }
        else
        {
 //US          struct passwd *pw = getpwuid(0);
 //US          localXdgDir =  QFile::decodeName((pw && pw->pw_dir) ? pw->pw_dir : "/root")  + "/.local/share/";
               qDebug("KStandardDirs::addKDEDefaults: 3 has to be fixed");
        }
     }
 
     localXdgDir = KShell::tildeExpand(localXdgDir);
     addXdgDataPrefix(localXdgDir);
 
     for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = xdgdirList.begin();
 	 it != xdgdirList.end(); it++)
     {
         QString dir = KShell::tildeExpand(*it);
 
 	addXdgDataPrefix(dir);
     }
     // end XDG_DATA_XXX
 
 
     uint index = 0;
     while (types[index] != 0) {
 	addResourceType(types[index], kde_default(types[index]));
 	index++;
     }
 
     addResourceDir("home", QDir::homeDirPath());
 }
 
 void KStandardDirs::checkConfig() const
 {
 /*US
     if (!addedCustoms && KGlobal::_instance && KGlobal::_instance->_config)
         const_cast<KStandardDirs*>(this)->addCustomized(KGlobal::_instance->_config);
 */
     if (!addedCustoms && KGlobal::config())
         const_cast<KStandardDirs*>(this)->addCustomized(KGlobal::config());
 }
 
 bool KStandardDirs::addCustomized(KConfig *config)
 {
     if (addedCustoms) // there are already customized entries
         return false; // we just quite and hope they are the right ones
 
     // save the numbers of config directories. If this changes,
     // we will return true to give KConfig a chance to reparse
     uint configdirs = resourceDirs("config").count();
 
     // reading the prefixes in
     QString oldGroup = config->group();
     config->setGroup("Directories");
 
     QStringList list;
     QStringList::ConstIterator it;
     list = config->readListEntry("prefixes");
     for (it = list.begin(); it != list.end(); it++)
 	addPrefix(*it);
 
     // iterating over all entries in the group Directories
     // to find entries that start with dir_$type
 /*US
     QMap<QString, QString> entries = config->entryMap("Directories");
 
     QMap<QString, QString>::ConstIterator it2;
     for (it2 = entries.begin(); it2 != entries.end(); it2++)
     {
       QString key = it2.key();
       if (key.left(4) == "dir_") {
         // generate directory list, there may be more than 1.
         QStringList dirs = QStringList::split(',', *it2);
         QStringList::Iterator sIt(dirs.begin());
         QString resType = key.mid(4, key.length());
         for (; sIt != dirs.end(); ++sIt) {
           addResourceDir(resType.latin1(), *sIt);
         }
       }
     }
 
     // Process KIOSK restrictions.
     config->setGroup("KDE Resource Restrictions");
     entries = config->entryMap("KDE Resource Restrictions");
     for (it2 = entries.begin(); it2 != entries.end(); it2++)
     {
 	QString key = it2.key();
         if (!config->readBoolEntry(key, true))
         {
            d->restrictionsActive = true;
            d->restrictions.insert(key.latin1(), &d->restrictionsActive); // Anything will do
            dircache.remove(key.latin1());
         }
     }
 */
     // save it for future calls - that will return
     addedCustoms = true;
     config->setGroup(oldGroup);
 
     // return true if the number of config dirs changed
     return (resourceDirs("config").count() != configdirs);
 }
 
 QString KStandardDirs::localkdedir() const
 {
     // Return the prefix to use for saving
     return prefixes.first();
 }
 
 QString KStandardDirs::localxdgdatadir() const
 {
     // Return the prefix to use for saving
     return d->xdgdata_prefixes.first();
 }
 
 QString KStandardDirs::localxdgconfdir() const
 {
     // Return the prefix to use for saving
     return d->xdgconf_prefixes.first();
 }
 
 void KStandardDirs::setAppDir( const QString &appDir )
 {
   mAppDir = appDir;
 
   if ( mAppDir.right( 1 ) != "/" )
     mAppDir += "/";
 }
 
 QString KStandardDirs::appDir()
 {
   return mAppDir;
 }
 
 // just to make code more readable without macros
 QString locate( const char *type,
 		const QString& filename/*US , const KInstance* inst*/ )
 {
 //US    return inst->dirs()->findResource(type, filename);
     return KGlobal::dirs()->findResource(type, filename);
 }
 
 QString locateLocal( const char *type,
 	             const QString& filename/*US , const KInstance* inst*/ )
 {
 
      QString path = locateLocal(type, filename, true /*US, inst*/);
 
 
 /*
      static int ccc = 0;
      ++ccc;
      if ( ccc > 13 )
          abort();
 */
      //qDebug("locatelocal: %s" , path.latin1());
      return path;
 
 /*US why do we put all files into one directory. It is quit complicated.
 why not staying with the original directorystructure ?
 
 
   QString escapedFilename = filename;
   escapedFilename.replace( QRegExp( "/" ), "_" );
 
   QString path = KStandardDirs::appDir() + type + "_" + escapedFilename;
 
   kdDebug() << "locate: '" << path << "'" << endl;
   qDebug("locate: %s" , path.latin1());
   return path;
 */
 //US so my proposal is this:
 
 //  QString escapedFilename = filename;
 //  escapedFilename.replace( QRegExp( "/" ), "_" );
 
 #if 0
 #ifdef _WIN32_
   QString path = QDir::convertSeparators(KStandardDirs::appDir() + type + "/" + filename);
 #else
   QString path = KStandardDirs::appDir() + type + "/" + filename;
 #endif
 
   //US Create the containing dir if needed
   QFileInfo fi ( path );
 
   // QString dir=pathurl.directory();
   //	QMessageBox::information( 0,"path", path, 1 );
 
 #ifdef _WIN32_
   KStandardDirs::makeDir(path);
 #else
   KStandardDirs::makeDir(fi.dirPath( true ));
 #endif
 
   qDebug("locate22: %s" , path.latin1());
   return path;
 
 #endif
 
 }
 
 QString locateLocal( const char *type,
 	             const QString& filename, bool createDir/*US , const KInstance* inst*/ )
 {
     // try to find slashes. If there are some, we have to
     // create the subdir first
     int slash = filename.findRev('/')+1;
     if (!slash) // only one filename
 //US	return inst->dirs()->saveLocation(type, QString::null, createDir) + filename;
       return KGlobal::dirs()->saveLocation(type, QString::null, createDir) + filename;
 
     // split path from filename
     QString dir = filename.left(slash);
     QString file = filename.mid(slash);
 //US    return inst->dirs()->saveLocation(type, dir, createDir) + file;
     return KGlobal::dirs()->saveLocation(type, dir, createDir) + file;
 
     // ***************************************************************
 #if 0
 
 /*US why do we put all files into one directory. It is quit complicated.
 why not staying with the original directorystructure ?
 
 
   QString escapedFilename = filename;
   escapedFilename.replace( QRegExp( "/" ), "_" );
 
   QString path = KStandardDirs::appDir() + type + "_" + escapedFilename;
 
   kdDebug() << "locate: '" << path << "'" << endl;
   qDebug("locate: %s" , path.latin1());
   return path;
 */
 //US so my proposal is this:
 
 //  QString escapedFilename = filename;
 //  escapedFilename.replace( QRegExp( "/" ), "_" );
 
 #ifdef _WIN32_
   QString path = QDir::convertSeparators(KStandardDirs::appDir() + type + "/" + filename);
 #else
   QString path = KStandardDirs::appDir() + type + "/" + filename;
 #endif
 
   //US Create the containing dir if needed
   KURL pathurl;
   pathurl.setPath(path);
   QString dir=pathurl.directory();
   //	QMessageBox::information( 0,"path", path, 1 );
 #ifdef _WIN32_
   KStandardDirs::makeDir(path);
 #else
   KStandardDirs::makeDir(dir);
 #endif
 
   return path;
 #endif
 }
diff --git a/microkde/kdecore/kstandarddirs.h b/microkde/kdecore/kstandarddirs.h
index 901384e..f0e28fc 100644
--- a/microkde/kdecore/kstandarddirs.h
+++ b/microkde/kdecore/kstandarddirs.h
@@ -1,685 +1,685 @@
 /*
   This file is part of the KDE libraries
   Copyright (C) 1999 Sirtaj Singh Kang <taj@kde.org>
                      Stephan Kulow <coolo@kde.org>
 		     Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org>
 
   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Library General Public License for more details.
 
   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 #ifndef SSK_KSTDDIRS_H
 #define SSK_KSTDDIRS_H
 
 #include <qstring.h>
-#include <qdict.h>
+#include <q3dict.h>
 #include <qstringlist.h>
 #include <kglobal.h>
 
 class KConfig;
 class KStandardDirsPrivate;
 
 
 /**
  * @short Site-independent access to standard KDE directories.
  * @author Stephan Kulow <coolo@kde.org> and Sirtaj Singh Kang <taj@kde.org>
  * @version $Id$
  *
  * This is one of the most central classes in kdelibs as
  * it provides a basic service: It knows where the files
  * reside on the user's hard disk. And it's meant to be the
  * only one that knows -- to make the real location as
  * transparent as possible to both the user and the applications.
  *
  * To this end it insulates the application from all information
  * and applications always refer to a file with a resource type
  * (e.g. icon) and a filename (e.g. khexdit.xpm). In an ideal world
  * the application would make no assumption where this file is and
  * leave it up to @ref KStandardDirs::findResource("apps", "Home.desktop")
  * to apply this knowledge to return /opt/kde/share/applnk/Home.desktop
  * or ::locate("data", "kgame/background.jpg") to return
  * /opt/kde/share/apps/kgame/background.jpg
  *
  * The main idea behind KStandardDirs is that there are several
  * toplevel prefixes below which the files lie. One of these prefixes is
  * the one where the user installed kdelibs, one is where the
  * application was installed, and one is $HOME/.kde, but there
  * may be even more. Under these prefixes there are several well
  * defined suffixes where specific resource types are to be found.
  * For example, for the resource type "html" the suffixes could be
  * share/doc/HTML and share/doc/kde/HTML.
  * So the search algorithm basicly appends to each prefix each registered
  * suffix and tries to locate the file there.
  * To make the thing even more complex, it's also possible to register
  * absolute paths that KStandardDirs looks up after not finding anything
  * in the former steps. They can be useful if the user wants to provide
  * specific directories that aren't in his $HOME/.kde directory for,
  * for example, icons.
  *
  * @sect Standard resources that kdelibs allocates are:
  *
  * @li apps - Applications menu (.desktop files).
  * @li cache - Cached information (e.g. favicons, web-pages)
  * @li cgi - CGIs to run from kdehelp.
  * @li config - Configuration files.
  * @li data - Where applications store data.
  * @li exe - Executables in $prefix/bin. @ref findExe() for a function that takes $PATH into account.
  * @li html - HTML documentation.
  * @li icon - Icons, see @ref KIconLoader.
  * @li lib - Libraries.
  * @li locale - Translation files for @ref KLocale.
  * @li mime - Mime types.
  * @li module - Module (dynamically loaded library).
  * @li qtplugins - Qt plugins (dynamically loaded objects for Qt)
  * @li services - Services.
  * @li servicetypes - Service types.
  * @li scripts - Application scripting additions.
  * @li sound - Application sounds.
  * @li templates - Templates
  * @li wallpaper - Wallpapers.
  * @li tmp - Temporary files (specfic for both current host and current user)
  * @li socket - UNIX Sockets (specific for both current host and current user)
  *
  * A type that is added by the class @ref KApplication if you use it, is
  * appdata. This one makes the use of the type data a bit easier as it
  * appends the name of the application.
  * So while you had to ::locate("data", "appname/filename") so you can
  * also write ::locate("appdata", "filename") if your KApplication instance
  * is called "appname" (as set via KApplication's constructor or KAboutData, if
  * you use the global KStandardDirs object @ref KGlobal::dirs()).
  * Please note though that you cannot use the "appdata"
  * type if you intend to use it in an applet for Kicker because 'appname' would
  * be "Kicker" instead of the applet's name. Therefore, for applets, you've got
  * to work around this by using ::locate("data", "appletname/filename").
  *
  * @sect KStandardDirs supports the following environment variables:
  *
  * @li KDEDIRS: This may set an additional number of directory prefixes to
  *          search for resources. The directories should be seperated
  *          by ':'. The directories are searched in the order they are
  *          specified.
  * @li KDEDIR:  Used for backwards compatibility. As KDEDIRS but only a single
  *          directory may be specified. If KDEDIRS is set KDEDIR is
  *          ignored.
  * @li KDEHOME: The directory where changes are saved to. This directory is
  *          used to search for resources first. If KDEHOME is not
  *          specified it defaults to "$HOME/.kde"
  * @li KDEROOTHOME: Like KDEHOME, but used for the root user.
  *          If KDEROOTHOME is not set it defaults to the .kde directory in the
  *          home directory of root, usually "/root/.kde".
  *          Note that the setting of $HOME is ignored in this case.
  *
  * @see KGlobalSettings
  */
 class KStandardDirs
 {
 public:
         /**
 	 * KStandardDirs' constructor. It just initializes the caches.
 	 **/
 	KStandardDirs( );
 
 	/**
 	 * KStandardDirs' destructor.
 	 */
 	virtual ~KStandardDirs();
 
 	/**
 	 * Adds another search dir to front of the @p fsstnd list.
 	 *
 	 * @li When compiling kdelibs, the prefix is added to this.
 	 * @li KDEDIRS or KDEDIR is taking into account
 	 * @li Additional dirs may be loaded from kdeglobals.
 	 *
 	 * @param dir The directory to append relative paths to.
 	 */
 	void addPrefix( const QString& dir );
 
 	/**
 	 * Adds another search dir to front of the XDG_CONFIG_XXX list 
 	 * of prefixes.
 	 * This prefix is only used for resources that start with "xdgconf-"
 	 *
 	 * @param dir The directory to append relative paths to.
 	 */
 	void addXdgConfigPrefix( const QString& dir );
 
 	/**
 	 * Adds another search dir to front of the XDG_DATA_XXX list 
 	 * of prefixes.
 	 * This prefix is only used for resources that start with "xdgdata-"
 	 *
 	 * @param dir The directory to append relative paths to.
 	 */
 	void addXdgDataPrefix( const QString& dir );
 
 	/**
 	 * Adds suffixes for types.
 	 *
 	 * You may add as many as you need, but it is advised that there
 	 * is exactly one to make writing definite.
 	 * All basic types (@ref kde_default) are added by @ref addKDEDefaults(),
 	 * but for those you can add more relative paths as well.
 	 *
 	 * The later a suffix is added, the higher its priority. Note, that the
 	 * suffix should end with / but doesn't have to start with one (as prefixes
 	 * should end with one). So adding a suffix for app_pics would look
 	 * like KGlobal::dirs()->addResourceType("app_pics", "share/app/pics");
 	 *
 	 * @param type Specifies a short descriptive string to access
 	 * files of this type.
 	 * @param relativename Specifies a directory relative to the root
 	 * of the KFSSTND.
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise.
 	 */
 	bool addResourceType( const char *type,
 			      const QString& relativename );
 
 	/**
 	 * Adds absolute path at the end of the search path for
 	 * particular types (for example in case of icons where
 	 * the user specifies extra paths).
 	 *
 	 * You shouldn't need this
 	 * function in 99% of all cases besides adding user-given
 	 * paths.
 	 *
 	 * @param type Specifies a short descriptive string to access files
 	 * of this type.
 	 * @param absdir Points to directory where to look for this specific
 	 * type. Non-existant directories may be saved but pruned.
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise.
 	 */
 	bool addResourceDir( const char *type,
 			     const QString& absdir);
 
 	/**
 	 * Tries to find a resource in the following order:
 	 * @li All PREFIX/\<relativename> paths (most recent first).
 	 * @li All absolute paths (most recent first).
 	 *
 	 * The filename should be a filename relative to the base dir
 	 * for resources. So is a way to get the path to libkdecore.la
 	 * to findResource("lib", "libkdecore.la"). KStandardDirs will
 	 * then look into the subdir lib of all elements of all prefixes
 	 * ($KDEDIRS) for a file libkdecore.la and return the path to
 	 * the first one it finds (e.g. /opt/kde/lib/libkdecore.la)
 	 *
 	 * @param type The type of the wanted resource
 	 * @param filename A relative filename of the resource.
 	 *
 	 * @return A full path to the filename specified in the second
 	 *         argument, or QString::null if not found.
 	 */
 	QString findResource( const char *type,
 			      const QString& filename ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Checks whether a resource is restricted as part of the KIOSK
 	 * framework. When a resource is restricted it means that user-
 	 * specific files in the resource are ignored.
 	 *
 	 * E.g. by restricting the "wallpaper" resource, only system-wide
 	 * installed wallpapers will be found by this class. Wallpapers
 	 * installed under the $KDEHOME directory will be ignored.
 	 *
 	 * @param type The type of the resource to check
 	 * @param relPath A relative path in the resource.
 	 *
 	 * @return True if the resource is restricted.
 	 * @since 3.1
 	 */
 	bool isRestrictedResource( const char *type,
 			      const QString& relPath=QString::null ) const;
 
         /**
          * Returns a number that identifies this version of the resource.
          * When a change is made to the resource this number will change.
          *
 	 * @param type The type of the wanted resource
 	 * @param filename A relative filename of the resource.
 	 * @param deep If true, all resources are taken into account
 	 *        otherwise only the one returned by findResource().
 	 *
 	 * @return A number identifying the current version of the
 	 *          resource.
 	 */
 /*US   
 	Q_UINT32 calcResourceHash( const char *type,
 			      const QString& filename, bool deep) const;
 */
 	/**
 	 * Tries to find all directories whose names consist of the
 	 * specified type and a relative path. So would
 	 * findDirs("apps", "Settings") return
 	 * @li /opt/kde/share/applnk/Settings/
 	 * @li /home/joe/.kde/share/applnk/Settings/
 	 *
 	 * Note that it appends / to the end of the directories,
 	 * so you can use this right away as directory names.
 	 *
 	 * @param type The type of the base directory.
 	 * @param reldir Relative directory.
 	 *
 	 * @return A list of matching directories, or an empty
 	 *         list if the resource specified is not found.
 	 */
 	QStringList findDirs( const char *type,
                               const QString& reldir ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Tries to find the directory the file is in.
 	 * It works the same as @ref findResource(), but it doesn't
 	 * return the filename but the name of the directory.
 	 *
 	 * This way the application can access a couple of files
 	 * that have been installed into the same directory without
 	 * having to look for each file.
 	 *
 	 * findResourceDir("lib", "libkdecore.la") would return the
 	 * path of the subdir libkdecore.la is found first in
 	 * (e.g. /opt/kde/lib/)
 	 *
 	 * @param type The type of the wanted resource
 	 * @param filename A relative filename of the resource.
 	 * @return The directory where the file specified in the second
 	 *         argument is located, or QString::null if the type
 	 *         of resource specified is unknown or the resource
 	 *         cannot be found.
 	 */
 	QString findResourceDir( const char *type,
 				 const QString& filename) const;
 
 
 	/**
 	 * Tries to find all resources with the specified type.
 	 *
 	 * The function will look into all specified directories
 	 * and return all filenames in these directories.
 	 *
 	 * @param type The type of resource to locate directories for.
 	 * @param filter Only accept filenames that fit to filter. The filter
 	 *        may consist of an optional directory and a @ref QRegExp
 	 *        wildcard expression. E.g. "images\*.jpg". Use QString::null
 	 *        if you do not want a filter.
 	 * @param recursive Specifies if the function should decend
 	 *        into subdirectories.
 	 * @param uniq If specified,  only return items which have
 	 *        unique suffixes - suppressing duplicated filenames.
 	 *
 	 * @return A list of directories matching the resource specified,
 	 *         or an empty list if the resource type is unknown.
 	 */
 	QStringList findAllResources( const char *type,
 				       const QString& filter = QString::null,
 				       bool recursive = false,
 				       bool uniq = false) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Tries to find all resources with the specified type.
 	 *
 	 * The function will look into all specified directories
 	 * and return all filenames (full and relative paths) in
 	 * these directories.
 	 *
 	 * @param type The type of resource to locate directories for.
 	 * @param filter Only accept filenames that fit to filter. The filter
 	 *        may consist of an optional directory and a @ref QRegExp
 	 *        wildcard expression. E.g. "images\*.jpg". Use QString::null
 	 *        if you do not want a filter.
 	 * @param recursive Specifies if the function should decend
 	 *        into subdirectories.
 	 * @param uniq If specified,  only return items which have
 	 *        unique suffixes.
 	 * @param list Of relative paths for the given type.
 	 * @param relPaths The list to store the relative paths into
 	 *        These can be used later to ::locate() the file
 	 *
 	 * @return A list of directories matching the resource specified,
 	 *         or an empty list if the resource type is unknown.
 	 */
 	QStringList findAllResources( const char *type,
 				       const QString& filter,
 				       bool recursive,
 				       bool uniq,
 				       QStringList &relPaths) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Finds the executable in the system path.
 	 *
 	 * A valid executable must
 	 * be a file and have its executable bit set.
 	 *
 	 * @param appname The name of the executable file for which to search.
 	 * @param pathstr The path which will be searched. If this is
 	 * 		null (default), the $PATH environment variable will
 	 *		be searched.
 	 * @param ignoreExecBit	If true, an existing file will be returned
 	 *			even if its executable bit is not set.
 	 *
 	 * @return The path of the executable. If it was not found,
 	 *         it will return QString::null.
 	 * @see findAllExe()
 	 */
 /*US   
 	static QString findExe( const QString& appname,
 				const QString& pathstr=QString::null,
 				bool ignoreExecBit=false );
 */
 
 	/**
 	 * Finds all occurences of an executable in the system path.
 	 *
 	 * @param list	Will be filled with the pathnames of all the
 	 *		executables found. Will be empty if the executable
 	 *		was not found.
 	 * @param appname	The name of the executable for which to
 	 *	 		search.
 	 * @param pathstr	The path list which will be searched. If this
 	 *		is 0 (default), the $PATH environment variable will
 	 *		be searched.
 	 * @param ignoreExecBit If true, an existing file will be returned
 	 *			even if its executable bit is not set.
 	 *
 	 * @return The number of executables found, 0 if none were found.
 	 *
 	 * @see	findExe()
 	 */
 	static int findAllExe( QStringList& list, const QString& appname,
 			       const QString& pathstr=QString::null,
 			       bool ignoreExecBit=false );
 
 	/**
 	 * This function adds the defaults that are used by the current
 	 * KDE version.
 	 *
 	 * It's a series of @ref addResourceTypes()
 	 * and @ref addPrefix() calls.
 	 * You normally wouldn't call this function because it's called
 	 * for you from @ref KGlobal.
 	 */
 	void addKDEDefaults();
 
 	/**
 	 * Reads customized entries out of the given config object and add
 	 * them via @ref addResourceDirs().
 	 *
 	 * @param config The object the entries are read from. This should
 	 *        contain global config files
 	 * @return true if new config paths have been added
 	 * from @p config.
 	 **/
 	bool addCustomized(KConfig *config);
 
 	/**
 	 * This function is used internally by almost all other function as
 	 * it serves and fills the directories cache.
          *
 	 * @param type The type of resource
 	 * @return The list of possible directories for the specified @p type.
 	 * The function updates the cache if possible.  If the resource
 	 * type specified is unknown, it will return an empty list.
          * Note, that the directories are assured to exist beside the save
          * location, which may not exist, but is returned anyway.
 	 */
 	QStringList resourceDirs(const char *type) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * This function will return a list of all the types that KStandardDirs
 	 * supports.
 	 *
 	 * @return All types that KDE supports
 	 */
 	QStringList allTypes() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Finds a location to save files into for the given type
 	 * in the user's home directory.
 	 *
 	 * @param type The type of location to return.
 	 * @param suffix A subdirectory name.
 	 *             Makes it easier for you to create subdirectories.
 	 *   You can't pass filenames here, you _have_ to pass
 	 *       directory names only and add possible filename in
 	 *       that directory yourself. A directory name always has a
  	 *       trailing slash ('/').
 	 * @param create If set, saveLocation() will create the directories
 	 *        needed (including those given by @p suffix).
 	 *
 	 * @return A path where resources of the specified type should be
 	 *         saved, or QString::null if the resource type is unknown.
 	 */
 	 QString saveLocation(const char *type,
 			      const QString& suffix = QString::null,
 			      bool create = true) const;
 
         /**
          * Converts an absolute path to a path relative to a certain
          * resource.
          *
          * If "abs = ::locate(resource, rel)"
          * then "rel = relativeLocation(resource, abs)" and vice versa.
          *
          * @param type The type of resource.
          *
          * @param absPath An absolute path to make relative.
          *
          * @return A relative path relative to resource @p type that
          * will find @p absPath. If no such relative path exists, absPath
          * will be returned unchanged.
          */
          QString relativeLocation(const char *type, const QString &absPath);
 
 	/**
 	 * Recursively creates still-missing directories in the given path.
 	 *
 	 * The resulting permissions will depend on the current umask setting.
 	 * permission = mode & ~umask.
 	 *
 	 * @param dir Absolute path of the directory to be made.
 	 * @param mode Directory permissions.
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
 	static bool makeDir(const QString& dir, int mode = 0755);
 
 	/**
 	 * This returns a default relative path for the standard KDE
 	 * resource types. Below is a list of them so you get an idea
 	 * of what this is all about.
 	 *
 	 * @li data - share/apps
 	 * @li html - share/doc/HTML
 	 * @li icon - share/icon
 	 * @li config - share/config
 	 * @li pixmap - share/pixmaps
 	 * @li apps - share/applnk
 	 * @li sound - share/sounds
 	 * @li locale - share/locale
 	 * @li services - share/services
 	 * @li servicetypes - share/servicetypes
 	 * @li mime - share/mimelnk
 	 * @li wallpaper - share/wallpapers
 	 * @li templates - share/templates
 	 * @li exe - bin
 	 * @li lib - lib
 	 *
 	 * @returns Static default for the specified resource.  You
 	 *          should probably be using locate() or locateLocal()
 	 *          instead.
 	 * @see locate()
 	 * @see locateLocal()
 	 */
 	static QString kde_default(const char *type);
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal (for use by sycoca only)
 	 */
 	QString kfsstnd_prefixes();
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the toplevel directory in which KStandardDirs
 	 * will store things. Most likely $HOME/.kde
 	 * Don't use this function if you can use locateLocal
 	 * @return the toplevel directory
 	 */
 	QString localkdedir() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * @return $XDG_DATA_HOME
 	 * See also http://www.freedesktop.org/standards/basedir/draft/basedir-spec/basedir-spec.html
 	 */
 	QString localxdgdatadir() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * @return $XDG_CONFIG_HOME
 	 * See also http://www.freedesktop.org/standards/basedir/draft/basedir-spec/basedir-spec.html
 	 */
 	QString localxdgconfdir() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Checks for existence and accessability.
 	 * Faster than creating a QFileInfo first.
 	 * @param fullPath the path to check
 	 * @return true if the directory exists
 	 */
 	static bool exists(const QString &fullPath);
 
         /**
          * Expands all symbolic links and resolves references to 
          * '/./', '/../' and extra  '/' characters in @p dirname
          * and returns the canonicalized absolute pathname.
          * The resulting path will have no symbolic link, '/./' 
          * or '/../' components.
 	 * @since 3.1
          */
         static QString realPath(const QString &dirname);
         
     static void setAppDir( const QString & );
     static QString appDir();
          
  private:
 
 	QStringList prefixes;
 
 	// Directory dictionaries
-	QDict<QStringList> absolutes;
-	QDict<QStringList> relatives;
+	Q3Dict<QStringList> absolutes;
+	Q3Dict<QStringList> relatives;
 
-	mutable QDict<QStringList> dircache;
-	mutable QDict<QString> savelocations;
+	mutable Q3Dict<QStringList> dircache;
+	mutable Q3Dict<QString> savelocations;
 
 	// Disallow assignment and copy-construction
 	KStandardDirs( const KStandardDirs& );
 	KStandardDirs& operator= ( const KStandardDirs& );
 
 	bool addedCustoms;
 
         class KStandardDirsPrivate;
 	KStandardDirsPrivate *d;
 //US    
     static QString mAppDir;
 
 	void checkConfig() const;
 	void applyDataRestrictions(const QString &) const;
 //US 	void createSpecialResource(const char*);
 };
 
 /**
  * \addtogroup locates Locate Functions
  *  @{
  * On The Usage Of 'locate' and 'locateLocal'
  *
  * Typical KDE applications use resource files in one out of
  * three ways:
  *
  * 1) A resource file is read but is never written. A system
  *    default is supplied but the user can override this
  *    default in his local .kde directory:
  *
  *    \code
  *    // Code example
  *    myFile = locate("appdata", "groups.lst");
  *    myData =  myReadGroups(myFile); // myFile may be null
  *    \endcode
  *
  * 2) A resource file is read and written. If the user has no
  *    local version of the file the system default is used.
  *    The resource file is always written to the users local
  *    .kde directory.
  *
  *    \code
  *    // Code example
  *    myFile = locate("appdata", "groups.lst")
  *    myData =  myReadGroups(myFile);
  *    ...
  *    doSomething(myData);
  *    ...
  *    myFile = locateLocal("appdata", "groups.lst");
  *    myWriteGroups(myFile, myData);
  *    \endcode
  *
  * 3) A resource file is read and written. No system default
  *    is used if the user has no local version of the file.
  *    The resource file is always written to the users local
  *    .kde directory.
  *
  *    \code
  *    // Code example
  *    myFile = locateLocal("appdata", "groups.lst");
  *    myData =  myReadGroups(myFile);
  *    ...
  *    doSomething(myData);
  *    ...
  *    myFile = locateLocal("appdata", "groups.lst");
  *    myWriteGroups(myFile, myData);
  *    \endcode
  **/
 
 
 /*!
  * \relates KStandardDirs
  * This function is just for convenience. It simply calls
  *instance->dirs()->\link KStandardDirs::findResource() findResource\endlink(type, filename).
  **/
 QString locate( const char *type, const QString& filename /*US , const KInstance* instance = KGlobal::instance()*/ );
 
 /*!
  * \relates KStandardDirs
  * This function is much like locate. However it returns a
  * filename suitable for writing to. No check is made if the
  * specified filename actually exists. Missing directories
  * are created. If filename is only a directory, without a
  * specific file, filename must have a trailing slash.
  *
  **/
 QString locateLocal( const char *type, const QString& filename /*US , const KInstance* instance = KGlobal::instance() */ );
 
 /*!
  * \relates KStandardDirs
  * This function is much like locate. No check is made if the
  * specified filename actually exists. Missing directories
  * are created if @p createDir is true. If filename is only 
  * a directory, without a specific file, 
  * filename must have a trailing slash.
  *
  **/
 QString locateLocal( const char *type, const QString& filename, bool createDir /*US , const KInstance* instance = KGlobal::instance() */);
 
 QString readEnvPath(const char *env);
 
 
 /*! @} */
 
 #endif // SSK_KSTDDIRS_H
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kaction.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/kaction.cpp
index d38a6d5..c2df381 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/kaction.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kaction.cpp
@@ -1,1215 +1,1218 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
     Copyright (C) 1999 Reginald Stadlbauer <reggie@kde.org>
               (C) 1999 Simon Hausmann <hausmann@kde.org>
               (C) 2000 Nicolas Hadacek <haadcek@kde.org>
               (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth <granroth@kde.org>
               (C) 2000 Michael Koch <koch@kde.org>
               (C) 2001 Holger Freyther <freyther@kde.org>
               (C) 2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org>
               (C) 2002 Joseph Wenninger <jowenn@kde.org>
 
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 #include "kaction.h"
 
 #include <assert.h>
 
 #include <qtooltip.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3CString>
+#include <Q3ValueList>
 //US#include <qwhatsthis.h>
 //US#include <kaccel.h>
 //US#include <kaccelbase.h>
 #include <kapplication.h>
 #include <kdebug.h>
 #include <kguiitem.h>
 //US#include <kmainwindow.h>
 //US#include <kmenubar.h>
 //US#include <kpopupmenu.h>
 #include <ktoolbar.h>
 #include <ktoolbarbutton.h>
 
 //US added this includefiles
 #include <qmenubar.h>
-#include <qtoolbar.h>
-#include <qpopupmenu.h>
-#include <qiconset.h>
+#include <q3toolbar.h>
+#include <q3popupmenu.h>
+#include <qicon.h>
 
 /**
 * How it works.
 * KActionCollection is an organizing container for KActions.
 * KActionCollection keeps track of the information necessary to handle
 * configuration and shortcuts.
 *
 * Focus Widget pointer:
 * This is the widget which is the focus for action shortcuts.
 * It is set either by passing a QWidget* to the KActionCollection constructor
 * or by calling setWidget() if the widget wasn't known when the object was
 * initially constructed (as in KXMLGUIClient and KParts::PartBase)
 *
 * Shortcuts:
 * An action's shortcut will not not be connected unless a focus widget has
 * been specified in KActionCollection.
 *
 * XML Filename:
 * This is used to save user-modified settings back to the *ui.rc file.
 * It is set by KXMLGUIFactory.
 */
 
 int KAction::getToolButtonID()
 {
     static int toolbutton_no = -2;
     return toolbutton_no--;
 }
 
 //---------------------------------------------------------------------
 // KAction::KActionPrivate
 //---------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 class KAction::KActionPrivate : public KGuiItem
 {
 public:
   KActionPrivate() : KGuiItem()
   {
     m_kaccel = 0;
     m_configurable = true;
   }
 
   KAccel *m_kaccel;
-  QValueList<KAccel*> m_kaccelList;
+  Q3ValueList<KAccel*> m_kaccelList;
 
   QString m_groupText;
   QString m_group;
 
   KShortcut m_cut;
   KShortcut m_cutDefault;
 
   bool m_configurable;
 
   struct Container
   {
     Container() { m_container = 0; m_representative = 0; m_id = 0; }
     Container( const Container& s ) { m_container = s.m_container;
                                       m_id = s.m_id; m_representative = s.m_representative; }
     QWidget* m_container;
     int m_id;
     QWidget* m_representative;
   };
 
-  QValueList<Container> m_containers;
+  Q3ValueList<Container> m_containers;
 };
 
 //---------------------------------------------------------------------
 // KAction
 //---------------------------------------------------------------------
 KAction::KAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
              const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
              KActionCollection* parent, const char* name )
 : QObject( parent, name )
 {
 	initPrivate( text, cut, receiver, slot );
 }
 
 KAction::KAction( const QString& text, const QString& sIconName, const KShortcut& cut,
 	const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
 	KActionCollection* parent, const char* name )
 : QObject( parent, name )
 {
 	initPrivate( text, cut, receiver, slot );
   d->setIconName( sIconName );
 }
 
-KAction::KAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
+KAction::KAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
 	const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
 	KActionCollection* parent, const char* name )
 : QObject( parent, name )
 {
 	initPrivate( text, cut, receiver, slot );
   d->setIconSet( pix );
 }
 KAction::KAction( const KGuiItem& item, const KShortcut& cut,
 	const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
 	KActionCollection* parent, const char* name )
 : QObject( parent, name )
 {
   initPrivate( item.text(), cut, receiver, slot );
   if( item.hasIconSet() )
     setIcon( item.iconName() );
     setToolTip( item.toolTip() );
     setWhatsThis( item.whatsThis() );
 }
 
 // KDE 4: remove
 KAction::KAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
                   QObject* parent, const char* name )
  : QObject( parent, name )
 {
     initPrivate( text, cut, 0, 0 );
 }
 KAction::KAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
                   const QObject* receiver,
                   const char* slot, QObject* parent, const char* name )
  : QObject( parent, name )
 {
     initPrivate( text, cut, receiver, slot );
 }
-KAction::KAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix,
+KAction::KAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& pix,
                   const KShortcut& cut,
                   QObject* parent, const char* name )
  : QObject( parent, name )
 {
     initPrivate( text, cut, 0, 0 );
     setIconSet( pix );
 }
 
 KAction::KAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix,
                   const KShortcut& cut,
                   QObject* parent, const char* name )
 : QObject( parent, name )
 {
     initPrivate( text, cut, 0, 0 );
     d->setIconName( pix );
 }
 
-KAction::KAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix,
+KAction::KAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& pix,
                   const KShortcut& cut,
                   const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, QObject* parent,
                   const char* name )
  : QObject( parent, name )
 {
     initPrivate( text, cut, receiver, slot );
     setIconSet( pix );
 }
 
 KAction::KAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix,
                   const KShortcut& cut,
                   const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, QObject* parent,
                   const char* name )
   : QObject( parent, name )
 {
     initPrivate( text, cut, receiver, slot );
   d->setIconName(pix);
 }
 
 KAction::KAction( QObject* parent, const char* name )
  : QObject( parent, name )
 {
 
     initPrivate( QString::null, KShortcut(), 0, 0 );
 }
 // KDE 4: remove end
 
 KAction::~KAction()
 {
 #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
      if (d->m_kaccel)
        unplugAccel();
 #endif
 
     // If actionCollection hasn't already been destructed,
     if ( m_parentCollection ) {
         m_parentCollection->take( this );
         for( uint i = 0; i < d->m_kaccelList.count(); i++ )
 //US            d->m_kaccelList[i]->remove( name() );
           qDebug("KAction::KAction~ ...1 has top be fixed");
     }
 
     // Do not call unplugAll from here, as tempting as it sounds.
     // KAction is designed around the idea that you need to plug
     // _and_ to unplug it "manually". Unplugging leads to an important
     // slowdown when e.g. closing the window, in which case we simply
     // want to destroy everything asap, not to remove actions one by one
     // from the GUI.
 
     delete d; d = 0;
 }
 
 void KAction::initPrivate( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
                   const QObject* receiver, const char* slot )
 {
     d = new KActionPrivate;
 
     d->m_cutDefault = cut;
 
 //US    m_parentCollection = dynamic_cast<KActionCollection *>( parent() );
     m_parentCollection = (KActionCollection *)( parent() );
     kdDebug(129) << "KAction::initPrivate(): this = " << this << " name = \"" << name() << "\" cut = " << cut.toStringInternal() << " m_parentCollection = " << m_parentCollection << endl;
     if ( m_parentCollection )
         m_parentCollection->insert( this );
 
     if ( receiver && slot )
         connect( this, SIGNAL( activated() ), receiver, slot );
 
     if( !cut.isNull() && qstrcmp( name(), "unnamed" ) == 0 )
       kdWarning(129) << "KAction::initPrivate(): trying to assign a shortcut (" << cut.toStringInternal() << ") to an unnamed action." << endl;
     d->setText( text );
     initShortcut( cut );
     
 }
 
 bool KAction::isPlugged() const
 {
   return (containerCount() > 0) || d->m_kaccel;
 }
 
 bool KAction::isPlugged( const QWidget *container ) const
 {
   return findContainer( container ) > -1;
 }
 
 bool KAction::isPlugged( const QWidget *container, int id ) const
 {
   int i = findContainer( container );
   return ( i > -1 && itemId( i ) == id );
 }
 
 bool KAction::isPlugged( const QWidget *container, const QWidget *_representative ) const
 {
   int i = findContainer( container );
   return ( i > -1 && representative( i ) == _representative );
 }
 
 
 /*
 Three actionCollection conditions:
 	1) Scope is known on creation and KAccel object is created (e.g. KMainWindow)
 	2) Scope is unknown and no KAccel object is available (e.g. KXMLGUIClient)
 		a) addClient() will be called on object
 		b) we just want to add the actions to another KXMLGUIClient object
 
 The question is how to do we incorporate #2b into the XMLGUI framework?
 
 
 We have a KCommandHistory object with undo and redo actions in a passed actionCollection
 We have a KoDoc object which holds a KCommandHistory object and the actionCollection
 We have two KoView objects which both point to the same KoDoc object
 Undo and Redo should be available in both KoView objects, and
 	calling the undo->setEnabled() should affect both KoViews
 
 When addClient is called, it needs to be able to find the undo and redo actions
 When it calls plug() on them, they need to be inserted into the KAccel object of the appropriate KoView
 
 In this case, the actionCollection belongs to KoDoc and we need to let it know that its shortcuts
 have the same scope as the KoView actionCollection
 
 KXMLGUIClient::addSubActionCollection
 
 Document:
 	create document actions
 
 View
 	create view actions
 	add document actionCollection as sub-collection
 
 A parentCollection is created
 Scenario 1: parentCollection has a focus widget set (e.g. via KMainWindow)
 	A KAccel object is created in the parentCollection
 	A KAction is created with parent=parentCollection
 	The shortcut is inserted into this actionCollection
 	Scenario 1a: xml isn't used
 		done
 	Scenario 1b: KXMLGUIBuilder::addClient() called
 		setWidget is called -- ignore
 		shortcuts are set
 Scenario 2: parentCollection has no focus widget (e.g., KParts)
 	A KAction is created with parent=parentCollection
 	Scenario 2a: xml isn't used
 		no shortcuts
 	Scenario 2b: KXMLGUIBuilder::addClient() called
 		setWidget is called
 		shortcuts are inserted into current KAccel
 		shortcuts are set in all other KAccels, if the action is present in the other KAccels
 */
 
 /*
 shortcut may be set:
 	- on construction
 	- on plug
 	- on reading XML
 	- on plugAccel (deprecated)
 
 On Construction: [via initShortcut()]
 	insert into KAccel of m_parentCollection,
 		if kaccel() && isAutoConnectShortcuts() exists
 
 On Plug: [via plug() -> plugShortcut()]
 	insert into KAccel of m_parentCollection, if exists and not already inserted into
 
 On Read XML: [via setShortcut()]
 	set in all current KAccels
 	insert into KAccel of m_parentCollection, if exists and not already inserted into
 */
 
 KAccel* KAction::kaccelCurrent()
 {
   if( m_parentCollection && m_parentCollection->builderKAccel() )
     return m_parentCollection->builderKAccel();
   else if( m_parentCollection && m_parentCollection->kaccel() )
     return m_parentCollection->kaccel();
   else
     return 0L;
 }
 
 // Only to be called from initPrivate()
 bool KAction::initShortcut( const KShortcut& cut )
 {
     d->m_cut = cut;
 
     // Only insert action into KAccel if it has a valid name,
     if( qstrcmp( name(), "unnamed" ) != 0 &&
         m_parentCollection &&
         m_parentCollection->isAutoConnectShortcuts() &&
         m_parentCollection->kaccel() )
     {
         insertKAccel( m_parentCollection->kaccel() );
         return true;
     }
     return false;
  }
 
 // Only to be called from plug()
 void KAction::plugShortcut()
 {
   KAccel* kaccel = kaccelCurrent();
 
   //kdDebug(129) << "KAction::plugShortcut(): this = " << this << " kaccel() = " << (m_parentCollection ? m_parentCollection->kaccel() : 0) << endl;
   if( kaccel && qstrcmp( name(), "unnamed" ) != 0 ) {
     // Check if already plugged into current KAccel object
     for( uint i = 0; i < d->m_kaccelList.count(); i++ ) {
       if( d->m_kaccelList[i] == kaccel )
         return;
     }
 
     insertKAccel( kaccel );
   }
 }
 
 bool KAction::setShortcut( const KShortcut& cut )
 {
  qDebug("KAction::setShortcut~ ...1 has top be fixed");
 /*US
   bool bChanged = (d->m_cut != cut);
   d->m_cut = cut;
 
   KAccel* kaccel = kaccelCurrent();
   bool bInsertRequired = true;
   // Apply new shortcut to all existing KAccel objects
   for( uint i = 0; i < d->m_kaccelList.count(); i++ ) {
     // Check whether shortcut has already been plugged into
     //  the current kaccel object.
     if( d->m_kaccelList[i] == kaccel )
       bInsertRequired = false;
     if( bChanged )
       updateKAccelShortcut( d->m_kaccelList[i] );
   }
 
   // Only insert action into KAccel if it has a valid name,
   if( kaccel && bInsertRequired && qstrcmp( name(), "unnamed" ) )
     insertKAccel( kaccel );
 
   if( bChanged ) {
     // KDE 4: remove
     if ( d->m_kaccel )
       d->m_kaccel->setShortcut( name(), cut );
     // KDE 4: remove end
       int len = containerCount();
       for( int i = 0; i < len; ++i )
           updateShortcut( i );
   }
 */
   
   return true;
 }
 
 bool KAction::updateKAccelShortcut( KAccel* kaccel )
 {
     //qDebug("KAction::updateKAccelShortcut~ ...1 has top be fixed");
 
   // Check if action is permitted
 /*US
   if (kapp && !kapp->authorizeKAction(name()))
     return false;
 
   bool b = true;
 
   if ( !kaccel->actions().actionPtr( name() ) ) {
     if(!d->m_cut.isNull() ) {
       kdDebug(129) << "Inserting " << name() << ", " << d->text() << ", " << d->plainText() << endl;
       b = kaccel->insert( name(), d->plainText(), QString::null,
           d->m_cut,
           this, SLOT(slotActivated()),
           isShortcutConfigurable(), isEnabled() );
     }
   }
   else
     b = kaccel->setShortcut( name(), d->m_cut );
 
   return b;
 */
   return true;  
 }
 
 void KAction::insertKAccel( KAccel* kaccel )
 {
     //qDebug("KAction::updateKAccelShortcut~ ...1 has top be fixed");
 
 /*US
   //kdDebug(129) << "KAction::insertKAccel( " << kaccel << " ): this = " << this << endl;
   if ( !kaccel->actions().actionPtr( name() ) ) {
     if( updateKAccelShortcut( kaccel ) ) {
       d->m_kaccelList.append( kaccel );
       connect( kaccel, SIGNAL(destroyed()), this, SLOT(slotDestroyed()) );
     }
   }
   else
     kdWarning(129) << "KAction::insertKAccel( kaccel = " << kaccel << " ): KAccel object already contains an action name \"" << name() << "\"" << endl; // -- ellis
 */
 }
 
 void KAction::removeKAccel( KAccel* kaccel )
 {
     // qDebug("KAction::removeKAccel~ ...1 has top be fixed");
 
 /*US
   //kdDebug(129) << "KAction::removeKAccel( " << i << " ): this = " << this << endl;
   for( uint i = 0; i < d->m_kaccelList.count(); i++ ) {
     if( d->m_kaccelList[i] == kaccel ) {
       kaccel->remove( name() );
       d->m_kaccelList.remove( d->m_kaccelList.at( i ) );
       disconnect( kaccel, SIGNAL(destroyed()), this, SLOT(slotDestroyed()) );
       break;
     }
   }
 */
 }
 
 // KDE 4: remove
 void KAction::setAccel( int keyQt )
 {
   setShortcut( KShortcut(keyQt) );
 }
 // KDE 4: remove end
 
 void KAction::updateShortcut( int i )
 {
   int id = itemId( i );
 
   QWidget* w = container( i );
-  if ( w->inherits( "QPopupMenu" ) ) {
-    QPopupMenu* menu = static_cast<QPopupMenu*>(w);
+  if ( w->inherits( "Q3PopupMenu" ) ) {
+    Q3PopupMenu* menu = static_cast<Q3PopupMenu*>(w);
     updateShortcut( menu, id );
   }
   else if ( w->inherits( "QMenuBar" ) )
 //US    static_cast<QMenuBar*>(w)->setAccel( d->m_cut.keyCodeQt(), id );
 //US    (QMenuBar*)(w)->setAccel( d->m_cut.keyCodeQt(), id );
 
       ;   //qDebug("KAction::updateShortcut( int i ) ...1 has top be fixed");
 
 }
 
-void KAction::updateShortcut( QPopupMenu* menu, int id )
+void KAction::updateShortcut( Q3PopupMenu* menu, int id )
 {
 /*US
   //kdDebug(129) << "KAction::updateShortcut(): this = " << this << " d->m_kaccelList.count() = " << d->m_kaccelList.count() << endl;
   // If the action has a KAccel object,
   //  show the string representation of its shortcut.
   if ( d->m_kaccel || d->m_kaccelList.count() ) {
     QString s = menu->text( id );
     int i = s.find( '\t' );
     if ( i >= 0 )
       s.replace( i+1, s.length()-i, d->m_cut.seq(0).toString() );
     else
       s += "\t" + d->m_cut.seq(0).toString();
 
     menu->changeItem( id, s );
   }
   // Otherwise insert the shortcut itself into the popup menu.
   else {
     // This is a fall-hack in case the KAction is missing a proper parent collection.
     //  It should be removed eventually. --ellis
     menu->setAccel( d->m_cut.keyCodeQt(), id );
     kdWarning(129) << "KAction::updateShortcut(): name = \"" << name() << "\", cut = " << d->m_cut.toStringInternal() << "; No KAccel, probably missing a parent collection." << endl;
   }
 */
  
 
 //qDebug("KAction::updateShortcut( QPopupMenu* menu, int id ) ...1 has top be fixed");
   
 }
 
 const KShortcut& KAction::shortcut() const
 {
   return d->m_cut;
 }
 
 const KShortcut& KAction::shortcutDefault() const
 {
   return d->m_cutDefault;
 }
 
 QString KAction::shortcutText() const
 {
   return d->m_cut.toStringInternal();
 }
 
 void KAction::setShortcutText( const QString& s )
 {
   setShortcut( KShortcut(s) );
 }
 
 int KAction::accel() const
 {
     // qDebug("KAction::accel() ...1 has top be fixed");
 //US  return d->m_cut.keyCodeQt();
   return 0;
 }
 
 void KAction::setGroup( const QString& grp )
 {
   d->m_group = grp;
 
   int len = containerCount();
   for( int i = 0; i < len; ++i )
     updateGroup( i );
 }
 
 void KAction::updateGroup( int )
 {
   // DO SOMETHING
 }
 
 QString KAction::group() const
 {
   return d->m_group;
 }
 
 bool KAction::isEnabled() const
 {
   return d->isEnabled();
 }
 
 bool KAction::isShortcutConfigurable() const
 {
   return d->m_configurable;
 }
 
 void KAction::setToolTip( const QString& tt )
 {
     //qDebug("KAction::setToolTip ...1 has top be fixed");
  d->setToolTip( tt );
 
   int len = containerCount();
   for( int i = 0; i < len; ++i )
     updateToolTip( i );
 }
 
 void KAction::updateToolTip( int i )
 {
     //qDebug("KAction::updateToolTip ...1 has top be fixed");
  QWidget *w = container( i );
 
   if ( w->inherits( "KToolBar" ) )
     QToolTip::add( static_cast<KToolBar*>(w)->getWidget( itemId( i ) ), d->toolTip() );
-  else if ( w->inherits( "QToolBar" ) )
+  else if ( w->inherits( "Q3ToolBar" ) )
     QToolTip::add( static_cast<KToolBar*>(w)->getWidget( itemId( i ) ), d->toolTip() );
 }
 
 QString KAction::toolTip() const
 {
   return d->toolTip();
 }
 
 int KAction::plug( QWidget *w, int index )
 {
   //kdDebug(129) << "KAction::plug( " << w << ", " << index << " )" << endl;
   if (w == 0) {
 	kdWarning(129) << "KAction::plug called with 0 argument\n";
  	return -1;
   }
 
 
 
   // Check if action is permitted
 //US  if (kapp && !kapp->authorizeKAction(name()))
 //US    return -1;
 
   plugShortcut();
 
-  if ( w->inherits("QPopupMenu") )
+  if ( w->inherits("Q3PopupMenu") )
   {
-    QPopupMenu* menu = static_cast<QPopupMenu*>( w );
+    Q3PopupMenu* menu = static_cast<Q3PopupMenu*>( w );
     int id;
     // Don't insert shortcut into menu if it's already in a KAccel object.
     //qDebug("KAction::plug warning: real shortcuts not available yet.  ");
 //US    int keyQt = (d->m_kaccelList.count() || d->m_kaccel) ? 0 : d->m_cut.keyCodeQt();
     int keyQt = 0;
     
     if ( d->hasIcon() )
     {
 /*US    
         KInstance *instance;
         if ( m_parentCollection )
           instance = m_parentCollection->instance();
         else
           instance = KGlobal::instance();
 */          
         id = menu->insertItem( d->iconSet( KIcon::Small, 0/*US , instance */), d->text(), this,//dsweet
                                  SLOT( slotActivated() ), keyQt,
                                  -1, index );
     }
     else
         id = menu->insertItem( d->text(), this,
                                SLOT( slotActivated() ),  //dsweet
                                keyQt, -1, index );
 
     // If the shortcut is already in a KAccel object, then
     //  we need to set the menu item's shortcut text.
 /*US    if ( d->m_kaccelList.count() || d->m_kaccel )
         updateShortcut( menu, id );
 */
     // call setItemEnabled only if the item really should be disabled,
     // because that method is slow and the item is per default enabled
     if ( !d->isEnabled() )
         menu->setItemEnabled( id, false );
 
     if ( !d->whatsThis().isEmpty() )
         menu->setWhatsThis( id, whatsThisWithIcon() );
 
     addContainer( menu, id );
     connect( menu, SIGNAL( destroyed() ), this, SLOT( slotDestroyed() ) );
 
     if ( m_parentCollection )
       m_parentCollection->connectHighlight( menu, this );
 
     return d->m_containers.count() - 1;
   }
   else if ( w->inherits( "KToolBar" ) )
   {
     KToolBar *bar = static_cast<KToolBar *>( w );
 
     int id_ = getToolButtonID();
 /*US    
     KInstance *instance;
     if ( m_parentCollection )
       instance = m_parentCollection->instance();
     else
       instance = KGlobal::instance();
 */
     if ( icon().isEmpty() && !iconSet().pixmap().isNull() ) // old code using QIconSet directly
     {
         bar->insertButton( iconSet().pixmap(), id_, SIGNAL( clicked() ), this,
                            SLOT( slotActivated() ),
                            d->isEnabled(), d->plainText(), index );
     }
     else
     {
         QString icon = d->iconName();
         if ( icon.isEmpty() )
             icon = "unknown";
         bar->insertButton( icon, id_, SIGNAL( clicked() ), this,
                            SLOT( slotActivated() ),
                            d->isEnabled(), d->plainText(), index/*US, instance*/ );
     }
-    bar->getButton( id_ )->setName( QCString("toolbutton_")+name() );
+    bar->getButton( id_ )->setName( Q3CString("toolbutton_")+name() );
     
 //US    if ( !d->whatsThis().isEmpty() )
 //US        QWhatsThis::add( bar->getButton(id_), whatsThisWithIcon() );
     if ( !d->toolTip().isEmpty() )
       QToolTip::add( bar->getButton(id_), d->toolTip() );
 
     addContainer( bar, id_ );
 
     connect( bar, SIGNAL( destroyed() ), this, SLOT( slotDestroyed() ) );
 
     if ( m_parentCollection )
       m_parentCollection->connectHighlight( bar, this );
 
     return containerCount() - 1;
     
   }
 
   return -1;
 }
 
 void KAction::unplug( QWidget *w )
 {
   int i = findContainer( w );
   if ( i == -1 )
     return;
   int id = itemId( i );
 
-  if ( w->inherits( "QPopupMenu" ) )
+  if ( w->inherits( "Q3PopupMenu" ) )
   {
-    QPopupMenu *menu = static_cast<QPopupMenu *>( w );
+    Q3PopupMenu *menu = static_cast<Q3PopupMenu *>( w );
     menu->removeItem( id );
   }
   else if ( w->inherits( "KToolBar" ) )
   {
     KToolBar *bar = static_cast<KToolBar *>( w );
     bar->removeItemDelayed( id );
   }
   else if ( w->inherits( "QMenuBar" ) )
   {
     QMenuBar *bar = static_cast<QMenuBar *>( w );
     bar->removeItem( id );
   }
 
   removeContainer( i );
   
   if ( m_parentCollection )
     m_parentCollection->disconnectHighlight( w, this );
 }
 
 void KAction::plugAccel(KAccel *kacc, bool configurable)
 {
     //  qDebug("KAction::plugAccel ...1 has top be fixed");
 
 /*US
   kdWarning(129) << "KAction::plugAccel(): call to deprecated action." << endl;
   kdDebug(129) << kdBacktrace() << endl;
   //kdDebug(129) << "KAction::plugAccel( kacc = " << kacc << " ): name \"" << name() << "\"" << endl;
   if ( d->m_kaccel )
     unplugAccel();
 
   // If the parent collection's accel ptr isn't set yet
   //if ( m_parentCollection && !m_parentCollection->accel() )
   //  m_parentCollection->setAccel( kacc );
 
   // We can only plug this action into the given KAccel object
   //  if it does not already contain an action with the same name.
   if ( !kacc->actions().actionPtr(name()) )
   {
     d->m_kaccel = kacc;
     d->m_kaccel->insert(name(), d->plainText(), QString::null,
         KShortcut(d->m_cut),
         this, SLOT(slotActivated()),
         configurable, isEnabled());
     connect(d->m_kaccel, SIGNAL(destroyed()), this, SLOT(slotDestroyed()));
     //connect(d->m_kaccel, SIGNAL(keycodeChanged()), this, SLOT(slotKeycodeChanged()));
   }
   else
     kdWarning(129) << "KAction::plugAccel( kacc = " << kacc << " ): KAccel object already contains an action name \"" << name() << "\"" << endl; // -- ellis
 */
 }
 
 void KAction::unplugAccel()
 {
     //  qDebug("KAction::unplugAccel ...1 has top be fixed");
 /*US
   //kdDebug(129) << "KAction::unplugAccel() " << this << " " << name() << endl;
   if ( d->m_kaccel )
   {
     d->m_kaccel->remove(name());
     d->m_kaccel = 0;
   }
 */  
 }
 
 void KAction::plugMainWindowAccel( QWidget *w )
 {
     // qDebug("KAction::plugMainWindowAccel ...1 has top be fixed");
 
 /*US
   // Note: topLevelWidget() stops too early, we can't use it.
   QWidget * tl = w;
   QWidget * n;
   while ( !tl->isDialog() && ( n = tl->parentWidget() ) ) // lookup parent and store
     tl = n;
 
   KMainWindow * mw = dynamic_cast<KMainWindow *>(tl); // try to see if it's a kmainwindow
   if (mw)
     plugAccel( mw->accel() );
   else
     kdDebug(129) << "KAction::plugMainWindowAccel: Toplevel widget isn't a KMainWindow, can't plug accel. " << tl << endl;
 */    
 }
 
 void KAction::setEnabled(bool enable)
 {
   //kdDebug(129) << "KAction::setEnabled( " << enable << " ): this = " << this << " d->m_kaccelList.count() = " << d->m_kaccelList.count() << endl;
   if ( enable == d->isEnabled() )
     return;
 
   // KDE 4: remove
 //US  if (d->m_kaccel)
 //US    d->m_kaccel->setEnabled(name(), enable);
   // KDE 4: remove end
 
 //US  for ( uint i = 0; i < d->m_kaccelList.count(); i++ )
 //US    d->m_kaccelList[i]->setEnabled( name(), enable );
 
   d->setEnabled( enable );
 
   int len = containerCount();
   for( int i = 0; i < len; ++i )
     updateEnabled( i );
 
   emit enabled( d->isEnabled() );
 }
 
 void KAction::updateEnabled( int i )
 {
     QWidget *w = container( i );
 
-    if ( w->inherits("QPopupMenu") )
-      static_cast<QPopupMenu*>(w)->setItemEnabled( itemId( i ), d->isEnabled() );
+    if ( w->inherits("Q3PopupMenu") )
+      static_cast<Q3PopupMenu*>(w)->setItemEnabled( itemId( i ), d->isEnabled() );
     else if ( w->inherits("QMenuBar") )
       static_cast<QMenuBar*>(w)->setItemEnabled( itemId( i ), d->isEnabled() );
     else if ( w->inherits( "KToolBar" ) )
     {
       static_cast<KToolBar*>(w)->setItemEnabled( itemId( i ), d->isEnabled() );
     }
 }
 
 void KAction::setShortcutConfigurable( bool b )
 {
     d->m_configurable = b;
 }
 
 void KAction::setText( const QString& text )
 {
 /*US
   // KDE 4: remove
   if (d->m_kaccel) {
     KAccelAction* pAction = d->m_kaccel->actions().actionPtr(name());
     if (pAction)
       pAction->setLabel( text );
   }
   // KDE 4: remove end
 
   for( uint i = 0; i < d->m_kaccelList.count(); i++ ) {
     KAccelAction* pAction = d->m_kaccelList[i]->actions().actionPtr(name());
     if (pAction)
       pAction->setLabel( text );
   }
 */
   d->setText( text );
 
   int len = containerCount();
   for( int i = 0; i < len; ++i )
     updateText( i );
     
 }
 
 void KAction::updateText( int i )
 {
   QWidget *w = container( i );
 
-  if ( w->inherits( "QPopupMenu" ) ) {
+  if ( w->inherits( "Q3PopupMenu" ) ) {
     int id = itemId( i );
-    static_cast<QPopupMenu*>(w)->changeItem( id, d->text() );
-    updateShortcut( static_cast<QPopupMenu*>(w), id );
+    static_cast<Q3PopupMenu*>(w)->changeItem( id, d->text() );
+    updateShortcut( static_cast<Q3PopupMenu*>(w), id );
   }
   else if ( w->inherits( "QMenuBar" ) )
     static_cast<QMenuBar*>(w)->changeItem( itemId( i ), d->text() );
   else if ( w->inherits( "KToolBar" ) )
   {
       //qDebug("KAction::updateText ...3 has top be fixed");
     QWidget *button = static_cast<KToolBar *>(w)->getWidget( itemId( i ) );
     if ( button->inherits( "KToolBarButton" ) )
       static_cast<KToolBarButton *>(button)->setText( d->plainText() );
       
   }
 }
 
 QString KAction::text() const
 {
   return d->text();
 }
 
 QString KAction::plainText() const
 {
   return d->plainText( );
 }
 
 void KAction::setIcon( const QString &icon )
 {
   d->setIconName( icon );
 
   // now handle any toolbars
   int len = containerCount();
   for ( int i = 0; i < len; ++i )
     updateIcon( i );
 }
 
 void KAction::updateIcon( int id )
 {
   QWidget* w = container( id );
 
-  if ( w->inherits( "QPopupMenu" ) ) {
+  if ( w->inherits( "Q3PopupMenu" ) ) {
     int itemId_ = itemId( id );
-    static_cast<QPopupMenu*>(w)->changeItem( itemId_, d->iconSet( KIcon::Small ), d->text() );
-    updateShortcut( static_cast<QPopupMenu*>(w), itemId_ );
+    static_cast<Q3PopupMenu*>(w)->changeItem( itemId_, d->iconSet( KIcon::Small ), d->text() );
+    updateShortcut( static_cast<Q3PopupMenu*>(w), itemId_ );
   }
   else if ( w->inherits( "QMenuBar" ) )
     static_cast<QMenuBar*>(w)->changeItem( itemId( id ), d->iconSet( KIcon::Small ), d->text() );
   else if ( w->inherits( "KToolBar" ) )
     static_cast<KToolBar *>(w)->setButtonIcon( itemId( id ), d->iconName() );
-  else if ( w->inherits( "QToolBar" ) )
+  else if ( w->inherits( "Q3ToolBar" ) )
   {
     qDebug("KAction::updateIcon has top be fixed");
 //US    static_cast<QToolBar *>(w)->setButtonIcon( itemId( id ), d->iconName() );
   }
 }
 
 QString KAction::icon() const
 {
   return d->iconName( );
 }
 
-void KAction::setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset )
+void KAction::setIconSet( const QIcon &iconset )
 {
   d->setIconSet( iconset );
 
   int len = containerCount();
   for( int i = 0; i < len; ++i )
     updateIconSet( i );
 }
 
 
 void KAction::updateIconSet( int id )
 {
   QWidget *w = container( id );
 
-  if ( w->inherits( "QPopupMenu" ) )
+  if ( w->inherits( "Q3PopupMenu" ) )
   {
     int itemId_ = itemId( id );
-    static_cast<QPopupMenu*>(w)->changeItem( itemId_, d->iconSet(), d->text() );
-    updateShortcut( static_cast<QPopupMenu*>(w), itemId_ );
+    static_cast<Q3PopupMenu*>(w)->changeItem( itemId_, d->iconSet(), d->text() );
+    updateShortcut( static_cast<Q3PopupMenu*>(w), itemId_ );
   }
   else if ( w->inherits( "QMenuBar" ) )
     static_cast<QMenuBar*>(w)->changeItem( itemId( id ), d->iconSet(), d->text() );
   else if ( w->inherits( "KToolBar" ) )
   {
     if ( icon().isEmpty() && d->hasIconSet() ) // only if there is no named icon ( scales better )
       static_cast<KToolBar *>(w)->setButtonIconSet( itemId( id ), d->iconSet() );
     else
       static_cast<KToolBar *>(w)->setButtonIconSet( itemId( id ), d->iconSet( KIcon::Small ) );
   }
 }
 
-QIconSet KAction::iconSet( KIcon::Group group, int size ) const
+QIcon KAction::iconSet( KIcon::Group group, int size ) const
 {
   return d->iconSet( group, size );
 }
 
 bool KAction::hasIcon() const
 {
   return d->hasIcon();
 }
 
 
 void KAction::setWhatsThis( const QString& text )
 {
   d->setWhatsThis(  text );
 
   int len = containerCount();
   for( int i = 0; i < len; ++i )
     updateWhatsThis( i );
 }
 
 void KAction::updateWhatsThis( int i )
 {
   qDebug("KAction::updateWhatsThis ...1 has top be fixed");
-  QPopupMenu* pm = popupMenu( i );
+  Q3PopupMenu* pm = popupMenu( i );
   if ( pm )
   {
     pm->setWhatsThis( itemId( i ), d->whatsThis() );
     return;
   }
 
   KToolBar *tb = toolBar( i );
   if ( tb )
   {
     QWidget *w = tb->getButton( itemId( i ) );
 //US    QWhatsThis::remove( w );
 //US    QWhatsThis::add( w, d->whatsThis() );
     return;
   }
 }
 
 QString KAction::whatsThis() const
 {
   return d->whatsThis();
 }
 
 QString KAction::whatsThisWithIcon() const
 {
     QString text = whatsThis();
     if (!d->iconName().isEmpty())
       return QString::fromLatin1("<img source=\"small|%1\"> %2").arg(d->iconName() ).arg(text);
     return text;
 }
 
 QWidget* KAction::container( int index ) const
 {
   assert( index < containerCount() );
   return d->m_containers[ index ].m_container;
 }
 
 KToolBar* KAction::toolBar( int index ) const
 {
 //US  return dynamic_cast<KToolBar *>( d->m_containers[ index ].m_container );
   return (KToolBar *)( d->m_containers[ index ].m_container );
 }
 
-QPopupMenu* KAction::popupMenu( int index ) const
+Q3PopupMenu* KAction::popupMenu( int index ) const
 {
 //US  return dynamic_cast<QPopupMenu *>( d->m_containers[ index ].m_container );
-    return (QPopupMenu *)( d->m_containers[ index ].m_container );
+    return (Q3PopupMenu *)( d->m_containers[ index ].m_container );
 }
 
 QWidget* KAction::representative( int index ) const
 {
   return d->m_containers[ index ].m_representative;
 }
 
 int KAction::itemId( int index ) const
 {
   return d->m_containers[ index ].m_id;
 }
 
 int KAction::containerCount() const
 {
   return d->m_containers.count();
 }
 
 uint KAction::kaccelCount() const
 {
   return d->m_kaccelList.count();
 }
 
 void KAction::addContainer( QWidget* c, int id )
 {
   KActionPrivate::Container p;
   p.m_container = c;
   p.m_id = id;
   d->m_containers.append( p );
 }
 
 void KAction::addContainer( QWidget* c, QWidget* w )
 {
   KActionPrivate::Container p;
   p.m_container = c;
   p.m_representative = w;
   d->m_containers.append( p );
 }
 
 void KAction::activate()
 {
   slotActivated();
 }
 
 void KAction::slotActivated()
 {
   emit activated();
 }
 
 void KAction::slotDestroyed()
 {
  
   const QObject* o = sender();
   
 /*
 
 
   // KDE 4: remove
   if ( o == d->m_kaccel )
   {
     d->m_kaccel = 0;
     return;
   }
   // KDE 4: remove end
 
   for( uint i = 0; i < d->m_kaccelList.count(); i++ )
   {
     if ( o == d->m_kaccelList[i] )
     {
       disconnect( d->m_kaccelList[i], SIGNAL(destroyed()), this, SLOT(slotDestroyed()) );
       d->m_kaccelList.remove( d->m_kaccelList.at( i ) );
       return;
     }
   }
 */
   int i;
   do
   {
     i = findContainer( static_cast<const QWidget*>( o ) );
     if ( i != -1 )
       removeContainer( i );
   } while ( i != -1 );
 
 }
 
 int KAction::findContainer( const QWidget* widget ) const
 {
   int pos = 0;
-  QValueList<KActionPrivate::Container>::ConstIterator it = d->m_containers.begin();
+  Q3ValueList<KActionPrivate::Container>::ConstIterator it = d->m_containers.begin();
   while( it != d->m_containers.end() )
   {
     if ( (*it).m_representative == widget || (*it).m_container == widget )
       return pos;
     ++it;
     ++pos;
   }
 
   return -1;
 }
 
 void KAction::removeContainer( int index )
 {
   int i = 0;
-  QValueList<KActionPrivate::Container>::Iterator it = d->m_containers.begin();
+  Q3ValueList<KActionPrivate::Container>::Iterator it = d->m_containers.begin();
   while( it != d->m_containers.end() )
   {
     if ( i == index )
     {
       d->m_containers.remove( it );
       return;
     }
     ++it;
     ++i;
   }
 }
 
 // FIXME: Remove this (ellis)
 void KAction::slotKeycodeChanged()
 {
   qDebug("KAction::slotKeycodeChanged() ...44 has top be fixed");
 /*US
   kdDebug(129) << "KAction::slotKeycodeChanged()" << endl; // -- ellis
   KAccelAction* pAction = d->m_kaccel->actions().actionPtr(name());
   if( pAction )
     setShortcut(pAction->shortcut());
 */    
 }
 
 KActionCollection *KAction::parentCollection() const
 {
     return m_parentCollection;
 }
 
 void KAction::unplugAll()
 {
   while ( containerCount() != 0 )
     unplug( container( 0 ) );
 }
 
 void KAction::virtual_hook( int, void* )
 { /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
 
 /* vim: et sw=2 ts=2
  */
 
 //US #include "kaction.moc"
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kaction.h b/microkde/kdeui/kaction.h
index 13e2e1e..5c690ec 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/kaction.h
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kaction.h
@@ -1,624 +1,626 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
     Copyright (C) 1999 Reginald Stadlbauer <reggie@kde.org>
               (C) 1999 Simon Hausmann <hausmann@kde.org>
               (C) 2000 Nicolas Hadacek <haadcek@kde.org>
               (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth <granroth@kde.org>
               (C) 2000 Michael Koch <koch@kde.org>
               (C) 2001 Holger Freyther <freyther@kde.org>
               (C) 2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org>
 
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 //$Id$
 
 #ifndef __kaction_h__
 #define __kaction_h__
 
 
 //US #include <qkeysequence.h>
 #include <qobject.h>
-#include <qvaluelist.h>
-#include <qguardedptr.h>
+#include <q3valuelist.h>
+#include <qpointer.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3PopupMenu>
 #include <kguiitem.h>
 #include <kshortcut.h>
 #include <kstdaction.h>
 //US#include <kicontheme.h>
 
 //US added the following files
 #include <kiconloader.h>
 
 class QMenuBar;
-class QPopupMenu;
+class Q3PopupMenu;
 //USclass QComboBox;
 //USclass QPoint;
-class QIconSet;
+class QIcon;
 class QString;
 class KToolBar;
 
 class KAccel;
 //USclass KAccelActions;
 //USclass KConfig;
 //USclass KConfigBase;
 //USclass KURL;
 //USclass KInstance;
 //USclass KToolBar;
 class KActionCollection;
 //USclass KPopupMenu;
 class KMainWindow;
 
 /**
  * The KAction class (and derived and super classes) provides a way to
  * easily encapsulate a "real" user-selected action or event in your
  * program.
  *
  * For instance, a user may want to @p paste the contents of
  * the clipboard or @p scroll @p down a document or @p quit the
  * application.  These are all @p actions -- events that the
  * user causes to happen.  The KAction class allows the developer to
  * deal with these actions in an easy and intuitive manner.
  *
  * Specifically, the KAction class encapsulated the various attributes
  * to an event/action.  For instance, an action might have an icon
  * that goes along with it (a clipboard for a "paste" action or
  * scissors for a "cut" action).  The action might have some text to
  * describe the action.  It will certainly have a method or function
  * that actually @p executes the action!  All these attributes
  * are contained within the KAction object.
  *
  * The advantage of dealing with Actions is that you can manipulate
  * the Action without regard to the GUI representation of it.  For
  * instance, in the "normal" way of dealing with actions like "cut",
  * you would manually insert a item for Cut into a menu and a button
  * into a toolbar.  If you want to disable the cut action for a moment
  * (maybe nothing is selected), you woud have to hunt down the pointer
  * to the menu item and the toolbar button and disable both
  * individually.  Setting the menu item and toolbar item up uses very
  * similar code - but has to be done twice!
  *
  * With the Action concept, you simply "plug" the Action into whatever
  * GUI element you want.  The KAction class will then take care of
  * correctly defining the menu item (with icons, accelerators, text,
  * etc) or toolbar button.. or whatever.  From then on, if you
  * manipulate the Action at all, the effect will propogate through all
  * GUI representations of it.  Back to the "cut" example: if you want
  * to disable the Cut Action, you would simply do
  * 'cutAction->setEnabled(false)' and the menuitem and button would
  * instantly be disabled!
  *
  * This is the biggest advantage to the Action concept -- there is a
  * one-to-one relationship between the "real" action and @p all
  * GUI representations of it.
  *
  * KAction emits the activated() signal if the user activated the
  * corresponding GUI element ( menu item, toolbar button, etc. )
  *
  * If you are in the situation of wanting to map the activated()
  * signal of multiple action objects to one slot, with a special
  * argument bound to each action, then you might consider using
  * @ref QSignalMapper . A tiny example:
  *
  * <PRE>
  * QSignalMapper *desktopNumberMapper = new QSignalMapper( this );
  * connect( desktopNumberMapper, SIGNAL( mapped( int ) ),
  *          this, SLOT( moveWindowToDesktop( int ) ) );
  *
  * for ( uint i = 0; i < numberOfDesktops; ++i ) {
  *     KAction *desktopAction = new KAction( i18n( "Move Window to Desktop %i" ).arg( i ), ... );
  *     connect( desktopAction, SIGNAL( activated() ), desktopNumberMapper, SLOT( map() ) );
  *     desktopNumberMapper->setMapping( desktopAction, i );
  * }
  * </PRE>
  *
  * @sect General Usage:
  *
  * The steps to using actions are roughly as follows
  *
  * @li Decide which attributes you want to associate with a given
  *     action (icons, text, keyboard shortcut, etc)
  * @li Create the action using KAction (or derived or super class).
  * @li "Plug" the Action into whatever GUI element you want.  Typically,
  *      this will be a menu or toolbar.
  *
  * @sect Detailed Example:
  *
  * Here is an example of enabling a "New [document]" action
  * <PRE>
  * KAction *newAct = new KAction(i18n("&New"), "filenew",
  *                               KStdAccel::shortcut(KStdAccel::New),
  *                               this, SLOT(fileNew()),
  *                               actionCollection(), "new");
  * </PRE>
  * This line creates our action.  It says that wherever this action is
  * displayed, it will use "&New" as the text, the standard icon, and
  * the standard shortcut.  It further says that whenever this action
  * is invoked, it will use the fileNew() slot to execute it.
  *
  * <PRE>
  * QPopupMenu *file = new QPopupMenu;
  * newAct->plug(file);
  * </PRE>
  * That just inserted the action into the File menu.  The point is, it's not
  * important in which menu it is: all manipulation of the item is
  * done through the newAct object.
  *
  * <PRE>
  * newAct->plug(toolBar());
  * </PRE>
  * And this inserted the Action into the main toolbar as a button.
  *
  * That's it!
  *
  * If you want to disable that action sometime later, you can do so
  * with
  * <PRE>
  * newAct->setEnabled(false)
  * </PRE>
  * and both the menuitem in File and the toolbar button will instantly
  * be disabled.
  *
  * Do not delete a KAction object without unplugging it from all its
  * containers. The simplest way to do that is to use the unplugAll()
  * as in the following example:
  * <PRE>
  * newAct->unplugAll();
  * delete newAct;
  * </PRE>
  * Normally you will not need to do this as KActionCollection manages
  * everything for you.
  *
  * Note: if you are using a "standard" action like "new", "paste",
  * "quit", or any other action described in the KDE UI Standards,
  * please use the methods in the @ref KStdAction class rather than
  * defining your own.
  *
  * @sect Usage Within the XML Framework:
  *
  * If you are using KAction within the context of the XML menu and
  * toolbar building framework, then there are a few tiny changes.  The
  * first is that you must insert your new action into an action
  * collection.  The action collection (a @ref KActionCollection) is,
  * logically enough, a central collection of all of the actions
  * defined in your application.  The XML UI framework code in KXMLGUI
  * classes needs access to this collection in order to build up the
  * GUI (it's how the builder code knows which actions are valid and
  * which aren't).
  *
  * Also, if you use the XML builder framework, then you do not ever
  * have to plug your actions into containers manually.  The framework
  * does that for you.
  *
  * @see KStdAction
  * @short Class to encapsulate user-driven action or event
  */
 class KAction : public QObject
 {
   friend class KActionCollection;
   Q_OBJECT
   Q_PROPERTY( int containerCount READ containerCount )
   Q_PROPERTY( QString plainText READ plainText )
   Q_PROPERTY( QString text READ text WRITE setText )
   Q_PROPERTY( QString shortcut READ shortcutText WRITE setShortcutText )
   Q_PROPERTY( bool enabled READ isEnabled WRITE setEnabled )
   Q_PROPERTY( QString group READ group WRITE setGroup )
   Q_PROPERTY( QString whatsThis READ whatsThis WRITE setWhatsThis )
   Q_PROPERTY( QString toolTip READ toolTip WRITE setToolTip )
   Q_PROPERTY( QString icon READ icon WRITE setIcon )
 public:
     /**
      * Constructs an action with text, potential keyboard
      * shortcut, and a SLOT to call when this action is invoked by
      * the user.
      *
      * If you do not want or have a keyboard shortcut,
      * set the @p cut param to 0.
      *
      * This is the most common KAction used when you do not have a
      * corresponding icon (note that it won't appear in the current version
      * of the "Edit ToolBar" dialog, because an action needs an icon to be
      * plugged in a toolbar...).
      *
      * @param text The text that will be displayed.
      * @param cut The corresponding keyboard shortcut.
      * @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
      * @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
      * @param parent This action's parent.
      * @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
     KAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
              const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
              KActionCollection* parent, const char* name );
     /**
      * Constructs an action with text, icon, potential keyboard
      * shortcut, and a SLOT to call when this action is invoked by
      * the user.
      *
      * If you do not want or have a keyboard shortcut, set the
      * @p cut param to 0.
      *
      * This is the other common KAction used.  Use it when you
      * @p do have a corresponding icon.
      *
      * @param text The text that will be displayed.
      * @param pix The icon to display.
      * @param cut The corresponding keyboard shortcut.
      * @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
      * @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
      * @param parent This action's parent.
      * @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
      
-    KAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
+    KAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
              const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
              KActionCollection* parent, const char* name );
 
     /**
      * Constructs an action with text, icon, potential keyboard
      * shortcut, and a SLOT to call when this action is invoked by
      * the user.  The icon is loaded on demand later based on where it
      * is plugged in.
      *
      * If you do not want or have a keyboard shortcut, set the
      * @p cut param to 0.
      *
      * This is the other common KAction used.  Use it when you
      * @p do have a corresponding icon.
      *
      * @param text The text that will be displayed.
      * @param pix The icon to display.
      * @param cut The corresponding keyboard shortcut (shortcut).
      * @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
      * @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
      * @param parent This action's parent.
      * @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
     KAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
              const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
              KActionCollection* parent, const char* name );
 
     /**
      * The same as the above constructor, but with a KGuiItem providing
      * the text and icon.
      *
      * @param item The KGuiItem with the label and (optional) icon.
      */
     KAction( const KGuiItem& item, const KShortcut& cut,
              const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
              KActionCollection* parent, const char* name );
 	/**
 	 * @obsolete
 	 */
 	KAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(), QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
 	/**
 	 * @obsolete
 	 */
 	KAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
 		const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, QObject* parent, const char* name = 0 );
 	/**
 	 * @obsolete
 	 */
-	KAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
+	KAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
 		QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
 	/**
 	 * @obsolete
 	 */
 	KAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
 		QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
 	/**
 	 * @obsolete
 	 */
-	KAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
+	KAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
 		const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, QObject* parent, const char* name = 0 );
 	/**
 	 * @obsolete
 	 */
 	KAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
 		const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, QObject* parent,
 		const char* name = 0 );
 	/**
 	 * @obsolete
 	 */
   KAction( QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
 
     /**
      * Standard destructor
      */
     virtual ~KAction();
 
     /**
      * "Plug" or insert this action into a given widget.
      *
      * This will
      * typically be a menu or a toolbar.  From this point on, you will
      * never need to directly manipulate the item in the menu or
      * toolbar.  You do all enabling/disabling/manipulation directly
      * with your KAction object.
      *
      * @param w The GUI element to display this action
      */
     virtual int plug( QWidget *w, int index = -1 );
 
     /**
      * @deprecated.  Shouldn't be used.  No substitute available.
      *
      * "Plug" or insert this action into a given KAccel.
      *
      * @param accel The KAccel collection which holds this accel
      * @param configurable If the shortcut is configurable via
      * the KAccel configuration dialog (this is somehow deprecated since
      * there is now a KAction key configuration dialog).
      */
     virtual void plugAccel(KAccel *accel, bool configurable = true);
 
     /**
      * "Unplug" or remove this action from a given widget.
      *
      * This will typically be a menu or a toolbar.  This is rarely
      * used in "normal" application.  Typically, it would be used if
      * your application has several views or modes, each with a
      * completely different menu structure.  If you simply want to
      * disable an action for a given period, use @ref setEnabled()
      * instead.
      *
      * @param w Remove the action from this GUI element.
      */
     virtual void unplug( QWidget *w );
 
     /**
      * @deprecated.  Complement method to plugAccel().
      * Disconnect this action from the KAccel.
      */
     virtual void unplugAccel();
 
     /**
      * returns whether the action is plugged into any container widget or not.
      * @since 3.1
      */
     virtual bool isPlugged() const;
 
     /**
      * returns whether the action is plugged into the given container
      */
     bool isPlugged( const QWidget *container ) const;
 
     /**
      * returns whether the action is plugged into the given container with the given, container specific, id (often
      * menu or toolbar id ) .
      */
     virtual bool isPlugged( const QWidget *container, int id ) const;
 
     /**
      * returns whether the action is plugged into the given container with the given, container specific, representative
      * container widget item.
      */
     virtual bool isPlugged( const QWidget *container, const QWidget *_representative ) const;
 
     QWidget* container( int index ) const;
     int itemId( int index ) const;
     QWidget* representative( int index ) const;
     int containerCount() const;
     /// @since 3.1
     uint kaccelCount() const;
 
     virtual bool hasIcon() const;
 #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
     bool hasIconSet() const { return hasIcon(); }
 #endif
     virtual QString plainText() const;
 
     /**
      * Get the text associated with this action.
      */
     virtual QString text() const;
 
     /**
      * Get the keyboard shortcut associated with this action.
      */
     virtual const KShortcut& shortcut() const;
     /**
      * Get the default shortcut for this action.
      */
     virtual const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const;
 
     // These two methods are for Q_PROPERTY
     QString shortcutText() const;
     void setShortcutText( const QString& );
 
     /**
      * Returns true if this action is enabled.
      */
     virtual bool isEnabled() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns true if this action's shortcut is configurable.
      */
     virtual bool isShortcutConfigurable() const;
 
     virtual QString group() const;
 
     /**
      * Get the What's this text for the action.
      */
     virtual QString whatsThis() const;
 
     /**
      * Get the tooltip text for the action.
      */
     virtual QString toolTip() const;
 
     /**
      * Get the QIconSet from which the icons used to display this action will
      * be chosen.
      */
-    virtual QIconSet iconSet( KIcon::Group group, int size=0 ) const;
+    virtual QIcon iconSet( KIcon::Group group, int size=0 ) const;
 
 #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
-    QIconSet iconSet() const
+    QIcon iconSet() const
     {
       return iconSet( KIcon::Small );
     }
 #endif
 
     virtual QString icon() const;
 
     KActionCollection *parentCollection() const;
 
     /**
      * @internal
      * Generate a toolbar button id. Made public for reimplementations.
      */
     static int getToolButtonID();
 
 
     void unplugAll();
 
 public slots:
     /**
      * Sets the text associated with this action. The text is used for menu
      * and toolbar labels etc.
      */
     virtual void setText(const QString &text);
 
     /**
      * Sets the keyboard shortcut associated with this action.
      */
     virtual bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& );
 
     virtual void setGroup( const QString& );
 
     /**
      * Sets the What's this text for the action. This text will be displayed when
      * a widget that has been created by plugging this action into a container
      * is clicked on in What's this mode.
      *
      * The What's this text can include QML markup as well as raw text.
      */
     virtual void setWhatsThis( const QString& text );
 
     /**
      * Sets the tooltip text for the action.
      * This will be used as a tooltip for a toolbar button, as a
      * statusbar help-text for a menu item, and it also appears
      * in the toolbar editor, to describe the action.
      */
     virtual void setToolTip( const QString& );
 
     /**
      * Sets the QIconSet from which the icons used to display this action will
      * be chosen.
      */
-    virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconSet );
+    virtual void setIconSet( const QIcon &iconSet );
 
     virtual void setIcon( const QString& icon );
 
     /**
      * Enables or disables this action. All uses of this action (eg. in menus
      * or toolbars) will be updated to reflect the state of the action.
      */
     virtual void setEnabled(bool enable);
 
     /**
      * Indicate whether the user may configure the action's shortcut.
      */
     virtual void setShortcutConfigurable( bool );
 
     /**
      * Emulate user's interaction programmatically, by activating the action.
      * The implementation simply emits activated().
      */
     virtual void activate();
 
 protected slots:
     virtual void slotDestroyed();
     virtual void slotKeycodeChanged();
     virtual void slotActivated();
 
 protected:
     KToolBar* toolBar( int index ) const;
-    QPopupMenu* popupMenu( int index ) const;
+    Q3PopupMenu* popupMenu( int index ) const;
     void removeContainer( int index );
     int findContainer( const QWidget* widget ) const;
     void plugMainWindowAccel( QWidget *w );
 
     void addContainer( QWidget* parent, int id );
     void addContainer( QWidget* parent, QWidget* representative );
 
     virtual void updateShortcut( int i );
-    virtual void updateShortcut( QPopupMenu* menu, int id );
+    virtual void updateShortcut( Q3PopupMenu* menu, int id );
     virtual void updateGroup( int id );
     virtual void updateText(int i );
     virtual void updateEnabled(int i);
     virtual void updateIconSet(int i);
     virtual void updateIcon( int i);
     virtual void updateToolTip( int id );
     virtual void updateWhatsThis( int i );
 
     KActionCollection *m_parentCollection;
     QString whatsThisWithIcon() const;
 
 signals:
     void activated();
     void enabled( bool );
 
 private:
     void initPrivate( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
                   const QObject* receiver, const char* slot );
     KAccel* kaccelCurrent();
     bool initShortcut( const KShortcut& );
     void plugShortcut();
     bool updateKAccelShortcut( KAccel* kaccel );
     void insertKAccel( KAccel* );
     /** @internal To be used exclusively by KActionCollection::removeWidget(). */
     void removeKAccel( KAccel* );
 
 #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
 public:
     /**
      * @deprecated.  Use shortcut().
      * Get the keyboard accelerator associated with this action.
      */
     int accel() const;
 
     QString statusText() const
         { return toolTip(); }
 
     /**
      * @deprecated.  Use setShortcut().
      * Sets the keyboard accelerator associated with this action.
      */
     void setAccel( int key );
 
     /**
      * @deprecated. Use setToolTip instead (they do the same thing now).
      */
     void setStatusText( const QString &text )
          { setToolTip( text ); }
 
     /**
      * @deprecated. for backwards compatibility.
      */
     int menuId( int i ) { return itemId( i ); }
 #endif // !KDE_NO_COMPAT
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
 private:
     class KActionPrivate;
     KActionPrivate *d;
 };
 
 #include <kactioncollection.h>
 #include <kactionclasses.h>
 
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kactionclasses.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/kactionclasses.cpp
index 82e6c8b..c611865 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/kactionclasses.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kactionclasses.cpp
@@ -1,2058 +1,2059 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
     Copyright (C) 1999 Reginald Stadlbauer <reggie@kde.org>
               (C) 1999 Simon Hausmann <hausmann@kde.org>
               (C) 2000 Nicolas Hadacek <haadcek@kde.org>
               (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth <granroth@kde.org>
               (C) 2000 Michael Koch <koch@kde.org>
               (C) 2001 Holger Freyther <freyther@kde.org>
               (C) 2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org>
               (C) 2002 Joseph Wenninger <jowenn@kde.org>
 
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 #include "kactionclasses.h"
 
 #include <assert.h>
 
 #include <qfontdatabase.h>
-#include <qobjectlist.h>
+#include <qobject.h>
 //US#include <qwhatsthis.h>
 #include <qtimer.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3ValueList>
 
 //US#include <kaccel.h>
 //US#include <kapplication.h>
 #include <kconfig.h>
 #include <kdebug.h>
 //US#include <kfontcombo.h>
 //US#include <kmainwindow.h>
 //US#include <kmenubar.h>
 //US#include <kpopupmenu.h>
 #include <kcombobox.h>
 #include <ktoolbar.h>
 #include <ktoolbarbutton.h>
 #include <kurl.h>
 
 //US added the following includefiles
 #include <kconfigbase.h>
 #include <qwidget.h>
-#include <qpopupmenu.h>
+#include <q3popupmenu.h>
 #include <qmenubar.h>
-#include <qmainwindow.h>
-#include <qtoolbar.h>
+#include <q3mainwindow.h>
+#include <q3toolbar.h>
 #include <qcombobox.h>
-#include <qmainwindow.h>
-
+#include <q3mainwindow.h>
+#include <qcoreapplication.h>
 
 static QFontDatabase *fontDataBase = 0;
 
 static void cleanupFontDatabase()
 {
     delete fontDataBase;
     fontDataBase = 0;
 }
 
 static void get_fonts( QStringList &lst )
 {
     if ( !fontDataBase ) {
         fontDataBase = new QFontDatabase();
         qAddPostRoutine( cleanupFontDatabase );
     }
     lst.clear();
     QStringList families = fontDataBase->families();
     for ( QStringList::Iterator it = families.begin(); it != families.end(); ++it )
     {
         QString family = *it;
         if ( family. contains('-') ) // remove foundry
             family = family.right( family.length() - family.find('-' ) - 1);
         if ( !lst.contains( family ) )
             lst.append( family );
     }
     lst.sort();
 }
 
-static QValueList<int> get_standard_font_sizes()
+static Q3ValueList<int> get_standard_font_sizes()
 {
     if ( !fontDataBase ) {
         fontDataBase = new QFontDatabase();
         qAddPostRoutine( cleanupFontDatabase );
     }
     return fontDataBase->standardSizes();
 }
 
 class KToggleAction::KToggleActionPrivate
 {
 public:
   KToggleActionPrivate()
   {
     m_checked = false;
   }
 
   bool m_checked;
   QString m_exclusiveGroup;
 };
 
 KToggleAction::KToggleAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
                               QObject* parent,
                               const char* name )
     : KAction( text, cut, parent, name )
 {
   d = new KToggleActionPrivate;
 }
 
 KToggleAction::KToggleAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
                               const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
                               QObject* parent, const char* name )
   : KAction( text, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
 {
   d = new KToggleActionPrivate;
 }
 
-KToggleAction::KToggleAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix,
+KToggleAction::KToggleAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& pix,
                               const KShortcut& cut,
                               QObject* parent, const char* name )
   : KAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name )
 {
   d = new KToggleActionPrivate;
 }
 
 KToggleAction::KToggleAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix,
                               const KShortcut& cut,
                               QObject* parent, const char* name )
  : KAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name )
 {
   d = new KToggleActionPrivate;
 }
 
-KToggleAction::KToggleAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix,
+KToggleAction::KToggleAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& pix,
                               const KShortcut& cut,
                               const QObject* receiver,
                               const char* slot, QObject* parent,
                               const char* name )
   : KAction( text, pix, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
 {
   d = new KToggleActionPrivate;
 }
 
 KToggleAction::KToggleAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix,
                               const KShortcut& cut,
                               const QObject* receiver,
                               const char* slot, QObject* parent,
                               const char* name )
   : KAction( text, pix, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
 {
   d = new KToggleActionPrivate;
 }
 
 KToggleAction::KToggleAction( QObject* parent, const char* name )
     : KAction( parent, name )
 {
   d = new KToggleActionPrivate;
 }
 
 KToggleAction::~KToggleAction()
 {
     delete d;
 }
 
 int KToggleAction::plug( QWidget* widget, int index )
 {
-  if ( !widget->inherits("QPopupMenu") && !widget->inherits("KToolBar") )
+  if ( !widget->inherits("Q3PopupMenu") && !widget->inherits("KToolBar") )
   {
     kdWarning() << "Can not plug KToggleAction in " << widget->className() << endl;
     return -1;
   }
 
 /*US
   if (kapp && !kapp->authorizeKAction(name()))
     return -1;
 */
 
   int _index = KAction::plug( widget, index );
   if ( _index == -1 )
     return _index;
 
-  if ( widget->inherits("QPopupMenu") )
+  if ( widget->inherits("Q3PopupMenu") )
   {
     int id = itemId( _index );
     
-    static_cast<QPopupMenu*>(widget)->setItemChecked( id, d->m_checked );
+    static_cast<Q3PopupMenu*>(widget)->setItemChecked( id, d->m_checked );
   } else if ( widget->inherits( "KToolBar" ) ) {
 
     KToolBar *bar = static_cast<KToolBar *>( widget );
 
     bar->setToggle( itemId( _index ), true );
     bar->setButton( itemId( _index ), isChecked() );
   }
 
   return _index;
 }
 
 void KToggleAction::setChecked( bool c )
 {
   if ( c == d->m_checked )
     return;
   //kdDebug(129) << "KToggleAction::setChecked(" << c << ") " << this << " " << name() << endl;
 
   d->m_checked = c;
 
   int len = containerCount();
 
   for( int i = 0; i < len; ++i )
     updateChecked( i );
 
   if ( c && parent() && !exclusiveGroup().isEmpty() ) {
-    const QObjectList *list = parent()->children();
-    if ( list ) {
-      QObjectListIt it( *list );
-      for( ; it.current(); ++it ) {
-        if ( it.current()->inherits( "KToggleAction" ) && it.current() != this &&
-            static_cast<KToggleAction*>(it.current())->exclusiveGroup() == exclusiveGroup() ) {
-	  KToggleAction *a = static_cast<KToggleAction*>(it.current());
+    const QObjectList list = parent()->children();
+    if ( !list.empty() ) {
+      for(QObjectList::const_iterator it=list.begin();it!=list.end();++it) {
+        if ( (*it)->inherits( "KToggleAction" ) && (*it) != this &&
+            static_cast<KToggleAction*>((*it))->exclusiveGroup() == exclusiveGroup() ) {
+	  KToggleAction *a = static_cast<KToggleAction*>(*it);
 	  if( a->isChecked() ) {
 	    a->setChecked( false );
 	    emit a->toggled( false );
 	  }
         }
       }
     }
   }
 }
 
 void KToggleAction::updateChecked( int id )
 {
   QWidget *w = container( id );
 
-  if ( w->inherits( "QPopupMenu" ) )
-    static_cast<QPopupMenu*>(w)->setItemChecked( itemId( id ), d->m_checked );
+  if ( w->inherits( "Q3PopupMenu" ) )
+    static_cast<Q3PopupMenu*>(w)->setItemChecked( itemId( id ), d->m_checked );
   else if ( w->inherits( "QMenuBar" ) )
     static_cast<QMenuBar*>(w)->setItemChecked( itemId( id ), d->m_checked );
   else if ( w->inherits( "KToolBar" ) )
   {
     QWidget* r = static_cast<KToolBar*>( w )->getButton( itemId( id ) );
     if ( r && r->inherits( "KToolBarButton" ) )
       static_cast<KToolBar*>( w )->setButton( itemId( id ), d->m_checked );
   }
 }
 
 void KToggleAction::slotActivated()
 {
   setChecked( !isChecked() );
   emit activated();
   emit toggled( isChecked() );
 }
 
 bool KToggleAction::isChecked() const
 {
   return d->m_checked;
 }
 
 void KToggleAction::setExclusiveGroup( const QString& name )
 {
   d->m_exclusiveGroup = name;
 }
 
 QString KToggleAction::exclusiveGroup() const
 {
   return d->m_exclusiveGroup;
 }
 
 
 KRadioAction::KRadioAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
                             QObject* parent, const char* name )
 : KToggleAction( text, cut, parent, name )
 {
 }
 
 KRadioAction::KRadioAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
                             const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
                             QObject* parent, const char* name )
 : KToggleAction( text, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
 {
 }
 
-KRadioAction::KRadioAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix,
+KRadioAction::KRadioAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& pix,
                             const KShortcut& cut,
                             QObject* parent, const char* name )
 : KToggleAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name )
 {
 }
 
 KRadioAction::KRadioAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix,
                             const KShortcut& cut,
                             QObject* parent, const char* name )
 : KToggleAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name )
 {
 }
 
-KRadioAction::KRadioAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix,
+KRadioAction::KRadioAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& pix,
                             const KShortcut& cut,
                             const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
                             QObject* parent, const char* name )
 : KToggleAction( text, pix, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
 {
 }
 
 KRadioAction::KRadioAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix,
                             const KShortcut& cut,
                             const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
                             QObject* parent, const char* name )
 : KToggleAction( text, pix, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
 {
 }
 
 KRadioAction::KRadioAction( QObject* parent, const char* name )
 : KToggleAction( parent, name )
 {
 }
 
 void KRadioAction::slotActivated()
 {
   if ( isChecked() )
   {
     const QObject *senderObj = sender();
 
     if ( !senderObj || !senderObj->inherits( "KToolBarButton" ) )
       return;
 
     qDebug("KRadioAction::slotActivated has to be fixed");
     const_cast<KToolBarButton *>( static_cast<const KToolBarButton *>( senderObj ) )->on( true );
 
     return;
   }
 
   KToggleAction::slotActivated();
 }
 
 class KSelectAction::KSelectActionPrivate
 {
 public:
   KSelectActionPrivate()
   {
     m_edit = false;
     m_menuAccelsEnabled = true;
     m_menu = 0;
     m_current = -1;
     m_comboWidth = -1;
   }
   bool m_edit;
   bool m_menuAccelsEnabled;
-  QPopupMenu *m_menu;
+  Q3PopupMenu *m_menu;
   int m_current;
   int m_comboWidth;
   QStringList m_list;
 
   QString makeMenuText( const QString &_text )
   {
       if ( m_menuAccelsEnabled )
         return _text;
       QString text = _text;
       uint i = 0;
       while ( i < text.length() ) {
           if ( text.at( i ) == '&' ) {
               text.insert( i, '&' );
               i += 2;
           }
           else
               ++i;
       }
       return text;
   }
 };
 
 KSelectAction::KSelectAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
                               QObject* parent, const char* name )
   : KAction( text, cut, parent, name )
 {
   d = new KSelectActionPrivate;
 }
 
 KSelectAction::KSelectAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
                               const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
                               QObject* parent, const char* name )
   : KAction( text, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
 {
   d = new KSelectActionPrivate;
 }
 
-KSelectAction::KSelectAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix,
+KSelectAction::KSelectAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& pix,
                               const KShortcut& cut,
                               QObject* parent, const char* name )
   : KAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name )
 {
   d = new KSelectActionPrivate;
 }
 
 KSelectAction::KSelectAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix,
                               const KShortcut& cut,
                               QObject* parent, const char* name )
   : KAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name )
 {
   d = new KSelectActionPrivate;
 }
 
-KSelectAction::KSelectAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix,
+KSelectAction::KSelectAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& pix,
                               const KShortcut& cut,
                               const QObject* receiver,
                               const char* slot, QObject* parent,
                               const char* name )
   : KAction( text, pix, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
 {
   d = new KSelectActionPrivate;
 }
 
 KSelectAction::KSelectAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix,
                               const KShortcut& cut,
                               const QObject* receiver,
                               const char* slot, QObject* parent,
                               const char* name )
   : KAction( text, pix, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
 {
   d = new KSelectActionPrivate;
 }
 
 KSelectAction::KSelectAction( QObject* parent, const char* name )
   : KAction( parent, name )
 {
   d = new KSelectActionPrivate;
 }
 
 KSelectAction::~KSelectAction()
 {
   assert(d);
   delete d->m_menu;
   delete d; d = 0;
 }
 
 void KSelectAction::setCurrentItem( int id )
 {
     if ( id >= (int)d->m_list.count() ) {
-        ASSERT(id < (int)d->m_list.count());
+        Q_ASSERT(id < (int)d->m_list.count());
         return;
     }
 
     if ( d->m_menu )
     {
         if ( d->m_current >= 0 )
             d->m_menu->setItemChecked( d->m_current, false );
         if ( id >= 0 )
         {
         //US qDebug("KSelectAction::setCurrentItem %i", id);
             d->m_menu->setItemChecked( id, true );
         }
     }
 
     d->m_current = id;
 
     int len = containerCount();
 
     for( int i = 0; i < len; ++i )
         updateCurrentItem( i );
 
     //    emit KAction::activated();
     //    emit activated( currentItem() );
     //    emit activated( currentText() );
 }
 
 void KSelectAction::setComboWidth( int width )
 {
   if ( width < 0 )
     return;
 
   d->m_comboWidth=width;
 
   int len = containerCount();
 
   for( int i = 0; i < len; ++i )
     updateComboWidth( i );
 
 }
-QPopupMenu* KSelectAction::popupMenu() const
+Q3PopupMenu* KSelectAction::popupMenu() const
 {
 	kdDebug(129) << "KSelectAction::popupMenu()" << endl; // remove -- ellis
   if ( !d->m_menu )
   {
 //US    d->m_menu = new KPopupMenu(0L, "KSelectAction::popupMenu()");
-    d->m_menu = new QPopupMenu(0L, "QSelectAction::popupMenu()");
+    d->m_menu = new Q3PopupMenu(0L, "QSelectAction::popupMenu()");
     setupMenu();
     if ( d->m_current >= 0 )
       d->m_menu->setItemChecked( d->m_current, true );
   }
 
   return d->m_menu;
 }
 
 void KSelectAction::setupMenu() const
 {
     if ( !d->m_menu )
         return;
     d->m_menu->clear();
 
     QStringList::ConstIterator it = d->m_list.begin();
     for( uint id = 0; it != d->m_list.end(); ++it, ++id ) {
         QString text = *it;
         if ( !text.isEmpty() )
             d->m_menu->insertItem( d->makeMenuText( text ), this, SLOT( slotActivated( int ) ), 0, id );
         else
             d->m_menu->insertSeparator();
     }
 }
 
 void KSelectAction::changeItem( int index, const QString& text )
 {
   if ( index < 0 || index >= (int)d->m_list.count() )
   {
     kdWarning() << "KSelectAction::changeItem Index out of scope" << endl;
     return;
   }
 
   d->m_list[ index ] = text;
 
   if ( d->m_menu )
     d->m_menu->changeItem( index, d->makeMenuText( text ) );
 
   int len = containerCount();
   for( int i = 0; i < len; ++i )
     changeItem( i, index, text );
 }
 
 void KSelectAction::changeItem( int id, int index, const QString& text)
 {
   if ( index < 0 )
         return;
   
   QWidget* w = container( id );
   if ( w->inherits( "KToolBar" ) )
   {
      QWidget* r = (static_cast<KToolBar*>( w ))->getWidget( itemId( id ) );
      if ( r->inherits( "QComboBox" ) )
      {
         QComboBox *b = static_cast<QComboBox*>( r );
         b->changeItem(text, index );
      }
   }
   
 }
 
 void KSelectAction::setItems( const QStringList &lst )
 {
 	kdDebug(129) << "KAction::setItems()" << endl; // remove -- ellis
   d->m_list = lst;
   d->m_current = -1;
 
   setupMenu();
 
   int len = containerCount();
   for( int i = 0; i < len; ++i )
     updateItems( i );
 
   // Disable if empty and not editable
   setEnabled ( lst.count() > 0 || d->m_edit );
 }
 
 QStringList KSelectAction::items() const
 {
   return d->m_list;
 }
 
 QString KSelectAction::currentText() const
 {
   if ( currentItem() < 0 )
     return QString::null;
 
   return d->m_list[ currentItem() ];
 }
 
 int KSelectAction::currentItem() const
 {
   return d->m_current;
 }
 
 void KSelectAction::updateCurrentItem( int id )
 {
   if ( d->m_current < 0 )
         return;
 
   QWidget* w = container( id );
   if ( w->inherits( "KToolBar" ) ) {
     QWidget* r = static_cast<KToolBar*>( w )->getWidget( itemId( id ) );
     if ( r->inherits( "QComboBox" ) ) {
       QComboBox *b = static_cast<QComboBox*>( r );
       b->setCurrentItem( d->m_current );
     }
   }
 }
 
 int KSelectAction::comboWidth() const
 {
   return d->m_comboWidth;
 }
 
 void KSelectAction::updateComboWidth( int id )
 {
   QWidget* w = container( id );
   if ( w->inherits( "KToolBar" ) ) {
     QWidget* r = static_cast<KToolBar*>( w )->getWidget( itemId( id ) );
     if ( r->inherits( "QComboBox" ) ) {
       QComboBox *cb = static_cast<QComboBox*>( r );
       cb->setMinimumWidth( d->m_comboWidth );
       cb->setMaximumWidth( d->m_comboWidth );
     }
   }
 }
 
 void KSelectAction::updateItems( int id )
 {
 	kdDebug(129) << "KAction::updateItems( " << id << ", lst )" << endl; // remove -- ellis
   
   QWidget* w = container( id );
   if ( w->inherits( "KToolBar" ) ) {
 
     QWidget* r = static_cast<KToolBar*>( w )->getWidget( itemId( id ) );
     if ( r->inherits( "QComboBox" ) ) {
       QComboBox *cb = static_cast<QComboBox*>( r );
       cb->clear();
       QStringList lst = comboItems();
       QStringList::ConstIterator it = lst.begin();
       for( ; it != lst.end(); ++it )
         cb->insertItem( *it );
       // Ok, this currently doesn't work due to a bug in QComboBox
       // (the sizehint is cached for ever and never recalculated)
       // Bug reported (against Qt 2.3.1).
       cb->setMinimumWidth( cb->sizeHint().width() );
     }
   }
    
 }
 
 int KSelectAction::plug( QWidget *widget, int index )
 {
 //US  if (kapp && !kapp->authorizeKAction(name()))
 //US    return -1;
   
   kdDebug(129) << "KAction::plug( " << widget << ", " << index << " )" << endl; // remove -- ellis
-  if ( widget->inherits("QPopupMenu") )
+  if ( widget->inherits("Q3PopupMenu") )
   {
     // Create the PopupMenu and store it in m_menu
     (void)popupMenu();
 
-    QPopupMenu* menu = static_cast<QPopupMenu*>( widget );
+    Q3PopupMenu* menu = static_cast<Q3PopupMenu*>( widget );
     int id;
     
     if ( hasIconSet() )
       id = menu->insertItem( iconSet(), text(), d->m_menu, -1, index );
     else
       id = menu->insertItem( text(), d->m_menu, -1, index );
       
     if ( !isEnabled() )
         menu->setItemEnabled( id, false );
 
     QString wth = whatsThis();
     if ( !wth.isEmpty() )
         menu->setWhatsThis( id, wth );
     
     addContainer( menu, id );
     connect( menu, SIGNAL( destroyed() ), this, SLOT( slotDestroyed() ) );
 
     return containerCount() - 1;
   }
   else if ( widget->inherits("KToolBar") )
   {
 
     KToolBar* bar = static_cast<KToolBar*>( widget );
     int id_ = KAction::getToolButtonID();
     bar->insertCombo( comboItems(), id_, isEditable(),
                       SIGNAL( activated( const QString & ) ), this,
                       SLOT( slotActivated( const QString & ) ), isEnabled(),
                       toolTip(), -1, index );
 
     KComboBox *cb = bar->getCombo( id_ );
     if ( cb )
     {
          cb->setMaximumHeight( 34 );
-      if (!isEditable()) cb->setFocusPolicy(QWidget::NoFocus);
+      if (!isEditable()) cb->setFocusPolicy(Qt::NoFocus);
       cb->setMinimumWidth( cb->sizeHint().width() );
       if ( d->m_comboWidth > 0 )
       {
         cb->setMinimumWidth( d->m_comboWidth );
         cb->setMaximumWidth( d->m_comboWidth );
       }
       cb->setInsertionPolicy( QComboBox::NoInsertion );
 //US      QWhatsThis::add( cb, whatsThis() );
     }
 
     addContainer( bar, id_ );
 
     connect( bar, SIGNAL( destroyed() ), this, SLOT( slotDestroyed() ) );
 
     updateCurrentItem( containerCount() - 1 );
 
     return containerCount() - 1;
     
   }
   kdWarning() << "Can not plug KAction in " << widget->className() << endl;
   return -1;
 }
 
 QStringList KSelectAction::comboItems() const
 {
     //qDebug("KSelectAction::comboItems has to be fixed");
   if( d->m_menuAccelsEnabled ) 
   {
     QStringList lst;
     QStringList::ConstIterator it = d->m_list.begin();
     for( ; it != d->m_list.end(); ++it )
     {
       QString item = *it;
       int i = item.find( '&' );
       if ( i > -1 )
         item = item.remove( i, 1 );
       lst.append( item );
     }
     return lst;
   } 
   else
   {
     return d->m_list;
   }
 }
 
 void KSelectAction::clear()
 {
   if ( d->m_menu )
     d->m_menu->clear();
 
   int len = containerCount();
   for( int i = 0; i < len; ++i )
     updateClear( i );
 }
 
 void KSelectAction::updateClear( int id )
 {
 
   QWidget* w = container( id );
   if ( w->inherits( "KToolBar" ) ) {
     QWidget* r = static_cast<KToolBar*>( w )->getWidget( itemId( id ) );
     if ( r->inherits( "QComboBox" ) ) {
       QComboBox *b = static_cast<QComboBox*>( r );
       b->clear();
     }
   }
 }
 
 void KSelectAction::slotActivated( int id )
 {
   if ( d->m_current == id )
     return;
 
   setCurrentItem( id );
   // Delay this. Especially useful when the slot connected to activated() will re-create
   // the menu, e.g. in the recent files action. This prevents a crash.
 
   QTimer::singleShot( 0, this, SLOT( slotActivated() ) );
 }
 
 void KSelectAction::slotActivated( const QString &text )
 {
   if ( isEditable() )
   {
     QStringList lst = items();
     if(lst.contains(text)==0)
     {
       lst.append( text );
       setItems( lst );
     }
   }
 
   int i = items().findIndex( text );
   if ( i > -1 )
       setCurrentItem( i );
   else
       setCurrentItem( comboItems().findIndex( text ) );
   // Delay this. Especially useful when the slot connected to activated() will re-create
   // the menu, e.g. in the recent files action. This prevents a crash.
   
   QTimer::singleShot( 0, this, SLOT( slotActivated() ) );
 }
 
 void KSelectAction::slotActivated()
 {
   KAction::slotActivated();
   kdDebug(129) << "KSelectAction::slotActivated currentItem=" << currentItem() << " currentText=" << currentText() << endl;
   emit activated( currentItem() );
   emit activated( currentText() );
 }
 
 void KSelectAction::setEditable( bool edit )
 {
   d->m_edit = edit;
 }
 
 bool KSelectAction::isEditable() const
 {
   return d->m_edit;
 }
 
 void KSelectAction::setRemoveAmpersandsInCombo( bool b )
 {
   setMenuAccelsEnabled( b );
 }
 
 bool KSelectAction::removeAmpersandsInCombo() const
 {
   return menuAccelsEnabled( );
 }
 
 void KSelectAction::setMenuAccelsEnabled( bool b )
 {
   d->m_menuAccelsEnabled = b;
 }
 
 bool KSelectAction::menuAccelsEnabled() const
 {
   return d->m_menuAccelsEnabled;
 }
 
 class KListAction::KListActionPrivate
 {
 public:
   KListActionPrivate()
   {
     m_current = 0;
   }
   int m_current;
 };
 
 KListAction::KListAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
                           QObject* parent, const char* name )
   : KSelectAction( text, cut, parent, name )
 {
   d = new KListActionPrivate;
 }
 
 KListAction::KListAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
                           const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
                           QObject* parent, const char* name )
   : KSelectAction( text, cut, parent, name )
 {
   d = new KListActionPrivate;
   if ( receiver )
     connect( this, SIGNAL( activated( int ) ), receiver, slot );
 }
 
-KListAction::KListAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix,
+KListAction::KListAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& pix,
                           const KShortcut& cut,
                           QObject* parent, const char* name )
   : KSelectAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name )
 {
   d = new KListActionPrivate;
 }
 
 KListAction::KListAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix,
                           const KShortcut& cut,
                           QObject* parent, const char* name )
   : KSelectAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name )
 {
   d = new KListActionPrivate;
 }
 
-KListAction::KListAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix,
+KListAction::KListAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& pix,
                           const KShortcut& cut, const QObject* receiver,
                           const char* slot, QObject* parent,
                           const char* name )
   : KSelectAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name )
 {
   d = new KListActionPrivate;
   if ( receiver )
     connect( this, SIGNAL( activated( int ) ), receiver, slot );
 }
 
 KListAction::KListAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix,
                           const KShortcut& cut, const QObject* receiver,
                           const char* slot, QObject* parent,
                           const char* name )
   : KSelectAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name )
 {
   d = new KListActionPrivate;
   if ( receiver )
     connect( this, SIGNAL( activated( int ) ), receiver, slot );
 }
 
 KListAction::KListAction( QObject* parent, const char* name )
   : KSelectAction( parent, name )
 {
   d = new KListActionPrivate;
 }
 
 KListAction::~KListAction()
 {
   delete d; d = 0;
 }
 
 void KListAction::setCurrentItem( int index )
 {
   KSelectAction::setCurrentItem( index );
   d->m_current = index;
 
   //  emit KAction::activated();
   //  emit activated( currentItem() );
   // emit activated( currentText() );
 }
 
 QString KListAction::currentText() const
 {
   if ( currentItem() < 0 )
       return QString::null;
 
   return items()[ currentItem() ];
 }
 
 int KListAction::currentItem() const
 {
   return d->m_current;
 }
 
 class KRecentFilesAction::KRecentFilesActionPrivate
 {
 public:
   KRecentFilesActionPrivate()
   {
     m_maxItems = 0;
   }
   uint m_maxItems;
 };
 
 KRecentFilesAction::KRecentFilesAction( const QString& text,
                                         const KShortcut& cut,
                                         QObject* parent, const char* name,
                                         uint maxItems )
   : KListAction( text, cut, parent, name)
 {
   d = new KRecentFilesActionPrivate;
   d->m_maxItems = maxItems;
 
   init();
 }
 
 KRecentFilesAction::KRecentFilesAction( const QString& text,
                                         const KShortcut& cut,
                                         const QObject* receiver,
                                         const char* slot,
                                         QObject* parent, const char* name,
                                         uint maxItems )
   : KListAction( text, cut, parent, name)
 {
   d = new KRecentFilesActionPrivate;
   d->m_maxItems = maxItems;
 
   init();
 
   if ( receiver )
     connect( this,     SIGNAL(urlSelected(const KURL&)),
              receiver, slot );
 }
 
 KRecentFilesAction::KRecentFilesAction( const QString& text,
-                                        const QIconSet& pix,
+                                        const QIcon& pix,
                                         const KShortcut& cut,
                                         QObject* parent, const char* name,
                                         uint maxItems )
   : KListAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name)
 {
   d = new KRecentFilesActionPrivate;
   d->m_maxItems = maxItems;
 
   init();
 }
 
 KRecentFilesAction::KRecentFilesAction( const QString& text,
                                         const QString& pix,
                                         const KShortcut& cut,
                                         QObject* parent, const char* name,
                                         uint maxItems )
   : KListAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name)
 {
   d = new KRecentFilesActionPrivate;
   d->m_maxItems = maxItems;
 
   init();
 }
 
 KRecentFilesAction::KRecentFilesAction( const QString& text,
-                                        const QIconSet& pix,
+                                        const QIcon& pix,
                                         const KShortcut& cut,
                                         const QObject* receiver,
                                         const char* slot,
                                         QObject* parent, const char* name,
                                         uint maxItems )
   : KListAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name)
 {
   d = new KRecentFilesActionPrivate;
   d->m_maxItems = maxItems;
 
   init();
 
   if ( receiver )
     connect( this,     SIGNAL(urlSelected(const KURL&)),
              receiver, slot );
 }
 
 KRecentFilesAction::KRecentFilesAction( const QString& text,
                                         const QString& pix,
                                         const KShortcut& cut,
                                         const QObject* receiver,
                                         const char* slot,
                                         QObject* parent, const char* name,
                                         uint maxItems )
   : KListAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name)
 {
   d = new KRecentFilesActionPrivate;
   d->m_maxItems = maxItems;
 
   init();
 
   if ( receiver )
     connect( this,     SIGNAL(urlSelected(const KURL&)),
              receiver, slot );
 }
 
 KRecentFilesAction::KRecentFilesAction( QObject* parent, const char* name,
                                         uint maxItems )
   : KListAction( parent, name )
 {
   d = new KRecentFilesActionPrivate;
   d->m_maxItems = maxItems;
 
   init();
 }
 
 void KRecentFilesAction::init()
 {
   connect( this, SIGNAL( activated( const QString& ) ),
            this, SLOT( itemSelected( const QString& ) ) );
 
   setMenuAccelsEnabled( false );
 }
 
 KRecentFilesAction::~KRecentFilesAction()
 {
   delete d; d = 0;
 }
 
 uint KRecentFilesAction::maxItems() const
 {
     return d->m_maxItems;
 }
 
 void KRecentFilesAction::setMaxItems( uint maxItems )
 {
     QStringList lst = items();
     uint oldCount   = lst.count();
 
     // set new maxItems
     d->m_maxItems = maxItems;
 
     // remove all items that are too much
     while( lst.count() > maxItems )
     {
         // remove last item
         lst.remove( lst.last() );
     }
 
     // set new list if changed
     if( lst.count() != oldCount )
         setItems( lst );
 }
 
 void KRecentFilesAction::addURL( const KURL& url )
 {
     QString     file = url.prettyURL();
     QStringList lst = items();
 
     // remove file if already in list
     lst.remove( file );
 
     // remove las item if already maxitems in list
     if( lst.count() == d->m_maxItems )
     {
         // remove last item
         lst.remove( lst.last() );
     }
 
     // add file to list
     lst.prepend( file );
     setItems( lst );
 }
 
 void KRecentFilesAction::removeURL( const KURL& url )
 {
     QStringList lst = items();
     QString     file = url.prettyURL();
 
     // remove url
     if( lst.count() > 0 )
     {
         lst.remove( file );
         setItems( lst );
     }
 }
 
 void KRecentFilesAction::clearURLList()
 {
     clear();
 }
 
 void KRecentFilesAction::loadEntries( KConfig* config, QString groupname)
 {
     QString     key;
     QString     value;
     QString     oldGroup;
     QStringList lst;
 
     oldGroup = config->group();
 
     if (groupname.isEmpty())
       groupname = "RecentFiles";
     config->setGroup( groupname );
 
     // read file list
     for( unsigned int i = 1 ; i <= d->m_maxItems ; i++ )
     {
         key = QString( "File%1" ).arg( i );
         value = config->readEntry( key, QString::null );
 
         if (!value.isNull())
             lst.append( value );
     }
 
     // set file
     setItems( lst );
 
     config->setGroup( oldGroup );
 }
 
 void KRecentFilesAction::saveEntries( KConfig* config, QString groupname )
 {
     QString     key;
     QString     value;
     QStringList lst = items();
 
     if (groupname.isEmpty())
       groupname = "RecentFiles";
 
     config->deleteGroup( groupname);
           
     KConfigGroupSaver( config, groupname );
     
     // write file list
     for( unsigned int i = 1 ; i <= lst.count() ; i++ )
     {
         key = QString( "File%1" ).arg( i );
         value = lst[ i - 1 ];
         config->writeEntry( key, value );
     }
 }
 
 void KRecentFilesAction::itemSelected( const QString& text )
 {
     emit urlSelected( KURL( text ) );
 }
 
 class KFontAction::KFontActionPrivate
 {
 public:
   KFontActionPrivate()
   {
   }
   QStringList m_fonts;
 };
 
 KFontAction::KFontAction( const QString& text,
                           const KShortcut& cut, QObject* parent,
                           const char* name )
   : KSelectAction( text, cut, parent, name )
 {
     d = new KFontActionPrivate;
     get_fonts( d->m_fonts );
     KSelectAction::setItems( d->m_fonts );
     setEditable( true );
 }
 
 KFontAction::KFontAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
                           const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
                           QObject* parent, const char* name )
     : KSelectAction( text, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
 {
     d = new KFontActionPrivate;
     get_fonts( d->m_fonts );
     KSelectAction::setItems( d->m_fonts );
     setEditable( true );
 }
 
-KFontAction::KFontAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix,
+KFontAction::KFontAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& pix,
                           const KShortcut& cut,
                           QObject* parent, const char* name )
     : KSelectAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name )
 {
     d = new KFontActionPrivate;
     get_fonts( d->m_fonts );
     KSelectAction::setItems( d->m_fonts );
     setEditable( true );
 }
 
 KFontAction::KFontAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix,
                           const KShortcut& cut,
                           QObject* parent, const char* name )
     : KSelectAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name )
 {
     d = new KFontActionPrivate;
     get_fonts( d->m_fonts );
     KSelectAction::setItems( d->m_fonts );
     setEditable( true );
 }
 
-KFontAction::KFontAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix,
+KFontAction::KFontAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& pix,
                           const KShortcut& cut,
                           const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
                           QObject* parent, const char* name )
     : KSelectAction( text, pix, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
 {
     d = new KFontActionPrivate;
     get_fonts( d->m_fonts );
     KSelectAction::setItems( d->m_fonts );
     setEditable( true );
 }
 
 KFontAction::KFontAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix,
                           const KShortcut& cut,
                           const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
                           QObject* parent, const char* name )
     : KSelectAction( text, pix, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
 {
     d = new KFontActionPrivate;
     get_fonts( d->m_fonts );
     KSelectAction::setItems( d->m_fonts );
     setEditable( true );
 }
 
 
 KFontAction::KFontAction( QObject* parent, const char* name )
   : KSelectAction( parent, name )
 {
     d = new KFontActionPrivate;
     get_fonts( d->m_fonts );
     KSelectAction::setItems( d->m_fonts );
     setEditable( true );
 }
 
 KFontAction::~KFontAction()
 {
     delete d;
     d = 0;
 }
 
 /*
  * Maintenance note: Keep in sync with KFontCombo::setCurrentFont()
  */
 void KFontAction::setFont( const QString &family )
 {
     QString lowerName = family.lower();
     int i = 0;
     for ( QStringList::Iterator it = d->m_fonts.begin(); it != d->m_fonts.end(); ++it, ++i )
     {
        if ((*it).lower() == lowerName)
        {
           setCurrentItem(i);
           return;
        }
     }
     i = lowerName.find(" [");
     if (i>-1)
     {
        lowerName = lowerName.left(i);
        i = 0;
        for ( QStringList::Iterator it = d->m_fonts.begin(); it != d->m_fonts.end(); ++it, ++i )
        {
           if ((*it).lower() == lowerName)
           {
              setCurrentItem(i);
              return;
           }
        }
     }
 
     lowerName += " [";
     i = 0;
     for ( QStringList::Iterator it = d->m_fonts.begin(); it != d->m_fonts.end(); ++it, ++i )
     {
        if ((*it).lower().startsWith(lowerName))
        {
           setCurrentItem(i);
           return;
        }
     }
     kdDebug(129) << "Font not found " << family.lower() << endl;
 }
 
 int KFontAction::plug( QWidget *w, int index )
 {
   qDebug("KFontAction::plug ha to be fixed");
 /*US
   if (kapp && !kapp->authorizeKAction(name()))
     return -1;
   if ( w->inherits("KToolBar") )
   {
     KToolBar* bar = static_cast<KToolBar*>( w );
     int id_ = KAction::getToolButtonID();
     KFontCombo *cb = new KFontCombo( items(), bar );
     connect( cb, SIGNAL( activated( const QString & ) ),
              SLOT( slotActivated( const QString & ) ) );
     cb->setEnabled( isEnabled() );
     bar->insertWidget( id_, comboWidth(), cb, index );
     cb->setMinimumWidth( cb->sizeHint().width() );
 
     addContainer( bar, id_ );
 
     connect( bar, SIGNAL( destroyed() ), this, SLOT( slotDestroyed() ) );
 
     updateCurrentItem( containerCount() - 1 );
 
     return containerCount() - 1;
   }
   else return KSelectAction::plug( w, index );
 */  
   return 3;
 }
 
 class KFontSizeAction::KFontSizeActionPrivate
 {
 public:
   KFontSizeActionPrivate()
   {
   }
 };
 
 KFontSizeAction::KFontSizeAction( const QString& text,
                                   const KShortcut& cut,
                                   QObject* parent, const char* name )
   : KSelectAction( text, cut, parent, name )
 {
   init();
 }
 
 KFontSizeAction::KFontSizeAction( const QString& text,
                                   const KShortcut& cut,
                                   const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
                                   QObject* parent, const char* name )
   : KSelectAction( text, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
 {
   init();
 }
 
-KFontSizeAction::KFontSizeAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix,
+KFontSizeAction::KFontSizeAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& pix,
                                   const KShortcut& cut,
                                   QObject* parent, const char* name )
   : KSelectAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name )
 {
   init();
 }
 
 KFontSizeAction::KFontSizeAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix,
                                   const KShortcut& cut,
                                   QObject* parent, const char* name )
   : KSelectAction( text, pix, cut, parent, name )
 {
   init();
 }
 
-KFontSizeAction::KFontSizeAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix,
+KFontSizeAction::KFontSizeAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& pix,
                                   const KShortcut& cut,
                                   const QObject* receiver,
                                   const char* slot, QObject* parent,
                                   const char* name )
     : KSelectAction( text, pix, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
 {
   init();
 }
 
 KFontSizeAction::KFontSizeAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix,
                                   const KShortcut& cut,
                                   const QObject* receiver,
                                   const char* slot, QObject* parent,
                                   const char* name )
   : KSelectAction( text, pix, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
 {
   init();
 }
 
 KFontSizeAction::KFontSizeAction( QObject* parent, const char* name )
   : KSelectAction( parent, name )
 {
   init();
 }
 
 KFontSizeAction::~KFontSizeAction()
 {
     delete d;
     d = 0;
 }
 
 void KFontSizeAction::init()
 {
     d = new KFontSizeActionPrivate;
 
     setEditable( true );
-    QValueList<int> sizes = get_standard_font_sizes();
+    Q3ValueList<int> sizes = get_standard_font_sizes();
     QStringList lst;
-    for ( QValueList<int>::Iterator it = sizes.begin(); it != sizes.end(); ++it )
+    for ( Q3ValueList<int>::Iterator it = sizes.begin(); it != sizes.end(); ++it )
         lst.append( QString::number( *it ) );
 
     setItems( lst );
 }
 
 void KFontSizeAction::setFontSize( int size )
 {
     if ( size == fontSize() ) {
         setCurrentItem( items().findIndex( QString::number( size ) ) );
         return;
     }
 
     if ( size < 1 ) {
         kdWarning() << "KFontSizeAction: Size " << size << " is out of range" << endl;
         return;
     }
 
     int index = items().findIndex( QString::number( size ) );
     if ( index == -1 ) {
         // Insert at the correct position in the list (to keep sorting)
-        QValueList<int> lst;
+        Q3ValueList<int> lst;
         // Convert to list of ints
         QStringList itemsList = items();
         for (QStringList::Iterator it = itemsList.begin() ; it != itemsList.end() ; ++it)
             lst.append( (*it).toInt() );
         // New size
         lst.append( size );
         // Sort the list
 qDebug("KFontSizeAction::setFontSize heapsort not found.");
 //US has to be fixed
 //US        qHeapSort( lst );
         // Convert back to string list
         QStringList strLst;
-        for (QValueList<int>::Iterator it = lst.begin() ; it != lst.end() ; ++it)
+        for (Q3ValueList<int>::Iterator it = lst.begin() ; it != lst.end() ; ++it)
             strLst.append( QString::number(*it) );
         KSelectAction::setItems( strLst );
         // Find new current item
         index = lst.findIndex( size );
         setCurrentItem( index );
     }
     else
         setCurrentItem( index );
 
 
     //emit KAction::activated();
     //emit activated( index );
     //emit activated( QString::number( size ) );
     //emit fontSizeChanged( size );
 }
 
 int KFontSizeAction::fontSize() const
 {
   return currentText().toInt();
 }
 
 void KFontSizeAction::slotActivated( int index )
 {
   KSelectAction::slotActivated( index );
 
   emit fontSizeChanged( items()[ index ].toInt() );
 }
 
 void KFontSizeAction::slotActivated( const QString& size )
 {
   setFontSize( size.toInt() ); // insert sorted first
   KSelectAction::slotActivated( size );
   emit fontSizeChanged( size.toInt() );
 }
 
 class KActionMenu::KActionMenuPrivate
 {
 public:
   KActionMenuPrivate()
   {
 //US    m_popup = new KPopupMenu(0L,"KActionMenu::KActionMenuPrivate");
-    m_popup = new QPopupMenu(0L,"KActionMenu::KActionMenuPrivate");
+    m_popup = new Q3PopupMenu(0L,"KActionMenu::KActionMenuPrivate");
     m_delayed = true;
     m_stickyMenu = true;
   }
   ~KActionMenuPrivate()
   {
     delete m_popup; m_popup = 0;
   }
   
 //US  KPopupMenu *m_popup;
-  QPopupMenu *m_popup;
+  Q3PopupMenu *m_popup;
   bool m_delayed;
   bool m_stickyMenu;
 };
 
 KActionMenu::KActionMenu( QObject* parent, const char* name )
   : KAction( parent, name )
 {
   d = new KActionMenuPrivate;
   setShortcutConfigurable( false );
 }
 
 KActionMenu::KActionMenu( const QString& text, QObject* parent,
                           const char* name )
   : KAction( text, 0, parent, name )
 {
   d = new KActionMenuPrivate;
   setShortcutConfigurable( false );
 }
 
-KActionMenu::KActionMenu( const QString& text, const QIconSet& icon,
+KActionMenu::KActionMenu( const QString& text, const QIcon& icon,
                           QObject* parent, const char* name )
   : KAction( text, icon, 0, parent, name )
 {
   d = new KActionMenuPrivate;
   setShortcutConfigurable( false );
 }
 
 KActionMenu::KActionMenu( const QString& text, const QString& icon,
                           QObject* parent, const char* name )
   : KAction( text, icon, 0, parent, name )
 {
   d = new KActionMenuPrivate;
   setShortcutConfigurable( false );
 }
 
 KActionMenu::~KActionMenu()
 {
     unplugAll();
     kdDebug(129) << "KActionMenu::~KActionMenu()" << endl; // ellis
     delete d; d = 0;
 }
 
 void KActionMenu::popup( const QPoint& global )
 {
   popupMenu()->popup( global );
 }
 
 
 //US KPopupMenu* KActionMenu::popupMenu() const
-QPopupMenu* KActionMenu::popupMenu() const
+Q3PopupMenu* KActionMenu::popupMenu() const
 {
   return d->m_popup;
 }
 
 void KActionMenu::insert( KAction* cmd, int index )
 {
   if ( cmd )
     cmd->plug( d->m_popup, index );
 }
 
 void KActionMenu::remove( KAction* cmd )
 {
   if ( cmd )
     cmd->unplug( d->m_popup );
 }
 
 bool KActionMenu::delayed() const {
     return d->m_delayed;
 }
 
 void KActionMenu::setDelayed(bool _delayed) {
     d->m_delayed = _delayed;
 }
 
 bool KActionMenu::stickyMenu() const {
     return d->m_stickyMenu;
 }
 
 void KActionMenu::setStickyMenu(bool sticky) {
     d->m_stickyMenu = sticky;
 }
 
 int KActionMenu::plug( QWidget* widget, int index )
 {
 /*US  
   if (kapp && !kapp->authorizeKAction(name()))
     return -1;
 */    
   kdDebug(129) << "KAction::plug( " << widget << ", " << index << " )" << endl; // remove -- ellis
-  if ( widget->inherits("QPopupMenu") )
+  if ( widget->inherits("Q3PopupMenu") )
   {
-    QPopupMenu* menu = static_cast<QPopupMenu*>( widget );
+    Q3PopupMenu* menu = static_cast<Q3PopupMenu*>( widget );
     int id;
     if ( hasIconSet() )
       id = menu->insertItem( iconSet(), text(), d->m_popup, -1, index );
     else
       id = menu->insertItem( text(), d->m_popup, -1, index );
 
     if ( !isEnabled() )
       menu->setItemEnabled( id, false );
 
     addContainer( menu, id );
     connect( menu, SIGNAL( destroyed() ), this, SLOT( slotDestroyed() ) );
 
     if ( m_parentCollection )
       m_parentCollection->connectHighlight( menu, this );
 
     return containerCount() - 1;
   }
   else if ( widget->inherits( "KToolBar" ) )
   {
     KToolBar *bar = static_cast<KToolBar *>( widget );
 
     int id_ = KAction::getToolButtonID();
 
     if ( icon().isEmpty() && !iconSet().isNull() )
       bar->insertButton( iconSet().pixmap(), id_, SIGNAL( clicked() ), this,
                          SLOT( slotActivated() ), isEnabled(), plainText(),
                          index );
     else
     {
     /*US
       KInstance *instance;
 
       if ( m_parentCollection )
         instance = m_parentCollection->instance();
       else
         instance = KGlobal::instance();
 */
       bar->insertButton( icon(), id_, SIGNAL( clicked() ), this,
                          SLOT( slotActivated() ), isEnabled(), plainText(),
                          index/*US, instance */);
     }
 
     addContainer( bar, id_ );
 /*US
     if (!whatsThis().isEmpty())
       QWhatsThis::add( bar->getButton(id_), whatsThis() );
 */
     connect( bar, SIGNAL( destroyed() ), this, SLOT( slotDestroyed() ) );
 
     if (delayed()) {
         bar->setDelayedPopup( id_, popupMenu(), stickyMenu() );
     } else {
         bar->getButton(id_)->setPopup(popupMenu(), stickyMenu() );
     }
 
     if ( m_parentCollection )
       m_parentCollection->connectHighlight( bar, this );
 
     return containerCount() - 1;
   }
   else if ( widget->inherits( "QMenuBar" ) )
   {
     QMenuBar *bar = static_cast<QMenuBar *>( widget );
 
     int id;
 
     id = bar->insertItem( text(), popupMenu(), -1, index );
 
     if ( !isEnabled() )
         bar->setItemEnabled( id, false );
 
     addContainer( bar, id );
     connect( bar, SIGNAL( destroyed() ), this, SLOT( slotDestroyed() ) );
 
     return containerCount() - 1;
   }
 
   return -1;
 }
 
 ////////
 
 KToolBarPopupAction::KToolBarPopupAction( const QString& text,
                                           const QString& icon,
                                           const KShortcut& cut,
                                           QObject* parent, const char* name )
   : KAction( text, icon, cut, parent, name )
 {
   m_popup = 0;
   m_delayed = true;
   m_stickyMenu = true;
 }
 
 KToolBarPopupAction::KToolBarPopupAction( const QString& text,
                                           const QString& icon,
                                           const KShortcut& cut,
                                           const QObject* receiver,
                                           const char* slot, QObject* parent,
                                           const char* name )
   : KAction( text, icon, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
 {
   m_popup = 0;
   m_delayed = true;
   m_stickyMenu = true;
 }
 
 KToolBarPopupAction::KToolBarPopupAction( const KGuiItem& item,
                                           const KShortcut& cut,
                                           const QObject* receiver,
                                           const char* slot, KActionCollection* parent,
                                           const char* name )
   : KAction( item, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
 {
   m_popup = 0;
   m_delayed = true;
   m_stickyMenu = true;
 }
 
 
 KToolBarPopupAction::~KToolBarPopupAction()
 {
   if ( m_popup )
     delete m_popup;
 }
 
 bool KToolBarPopupAction::delayed() const {
     return m_delayed;
 }
 
 void KToolBarPopupAction::setDelayed(bool delayed) {
     m_delayed = delayed;
 }
 
 bool KToolBarPopupAction::stickyMenu() const {
     return m_stickyMenu;
 }
 
 void KToolBarPopupAction::setStickyMenu(bool sticky) {
     m_stickyMenu = sticky;
 }
 
 int KToolBarPopupAction::plug( QWidget *widget, int index )
 {
 /*US
   if (kapp && !kapp->authorizeKAction(name()))
     return -1;
 */    
   // This is very related to KActionMenu::plug.
   // In fact this class could be an interesting base class for KActionMenu
   if ( widget->inherits( "KToolBar" ) )
   {
     KToolBar *bar = (KToolBar *)widget;
 
     int id_ = KAction::getToolButtonID();
 /*US
     KInstance * instance;
     if ( m_parentCollection )
         instance = m_parentCollection->instance();
     else
         instance = KGlobal::instance();
 */
     bar->insertButton( icon(), id_, SIGNAL( clicked() ), this,
                        SLOT( slotActivated() ), isEnabled(), plainText(),
                        index/*US, instance*/ );
 
     addContainer( bar, id_ );
 
     connect( bar, SIGNAL( destroyed() ), this, SLOT( slotDestroyed() ) );
 
     if (delayed()) {
         bar->setDelayedPopup( id_, popupMenu(), stickyMenu() );
     } else {
         bar->getButton(id_)->setPopup(popupMenu(), stickyMenu());
     }
 /*US    
     if ( !whatsThis().isEmpty() )
         QWhatsThis::add( bar->getButton( id_ ), whatsThisWithIcon() );
 */        
     return containerCount() - 1;
   }
 
 
   return KAction::plug( widget, index );
 }
 
 //US KPopupMenu *KToolBarPopupAction::popupMenu() const
-QPopupMenu *KToolBarPopupAction::popupMenu() const
+Q3PopupMenu *KToolBarPopupAction::popupMenu() const
 {
     if ( !m_popup ) {
         KToolBarPopupAction *that = const_cast<KToolBarPopupAction*>(this);
 //US        that->m_popup = new KPopupMenu;
-        that->m_popup = new QPopupMenu;
+        that->m_popup = new Q3PopupMenu;
     }
     return m_popup;
 }
 
 ////////
 
 KToggleToolBarAction::KToggleToolBarAction( const char* toolBarName,
          const QString& text, KActionCollection* parent, const char* name )
   : KToggleAction( text, KShortcut(), parent, name )
   , m_toolBarName( toolBarName )
   , m_toolBar( 0L )
 {
 }
 
 KToggleToolBarAction::KToggleToolBarAction( KToolBar *toolBar, const QString &text,
                                             KActionCollection *parent, const char *name )
   : KToggleAction( text, KShortcut(), parent, name )
   , m_toolBarName( 0 )
   , m_toolBar( toolBar )
 {
 }
 
 KToggleToolBarAction::~KToggleToolBarAction()
 {
 }
 
 int KToggleToolBarAction::plug( QWidget* w, int index )
 {
   qDebug("KToggleToolBarAction::plug has to be fixed");
 /*US
   if (kapp && !kapp->authorizeKAction(name()))
       return -1;
 
   if ( !m_toolBar ) {
     // Note: topLevelWidget() stops too early, we can't use it.
     QWidget * tl = w;
     QWidget * n;
     while ( !tl->isDialog() && ( n = tl->parentWidget() ) ) // lookup parent and store
       tl = n;
 
 //US    KMainWindow * mw = dynamic_cast<KMainWindow *>(tl); // try to see if it's a kmainwindow
     QMainWindow * mw = 0;
     if ( tl->inherits("QMainWindow") )
       mw = (QMainWindow *)(tl); // try to see if it's a kmainwindow
 
     if ( mw )
         m_toolBar = mw->toolBar( m_toolBarName );
   }
 
   if( m_toolBar ) {
     setChecked( m_toolBar->isVisible() );
     connect( m_toolBar, SIGNAL(visibilityChanged(bool)), this, SLOT(setChecked(bool)) );
     // Also emit toggled when the toolbar's visibility changes (see comment in header)
     connect( m_toolBar, SIGNAL(visibilityChanged(bool)), this, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)) );
   } else {
     setEnabled( false );
   }
 */
   return KToggleAction::plug( w, index );
 }
 
 void KToggleToolBarAction::setChecked( bool c )
 {
   if( m_toolBar && c != m_toolBar->isVisible() ) {
     if( c ) {
       m_toolBar->show();
     } else {
       m_toolBar->hide();
     }
   qDebug("KToggleToolBarAction::setChecked has to be fixed");
 /*US
     QMainWindow* mw = m_toolBar->mainWindow();
     if ( mw && mw->inherits( "KMainWindow" ) )
       static_cast<KMainWindow *>( mw )->setSettingsDirty();
 */      
   }
   KToggleAction::setChecked( c );
   
 }
 
 ////////
 
 KWidgetAction::KWidgetAction( QWidget* widget,
     const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
     const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
     KActionCollection* parent, const char* name )
   : KAction( text, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name )
   , m_widget( widget )
   , m_autoSized( false )
 {
 }
 
 KWidgetAction::~KWidgetAction()
 {
 }
 
 void KWidgetAction::setAutoSized( bool autoSized )
 {
   if( m_autoSized == autoSized )
     return;
 
   m_autoSized = autoSized;
 
   if( !m_widget || !isPlugged() )
     return;
 
   KToolBar* toolBar = (KToolBar*)m_widget->parent();
   int i = findContainer( toolBar );
   if ( i == -1 )
     return;
   int id = itemId( i );
 
   toolBar->setItemAutoSized( id, m_autoSized );
   
 }
 
 int KWidgetAction::plug( QWidget* w, int index )
 {
 /*US
   if (kapp && !kapp->authorizeKAction(name()))
       return -1;
 */
   if ( !w->inherits( "KToolBar" ) ) {
     kdError() << "KWidgetAction::plug: KWidgetAction must be plugged into KToolBar." << endl;
     return -1;
   }
   if ( !m_widget ) {
     kdError() << "KWidgetAction::plug: Widget was deleted or null!" << endl;
     return -1;
   }
 
   KToolBar* toolBar = static_cast<KToolBar*>( w );
 
   int id = KAction::getToolButtonID();
 
   m_widget->reparent( toolBar, QPoint() );
   toolBar->insertWidget( id, 0, m_widget, index );
   toolBar->setItemAutoSized( id, m_autoSized );
 
 //US  QWhatsThis::add( m_widget, whatsThis() );
   addContainer( toolBar, id );
 
   connect( toolBar, SIGNAL( toolbarDestroyed() ), this, SLOT( slotToolbarDestroyed() ) );
   connect( toolBar, SIGNAL( destroyed() ), this, SLOT( slotDestroyed() ) );
 
   return containerCount() - 1;
 }
 
 void KWidgetAction::unplug( QWidget *w )
 {
   if( !m_widget || !isPlugged() )
     return;
 
   KToolBar* toolBar = (KToolBar*)m_widget->parent();
   if ( toolBar == w )
   {
       disconnect( toolBar, SIGNAL( toolbarDestroyed() ), this, SLOT( slotToolbarDestroyed() ) );
       m_widget->reparent( 0L, QPoint(), false ); // false = showit
   }
   KAction::unplug( w );
 }
 
 void KWidgetAction::slotToolbarDestroyed()
 {
   //Q_ASSERT( m_widget ); // When exiting the app the widget could be destroyed before the toolbar.
 
-  ASSERT( isPlugged() );
+  Q_ASSERT( isPlugged() );
   if( !m_widget || !isPlugged() )
     return;
 
   // Don't let a toolbar being destroyed, delete my widget.
   m_widget->reparent( 0L, QPoint(), false /*showIt*/ );
 }
 
 ////////
 
 KActionSeparator::KActionSeparator( QObject *parent, const char *name )
   : KAction( parent, name )
 {
 }
 
 KActionSeparator::~KActionSeparator()
 {
 }
 
 int KActionSeparator::plug( QWidget *widget, int index )
 {
-  if ( widget->inherits("QPopupMenu") )
+  if ( widget->inherits("Q3PopupMenu") )
   {
-    QPopupMenu* menu = static_cast<QPopupMenu*>( widget );
+    Q3PopupMenu* menu = static_cast<Q3PopupMenu*>( widget );
 
     int id = menu->insertSeparator( index );
 
     addContainer( menu, id );
     connect( menu, SIGNAL( destroyed() ), this, SLOT( slotDestroyed() ) );
 
     return containerCount() - 1;
   }
   else if ( widget->inherits( "QMenuBar" ) )
   {
     QMenuBar *menuBar = static_cast<QMenuBar *>( widget );
 
     int id = menuBar->insertSeparator( index );
 
     addContainer( menuBar, id );
 
     connect( menuBar, SIGNAL( destroyed() ), this, SLOT( slotDestroyed() ) );
 
     return containerCount() - 1;
   }
   else if ( widget->inherits( "KToolBar" ) )
   {
     KToolBar *toolBar = static_cast<KToolBar *>( widget );
 
     int id = toolBar->insertSeparator( index );
 //        toolBar->addSeparator();
 
     addContainer( toolBar, id );
 
     connect( toolBar, SIGNAL( destroyed() ), this, SLOT( slotDestroyed() ) );
 
     return containerCount() - 1;
   }
   
   return -1;
 }
 
 void KToggleAction::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
 { KAction::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
 
 void KRadioAction::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
 { KToggleAction::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
 
 void KSelectAction::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
 { KAction::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
 
 void KListAction::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
 { KSelectAction::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
 
 void KRecentFilesAction::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
 { KListAction::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
 
 void KFontAction::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
 { KSelectAction::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
 
 void KFontSizeAction::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
 { KSelectAction::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
 
 void KActionMenu::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
 { KAction::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
 
 void KToolBarPopupAction::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
 { KAction::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
 
 void KToggleToolBarAction::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
 { KToggleAction::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
 
 void KWidgetAction::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
 { KAction::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
 
 void KActionSeparator::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
 { KAction::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
 
 /* vim: et sw=2 ts=2
  */
 
 /*US 
 #include "kactionclasses.moc"
 */
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kactionclasses.h b/microkde/kdeui/kactionclasses.h
index f6e7a0f..a9b9104 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/kactionclasses.h
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kactionclasses.h
@@ -1,1223 +1,1226 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
     Copyright (C) 1999 Reginald Stadlbauer <reggie@kde.org>
               (C) 1999 Simon Hausmann <hausmann@kde.org>
               (C) 2000 Nicolas Hadacek <haadcek@kde.org>
               (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth <granroth@kde.org>
               (C) 2000 Michael Koch <koch@kde.org>
               (C) 2001 Holger Freyther <freyther@kde.org>
               (C) 2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org>
 
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 //$Id$
 
 #ifndef __kactionclasses_h__
 #define __kactionclasses_h__
 
 #include <kaction.h>
 
 //US#include <qkeysequence.h>
 //US#include <qobject.h>
 //US#include <qvaluelist.h>
 //US#include <qguardedptr.h>
 //US#include <kguiitem.h>
 #include <kshortcut.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3CString>
+#include <Q3PopupMenu>
 //US#include <kstdaction.h>
 //US#include <kicontheme.h>
 
 class QMenuBar;
-class QPopupMenu;
+class Q3PopupMenu;
 //USclass QComboBox;
 //USclass QPoint;
 //USclass QIconSet;
 //USclass QString;
 //USclass KToolBar;
 
 //USclass KAccel;
 //USclass KAccelActions;
 class KConfig;
 //USclass KConfigBase;
 class KURL;
 //USclass KInstance;
 
 
 //US class KToolBar needs to be replaced
-class KToolBar;
+#include "ktoolbar.h"
 class KActionCollection;
 
 //US class KPopupMenu needs to be replaced
 //US class KPopupMenu;
 //USclass KMainWindow;
 
 /**
  *  Checkbox like action.
  *
  *  This action provides two states: checked or not.
  *
  *  @short Checkbox like action.
  */
 class KToggleAction : public KAction
 {
     Q_OBJECT
     Q_PROPERTY( bool checked READ isChecked WRITE setChecked )
     Q_PROPERTY( QString exclusiveGroup READ exclusiveGroup WRITE setExclusiveGroup )
 public:
 
     /**
      * Constructs a toggle action with text and potential keyboard
      * accelerator but nothing else. Use this only if you really
      * know what you are doing.
      *
      * @param text The text that will be displayed.
      * @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
      * @param parent This action's parent.
      * @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
     KToggleAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(), QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
 
     /**
      *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
      *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
      *  @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
      *  @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
      *  @param parent This action's parent.
      *  @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
     KToggleAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
                    const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, QObject* parent, const char* name = 0 );
 
     /**
      *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
      *  @param pix The icons that go with this action.
      *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
      *  @param parent This action's parent.
      *  @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
-    KToggleAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
+    KToggleAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
              QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
 
     /**
      *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
      *  @param pix The dynamically loaded icon that goes with this action.
      *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
      *  @param parent This action's parent.
      *  @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
     KToggleAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
                    QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
 
     /**
      *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
      *  @param pix The icons that go with this action.
      *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
      *  @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
      *  @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
      *  @param parent This action's parent.
      *  @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
-    KToggleAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
+    KToggleAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
                    const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, QObject* parent, const char* name = 0 );
 
     /**
      *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
      *  @param pix The dynamically loaded icon that goes with this action.
      *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
      *  @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
      *  @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
      *  @param parent This action's parent.
      *  @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
     KToggleAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
                    const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
                    QObject* parent, const char* name = 0 );
 
     /**
      *  @param parent This action's parent.
      *  @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
     KToggleAction( QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
 
     /**
      * Destructor
      */
     virtual ~KToggleAction();
 
     /**
      *  "Plug" or insert this action into a given widget.
      *
      *  This will typically be a menu or a toolbar.  From this point
      *  on, you will never need to directly manipulate the item in the
      *  menu or toolbar.  You do all enabling/disabling/manipulation
      *  directly with your KToggleAction object.
      *
      *  @param widget The GUI element to display this action.
      *  @param index  The index of the item.
      */
     virtual int plug( QWidget* widget, int index = -1 );
 
     /**
      *  Returns the actual state of the action.
      */
     bool isChecked() const;
 
     /**
      * @return which "exclusive group" this action is part of.
      * @see setExclusiveGroup
      */
     QString exclusiveGroup() const;
 
     /**
      * Defines which "exclusive group" this action is part of.
      * In a given exclusive group, only one toggle action can be checked
      * at a any moment. Checking an action unchecks the other actions
      * of the group.
      */
     virtual void setExclusiveGroup( const QString& name );
 
 public slots:
     /**
      *  Sets the state of the action.
      */
     virtual void setChecked( bool );
 
 protected slots:
     virtual void slotActivated();
 
 protected:
     virtual void updateChecked( int id );
 
 signals:
     void toggled( bool );
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
 private:
     class KToggleActionPrivate;
     KToggleActionPrivate *d;
 };
 
 /**
  * An action that operates like a radio button. At any given time
  * only a single action from the group will be active.
  */
 class KRadioAction : public KToggleAction
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 public:
     /**
      * Constructs a radio action with text and potential keyboard
      * accelerator but nothing else. Use this only if you really
      * know what you are doing.
      *
      * @param text The text that will be displayed.
      * @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
      * @param parent This action's parent.
      * @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
     KRadioAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(), QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
 
     /**
      *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
      *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
      *  @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
      *  @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
      *  @param parent This action's parent.
      *  @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
     KRadioAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
                   const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, QObject* parent, const char* name = 0 );
 
     /**
      *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
      *  @param pix The icons that go with this action.
      *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
      *  @param parent This action's parent.
      *  @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
-    KRadioAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
+    KRadioAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
                   QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
 
     /**
      *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
      *  @param pix The dynamically loaded icon that goes with this action.
      *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
      *  @param parent This action's parent.
      *  @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
     KRadioAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
                   QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
 
     /**
      *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
      *  @param pix The icons that go with this action.
      *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
      *  @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
      *  @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
      *  @param parent This action's parent.
      *  @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
-    KRadioAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
+    KRadioAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
                   const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, QObject* parent, const char* name = 0 );
 
     /**
      *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
      *  @param pix The dynamically loaded icon that goes with this action.
      *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
      *  @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
      *  @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
      *  @param parent This action's parent.
      *  @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
     KRadioAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
                   const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
                   QObject* parent, const char* name = 0 );
 
     /**
      *  @param parent This action's parent.
      *  @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
     KRadioAction( QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
 
 protected:
     virtual void slotActivated();
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
 private:
     class KRadioActionPrivate;
     KRadioActionPrivate *d;
 };
 
 /**
  *  Action for selecting one of several items.
  *
  *  This action shows up a submenu with a list of items.
  *  One of them can be checked. If the user clicks on an item
  *  this item will automatically be checked,
  *  the formerly checked item becomes unchecked.
  *  There can be only one item checked at a time.
  *
  *  @short Action for selecting one of several items
  */
 class KSelectAction : public KAction
 {
     Q_OBJECT
     Q_PROPERTY( int currentItem READ currentItem WRITE setCurrentItem )
     Q_PROPERTY( QStringList items READ items WRITE setItems )
     Q_PROPERTY( bool editable READ isEditable WRITE setEditable )
     Q_PROPERTY( int comboWidth READ comboWidth WRITE setComboWidth )
     Q_PROPERTY( QString currentText READ currentText )
     Q_PROPERTY( bool menuAccelsEnabled READ menuAccelsEnabled WRITE setMenuAccelsEnabled )
 public:
 
     /**
      * Constructs a select action with text and potential keyboard
      * accelerator but nothing else. Use this only if you really
      * know what you are doing.
      *
      * @param text The text that will be displayed.
      * @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
      * @param parent This action's parent.
      * @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
     KSelectAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(), QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
 
     /**
      *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
      *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
      *  @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
      *  @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
      *  @param parent This action's parent.
      *  @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
     KSelectAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
                    const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, QObject* parent, const char* name = 0 );
 
     /**
      *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
      *  @param pix The icons that go with this action.
      *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
      *  @param parent This action's parent.
      *  @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
-    KSelectAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
+    KSelectAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
              QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
 
     /**
      *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
      *  @param pix The dynamically loaded icon that goes with this action.
      *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
      *  @param parent This action's parent.
      *  @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
     KSelectAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
                    QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
 
     /**
      *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
      *  @param pix The icons that go with this action.
      *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
      *  @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
      *  @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
      *  @param parent This action's parent.
      *  @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
-    KSelectAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
+    KSelectAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
                    const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, QObject* parent, const char* name = 0 );
 
     /**
      *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
      *  @param pix The dynamically loaded icon that goes with this action.
      *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
      *  @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
      *  @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
      *  @param parent This action's parent.
      *  @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
     KSelectAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
                    const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
                    QObject* parent, const char* name = 0 );
 
     /**
      *  @param parent This action's parent.
      *  @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
     KSelectAction( QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
 
     /**
      * Destructor
      */
     virtual ~KSelectAction();
 
     /**
      *  "Plug" or insert this action into a given widget.
      *
      *  This will typically be a menu or a toolbar.
      *  From this point on, you will never need to directly
      *  manipulate the item in the menu or toolbar.
      *  You do all enabling/disabling/manipulation directly with your KSelectAction object.
      *
      *  @param widget The GUI element to display this action.
      *  @param index  The index of the item.
      */
     virtual int plug( QWidget* widget, int index = -1 );
 
     /**
      * When this action is plugged into a toolbar, it creates a combobox.
      * @return true if the combo editable.
      */
     virtual bool isEditable() const;
 
     /**
      * @return the items that can be selected with this action.
      * Use setItems to set them.
      */
     virtual QStringList items() const;
 
     virtual void changeItem( int index, const QString& text );
 
     virtual QString currentText() const;
 
     virtual int currentItem() const;
 
     /**
      * When this action is plugged into a toolbar, it creates a combobox.
      * This returns the maximum width set by setComboWidth
      */
     virtual int comboWidth() const;
 
-    QPopupMenu* popupMenu() const;
+    Q3PopupMenu* popupMenu() const;
 
     /**
      * Deprecated. See @ref setMenuAccelsEnabled .
      * @since 3.1
      */
     void setRemoveAmpersandsInCombo( bool b );
     /// @since 3.1
     bool removeAmpersandsInCombo() const;
 
     /**
      * Sets whether any occurence of the ampersand character ( &amp; ) in items
      * should be interpreted as keyboard accelerator for items displayed in a
      * menu or not.
      * @since 3.1
      */
     void setMenuAccelsEnabled( bool b );
     /// @since 3.1
     bool menuAccelsEnabled() const;
 
 public slots:
     /**
      *  Sets the currently checked item.
      *
      *  @param index Index of the item (remember the first item is zero).
      */
     virtual void setCurrentItem( int index );
 
     /**
      * Sets the items to be displayed in this action
      * You need to call this.
      */
     virtual void setItems( const QStringList &lst );
 
     /**
      * Clears up all the items in this action
      */
     virtual void clear();
 
     /**
      * When this action is plugged into a toolbar, it creates a combobox.
      * This makes the combo editable or read-only.
      */
     virtual void setEditable( bool );
 
     /**
      * When this action is plugged into a toolbar, it creates a combobox.
      * This gives a _maximum_ size to the combobox.
      * The minimum size is automatically given by the contents (the items).
      */
     virtual void setComboWidth( int width );
 
 protected:
     virtual void changeItem( int id, int index, const QString& text );
 
     /**
      * Depending on the menuAccelsEnabled property this method will return the
      * actions items in a way for inclusion in a combobox with the ampersand
      * character removed from all items or not.
      * @since 3.1
      */
     QStringList comboItems() const;
 
 protected slots:
     virtual void slotActivated( int id );
     virtual void slotActivated( const QString &text );
     virtual void slotActivated();
 
 signals:
     void activated( int index );
     void activated( const QString& text );
 
 protected:
     virtual void updateCurrentItem( int id );
 
     virtual void updateComboWidth( int id );
 
     virtual void updateItems( int id );
 
     virtual void updateClear( int id );
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
 private:
     void setupMenu() const;
     class KSelectActionPrivate;
     KSelectActionPrivate *d;
 
 };
 
 /// Remove this class in KDE-4.0. It doesn't add _anything_ to KSelectAction
 /**
  * @deprecated Use KSelectAction instead.
  */
 class KListAction : public KSelectAction
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 public:
     /**
      * Constructs a list action with text and potential keyboard
      * accelerator but nothing else. Use this only if you really
      * know what you are doing.
      *
      * @param text The text that will be displayed.
      * @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
      * @param parent This action's parent.
      * @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
     KListAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(), QObject* parent = 0,
                   const char* name = 0 );
 
     /**
      *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
      *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
      *  @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
      *  @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
      *  @param parent This action's parent.
      *  @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
     KListAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut, const QObject* receiver,
                   const char* slot, QObject* parent, const char* name = 0 );
 
     /**
      *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
      *  @param pix The icons that go with this action.
      *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
      *  @param parent This action's parent.
      *  @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
-    KListAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
+    KListAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
                       QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
 
     /**
      *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
      *  @param pix The dynamically loaded icon that goes with this action.
      *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
      *  @param parent This action's parent.
      *  @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
     KListAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
                       QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
 
     /**
      *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
      *  @param pix The icons that go with this action.
      *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
      *  @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
      *  @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
      *  @param parent This action's parent.
      *  @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
-    KListAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
+    KListAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
                           const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, QObject* parent,
                   const char* name = 0 );
 
     /**
      *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
      *  @param pix The dynamically loaded icon that goes with this action.
      *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
      *  @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
      *  @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
      *  @param parent This action's parent.
      *  @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
     KListAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
                  const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, QObject* parent,
                  const char* name = 0 );
 
     /**
      *  @param parent This action's parent.
      *  @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
     KListAction( QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
 
     /**
      * Destructor
      */
     virtual ~KListAction();
 
 
     virtual QString currentText() const;
     virtual int currentItem() const;
 
 
 public slots:
     /**
      *  Sets the currently checked item.
      *
      *  @param index Index of the item (remember the first item is zero).
      */
     virtual void setCurrentItem( int index );
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
 private:
     class KListActionPrivate;
     KListActionPrivate *d;
 };
 
 /**
  *  This class is an action to handle a recent files submenu.
  *  The best way to create the action is to use KStdAction::openRecent.
  *  Then you simply need to call @ref loadEntries on startup, @ref saveEntries
  *  on shutdown, @ref addURL when your application loads/saves a file.
  *
  *  @author Michael Koch
  *  @short Recent files action
  */
 class KRecentFilesAction : public KListAction  // TODO public KSelectAction
 {
   Q_OBJECT
   Q_PROPERTY( uint maxItems READ maxItems WRITE setMaxItems )
 public:
   /**
    *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
    *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
    *  @param parent This action's parent.
    *  @param name An internal name for this action.
    *  @param maxItems The maximum number of files to display
    */
   KRecentFilesAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
                       QObject* parent, const char* name = 0,
                       uint maxItems = 10 );
 
   /**
    *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
    *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
    *  @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
    *  @param slot The SLOT to invoke when a URL is selected.
    *  Its signature is of the form slotURLSelected( const KURL & ).
    *  @param parent This action's parent.
    *  @param name An internal name for this action.
    *  @param maxItems The maximum number of files to display
    */
   KRecentFilesAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
                       const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
                       QObject* parent, const char* name = 0,
                       uint maxItems = 10 );
 
   /**
    *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
    *  @param pix The icons that go with this action.
    *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
    *  @param parent This action's parent.
    *  @param name An internal name for this action.
    *  @param maxItems The maximum number of files to display
    */
-  KRecentFilesAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
+  KRecentFilesAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
                       QObject* parent, const char* name = 0,
                       uint maxItems = 10 );
 
   /**
    *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
    *  @param pix The dynamically loaded icon that goes with this action.
    *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
    *  @param parent This action's parent.
    *  @param name An internal name for this action.
    *  @param maxItems The maximum number of files to display
    */
   KRecentFilesAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
                       QObject* parent, const char* name = 0,
                       uint maxItems = 10 );
 
   /**
    *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
    *  @param pix The icons that go with this action.
    *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
    *  @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
    *  @param slot The SLOT to invoke when a URL is selected.
    *  Its signature is of the form slotURLSelected( const KURL & ).
    *  @param parent This action's parent.
    *  @param name An internal name for this action.
    *  @param maxItems The maximum number of files to display
    */
-  KRecentFilesAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
+  KRecentFilesAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
                       const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
                       QObject* parent, const char* name = 0,
                       uint maxItems = 10 );
 
   /**
    *  @param text The text that will be displayed.
    *  @param pix The dynamically loaded icon that goes with this action.
    *  @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
    *  @param receiver The SLOT's parent.
    *  @param slot The SLOT to invoke when a URL is selected.
    *  Its signature is of the form slotURLSelected( const KURL & ).
    *  @param parent This action's parent.
    *  @param name An internal name for this action.
    *  @param maxItems The maximum number of files to display
    */
   KRecentFilesAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
                       const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
                       QObject* parent, const char* name = 0,
                       uint maxItems = 10 );
 
   /**
    *  @param parent This action's parent.
    *  @param name An internal name for this action.
    *  @param maxItems The maximum number of files to display
    */
   KRecentFilesAction( QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
                       uint maxItems = 10 );
 
   /**
    *  Destructor.
    */
   virtual ~KRecentFilesAction();
 
   /**
    *  Returns the maximum of items in the recent files list.
    */
   uint maxItems() const;
 
 public slots:
   /**
    *  Sets the maximum of items in the recent files list.
    *  The default for this value is 10 set in the constructor.
    *
    *  If this value is lesser than the number of items currently
    *  in the recent files list the last items are deleted until
    *  the number of items are equal to the new maximum.
    */
   void setMaxItems( uint maxItems );
 
   /**
    *  Loads the recent files entries from a given KConfig object.
    *  You can provide the name of the group used to load the entries.
    *  If the groupname is empty, entries are load from a group called 'RecentFiles'
    *
    *  This method does not effect the active group of KConfig.
    */
   void loadEntries( KConfig* config, QString groupname=QString::null );
 
   /**
    *  Saves the current recent files entries to a given KConfig object.
    *  You can provide the name of the group used to load the entries.
    *  If the groupname is empty, entries are saved to a group called 'RecentFiles'
    *
    *  This method does not effect the active group of KConfig.
    */
   void saveEntries( KConfig* config, QString groupname=QString::null );
 
 public slots:
   /**
    *  Add URL to recent files list.
    *
    *  @param url The URL of the file
    */
   void addURL( const KURL& url );
 
   /**
    *  Remove an URL from the recent files list.
    *
    *  @param url The URL of the file
    */
   void removeURL( const KURL& url );
 
   /**
    *  Removes all entries from the recent files list.
    */
   void clearURLList();
 
 signals:
 
   /**
    *  This signal gets emited when the user selects an URL.
    *
    *  @param url The URL thats the user selected.
    */
   void urlSelected( const KURL& url );
 
 protected slots:
   /**
    *
    */
   void itemSelected( const QString& string );
 
 protected:
   virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
 private:
   void init();
 
   class KRecentFilesActionPrivate;
   KRecentFilesActionPrivate *d;
 };
 
 class KFontAction : public KSelectAction
 {
     Q_OBJECT
     Q_PROPERTY( QString font READ font WRITE setFont )
 public:
     KFontAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(), QObject* parent = 0,
                  const char* name = 0 );
     KFontAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut,
                  const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, QObject* parent,
                  const char* name = 0 );
-    KFontAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
+    KFontAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
                  QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
     KFontAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
                  QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
-    KFontAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
+    KFontAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
                  const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, QObject* parent,
                  const char* name = 0 );
     KFontAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
                  const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, QObject* parent,
                  const char* name = 0 );
 
     KFontAction( QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
     ~KFontAction();
 
     QString font() const {
         return currentText();
     }
 
     int plug( QWidget*, int index = -1 );
 
 public slots:
     void setFont( const QString &family );
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
 private:
     class KFontActionPrivate;
     KFontActionPrivate *d;
 };
 
 class KFontSizeAction : public KSelectAction
 {
     Q_OBJECT
     Q_PROPERTY( int fontSize READ fontSize WRITE setFontSize )
 public:
     KFontSizeAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(), QObject* parent = 0,
                      const char* name = 0 );
     KFontSizeAction( const QString& text, const KShortcut& cut, const QObject* receiver,
                      const char* slot, QObject* parent, const char* name = 0 );
-    KFontSizeAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
+    KFontSizeAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
                      QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
     KFontSizeAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
                      QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
-    KFontSizeAction( const QString& text, const QIconSet& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
+    KFontSizeAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
                      const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
                      QObject* parent, const char* name = 0 );
     KFontSizeAction( const QString& text, const QString& pix, const KShortcut& cut,
                      const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
                      QObject* parent, const char* name = 0 );
     KFontSizeAction( QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
 
     virtual ~KFontSizeAction();
 
     virtual int fontSize() const;
 
 public slots:
     virtual void setFontSize( int size );
 
 protected slots:
     virtual void slotActivated( int );
     virtual void slotActivated( const QString& );
     virtual void slotActivated() { KAction::slotActivated(); }
 
 signals:
     void fontSizeChanged( int );
 
 private:
     void init();
 
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
 private:
     class KFontSizeActionPrivate;
     KFontSizeActionPrivate *d;
 };
 
 
 /**
  * A KActionMenu is an action that holds a sub-menu of other actions.
  * insert() and remove() allow to insert and remove actions into this action-menu.
  * Plugged in a popupmenu, it will create a submenu.
  * Plugged in a toolbar, it will create a button with a popup menu.
  *
  * This is the action used by the XMLGUI since it holds other actions.
  * If you want a submenu for selecting one tool among many (without icons), see KSelectAction.
  * See also setDelayed about the main action.
  */
 class KActionMenu : public KAction
 {
   Q_OBJECT
   Q_PROPERTY( bool delayed READ delayed WRITE setDelayed )
   Q_PROPERTY( bool stickyMenu READ stickyMenu WRITE setStickyMenu )
 
 public:
     KActionMenu( const QString& text, QObject* parent = 0,
                  const char* name = 0 );
-    KActionMenu( const QString& text, const QIconSet& icon,
+    KActionMenu( const QString& text, const QIcon& icon,
                  QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
     KActionMenu( const QString& text, const QString& icon,
                  QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
     KActionMenu( QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
     virtual ~KActionMenu();
 
     virtual void insert( KAction*, int index = -1 );
     virtual void remove( KAction* );
 
 //US    KPopupMenu* popupMenu() const;
-    QPopupMenu* popupMenu() const;
+    Q3PopupMenu* popupMenu() const;
     void popup( const QPoint& global );
 
     /**
      * Returns true if this action creates a delayed popup menu
      * when plugged in a KToolbar.
      */
     bool delayed() const;
     /**
      * If set to true, this action will create a delayed popup menu
      * when plugged in a KToolbar. Otherwise it creates a normal popup.
      * Default: delayed
      *
      * Remember that if the "main" action (the toolbar button itself)
      * cannot be clicked, then you should call setDelayed(false).
      *
      * On the opposite, if the main action can be clicked, it can only happen
      * in a toolbar: in a menu, the parent of a submenu can't be activated.
      * To get a "normal" menu item when plugged a menu (and no submenu)
      * use KToolBarPopupAction.
      */
     void setDelayed(bool _delayed);
 
     /**
      * Returns true if this action creates a sticky popup menu.
      * See @ref setStickyMenu.
      */
     bool stickyMenu() const;
     /**
      * If set to true, this action will create a sticky popup menu
      * when plugged in a KToolbar.
      * "Sticky", means it's visible until a selection is made or the mouse is
      * clicked elsewhere. This feature allows you to make a selection without
      * having to press and hold down the mouse while making a selection.
      * Default: sticky.
      */
     void setStickyMenu(bool sticky);
 
     virtual int plug( QWidget* widget, int index = -1 );
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
 private:
     class KActionMenuPrivate;
     KActionMenuPrivate *d;
 };
 
 /**
  * This action is a normal action everywhere, except in a toolbar
  * where it also has a popupmenu (optionnally delayed). This action is designed
  * for history actions (back/forward, undo/redo) and for any other action
  * that has more detail in a toolbar than in a menu (e.g. tool chooser
  * with "Other" leading to a dialog...).
  */
 class KToolBarPopupAction : public KAction
 {
   Q_OBJECT
   Q_PROPERTY( bool delayed READ delayed WRITE setDelayed )
   Q_PROPERTY( bool stickyMenu READ stickyMenu WRITE setStickyMenu )
 
 public:
     //Not all constructors - because we need an icon, since this action only makes
     // sense when being plugged at least in a toolbar.
     /**
      * Create a KToolBarPopupAction, with a text, an icon, an optionnal accelerator,
      * parent and name.
      *
      * @param text The text that will be displayed.
      * @param icon The icon to display.
      * @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
      * @param parent This action's parent.
      * @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
     KToolBarPopupAction( const QString& text, const QString& icon, const KShortcut& cut = KShortcut(),
                          QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
 
     /**
      * Create a KToolBarPopupAction, with a text, an icon, an accelerator,
      * a slot connected to the action, parent and name.
      *
      * If you do not want or have a keyboard accelerator, set the
      * @p cut param to 0.
      *
      * @param text The text that will be displayed.
      * @param icon The icon to display.
      * @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
      * @param receiver The SLOT's owner.
      * @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
      * @param parent This action's parent.
      * @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
     KToolBarPopupAction( const QString& text, const QString& icon, const KShortcut& cut,
                          const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
                          QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
 
     /**
      * Create a KToolBarPopupAction, with a KGuiItem, an accelerator,
      * a slot connected to the action, parent and name. The text and the
      * icon are taken from the KGuiItem.
      *
      * If you do not want or have a keyboard accelerator, set the
      * @p cut param to 0.
      *
      * @param item The text and icon that will be displayed.
      * @param cut The corresponding keyboard accelerator (shortcut).
      * @param receiver The SLOT's owner.
      * @param slot The SLOT to invoke to execute this action.
      * @param parent This action's parent.
      * @param name An internal name for this action.
      */
      
     KToolBarPopupAction( const KGuiItem& item, const KShortcut& cut,
                          const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
                          KActionCollection* parent, const char* name );
     
     virtual ~KToolBarPopupAction();
 
     virtual int plug( QWidget *widget, int index = -1 );
 
     /**
      * The popup menu that is shown when clicking (some time) on the toolbar
      * button. You may want to plug items into it on creation, or connect to
      * aboutToShow for a more dynamic menu.
      */
 //US    KPopupMenu *popupMenu() const;
-    QPopupMenu *popupMenu() const;
+    Q3PopupMenu *popupMenu() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns true if this action creates a delayed popup menu
      * when plugged in a KToolbar.
      */
     bool delayed() const;
     /**
      * If set to true, this action will create a delayed popup menu
      * when plugged in a KToolbar. Otherwise it creates a normal popup.
      * Default: delayed.
      */
     void setDelayed(bool delayed);
     /**
      * Returns true if this action creates a sticky popup menu.
      * See @ref setStickyMenu.
      */
     bool stickyMenu() const;
     /**
      * If set to true, this action will create a sticky popup menu
      * when plugged in a KToolbar.
      * "Sticky", means it's visible until a selection is made or the mouse is
      * clicked elsewhere. This feature allows you to make a selection without
      * having to press and hold down the mouse while making a selection.
      * Only available if delayed() is true.
      * Default: sticky.
      */
     void setStickyMenu(bool sticky);
 
 private:
 //US    KPopupMenu *m_popup;
-    QPopupMenu *m_popup;
+    Q3PopupMenu *m_popup;
     bool m_delayed:1;
     bool m_stickyMenu:1;
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
 private:
     class KToolBarPopupActionPrivate;
     KToolBarPopupActionPrivate *d;
 };
 
 /**
  * An action that takes care of everything associated with
  * showing or hiding a toolbar by a menu action. It will
  * show or hide the toolbar with the given name when
  * activated, and check or uncheck itself if the toolbar
  * is manually shown or hidden.
  *
  * If you need to perfom some additional action when the
  * toolbar is shown or hidden, connect to the toggled(bool)
  * signal. It will be emitted after the toolbar's
  * visibility has changed, whenever it changes.
  * @since 3.1
  */
 class KToggleToolBarAction : public KToggleAction
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 public:
     /**
      * Create a KToggleToolbarAction that manages the toolbar
      * named toolBarName. This can be either the name of a
      * toolbar in an xml ui file, or a toolbar programmatically
      * created with that name.
      */
     KToggleToolBarAction( const char* toolBarName, const QString& text,
                           KActionCollection* parent, const char* name );
     KToggleToolBarAction( KToolBar *toolBar, const QString &text,
                           KActionCollection *parent, const char *name );
     virtual ~KToggleToolBarAction();
 
     virtual int plug( QWidget*, int index = -1 );
 
     KToolBar *toolBar() {
       return m_toolBar;
     }
 
 public slots:
     virtual void setChecked( bool );
 
 private:
-    QCString               m_toolBarName;
-    QGuardedPtr<KToolBar>  m_toolBar;
+    Q3CString               m_toolBarName;
+    QPointer<KToolBar>  m_toolBar;
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
 private:
     class KToggleToolBarActionPrivate;
     KToggleToolBarActionPrivate *d;
 };
 
 /**
  * An action that automatically embeds a widget into a
  * toolbar.
  */
 class KWidgetAction : public KAction
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 public:
     /**
      * Create an action that will embed widget into a toolbar
      * when plugged. This action may only be plugged into
      * a toolbar.
      */
     KWidgetAction( QWidget* widget, const QString& text,
                    const KShortcut& cut,
                    const QObject* receiver, const char* slot,
                    KActionCollection* parent, const char* name );
     virtual ~KWidgetAction();
 
     /**
      * Returns the widget associated with this action.
      */
     QWidget* widget() { return m_widget; }
 
     void setAutoSized( bool );
 
     /**
      * Plug the action. The widget passed to the constructor
      * will be reparented to w, which must inherit KToolBar.
      */
     virtual int plug( QWidget* w, int index = -1 );
     /**
      * Unplug the action. Ensures that the action is not
      * destroyed. It will be hidden and reparented to 0L instead.
      */
     virtual void unplug( QWidget *w );
 protected slots:
     void slotToolbarDestroyed();
 private:
-    QGuardedPtr<QWidget> m_widget;
+    QPointer<QWidget> m_widget;
     bool                 m_autoSized;
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
 private:
     class KWidgetActionPrivate;
     KWidgetActionPrivate *d;
 };
 
 class KActionSeparator : public KAction
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 public:
     KActionSeparator( QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
     virtual ~KActionSeparator();
 
     virtual int plug( QWidget*, int index = -1 );
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
 private:
     class KActionSeparatorPrivate;
     KActionSeparatorPrivate *d;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kactioncollection.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/kactioncollection.cpp
index 69e5d02..4d66c7f 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/kactioncollection.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kactioncollection.cpp
@@ -1,840 +1,842 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
     Copyright (C) 1999 Reginald Stadlbauer <reggie@kde.org>
               (C) 1999 Simon Hausmann <hausmann@kde.org>
               (C) 2000 Nicolas Hadacek <haadcek@kde.org>
               (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth <granroth@kde.org>
               (C) 2000 Michael Koch <koch@kde.org>
               (C) 2001 Holger Freyther <freyther@kde.org>
               (C) 2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org>
               (C) 2002 Joseph Wenninger <jowenn@kde.org>
 
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 #include "kactioncollection.h"
 //US#include "kactionshortcutlist.h"
 
-#include <qptrdict.h>
+#include <q3ptrdict.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3ValueList>
 //US#include <qvariant.h>
 
 //US#include <kaccel.h>
 //US#include <kaccelbase.h>
 //US#include <kapplication.h>
 #include <kdebug.h>
 //US#include <kxmlguifactory.h>
 
 //US I included the following files
-#include <qasciidict.h>
-#include <qptrlist.h>
+#include <q3asciidict.h>
+#include <q3ptrlist.h>
 #include "kaction.h"
 #include <kglobal.h>
 #include <qobject.h>
 #include <qwidget.h>
 
 class KActionCollection::KActionCollectionPrivate
 {
 public:
   KActionCollectionPrivate()
   {
 //US    m_instance = 0;
     //m_bOneKAccelOnly = false;
     //m_iWidgetCurrent = 0;
     m_bAutoConnectShortcuts = true;
     m_widget = 0;
     m_kaccel = m_builderKAccel = 0;
     m_dctHighlightContainers.setAutoDelete( true );
     m_highlight = false;
     m_currentHighlightAction = 0;
     m_statusCleared = true;
   }
 
 //US  KInstance *m_instance;
 //US  QString m_sXMLFile;
   bool m_bAutoConnectShortcuts;
   //bool m_bOneKAccelOnly;
   //int m_iWidgetCurrent;
   //QValueList<QWidget*> m_widgetList;
   //QValueList<KAccel*> m_kaccelList;
-  QValueList<KActionCollection*> m_docList;
+  Q3ValueList<KActionCollection*> m_docList;
   QWidget *m_widget;
   KAccel *m_kaccel;
   KAccel *m_builderKAccel;
 
-  QAsciiDict<KAction> m_actionDict;
-  QPtrDict< QPtrList<KAction> > m_dctHighlightContainers;
+  Q3AsciiDict<KAction> m_actionDict;
+  Q3PtrDict< Q3PtrList<KAction> > m_dctHighlightContainers;
   bool m_highlight;
   KAction *m_currentHighlightAction;
   bool m_statusCleared;
 };
 
 KActionCollection::KActionCollection( QWidget *parent, const char *name /*US,
                                       KInstance *instance */)
   : QObject( (QObject*)parent, name )
 {
   kdDebug(129) << "KActionCollection::KActionCollection( " << parent << ", " << name << " ): this = " << this << endl; // ellis
   d = new KActionCollectionPrivate;
   if( parent )
     setWidget( parent );
   //d->m_bOneKAccelOnly = (d->m_kaccelList.count() > 0);
 //US  setInstance( instance );
 }
 
 
 KActionCollection::KActionCollection( QWidget *watch, QObject* parent, const char *name /*US,
                                       KInstance *instance */)
   : QObject( parent, name )
 {
   kdDebug(129) << "KActionCollection::KActionCollection( " << watch << ", " << parent << ", " << name << " ): this = " << this << endl; //ellis
   d = new KActionCollectionPrivate;
   if( watch )
     setWidget( watch );
   //d->m_bOneKAccelOnly = (d->m_kaccelList.count() > 0);
 //US  setInstance( instance );
 }
 
 // KDE 4: remove
 KActionCollection::KActionCollection( QObject *parent, const char *name /*US,
                                       KInstance *instance */)
   : QObject( parent, name )
 {
   kdWarning(129) << "KActionCollection::KActionCollection( QObject *parent, const char *name, KInstance *instance )" << endl; //ellis
 //US  kdBacktrace not available
 //US  kdDebug(129) << kdBacktrace() << endl;
   d = new KActionCollectionPrivate;
 //US  QWidget* w = dynamic_cast<QWidget*>( parent );
   QWidget* w = (QWidget*)( parent );
   if( w )
     setWidget( w );
   //d->m_bOneKAccelOnly = (d->m_kaccelList.count() > 0);
 //US  setInstance( instance );
 }
 
 KActionCollection::KActionCollection( const KActionCollection &copy )
     : QObject()
 {
   kdWarning(129) << "KActionCollection::KActionCollection( const KActionCollection & ): function is severely deprecated." << endl;
   d = new KActionCollectionPrivate;
   *this = copy;
 }
 // KDE 4: remove end
 
 KActionCollection::~KActionCollection()
 {
   kdDebug(129) << "KActionCollection::~KActionCollection(): this = " << this << endl;
-  for ( QAsciiDictIterator<KAction> it( d->m_actionDict ); it.current(); ++it ) {
+  for ( Q3AsciiDictIterator<KAction> it( d->m_actionDict ); it.current(); ++it ) {
     KAction* pAction = it.current();
     if ( pAction->m_parentCollection == this )
       pAction->m_parentCollection = 0L;
   }
 
 //US  delete d->m_kaccel;
 //US  delete d->m_builderKAccel;
   delete d; d = 0;
 }
 
 void KActionCollection::setWidget( QWidget* w )
 {
   //if ( d->m_actionDict.count() > 0 ) {
   //  kdError(129) << "KActionCollection::setWidget(): must be called before any actions are added to collection!" << endl;
   //  kdDebug(129) << kdBacktrace() << endl;
   //}
   //else
   if ( !d->m_widget ) {
     d->m_widget = w;
     //qDebug("KActionCollection::setWidget: warning: KAccel is never used in microkde");
 //US    d->m_kaccel = new KAccel( w, this, "KActionCollection-KAccel" );
   }
   else if ( d->m_widget != w )
       ;
 
 }
 
 void KActionCollection::setAutoConnectShortcuts( bool b )
 {
   d->m_bAutoConnectShortcuts = b;
 }
 
 bool KActionCollection::isAutoConnectShortcuts()
 {
   return d->m_bAutoConnectShortcuts;
 }
 
 bool KActionCollection::addDocCollection( KActionCollection* pDoc )
 {
 	d->m_docList.append( pDoc );
 	return true;
 }
 
 void KActionCollection::beginXMLPlug( QWidget *widget )
 {
   qDebug("KActionCollection::beginXMLPlug has to be fixed");
 /*US
   kdDebug(129) << "KActionCollection::beginXMLPlug( buildWidget = " << widget << " ): this = " <<  this << " d->m_builderKAccel = " << d->m_builderKAccel << endl;
 
 	if( widget && !d->m_builderKAccel ) {
             d->m_builderKAccel = new KAccel( widget, this, "KActionCollection-BuilderKAccel" );
 	}
 */  
 }
 
 void KActionCollection::endXMLPlug()
 {
 	kdDebug(129) << "KActionCollection::endXMLPlug(): this = " <<  this << endl;
 	//s_kaccelXML = 0;
 }
 
 void KActionCollection::prepareXMLUnplug()
 {
   qDebug("KActionCollection::prepareXMLUnplug has to be fixed");
 /*US
 	kdDebug(129) << "KActionCollection::prepareXMLUnplug(): this = " <<  this << endl;
 	unplugShortcuts( d->m_kaccel );
 
 	if( d->m_builderKAccel ) {
 		unplugShortcuts( d->m_builderKAccel );
 		delete d->m_builderKAccel;
 		d->m_builderKAccel = 0;
 	}
 */  
 }
 
 void KActionCollection::unplugShortcuts( KAccel* kaccel )
 {
   qDebug("KActionCollection::unplugShortcuts has to be fixed");
 /*US
   for ( QAsciiDictIterator<KAction> it( d->m_actionDict ); it.current(); ++it ) {
     KAction* pAction = it.current();
     pAction->removeKAccel( kaccel );
   }
 
   for( uint i = 0; i < d->m_docList.count(); i++ )
     d->m_docList[i]->unplugShortcuts( kaccel );
 */
     
 }
 
 /*void KActionCollection::addWidget( QWidget* w )
 {
   if( !d->m_bOneKAccelOnly ) {
     kdDebug(129) << "KActionCollection::addWidget( " << w << " ): this = " << this << endl;
     for( uint i = 0; i < d->m_widgetList.count(); i++ ) {
       if( d->m_widgetList[i] == w ) {
         d->m_iWidgetCurrent = i;
         return;
       }
   }
     d->m_iWidgetCurrent = d->m_widgetList.count();
     d->m_widgetList.append( w );
     d->m_kaccelList.append( new KAccel( w, this, "KActionCollection-KAccel" ) );
   }
 }
 
 void KActionCollection::removeWidget( QWidget* w )
 {
   if( !d->m_bOneKAccelOnly ) {
     kdDebug(129) << "KActionCollection::removeWidget( " << w << " ): this = " << this << endl;
     for( uint i = 0; i < d->m_widgetList.count(); i++ ) {
       if( d->m_widgetList[i] == w ) {
         // Remove KAccel object from children.
         KAccel* pKAccel = d->m_kaccelList[i];
         for ( QAsciiDictIterator<KAction> it( d->m_actionDict ); it.current(); ++it ) {
           KAction* pAction = it.current();
           if ( pAction->m_parentCollection == this ) {
             pAction->removeKAccel( pKAccel );
           }
         }
         delete pKAccel;
 
         d->m_widgetList.remove( d->m_widgetList.at( i ) );
         d->m_kaccelList.remove( d->m_kaccelList.at( i ) );
 
         if( d->m_iWidgetCurrent == (int)i )
           d->m_iWidgetCurrent = -1;
         else if( d->m_iWidgetCurrent > (int)i )
           d->m_iWidgetCurrent--;
         return;
       }
     }
     kdWarning(129) << "KActionCollection::removeWidget( " << w << " ): widget not in list." << endl;
   }
 }
 
 bool KActionCollection::ownsKAccel() const
 {
   return d->m_bOneKAccelOnly;
 }
 
 uint KActionCollection::widgetCount() const
 {
   return d->m_widgetList.count();
 }
 
 const KAccel* KActionCollection::widgetKAccel( uint i ) const
 {
   return d->m_kaccelList[i];
 }*/
 
 //US we are using no accelerators so far. So just setup an empty implementation.
 KAccel* KActionCollection::kaccel()
 {
   //if( d->m_kaccelList.count() > 0 )
   //  return d->m_kaccelList[d->m_iWidgetCurrent];
   //else
   //  return 0;
 //US  return d->m_kaccel;
   return 0;
 }
 
 //US we are using no accelerators so far. So just setup an empty implementation.
 const KAccel* KActionCollection::kaccel() const
 {
   //if( d->m_kaccelList.count() > 0 )
   //  return d->m_kaccelList[d->m_iWidgetCurrent];
   //else
   //  return 0;
   //USreturn d->m_kaccel;
   return 0;
 }
 
 /*void KActionCollection::findMainWindow( QWidget *w )
 {
   // Note: topLevelWidget() stops too early, we can't use it.
   QWidget * tl = w;
   while ( tl->parentWidget() ) // lookup parent and store
     tl = tl->parentWidget();
 
   KMainWindow * mw = dynamic_cast<KMainWindow *>(tl); // try to see if it's a kmainwindow
   if (mw)
     d->m_mainwindow = mw;
   else
     kdDebug(129) << "KAction::plugMainWindowAccel: Toplevel widget isn't a KMainWindow, can't plug accel. " << tl << endl;
 }*/
 
 void KActionCollection::_insert( KAction* action )
 {
   char unnamed_name[100];
   const char *name = action->name();
   if( qstrcmp( name, "unnamed" ) == 0 )
   {
      sprintf(unnamed_name, "unnamed-%p", (void *)action);
      name = unnamed_name;
   }
   KAction *a = d->m_actionDict[ name ];
   if ( a == action )
       return;
 
   d->m_actionDict.insert( name, action );
 
   emit inserted( action );
 }
 
 void KActionCollection::_remove( KAction* action )
 {
   delete _take( action );
 }
 
 KAction* KActionCollection::_take( KAction* action )
 {
   char unnamed_name[100];
   const char *name = action->name();
   if( qstrcmp( name, "unnamed" ) == 0 )
   {
      sprintf(unnamed_name, "unnamed-%p", (void *) action);
      name = unnamed_name;
   }
 
   KAction *a = d->m_actionDict.take( name );
   if ( !a || a != action )
       return 0;
 
   emit removed( action );
   return a;
 }
 
 void KActionCollection::_clear()
 {
-  QAsciiDictIterator<KAction> it( d->m_actionDict );
+  Q3AsciiDictIterator<KAction> it( d->m_actionDict );
   while ( it.current() )
     _remove( it.current() );
 }
 
 void KActionCollection::insert( KAction* action )   { _insert( action ); }
 void KActionCollection::remove( KAction* action )   { _remove( action ); }
 KAction* KActionCollection::take( KAction* action ) { return _take( action ); }
 void KActionCollection::clear()                     { _clear(); }
 KAccel* KActionCollection::accel()                  { return kaccel(); }
 const KAccel* KActionCollection::accel() const      { return kaccel(); }
 KAccel* KActionCollection::builderKAccel() const    { return d->m_builderKAccel; }
 
 KAction* KActionCollection::action( const char* name, const char* classname ) const
 {
   KAction* pAction = 0;
 
   if ( !classname && name )
     pAction = d->m_actionDict[ name ];
 
   else {
-    QAsciiDictIterator<KAction> it( d->m_actionDict );
+    Q3AsciiDictIterator<KAction> it( d->m_actionDict );
     for( ; it.current(); ++it )
     {
       if ( ( !name || strcmp( it.current()->name(), name ) == 0 ) &&
           ( !classname || strcmp( it.current()->className(), classname ) == 0 ) ) {
         pAction = it.current();
         break;
       }
     }
   }
 
   if( !pAction ) {
     for( uint i = 0; i < d->m_docList.count() && !pAction; i++ )
       pAction = d->m_docList[i]->action( name, classname );
   }
 
   return pAction;
 }
 
 KAction* KActionCollection::action( int index ) const
 {
-  QAsciiDictIterator<KAction> it( d->m_actionDict );
+  Q3AsciiDictIterator<KAction> it( d->m_actionDict );
   it += index;
   return it.current();
 //  return d->m_actions.at( index );
 }
 /*US
 bool KActionCollection::readShortcutSettings( const QString& sConfigGroup, KConfigBase* pConfig )
 {
   return KActionShortcutList(this).readSettings( sConfigGroup, pConfig );
 }
 
 bool KActionCollection::writeShortcutSettings( const QString& sConfigGroup, KConfigBase* pConfig ) const
 {
   return KActionShortcutList((KActionCollection*)this).writeSettings( sConfigGroup, pConfig );
 }
 */
 uint KActionCollection::count() const
 {
   return d->m_actionDict.count();
 }
 
 QStringList KActionCollection::groups() const
 {
   QStringList lst;
 
-  QAsciiDictIterator<KAction> it( d->m_actionDict );
+  Q3AsciiDictIterator<KAction> it( d->m_actionDict );
   for( ; it.current(); ++it )
     if ( !it.current()->group().isEmpty() && !lst.contains( it.current()->group() ) )
       lst.append( it.current()->group() );
 
   return lst;
 }
 
 KActionPtrList KActionCollection::actions( const QString& group ) const
 {
   KActionPtrList lst;
 
-  QAsciiDictIterator<KAction> it( d->m_actionDict );
+  Q3AsciiDictIterator<KAction> it( d->m_actionDict );
   for( ; it.current(); ++it )
     if ( it.current()->group() == group )
       lst.append( it.current() );
     else if ( it.current()->group().isEmpty() && group.isEmpty() )
       lst.append( it.current() );
 
   return lst;
 }
 
 KActionPtrList KActionCollection::actions() const
 {
   KActionPtrList lst;
 
-  QAsciiDictIterator<KAction> it( d->m_actionDict );
+  Q3AsciiDictIterator<KAction> it( d->m_actionDict );
   for( ; it.current(); ++it )
     lst.append( it.current() );
 
   return lst;
 }
 
 /*US we have no instance object. Use KGlobal instead
 void KActionCollection::setInstance( KInstance *instance )
 {
   if ( instance )
     d->m_instance = instance;
 qDebug("KActionCollection::setInstance has to be fixed");
   else
     d->m_instance = KGlobal::instance();
 }
 
 KInstance *KActionCollection::instance() const
 {
   return d->m_instance;
 }
 */
 
 /*US we have no XML facility in microkde
 void KActionCollection::setXMLFile( const QString& sXMLFile )
 {
   d->m_sXMLFile = sXMLFile;
 }
 
 const QString& KActionCollection::xmlFile() const
 {
   return d->m_sXMLFile;
 }
 */
 
 void KActionCollection::setHighlightingEnabled( bool enable )
 {
   d->m_highlight = enable;
 }
 
 bool KActionCollection::highlightingEnabled() const
 {
   return d->m_highlight;
 }
 
 void KActionCollection::connectHighlight( QWidget *container, KAction *action )
 {
   if ( !d->m_highlight )
     return;
 
-  QPtrList<KAction> *actionList = d->m_dctHighlightContainers[ container ];
+  Q3PtrList<KAction> *actionList = d->m_dctHighlightContainers[ container ];
 
   if ( !actionList )
   {
-    actionList = new QPtrList<KAction>;
+    actionList = new Q3PtrList<KAction>;
 
-    if ( container->inherits( "QPopupMenu" ) )
+    if ( container->inherits( "Q3PopupMenu" ) )
     {
       connect( container, SIGNAL( highlighted( int ) ),
                this, SLOT( slotMenuItemHighlighted( int ) ) );
       connect( container, SIGNAL( aboutToHide() ),
                this, SLOT( slotMenuAboutToHide() ) );
     }
 //US    else if ( container->inherits( "KToolBar" ) )
-    else if ( container->inherits( "QToolBar" ) )
+    else if ( container->inherits( "Q3ToolBar" ) )
     {
       connect( container, SIGNAL( highlighted( int, bool ) ),
                this, SLOT( slotToolBarButtonHighlighted( int, bool ) ) );
     }
 
     connect( container, SIGNAL( destroyed() ),
              this, SLOT( slotDestroyed() ) );
 
     d->m_dctHighlightContainers.insert( container, actionList );
   }
 
   actionList->append( action );
 }
 
 void KActionCollection::disconnectHighlight( QWidget *container, KAction *action )
 {
   if ( !d->m_highlight )
     return;
 
-  QPtrList<KAction> *actionList = d->m_dctHighlightContainers[ container ];
+  Q3PtrList<KAction> *actionList = d->m_dctHighlightContainers[ container ];
 
   if ( !actionList )
     return;
 
   actionList->removeRef( action );
 
   if ( actionList->count() == 0 )
     d->m_dctHighlightContainers.remove( container );
 }
 
 void KActionCollection::slotMenuItemHighlighted( int id )
 {
   if ( !d->m_highlight )
     return;
 
   if ( d->m_currentHighlightAction )
     emit actionHighlighted( d->m_currentHighlightAction, false );
 
   QWidget *container = static_cast<QWidget *>( const_cast<QObject *>( sender() ) );
 
   d->m_currentHighlightAction = findAction( container, id );
 
   if ( !d->m_currentHighlightAction )
   {
       if ( !d->m_statusCleared )
           emit clearStatusText();
       d->m_statusCleared = true;
       return;
   }
 
   d->m_statusCleared = false;
   emit actionHighlighted( d->m_currentHighlightAction );
   emit actionHighlighted( d->m_currentHighlightAction, true );
   emit actionStatusText( d->m_currentHighlightAction->toolTip() );
 }
 
 void KActionCollection::slotMenuAboutToHide()
 {
     if ( d->m_currentHighlightAction )
         emit actionHighlighted( d->m_currentHighlightAction, false );
     d->m_currentHighlightAction = 0;
 
     if ( !d->m_statusCleared )
         emit clearStatusText();
     d->m_statusCleared = true;
 }
 
 void KActionCollection::slotToolBarButtonHighlighted( int id, bool highlight )
 {
   if ( !d->m_highlight )
     return;
 
   QWidget *container = static_cast<QWidget *>( const_cast<QObject *>( sender() ) );
 
   KAction *action = findAction( container, id );
 
   if ( !action )
   {
       d->m_currentHighlightAction = 0;
       // use tooltip groups for toolbar status text stuff instead (Simon)
 //      emit clearStatusText();
       return;
   }
 
   emit actionHighlighted( action, highlight );
 
   if ( highlight )
     d->m_currentHighlightAction = action;
   else
   {
     d->m_currentHighlightAction = 0;
 //    emit clearStatusText();
   }
 }
 
 void KActionCollection::slotDestroyed()
 {
     d->m_dctHighlightContainers.remove( reinterpret_cast<void *>( const_cast<QObject *>(sender()) ) );
 }
 
 KAction *KActionCollection::findAction( QWidget *container, int id )
 {
-  QPtrList<KAction> *actionList = d->m_dctHighlightContainers[ reinterpret_cast<void *>( container ) ];
+  Q3PtrList<KAction> *actionList = d->m_dctHighlightContainers[ reinterpret_cast<void *>( container ) ];
 
   if ( !actionList )
     return 0;
 
-  QPtrListIterator<KAction> it( *actionList );
+  Q3PtrListIterator<KAction> it( *actionList );
   for (; it.current(); ++it )
     if ( it.current()->isPlugged( container, id ) )
       return it.current();
 
   return 0;
 }
 
 // KDE 4: remove
 KActionCollection KActionCollection::operator+(const KActionCollection &c ) const
 {
   kdWarning(129) << "KActionCollection::operator+(): function is severely deprecated." << endl;
   KActionCollection ret( *this );
 
-  QValueList<KAction *> actions = c.actions();
-  QValueList<KAction *>::ConstIterator it = actions.begin();
-  QValueList<KAction *>::ConstIterator end = actions.end();
+  Q3ValueList<KAction *> actions = c.actions();
+  Q3ValueList<KAction *>::ConstIterator it = actions.begin();
+  Q3ValueList<KAction *>::ConstIterator end = actions.end();
   for (; it != end; ++it )
     ret.insert( *it );
 
   return ret;
 }
 
 KActionCollection &KActionCollection::operator=( const KActionCollection &copy )
 {
   kdWarning(129) << "KActionCollection::operator=(): function is severely deprecated." << endl;
   //d->m_bOneKAccelOnly = copy.d->m_bOneKAccelOnly;
   //d->m_iWidgetCurrent = copy.d->m_iWidgetCurrent;
   //d->m_widgetList = copy.d->m_widgetList;
   //d->m_kaccelList = copy.d->m_kaccelList;
   d->m_widget = copy.d->m_widget;
   d->m_kaccel = copy.d->m_kaccel;
   d->m_actionDict = copy.d->m_actionDict;
 //US  setInstance( copy.instance() );
   return *this;
 }
 
 KActionCollection &KActionCollection::operator+=( const KActionCollection &c )
 {
   kdWarning(129) << "KActionCollection::operator+=(): function is severely deprecated." << endl;
-  QAsciiDictIterator<KAction> it(c.d->m_actionDict);
+  Q3AsciiDictIterator<KAction> it(c.d->m_actionDict);
   for ( ; it.current(); ++it )
     insert( it.current() );
 
   return *this;
 }
 // KDE 4: remove end
 
 //---------------------------------------------------------------------
 // KActionShortcutList
 //---------------------------------------------------------------------
 /*US
 KActionShortcutList::KActionShortcutList( KActionCollection* pColl )
 : m_actions( *pColl )
 	{ }
 KActionShortcutList::~KActionShortcutList()
 	{ }
 uint KActionShortcutList::count() const
 	{ return m_actions.count(); }
 QString KActionShortcutList::name( uint i ) const
 	{ return m_actions.action(i)->name(); }
 QString KActionShortcutList::label( uint i ) const
 	{ return m_actions.action(i)->text(); }
 QString KActionShortcutList::whatsThis( uint i ) const
 	{ return m_actions.action(i)->whatsThis(); }
 const KShortcut& KActionShortcutList::shortcut( uint i ) const
 	{ return m_actions.action(i)->shortcut(); }
 const KShortcut& KActionShortcutList::shortcutDefault( uint i ) const
 	{ return m_actions.action(i)->shortcutDefault(); }
 bool KActionShortcutList::isConfigurable( uint i ) const
 	{ return m_actions.action(i)->isShortcutConfigurable(); }
 bool KActionShortcutList::setShortcut( uint i, const KShortcut& cut )
 	{ return m_actions.action(i)->setShortcut( cut ); }
 const KInstance* KActionShortcutList::instance() const
 	{ return m_actions.instance(); }
 QVariant KActionShortcutList::getOther( Other, uint ) const
 	{ return QVariant(); }
 bool KActionShortcutList::setOther( Other, uint, QVariant )
 	{ return false; }
 
 bool KActionShortcutList::save() const
 {
 	kdDebug(129) << "KActionShortcutList::save(): xmlFile = " << m_actions.xmlFile() << endl;
 
 	if( m_actions.xmlFile().isEmpty() )
 		return writeSettings();
 
 	QString tagActionProp = QString::fromLatin1("ActionProperties");
 	QString tagAction     = QString::fromLatin1("Action");
 	QString attrName      = QString::fromLatin1("name");
 	QString attrShortcut  = QString::fromLatin1("shortcut");
 	QString attrAccel     = QString::fromLatin1("accel"); // Depricated attribute
 
 	// Read XML file
 	QString sXml( KXMLGUIFactory::readConfigFile( m_actions.xmlFile(), false, instance() ) );
 	QDomDocument doc;
 	doc.setContent( sXml );
 
 	// Process XML data
 
 	// first, lets see if we have existing properties
 	QDomElement elem;
 	QDomElement it = doc.documentElement();
 	// KXMLGUIFactory::removeDOMComments( it ); <-- What was this for? --ellis
 	it = it.firstChild().toElement();
 	for( ; !it.isNull(); it = it.nextSibling().toElement() ) {
 		if( it.tagName() == tagActionProp ) {
 			elem = it;
 			break;
 		}
 	}
 
 	// if there was none, create one
 	if( elem.isNull() ) {
 		elem = doc.createElement( tagActionProp );
 		doc.documentElement().appendChild( elem );
 	}
 
 	// now, iterate through our actions
 	uint nSize = count();
 	for( uint i = 0; i < nSize; i++ ) {
 		const QString& sName = name(i);
 
 		bool bSameAsDefault = (shortcut(i) == shortcutDefault(i));
 		//kdDebug(129) << "name = " << sName << " shortcut = " << shortcut(i).toStringInternal() << " def = " << shortcutDefault(i).toStringInternal() << endl;
 
 		// now see if this element already exists
 		QDomElement act_elem;
 		for( it = elem.firstChild().toElement(); !it.isNull(); it = it.nextSibling().toElement() ) {
 			if( it.attribute( attrName ) == sName ) {
 				act_elem = it;
 				break;
 			}
 		}
 
 		// nope, create a new one
 		if( act_elem.isNull() ) {
 			if( bSameAsDefault )
 				continue;
 			//kdDebug(129) << "\tnode doesn't exist." << endl;
 			act_elem = doc.createElement( tagAction );
 			act_elem.setAttribute( attrName, sName );
 		}
 
 		act_elem.removeAttribute( attrAccel );
 		if( bSameAsDefault ) {
 			act_elem.removeAttribute( attrShortcut );
 			//kdDebug(129) << "act_elem.attributes().count() = " << act_elem.attributes().count() << endl;
 			if( act_elem.attributes().count() == 1 )
 				elem.removeChild( act_elem );
 		} else {
 			act_elem.setAttribute( attrShortcut, shortcut(i).toStringInternal() );
 			elem.appendChild( act_elem );
 		}
 	}
 
 	// Write back to XML file
 	return KXMLGUIFactory::saveConfigFile( doc, m_actions.xmlFile(), instance() );
 }
 
 //---------------------------------------------------------------------
 // KActionPtrShortcutList
 //---------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 KActionPtrShortcutList::KActionPtrShortcutList( KActionPtrList& list )
 : m_actions( list )
 	{ }
 KActionPtrShortcutList::~KActionPtrShortcutList()
 	{ }
 uint KActionPtrShortcutList::count() const
 	{ return m_actions.count(); }
 QString KActionPtrShortcutList::name( uint i ) const
 	{ return m_actions[i]->name(); }
 QString KActionPtrShortcutList::label( uint i ) const
 	{ return m_actions[i]->text(); }
 QString KActionPtrShortcutList::whatsThis( uint i ) const
 	{ return m_actions[i]->whatsThis(); }
 const KShortcut& KActionPtrShortcutList::shortcut( uint i ) const
 	{ return m_actions[i]->shortcut(); }
 const KShortcut& KActionPtrShortcutList::shortcutDefault( uint i ) const
 	{ return m_actions[i]->shortcutDefault(); }
 bool KActionPtrShortcutList::isConfigurable( uint i ) const
 	{ return m_actions[i]->isShortcutConfigurable(); }
 bool KActionPtrShortcutList::setShortcut( uint i, const KShortcut& cut )
 	{ return m_actions[i]->setShortcut( cut ); }
 QVariant KActionPtrShortcutList::getOther( Other, uint ) const
 	{ return QVariant(); }
 bool KActionPtrShortcutList::setOther( Other, uint, QVariant )
 	{ return false; }
 bool KActionPtrShortcutList::save() const
 	{ return false; }
 
 void KActionShortcutList::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
 { KShortcutList::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
 
 void KActionPtrShortcutList::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
 { KShortcutList::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
 */
 
 void KActionCollection::virtual_hook( int, void* )
 { /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
 
 /* vim: et sw=2 ts=2
  */
 
 /*US
 #include "kactioncollection.moc"
 */
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kactioncollection.h b/microkde/kdeui/kactioncollection.h
index b9466d0..50cb02a 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/kactioncollection.h
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kactioncollection.h
@@ -1,329 +1,331 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
     Copyright (C) 1999 Reginald Stadlbauer <reggie@kde.org>
               (C) 1999 Simon Hausmann <hausmann@kde.org>
               (C) 2000 Nicolas Hadacek <haadcek@kde.org>
               (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth <granroth@kde.org>
               (C) 2000 Michael Koch <koch@kde.org>
               (C) 2001 Holger Freyther <freyther@kde.org>
               (C) 2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org>
 
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 //$Id$
 
 #ifndef __kactioncollection_h__
 #define __kactioncollection_h__
 
 #include <kaction.h>
 
 //US #include <qkeysequence.h>
 #include <qobject.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3ValueList>
 //US#include <qvaluelist.h>
 //US#include <qguardedptr.h>
 //US #include <kguiitem.h>
 //US#include <kshortcut.h>
 //US#include <kstdaction.h>
 //US#include <kicontheme.h>
 
 //USclass QMenuBar;
 //USclass QPopupMenu;
 //USclass QComboBox;
 //USclass QPoint;
 //USclass QIconSet;
 //USclass QString;
 //USclass KToolBar;
 
 //USclass KAccel;
 //USclass KAccelActions;
 //USclass KConfig;
 //USclass KConfigBase;
 //USclass KURL;
 //USclass KInstance;
 //USclass KToolBar;
 //USclass KActionCollection;
 //USclass KPopupMenu;
 //USclass KMainWindow;
 
 //US added inclidefiles
 class QWidget;
 
 
-typedef QValueList<KAction *> KActionPtrList;
+typedef Q3ValueList<KAction *> KActionPtrList;
 
 /**
  * A managed set of KAction objects.
  */
 class KActionCollection : public QObject
 {
   friend class KAction;
   friend class KXMLGUIClient;
 
   Q_OBJECT
 public:
   KActionCollection( QWidget *parent, const char *name = 0/*US , KInstance *instance = 0 */);
   /**
    * Use this constructor if you want the collection's actions to restrict
    * their accelerator keys to @p watch rather than the @p parent.  If
    * you don't require shortcuts, you can pass a null to the @p watch parameter.
    */
   KActionCollection( QWidget *watch, QObject* parent, const char *name = 0/*US, KInstance *instance = 0 */);
   KActionCollection( const KActionCollection &copy );
   virtual ~KActionCollection();
 
   /**
    * This sets the widget to which the keyboard shortcuts should be attached.
    * You only need to call this if a null pointer was passed in the constructor.
    */
   virtual void setWidget( QWidget *widget );
 
   /**
    * This indicates whether new actions which are created in this collection
    * should have their keyboard shortcuts automatically connected on
    * construction.  Set to 'false' if you will be loading XML-based settings.
    * This is automatically done by KParts.  The default is 'true'.
    * @see isAutoConnectShortcuts()
    */
   void setAutoConnectShortcuts( bool );
 
   /**
    * This indicates whether new actions which are created in this collection
    * have their keyboard shortcuts automatically connected on
    * construction.
    * @see setAutoConnectShortcuts()
    */
   bool isAutoConnectShortcuts();
 
   /**
    * This sets the default shortcut scope for new actions created in this
    * collection.  The default is ScopeUnspecified.  Ideally the default
    * would have been ScopeWidget, but that would cause some backwards
    * compatibility problems.
    */
   //void setDefaultScope( KAction::Scope );
 
   /**
    * Doc/View model.  This lets you add the action collection of a document
    * to a view's action collection.
    */
   bool addDocCollection( KActionCollection* pDoc );
 
   /** Returns the number of widgets which this collection is associated with. */
   //uint widgetCount() const;
 
   /**
    * Returns true if the collection has its own KAccel object.  This will be
    * the case if it was constructed with a valid widget ptr or if setWidget()
    * was called.
    */
   //bool ownsKAccel() const;
 
   /** @deprecated  Deprecated because of ambiguous name.  Use kaccel() */
   virtual KAccel* accel();
   /** @deprecated  Deprecated because of ambiguous name.  Use kaccel() */
   virtual const KAccel* accel() const;
 
   /** Returns the KAccel object of the most recently set widget. */
   KAccel* kaccel();
   /** Returns the KAccel object of the most recently set widget. Const version for convenience. */
   const KAccel* kaccel() const;
 
   /** @internal, for KAction::kaccelCurrent() */
   KAccel* builderKAccel() const;
   /** Returns the KAccel object associated with widget #. */
   //KAccel* widgetKAccel( uint i );
   //const KAccel* widgetKAccel( uint i ) const;
 
   /** Returns the number of actions in the collection */
   virtual uint count() const;
   bool isEmpty() const { return count() == 0; }
   /**
    * Return the KAction* at position "index" in the action collection.
    * @see count()
    */
   virtual KAction* action( int index ) const;
   /**
    * Find an action (optionally, of a given subclass of KAction) in the action collection.
    * @param name Name of the KAction.
    * @param classname Name of the KAction subclass.
    * @return A pointer to the first KAction in the collection which matches the parameters or
    * null if nothing matches.
    */
   virtual KAction* action( const char* name, const char* classname = 0 ) const;
 
   /** Returns a list of all the groups of all the KActions in this action collection.
    * @see KAction::group()
    * @see KAction::setGroup()
    */
   virtual QStringList groups() const;
   /**
    * Returns the list of actions in a particular managed by this action collection.
    * @param group The name of the group.
    */
   virtual KActionPtrList actions( const QString& group ) const;
   /** Returns the list of actions managed by this action collection. */
   virtual KActionPtrList actions() const;
 
   /**
    * Used for reading shortcut configuration from a non-XML rc file.
    */
 //US  bool readShortcutSettings( const QString& sConfigGroup = QString::null, KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
   /**
    * Used for writing shortcut configuration to a non-XML rc file.
    */
 //US  bool writeShortcutSettings( const QString& sConfigGroup = QString::null, KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const;
 
 //US  void setInstance( KInstance *instance );
   /** The instance with which this class is associated. */
 //US  KInstance *instance() const;
 
   /**
    * Use this to tell the KActionCollection what rc file its configuration
    * is stored in.
    */
   void setXMLFile( const QString& );
   /** The rc file in which the current configuration is stored. */
   const QString& xmlFile() const;
 
   /**
    * Enable highlighting notification for specific KActions.
    * @see connectHighlight()
    * @see disconnectHighlight()
    * @see actionHighlighted()
    * @see actionHighlighted()
    * @see highlightingEnabled()
    */
   void setHighlightingEnabled( bool enable );
   /**
    * Return whether highlighting notifications are enabled.
    * @see connectHighlight()
    * @see disconnectHighlight()
    * @see actionHighlighted()
    * @see setHighlightingEnabled()
    * @see actionHighlighted()
    */
   bool highlightingEnabled() const;
 
   /**
    * Call this function if you want to receive a signal whenever a KAction is highlighted in a menu or a toolbar.
    * @param container A container in which the KAction is plugged (must inherit QPopupMenu or KToolBar)
    * @param action The action you are interested in
    * @see disconnectHighlight()
    * @see actionHighlighted()
    * @see setHighlightingEnabled()
    * @see highlightingEnabled()
    * @see actionHighlighted()
    */
   void connectHighlight( QWidget *container, KAction *action );
   /**
    * Disconnect highlight notifications for a particular pair of contianer and action.
    * @param container A container in which the KAction is plugged (must inherit QPopupMenu or KToolBar)
    * @param action The action you are interested in
    * @see connectHighlight()
    * @see actionHighlighted()
    * @see setHighlightingEnabled()
    * @see highlightingEnabled()
    * @see actionHighlighted()
    */
   void disconnectHighlight( QWidget *container, KAction *action );
 
 signals:
   void inserted( KAction* );
   void removed( KAction* );
 
   /** Emitted when "action" is highlighted.
    * @see connectHighlight()
    * @see disconnectHighlight()
    * @see actionHighlighted()
    * @see setHighlightingEnabled()
    * @see highlightingEnabled()
    */
   void actionHighlighted( KAction *action );
   /** Emitted when "action" is highlighed or loses highlighting.
    * @see connectHighlight()
    * @see disconnectHighlight()
    * @see actionHighlighted()
    * @see setHighlightingEnabled()
    * @see highlightingEnabled()
    */
   void actionHighlighted( KAction *action, bool highlight );
 
   void actionStatusText( const QString &text );
   void clearStatusText();
 
 private:
   /**
    * @internal Only to be called by KXMLGUIFactory::addClient().
    * When actions are being connected, KAction needs to know what
    * widget it should connect widget-scope actions to, and what
    * main window it should connect
    */
   void beginXMLPlug( QWidget *widget );
   void endXMLPlug();
   /** @internal.  Only to be called by KXMLGUIFactory::removeClient() */
   void prepareXMLUnplug();
   void unplugShortcuts( KAccel* kaccel );
 
   void _clear();
   void _insert( KAction* );
   void _remove( KAction* );
   KAction* _take( KAction* );
 
 private slots:
    void slotMenuItemHighlighted( int id );
    void slotToolBarButtonHighlighted( int id, bool highlight );
    void slotMenuAboutToHide();
    void slotDestroyed();
 
 private:
    KAction *findAction( QWidget *container, int id );
 
 #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
 public:
   KActionCollection( QObject *parent, const char *name = 0 /*US, KInstance *instance = 0 */);
 
   void insert( KAction* );
 
   /**
    * @deprecated Removes an action from the collection and deletes it.
    * @param action The KAction to remove.
    */
   void remove( KAction* action );
 
   /**
    * @deprecated Removes an action from the collection.
    * @return NULL if not found else returns action.
    * @param action the KAction to remove.
    */
   KAction* take( KAction* action );
 
   KActionCollection operator+ ( const KActionCollection& ) const;
   KActionCollection& operator= ( const KActionCollection& );
   KActionCollection& operator+= ( const KActionCollection& );
 
 public slots:
   /**
    * Clears the entire actionCollection, deleting all actions.
    * @see #remove
    */
   void clear();
 #endif // !KDE_NO_COMPAT
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
 private:
     class KActionCollectionPrivate;
     KActionCollectionPrivate *d;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kbuttonbox.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/kbuttonbox.cpp
index 83d622a..3ea6703 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/kbuttonbox.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kbuttonbox.cpp
@@ -1,300 +1,302 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
     Copyright (C) 1997 Mario Weilguni (mweilguni@sime.com)
 
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
     version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 /*
  * KButtonBox class
  *
  * A container widget for buttons. Uses Qt layout control to place the
  * buttons, can handle both vertical and horizontal button placement.
 *
  * HISTORY
  *
  * 03/08/2000 Mario Weilguni <mweilguni@kde.org>
  * Removed all those long outdated Motif stuff
  * Improved and clarified some if conditions (easier to understand)
  *
  * 11/13/98 Reginald Stadlbauer <reggie@kde.org>
  * Now in Qt 1.4x motif default buttons have no extra width/height anymore.
  * So the KButtonBox doesn't add this width/height to default buttons anymore
  * which makes the buttons look better.
  *
  * 01/17/98  Mario Weilguni <mweilguni@sime.com>
  * Fixed a bug in sizeHint()
  * Improved the handling of Motif default buttons
  *
  * 01/09/98  Mario Weilguni <mweilguni@sime.com>
  * The last button was to far right away from the right/bottom border.
  * Fixed this. Removed old code. Buttons get now a minimum width.
  * Programmer may now override minimum width and height of a button.
  *
  */
 
 //US #include "kbuttonbox.moc"
  
 #include <kbuttonbox.h>
 #include <qpushbutton.h>
-#include <qptrlist.h>
+#include <q3ptrlist.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <QResizeEvent>
 #include <assert.h>
 
 #define minButtonWidth 50
 
 class KButtonBox::Item {
 public:
   QPushButton *button;
   bool noexpand;
   unsigned short stretch;
   unsigned short actual_size;
 };
 
-template class QPtrList<KButtonBox::Item>;
+template class Q3PtrList<KButtonBox::Item>;
 
 class KButtonBoxPrivate {
 public:
   unsigned short border;
   unsigned short autoborder;
   unsigned short orientation;
   bool activated;
-  QPtrList<KButtonBox::Item> buttons;
+  Q3PtrList<KButtonBox::Item> buttons;
 };
 
-KButtonBox::KButtonBox(QWidget *parent, Orientation _orientation,
+KButtonBox::KButtonBox(QWidget *parent, Qt::Orientation _orientation,
 		       int border, int autoborder)
   :  QWidget(parent)
 {
   data = new KButtonBoxPrivate;
   assert(data != 0);
 
   data->orientation = _orientation;
   data->border = border;
   data->autoborder = autoborder < 0 ? border : autoborder;
   data->buttons.setAutoDelete(TRUE);
 }
 
 KButtonBox::~KButtonBox() {
   delete data;
 }
 
 QPushButton *KButtonBox::addButton(const QString& text, bool noexpand) {
   Item *item = new Item;
 
   item->button = new QPushButton(text, this);
   item->noexpand  = noexpand;
   data->buttons.append(item);
   item->button->adjustSize();
 
   return item->button;
 }
 
   QPushButton *
 KButtonBox::addButton(
   const QString & text,
   QObject *       receiver,
   const char *    slot,
   bool            noexpand
 )
 {
   QPushButton * pb = addButton(text, noexpand);
 
   if ((0 != receiver) && (0 != slot))
     QObject::connect(pb, SIGNAL(clicked()), receiver, slot);
 
   return pb;
 }
 
 
 void KButtonBox::addStretch(int scale) {
   if(scale > 0) {
     Item *item = new Item;
     item->button = 0;
     item->noexpand  = FALSE;
     item->stretch = scale;
     data->buttons.append(item);
   }
 }
 
 void KButtonBox::layout() {
   // resize all buttons
   QSize bs = bestButtonSize();
 
   for(unsigned int i = 0; i < data->buttons.count(); i++) {
     Item *item = data->buttons.at(i);
     QPushButton *b = item->button;
     if(b != 0) {
       if(item->noexpand)
 	b->setFixedSize(buttonSizeHint(b));
       else
 	b->setFixedSize(bs);
     }
   }
 
   setMinimumSize(sizeHint());
 }
 
 void KButtonBox::placeButtons() {
   unsigned int i;
 
-  if(data->orientation == Horizontal) {
+  if(data->orientation == Qt::Horizontal) {
     // calculate free size and stretches
     int fs = width() - 2 * data->border;
     int stretch = 0;
     for(i = 0; i < data->buttons.count(); i++) {
       Item *item = data->buttons.at(i);
       if(item->button != 0) {
 	fs -= item->button->width();
 
 	// Last button?
 	if(i != data->buttons.count() - 1)
 	  fs -= data->autoborder;
       } else
 	stretch +=item->stretch;
     }
 
     // distribute buttons
     int x_pos = data->border;
     for(i = 0; i < data->buttons.count(); i++) {
       Item *item = data->buttons.at(i);
       if(item->button != 0) {
 	QPushButton *b = item->button;
 	b->move(x_pos, (height() - b->height()) / 2);
 
 	x_pos += b->width() + data->autoborder;
       } else
 	x_pos += (int)((((double)fs) * item->stretch) / stretch);
     }
   } else { // VERTICAL
     // calcualte free size and stretches
     int fs = height() - 2 * data->border;
     int stretch = 0;
     for(i = 0; i < data->buttons.count(); i++) {
       Item *item = data->buttons.at(i);
       if(item->button != 0)
 	fs -= item->button->height() + data->autoborder;
       else
 	stretch +=item->stretch;
     }
 
     // distribute buttons
     int y_pos = data->border;
     for(i = 0; i < data->buttons.count(); i++) {
       Item *item = data->buttons.at(i);
       if(item->button != 0) {
 	QPushButton *b = item->button;
 	b->move((width() - b->width()) / 2, y_pos);
 
 	y_pos += b->height() + data->autoborder;
       } else
 	y_pos += (int)((((double)fs) * item->stretch) / stretch);
     }
   }
 }
 
 void KButtonBox::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *) {
   placeButtons();
 }
 
 QSize KButtonBox::bestButtonSize() const {
   QSize s(0, 0);
   unsigned int i;
 
   // calculate optimal size
   for(i = 0; i < data->buttons.count(); i++) {
     KButtonBox *that = (KButtonBox*)this; // to remove the const ;(
     Item *item = that->data->buttons.at(i);
     QPushButton *b = item->button;
 
     if(b != 0 && !item->noexpand) {
       QSize bs = buttonSizeHint(b);
 
       if(bs.width() > s.width())
 	s.setWidth(bs.width());
       if(bs.height() > s.height())
 	s.setHeight(bs.height());
     }
   }
 
   return s;
 }
 
 QSize KButtonBox::sizeHint() const {
   unsigned int i, dw;
 
   if(data->buttons.count() == 0)
     return QSize(0, 0);
   else {
     dw = 2 * data->border;
 
     QSize bs = bestButtonSize();
     for(i = 0; i < data->buttons.count(); i++) {
       KButtonBox *that = (KButtonBox*)this;
       Item *item = that->data->buttons.at(i);
       QPushButton *b = item->button;
       if(b != 0) {
 	QSize s;
 	if(item->noexpand)
 	  s = that->buttonSizeHint(b);
 	else
 	  s = bs;
 
-	if(data->orientation == Horizontal)
+	if(data->orientation == Qt::Horizontal)
 	  dw += s.width();
 	else
 	  dw += s.height();
 
 	if( i != data->buttons.count() - 1 )
 	  dw += data->autoborder;
       }
     }
 
-    if(data->orientation == Horizontal)
+    if(data->orientation == Qt::Horizontal)
 	return QSize(dw, bs.height() + 2 * data->border);
     else
 	return QSize(bs.width() + 2 * data->border, dw);
   }
 }
 
 QSizePolicy KButtonBox::sizePolicy() const
 {
-    return data->orientation == Horizontal?
+    return data->orientation == Qt::Horizontal?
         QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Minimum, QSizePolicy::Fixed ) :
         QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Fixed, QSizePolicy::Minimum );
 }
 
 /*
  * Returns the best size for a button. If a button is less than
  * minButtonWidth pixels wide, return minButtonWidth pixels
  * as minimum width
  */
 QSize KButtonBox::buttonSizeHint(QPushButton *b) const {
   QSize s = b->sizeHint();
   QSize ms = b->minimumSize();
   if(s.width() < minButtonWidth)
     s.setWidth(minButtonWidth);
 
   // allows the programmer to override the settings
   if(ms.width() > s.width())
     s.setWidth(ms.width());
   if(ms.height() > s.height())
     s.setHeight(ms.height());
 
   return s;
 }
 
 void KButtonBox::virtual_hook( int, void* )
 { /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
 
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kbuttonbox.h b/microkde/kdeui/kbuttonbox.h
index 1104366..2e0f41d 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/kbuttonbox.h
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kbuttonbox.h
@@ -1,139 +1,141 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
     Copyright (C) 1997 Mario Weilguni (mweilguni@sime.com)
 
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
     version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 #ifndef __KBUTTONBOX__H__
 #define __KBUTTONBOX__H__
 
 #include <qwidget.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <QResizeEvent>
 class QPushButton;
 
 class KButtonBoxPrivate;
 /**
  * Container widget for buttons. 
  * 
  * This class uses Qt layout control to place the buttons; can handle
  * both vertical and horizontal button placement.  The default border
  * is now @p 0 (making it easier to deal with layouts). The space
  * between buttons is now more Motif compliant.
  *
  * @author Mario Weilguni <mweilguni@sime.com>
  * @version $Id$
  **/
 
 class KButtonBox : public QWidget
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
   /**
     * Create an empty container for buttons.
     *
     * If @p _orientation is @p Vertical, the buttons inserted with 
     * @ref addButton() are laid out from top to bottom, otherwise they 
     * are laid out from left to right.
     */
-  KButtonBox(QWidget *parent, Orientation _orientation = Horizontal,
+  KButtonBox(QWidget *parent, Qt::Orientation _orientation = Qt::Horizontal,
 	     int border = 0, int _autoborder = 6);
 
   /**
     * Free private data field
     */
   ~KButtonBox();
 
   /**
     * @return The minimum size needed to fit all buttons.
     *
     * This size is
     * calculated by the width/height of all buttons plus border/autoborder.
     */
   virtual QSize sizeHint() const;
   /**
    * @reimplemented
    */
   virtual QSizePolicy sizePolicy() const;
   /**
    * @reimplemented
    */
   virtual void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *);
 
   /**
     * Add a new @ref QPushButton.  
     *
     * @param noexpand If @p noexpand is @p false, the width
     * of the button is adjusted to fit the other buttons (the maximum
     * of all buttons is taken). If @p noexpand is @p true, the width of this
     * button will be set to the minimum width needed for the given text).
     *
     * @return A pointer to the new button.
     */
   QPushButton *addButton(const QString& text, bool noexpand = FALSE);
 
   /**
     * Add a new @ref QPushButton.  
     *
     * @param receiver An object to connect to.
     * @param slot A Qt slot to connect the 'clicked()' signal to.
     * @param noexpand If @p noexpand is @p false, the width
     * of the button is adjusted to fit the other buttons (the maximum
     * of all buttons is taken). If @p noexpand @p true, the width of this
     * button will be set to the minimum width needed for the given text).
     *
     * @return A pointer to the new button.
     */
   QPushButton *addButton(const QString& text, QObject * receiver, const char * slot, bool noexpand = FALSE);
 
   /**
     * Add a stretch to the buttonbox. 
     *
     * Can be used to separate buttons.  That is, if you add the
     * buttons OK and Cancel, add a stretch, and then add the button Help,
     * the buttons OK and Cancel will be left-aligned (or top-aligned
     * for vertical) whereas Help will be right-aligned (or
     * bottom-aligned for vertical).
     *
     * @see QBoxLayout
     */
   void addStretch(int scale = 1);
 
   /**
     * This function must be called @em once after all buttons have been
     * inserted.
     *
     * It will start layout control.
     */
   void layout();
 
 public: // as PrivateData needs Item, it has to be exported
   class Item;
 protected:
   /**
     * @return the best size for a button. Checks all buttons and takes
     * the maximum width/height.
     */
   QSize bestButtonSize() const;
   void  placeButtons();
   QSize buttonSizeHint(QPushButton *) const;
   
 protected:
   virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
 private:
   KButtonBoxPrivate *data;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kguiitem.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/kguiitem.cpp
index 828c5e6..c91ffb7 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/kguiitem.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kguiitem.cpp
@@ -1,205 +1,205 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
     Copyright (C) 2001 Holger Freyther (freyher@yahoo.com)
                   based on ideas from Martijn and Simon
                   many thanks to Simon
 		  
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 #include <qregexp.h>
 #include <qstring.h>
-#include <qiconset.h>
+#include <qicon.h>
 #include <qpixmap.h>
 
 #include <assert.h>
 //US #include <kiconloader.h>
 #include <kdebug.h>
 
 #include "kguiitem.h"
 
 class KGuiItem::KGuiItemPrivate
 {
 public:
     KGuiItemPrivate()
     {
         m_enabled = true;
         m_hasIcon = false;
     }
     
     KGuiItemPrivate( const KGuiItemPrivate &rhs )
     {
         (*this ) = rhs;
     }
     
     KGuiItemPrivate &operator=( const KGuiItemPrivate &rhs )
     {
         m_text = rhs.m_text;
         m_iconSet = rhs.m_iconSet;
         m_iconName = rhs.m_iconName;
         m_toolTip = rhs.m_toolTip;
         m_whatsThis = rhs.m_whatsThis;
         m_statusText = rhs.m_statusText;
         m_enabled = rhs.m_enabled;
         m_hasIcon = rhs.m_hasIcon;
 
         return *this;
     }
 
     QString m_text;
     QString m_toolTip;
     QString m_whatsThis;
     QString m_statusText;
     QString m_iconName;
-    QIconSet m_iconSet;
+    QIcon m_iconSet;
     bool m_hasIcon : 1;
     bool m_enabled : 1;
 };
 
 
 KGuiItem::KGuiItem() {
     d = new KGuiItemPrivate;
 }
 
 KGuiItem::KGuiItem( const QString &text,    const QString &iconName,
                     const QString &toolTip, const QString &whatsThis )
 {
     d = new KGuiItemPrivate;
     d->m_text = text;
     d->m_toolTip =  toolTip;
     d->m_whatsThis = whatsThis;
     setIconName( iconName );
 }
 
-KGuiItem::KGuiItem( const QString &text,    const QIconSet &iconSet,
+KGuiItem::KGuiItem( const QString &text,    const QIcon &iconSet,
                     const QString &toolTip, const QString &whatsThis )
 {
     d = new KGuiItemPrivate;
     d->m_text = text;
     d->m_toolTip =  toolTip;
     d->m_whatsThis = whatsThis;
     setIconSet( iconSet );
 }
 
 KGuiItem::KGuiItem( const KGuiItem &rhs )
     : d( 0 )
 {
     (*this) = rhs;
 }
 
 KGuiItem &KGuiItem::operator=( const KGuiItem &rhs ) {
     if ( d == rhs.d )
         return *this;
 
     assert( rhs.d );
 
     delete d;
     d = new KGuiItemPrivate( *rhs.d );
 
     return *this;
 }
 
 KGuiItem::~KGuiItem() {
     delete d;
 }
 
 QString KGuiItem::text() const {
     return d->m_text;
 }
 QString KGuiItem::plainText() const {
   QString stripped( d->m_text );
   stripped.replace( QRegExp( "&(?!&)" ), QString::null );
 
   return stripped;
 }
 
-QIconSet KGuiItem::iconSet( KIcon::Group group, int size /*US, KInstance* instance */ ) const
+QIcon KGuiItem::iconSet( KIcon::Group group, int size /*US, KInstance* instance */ ) const
 {
     if( d->m_hasIcon )
     {
         if( !d->m_iconName.isEmpty())
         {
 // some caching here would(?) come handy
 //US            return instance->iconLoader()->loadIconSet( d->m_iconName, group, size );
           return KGlobal::iconLoader()->loadIconSet( d->m_iconName);
 // here is a little problem that with delayed icon loading
 // we can't check if the icon really exists ... so what ...
 //            if( set.isNull() )
 //            {
 //                d->m_hasIcon = false;
 //                return QIconSet();
 //            }
 //            return set;
         }
         else
         {
             return d->m_iconSet;
         }
     }
     else
-        return QIconSet();
+        return QIcon();
 }
 
 QString KGuiItem::iconName() const
 {
     return d->m_iconName;
 }
 
 QString KGuiItem::toolTip() const {
     return d->m_toolTip;
 }
 QString KGuiItem::whatsThis() const {
     return d->m_whatsThis;
 }
 
 bool KGuiItem::isEnabled() const
 {
     return d->m_enabled;
 }
 
 bool KGuiItem::hasIcon() const
 {
     return d->m_hasIcon;
 }
 
 void KGuiItem::setText( const QString &text ) {
     d->m_text=text;
 }
 
-void KGuiItem::setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset )
+void KGuiItem::setIconSet( const QIcon &iconset )
 {
     d->m_iconSet = iconset;
     d->m_iconName = QString::null;
     d->m_hasIcon = !iconset.isNull();
 }
 
 void KGuiItem::setIconName( const QString &iconName )
 {
     d->m_iconName = iconName;
-    d->m_iconSet = QIconSet();
+    d->m_iconSet = QIcon();
     d->m_hasIcon = !iconName.isEmpty();
 }
 
 void KGuiItem::setToolTip( const QString &toolTip) {
     d->m_toolTip = toolTip;
 }
 void KGuiItem::setWhatsThis( const QString &whatsThis ) {
     d->m_whatsThis = whatsThis;
 }
 void KGuiItem::setEnabled( bool enabled ){
     d->m_enabled = enabled;
 }
 
 /* vim: et sw=4
  */
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kguiitem.h b/microkde/kdeui/kguiitem.h
index 0079bb4..6f92137 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/kguiitem.h
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kguiitem.h
@@ -1,87 +1,87 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
     Copyright (C) 2001 Holger Freyther (freyher@yahoo.com)
                   based on ideas from Martijn and Simon
 
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 
     Many thanks to Simon tronical Hausmann
 */
 
 #ifndef __kguiitem_h__
 #define __kguiitem_h__
 
 #include <qstring.h>
-#include <qiconset.h>
+#include <qicon.h>
 #include <qpixmap.h>
-#include <qvaluelist.h>
+#include <q3valuelist.h>
 //US#include <kicontheme.h>
 #include <kglobal.h>
 
 //US added the following files
 #include <kiconloader.h>
 
 class KGuiItem
 {
 public:
     KGuiItem();
 
     KGuiItem( const QString &text, 
               const QString &iconName  = QString::null,
               const QString &toolTip   = QString::null, 
               const QString &whatsThis = QString::null );
 
-    KGuiItem( const QString &text, const QIconSet &iconSet, 
+    KGuiItem( const QString &text, const QIcon &iconSet, 
               const QString &toolTip   = QString::null, 
               const QString &whatsThis = QString::null );
 
     KGuiItem( const KGuiItem &rhs );
     KGuiItem &operator=( const KGuiItem &rhs );
 
     ~KGuiItem();
 
     QString text() const;
     QString plainText() const;
-    QIconSet iconSet( KIcon::Group, int size = 0/*US , KInstance* instance = KGlobal::instance()*/) const;
+    QIcon iconSet( KIcon::Group, int size = 0/*US , KInstance* instance = KGlobal::instance()*/) const;
 
 #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
-    QIconSet iconSet() const { return iconSet( KIcon::Small); }
+    QIcon iconSet() const { return iconSet( KIcon::Small); }
 #endif
 
     QString iconName() const;
     QString toolTip() const;
     QString whatsThis() const;
     bool isEnabled() const;
     bool hasIcon() const;
 #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
     bool hasIconSet() const { return hasIcon(); }
 #endif
 
     void setText( const QString &text );
-    void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset );
+    void setIconSet( const QIcon &iconset );
     void setIconName( const QString &iconName );
     void setToolTip( const QString &tooltip );
     void setWhatsThis( const QString &whatsThis );
     void setEnabled( bool enable );
 
 private:
     class KGuiItemPrivate;
     KGuiItemPrivate *d;
 };
 
 /* vim: et sw=4
  */
 
 #endif
 
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kjanuswidget.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/kjanuswidget.cpp
index 462c44f..3d9173d 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/kjanuswidget.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kjanuswidget.cpp
@@ -1,1177 +1,1185 @@
 /*  This file is part of the KDE Libraries
  *  Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Espen Sand (espensa@online.no)
  *  Copyright (C) 2003 Ravikiran Rajagopal (ravi@kde.org)
  *
  *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
  *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
  *  License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
  *  version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
  *
  *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
  *  Library General Public License for more details.
  *
  *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
  *  along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
  *  the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
  *  Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
  */
 
 #include <qpixmap.h>
 #include <qbitmap.h>
 #include <qlayout.h>
 #include <qlabel.h>
-#include <qwidgetstack.h>
+#include <q3widgetstack.h>
 #include <qtabwidget.h>
-#include <qlistview.h>
-#include <qhbox.h>
-#include <qvbox.h>
-#include <qgrid.h>
+#include <q3listview.h>
+#include <q3hbox.h>
+#include <q3vbox.h>
+#include <q3grid.h>
 #include <qpainter.h>
-#include <qobjectlist.h>
+#include <qobject.h>
 #include <qstringlist.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3HBoxLayout>
+#include <Q3GridLayout>
+#include <Q3PtrList>
+#include <Q3Frame>
+#include <QEvent>
+#include <Q3VBoxLayout>
+#include <QShowEvent>
 /*US 
 #include <qbitmap.h>
 #include <qgrid.h>
 #include <qhbox.h>
 #include <qheader.h>
 #include <qlabel.h>
 #include <qlayout.h>
 #include <qobjectlist.h>
 #include <qpixmap.h>
 #include <qsplitter.h>
 #include <qtabwidget.h>
 #include <qvbox.h>
 #include <qwidgetstack.h>
 #include <qpainter.h>
 #include <qstyle.h>
 
 #include <kapplication.h>
 #include <klocale.h>
 #include <kglobal.h>
 #include <kglobalsettings.h>
 #include <kseparator.h>
 #include <kdebug.h>
 #include "kjanuswidget.h"
 #include <klistview.h>
 
 */
 
 #include <kseparator.h>
 #include <kdialog.h> // Access to some static members
 #include <kdebug.h>
 #include <klistview.h>
 
 #include "kjanuswidget.h"
 
-class KJanusWidget::IconListItem : public QListBoxItem
+class KJanusWidget::IconListItem : public Q3ListBoxItem
 {
   public:
-    IconListItem( QListBox *listbox, const QPixmap &pixmap,
+    IconListItem( Q3ListBox *listbox, const QPixmap &pixmap,
 		   const QString &text );
-    virtual int height( const QListBox *lb ) const;
-    virtual int width( const QListBox *lb ) const;
+    virtual int height( const Q3ListBox *lb ) const;
+    virtual int width( const Q3ListBox *lb ) const;
     int expandMinimumWidth( int width );
 
   protected:
     const QPixmap &defaultPixmap();
     void paint( QPainter *painter );
 
   private:
     QPixmap mPixmap;
     int mMinimumWidth;
 };
 
 class KJanusWidget::KJanusWidgetPrivate
 {
 public:
   KJanusWidgetPrivate() : mNextPageIndex(0) { }
 
   int mNextPageIndex; // The next page index.
 
   // Dictionary for multipage modes.
   QMap<int,QWidget*> mIntToPage;
   // Reverse dictionary. Used because showPage() may be performance critical.
   QMap<QWidget*,int> mPageToInt;
   // Dictionary of title string associated with page.
   QMap<int, QString> mIntToTitle;
 };
 
-template class QPtrList<QListViewItem>;
+template class Q3PtrList<Q3ListViewItem>;
 
 
 KJanusWidget::KJanusWidget( QWidget *parent, const char *name, int face )
   : QWidget( parent, name ),
     mValid(false), mPageList(0),
     mTitleList(0), mFace(face), mTitleLabel(0), mActivePageWidget(0),
     mShowIconsInTreeList(false), d(0)
 {
-  QVBoxLayout *topLayout = new QVBoxLayout( this );
+  Q3VBoxLayout *topLayout = new Q3VBoxLayout( this );
   if( mFace == TreeList || mFace == IconList )
   {
     d = new KJanusWidgetPrivate;
 
-    QFrame *page = 0;
+    Q3Frame *page = 0;
     if( mFace == TreeList )
     {
     //US
     qDebug("KJanusWidget::KJanusWidget TreeList not implemented yet");
 /*US    
       QSplitter *splitter = new QSplitter( this );
       topLayout->addWidget( splitter, 10 );
       mTreeListResizeMode = QSplitter::KeepSize;
 
       mTreeList = new KListView( splitter );
       mTreeList->addColumn( QString::null );
       mTreeList->header()->hide();
       mTreeList->setRootIsDecorated(true);
       mTreeList->setSorting( -1 );
       connect( mTreeList, SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), SLOT(slotShowPage()) );
       connect( mTreeList, SIGNAL(clicked(QListViewItem *)), SLOT(slotItemClicked(QListViewItem *)));
 
       //
       // Page area. Title at top with a separator below and a pagestack using
       // all available space at bottom.
       //
       QFrame *p = new QFrame( splitter );
 
       QHBoxLayout *hbox = new QHBoxLayout( p, 0, 0 );
       hbox->addSpacing( KDialog::marginHint() );
 
       page = new QFrame( p );
       hbox->addWidget( page, 10 );
 */      
     }
     else
     {
-      QHBoxLayout *hbox = new QHBoxLayout( topLayout );
+      Q3HBoxLayout *hbox = new Q3HBoxLayout( topLayout );
       mIconList = new IconListBox( this );
 
       QFont listFont( mIconList->font() );
       listFont.setBold( true );
       mIconList->setFont( listFont );
 
       mIconList->verticalScrollBar()->installEventFilter( this );
       hbox->addWidget( mIconList );
       connect( mIconList, SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), SLOT(slotShowPage()));
       hbox->addSpacing( KDialog::marginHint() );
-      page = new QFrame( this );
+      page = new Q3Frame( this );
       hbox->addWidget( page, 10 );
     }
 
     //
     // Rest of page area. Title at top with a separator below and a
     // pagestack using all available space at bottom.
     //
 
-    QVBoxLayout *vbox = new QVBoxLayout( page, 0, KDialog::spacingHint() );
+    Q3VBoxLayout *vbox = new Q3VBoxLayout( page, 0, KDialog::spacingHint() );
 
     mTitleLabel = new QLabel( QString::fromLatin1("Empty page"), page, "KJanusWidgetTitleLabel" );
     vbox->addWidget( mTitleLabel );
 
     QFont titleFont( mTitleLabel->font() );
     titleFont.setBold( true );
     mTitleLabel->setFont( titleFont );
 
     mTitleSep = new KSeparator( page );
-    mTitleSep->setFrameStyle( QFrame::HLine|QFrame::Plain );
+    mTitleSep->setFrameStyle( Q3Frame::HLine|Q3Frame::Plain );
     vbox->addWidget( mTitleSep );
 
-    mPageStack = new QWidgetStack( page );
+    mPageStack = new Q3WidgetStack( page );
     connect(mPageStack, SIGNAL(aboutToShow(QWidget *)),
             SIGNAL(aboutToShowPage(QWidget *)));
     vbox->addWidget( mPageStack, 10 );
   }
   else if( mFace == Tabbed )
   {
     d = new KJanusWidgetPrivate;
 
     mTabControl = new QTabWidget( this );
     mTabControl->setMargin (KDialog::marginHint());
     topLayout->addWidget( mTabControl, 10 );
   }
   else if( mFace == Swallow )
   {
     mSwallowPage = new QWidget( this );
     topLayout->addWidget( mSwallowPage, 10 );
   }
   else
   {
     mFace = Plain;
-    mPlainPage = new QFrame( this );
+    mPlainPage = new Q3Frame( this );
     topLayout->addWidget( mPlainPage, 10 );
   }
 /*US
   if ( kapp )
     connect(kapp,SIGNAL(kdisplayFontChanged()),SLOT(slotFontChanged()));
 */    
   mValid = true;
   setSwallowedWidget(0); // Set default size if 'mFace' is Swallow.
 }
 
 
 KJanusWidget::~KJanusWidget()
 {
 
 /*US the destroyed signal caused a segmentation fault while closing the dialog and destructing
   all pages. Why not just remove all pages in the destructor??
 */
 // LR we have all subwidgets with parent-child relation
 // LR we do not need to delete here anything by the private class
 /*
   if( mFace == Tabbed )
   {
       QMap<QWidget*,int>::Iterator it;
       for (it = d->mPageToInt.begin(); it != d->mPageToInt.end(); ++it) {
         QObject*page = (QObject*)it.key();
         pageGone(page);        
       }
   }
   else
       qDebug("KJanusWidget::~KJanusWidget so far ");
 */
 //US end  
   
   delete d;
   
   
 }
 
 
 bool KJanusWidget::isValid() const
 {
   return( mValid );
 }
 
 
-QFrame *KJanusWidget::plainPage()
+Q3Frame *KJanusWidget::plainPage()
 {
   return( mPlainPage );
 }
 
 
 int KJanusWidget::face() const
 {
   return( mFace );
 }
 
 QWidget *KJanusWidget::FindParent()
 {
   if( mFace == Tabbed ) {
     return mTabControl;
   }
   else {
     return this;
   }
 }
 
-QFrame *KJanusWidget::addPage( const QStringList &items, const QString &header,
+Q3Frame *KJanusWidget::addPage( const QStringList &items, const QString &header,
 			       const QPixmap &pixmap )
 {
   if( mValid == false )
   {
     kdDebug() << "addPage: Invalid object" << endl;
     return( 0 );
   }
 
-  QFrame *page = new QFrame( FindParent(), "page" );
+  Q3Frame *page = new Q3Frame( FindParent(), "page" );
   addPageWidget( page, items, header, pixmap );
 
   return page;
 }
 
 void KJanusWidget::pageGone( QObject *obj )
 {
 //  QObject* obj = (QObject*)sender();
   removePage( static_cast<QWidget*>( obj ) );
 }
 
-void KJanusWidget::slotReopen( QListViewItem * item )
+void KJanusWidget::slotReopen( Q3ListViewItem * item )
 {
   if( item )
     item->setOpen( true );
 }
 
-QFrame *KJanusWidget::addPage( const QString &itemName, const QString &header,
+Q3Frame *KJanusWidget::addPage( const QString &itemName, const QString &header,
 			       const QPixmap &pixmap )
 {
 
   QStringList items;
   items << itemName;
   return addPage(items, header, pixmap);
 }
 
 
 
-QVBox *KJanusWidget::addVBoxPage( const QStringList &items,
+Q3VBox *KJanusWidget::addVBoxPage( const QStringList &items,
 				  const QString &header,
 				  const QPixmap &pixmap )
 {
   if( mValid == false )
   {
       qDebug("addPage: Invalid object ");
     
     return( 0 );
   }
 
-  QVBox *page = new QVBox(FindParent() , "vbox_page" );
+  Q3VBox *page = new Q3VBox(FindParent() , "vbox_page" );
   page->setSpacing( KDialog::spacingHintSmall() );
   addPageWidget( page, items, header, pixmap );
 
   return page;
 }
 
-QVBox *KJanusWidget::addVBoxPage( const QString &itemName,
+Q3VBox *KJanusWidget::addVBoxPage( const QString &itemName,
 				  const QString &header,
 				  const QPixmap &pixmap )
 {
   QStringList items;
   items << itemName;
   return addVBoxPage(items, header, pixmap);
 }
 
-QHBox *KJanusWidget::addHBoxPage( const QStringList &items,
+Q3HBox *KJanusWidget::addHBoxPage( const QStringList &items,
 				  const QString &header,
 				  const QPixmap &pixmap )
 {
   if( mValid == false ) {
     kdDebug() << "addPage: Invalid object" << endl;
     return( 0 );
   }
 
-  QHBox *page = new QHBox(FindParent(), "hbox_page");
+  Q3HBox *page = new Q3HBox(FindParent(), "hbox_page");
   page->setSpacing( KDialog::spacingHint() );
   addPageWidget( page, items, header, pixmap );
 
   return page;
 }
 
-QHBox *KJanusWidget::addHBoxPage( const QString &itemName,
+Q3HBox *KJanusWidget::addHBoxPage( const QString &itemName,
 				  const QString &header,
 				  const QPixmap &pixmap )
 {
   QStringList items;
   items << itemName;
   return addHBoxPage(items, header, pixmap);
 }
 
-QGrid *KJanusWidget::addGridPage( int n, QGrid::Direction dir,
+Q3Grid *KJanusWidget::addGridPage( int n, Qt::Orientation dir,
 				  const QStringList &items,
 				  const QString &header,
 				  const QPixmap &pixmap )
 {
   if( mValid == false )
   {
     kdDebug() << "addPage: Invalid object" << endl;
     return( 0 );
   }
 
-  QGrid *page = new QGrid( n, dir, FindParent(), "page" );
+  Q3Grid *page = new Q3Grid( n, dir, FindParent(), "page" );
   page->setSpacing( KDialog::spacingHint() );
   addPageWidget( page, items, header, pixmap );
 
   return page;
 }
 
 
-QGrid *KJanusWidget::addGridPage( int n, QGrid::Direction dir,
+Q3Grid *KJanusWidget::addGridPage( int n, Qt::Orientation dir,
 				  const QString &itemName,
 				  const QString &header,
 				  const QPixmap &pixmap )
 {
   QStringList items;
   items << itemName;
   return addGridPage(n, dir, items, header, pixmap);
 }
 
-void KJanusWidget::InsertTreeListItem(const QStringList &items, const QPixmap &pixmap, QFrame *page)
+void KJanusWidget::InsertTreeListItem(const QStringList &items, const QPixmap &pixmap, Q3Frame *page)
 {
   bool isTop = true;
-  QListViewItem *curTop = 0, *child, *last, *newChild;
+  Q3ListViewItem *curTop = 0, *child, *last, *newChild;
   unsigned int index = 1;
   QStringList curPath;
 
   for ( QStringList::ConstIterator it = items.begin(); it != items.end(); ++it, index++ ) {
     QString name = (*it);
     bool isPath = ( index != items.count() );
 
     // Find the first child.
     if (isTop) {
       child = mTreeList->firstChild();
     }
     else {
       child = curTop->firstChild();
     }
 
     // Now search for a child with the current Name, and if it we doesn't
     // find it, then remember the location of the last child.
     for (last = 0; child && child->text(0) != name ; last = child, child = child->nextSibling());
 
     if (last == 0 && child == 0) {
       // This node didn't have any children at all, lets just insert the
       // new child.
       if (isTop)
-        newChild = new QListViewItem(mTreeList, name);
+        newChild = new Q3ListViewItem(mTreeList, name);
       else
-        newChild = new QListViewItem(curTop, name);
+        newChild = new Q3ListViewItem(curTop, name);
 
     }
     else if (child != 0) {
       // we found the given name in this child.
       if (!isPath) {
         kdDebug() << "The element inserted was already in the TreeList box!" << endl;
         return;
       }
       else {
         // Ok we found the folder
         newChild  = child;
       }
     }
     else {
       // the node had some children, but we didn't find the given name
       if (isTop)
-        newChild = new QListViewItem(mTreeList, last, name);
+        newChild = new Q3ListViewItem(mTreeList, last, name);
       else
-        newChild = new QListViewItem(curTop, last, name);
+        newChild = new Q3ListViewItem(curTop, last, name);
     }
 
     // Now make the element expandable if it is a path component, and make
     // ready for next loop
     if (isPath) {
       newChild->setExpandable(true);
       curTop = newChild;
       isTop = false;
       curPath << name;
 
       QString key = curPath.join("_/_");
       if (mFolderIconMap.contains(key)) {
         QPixmap p = mFolderIconMap[key];
         newChild->setPixmap(0,p);
       }
     }
     else {
       if (mShowIconsInTreeList) {
         newChild->setPixmap(0, pixmap);
       }
       mTreeListToPageStack.insert(newChild, page);
     }
   }
 }
 
-void KJanusWidget::addPageWidget( QFrame *page, const QStringList &items,
+void KJanusWidget::addPageWidget( Q3Frame *page, const QStringList &items,
 				  const QString &header,const QPixmap &pixmap )
 {
 /*US the following signal causes a segmentation fault while closing the dialog. 
   Why not just remove all pages in the destructor??
 */  
 //US  connect(page, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(pageGone(QObject*)));
 // we have the SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*) only in Qt3
 #ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION
     // connect(page, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(pageGone(QObject*)));
 #endif
   if( mFace == Tabbed )
   {
     mTabControl->addTab (page, items.last());
     d->mIntToPage[d->mNextPageIndex] = static_cast<QWidget*>(page);
     d->mPageToInt[static_cast<QWidget*>(page)] = d->mNextPageIndex;
     d->mNextPageIndex++;
   }
   else if( mFace == TreeList || mFace == IconList )
   {
     d->mIntToPage[d->mNextPageIndex] = static_cast<QWidget*>(page);
     d->mPageToInt[static_cast<QWidget*>(page)] = d->mNextPageIndex;
     mPageStack->addWidget( page, 0 );
 
     if (items.count() == 0) {
       kdDebug() << "Invalid QStringList, with zero items" << endl;
       return;
     }
 
     if( mFace == TreeList )
     {
       InsertTreeListItem(items, pixmap, page);
     }
     else // mFace == IconList
     {
       QString itemName = items.last();
       IconListItem *item = new IconListItem( mIconList, pixmap, itemName );
       mIconListToPageStack.insert(item, page);
       mIconList->invalidateHeight();
       mIconList->invalidateWidth();
 
       if (mIconList->isVisible())
         mIconList->updateWidth();
     }
 
     //
     // Make sure the title label is sufficiently wide
     //
     QString lastName = items.last();
     const QString &title = (!header.isNull() ? header : lastName);
     QRect r = mTitleLabel->fontMetrics().boundingRect( title );
     if( mTitleLabel->minimumWidth() < r.width() )
     {
       mTitleLabel->setMinimumWidth( r.width() );
     }
     d->mIntToTitle[d->mNextPageIndex] = title;
     if( d->mIntToTitle.count() == 1 )
     {
       showPage(0);
     }
     d->mNextPageIndex++;
   }
   else
   {
     kdDebug() << "KJanusWidget::addPageWidget: can only add a page in Tabbed, TreeList or IconList modes" << endl;
   }
 
 }
 
 void KJanusWidget::setFolderIcon(const QStringList &path, const QPixmap &pixmap)
 {
   QString key = path.join("_/_");
   mFolderIconMap.insert(key,pixmap);
 }
 
 
 
 bool KJanusWidget::setSwallowedWidget( QWidget *widget )
 {
   if( mFace != Swallow || mValid == false )
   {
     return( false );
   }
 
   //
   // Remove current layout and make a new.
   //
   if( mSwallowPage->layout() != 0 )
   {
     delete mSwallowPage->layout();
   }
-  QGridLayout *gbox = new QGridLayout( mSwallowPage, 1, 1, 0 );
+  Q3GridLayout *gbox = new Q3GridLayout( mSwallowPage, 1, 1, 0 );
 
   //
   // Hide old children
   //
-  QObjectList *l = (QObjectList*)mSwallowPage->children(); // silence please
-  for( uint i=0; i < l->count(); i++ )
+  QObjectList l = mSwallowPage->children(); // silence please
+  for( uint i=0; i < l.count(); i++ )
   {
-    QObject *o = l->at(i);
+    QObject *o = l.at(i);
     if( o->isWidgetType() )
     {
       ((QWidget*)o)->hide();
     }
   }
 
   //
   // Add new child or make default size
   //
   if( widget == 0 )
   {
     gbox->addRowSpacing(0,100);
     gbox->addColSpacing(0,100);
     mSwallowPage->setMinimumSize(100,100);
   }
   else
   {
     if( widget->parent() != mSwallowPage )
     {
       widget->reparent( mSwallowPage, 0, QPoint(0,0) );
     }
     gbox->addWidget(widget, 0, 0 );
     gbox->activate();
     mSwallowPage->setMinimumSize( widget->minimumSize() );
   }
 
   return( true );
 }
 
 bool KJanusWidget::slotShowPage()
 {
   if( mValid == false )
   {
     return( false );
   }
 
   if( mFace == TreeList )
   {
-    QListViewItem *node = mTreeList->selectedItem();
+    Q3ListViewItem *node = mTreeList->selectedItem();
     if( node == 0 ) { return( false ); }
 
     QWidget *stackItem = mTreeListToPageStack[node];
     // Make sure to call through the virtual function showPage(int)
     return showPage(d->mPageToInt[stackItem]);
   }
   else if( mFace == IconList )
   {
-    QListBoxItem *node = mIconList->item( mIconList->currentItem() );
+    Q3ListBoxItem *node = mIconList->item( mIconList->currentItem() );
     if( node == 0 ) { return( false ); }
     QWidget *stackItem = mIconListToPageStack[node];
     // Make sure to call through the virtual function showPage(int)
     return showPage(d->mPageToInt[stackItem]);
   }
 
   return( false );
 }
 
 
 bool KJanusWidget::showPage( int index )
 {
   if( d == 0 || mValid == false )
   {
     return( false );
   }
   else
   {
     return showPage(d->mIntToPage[index]);
   }
 }
 
 
 bool KJanusWidget::showPage( QWidget *w )
 {
   if( w == 0 || mValid == false )
   {
     return( false );
   }
 
   if( mFace == TreeList || mFace == IconList )
   {
     mPageStack->raiseWidget( w );
     mActivePageWidget = w;
 
     int index = d->mPageToInt[w];
     mTitleLabel->setText( d->mIntToTitle[index] );
     if( mFace == TreeList )
     {
-      QMap<QListViewItem *, QWidget *>::Iterator it;
+      QMap<Q3ListViewItem *, QWidget *>::Iterator it;
       for (it = mTreeListToPageStack.begin(); it != mTreeListToPageStack.end(); ++it){
-        QListViewItem *key = it.key();
+        Q3ListViewItem *key = it.key();
         QWidget *val = it.data();
         if (val == w) {
           mTreeList->setSelected(key, true );
           break;
         }
       }
     }
     else
     {
-      QMap<QListBoxItem *, QWidget *>::Iterator it;
+      QMap<Q3ListBoxItem *, QWidget *>::Iterator it;
       for (it = mIconListToPageStack.begin(); it != mIconListToPageStack.end(); ++it){
-        QListBoxItem *key = it.key();
+        Q3ListBoxItem *key = it.key();
         QWidget *val = it.data();
         if (val == w) {
           mIconList->setSelected( key, true );
           break;
         }
       }
     }
   }
   else if( mFace == Tabbed )
   {
     mTabControl->showPage(w);
     mActivePageWidget = w;
   }
   else
   {
     return( false );
   }
 
   return( true );
 }
 
 
 int KJanusWidget::activePageIndex() const
 {
   if( mFace == TreeList) {
-    QListViewItem *node = mTreeList->selectedItem();
+    Q3ListViewItem *node = mTreeList->selectedItem();
     if( node == 0 ) { return -1; }
     QWidget *stackItem = mTreeListToPageStack[node];
     return d->mPageToInt[stackItem];
   }
   else if (mFace == IconList) {
-    QListBoxItem *node = mIconList->item( mIconList->currentItem() );
+    Q3ListBoxItem *node = mIconList->item( mIconList->currentItem() );
     if( node == 0 ) { return( false ); }
     QWidget *stackItem = mIconListToPageStack[node];
     return d->mPageToInt[stackItem];
   }
   else if( mFace == Tabbed ) {
     QWidget *widget = mTabControl->currentPage();
     return( widget == 0 ? -1 : d->mPageToInt[widget] );
   }
   else {
     return( -1 );
   }
 }
 
 
 int KJanusWidget::pageIndex( QWidget *widget ) const
 {
   if( widget == 0 )
   {
     return( -1 );
   }
   else if( mFace == TreeList || mFace == IconList )
   {
     return( d->mPageToInt[widget] );
   }
   else if( mFace == Tabbed )
   {
     //
     // The user gets the real page widget with addVBoxPage(), addHBoxPage()
     // and addGridPage() but not with addPage() which returns a child of
     // the toplevel page. addPage() returns a QFrame so I check for that.
     //
     if( widget->isA("QFrame") )
     {
       return( d->mPageToInt[widget->parentWidget()] );
     }
     else
     {
       return( d->mPageToInt[widget] );
     }
   }
   else
   {
     return( -1 );
   }
 }
 /*US not yet implemented
 void KJanusWidget::slotFontChanged()
 {
   if( mTitleLabel != 0 )
   {
     mTitleLabel->setFont( KGlobalSettings::generalFont() );
     QFont titleFont( mTitleLabel->font() );
     titleFont.setBold( true );
     mTitleLabel->setFont( titleFont );
   }
 
   if( mFace == IconList )
   {
     QFont listFont( mIconList->font() );
     listFont.setBold( true );
     mIconList->setFont( listFont );
     mIconList->invalidateHeight();
     mIconList->invalidateWidth();
   }
 }
 */
 
 // makes the treelist behave like the list of kcontrol
-void KJanusWidget::slotItemClicked(QListViewItem *it)
+void KJanusWidget::slotItemClicked(Q3ListViewItem *it)
 {
   if(it && (it->childCount()>0))
     it->setOpen(!it->isOpen());
 }
 
 void KJanusWidget::setFocus()
 {
   if( mValid == false ) { return; }
   if( mFace == TreeList )
   {
     mTreeList->setFocus();
   }
   if( mFace == IconList )
   {
     mIconList->setFocus();
   }
   else if( mFace == Tabbed )
   {
     mTabControl->setFocus();
   }
   else if( mFace == Swallow )
   {
     mSwallowPage->setFocus();
   }
   else if( mFace == Plain )
   {
     mPlainPage->setFocus();
   }
 }
 
 
 QSize KJanusWidget::minimumSizeHint() const
 {
   if( mFace == TreeList || mFace == IconList )
   {
     QSize s1( KDialog::spacingHint(), KDialog::spacingHint()*2 );
     QSize s2(0,0);
     QSize s3(0,0);
     QSize s4( mPageStack->sizeHint() );
 
     if( mFace == TreeList )
     {
 /*US    
       s1.rwidth() += style().pixelMetric( QStyle::PM_SplitterWidth );
       s2 = mTreeList->minimumSize();
 */      
     }
     else
     {
       mIconList->updateMinimumHeight();
       mIconList->updateWidth();
       s2 = mIconList->minimumSize();
     }
 
     if( mTitleLabel->isVisible() == true )
     {
       s3 += mTitleLabel->sizeHint();
       s3.rheight() += mTitleSep->minimumSize().height();
     }
 
     //
     // Select the tallest item. It has only effect in IconList mode
     //
     int h1 = s1.rheight() + s3.rheight() + s4.height();
     int h2 = QMAX( h1, s2.rheight() );
 
     return( QSize( s1.width()+s2.width()+QMAX(s3.width(),s4.width()), h2 ) );
   }
   else if( mFace == Tabbed )
   {
     return( mTabControl->sizeHint() );
   }
   else if( mFace == Swallow )
   {
     return( mSwallowPage->minimumSize() );
   }
   else if( mFace == Plain )
   {
     return( mPlainPage->sizeHint() );
   }
   else
   {
     return( QSize( 100, 100 ) ); // Should never happen though.
   }
 
 }
 
 
 QSize KJanusWidget::sizeHint() const
 {
   return( minimumSizeHint() );
 }
 
 
 void KJanusWidget::setTreeListAutoResize( bool state )
 {
   if( mFace == TreeList )
   {
 /*US  
     mTreeListResizeMode = state == false ?
       QSplitter::KeepSize : QSplitter::Stretch;
     QSplitter *splitter = (QSplitter*)(mTreeList->parentWidget());
     splitter->setResizeMode( mTreeList, mTreeListResizeMode );
 */    
   }
 }
 
 
 void KJanusWidget::setIconListAllVisible( bool state )
 {
   if( mFace == IconList )
   {
     mIconList->setShowAll( state );
   }
 }
 
 void KJanusWidget::setShowIconsInTreeList( bool state )
 {
   mShowIconsInTreeList = state;
 }
 
 void KJanusWidget::setRootIsDecorated( bool state )
 {
   if( mFace == TreeList ) {
     mTreeList->setRootIsDecorated(state);
   }
 }
 
 void KJanusWidget::unfoldTreeList( bool persist )
 {
   if( mFace == TreeList )
   {
     if( persist )
-      connect( mTreeList, SIGNAL( collapsed( QListViewItem * ) ), this, SLOT( slotReopen( QListViewItem * ) ) );
+      connect( mTreeList, SIGNAL( collapsed( Q3ListViewItem * ) ), this, SLOT( slotReopen( Q3ListViewItem * ) ) );
     else
-      disconnect( mTreeList, SIGNAL( collapsed( QListViewItem * ) ), this, SLOT( slotReopen( QListViewItem * ) ) );
+      disconnect( mTreeList, SIGNAL( collapsed( Q3ListViewItem * ) ), this, SLOT( slotReopen( Q3ListViewItem * ) ) );
 
-    for( QListViewItem * item = mTreeList->firstChild(); item; item = item->itemBelow() )
+    for( Q3ListViewItem * item = mTreeList->firstChild(); item; item = item->itemBelow() )
       item->setOpen( true );
   }
 }
 
 void KJanusWidget::showEvent( QShowEvent * )
 {
   if( mFace == TreeList )
   {
 /*US  
     QSplitter *splitter = (QSplitter*)(mTreeList->parentWidget());
     splitter->setResizeMode( mTreeList, mTreeListResizeMode );
 */    
   }
 }
 
 
 //
 // 2000-13-02 Espen Sand
 // It should be obvious that this eventfilter must only be
 // be installed on the vertical scrollbar of the mIconList.
 //
 bool KJanusWidget::eventFilter( QObject *o, QEvent *e )
 {
   if( e->type() == QEvent::Show )
   {
     IconListItem *item = (IconListItem*)mIconList->item(0);
     if( item != 0 )
     {
       int lw = item->width( mIconList );
       int sw = mIconList->verticalScrollBar()->sizeHint().width();
       mIconList->setFixedWidth( lw+sw+mIconList->frameWidth()*2 );
     }
   }
   else if( e->type() == QEvent::Hide )
   {
     IconListItem *item = (IconListItem*)mIconList->item(0);
     if( item != 0 )
     {
       int lw = item->width( mIconList );
       mIconList->setFixedWidth( lw+mIconList->frameWidth()*2 );
     }
   }
   return QWidget::eventFilter( o, e );
 }
 
 
 
 //
 // Code for the icon list box
 //
 
 
 KJanusWidget::IconListBox::IconListBox( QWidget *parent, const char *name,
-					WFlags f )
+					Qt::WFlags f )
   :KListBox( parent, name, f ), mShowAll(false), mHeightValid(false),
    mWidthValid(false)
 {
 }
 
 
 void KJanusWidget::IconListBox::updateMinimumHeight()
 {
   if( mShowAll == true && mHeightValid == false )
   {
     int h = frameWidth()*2;
-    for( QListBoxItem *i = item(0); i != 0; i = i->next() )
+    for( Q3ListBoxItem *i = item(0); i != 0; i = i->next() )
     {
       h += i->height( this );
     }
     setMinimumHeight( h );
     mHeightValid = true;
   }
 }
 
 
 void KJanusWidget::IconListBox::updateWidth()
 {
   if( mWidthValid == false )
   {
     int maxWidth = 10;
-    for( QListBoxItem *i = item(0); i != 0; i = i->next() )
+    for( Q3ListBoxItem *i = item(0); i != 0; i = i->next() )
     {
       int w = ((IconListItem *)i)->width(this);
       maxWidth = QMAX( w, maxWidth );
     }
 
-    for( QListBoxItem *i = item(0); i != 0; i = i->next() )
+    for( Q3ListBoxItem *i = item(0); i != 0; i = i->next() )
     {
       ((IconListItem *)i)->expandMinimumWidth( maxWidth );
     }
 
     if( verticalScrollBar()->isVisible() )
     {
       maxWidth += verticalScrollBar()->sizeHint().width();
     }
 
     setFixedWidth( maxWidth + frameWidth()*2 );
     mWidthValid = true;
   }
 }
 
 
 void KJanusWidget::IconListBox::invalidateHeight()
 {
   mHeightValid = false;
 }
 
 
 void KJanusWidget::IconListBox::invalidateWidth()
 {
   mWidthValid = false;
 }
 
 
 void KJanusWidget::IconListBox::setShowAll( bool showAll )
 {
   mShowAll = showAll;
   mHeightValid = false;
 }
 
 
 
-KJanusWidget::IconListItem::IconListItem( QListBox *listbox, const QPixmap &pixmap,
+KJanusWidget::IconListItem::IconListItem( Q3ListBox *listbox, const QPixmap &pixmap,
                                           const QString &text )
-  : QListBoxItem( listbox )
+  : Q3ListBoxItem( listbox )
 {
   mPixmap = pixmap;
   if( mPixmap.isNull() == true )
   {
     mPixmap = defaultPixmap();
   }
   setText( text );
   mMinimumWidth = 0;
 }
 
 
 int KJanusWidget::IconListItem::expandMinimumWidth( int width )
 {
   mMinimumWidth = QMAX( mMinimumWidth, width );
   return( mMinimumWidth );
 }
 
 
 const QPixmap &KJanusWidget::IconListItem::defaultPixmap()
 {
   static QPixmap *pix=0;
   if( pix == 0 )
   {
     pix = new QPixmap( 32, 32 );
     QPainter p( pix );
     p.eraseRect( 0, 0, pix->width(), pix->height() );
     p.setPen( Qt::red );
     p.drawRect ( 0, 0, pix->width(), pix->height() );
     p.end();
 
     QBitmap mask( pix->width(), pix->height(), true);
     mask.fill( Qt::black );
     p.begin( &mask );
     p.setPen( Qt::white );
     p.drawRect ( 0, 0, pix->width(), pix->height() );
     p.end();
 
     pix->setMask( mask );
   }
   return( *pix );
 }
 
 
 void KJanusWidget::IconListItem::paint( QPainter *painter )
 {
   QFontMetrics fm = painter->fontMetrics();
   //int wt = fm.boundingRect(text()).width();
   int wp = mPixmap.width();
   int ht = fm.lineSpacing();
   int hp = mPixmap.height();
 
   painter->drawPixmap( (mMinimumWidth-wp)/2, 5, mPixmap );
   if( text().isEmpty() == false )
   {
     painter->drawText( 0, hp+7, mMinimumWidth, ht, Qt::AlignCenter, text() );
   }
 }
 
-int KJanusWidget::IconListItem::height( const QListBox *lb ) const
+int KJanusWidget::IconListItem::height( const Q3ListBox *lb ) const
 {
   if( text().isEmpty() == true )
   {
     return( mPixmap.height() );
   }
   else
   {
     return( mPixmap.height() + lb->fontMetrics().lineSpacing()+10 );
   }
 }
 
 
-int KJanusWidget::IconListItem::width( const QListBox *lb ) const
+int KJanusWidget::IconListItem::width( const Q3ListBox *lb ) const
 {
   int wt = lb->fontMetrics().boundingRect(text()).width()+10;
   int wp = mPixmap.width() + 10;
   int w  = QMAX( wt, wp );
   return( QMAX( w, mMinimumWidth ) );
 }
 
 
 void KJanusWidget::virtual_hook( int, void* )
 { /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
 
 // TODO: In TreeList, if the last child of a node is removed, and there is no corrsponding widget for that node, allow the caller to
 // delete the node.
 void KJanusWidget::removePage( QWidget *page )
 {
 //US  qDebug("KJanusWidget::removePage 1 %lu , %lu, %lu", d, page, &(d->mPageToInt));
   if (!d || !(d->mPageToInt.contains(page))) 
   {
     return;
   }
     
   int index = d->mPageToInt[page];
   
   if ( mFace == TreeList )
   {
-    QMap<QListViewItem*, QWidget *>::Iterator i;
+    QMap<Q3ListViewItem*, QWidget *>::Iterator i;
     for( i = mTreeListToPageStack.begin(); i != mTreeListToPageStack.end(); ++i )
       if (i.data()==page)
       {
         delete i.key();
         mPageStack->removeWidget(page);
         mTreeListToPageStack.remove(i);
         d->mIntToTitle.remove(index);
         d->mPageToInt.remove(page);
         d->mIntToPage.remove(index);
         break;
       }
   }
   else if ( mFace == IconList )
   {
-    QMap<QListBoxItem*, QWidget *>::Iterator i;
+    QMap<Q3ListBoxItem*, QWidget *>::Iterator i;
     for( i = mIconListToPageStack.begin(); i != mIconListToPageStack.end(); ++i )
       if (i.data()==page)
       {
         delete i.key();
         mPageStack->removeWidget(page);
         mIconListToPageStack.remove(i);
         d->mIntToTitle.remove(index);
         d->mPageToInt.remove(page);
         d->mIntToPage.remove(index);
         break;
       }
   }
   else // Tabbed
   {
     mTabControl->removePage(page);
     d->mPageToInt.remove(page);
     d->mIntToPage.remove(index);
   }
 }
 
 QString KJanusWidget::pageTitle(int index) const
 {
   if (!d || !d->mIntToTitle.contains(index))
     return QString::null;
   else
     return d->mIntToTitle[index];
 }
 
 QWidget *KJanusWidget::pageWidget(int index) const
 {
   if (!d || !d->mIntToPage.contains(index))
     return 0;
   else
     return d->mIntToPage[index];
 }
 
 //US #include "kjanuswidget.moc"
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kjanuswidget.h b/microkde/kdeui/kjanuswidget.h
index 6d3f23d..72465ea 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/kjanuswidget.h
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kjanuswidget.h
@@ -1,565 +1,571 @@
 /*  This file is part of the KDE Libraries
  *  Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Espen Sand (espen@kde.org)
  *
  *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
  *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
  *  License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
  *  version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
  *
  *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
  *  Library General Public License for more details.
  *
  *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
  *  along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
  *  the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
  *  Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
  */
 
 #ifndef _KJANUS_WIDGET_H_
 #define _KJANUS_WIDGET_H_
 
-#include <qptrlist.h>
+#include <q3ptrlist.h>
 #include <qwidget.h>
 #include <qmap.h>
-#include <qgrid.h>
+#include <q3grid.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <QShowEvent>
+#include <Q3Frame>
+#include <QPixmap>
+#include <QLabel>
+#include <QEvent>
 #include <klistbox.h>
 
 /*US
 #include <qptrlist.h>
 #include <qpixmap.h>
 #include <qsplitter.h>
 
 #include <qstringlist.h>
 #include <qmap.h>
 
 */
 
 class KSeparator;
 class KListView;
-class QWidgetStack;
+class Q3WidgetStack;
 class QLabel;
 class QTabWidget;
-class QListViewItem;
-class QVBox;
-class QHBox;
+class Q3ListViewItem;
+class Q3VBox;
+class Q3HBox;
 
 /**
  * Provides a number of ready to use layouts (faces). It is used
  * as an internal widget in @ref KDialogBase, but can also used as a
  * widget of its own.
  *
  * It provides TreeList, IconList, Tabbed, Plain and Swallow layouts.
  *
  * The TreeList face provides a list in the left area and pages in the
  * right. The area are separated by a movable splitter. The style is somewhat
  * similar to the layout in the Control Center. A page is raised by
  * selecting the corresponding tree list item.
  *
  * The IconList face provides an icon list in the left area and pages in the
  * right. For each entry the Icon is on top with the text below. The style
  * is somewhat similar to the layout of the Eudora configuation dialog box.
  * A page is raised by selecting the corresponding icon list item. The
  * preferred icon size is 32x32 pixels.
  *
  * The Tabbed face is a common tabbed widget. The procedure for creating a
  * page is similar for creating a TreeList. This has the advantage that if
  * your widget contain too many pages it is trivial to convert it into a
  * TreeList. Just change the face in the KJanusWidget constructor to
  * KJanusWidget::TreeList and you have a tree list layout instead.
  *
  * The Plain face provides an empty widget (QFrame) where you can place your
  * widgets. The KJanusWidget makes no assumptions regarding the contents so
  * you are free to add whatever you want.
  *
  * The Swallow face is provided in order to simplify the usage of existing
  * widgets and to allow changing the visible widget. You specify the widget
  * to be displayed by @ref #setSwallowedWidget(). Your widget will be
  * reparented inside the widget. You can specify a Null (0) widget. A empty
  * space is then displayed.
  *
  * For all modes it is important that you specify the @ref QWidget::minimumSize()
  * on the page, plain widget or the swallowed widget. If you use a QLayout
  * on the page, plain widget or the swallowed widget this will be taken care
  * of automatically. The size is used when the KJanusWidget determines its
  * own minimum size. You get the minimum size by using the
  * @ref #minimumSizeHint() or @ref #sizeHint() methods.
  *
  * Pages that have been added in TreeList, IconList or Tabbed mode can be
  * removed by simply deleting the page. However, it would be preferable to use
  * the QObject::deleteLater() function on the page as the main event loop
  * may have optimized UI update events of the page by scheduling them for later.
  *
  * @short Easy to use widget with many layouts
  * @author Espen Sand (espen@kde.org)
  */
 class KJanusWidget : public QWidget
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 
   private:
     class IconListBox : public KListBox
     {
       public:
-        IconListBox( QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0, WFlags f=0 );
+        IconListBox( QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0, Qt::WFlags f=0 );
 	void updateMinimumHeight();
 	void updateWidth();
 	void invalidateHeight();
 	void invalidateWidth();
 	void setShowAll( bool showAll );
 
       private:
 	bool mShowAll;
 	bool mHeightValid;
 	bool mWidthValid;
     };
 
   public:
     enum Face
     {
       TreeList = 0,
       Tabbed,
       Plain,
       Swallow,
       IconList
     };
 
   public:
 
     /**
      * Constructor where you specify the face.
      *
      * @param parent Parent of the widget.
      * @param name Widget name.
      * @param int face The kind of dialog, Use TreeList, Tabbed, Plain or
      * Swallow.
      */
     KJanusWidget( QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0, int face=Plain );
 
     /**
      * Destructor.
      */
     ~KJanusWidget();
 
     /**
      * Raises the page which was added by @ref addPage().
      *
      * @param index The index of the page you want to raise.
      */
     virtual bool showPage( int index );
 
     /**
      * Returns the index of the page that are currently displayed.
      *
      * @return The index or -1 if the face is not Tabbed, TreeList or
      *         IconList.
      */
     virtual int  activePageIndex() const;
 
     /**
      * Use this to verify
      * that no memory allocation failed.
      *
      * @return true if the widget was properly created.
      */
     virtual bool isValid() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the face type.
      *
      * @return The face type.
      */
     virtual int face() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the minimum size that must be made available for the widget
      * so that UIs can be displayed properly
      *
      * @return The minimum size.
      */
     virtual QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the recommended size for the widget in order to be displayed
      * properly.
      *
      * @return The recommended size.
      */
     virtual QSize sizeHint() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the empty widget that is available in Plain mode.
      *
      * @return The widget or 0 if the face in not Plain.
      */
-    virtual QFrame *plainPage();
+    virtual Q3Frame *plainPage();
 
     /**
      * Add a new page when the class is used in TreeList, IconList or Tabbed
      * mode. The returned widget is empty and you must add your widgets
      * as children to this widget. In most cases you must create a layout
      * manager and associate it with this widget as well.
 	 *
 	 * Deleting the returned frame will cause the listitem or tab to be
 	 * removed (you can re-add a page with the same name later.
      *
      * @param item String used in the list or Tab item.
      * @param header A longer string used in TreeList and IconList mode to
      *        describe the contents of a page. If empty, the item string
      *        will be used instead.
      * @param pixmap Used in IconList mode or in TreeList mode. You should
      *        prefer a pixmap with size 32x32 pixels.
      *
      * @return The empty page or 0 if the face is not TreeList, IconList or
      *         Tabbed.
      */
-    virtual QFrame *addPage(const QString &item,const QString &header=QString::null,
+    virtual Q3Frame *addPage(const QString &item,const QString &header=QString::null,
 		    const QPixmap &pixmap=QPixmap() );
 
     /**
      * This is like addPage just above, with the difference that the first
      * element is a list of strings. These strings are used to form a path
      * of folders down to the given page. The initial elements are names
      * for the folders, while the last element is the name of the page.
      * Note: This does yet only work for the TreeList face. Later this may
      * be added for the IconList face too. In other faces than the
      * TreeList, all the strings except the last one is ignored.
    	 * Deleting the returned frame will cause the listitem or tab to be
 	 * removed (you can re-add a page with the same name later.
      *
 	 * Deleting the returned frame will cause the listitem or tab to be
 	 * removed (you can re-add a page with the same name later.
      **/
-     virtual QFrame *addPage(const QStringList &items, const QString &header=QString::null,
+     virtual Q3Frame *addPage(const QStringList &items, const QString &header=QString::null,
 		    const QPixmap &pixmap=QPixmap() );
 
     /**
      * Add a new page when the class is used in TreeList, IconList or Tabbed
      * mode. The returned widget is empty and you must add your widgets
      * as children to this widget. The returned widget is a @ref QVBox
      * so it contains a QVBoxLayout layout that lines up the child widgets
      * are vertically.
      *
 	 * Deleting the returned frame will cause the listitem or tab to be
 	 * removed (you can re-add a page with the same name later.
      *
      * @param item String used in the list or Tab item.
      * @param header A longer string used in TreeList and IconList mode to
      *        describe the contents of a page. If empty, the item string
      *        will be used instead.
      * @param pixmap Used in IconList mode or in TreeList mode. You should
      *        prefer a pixmap with size 32x32 pixels.
      *
      * @return The empty page or 0 if the face is not TreeList, IconList or
      *         Tabbed.  */
-    virtual QVBox *addVBoxPage( const QString &item,
+    virtual Q3VBox *addVBoxPage( const QString &item,
 			const QString &header=QString::null,
 			const QPixmap &pixmap=QPixmap() );
 
     /**
      * This is like addVBoxPage just above, with the difference that the first
      * element is a list of strings. These strings are used to form a path
      * of folders down to the given page. The initial elements are names
      * for the folders, while the last element is the name of the page.
      * Note: This does yet only work for the TreeList face. Later this may
      * be added for the IconList face too. In other faces than the
      * TreeList, all the strings except the last one is ignored.
      *
      * Deleting the returned frame will cause the listitem or tab to be
      * removed (you can re-add a page with the same name later.
      **/
-    virtual QVBox *addVBoxPage( const QStringList &items,
+    virtual Q3VBox *addVBoxPage( const QStringList &items,
 			const QString &header=QString::null,
 			const QPixmap &pixmap=QPixmap() );
 
     /**
      * Add a new page when the class is used in TreeList, IconList or Tabbed
      * mode. The returned widget is empty and you must add your widgets
      * as children to this widget. The returned widget is a @ref QHBox
      * so it contains a QHBoxLayout layout that lines up the child widgets
      * are horizontally.
      *
      * Deleting the returned frame will cause the listitem or tab to be
      * removed (you can re-add a page with the same name later.
      *
      * @param item String used in the list or Tab item.
      * @param header A longer string used in TreeList and IconList mode to
      *        describe the contents of a page. If empty, the item string
      *        will be used instead.
      * @param pixmap Used in IconList mode or in TreeList mode. You should
      *        prefer a pixmap with size 32x32 pixels.
      *
      * @return The empty page or 0 if the face is not TreeList, IconList or
      *         Tabbed.
      */
-    virtual QHBox *addHBoxPage( const QString &itemName,
+    virtual Q3HBox *addHBoxPage( const QString &itemName,
 			const QString &header=QString::null,
 			const QPixmap &pixmap=QPixmap() );
 
     /**
      * This is like addHBoxPage just above, with the difference that the first
      * element is a list of strings. These strings are used to form a path
      * of folders down to the given page. The initial elements are names
      * for the folders, while the last element is the name of the page.
      * Note: This does yet only work for the TreeList face. Later this may
      * be added for the IconList face too. In other faces than the
      * TreeList, all the strings except the last one is ignored.
      *
      * Deleting the returned frame will cause the listitem or tab to be
      * removed (you can re-add a page with the same name later.
      **/
-    virtual QHBox *addHBoxPage( const QStringList &items,
+    virtual Q3HBox *addHBoxPage( const QStringList &items,
 			const QString &header=QString::null,
 			const QPixmap &pixmap=QPixmap() );
 
     /**
      * Add a new page when the class is used in either TreeList or Tabbed
      * mode. The returned widget is empty and you must add your widgets
      * as children to this widget. The returned widget is a @ref QGrid
      * so it contains a QGridLayout layout that places up the child widgets
      * in a grid.
      *
      * Deleting the returned frame will cause the listitem or tab to be
      * removed (you can re-add a page with the same name later.
      *
      * @param n Specifies the number of columns if 'dir' is QGrid::Horizontal
      *          or the number of rows if 'dir' is QGrid::Vertical.
      * @param dir Can be QGrid::Horizontal or QGrid::Vertical.
      * @param item String used in the list or Tab item.
      * @param header A longer string used in TreeList and IconList mode to
      *        describe the contents of a page. If empty, the item string
      *        will be used instead.
      * @param pixmap Used in IconList mode or in TreeList mode. You should
      *        prefer a pixmap with size 32x32 pixels.
      *
      * @return The empty page or 0 if the face is not TreeList, IconList or
      *         Tabbed.
      */
 //US changed Orientation into Direction for compatibility
-    virtual QGrid *addGridPage( int n, QGrid::Direction dir,
+    virtual Q3Grid *addGridPage( int n, Qt::Orientation dir,
 			const QString &itemName,
 			const QString &header=QString::null,
 			const QPixmap &pixmap=QPixmap() );
 
     /**
      * This is like addGridPage just above, with the difference that the first
      * element is a list of strings. These strings are used to form a path
      * of folders down to the given page. The initial elements are names
      * for the folders, while the last element is the name of the page.
      * Note: This does yet only work for the TreeList face. Later this may
      * be added for the IconList face too. In other faces than the
      * TreeList, all the strings except the last one is ignored.
      *
      * Deleting the returned frame will cause the listitem or tab to be
      * removed (you can re-add a page with the same name later.
      **/
 //US changed Orientation into Direction for compatibility
-    virtual QGrid *addGridPage( int n, QGrid::Direction dir,
+    virtual Q3Grid *addGridPage( int n, Qt::Orientation dir,
 			const QStringList &items,
 			const QString &header=QString::null,
 			const QPixmap &pixmap=QPixmap() );
 
     /**
      * @short Removes a page created with @ref addPage, @ref addVBoxPage,
      * @ref addHBoxPage or @ref addGridPage. If the page has already
      * been deleted or has already been removed, nothing happens. The widget
      * itself is not deleted.
      *
      * @param page The widget returned by @ref addPage , @ref addVBoxPage ,
      *        @ref addHBoxPage or @ref addGridPage .
      */
     void removePage( QWidget *page );
 
 
     /**
      * Returns the index of a page created with @ref addPage ,
      * @ref addVBoxPage , @ref addHBoxPage or @ref addGridPage .
      * You can can compare this index with the value returned from
      * @ref activePageIndex if you need to do some page specific actions
      * in your code.
      *
      * The returned index will never change so you can safely use this
      * function once and save the value.
      *
      * @param widget The widget returned by @ref addPage , @ref addVBoxPage ,
      *        @ref addHBoxPage or @ref addGridPage .
      *
      * @return The index or -1 if the face is not Tabbed, TreeList or
      *         IconList
      */
     virtual int pageIndex( QWidget *widget ) const;
 
     /**
      * Defines the widget to be swallowed.
      *
      * This method can be used several
      * times. Only the latest defined widget will be shown.
      *
      * @param widget The widget to be swallowed. If 0, then an empty rectangle
      * is displayed.
      */
     virtual bool setSwallowedWidget( QWidget *widget );
 
     /**
      * This function has only effect in TreeList mode.
      *
      * Defines how the tree list is resized when the widget is resized
      * horizontally. By default the tree list keeps its width when the
      * widget becomes wider.
      *
      * @param state The resize mode. If false (default) the TreeList keeps
      *              its current width when the widget becomes wider.
      */
     virtual void setTreeListAutoResize( bool state );
 
     /**
      * This function has only effect in TreeList mode.
      *
      * This tells the widgets whether the icons given in the @ref addPage,
      * @ref addVBoxPage, @ref addHBoxPage, or @ref addGridPage methods should
      * be shown in the TreeList.
      *
      * Note: This method must be called before calling any of the methods
      * which add icons to the page.
      *
      * @param state If true the icons are shown.
      **/
     virtual void setShowIconsInTreeList(bool state);
 
     /**
      * This function has only effect in TreeList mode.
      *
      * This tells the widgets whether the root should be decorated.
      * For details see @ref QListView::setRootIsDecorated
      *
      * @param state Root will be decorated if true.
      **/
     virtual void setRootIsDecorated( bool state );
 
     /**
      * This function has only effect in TreeList mode.
      *
      * This tells the TreeList to unfold the whole tree so that all entries
      * are visible.
      *
      * If the list is empty when you call this method newly created entries
      * will not automatically be opened. If the @p persist flag is set opened
      * entries cannot be closed again, though.
      *
      * @param persist If true the tree always stays unfolded.
      * @since 3.2
      */
     /*virtual*/ void unfoldTreeList( bool persist = false ); //### KDE4 BIC add virtual
 
     /**
      * This function has only effect in IconList mode.
      *
      * Defines how the icon list widget is displayed. By default it is
      * the widgets in the pages that decide the minimum height
      * of the toplevel widget. A vertical scrollbar can be used in
      * the icon list area.
      *
      * @param state The visibility mode. If true, the minimum height is
      *        adjusted so that every icon in the list is visible at the
      *        same time. The vertical scrollbar will never be visible.
      */
     virtual void setIconListAllVisible( bool state );
 
     /**
      * Sets the icon used in TreeList Mode for the given path.
      * @param path The path for which this icon should be shown.
      * @param pixmap The icon used.
      **/
     virtual void setFolderIcon(const QStringList &path, const QPixmap &pixmap);
     /**
      * Returns the title string associated with a page index in TreeList or IconList mode.
      * @param index The index of the page or null if there is no such page.
      * @see @ref #pageIndex()
      * @since 3.2
      */
     /*virtual*/ QString pageTitle(int index) const;
     /**
      * Returns the page widget associated with a page index or null if there is
      * no such page.
      * @param index The index of the page.
      * @see @ref #pageIndex()
      * @since 3.2
      */
     /*virtual*/ QWidget *pageWidget(int index) const;
 
   signals:
     void aboutToShowPage(QWidget *page);
 
   public slots:
     /**
      * Give the keyboard input focus to the widget.
      */
     virtual void setFocus();
 
   protected:
     /**
      * Reimplemented to handle the splitter width when the the face
      * is TreeList
      */
     virtual void showEvent( QShowEvent * );
 
     /**
      * This function is used internally when in IconList mode. If you
      * reimplement this class a make your own event filter, make sure to
      * call this function from your filter.
      *
      * @param o Object that has received an event.
      * @param e The event.
      */
     virtual bool eventFilter( QObject *o, QEvent *e );
 
   private slots:
     bool slotShowPage();
 //US not yet implemented    void slotFontChanged();
-    void slotItemClicked(QListViewItem *it);
+    void slotItemClicked(Q3ListViewItem *it);
     void pageGone( QObject *obj); // signal from the added page's "destroyed" signal
-    void slotReopen(QListViewItem *item);
+    void slotReopen(Q3ListViewItem *item);
 
   protected:
     bool showPage( QWidget *w );
-    void addPageWidget( QFrame *page, const QStringList &items,
+    void addPageWidget( Q3Frame *page, const QStringList &items,
 			const QString &header, const QPixmap &pixmap );
-    void InsertTreeListItem(const QStringList &items, const QPixmap &pixmap, QFrame *page);
+    void InsertTreeListItem(const QStringList &items, const QPixmap &pixmap, Q3Frame *page);
     QWidget *FindParent();
 
   private:
     bool mValid;
 
     // Obsolete members. Remove in KDE 4.
-    QPtrList<QWidget> *mPageList;
+    Q3PtrList<QWidget> *mPageList;
     QStringList *mTitleList;
 
     int          mFace;
     KListView    *mTreeList;
     IconListBox  *mIconList;
-    QWidgetStack *mPageStack;
+    Q3WidgetStack *mPageStack;
     QLabel       *mTitleLabel;
     QTabWidget   *mTabControl;
-    QFrame       *mPlainPage;
+    Q3Frame       *mPlainPage;
     QWidget      *mSwallowPage;
     QWidget      *mActivePageWidget;
     KSeparator   *mTitleSep;
 //US    QSplitter::ResizeMode mTreeListResizeMode;
     bool         mShowIconsInTreeList;
-    QMap<QListViewItem *, QWidget *> mTreeListToPageStack;
-    QMap<QListBoxItem *, QWidget *> mIconListToPageStack;
+    QMap<Q3ListViewItem *, QWidget *> mTreeListToPageStack;
+    QMap<Q3ListBoxItem *, QWidget *> mIconListToPageStack;
     QMap<QString, QPixmap> mFolderIconMap;
     QMap<QString, QStringList> mChildrenNames;
     QMap<QString, QWidget *> mChildPages;
 
   public:
     class IconListItem;
   protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
   private:
     class KJanusWidgetPrivate;
     KJanusWidgetPrivate *d;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/klistbox.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/klistbox.cpp
index c65b892..71020b3 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/klistbox.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/klistbox.cpp
@@ -1,314 +1,320 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
    Copyright (C) 2000 Reginald Stadlbauer <reggie@kde.org>
 
    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
    License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 
    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
    Library General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 #include <qtimer.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <QEvent>
+#include <QMouseEvent>
+#include <QKeyEvent>
+#include <QFocusEvent>
 
 #include <kglobalsettings.h>
 //US#include <kcursor.h>
 #include <kapplication.h>
 //US#include <kipc.h>
 #include <kdebug.h>
 
 #include "klistbox.h"
 
 #ifdef Q_WS_X11
+#include <QX11Info>
 #include <X11/Xlib.h>
 #endif
 #ifdef _WIN32_
 #define Q_WS_QWS
 #endif
-KListBox::KListBox( QWidget *parent, const char *name, WFlags f )
-    : QListBox( parent, name, f )
+KListBox::KListBox( QWidget *parent, const char *name, Qt::WFlags f )
+    : Q3ListBox( parent, name, f )
 {
     connect( this, SIGNAL( onViewport() ),
 	     this, SLOT( slotOnViewport() ) );
-    connect( this, SIGNAL( onItem( QListBoxItem * ) ),
-	     this, SLOT( slotOnItem( QListBoxItem * ) ) );
+    connect( this, SIGNAL( onItem( Q3ListBoxItem * ) ),
+	     this, SLOT( slotOnItem( Q3ListBoxItem * ) ) );
 
-    connect( this, SIGNAL( mouseButtonClicked( int, QListBoxItem *, 
+    connect( this, SIGNAL( mouseButtonClicked( int, Q3ListBoxItem *, 
         const QPoint & ) ),
-	      this, SLOT( slotMouseButtonClicked( int, QListBoxItem *,
+	      this, SLOT( slotMouseButtonClicked( int, Q3ListBoxItem *,
         const QPoint & ) ) );
 /*US    
 
     slotSettingsChanged(KApplication::SETTINGS_MOUSE);
     if (kapp)
     {
         connect( kapp, SIGNAL( settingsChanged(int) ), SLOT( slotSettingsChanged(int) ) );
         kapp->addKipcEventMask( KIPC::SettingsChanged );
     }
 */
     m_pCurrentItem = 0L;
 //US set single to true
     m_bUseSingle = true;
     m_pAutoSelect = new QTimer( this );
     connect( m_pAutoSelect, SIGNAL( timeout() ),
       this, SLOT( slotAutoSelect() ) );
 }
 
-void KListBox::slotOnItem( QListBoxItem *item )
+void KListBox::slotOnItem( Q3ListBoxItem *item )
 {
 /*US
     if ( item && m_bChangeCursorOverItem && m_bUseSingle )
         viewport()->setCursor( KCursor().handCursor() );
 */
     if ( item && (m_autoSelectDelay > -1) && m_bUseSingle ) {
       m_pAutoSelect->start( m_autoSelectDelay, true );
       m_pCurrentItem = item;
     }
 }
 
 void KListBox::slotOnViewport()
 {
 /*US    
     if ( m_bChangeCursorOverItem )
         viewport()->unsetCursor();
 */
     m_pAutoSelect->stop();
     m_pCurrentItem = 0L;
 }
 
 
 /*US
 void KListBox::slotSettingsChanged(int category)
 {
     if (category != KApplication::SETTINGS_MOUSE)
         return;
     
     m_bUseSingle = KGlobalSettings::singleClick();
     m_bUseSingle = true;
 
     disconnect( this, SIGNAL( mouseButtonClicked( int, QListBoxItem *,
 						  const QPoint & ) ),
 		this, SLOT( slotMouseButtonClicked( int, QListBoxItem *,
 						    const QPoint & ) ) );
 //         disconnect( this, SIGNAL( doubleClicked( QListBoxItem *, 
 // 						 const QPoint & ) ),
 // 		    this, SLOT( slotExecute( QListBoxItem *, 
 // 					     const QPoint & ) ) );
 
     if( m_bUseSingle )
     {
       connect( this, SIGNAL( mouseButtonClicked( int, QListBoxItem *, 
 						 const QPoint & ) ),
 	       this, SLOT( slotMouseButtonClicked( int, QListBoxItem *,
 						   const QPoint & ) ) );
     }
     else
     {
 //         connect( this, SIGNAL( doubleClicked( QListBoxItem *, 
 // 					      const QPoint & ) ),
 //                  this, SLOT( slotExecute( QListBoxItem *, 
 // 					  const QPoint & ) ) );
     }
 
     m_bChangeCursorOverItem = KGlobalSettings::changeCursorOverIcon();
     m_autoSelectDelay = KGlobalSettings::autoSelectDelay();
 
     if( !m_bUseSingle || !m_bChangeCursorOverItem )
         viewport()->unsetCursor();
         
 }
 */
 void KListBox::slotAutoSelect()
 {
   // check that the item still exists
   if( index( m_pCurrentItem ) == -1 )
     return;
 
   //Give this widget the keyboard focus.
   if( !hasFocus() )
     setFocus();
 
 #ifdef Q_WS_X11 //FIXME
   Window root;
   Window child;
   int root_x, root_y, win_x, win_y;
   uint keybstate;
-  XQueryPointer( qt_xdisplay(), qt_xrootwin(), &root, &child,
+  XQueryPointer( x11Info().display(), x11Info().appRootWindow(), &root, &child,
 		 &root_x, &root_y, &win_x, &win_y, &keybstate );
 #endif
 
-  QListBoxItem* previousItem = item( currentItem() ); 
+  Q3ListBoxItem* previousItem = item( currentItem() ); 
   setCurrentItem( m_pCurrentItem );
 
   if( m_pCurrentItem ) {
 #ifndef Q_WS_QWS //FIXME
     //Shift pressed?
     if( (keybstate & ShiftMask) ) {
 #endif
       bool block = signalsBlocked();
       blockSignals( true );
 
 #ifndef Q_WS_QWS //FIXME
       //No Ctrl? Then clear before!
       if( !(keybstate & ControlMask) )  
 	clearSelection(); 
 #endif
 
 //US in my QT version it is called isSelected() So what is right?
 //US      bool select = !m_pCurrentItem->isSelected();
       bool select = !m_pCurrentItem->selected();
       bool update = viewport()->isUpdatesEnabled();
       viewport()->setUpdatesEnabled( false );
 
       bool down = index( previousItem ) < index( m_pCurrentItem );
-      QListBoxItem* it = down ? previousItem : m_pCurrentItem;
+      Q3ListBoxItem* it = down ? previousItem : m_pCurrentItem;
       for (;it ; it = it->next() ) {
 	if ( down && it == m_pCurrentItem ) {
 	  setSelected( m_pCurrentItem, select );
 	  break;
 	}
 	if ( !down && it == previousItem ) {
 	  setSelected( previousItem, select );
 	  break;
 	}
 	setSelected( it, select );
       }
       
       blockSignals( block );
       viewport()->setUpdatesEnabled( update );
       triggerUpdate( false );
 
       emit selectionChanged();
 
-      if( selectionMode() == QListBox::Single )
+      if( selectionMode() == Q3ListBox::Single )
 	emit selectionChanged( m_pCurrentItem );
     }
 #ifndef Q_WS_QWS //FIXME
     else if( (keybstate & ControlMask) )
       setSelected( m_pCurrentItem, !m_pCurrentItem->isSelected() );
 #endif
     else {
       bool block = signalsBlocked();
       blockSignals( true );
 
 //US in my QT version it is called isSelected() So what is right?
 //US      if( !m_pCurrentItem->isSelected() )
       if( !m_pCurrentItem->selected() )
         clearSelection(); 
 
       blockSignals( block );
 
       setSelected( m_pCurrentItem, true );
     }
 #ifndef Q_WS_QWS //FIXME
   }
   else
     kdDebug() << "Thats not supposed to happen!!!!" << endl;
 #endif
 }
 
-void KListBox::emitExecute( QListBoxItem *item, const QPoint &pos )
+void KListBox::emitExecute( Q3ListBoxItem *item, const QPoint &pos )
 {
 #ifdef Q_WS_X11 //FIXME
   Window root;
   Window child;
   int root_x, root_y, win_x, win_y;
   uint keybstate;
-  XQueryPointer( qt_xdisplay(), qt_xrootwin(), &root, &child,
+  XQueryPointer( x11Info().display(), x11Info().appRootWindow(), &root, &child,
 		 &root_x, &root_y, &win_x, &win_y, &keybstate );
 #endif
     
   m_pAutoSelect->stop();
   
 #ifndef Q_WS_QWS //FIXME
   //Dont emit executed if in SC mode and Shift or Ctrl are pressed
   if( !( m_bUseSingle && ((keybstate & ShiftMask) || (keybstate & ControlMask)) ) ) {
 #endif
     emit executed( item );
     emit executed( item, pos );
 #ifndef Q_WS_QWS //FIXME
   }
 #endif
 }
 
 //
 // 2000-16-01 Espen Sand
 // This widget is used in dialogs. It should ignore
 // F1 (and combinations) and Escape since these are used
 // to start help or close the dialog. This functionality
 // should be done in QListView but it is not (at least now)
 //
 void KListBox::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e)
 {
-  if( e->key() == Key_Escape )
+  if( e->key() == Qt::Key_Escape )
   {
     e->ignore();
   }
-  else if( e->key() == Key_F1 )
+  else if( e->key() == Qt::Key_F1 )
   {
     e->ignore();
   }
   else
   {
-    QListBox::keyPressEvent(e);
+    Q3ListBox::keyPressEvent(e);
   }
 }
 
 void KListBox::focusOutEvent( QFocusEvent *fe )
 {
   m_pAutoSelect->stop();
 
-  QListBox::focusOutEvent( fe );
+  Q3ListBox::focusOutEvent( fe );
 }
 
 void KListBox::leaveEvent( QEvent *e ) 
 {
   m_pAutoSelect->stop();
 
-  QListBox::leaveEvent( e );
+  Q3ListBox::leaveEvent( e );
 }
 
 void KListBox::contentsMousePressEvent( QMouseEvent *e )
 {
-  if( (selectionMode() == Extended) && (e->state() & ShiftButton) && !(e->state() & ControlButton) ) {
+  if( (selectionMode() == Extended) && (e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton) && !(e->state() & Qt::ControlButton) ) {
     bool block = signalsBlocked();
     blockSignals( true );
 
     clearSelection();
 
     blockSignals( block );
   }
 
-  QListBox::contentsMousePressEvent( e );
+  Q3ListBox::contentsMousePressEvent( e );
 }
 
 void KListBox::contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent ( QMouseEvent * e )
 {
-  QListBox::contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent( e );
+  Q3ListBox::contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent( e );
 
-  QListBoxItem* item = itemAt( e->pos() );
+  Q3ListBoxItem* item = itemAt( e->pos() );
 
   if( item ) {
     emit doubleClicked( item, e->globalPos() );
 
-    if( (e->button() == LeftButton) && !m_bUseSingle )
+    if( (e->button() == Qt::LeftButton) && !m_bUseSingle )
       emitExecute( item, e->globalPos() );
   }
 }
 
-void KListBox::slotMouseButtonClicked( int btn, QListBoxItem *item, const QPoint &pos )
+void KListBox::slotMouseButtonClicked( int btn, Q3ListBoxItem *item, const QPoint &pos )
 {
-  if( (btn == LeftButton) && item )
+  if( (btn == Qt::LeftButton) && item )
     emitExecute( item, pos );
 }
 
 void KListBox::virtual_hook( int, void* )
 { /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
 
 //US #include "klistbox.moc"
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/klistbox.h b/microkde/kdeui/klistbox.h
index 8023780..5ec514b 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/klistbox.h
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/klistbox.h
@@ -1,141 +1,146 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
    Copyright (C) 2000 Reginald Stadlbauer <reggie@kde.org>
 
    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
    License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 
    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
    Library General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 #ifndef KLISTBOX_H
 #define KLISTBOX_H
 
-#include <qlistbox.h>
+#include <q3listbox.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <QMouseEvent>
+#include <QFocusEvent>
+#include <QKeyEvent>
+#include <QEvent>
 
 /**
  * Extends the functionality of @ref QListBox to honor the system
  * wide settings for Single Click/Double Click mode, Auto Selection and
  * Change Cursor over Link.
  *
  * There is a new signal @ref executed(). It gets connected to either
  * @ref QListBox::clicked() or @ref QListBox::doubleClicked()
  * depending on the KDE wide Single Click/Double Click settings. It is
  * strongly recomended that you use this signal instead of the above
  * mentioned. This way you don't need to care about the current
  * settings.  If you want to get informed when the user selects
  * something connect to the @ref QListBox::selectionChanged() signal.
  * 
  * @short A variant of @ref QListBox that honors KDE's system-wide settings.
  **/
-class KListBox : public QListBox
+class KListBox : public Q3ListBox
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
-  KListBox( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, WFlags f = 0 );
+  KListBox( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, Qt::WFlags f = 0 );
 
 signals:
 
   /**
    * Emitted whenever the user executes an listbox item. 
    *
    * That means depending on the KDE wide Single Click/Double Click 
    * setting the user clicked or double clicked on that item.
    * @param item is the pointer to the executed listbox item. 
    *
    * Note that you may not delete any @ref QListBoxItem objects in slots 
    * connected to this signal.
    */
-  void executed( QListBoxItem *item );
+  void executed( Q3ListBoxItem *item );
 
   /**
    * Emitted whenever the user executes an listbox item. 
    *
    * That means depending on the KDE wide Single Click/Double Click 
    * setting the user clicked or double clicked on that item.
    * @param item is the pointer to the executed listbox item. 
    * @param pos is the position where the user has clicked
    *
    * Note that you may not delete any @ref QListBoxItem objects in slots 
    * connected to this signal.
    */
-  void executed( QListBoxItem *item, const QPoint &pos );
+  void executed( Q3ListBoxItem *item, const QPoint &pos );
 
   /**
    * This signal gets emitted whenever the user double clicks into the 
    * listbox. 
    *
    * @param item The pointer to the clicked listbox item. 
    * @param pos The position where the user has clicked.
    *
    * Note that you may not delete any @ref QListBoxItem objects in slots
    * connected to this signal.  
    *
    * This signal is more or less here for the sake of completeness.
    * You should normally not need to use this. In most cases it's better
    * to use @ref executed() instead.
    */
-  void doubleClicked( QListBoxItem *item, const QPoint &pos );
+  void doubleClicked( Q3ListBoxItem *item, const QPoint &pos );
 
 protected slots:
-  void slotOnItem( QListBoxItem *item );
+  void slotOnItem( Q3ListBoxItem *item );
   void slotOnViewport();
 
 //US  void slotSettingsChanged(int);
 
   /**
    * Auto selection happend.
    */
   void slotAutoSelect();
 
 protected:
-  void emitExecute( QListBoxItem *item, const QPoint &pos );
+  void emitExecute( Q3ListBoxItem *item, const QPoint &pos );
 
   /**
    * @reimplemented
    */
   virtual void keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e);
   /**
    * @reimplemented
    */
   virtual void focusOutEvent( QFocusEvent *fe );
   /**
    * @reimplemented
    */
   virtual void leaveEvent( QEvent *e );
   /**
    * @reimplemented
    */
   virtual void contentsMousePressEvent( QMouseEvent *e );
   /**
    * @reimplemented
    */
   virtual void contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent ( QMouseEvent *e );
 
   bool m_bUseSingle;
 //US  bool m_bChangeCursorOverItem;
 
-  QListBoxItem* m_pCurrentItem;
+  Q3ListBoxItem* m_pCurrentItem;
 
   QTimer* m_pAutoSelect;
   int m_autoSelectDelay;
 
 private slots:
-  void slotMouseButtonClicked( int btn, QListBoxItem *item, const QPoint &pos );
+  void slotMouseButtonClicked( int btn, Q3ListBoxItem *item, const QPoint &pos );
 
 protected:
   virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
 private:
   class KListBoxPrivate;
   KListBoxPrivate *d;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/klistview.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/klistview.cpp
index 60f3084..0e98160 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/klistview.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/klistview.cpp
@@ -1,2238 +1,2253 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
    Copyright (C) 2000 Reginald Stadlbauer <reggie@kde.org>
    Copyright (C) 2000 Charles Samuels <charles@kde.org>
    Copyright (C) 2000 Peter Putzer
 
    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
    License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 
    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
    Library General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
-#include <qdragobject.h>
+#include <q3dragobject.h>
 #include <qtimer.h>
-#include <qheader.h>
+#include <q3header.h>
 #include <qcursor.h>
 #include <qtooltip.h>
 #include <qstyle.h>
 #include <qpainter.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <QDragLeaveEvent>
+#include <QKeyEvent>
+#include <Q3ValueList>
+#include <Q3PtrList>
+#include <QPixmap>
+#include <QDragEnterEvent>
+#include <QDragMoveEvent>
+#include <QDropEvent>
+#include <QResizeEvent>
+#include <QFocusEvent>
+#include <QMouseEvent>
+#include <QEvent>
+#include <QPaintEvent>
 
 #include <kglobalsettings.h>
 #include <kconfig.h>
 #include <kconfigbase.h>
 //US #include <kcursor.h>
 #include <kapplication.h>
 //US #include <kipc.h>
 #include <kdebug.h>
 #ifdef _WIN32_
 #define Q_WS_QWS
 #endif
 #ifndef _WIN32_
 #define private public
-#include <qlistview.h>
+#include <q3listview.h>
 #undef private
 #endif
 #include "klistview.h"
 //US #include "klistviewlineedit.h"
 #ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION
 #include <qpe/qpeapplication.h>
 #endif
+#include <Q3Action>
 
 // /*US
-class KListView::Tooltip : public QToolTip
+class KListView::Tooltip /* TODO:hacker:TODO: : public QToolTip */
 {
 public:
   Tooltip (KListView* parent, QToolTipGroup* group = 0L);
   virtual ~Tooltip () {}
 
 protected:
     // */
   /**
    * Reimplemented from QToolTip for internal reasons.
    */
     // /*US   
   virtual void maybeTip (const QPoint&);
 
 private:
   KListView* mParent;
 };
 
 KListView::Tooltip::Tooltip (KListView* parent, QToolTipGroup* group)
-  : QToolTip (parent, group),
+  : /* XXX:hacker:XXX: QToolTip (parent, group), */
         mParent (parent)
 {
 }
 
 void KListView::Tooltip::maybeTip (const QPoint&)
 {
   // FIXME
 }
 // */
 
 class KListView::KListViewPrivate
 {
 public:
   KListViewPrivate (KListView* listview)
     : pCurrentItem (0L),
       autoSelectDelay(1),
 //US      dragDelay (KGlobalSettings::dndEventDelay()),
       
       dragDelay (10),
 //US      editor (new KListViewLineEdit (listview)),
       cursorInExecuteArea(false), 
       bUseSingle(false),
       bChangeCursorOverItem(false),
       itemsMovable (true),
       selectedBySimpleMove(false),
       selectedUsingMouse(false),
       itemsRenameable (false),
       validDrag (false),
       dragEnabled (false),
       autoOpen (true),
       dropVisualizer (true),
       dropHighlighter (false),
       createChildren (true),
       pressedOnSelected (false),
       wasShiftEvent (false),
       fullWidth (false),
       sortAscending(true),
 	    tabRename(true),
       sortColumn(0),
       selectionDirection(0),
       tooltipColumn (0),
       selectionMode (Single),
       contextMenuKey ( Qt::Key_Menu ),//KGlobalSettings::contextMenuKey()),
       showContextMenusOnPress (true),//showContextMenusOnPress (KGlobalSettings::showContextMenusOnPress()),
       mDropVisualizerWidth (4)
   {
       renameable += 0;
 //US      connect(editor, SIGNAL(done(QListViewItem*,int)), listview, SLOT(doneEditing(QListViewItem*,int)));
   }
 
   ~KListViewPrivate ()
   {
 //US    delete editor;
   }
 
-  QListViewItem* pCurrentItem;
+  Q3ListViewItem* pCurrentItem;
 
   QTimer autoSelect;
   int autoSelectDelay;
 
   QTimer dragExpand;
-  QListViewItem* dragOverItem;
+  Q3ListViewItem* dragOverItem;
   QPoint dragOverPoint;
   
   QPoint startDragPos;
   int dragDelay;
 
 //US  KListViewLineEdit *editor;
-  QValueList<int> renameable;
+  Q3ValueList<int> renameable;
 
   bool cursorInExecuteArea:1;
   bool bUseSingle:1;
   bool bChangeCursorOverItem:1;
   bool itemsMovable:1;
   bool selectedBySimpleMove : 1;
   bool selectedUsingMouse:1;
   bool itemsRenameable:1;
   bool validDrag:1;
   bool dragEnabled:1;
   bool autoOpen:1;
   bool dropVisualizer:1;
   bool dropHighlighter:1;
   bool createChildren:1;
   bool pressedOnSelected:1;
   bool wasShiftEvent:1;
   bool fullWidth:1;
   bool sortAscending:1;
   bool tabRename:1;
 
   int sortColumn;
 
   //+1 means downwards (y increases, -1 means upwards, 0 means not selected), aleXXX
   int selectionDirection;
   int tooltipColumn;
 
   SelectionModeExt selectionMode;
   int contextMenuKey;
   bool showContextMenusOnPress;
 
   QRect mOldDropVisualizer;
   int mDropVisualizerWidth;
   QRect mOldDropHighlighter;
-  QListViewItem *afterItemDrop;
-  QListViewItem *parentItemDrop;
+  Q3ListViewItem *afterItemDrop;
+  Q3ListViewItem *parentItemDrop;
 
   QColor alternateBackground;
 };
 
 /*US
 KListViewLineEdit::KListViewLineEdit(KListView *parent)
         : KLineEdit(parent->viewport()), item(0), col(0), p(parent)
 {
         setFrame( false );
         hide();
         connect( parent, SIGNAL( selectionChanged() ), SLOT( slotSelectionChanged() ));
 }
 
 KListViewLineEdit::~KListViewLineEdit()
 {
 }
 
 void KListViewLineEdit::load(QListViewItem *i, int c)
 {
         item=i;
         col=c;
 
         QRect rect(p->itemRect(i));
         setText(item->text(c));
 
         int fieldX = rect.x() - 1;
         int fieldW = p->columnWidth(col) + 2;
 
         int pos = p->header()->mapToIndex(col);
         for ( int index = 0; index < pos; index++ )
             fieldX += p->columnWidth( p->header()->mapToSection( index ));
 
         if ( col == 0 ) {
             int d = i->depth() + (p->rootIsDecorated() ? 1 : 0);
             d *= p->treeStepSize();
             fieldX += d;
             fieldW -= d;
         }
 
         if ( i->pixmap( col ) ) {// add width of pixmap
             int d = i->pixmap( col )->width();
             fieldX += d;
             fieldW -= d;
         }
 
         setGeometry(fieldX, rect.y() - 1, fieldW, rect.height() + 2);
         show();
         setFocus();
 }
 */
 /*	Helper functions to for
  *	tabOrderedRename functionality.
  */
 
-static int nextCol (KListView *pl, QListViewItem *pi, int start, int dir)
+static int nextCol (KListView *pl, Q3ListViewItem *pi, int start, int dir)
 {
 	if (pi)
 	{
 		//	Find the next renameable column in the current row
 		for (; ((dir == +1) ? (start < pl->columns()) : (start >= 0)); start += dir)
 			if (pl->isRenameable(start))
 				return start;
 	}
 
 	return -1;
 }
 
-static QListViewItem *prevItem (QListViewItem *pi)
+static Q3ListViewItem *prevItem (Q3ListViewItem *pi)
 {
-	QListViewItem *pa = pi->itemAbove();
+	Q3ListViewItem *pa = pi->itemAbove();
 
 	/*	Does what the QListViewItem::previousSibling()
 	 *	of my dreams would do.
 	 */
 	if (pa && pa->parent() == pi->parent())
 		return pa;
 
 	return NULL;
 }
 
-static QListViewItem *lastQChild (QListViewItem *pi)
+static Q3ListViewItem *lastQChild (Q3ListViewItem *pi)
 {
 	if (pi)
 	{
 		/*	Since there's no QListViewItem::lastChild().
 		 *	This finds the last sibling for the given
 		 *	item.
 		 */
-		for (QListViewItem *pt = pi->nextSibling(); pt; pt = pt->nextSibling())
+		for (Q3ListViewItem *pt = pi->nextSibling(); pt; pt = pt->nextSibling())
 			pi = pt;
 	}
 
 	return pi;
 }
 /*US
 void KListViewLineEdit::selectNextCell (QListViewItem *pitem, int column, bool forward)
 {
 	const int ncols = p->columns();
 	const int dir = forward ? +1 : -1;
 	const int restart = forward ? 0 : (ncols - 1);
 	QListViewItem *top = (pitem && pitem->parent())
 		? pitem->parent()->firstChild()
 		: p->firstChild();
 	QListViewItem *pi = pitem;
 
 	terminate();		//	Save current changes
 
 	do
 	{
 */  
 		/*	Check the rest of the current row for an editable column,
 		 *	if that fails, check the entire next/previous row. The
 		 *	last case goes back to the first item in the current branch
 		 *	or the last item in the current branch depending on the
 		 *	direction.
 		 */
 /*US     
 		if ((column = nextCol(p, pi, column + dir, dir)) != -1 ||
 			(column = nextCol(p, (pi = (forward ? pi->nextSibling() : prevItem(pi))), restart, dir)) != -1 ||
 			(column = nextCol(p, (pi = (forward ? top : lastQChild(pitem))), restart, dir)) != -1)
 		{
 			if (pi)
 			{
 				p->setCurrentItem(pi);		//	Calls terminate
 				p->rename(pi, column);
 */
 				/*	Some listviews may override rename() to
 				 *	prevent certain items from being renamed,
 				 *	if this is done, [m_]item will be NULL
 				 *	after the rename() call... try again.
 				 */
 /*US         
 				if (!item)
 					continue;
 
 				break;
 			}
 		}
 	}
 	while (pi && !item);
 }
 */
 
 /*US
 #ifdef KeyPress
 #undef KeyPress
 #endif
 
 bool KListViewLineEdit::event (QEvent *pe)
 {
 	if (pe->type() == QEvent::KeyPress)
 	{
 		QKeyEvent *k = (QKeyEvent *) pe;
 
 	    if ((k->key() == Qt::Key_Backtab || k->key() == Qt::Key_Tab) &&
 			p->tabOrderedRenaming() && p->itemsRenameable() &&
-			!(k->state() & ControlButton || k->state() & AltButton))
+			!(k->state() & Qt::ControlButton || k->state() & AltButton))
 		{
 			selectNextCell(item, col,
-				(k->key() == Key_Tab && !(k->state() & ShiftButton)));
+				(k->key() == Key_Tab && !(k->state() & Qt::ShiftButton)));
 			return true;
 	    }
 	}
 
 	return KLineEdit::event(pe);
 }
 
 void KListViewLineEdit::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e)
 {
 	if(e->key() == Qt::Key_Return || e->key() == Qt::Key_Enter )
 		terminate(true);
 	else if(e->key() == Qt::Key_Escape)
 		terminate(false);
         else if (e->key() == Qt::Key_Down || e->key() == Qt::Key_Up)
         {
 		terminate(true);
                 KLineEdit::keyPressEvent(e);
         }
 	else
 		KLineEdit::keyPressEvent(e);
 }
 
 void KListViewLineEdit::terminate()
 {
     terminate(true);
 }
 
 void KListViewLineEdit::terminate(bool commit)
 {
     if ( item )
     {
         //kdDebug() << "KListViewLineEdit::terminate " << commit << endl;
         if (commit)
             item->setText(col, text());
         int c=col;
         QListViewItem *i=item;
         col=0;
         item=0;
         hide(); // will call focusOutEvent, that's why we set item=0 before
         emit done(i,c);
     }
 }
 
 void KListViewLineEdit::focusOutEvent(QFocusEvent *ev)
 {
     QFocusEvent * focusEv = static_cast<QFocusEvent*>(ev);
     // Don't let a RMB close the editor
     if (focusEv->reason() != QFocusEvent::Popup && focusEv->reason() != QFocusEvent::ActiveWindow)
         terminate(true);
 }
 
 void KListViewLineEdit::paintEvent( QPaintEvent *e )
 {
     KLineEdit::paintEvent( e );
 
     if ( !frame() ) {
         QPainter p( this );
         p.setClipRegion( e->region() );
         p.drawRect( rect() );
     }
 }
 
 // selection changed -> terminate. As our "item" can be already deleted,
 // we can't call terminate(false), because that would emit done() with
 // a dangling pointer to "item".
 void KListViewLineEdit::slotSelectionChanged()
 {
     item = 0;
     col = 0;
     hide();
 }
 */
 
 KListView::KListView( QWidget *parent, const char *name ,bool emulateRightMouse  )
-  : QListView( parent, name ),
+  : Q3ListView( parent, name ),
         d (new KListViewPrivate (this))
 {
 #ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION
     if ( emulateRightMouse )
         QPEApplication::setStylusOperation( viewport(), QPEApplication::RightOnHold );
 #endif
 //US  setDragAutoScroll(true);
 
   connect( this, SIGNAL( onViewport() ),
                    this, SLOT( slotOnViewport() ) );
-  connect( this, SIGNAL( onItem( QListViewItem * ) ),
-                   this, SLOT( slotOnItem( QListViewItem * ) ) );
+  connect( this, SIGNAL( onItem( Q3ListViewItem * ) ),
+                   this, SLOT( slotOnItem( Q3ListViewItem * ) ) );
 
   connect (this, SIGNAL(contentsMoving(int,int)),
                    this, SLOT(cleanDropVisualizer()));
   connect (this, SIGNAL(contentsMoving(int,int)),
                    this, SLOT(cleanItemHighlighter()));
 
 /*US
   slotSettingsChanged(KApplication::SETTINGS_MOUSE);
   
   if (kapp)
   {
     connect( kapp, SIGNAL( settingsChanged(int) ), SLOT( slotSettingsChanged(int) ) );
     kapp->addKipcEventMask( KIPC::SettingsChanged );
   }
 */
   slotSettingsChanged(1); //US do this to initialize the connections 
 
 
   connect(&d->autoSelect, SIGNAL( timeout() ),
                   this, SLOT( slotAutoSelect() ) );
   connect(&d->dragExpand, SIGNAL( timeout() ),
                   this, SLOT( slotDragExpand() ) );
 
   // context menu handling
   if (d->showContextMenusOnPress)
         {
-          connect (this, SIGNAL (rightButtonPressed (QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int)),
-                           this, SLOT (emitContextMenu (QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int)));
+          connect (this, SIGNAL (rightButtonPressed (Q3ListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int)),
+                           this, SLOT (emitContextMenu (Q3ListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int)));
         }
   else
         {
-          connect (this, SIGNAL (rightButtonClicked (QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int)),
-                           this, SLOT (emitContextMenu (QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int)));
+          connect (this, SIGNAL (rightButtonClicked (Q3ListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int)),
+                           this, SLOT (emitContextMenu (Q3ListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int)));
         }
 
-  connect (this, SIGNAL (menuShortCutPressed (KListView*, QListViewItem*)),
-                   this, SLOT (emitContextMenu (KListView*, QListViewItem*)));
+  connect (this, SIGNAL (menuShortCutPressed (KListView*, Q3ListViewItem*)),
+                   this, SLOT (emitContextMenu (KListView*, Q3ListViewItem*)));
   
  
   //qDebug("KListView::KListView make alternate color configurable");  
   d->alternateBackground = KGlobalSettings::alternateBackgroundColor();
 }
 
 
 
 KListView::~KListView()
 {
   delete d;
 }
 
 bool KListView::isExecuteArea( const QPoint& point )
 {
   if ( itemAt( point ) )
     return isExecuteArea( point.x() );
 
   return false;
 }
 QSize KListView::sizeHint() const
 {
     //qDebug("KListView::QSize sizeHint() ");
 #ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION
-    return QListView::sizeHint();
+    return Q3ListView::sizeHint();
 #else
     return QSize ( 40, 40 );
 #endif
 
 }
 bool KListView::isExecuteArea( int x )
 {
   if( allColumnsShowFocus() )
     return true;
   else {
     int offset = 0;
     int width = columnWidth( 0 );
     int pos = header()->mapToIndex( 0 );
 
     for ( int index = 0; index < pos; index++ )
       offset += columnWidth( header()->mapToSection( index ) );
 
     x += contentsX(); // in case of a horizontal scrollbar
     return ( x > offset && x < ( offset + width ) );
   }
 }
 
-void KListView::slotOnItem( QListViewItem *item )
+void KListView::slotOnItem( Q3ListViewItem *item )
 {
   QPoint vp = viewport()->mapFromGlobal( QCursor::pos() );
   if ( item && isExecuteArea( vp.x() ) && (d->autoSelectDelay > -1) && d->bUseSingle ) {
     d->autoSelect.start( d->autoSelectDelay, true );
     d->pCurrentItem = item;
   }
 }
 
 void KListView::slotOnViewport()
 {
   if ( d->bChangeCursorOverItem )
     viewport()->unsetCursor();
 
   d->autoSelect.stop();
   d->pCurrentItem = 0L;
 }
 
 void KListView::slotSettingsChanged(int category)
 {
     //qDebug("KListView::slotSettingsChanged has to be verified");
 
 
   switch (category)
   {
     //US I create my private category (=1) to set the settings
   case 1:
     d->dragDelay = 2;
     //US set explicitly d->bUseSingle = KGlobalSettings::singleClick();
     //    qDebug("KListView::slotSettingsChanged: single%i", d->bUseSingle);
 
-    disconnect(this, SIGNAL (mouseButtonClicked (int, QListViewItem*, const QPoint &, int)),
-               this, SLOT (slotMouseButtonClicked (int, QListViewItem*, const QPoint &, int)));
+    disconnect(this, SIGNAL (mouseButtonClicked (int, Q3ListViewItem*, const QPoint &, int)),
+               this, SLOT (slotMouseButtonClicked (int, Q3ListViewItem*, const QPoint &, int)));
 
     if( d->bUseSingle )
-      connect (this, SIGNAL (mouseButtonClicked (int, QListViewItem*, const QPoint &, int)),
-               this, SLOT (slotMouseButtonClicked( int, QListViewItem*, const QPoint &, int)));
+      connect (this, SIGNAL (mouseButtonClicked (int, Q3ListViewItem*, const QPoint &, int)),
+               this, SLOT (slotMouseButtonClicked( int, Q3ListViewItem*, const QPoint &, int)));
 
     //US d->bChangeCursorOverItem = KGlobalSettings::changeCursorOverIcon();
     //US d->autoSelectDelay = KGlobalSettings::autoSelectDelay();
 
     if( !d->bUseSingle || !d->bChangeCursorOverItem )
        viewport()->unsetCursor();
 
     break;
 
     /*US
   case KApplication::SETTINGS_MOUSE:
     d->dragDelay =  KGlobalSettings::dndEventDelay();
     d->bUseSingle = KGlobalSettings::singleClick();
 
     disconnect(this, SIGNAL (mouseButtonClicked (int, QListViewItem*, const QPoint &, int)),
                this, SLOT (slotMouseButtonClicked (int, QListViewItem*, const QPoint &, int)));
 
     if( d->bUseSingle )
       connect (this, SIGNAL (mouseButtonClicked (int, QListViewItem*, const QPoint &, int)),
                this, SLOT (slotMouseButtonClicked( int, QListViewItem*, const QPoint &, int)));
 
     d->bChangeCursorOverItem = KGlobalSettings::changeCursorOverIcon();
     d->autoSelectDelay = KGlobalSettings::autoSelectDelay();
 
     if( !d->bUseSingle || !d->bChangeCursorOverItem )
        viewport()->unsetCursor();
 
     break;
   case KApplication::SETTINGS_POPUPMENU:
     d->contextMenuKey = KGlobalSettings::contextMenuKey ();
     d->showContextMenusOnPress = KGlobalSettings::showContextMenusOnPress ();
 
     if (d->showContextMenusOnPress)
     {
       disconnect (0L, 0L, this, SLOT (emitContextMenu (QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int)));
 
       connect(this, SIGNAL (rightButtonPressed (QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int)),
               this, SLOT (emitContextMenu (QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int)));
     }
     else
     {
       disconnect (0L, 0L, this, SLOT (emitContextMenu (QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int)));
 
       connect(this, SIGNAL (rightButtonClicked (QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int)),
               this, SLOT (emitContextMenu (QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int)));
     }
     break;
     */
 
   default:
     break;
   }
     
 }
 
 void KListView::slotAutoSelect()
 {
   // check that the item still exists
   if( itemIndex( d->pCurrentItem ) == -1 )
     return;
 
   if (!isActiveWindow())
         {
           d->autoSelect.stop();
           return;
         }
 
   //Give this widget the keyboard focus.
   if( !hasFocus() )
     setFocus();
 
-  QListViewItem* previousItem = currentItem();
+  Q3ListViewItem* previousItem = currentItem();
   setCurrentItem( d->pCurrentItem );
 
 #if 0
 #ifndef Q_WS_QWS
   // FIXME(E): Implement for Qt Embedded
   if( d->pCurrentItem ) {
     //Shift pressed?
     if( (keybstate & ShiftMask) ) {
       bool block = signalsBlocked();
       blockSignals( true );
 
       //No Ctrl? Then clear before!
       if( !(keybstate & ControlMask) )
                 clearSelection();
 
       bool select = !d->pCurrentItem->isSelected();
       bool update = viewport()->isUpdatesEnabled();
       viewport()->setUpdatesEnabled( false );
 
       bool down = previousItem->itemPos() < d->pCurrentItem->itemPos();
-      QListViewItemIterator lit( down ? previousItem : d->pCurrentItem );
+      Q3ListViewItemIterator lit( down ? previousItem : d->pCurrentItem );
       for ( ; lit.current(); ++lit ) {
                 if ( down && lit.current() == d->pCurrentItem ) {
                   d->pCurrentItem->setSelected( select );
                   break;
                 }
                 if ( !down && lit.current() == previousItem ) {
                   previousItem->setSelected( select );
                   break;
                 }
                 lit.current()->setSelected( select );
       }
 
       blockSignals( block );
       viewport()->setUpdatesEnabled( update );
       triggerUpdate();
 
       emit selectionChanged();
 
-      if( selectionMode() == QListView::Single )
+      if( selectionMode() == Q3ListView::Single )
                 emit selectionChanged( d->pCurrentItem );
     }
     else if( (keybstate & ControlMask) )
       setSelected( d->pCurrentItem, !d->pCurrentItem->isSelected() );
     else {
       bool block = signalsBlocked();
       blockSignals( true );
 
       if( !d->pCurrentItem->isSelected() )
                 clearSelection();
 
       blockSignals( block );
 
       setSelected( d->pCurrentItem, true );
     }
   }
   else
     kdDebug() << "KListView::slotAutoSelect: Thats not supposed to happen!!!!" << endl;
 #endif
 #endif
 }
 
 void KListView::slotHeaderChanged()
 {
   if (d->fullWidth && columns())
   {
     int w = 0;
     for (int i = 0; i < columns() - 1; ++i) w += columnWidth(i);
     setColumnWidth( columns() - 1, viewport()->width() - w - 1 );
   }
 }
 
-void KListView::emitExecute( int buttonstate, QListViewItem *item, const QPoint &pos, int c)
+void KListView::emitExecute( int buttonstate, Q3ListViewItem *item, const QPoint &pos, int c)
 {
   //  qDebug("KListView::emitExecute buttonstate=%i", buttonstate);
     if( isExecuteArea( viewport()->mapFromGlobal(pos) ) ) {
 
         // Double click mode ?
         if ( !d->bUseSingle )
         {
             emit executed( item );
             emit executed( item, pos, c );
         }
         else
         {
 	  //US special implementation for embedded systems
             d->autoSelect.stop();
 
             //Dont emit executed if in SC mode and Shift or Ctrl are pressed
-	    if( !( (buttonstate==ShiftButton) || (buttonstate==ControlButton) )) {
+	    if( !( (buttonstate==Qt::ShiftButton) || (buttonstate==Qt::ControlButton) )) {
 	      //            if( !( ((keybstate & ShiftMask) || (keybstate & ControlMask)) ) ) {
 
                 emit executed( item );
                 emit executed( item, pos, c );
             }
         }
     }
 }
 
 void KListView::focusInEvent( QFocusEvent *fe )
 {
  //   kdDebug()<<"KListView::focusInEvent()"<<endl;
-  QListView::focusInEvent( fe );
+  Q3ListView::focusInEvent( fe );
   if ((d->selectedBySimpleMove)
       && (d->selectionMode == FileManager)
       && (fe->reason()!=QFocusEvent::Popup)
       && (fe->reason()!=QFocusEvent::ActiveWindow)
       && (currentItem()!=0))
   {
       currentItem()->setSelected(true);
       currentItem()->repaint();
       emit selectionChanged();
   };
 }
 
 void KListView::focusOutEvent( QFocusEvent *fe )
 {
   cleanDropVisualizer();
   cleanItemHighlighter();
 
   d->autoSelect.stop();
 
   if ((d->selectedBySimpleMove)
       && (d->selectionMode == FileManager)
       && (fe->reason()!=QFocusEvent::Popup)
       && (fe->reason()!=QFocusEvent::ActiveWindow)
       && (currentItem()!=0)
 /*US      && (!d->editor->isVisible()) */
     )
   {
       currentItem()->setSelected(false);
       currentItem()->repaint();
       emit selectionChanged();
   };
 
-  QListView::focusOutEvent( fe );
+  Q3ListView::focusOutEvent( fe );
 }
 
 void KListView::leaveEvent( QEvent *e )
 {
   d->autoSelect.stop();
 
-  QListView::leaveEvent( e );
+  Q3ListView::leaveEvent( e );
 }
 
 bool KListView::event( QEvent *e )
 {
   if (e->type() == QEvent::ApplicationPaletteChange) {
     //qDebug("KListView::event make alternate color configurable");  
 //US  d->alternateBackground=KGlobalSettings::alternateBackgroundColor();
   d->alternateBackground = QColor(240, 240, 240);
   }
 
-  return QListView::event(e);
+  return Q3ListView::event(e);
 }
 
 void KListView::contentsMousePressEvent( QMouseEvent *e )
 {
   //qDebug("KListView::contentsMousePressEvent");
-  if( (selectionModeExt() == Extended) && (e->state() & ShiftButton) && !(e->state() & ControlButton) )
+  if( (selectionModeExt() == Extended) && (e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton) && !(e->state() & Qt::ControlButton) )
   {
     bool block = signalsBlocked();
     blockSignals( true );
 
     clearSelection();
 
     blockSignals( block );
   }
   else if ((selectionModeExt()==FileManager) && (d->selectedBySimpleMove))
   {
      d->selectedBySimpleMove=false;
      d->selectedUsingMouse=true;
      if (currentItem()!=0)
      {
         currentItem()->setSelected(false);
         currentItem()->repaint();
 //        emit selectionChanged();
      };
   };
 
   QPoint p( contentsToViewport( e->pos() ) );
-  QListViewItem *at = itemAt (p);
+  Q3ListViewItem *at = itemAt (p);
 
   // true if the root decoration of the item "at" was clicked (i.e. the +/- sign)
   bool rootDecoClicked = at
            && ( p.x() <= header()->cellPos( header()->mapToActual( 0 ) ) +
                 treeStepSize() * ( at->depth() + ( rootIsDecorated() ? 1 : 0) ) + itemMargin() )
            && ( p.x() >= header()->cellPos( header()->mapToActual( 0 ) ) );
 
-  if (e->button() == LeftButton && !rootDecoClicked)
+  if (e->button() == Qt::LeftButton && !rootDecoClicked)
   {
     //Start a drag
     d->startDragPos = e->pos();
 
     if (at)
     {
       d->validDrag = true;
       d->pressedOnSelected = at->isSelected();
     }
   }
 
-  QListView::contentsMousePressEvent( e );
+  Q3ListView::contentsMousePressEvent( e );
 }
 
 void KListView::contentsMouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent *e )
 {
     if (!dragEnabled() || d->startDragPos.isNull() || !d->validDrag) {
-      QListView::contentsMouseMoveEvent (e);
+      Q3ListView::contentsMouseMoveEvent (e);
       return;
     }
 
   QPoint vp = contentsToViewport(e->pos());
-  QListViewItem *item = itemAt( vp );
+  Q3ListViewItem *item = itemAt( vp );
 
   //do we process cursor changes at all?
   if ( item && d->bChangeCursorOverItem && d->bUseSingle )
     {
       //Cursor moved on a new item or in/out the execute area
       if( (item != d->pCurrentItem) ||
           (isExecuteArea(vp) != d->cursorInExecuteArea) )
         {
           d->cursorInExecuteArea = isExecuteArea(vp);
 	  //qDebug("KListView::contentsMouseMoveEvent drag&drop not supported yet");  
 /*US
           if( d->cursorInExecuteArea ) //cursor moved in execute area
             viewport()->setCursor( KCursor::handCursor() );
           else //cursor moved out of execute area
             viewport()->unsetCursor();
 */            
         }
     }
 
   bool dragOn = dragEnabled();
   QPoint newPos = e->pos();
   if (dragOn && d->validDrag &&
       (newPos.x() > d->startDragPos.x()+d->dragDelay ||
        newPos.x() < d->startDragPos.x()-d->dragDelay ||
        newPos.y() > d->startDragPos.y()+d->dragDelay ||
        newPos.y() < d->startDragPos.y()-d->dragDelay))
     //(d->startDragPos - e->pos()).manhattanLength() > QApplication::startDragDistance())
     {
-      QListView::contentsMouseReleaseEvent( 0 );
+      Q3ListView::contentsMouseReleaseEvent( 0 );
       startDrag();
       d->startDragPos = QPoint();
       d->validDrag = false;
     }
 }
 
 void KListView::contentsMouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent *e )
 {
-  if (e->button() == LeftButton)
+  if (e->button() == Qt::LeftButton)
   {
     // If the row was already selected, maybe we want to start an in-place editing
     if ( d->pressedOnSelected && itemsRenameable() )
     {
       QPoint p( contentsToViewport( e->pos() ) );
-      QListViewItem *at = itemAt (p);
+      Q3ListViewItem *at = itemAt (p);
       if ( at )
       {
         // true if the root decoration of the item "at" was clicked (i.e. the +/- sign)
         bool rootDecoClicked =
                   ( p.x() <= header()->cellPos( header()->mapToActual( 0 ) ) +
                     treeStepSize() * ( at->depth() + ( rootIsDecorated() ? 1 : 0) ) + itemMargin() )
                && ( p.x() >= header()->cellPos( header()->mapToActual( 0 ) ) );
 
         if (!rootDecoClicked)
         {
           int col = header()->mapToLogical( header()->cellAt( p.x() ) );
           if ( d->renameable.contains(col) )
             rename(at, col);
         }
       }
     }
 
     d->pressedOnSelected = false;
     d->validDrag = false;
     d->startDragPos = QPoint();
   }
-  QListView::contentsMouseReleaseEvent( e );
+  Q3ListView::contentsMouseReleaseEvent( e );
 }
 
 void KListView::contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent ( QMouseEvent *e )
 {
   //qDebug("KListView::contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent");
   // We don't want to call the parent method because it does setOpen,
   // whereas we don't do it in single click mode... (David)
   //QListView::contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent( e );
 
   QPoint vp = contentsToViewport(e->pos());
-  QListViewItem *item = itemAt( vp );
-  emit QListView::doubleClicked( item ); // we do it now
+  Q3ListViewItem *item = itemAt( vp );
+  emit Q3ListView::doubleClicked( item ); // we do it now
 
   int col = item ? header()->mapToLogical( header()->cellAt( vp.x() ) ) : -1;
 
   if( item ) {
     //qDebug("KListView::contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent: emit doubleClicked");
 
     emit doubleClicked( item, e->globalPos(), col );
 
-    if( (e->button() == LeftButton) && !d->bUseSingle ) {
+    if( (e->button() == Qt::LeftButton) && !d->bUseSingle ) {
       //qDebug("KListView::contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent: emitExecute");
 
       emitExecute( e->button(), item, e->globalPos(), col);
     }
   }
 }
 
-void KListView::slotMouseButtonClicked( int btn, QListViewItem *item, const QPoint &pos, int c )
+void KListView::slotMouseButtonClicked( int btn, Q3ListViewItem *item, const QPoint &pos, int c )
 {
   //qDebug("KListView::slotMouseButtonClicked");
 
-  if( (btn == LeftButton) && item ) {
+  if( (btn == Qt::LeftButton) && item ) {
     //qDebug("KListView::slotMouseButtonClicked: emitExecute");
 
     emitExecute(btn, item, pos, c);
   }
 }
 
 void KListView::contentsDropEvent(QDropEvent* e)
 {
 qDebug("KListView::contentsDropEvent drag&drop not supported yet");  
 /*US
   cleanDropVisualizer();
   cleanItemHighlighter();
   d->dragExpand.stop();
 
   if (acceptDrag (e))
   {
     e->acceptAction();
     QListViewItem *afterme;
     QListViewItem *parent;
     findDrop(e->pos(), parent, afterme);
 
     if (e->source() == viewport() && itemsMovable())
         movableDropEvent(parent, afterme);
     else
     {
     
         emit dropped(e, afterme);
         emit dropped(this, e, afterme);
         emit dropped(e, parent, afterme);
         emit dropped(this, e, parent, afterme);
         
     }
   }
 */
   
 }
 
-void KListView::movableDropEvent (QListViewItem* parent, QListViewItem* afterme)
+void KListView::movableDropEvent (Q3ListViewItem* parent, Q3ListViewItem* afterme)
 {
-  QPtrList<QListViewItem> items, afterFirsts, afterNows;
-  QListViewItem *current=currentItem();
+  Q3PtrList<Q3ListViewItem> items, afterFirsts, afterNows;
+  Q3ListViewItem *current=currentItem();
   bool hasMoved=false;
-  for (QListViewItem *i = firstChild(), *iNext=0; i != 0; i = iNext)
+  for (Q3ListViewItem *i = firstChild(), *iNext=0; i != 0; i = iNext)
   {
     iNext=i->itemBelow();
     if (!i->isSelected())
       continue;
 
     // don't drop an item after itself, or else
     // it moves to the top of the list
     if (i==afterme)
       continue;
 
     i->setSelected(false);
 
-    QListViewItem *afterFirst = i->itemAbove();
+    Q3ListViewItem *afterFirst = i->itemAbove();
 
         if (!hasMoved)
         {
                 emit aboutToMove();
                 hasMoved=true;
         }
 
     moveItem(i, parent, afterme);
 
     // ###### This should include the new parent !!! -> KDE 3.0
     // If you need this right now, have a look at keditbookmarks.
     emit moved(i, afterFirst, afterme);
 
     items.append (i);
     afterFirsts.append (afterFirst);
     afterNows.append (afterme);
 
     afterme = i;
   }
   clearSelection();
-  for (QListViewItem *i=items.first(); i != 0; i=items.next() )
+  for (Q3ListViewItem *i=items.first(); i != 0; i=items.next() )
     i->setSelected(true);
   if (current)
     setCurrentItem(current);
 
   emit moved(items,afterFirsts,afterNows);
 
   if (firstChild())
     emit moved();
 }
 
 void KListView::contentsDragMoveEvent(QDragMoveEvent *event)
 {
   qDebug("KListView::contentsDropEvent drag&drop not supported yet");  
 /*US  
   if (acceptDrag(event))
   {
     event->acceptAction();
     //Clean up the view
 
     findDrop(event->pos(), d->parentItemDrop, d->afterItemDrop);
     QPoint vp = contentsToViewport( event->pos() ); 
     QListViewItem *item = isExecuteArea( vp ) ? itemAt( vp ) : 0L;
     
     if ( item != d->dragOverItem )
     {
       d->dragExpand.stop();
       d->dragOverItem = item;
       d->dragOverPoint = vp;
       if ( d->dragOverItem && d->dragOverItem->isExpandable() && !d->dragOverItem->isOpen() )
         d->dragExpand.start( QApplication::startDragTime(), true );
     }
     if (dropVisualizer())
     {
       QRect tmpRect = drawDropVisualizer(0, d->parentItemDrop, d->afterItemDrop);
       if (tmpRect != d->mOldDropVisualizer)
       {
         cleanDropVisualizer();
         d->mOldDropVisualizer=tmpRect;
         viewport()->repaint(tmpRect);
       }
     }
     if (dropHighlighter())
     {
       QRect tmpRect = drawItemHighlighter(0, d->afterItemDrop);
       if (tmpRect != d->mOldDropHighlighter)
       {
         cleanItemHighlighter();
         d->mOldDropHighlighter=tmpRect;
         viewport()->repaint(tmpRect);
       }
     }
   }
   else
       event->ignore();
 */      
 }
 
 void KListView::slotDragExpand()
 {
   if ( itemAt( d->dragOverPoint ) == d->dragOverItem )
     d->dragOverItem->setOpen( true );
 }
 
 void KListView::contentsDragLeaveEvent (QDragLeaveEvent*)
 {
   d->dragExpand.stop();
   cleanDropVisualizer();
   cleanItemHighlighter();
 }
 
 void KListView::cleanDropVisualizer()
 {
   if (d->mOldDropVisualizer.isValid())
   {
     QRect rect=d->mOldDropVisualizer;
     d->mOldDropVisualizer = QRect();
     viewport()->repaint(rect, true);
   }
 }
 
 int KListView::depthToPixels( int depth )
 {
     return treeStepSize() * ( depth + (rootIsDecorated() ? 1 : 0) ) + itemMargin();
 }
 
-void KListView::findDrop(const QPoint &pos, QListViewItem *&parent, QListViewItem *&after)
+void KListView::findDrop(const QPoint &pos, Q3ListViewItem *&parent, Q3ListViewItem *&after)
 {
   QPoint p (contentsToViewport(pos));
 
   // Get the position to put it in
-  QListViewItem *atpos = itemAt(p);
+  Q3ListViewItem *atpos = itemAt(p);
 
-  QListViewItem *above;
+  Q3ListViewItem *above;
   if (!atpos) // put it at the end
     above = lastItem();
   else
   {
     // Get the closest item before us ('atpos' or the one above, if any)
       if (p.y() - itemRect(atpos).topLeft().y() < (atpos->height()/2))
           above = atpos->itemAbove();
       else
           above = atpos;
   }
 
   if (above)
   {
       // Now, we know we want to go after "above". But as a child or as a sibling ?
       // We have to ask the "above" item if it accepts children.
       if (above->isExpandable())
       {
           // The mouse is sufficiently on the right ? - doesn't matter if 'above' has visible children
           if (p.x() >= depthToPixels( above->depth() + 1 ) ||
               (above->isOpen() && above->childCount() > 0) )
           {
               parent = above;
               after = 0L;
               return;
           }
       }
 
       // Ok, there's one more level of complexity. We may want to become a new
       // sibling, but of an upper-level group, rather than the "above" item
-      QListViewItem * betterAbove = above->parent();
-      QListViewItem * last = above;
+      Q3ListViewItem * betterAbove = above->parent();
+      Q3ListViewItem * last = above;
       while ( betterAbove )
       {
           // We are allowed to become a sibling of "betterAbove" only if we are
           // after its last child
           if ( last->nextSibling() == 0 )
           {
               if (p.x() < depthToPixels ( betterAbove->depth() + 1 ))
                   above = betterAbove; // store this one, but don't stop yet, there may be a better one
               else
                   break; // not enough on the left, so stop
               last = betterAbove;
               betterAbove = betterAbove->parent(); // up one level
           } else
               break; // we're among the child of betterAbove, not after the last one
       }
   }
   // set as sibling
   after = above;
   parent = after ? after->parent() : 0L ;
 }
 
-QListViewItem* KListView::lastChild () const
+Q3ListViewItem* KListView::lastChild () const
 {
-  QListViewItem* lastchild = firstChild();
+  Q3ListViewItem* lastchild = firstChild();
 
   if (lastchild)
         for (; lastchild->nextSibling(); lastchild = lastchild->nextSibling());
 
   return lastchild;
 }
 
-QListViewItem *KListView::lastItem() const
+Q3ListViewItem *KListView::lastItem() const
 {
-  QListViewItem* last = lastChild();
+  Q3ListViewItem* last = lastChild();
 
-  for (QListViewItemIterator it (last); it.current(); ++it)
+  for (Q3ListViewItemIterator it (last); it.current(); ++it)
     last = it.current();
 
   return last;
 }
 
 KLineEdit *KListView::renameLineEdit() const
 {
 //US  return d->editor;
 qDebug("KListView::renameLineEdit returns 0. Might crash");  
 return 0;
 }
 
 void KListView::startDrag()
 {
 qDebug("KListView::startDrag drag&drop not supported yet.");  
 /*US
   QDragObject *drag = dragObject();
 
   if (!drag)
         return;
 
   if (drag->drag() && drag->target() != viewport())
     emit moved();
 */    
 }
 
-QDragObject *KListView::dragObject()
+Q3DragObject *KListView::dragObject()
 {
   if (!currentItem())
         return 0;
 
-  return new QStoredDrag("application/x-qlistviewitem", viewport());
+  return new Q3StoredDrag("application/x-qlistviewitem", viewport());
 }
 
 void KListView::setItemsMovable(bool b)
 {
   d->itemsMovable=b;
 }
 
 bool KListView::itemsMovable() const
 {
   return d->itemsMovable;
 }
 
 void KListView::setItemsRenameable(bool b)
 {
   d->itemsRenameable=b;
 }
 
 bool KListView::itemsRenameable() const
 {
   return d->itemsRenameable;
 }
 
 
 void KListView::setDragEnabled(bool b)
 {
   d->dragEnabled=b;
 }
 
 bool KListView::dragEnabled() const
 {
   return d->dragEnabled;
 }
 
 void KListView::setAutoOpen(bool b)
 {
   d->autoOpen=b;
 }
 
 bool KListView::autoOpen() const
 {
   return d->autoOpen;
 }
 
 bool KListView::dropVisualizer() const
 {
   return d->dropVisualizer;
 }
 
 void KListView::setDropVisualizer(bool b)
 {
   d->dropVisualizer=b;
 }
 
-QPtrList<QListViewItem> KListView::selectedItems() const
+Q3PtrList<Q3ListViewItem> KListView::selectedItems() const
 {
-  QPtrList<QListViewItem> list;
-  for (QListViewItem *i=firstChild(); i!=0; i=i->itemBelow())
+  Q3PtrList<Q3ListViewItem> list;
+  for (Q3ListViewItem *i=firstChild(); i!=0; i=i->itemBelow())
         if (i->isSelected()) list.append(i);
   return list;
 }
 
 
-void KListView::moveItem(QListViewItem *item, QListViewItem *parent, QListViewItem *after)
+void KListView::moveItem(Q3ListViewItem *item, Q3ListViewItem *parent, Q3ListViewItem *after)
 {
   // sanity check - don't move a item into it's own child structure
-  QListViewItem *i = parent;
+  Q3ListViewItem *i = parent;
   while(i)
     {
       if(i == item)
         return;
       i = i->parent();
     }
 
   // Basically reimplementing the QListViewItem(QListViewItem*, QListViewItem*) constructor
   // in here, without ever deleting the item.
   if (item->parent())
         item->parent()->takeItem(item);
   else
         takeItem(item);
 
   if (parent)
         parent->insertItem(item);
   else
         insertItem(item);
 
   if (after) 
     ;//item->moveToJustAfter(after);
 }
 
 void KListView::contentsDragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent *event)
 {
 qDebug("KListView::contentsDragEnterEvent drag&drop not supported yet.");  
 /*US
   if (acceptDrag (event))
     event->accept();
 */    
 }
 
 void KListView::setDropVisualizerWidth (int w)
 {
   d->mDropVisualizerWidth = w > 0 ? w : 1;
 }
 
-QRect KListView::drawDropVisualizer(QPainter *p, QListViewItem *parent,
-                                    QListViewItem *after)
+QRect KListView::drawDropVisualizer(QPainter *p, Q3ListViewItem *parent,
+                                    Q3ListViewItem *after)
 {
     QRect insertmarker;
 
     if (!after && !parent)
         insertmarker = QRect (0, 0, viewport()->width(), d->mDropVisualizerWidth/2);
     else
     {
         int level = 0;
         if (after)
         {
-            QListViewItem* it = 0L;
+            Q3ListViewItem* it = 0L;
             if (after->isOpen())
             {
                 // Look for the last child (recursively)
                 it = after->firstChild();
                 if (it)
                     while (it->nextSibling() || it->firstChild())
                         if ( it->nextSibling() )
                             it = it->nextSibling();
                         else
                             it = it->firstChild();
             }
 
             insertmarker = itemRect (it ? it : after);
             level = after->depth();
         }
         else if (parent)
         {
             insertmarker = itemRect (parent);
             level = parent->depth() + 1;
         }
         insertmarker.setLeft( treeStepSize() * ( level + (rootIsDecorated() ? 1 : 0) ) + itemMargin() );
         insertmarker.setRight (viewport()->width());
         insertmarker.setTop (insertmarker.bottom() - d->mDropVisualizerWidth/2 + 1);
         insertmarker.setBottom (insertmarker.bottom() + d->mDropVisualizerWidth/2);
     }
 
     // This is not used anymore, at least by KListView itself (see viewportPaintEvent)
     // Remove for KDE 3.0.
     if (p)
-        p->fillRect(insertmarker, Dense4Pattern);
+        p->fillRect(insertmarker, Qt::Dense4Pattern);
 
     return insertmarker;
 }
 
-QRect KListView::drawItemHighlighter(QPainter *painter, QListViewItem *item)
+QRect KListView::drawItemHighlighter(QPainter *painter, Q3ListViewItem *item)
 {
   QRect r;
 
   if (item)
   {
     r = itemRect(item);
     r.setLeft(r.left()+(item->depth()+1)*treeStepSize());
     if (painter) {
 //US      style().drawPrimitive(QStyle::PE_FocusRect, painter, r, colorGroup(),
 //US                            QStyle::Style_FocusAtBorder, colorGroup().highlight());
       const QColor* pHighl = &(colorGroup().highlight());
       //LR     style().drawFocusRect(painter, r, colorGroup(), pHighl, true);
                                 
 qDebug("KListView::drawItemHighlighter has to be verified");  
     
     }
                             
   }
 
   return r;
 }
 
 void KListView::cleanItemHighlighter ()
 {
   if (d->mOldDropHighlighter.isValid())
   {
     QRect rect=d->mOldDropHighlighter;
     d->mOldDropHighlighter = QRect();
     viewport()->repaint(rect, true);
   }
 }
 
-void KListView::rename(QListViewItem *item, int c)
+void KListView::rename(Q3ListViewItem *item, int c)
 {
   if (d->renameable.contains(c))
   {
     ensureItemVisible(item);
 //US    d->editor->load(item,c);
 qDebug("KListView::rename has to be verified");  
 
   }
 }
 
 bool KListView::isRenameable (int col) const
 {
   return d->renameable.contains(col);
 }
 
 void KListView::setRenameable (int col, bool yesno)
 {
   if (col>=header()->count()) return;
 
   d->renameable.remove(col);
   if (yesno && d->renameable.find(col)==d->renameable.end())
     d->renameable+=col;
   else if (!yesno && d->renameable.find(col)!=d->renameable.end())
     d->renameable.remove(col);
 }
 
-void KListView::doneEditing(QListViewItem *item, int row)
+void KListView::doneEditing(Q3ListViewItem *item, int row)
 {
   emit itemRenamed(item, item->text(row), row);
   emit itemRenamed(item);
 }
 
 bool KListView::acceptDrag(QDropEvent* e) const
 {
 qDebug("KListView::acceptDrag drag&drop not supported yet");  
 //US  return acceptDrops() && itemsMovable() && (e->source()==viewport());
 return false;
 }
 
 void KListView::setCreateChildren(bool b)
 {
         d->createChildren=b;
 }
 
 bool KListView::createChildren() const
 {
         return d->createChildren;
 }
 
 
 int KListView::tooltipColumn() const
 {
         return d->tooltipColumn;
 }
 
 void KListView::setTooltipColumn(int column)
 {
         d->tooltipColumn=column;
 }
 
 void KListView::setDropHighlighter(bool b)
 {
         d->dropHighlighter=b;
 }
 
 bool KListView::dropHighlighter() const
 {
         return d->dropHighlighter;
 }
 
-bool KListView::showTooltip(QListViewItem *item, const QPoint &, int column) const
+bool KListView::showTooltip(Q3ListViewItem *item, const QPoint &, int column) const
 {
         return ((tooltip(item, column).length()>0) && (column==tooltipColumn()));
 }
 
-QString KListView::tooltip(QListViewItem *item, int column) const
+QString KListView::tooltip(Q3ListViewItem *item, int column) const
 {
         return item->text(column);
 }
 
 void KListView::setTabOrderedRenaming(bool b)
 {
 	d->tabRename = b;
 }
 
 bool KListView::tabOrderedRenaming() const
 {
 	return d->tabRename;
 }
 
 void KListView::keyPressEvent (QKeyEvent* e)
 {
   //don't we need a contextMenuModifier too ? (aleXXX)
   if (e->key() == d->contextMenuKey)
         {
           emit menuShortCutPressed (this, currentItem());
           return;
         }
   if (e->key() == Qt::Key_Delete || e->key() == Qt::Key_Backspace)
         {
           emit signalDelete ( );
           return;
         }
 
   if (d->selectionMode != FileManager)
-        QListView::keyPressEvent (e);
+        Q3ListView::keyPressEvent (e);
   else
         fileManagerKeyPressEvent (e);
 }
 
 void KListView::activateAutomaticSelection()
 {
    d->selectedBySimpleMove=true;
    d->selectedUsingMouse=false;
    if (currentItem()!=0)
    {
       selectAll(false);
       currentItem()->setSelected(true);
       currentItem()->repaint();
       emit selectionChanged();
    };
 }
 
 void KListView::deactivateAutomaticSelection()
 {
    d->selectedBySimpleMove=false;
 }
 
 bool KListView::automaticSelection() const
 {
    return d->selectedBySimpleMove;
 }
 
 void KListView::fileManagerKeyPressEvent (QKeyEvent* e)
 {
    //don't care whether it's on the keypad or not
-    int e_state=(e->state() & ~Keypad);
+    int e_state=(e->state() & ~Qt::Keypad);
 
     int oldSelectionDirection(d->selectionDirection);
 
-    if ((e->key()!=Key_Shift) && (e->key()!=Key_Control)
-        && (e->key()!=Key_Meta) && (e->key()!=Key_Alt))
+    if ((e->key()!=Qt::Key_Shift) && (e->key()!=Qt::Key_Control)
+        && (e->key()!=Qt::Key_Meta) && (e->key()!=Qt::Key_Alt))
     {
-       if ((e_state==ShiftButton) && (!d->wasShiftEvent) && (!d->selectedBySimpleMove))
+       if ((e_state==Qt::ShiftButton) && (!d->wasShiftEvent) && (!d->selectedBySimpleMove))
           selectAll(FALSE);
        d->selectionDirection=0;
-       d->wasShiftEvent = (e_state == ShiftButton);
+       d->wasShiftEvent = (e_state == Qt::ShiftButton);
     };
 
-    //d->wasShiftEvent = (e_state == ShiftButton);
+    //d->wasShiftEvent = (e_state == Qt::ShiftButton);
 
 
-    QListViewItem* item = currentItem();
+    Q3ListViewItem* item = currentItem();
     if (item==0) return;
 
-    QListViewItem* repaintItem1 = item;
-    QListViewItem* repaintItem2 = 0L;
-    QListViewItem* visItem = 0L;
+    Q3ListViewItem* repaintItem1 = item;
+    Q3ListViewItem* repaintItem2 = 0L;
+    Q3ListViewItem* visItem = 0L;
 
-    QListViewItem* nextItem = 0L;
+    Q3ListViewItem* nextItem = 0L;
     int items = 0;
 
-    bool shiftOrCtrl((e_state==ControlButton) || (e_state==ShiftButton));
+    bool shiftOrCtrl((e_state==Qt::ControlButton) || (e_state==Qt::ShiftButton));
     int selectedItems(0);
-    for (QListViewItem *tmpItem=firstChild(); tmpItem!=0; tmpItem=tmpItem->nextSibling())
+    for (Q3ListViewItem *tmpItem=firstChild(); tmpItem!=0; tmpItem=tmpItem->nextSibling())
        if (tmpItem->isSelected()) selectedItems++;
 
     if (((selectedItems==0) || ((selectedItems==1) && (d->selectedUsingMouse)))
-        && (e_state==NoButton)
-        && ((e->key()==Key_Down)
-        || (e->key()==Key_Up)
-        || (e->key()==Key_Next)
-        || (e->key()==Key_Prior)
-        || (e->key()==Key_Home)
-        || (e->key()==Key_End)))
+        && (e_state==Qt::NoButton)
+        && ((e->key()==Qt::Key_Down)
+        || (e->key()==Qt::Key_Up)
+        || (e->key()==Qt::Key_Next)
+        || (e->key()==Qt::Key_Prior)
+        || (e->key()==Qt::Key_Home)
+        || (e->key()==Qt::Key_End)))
     {
        d->selectedBySimpleMove=true;
        d->selectedUsingMouse=false;
     }
     else if (selectedItems>1)
        d->selectedBySimpleMove=false;
 
     bool emitSelectionChanged(false);
 
     switch (e->key())
     {
-    case Key_Escape:
+      case Qt::Key_Escape:
        selectAll(FALSE);
        emitSelectionChanged=TRUE;
        break;
 
-    case Key_Space:
+      case Qt::Key_Space:
        //toggle selection of current item
        if (d->selectedBySimpleMove)
           d->selectedBySimpleMove=false;
        item->setSelected(!item->isSelected());
        emitSelectionChanged=TRUE;
        break;
 
-    case Key_Insert:
+      case Qt::Key_Insert:
        //toggle selection of current item and move to the next item
        if (d->selectedBySimpleMove)
        {
           d->selectedBySimpleMove=false;
           if (!item->isSelected()) item->setSelected(TRUE);
        }
        else
        {
           item->setSelected(!item->isSelected());
        };
 
        nextItem=item->itemBelow();
 
        if (nextItem!=0)
        {
           repaintItem2=nextItem;
           visItem=nextItem;
           setCurrentItem(nextItem);
        };
        d->selectionDirection=1;
        emitSelectionChanged=TRUE;
        break;
 
-    case Key_Down:
+      case Qt::Key_Down:
        nextItem=item->itemBelow();
        //toggle selection of current item and move to the next item
        if (shiftOrCtrl)
        {
           d->selectionDirection=1;
           if (d->selectedBySimpleMove)
              d->selectedBySimpleMove=false;
           else
           {
              if (oldSelectionDirection!=-1)
              {
                 item->setSelected(!item->isSelected());
                 emitSelectionChanged=TRUE;
              };
           };
        }
        else if ((d->selectedBySimpleMove) && (nextItem!=0))
        {
           item->setSelected(false);
           emitSelectionChanged=TRUE;
        };
 
        if (nextItem!=0)
        {
           if (d->selectedBySimpleMove)
              nextItem->setSelected(true);
           repaintItem2=nextItem;
           visItem=nextItem;
           setCurrentItem(nextItem);
        };
        break;
 
-    case Key_Up:
+      case Qt::Key_Up:
        nextItem=item->itemAbove();
        d->selectionDirection=-1;
        //move to the prev. item and toggle selection of this one
        // => No, can't select the last item, with this. For symmetry, let's
        // toggle selection and THEN move up, just like we do in down (David)
        if (shiftOrCtrl)
        {
           if (d->selectedBySimpleMove)
              d->selectedBySimpleMove=false;
           else
           {
              if (oldSelectionDirection!=1)
              {
                 item->setSelected(!item->isSelected());
                 emitSelectionChanged=TRUE;
              };
           }
        }
        else if ((d->selectedBySimpleMove) && (nextItem!=0))
        {
           item->setSelected(false);
           emitSelectionChanged=TRUE;
        };
 
        if (nextItem!=0)
        {
           if (d->selectedBySimpleMove)
              nextItem->setSelected(true);
           repaintItem2=nextItem;
           visItem=nextItem;
           setCurrentItem(nextItem);
        };
        break;
 
-    case Key_End:
+      case Qt::Key_End:
        //move to the last item and toggle selection of all items inbetween
        nextItem=item;
        if (d->selectedBySimpleMove)
           item->setSelected(false);
        if (shiftOrCtrl)
           d->selectedBySimpleMove=false;
 
        while(nextItem!=0)
        {
           if (shiftOrCtrl)
              nextItem->setSelected(!nextItem->isSelected());
           if (nextItem->itemBelow()==0)
           {
              if (d->selectedBySimpleMove)
                 nextItem->setSelected(true);
              repaintItem2=nextItem;
              visItem=nextItem;
              setCurrentItem(nextItem);
           }
           nextItem=nextItem->itemBelow();
        }
        emitSelectionChanged=TRUE;
        break;
 
-    case Key_Home:
+      case Qt::Key_Home:
        // move to the first item and toggle selection of all items inbetween
        nextItem = firstChild();
        visItem = nextItem;
        repaintItem2 = visItem;
        if (d->selectedBySimpleMove)
           item->setSelected(false);
        if (shiftOrCtrl)
        {
           d->selectedBySimpleMove=false;
        
           while ( nextItem != item )
           {
              nextItem->setSelected( !nextItem->isSelected() );
              nextItem = nextItem->itemBelow();
           }
           item->setSelected( !item->isSelected() );
        }
        setCurrentItem( firstChild() );
        emitSelectionChanged=TRUE;
        break;
 
-    case Key_Next:
+      case Qt::Key_Next:
        items=visibleHeight()/item->height();
        nextItem=item;
        if (d->selectedBySimpleMove)
           item->setSelected(false);
        if (shiftOrCtrl)
        {
           d->selectedBySimpleMove=false;
           d->selectionDirection=1;
        };
 
        for (int i=0; i<items; i++)
        {
           if (shiftOrCtrl)
              nextItem->setSelected(!nextItem->isSelected());
           //the end
           if ((i==items-1) || (nextItem->itemBelow()==0))
 
           {
              if (shiftOrCtrl)
                 nextItem->setSelected(!nextItem->isSelected());
              if (d->selectedBySimpleMove)
                 nextItem->setSelected(true);
              ensureItemVisible(nextItem);
              setCurrentItem(nextItem);
              update();
              if ((shiftOrCtrl) || (d->selectedBySimpleMove))
              {
                 emit selectionChanged();
              }
              return;
           }
           nextItem=nextItem->itemBelow();
        }
        break;
 
-    case Key_Prior:
+      case Qt::Key_Prior:
        items=visibleHeight()/item->height();
        nextItem=item;
        if (d->selectedBySimpleMove)
           item->setSelected(false);
        if (shiftOrCtrl)
        {
           d->selectionDirection=-1;
           d->selectedBySimpleMove=false;
        };
 
        for (int i=0; i<items; i++)
        {
           if ((nextItem!=item) &&(shiftOrCtrl))
              nextItem->setSelected(!nextItem->isSelected());
           //the end
           if ((i==items-1) || (nextItem->itemAbove()==0))
 
           {
              if (d->selectedBySimpleMove)
                 nextItem->setSelected(true);
              ensureItemVisible(nextItem);
              setCurrentItem(nextItem);
              update();
              if ((shiftOrCtrl) || (d->selectedBySimpleMove))
              {
                 emit selectionChanged();
              }
              return;
           }
           nextItem=nextItem->itemAbove();
        }
        break;
 
-    case Key_Minus:
+      case Qt::Key_Minus:
        if ( item->isOpen() )
           setOpen( item, FALSE );
        break;
-    case Key_Plus:
+      case Qt::Key_Plus:
        if (  !item->isOpen() && (item->isExpandable() || item->childCount()) )
           setOpen( item, TRUE );
        break;
     default:
-       bool realKey = ((e->key()!=Key_Shift) && (e->key()!=Key_Control)
-                        && (e->key()!=Key_Meta) && (e->key()!=Key_Alt));
+       bool realKey = ((e->key()!=Qt::Key_Shift) && (e->key()!=Qt::Key_Control)
+                        && (e->key()!=Qt::Key_Meta) && (e->key()!=Qt::Key_Alt));
 
        bool selectCurrentItem = (d->selectedBySimpleMove) && (item->isSelected());
        if (realKey && selectCurrentItem)
           item->setSelected(false);
        //this is mainly for the "goto filename beginning with pressed char" feature (aleXXX)
-       QListView::SelectionMode oldSelectionMode = selectionMode();
-       setSelectionMode (QListView::Multi);
-       QListView::keyPressEvent (e);
+       Q3ListView::SelectionMode oldSelectionMode = selectionMode();
+       setSelectionMode (Q3ListView::Multi);
+       Q3ListView::keyPressEvent (e);
        setSelectionMode (oldSelectionMode);
        if (realKey && selectCurrentItem)
        {
           currentItem()->setSelected(true);
           emitSelectionChanged=TRUE;
        }
        repaintItem2=currentItem();
        if (realKey)
           visItem=currentItem();
        break;
     }
 
     if (visItem)
        ensureItemVisible(visItem);
 
     QRect ir;
     if (repaintItem1)
        ir = ir.unite( itemRect(repaintItem1) );
     if (repaintItem2)
        ir = ir.unite( itemRect(repaintItem2) );
 
     if ( !ir.isEmpty() )
     {                 // rectangle to be repainted
        if ( ir.x() < 0 )
           ir.moveBy( -ir.x(), 0 );
        viewport()->repaint( ir, FALSE );
     }
     /*if (repaintItem1)
        repaintItem1->repaint();
     if (repaintItem2)
        repaintItem2->repaint();*/
     update();
     if (emitSelectionChanged)
        emit selectionChanged();
 }
 
 void KListView::setSelectionModeExt (SelectionModeExt mode)
 {
     d->selectionMode = mode;
 
     switch (mode)
     {
     case Single:
     case Multi:
     case Extended:
     case NoSelection:
-        setSelectionMode (static_cast<QListView::SelectionMode>(static_cast<int>(mode)));
+        setSelectionMode (static_cast<Q3ListView::SelectionMode>(static_cast<int>(mode)));
         break;
 
     case FileManager:
-        setSelectionMode (QListView::Extended);
+        setSelectionMode (Q3ListView::Extended);
         break;
 
     default:
         kdWarning () << "Warning: illegal selection mode " << int(mode) << " set!" << endl;
         break;
     }
 }
 
 KListView::SelectionModeExt KListView::selectionModeExt () const
 {
   return d->selectionMode;
 }
 
-int KListView::itemIndex( const QListViewItem *item ) const
+int KListView::itemIndex( const Q3ListViewItem *item ) const
 {
     if ( !item )
         return -1;
 
     if ( item == firstChild() )
         return 0;
     else {
-        QListViewItemIterator it(firstChild());
+        Q3ListViewItemIterator it(firstChild());
         uint j = 0;
         for (; it.current() && it.current() != item; ++it, ++j );
 
         if( !it.current() )
           return -1;
 
         return j;
     }
 }
 
-QListViewItem* KListView::itemAtIndex(int index)
+Q3ListViewItem* KListView::itemAtIndex(int index)
 {
    if (index<0)
       return 0;
 
    int j(0);
-   for (QListViewItemIterator it=firstChild(); it.current(); it++)
+   for (Q3ListViewItemIterator it=firstChild(); it.current(); it++)
    {
       if (j==index)
          return it.current();
       j++;
    };
    return 0;
 }
 
 
-void KListView::emitContextMenu (KListView*, QListViewItem* i)
+void KListView::emitContextMenu (KListView*, Q3ListViewItem* i)
 {
   QPoint p;
   //    qDebug("KListView::emitContextMenu ");
 
   if (i)
         p = viewport()->mapToGlobal(itemRect(i).center());
   else
         p = mapToGlobal(rect().center());
 
   emit contextMenu (this, i, p);
 }
 
-void KListView::emitContextMenu (QListViewItem* i, const QPoint& p, int col)
+void KListView::emitContextMenu (Q3ListViewItem* i, const QPoint& p, int col)
 {
-    QListViewItem* item = i;
+    Q3ListViewItem* item = i;
     int c = col;
     // do not trust the values for QListViewItem* i and int col;
     //    qDebug("KListView::emitContextMenu col");
     if ( col == -1 ) {
         QPoint pp =  viewport()->mapFromGlobal(p);
         item = itemAt( pp);
         c = header()->sectionAt(pp.x() );
     }
     emit contextRequest( item, p,  c );
     emit contextMenu (this, item, p);
 }
 
 void KListView::setAcceptDrops (bool val)
 {
-  QListView::setAcceptDrops (val);
+  Q3ListView::setAcceptDrops (val);
   viewport()->setAcceptDrops (val);
 }
 
 int KListView::dropVisualizerWidth () const
 {
         return d->mDropVisualizerWidth;
 }
 
 
 void KListView::viewportPaintEvent(QPaintEvent *e)
 {
-  QListView::viewportPaintEvent(e);
+  Q3ListView::viewportPaintEvent(e);
 
   if (d->mOldDropVisualizer.isValid() && e->rect().intersects(d->mOldDropVisualizer))
     {
       QPainter painter(viewport());
 
       // This is where we actually draw the drop-visualizer
-      painter.fillRect(d->mOldDropVisualizer, Dense4Pattern);
+      painter.fillRect(d->mOldDropVisualizer, Qt::Dense4Pattern);
     }
   if (d->mOldDropHighlighter.isValid() && e->rect().intersects(d->mOldDropHighlighter))
     {
       QPainter painter(viewport());
 
 qDebug("KListView::viewportPaintEvent has to be verified");  
       
       // This is where we actually draw the drop-highlighter
 //US      style().drawPrimitive(QStyle::PE_FocusRect, &painter, d->mOldDropHighlighter, colorGroup(),
 //US                            QStyle::Style_FocusAtBorder);
                             
 //LR style().drawFocusRect(&painter, d->mOldDropHighlighter, colorGroup(), (const QColor*)0, true);
                                 
                             
     }
 }
 
 void KListView::setFullWidth()
 {
   setFullWidth(true);
 }
 
 void KListView::setFullWidth(bool fullWidth)
 {
   d->fullWidth = fullWidth;
 //US  header()->setStretchEnabled(fullWidth, columns()-1);
 }
 
 bool KListView::fullWidth() const
 {
   return d->fullWidth;
 }
 
 int KListView::addColumn(const QString& label, int width)
 {
-  int result = QListView::addColumn(label, width);
+  int result = Q3ListView::addColumn(label, width);
   if (d->fullWidth) {
 //US    header()->setStretchEnabled(false, columns()-2);
 //US    header()->setStretchEnabled(true, columns()-1);
   }
   return result;
 }
 
-int KListView::addColumn(const QIconSet& iconset, const QString& label, int width)
+int KListView::addColumn(const QIcon& iconset, const QString& label, int width)
 {
-  int result = QListView::addColumn(iconset, label, width);
+  int result = Q3ListView::addColumn(iconset, label, width);
   if (d->fullWidth) {
 //US    header()->setStretchEnabled(false, columns()-2);
 //US    header()->setStretchEnabled(true, columns()-1);
   }
   return result;
 }
 
 void KListView::removeColumn(int index)
 {
-  QListView::removeColumn(index);
+  Q3ListView::removeColumn(index);
 //US  if (d->fullWidth && index == columns()) header()->setStretchEnabled(true, columns()-1);
 }
 
 void KListView::viewportResizeEvent(QResizeEvent* e)
 {
-  QListView::viewportResizeEvent(e);
+  Q3ListView::viewportResizeEvent(e);
 }
 
 const QColor &KListView::alternateBackground() const
 {
   return d->alternateBackground;
 }
 
 void KListView::setAlternateBackground(const QColor &c)
 {
   d->alternateBackground = c;
   repaint();
 }
 
 void KListView::saveLayout(KConfig *config, const QString &group) const
 {
   KConfigGroupSaver saver(config, group);
   QStringList widths, order;
   for (int i = 0; i < columns(); ++i)
   {
     widths << QString::number(columnWidth(i));
     order << QString::number(header()->mapToIndex(i));
   }
   config->writeEntry("ColumnWidths", widths);
   config->writeEntry("ColumnOrder", order);
   config->writeEntry("SortColumn", d->sortColumn);
   config->writeEntry("SortAscending", d->sortAscending);
 }
 
 void KListView::restoreLayout(KConfig *config, const QString &group)
 {
   KConfigGroupSaver saver(config, group);
   QStringList cols = config->readListEntry("ColumnWidths");
   int i = 0;
   for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = cols.begin(); it != cols.end(); ++it)
     setColumnWidth(i++, (*it).toInt());
 
   cols = config->readListEntry("ColumnOrder");
   i = 0;
   for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = cols.begin(); it != cols.end(); ++it)
     header()->moveSection(i++, (*it).toInt());
 
 /*US I changed the following code, because hasKey is not available.
 !!! check if my version is correct
   if (config->hasKey("SortColumn"))
     setSorting(config->readNumEntry("SortColumn"), config->readBoolEntry("SortAscending", true));
 */
   QStringList langLst = config->readListEntry( "SortColumn" );
   if (!langLst.isEmpty())
     setSorting(config->readNumEntry("SortColumn"), config->readBoolEntry("SortAscending", true));
 }
 
 void KListView::setSorting(int column, bool ascending)
 {
   d->sortColumn = column;
   d->sortAscending = ascending;
-  QListView::setSorting(column, ascending);
+  Q3ListView::setSorting(column, ascending);
 }
 
 int KListView::columnSorted(void) const
 {
   return d->sortColumn;
 }
 
 bool KListView::ascendingSort(void) const
 {
   return d->sortAscending;
 }
 
-KListViewItem::KListViewItem(QListView *parent)
-  : QListViewItem(parent)
+KListViewItem::KListViewItem(Q3ListView *parent)
+  : Q3ListViewItem(parent)
 {
   init();
 }
 
-KListViewItem::KListViewItem(QListViewItem *parent)
-  : QListViewItem(parent)
+KListViewItem::KListViewItem(Q3ListViewItem *parent)
+  : Q3ListViewItem(parent)
 {
   init();
 }
 
-KListViewItem::KListViewItem(QListView *parent, QListViewItem *after)
-  : QListViewItem(parent, after)
+KListViewItem::KListViewItem(Q3ListView *parent, Q3ListViewItem *after)
+  : Q3ListViewItem(parent, after)
 {
   init();
 }
 
-KListViewItem::KListViewItem(QListViewItem *parent, QListViewItem *after)
-  : QListViewItem(parent, after)
+KListViewItem::KListViewItem(Q3ListViewItem *parent, Q3ListViewItem *after)
+  : Q3ListViewItem(parent, after)
 {
   init();
 }
 
-KListViewItem::KListViewItem(QListView *parent,
+KListViewItem::KListViewItem(Q3ListView *parent,
     QString label1, QString label2, QString label3, QString label4,
     QString label5, QString label6, QString label7, QString label8)
-  : QListViewItem(parent, label1, label2, label3, label4, label5, label6, label7, label8)
+  : Q3ListViewItem(parent, label1, label2, label3, label4, label5, label6, label7, label8)
 {
   init();
 }
 
-KListViewItem::KListViewItem(QListViewItem *parent,
+KListViewItem::KListViewItem(Q3ListViewItem *parent,
     QString label1, QString label2, QString label3, QString label4,
     QString label5, QString label6, QString label7, QString label8)
-  : QListViewItem(parent, label1, label2, label3, label4, label5, label6, label7, label8)
+  : Q3ListViewItem(parent, label1, label2, label3, label4, label5, label6, label7, label8)
 {
   init();
 }
 
-KListViewItem::KListViewItem(QListView *parent, QListViewItem *after,
+KListViewItem::KListViewItem(Q3ListView *parent, Q3ListViewItem *after,
     QString label1, QString label2, QString label3, QString label4,
     QString label5, QString label6, QString label7, QString label8)
-  : QListViewItem(parent, after, label1, label2, label3, label4, label5, label6, label7, label8)
+  : Q3ListViewItem(parent, after, label1, label2, label3, label4, label5, label6, label7, label8)
 {
   init();
 }
 
-KListViewItem::KListViewItem(QListViewItem *parent, QListViewItem *after,
+KListViewItem::KListViewItem(Q3ListViewItem *parent, Q3ListViewItem *after,
     QString label1, QString label2, QString label3, QString label4,
     QString label5, QString label6, QString label7, QString label8)
-  : QListViewItem(parent, after, label1, label2, label3, label4, label5, label6, label7, label8)
+  : Q3ListViewItem(parent, after, label1, label2, label3, label4, label5, label6, label7, label8)
 {
   init();
 }
 
 KListViewItem::~KListViewItem()
 {
 }
 
 void KListViewItem::init()
 {
   m_known = false;
 }
 
 const QColor &KListViewItem::backgroundColor()
 {
   if (isAlternate())
     return static_cast< KListView* >(listView())->alternateBackground();
   return listView()->viewport()->colorGroup().base();
 }
 
 bool KListViewItem::isAlternate()
 {
   KListView *lv = static_cast<KListView *>(listView());
   if (lv && lv->alternateBackground().isValid())
   {
     KListViewItem *above = 0;
 //US    above = dynamic_cast<KListViewItem *>(itemAbove());
     above = (KListViewItem *)(itemAbove());
     m_known = above ? above->m_known : true;
     if (m_known)
     {
        m_odd = above ? !above->m_odd : false;
     }
     else
     {
        KListViewItem *item;
        bool previous = true;
        if (parent())
        {
 //US          item = dynamic_cast<KListViewItem *>(parent());
           item = (KListViewItem *)(parent());
           if (item)
              previous = item->m_odd;
 //US          item = dynamic_cast<KListViewItem *>(parent()->firstChild());
           item = (KListViewItem *)(parent()->firstChild());
        }
        else
        {
 //US          item = dynamic_cast<KListViewItem *>(lv->firstChild());
           item = (KListViewItem *)(lv->firstChild());
        }
 
        while(item)
        {
           item->m_odd = previous = !previous;
           item->m_known = true;
 //US          item = dynamic_cast<KListViewItem *>(item->nextSibling());
           item = (KListViewItem *)(item->nextSibling());
        }
     }
     return m_odd;
   }
   return false;
 }
 
 void KListViewItem::paintCell(QPainter *p, const QColorGroup &cg, int column, int width, int alignment)
 {
   QColorGroup _cg = cg;
   const QPixmap *pm = listView()->viewport()->backgroundPixmap();
   if (pm && !pm->isNull())
   {
         _cg.setBrush(QColorGroup::Base, QBrush(backgroundColor(), *pm));
         QPoint o = p->brushOrigin();
         p->setBrushOrigin( o.x()-listView()->contentsX(), o.y()-listView()->contentsY() );
   }
   else if (isAlternate()) {
 //US       if (listView()->viewport()->backgroundMode()==Qt::FixedColor)
-       if (listView()->viewport()->backgroundMode()==QWidget::PaletteBackground)
+       if (listView()->viewport()->backgroundMode()==Qt::PaletteBackground)
             _cg.setColor(QColorGroup::Background, static_cast< KListView* >(listView())->alternateBackground());
        else
         _cg.setColor(QColorGroup::Base, static_cast< KListView* >(listView())->alternateBackground());
   }
-  QListViewItem::paintCell(p, _cg, column, width, alignment);
+  Q3ListViewItem::paintCell(p, _cg, column, width, alignment);
 }
 
 //US we do not have a "global KDE" variable to setup singleClick functionality
 void KListView::setSingleClick(bool s)
 {
   d->bUseSingle = s;
   slotSettingsChanged(1);
   //  qDebug("KListView::setSingleClick: single %i", d->bUseSingle);
 }
 
 
 void KListView::virtual_hook( int, void* )
 { /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
 
 //US #include "klistview.moc"
 //US #include "klistviewlineedit.moc"
 
 // vim: ts=2 sw=2 et
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/klistview.h b/microkde/kdeui/klistview.h
index 9f0d9fd..2176525 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/klistview.h
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/klistview.h
@@ -1,1040 +1,1051 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
    Copyright (C) 2000 Reginald Stadlbauer <reggie@kde.org>
    Copyright (C) 2000 Charles Samuels <charles@kde.org>
    Copyright (C) 2000 Peter Putzer <putzer@kde.org>
 
    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
    License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 
    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
    Library General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 #ifndef KLISTVIEW_H
 #define KLISTVIEW_H
 
-#include <qlistview.h>
-
-#include <qptrlist.h>
+#include <q3listview.h>
+
+#include <q3ptrlist.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <QDragMoveEvent>
+#include <QDropEvent>
+#include <QDragLeaveEvent>
+#include <QPaintEvent>
+#include <QResizeEvent>
+#include <QFocusEvent>
+#include <QMouseEvent>
+#include <QKeyEvent>
+#include <QEvent>
+#include <QDragEnterEvent>
 
 //US 
 class QDropEvent;
 class QDragLeaveEvent;
 class QDragMoveEvent;
 class QDragEnterEvent;
 
-class QDragObject;
+class Q3DragObject;
 class KConfig;
 class KLineEdit;
 /**
  * This Widget extends the functionality of QListView to honor the system
  * wide settings for Single Click/Double Click mode, AutoSelection and
  * ChangeCursorOverLink (TM).
  *
  * There is a new signal executed(). It gets connected to either
  * @ref QListView::clicked() or  @ref QListView::doubleClicked() depending on the KDE
  * wide Single Click/Double Click settings. It is strongly recommended that
  * you use this signal instead of the above mentioned. This way you dont
  * need to care about the current settings.
  * If you want to get informed when the user selects something connect to the
  * QListView::selectionChanged() signal.
  *
  * Drag-and-Drop is supported with the signal @ref #dropped(), just @ref #setAcceptDrops(true)
  * and connect it to a suitable slot.
  * To see where you are dropping, @ref setDropVisualizer(true).
  * And also you'll need @ref acceptDrag(QDropEvent*)
  *
  * KListView is drag-enabled, too: to benefit from that you've got derive from it.
  * Reimplement @ref dragObject() and (possibly) @ref startDrag(),
  * and @ref setDragEnabled(true).
  *
  * @version $Id$
  */
-class KListView : public QListView
+class KListView : public Q3ListView
 {
   Q_OBJECT
   Q_ENUMS( SelectionModeExt )
   Q_PROPERTY( bool fullWidth READ fullWidth WRITE setFullWidth )
   Q_PROPERTY( bool itemsMovable READ itemsMovable WRITE setItemsMovable )
   Q_PROPERTY( bool itemsRenameable READ itemsRenameable WRITE setItemsRenameable )
   Q_PROPERTY( bool dragEnabled READ dragEnabled  WRITE  setDragEnabled )
   Q_PROPERTY( bool autoOpen READ autoOpen WRITE setAutoOpen )
   Q_PROPERTY( bool dropVisualizer READ dropVisualizer WRITE setDropVisualizer )
 //US  Q_PROPERTY( int tooltipColumn READ tooltipColumn WRITE  setTooltipColumn )
   Q_PROPERTY( int dropVisualizerWidth READ dropVisualizerWidth WRITE  setDropVisualizerWidth )
   Q_PROPERTY( QColor alternateBackground READ alternateBackground WRITE  setAlternateBackground )
   
   Q_OVERRIDE( SelectionModeExt selectionMode READ selectionModeExt WRITE setSelectionModeExt )
 
 public:
   /**
    * Possible selection modes.
    *
    * The first four correspond directly to QListView::SelectionMode, while
    * the FileManager selection mode is defined as follows:
    *   @li home: move to the first
    *   @li end: move to the last
    *   @li PgUp/PgDn: move one page up/down
    *   @li up/down: move one item up/down
    *   @li insert: toggle selection of current and move to the next
    *   @li space: toggle selection of the current
    *   @li CTRL+up: move to the previous item and toggle selection of this one
    *   @li CTRL+down: toggle selection of the current item and move to the next
    *   @li CTRL+end: toggle selection from (including) the current
    *   item to (including) the last item
    *   @li CTRL+home: toggle selection from (including) the current
    *   item to the (including) the first item
    *   @li CTRL+PgDn: toggle selection from (including) the current
    *   item to (excluding) the item one page down
    *   @li CTRL+PgUp: toggle selection from (excluding) the current
    *   item to (including) the item one page up
    *
    *    The combinations work the same with SHIFT instead of CTRL, except
    *    that if you start selecting something using SHIFT everything selected
    *    before will be deselected first.
    *
    *    Additionally the current item is always selected automatically when
    *    navigating using the keyboard, except other items were selected explicitely.
    *
    *   This way e.g. SHIFT+up/PgUp then SHIFT+down/PgDn leaves no item selected
    */
   enum SelectionModeExt {
-	Single = QListView::Single,
-	Multi = QListView::Multi,
-	Extended = QListView::Extended,
-	NoSelection = QListView::NoSelection,
+	Single = Q3ListView::Single,
+	Multi = Q3ListView::Multi,
+	Extended = Q3ListView::Extended,
+	NoSelection = Q3ListView::NoSelection,
 	FileManager
   };
   void repaintContents( bool erase = true )
         {
-            QScrollView::repaintContents( contentsX(), contentsY(),
+            Q3ScrollView::repaintContents( contentsX(), contentsY(),
                                           visibleWidth(), visibleHeight(), erase );
         };
   /**
    * Constructor.
    *
    * The parameters @p parent and @p name are handled by
    * @ref QListView, as usual.
    */
   KListView (QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, bool emulateRightMouse = true );
 
   /**
    * Destructor.
    */
   virtual ~KListView();
 
   virtual QSize sizeHint() const;
  /**
    * Reimplemented for internal reasons.
    * Further reimplementations should call this function or else
    * some features may not work correctly.
    *
    * The API is unaffected.
    */
   virtual void setAcceptDrops (bool);
 
   /**
    * This function determines whether the given coordinates are within the
    * execute area. The execute area is the part of a @ref QListViewItem where mouse
    * clicks or double clicks respectively generate a @ref #executed() signal.
    * Depending on @ref QListView::allColumnsShowFocus() this is either the
    * whole item or only the first column.
    * @return true if point is inside execute area of an item, false in all
    * other cases including the case that it is over the viewport.
    */
   virtual bool isExecuteArea( const QPoint& point );
 
   /**
    * Same thing, but from an x coordinate only. This only checks if x is in
    * the first column (if all columns don't show focus), without testing if
    * the y coordinate is over an item or not.
    */
   bool isExecuteArea( int x );
 
   /**
    * @return a list containing the currently selected items.
    */
-  QPtrList<QListViewItem> selectedItems() const; // ### BIC: KDE 4: use an implicitly shared class! (QValueList?)
+  Q3PtrList<Q3ListViewItem> selectedItems() const; // ### BIC: KDE 4: use an implicitly shared class! (QValueList?)
 
   /**
    * Arbitrarily move @p item to @p parent, positioned immediately after item @p after.
    */
-  void moveItem(QListViewItem *item, QListViewItem *parent, QListViewItem *after);
+  void moveItem(Q3ListViewItem *item, Q3ListViewItem *parent, Q3ListViewItem *after);
 
   /**
    * @return the last item (not child!) of this listview.
    *
    * @see lastChild()
    */
-  QListViewItem *lastItem() const;
+  Q3ListViewItem *lastItem() const;
 
   /**
    * @return the last child of this listview.
    *
    * @see lastItem()
    */
-  QListViewItem* lastChild () const;
+  Q3ListViewItem* lastChild () const;
 
   /**
    * @return the lineedit used for inline renaming.
    * Use that to setup a @ref KCompletion or @ref QValidator for the lineedit
    *
    * @since 3.2
    */
   KLineEdit* renameLineEdit() const;
 
   /**
    * @returns if it is legal to move items in the list view.  True by default.
    * 
    * @see #setDragEnabled()
    * @see #setItemsMovable()
    */
   bool itemsMovable() const;
 
   /**
    * @return whether inplace-renaming has been enabled.  False by default.
    *
    * @see #setItemsRenameable()
    */
   bool itemsRenameable() const;
 
   /**
    * @return whether dragging is enabled.  False by default.
    *
    * @see #setDragEnabled()
    */
   bool dragEnabled() const;
 
   /**
    * @return true if AutoOpen is enabled (not implemented currently).
    *
    * @see #setAutoOpen()
    */
   bool autoOpen() const;
 
   /**
    * @return true if @p column is renamable.
    *
    * @see #setRenameable()
    */
   bool isRenameable (int column) const;
 
   /**
    * @return true if drawing of the drop-visualizer has been enabled.  True by default.
    *
    * @see #setDropVisualizer()
    */
   bool dropVisualizer() const;
 
   /**
    * @return the column for which tooltips are displayed (or -1 if none set).
    *
    * @see #setTooltipColumn()
    */
   int tooltipColumn() const;
 
   /**
    * For future expansions.
    *
    * Do not use.
    * @deprecated
    */
   bool createChildren() const;
 
   /**
    * @return true if drawing of the drop-highlighter has been enabled.  False by default.
    *
    * @see #setDropHighlighter()
    */
   bool dropHighlighter() const;
 
   /**
    * The dropVisualizerWidth defaults to 4.
    *
    * @see #setDropVisualizerWidth()
    * @return the current width of the drop-visualizer.
    */
   int dropVisualizerWidth () const;
 
   /**
    * @return the "extended" selection mode of this listview.
    *
    * @see SelectionModeExt
    * @see setSelectionModeExt
    */
   SelectionModeExt selectionModeExt () const;
 
   /**
    * Returns the index of @p item within the item tree or -1 if
    * @p item doesn't exist in this list view. This function takes
    * all items into account not only the visible ones.
    */
-  int itemIndex( const QListViewItem *item ) const;
+  int itemIndex( const Q3ListViewItem *item ) const;
 
   /**
    * Returns the item of @p index within the item tree or 0 if
    * @p index doesn't exist in this list view. This function takes
    * all items into account not only the visible ones.
    */
-  QListViewItem* itemAtIndex(int index);
+  Q3ListViewItem* itemAtIndex(int index);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
    * @see #setFullWidth()
    */
   void setFullWidth();
   
   /**
    * Let the last column fit exactly all the available width.
    *
    * @see #fullWidth()
    */
   void setFullWidth(bool fullWidth);
   
   /**
    * Returns whether the last column is set to fit the available width.
    *
    * @see #setFullWidth()
    */
   bool fullWidth() const;
   
   /**
    * Reimplemented for full width support
    *
    * @see #removeColumn()
    */
   virtual int addColumn(const QString& label, int width = -1);
   /**
    * Reimplemented for full width support
    */
-  virtual int addColumn(const QIconSet& iconset, const QString& label, int width = -1);
+  virtual int addColumn(const QIcon& iconset, const QString& label, int width = -1);
   /**
    * Reimplemented for full width support
    *
    * @see #addColumn()
    */
   virtual void removeColumn(int index);
 
   /**
    * sets the alternate background background color.
    * This only has an effect if the items are KListViewItems
    *
    * @param c the color to use for every other item. Set to an invalid
    *        colour to disable alternate colours.
    *
    * @see #alternateBackground()
    **/
   void setAlternateBackground(const QColor &c);
   /**
    * @return the alternate background color
    *
    * @see #setAlternateBackground()
    */
   const QColor &alternateBackground() const;
 
   /**
    * Saves the list view's layout (column widtsh, column order, sort column)
    * to a KConfig group
    *
    * @param config the @ref KConfig object to write to
    * @param group the config group to use
    */
   void saveLayout(KConfig *config, const QString &group) const;
   /**
    * Reads the list view's layout from a KConfig group as stored with
    * @ref #saveLayout
    *
    * @param config the @ref KConfig object to read from
    * @param group the config group to use
    */
   void restoreLayout(KConfig *config, const QString &group);
   /**
    * Reimplemented to remember the current sort column and order.
    * @param column is the column to be sorted, or -1 to sort in order of
    * insertion
    * @param whether to sort ascending (or descending)
    */
   virtual void setSorting(int column, bool ascending = true);
 
   /**
    * @return the currently sorted column, or -1 if none is sorted
    */
   int columnSorted(void) const;
 
   /**
    * @return whether the current sort is ascending (or descending)
    */
   bool ascendingSort(void) const;
 
   //US we do not have a "global KDE" variable to setup singleClick functionality
   void setSingleClick(bool s);
 
 
 signals:
 
   /**
    * This signal is emitted whenever the user executes an listview item.
    * That means depending on the KDE wide Single Click/Double Click
    * setting the user clicked or double clicked on that item.
    * @param item is the pointer to the executed listview item.
    *
    * Note that you may not delete any @ref QListViewItem objects in slots
    * connected to this signal.
    */
-  void executed( QListViewItem *item );
+  void executed( Q3ListViewItem *item );
 
   /**
    * This signal is emitted whenever the user executes an listview item.
    * That means depending on the KDE wide Single Click/Double Click
    * setting the user clicked or double clicked on that item.
    * @param item is the pointer to the executed listview item.
    * @param pos is the position where the user has clicked
    * @param c is the column into which the user clicked.
    *
    * Note that you may not delete any @ref QListViewItem objects in slots
    * connected to this signal.
    */
-  void executed( QListViewItem *item, const QPoint &pos, int c );
+  void executed( Q3ListViewItem *item, const QPoint &pos, int c );
 
   /**
    * This signal gets emitted whenever the user double clicks into the
    * listview.
    * @param item is the pointer to the clicked listview item.
    * @param pos is the position where the user has clicked, and
    * @param c is the column into which the user clicked.
    *
    * Note that you may not delete any @ref QListViewItem objects in slots
    * connected to this signal.
    *
    * This signal is more or less here for the sake of completeness.
    * You should normally not need to use this. In most cases its better
    * to use @ref #executed() instead.
    */
-  void doubleClicked( QListViewItem *item, const QPoint &pos, int c );
-  void contextRequest( QListViewItem *item, const QPoint &pos, int c );
+  void doubleClicked( Q3ListViewItem *item, const QPoint &pos, int c );
+  void contextRequest( Q3ListViewItem *item, const QPoint &pos, int c );
 
   /**
    * This signal gets emitted whenever something acceptable is
    * dropped onto the listview.
    *
    * @param e is the drop event itself (it has already been accepted)
    * @param after is the item after which the drop occured (or 0L, if
    * the drop was above all items)
    *
    * @see #acceptDrop()
    */
-  void dropped (QDropEvent * e, QListViewItem *after);
+  void dropped (QDropEvent * e, Q3ListViewItem *after);
 
   /**
    * This signal gets emitted whenever something acceptable is
    * dropped onto the listview.
    *
    * This is an overloaded version of the above (provided to simplify
    * processing drops outside of the class).
    *
    * @param list is the listview
    * @param e is the drop event itself (it has already been accepted)
    * @param after is the item after which the drop occured (or 0L, if
    * the drop was above all items
    */
-  void dropped (KListView* list, QDropEvent* e, QListViewItem* after);
+  void dropped (KListView* list, QDropEvent* e, Q3ListViewItem* after);
 
   /**
    * This signal gets emitted whenever something acceptable is
    * dropped onto the listview.
    *
    * This function also provides a parent, in the event that your listview
    * is a tree
    * @param list is the listview
    * @param e is the drop event itself (it has already been accepted)
    * @param parent the item that is to be the parent of the new item
    * @param after is the item after which the drop occured (or 0L, if
    * the drop was above all items
    */
-  void dropped (KListView* list, QDropEvent* e, QListViewItem* parent, QListViewItem* after);
+  void dropped (KListView* list, QDropEvent* e, Q3ListViewItem* parent, Q3ListViewItem* after);
 
   /**
    * This signal gets emitted whenever something acceptable is
    * dropped onto the listview.
    *
    * This function also provides a parent, in the event that your listview
    * is a tree
    * @param e is the drop event itself (it has already been accepted)
    * @param parent the item that is to be the parent of the new item
    * @param after is the item after which the drop occured (or 0L, if
    * the drop was above all items
    */
-  void dropped (QDropEvent* e, QListViewItem* parent, QListViewItem* after);
+  void dropped (QDropEvent* e, Q3ListViewItem* parent, Q3ListViewItem* after);
 
   /**
    * This signal is emitted when ever the user moves an item in the list via
    * DnD.
    * If more than one item is moved at the same time, this signal is only emitted
    * once.
    */
   void moved();
 
   /**
    * Connect to this signal if you want to do some preprocessing before
    * a move is made, for example, to disable sorting
    *
    * This is sent only once per each groups of moves.  That is, for each
    * drop that is a move this will be emitted once, before KListView calls
    * @see moveItem()
    */
   void aboutToMove();
 
   /**
    * This signal is emitted when ever the user moves an item in the list via
    * DnD.
    * If more than one item is moved at the same time, @p afterFirst and
    * @p afterNow will reflect what was true before the move.
    * This differs from @ref moved(), so be careful. All the items will have been
    * moved before @ref moved() is emitted, which is not true in this method. // FIXME
    * @param item the item that was moved
    * @param afterFirst the item that parameter item was in before the move, in the list
    * @param afterNow the item it's currently after.
    */
-  void moved (QListViewItem *item, QListViewItem *afterFirst, QListViewItem *afterNow);
+  void moved (Q3ListViewItem *item, Q3ListViewItem *afterFirst, Q3ListViewItem *afterNow);
 
 
   /**
    * This signal is emitted after all the items have been moved. It reports info for
    * each and every item moved, in order.  The first element in @p items associates
    * with the first of afterFirst and afterNow.
    */
-  void moved(QPtrList<QListViewItem> &items, QPtrList<QListViewItem> &afterFirst, QPtrList<QListViewItem> &afterNow);
+  void moved(Q3PtrList<Q3ListViewItem> &items, Q3PtrList<Q3ListViewItem> &afterFirst, Q3PtrList<Q3ListViewItem> &afterNow);
 
   /**
    * This signal gets emitted when an item is renamed via in-place renaming.
    *
    * @param item is the renamed item.
    * @param str is the new value of column @p col.
    * @param col is the renamed column.
    */
-  void itemRenamed(QListViewItem* item, const QString &str, int col);
+  void itemRenamed(Q3ListViewItem* item, const QString &str, int col);
 
   /**
    * Same as above, but without the extra information.
    */
-  void itemRenamed(QListViewItem* item);
+  void itemRenamed(Q3ListViewItem* item);
   void signalDelete();
 
   /**
    * This signal is emitted when the shortcut key for popup-menus is pressed.
    *
    * Normally you should not use this, just connect a slot to signal
    * @ref contextMenu (KListView*, QListViewItem*, const QPoint&) to correctly
    * handle showing context menus regardless of settings.
    *
    * @param list is this listview.
    * @param item is the @ref currentItem() at the time the key was pressed. May be 0L.
    */
-  void menuShortCutPressed (KListView* list, QListViewItem* item);
+  void menuShortCutPressed (KListView* list, Q3ListViewItem* item);
 
   /**
    * This signal is emitted whenever a context-menu should be shown for item @p i.
    * It automatically adjusts for all settings involved (Menu key, showMenuOnPress/Click).
    *
    * @param l is this listview.
    * @param i is the item for which the menu should be shown. May be 0L.
    * @param p is the point at which the menu should be shown.
    */
-  void contextMenu (KListView* l, QListViewItem* i, const QPoint& p);
+  void contextMenu (KListView* l, Q3ListViewItem* i, const QPoint& p);
 
 public slots:
   /**
    * Rename column @p c of @p item.
    */
-  virtual void rename(QListViewItem *item, int c);
+  virtual void rename(Q3ListViewItem *item, int c);
 
   /**
    * By default, if you called setItemsRenameable(true),
    * only the first column is renameable.
    * Use this function to enable the feature on other columns.
    *
    * If you want more intelligent (dynamic) selection,
    * you'll have to derive from KListView,
    * and override @ref rename() and call only call it
    * if you want the item to be renamed.
    */
   void setRenameable (int column, bool yesno=true);
 
   /**
    * Set whether items in the list view can be moved.
    * It is enabled by default.
    *
    * @see itemsMovable()
    */
   virtual void setItemsMovable(bool b);
 
   /**
    * Enables inplace-renaming of items.
    * It is disabled by default.
    *
    * @see itemsRenameable()
    * @see setRenameable()
    */
   virtual void setItemsRenameable(bool b);
 
   /**
    * Enable/Disable the dragging of items.
    * It is disabled by default.
    */
   virtual void setDragEnabled(bool b);
 
   /**
    * Enable/Disable AutoOpen (not implemented currently).
    */
   virtual void setAutoOpen(bool b);
 
   /**
    * Enable/Disable the drawing of a drop-visualizer
    * (a bar that shows where a dropped item would be inserted).
    * It is enabled by default, if dragging is enabled
    */
   virtual void setDropVisualizer(bool b);
 
   /**
    * Set the width of the (default) drop-visualizer.
    * If you don't call this method, the width is set to 4.
    */
   void setDropVisualizerWidth (int w);
 
   /**
    * Set which column should be used for automatic tooltips.
    *
    * @param column is the column for which tooltips will be shown.
    * Set -1 to disable this feature.
    */
   virtual void setTooltipColumn(int column);
 
   /**
    * Enable/Disable the drawing of a drop-highlighter
    * (a rectangle around the item under the mouse cursor).
    * It is disabled by default.
    */
   virtual void setDropHighlighter(bool b);
 
   /**
    * For future expansions.
    *
    * Do not use.
    * @deprecated
    */
   virtual void setCreateChildren(bool b);
 
   /**
    * Set the selection mode.
    *
    * A different name was chosen to avoid API-clashes with @ref QListView::setSelectionMode().
    */
   void setSelectionModeExt (SelectionModeExt mode);
 
   /**
    * Enable/disable tabbing between editable cells
    * @since 3.1
    */
   void setTabOrderedRenaming(bool b);
 
   /**
    * Returns whether tab ordered renaming is enabled
    * @since 3.1
    */
   bool tabOrderedRenaming() const;
 
 protected:
   /**
    * Determine whether a drop on position @p p would count as
    * being above or below the QRect @p rect.
    *
    * @param rect is the rectangle we examine.
    * @param p is the point located in the rectangle, p is assumed to be in
    * viewport coordinates.
    */
   inline bool below (const QRect& rect, const QPoint& p)
   {
 	return (p.y() > (rect.top() + (rect.bottom() - rect.top())/2));
   }
 
   /**
    * An overloaded version of below(const QRect&, const QPoint&).
    *
    * It differs from the above only in what arguments it takes.
    *
    * @param i the item whose rect() is passed to the above function.
    * @param p is translated from contents coordinates to viewport coordinates
    * before being passed to the above function.
    */
-  inline bool below (QListViewItem* i, const QPoint& p)
+  inline bool below (Q3ListViewItem* i, const QPoint& p)
   {
 	return below (itemRect(i), contentsToViewport(p));
   }
 
   /**
    * Reimplemented to reload the alternate background in palette changes.
    * @internal
    */
   virtual bool event( QEvent * );
 
   /**
    * Emit signal @ref #executed.
    * @internal
    */
   //US I added buttonstate to pass the current keyboard status 
-  void emitExecute( int buttonstate, QListViewItem *item, const QPoint &pos, int c);
+  void emitExecute( int buttonstate, Q3ListViewItem *item, const QPoint &pos, int c);
 
   /**
    * Reimplemented for internal reasons.
    * Further reimplementations should call this function or else
    * some features may not work correctly.
    *
    * The API is unaffected.
    */
    virtual void focusInEvent(QFocusEvent* fe);
 
    /**
    * Reimplemented for internal reasons.
    * Further reimplementations should call this function or else
    * some features may not work correctly.
    *
    * The API is unaffected.
    */
   virtual void focusOutEvent( QFocusEvent *fe );
 
   /**
    * Reimplemented for internal reasons.
    * Further reimplementations should call this function or else
    * some features may not work correctly.
    *
    * The API is unaffected.
    */
   virtual void leaveEvent( QEvent *e );
 
   /**
    * @return the tooltip for @p column of @p item.
    */
-  virtual QString tooltip(QListViewItem* item, int column) const;
+  virtual QString tooltip(Q3ListViewItem* item, int column) const;
 
   /**
    * @return whether the tooltip for @p column of @p item shall be shown at point @p pos.
    */
-  virtual bool showTooltip(QListViewItem *item, const QPoint &pos, int column) const;
+  virtual bool showTooltip(Q3ListViewItem *item, const QPoint &pos, int column) const;
 
   /**
    * Reimplemented for internal reasons.
    * Further reimplementations should call this function or else
    * some features may not work correctly.
    *
    * The API is unaffected.
    */
    virtual void contentsDragMoveEvent (QDragMoveEvent *event);
 
   /**
    * Reimplemented for internal reasons.
    * Further reimplementations should call this function or else
    * some features may not work correctly.
    *
    * The API is unaffected.
    */
   virtual void contentsMousePressEvent( QMouseEvent *e );
 
   /**
    * Reimplemented for internal reasons.
    * Further reimplementations should call this function or else
    * some features may not work correctly.
    *
    * The API is unaffected.
    */
   virtual void contentsMouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent *e );
 
   /**
    * Reimplemented for internal reasons.
    * Further reimplementations should call this function or else
    * some features may not work correctly.
    *
    * The API is unaffected.
    */
   virtual void contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent ( QMouseEvent *e );
 
   /**
    * Reimplemented for internal reasons.
    * Further reimplementations should call this function or else
    * some features may not work correctly.
    *
    * The API is unaffected.
    */
   virtual void contentsDragLeaveEvent (QDragLeaveEvent *event);
 
   /**
    * Reimplemented for internal reasons.
    * Further reimplementations should call this function or else
    * some features may not work correctly.
    *
    * The API is unaffected.
    */
   virtual void contentsMouseReleaseEvent (QMouseEvent*);
 
   /**
    * Reimplemented for internal reasons.
    * Further reimplementations should call this function or else
    * some features may not work correctly.
    *
    * The API is unaffected.
    */
   virtual void contentsDropEvent (QDropEvent*);
 
   /**
    * Reimplemented for internal reasons.
    * Further reimplementations should call this function or else
    * some features may not work correctly.
    *
    * The API is unaffected.
    */
   virtual void contentsDragEnterEvent (QDragEnterEvent *);
 
   /**
    * @return a dragobject encoding the current selection.
    *
    * @see setDragEnabled()
    */
-  virtual QDragObject *dragObject();
+  virtual Q3DragObject *dragObject();
 
   /**
    * @return true if the @p event provides some acceptable
    * format.
    * A common mistake is to forget the "const" in your reimplementation
    */
   virtual bool acceptDrag (QDropEvent* event) const;
 
   /**
    * Paint the drag line. If painter is null, don't try to :)
    *
    * If after == 0 then the marker should be drawn at the top.
    *
    * @return the rectangle that you painted to.
    */
-  virtual QRect drawDropVisualizer (QPainter *p, QListViewItem *parent, QListViewItem *after);
+  virtual QRect drawDropVisualizer (QPainter *p, Q3ListViewItem *parent, Q3ListViewItem *after);
 
   /**
    * Paint the drag rectangle. If painter is null, don't try to :)
    *
    *
    * @return the rectangle that you painted to.
    */
-  virtual QRect drawItemHighlighter(QPainter *painter, QListViewItem *item);
+  virtual QRect drawItemHighlighter(QPainter *painter, Q3ListViewItem *item);
 
   /**
    * This method calls @ref dragObject() and starts the drag.
    *
    * Reimplement it to do fancy stuff like setting a pixmap or
    * using a non-default DragMode
    */
   virtual void startDrag();
 
   /**
    * Reimplemented for internal reasons.
    * Further reimplementations should call this function or else
    * some features may not work correctly.
    *
    * The API is unaffected.
    */
   virtual void keyPressEvent (QKeyEvent*);
 
   /**
    * Reimplemented for internal reasons.
    * Further reimplementations should call this function or else
    * some features may not work correctly.
    *
    * The API is unaffected.
    */
   virtual void viewportPaintEvent(QPaintEvent*);
 
   /**
    * In FileManager selection mode: explicitely activate the mode
    * in which the current item is automatically selected.
    */
   void activateAutomaticSelection();
   /**
    * In FileManager selection mode: explicitely deactivate the mode
    * in which the current item is automatically selected.
    */
   void deactivateAutomaticSelection();
   /**
    * In FileManager selection mode: return whether it is currently in the mode
    * where the current item is selected automatically.
    * Returns false if items were selected explicitely, e.g. using the mouse.
    */
   bool automaticSelection() const;
 
   /**
    * Reimplemented for setFullWidth()
    */
   virtual void viewportResizeEvent(QResizeEvent* e);
 
 protected slots:
   /**
    * Update internal settings whenever the global ones change.
    * @internal
    */
   void slotSettingsChanged(int);
 
-  void slotMouseButtonClicked( int btn, QListViewItem *item, const QPoint &pos, int c );
-  void doneEditing(QListViewItem *item, int row);
+  void slotMouseButtonClicked( int btn, Q3ListViewItem *item, const QPoint &pos, int c );
+  void doneEditing(Q3ListViewItem *item, int row);
 
   /**
    * Repaint the rect where I was drawing the drop line.
    */
   void cleanDropVisualizer();
 
   /**
    * Repaint the rect where I was drawing the drop rectangle.
    */
   void cleanItemHighlighter();
 
   /**
    * Emit the @ref contextMenu signal. This slot is for mouse actions.
    */
-  void emitContextMenu (QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int);
+  void emitContextMenu (Q3ListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int);
 
   /**
    * Emit the @ref #contextMenu signal. This slot is for key presses.
    */
-  void emitContextMenu (KListView*, QListViewItem*);
+  void emitContextMenu (KListView*, Q3ListViewItem*);
 
   /**
    * Accessory slot for AutoSelect
    * @internal
    */
-  void slotOnItem( QListViewItem *item );
+  void slotOnItem( Q3ListViewItem *item );
 
   /**
    * Accessory slot for AutoSelect/ChangeCursorOverItem
    * @internal
    */
   void slotOnViewport();
 
   /**
    * Process AutoSelection.
    * @internal
    */
   void slotAutoSelect();
 
   void slotDragExpand(); 
 
   /**
    * Reacts to header changes in full width mode
    * @internal
    */
   void slotHeaderChanged();
 
 protected:
   /**
    * Handle dropEvent when itemsMovable() is set to true.
    */
-  virtual void movableDropEvent (QListViewItem* parent, QListViewItem* afterme);
+  virtual void movableDropEvent (Q3ListViewItem* parent, Q3ListViewItem* afterme);
 
   /**
    * Where is the nearest QListViewItem that I'm going to drop?
    *
    * FIXME KDE 4.0: Make this method const so it can be called from an
    * acceptDrag method without ugly casts
    */
-  virtual void findDrop(const QPoint &pos, QListViewItem *&parent, QListViewItem *&after);
+  virtual void findDrop(const QPoint &pos, Q3ListViewItem *&parent, Q3ListViewItem *&after);
 
   /**
    * A special keyPressEvent (for FileManager selection mode).
    */
   void fileManagerKeyPressEvent (QKeyEvent*);
 
   /**
    * Convert the depth of an item into its indentation in pixels
    */
   int depthToPixels( int depth );
 
 private:
   class Tooltip;
 protected:
   virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
 private:
   class KListViewPrivate;
   KListViewPrivate *d;
 };
 
 /**
  * A listview item with support for alternate background colours. It is
  * a drop-in replacement for @ref QListViewItem
  *
  * @short listview item with alternate background colour support
  */
-class KListViewItem : public QListViewItem
+class KListViewItem : public Q3ListViewItem
 {
 public:
   /**
    * constructors. The semantics remain as in @ref QListViewItem.
    * Although they accept a @ref QListViewItem as parent, please
    * don't mix KListViewItem (or subclasses) with QListViewItem
    * (or subclasses).
    */
-  KListViewItem(QListView *parent);
-  KListViewItem(QListViewItem *parent);
-  KListViewItem(QListView *parent, QListViewItem *after);
-  KListViewItem(QListViewItem *parent, QListViewItem *after);
+  KListViewItem(Q3ListView *parent);
+  KListViewItem(Q3ListViewItem *parent);
+  KListViewItem(Q3ListView *parent, Q3ListViewItem *after);
+  KListViewItem(Q3ListViewItem *parent, Q3ListViewItem *after);
 
-  KListViewItem(QListView *parent,
+  KListViewItem(Q3ListView *parent,
     QString, QString = QString::null,
     QString = QString::null, QString = QString::null,
     QString = QString::null, QString = QString::null,
     QString = QString::null, QString = QString::null);
 
-  KListViewItem(QListViewItem *parent,
+  KListViewItem(Q3ListViewItem *parent,
     QString, QString = QString::null,
     QString = QString::null, QString = QString::null,
     QString = QString::null, QString = QString::null,
     QString = QString::null, QString = QString::null);
 
-  KListViewItem(QListView *parent, QListViewItem *after,
+  KListViewItem(Q3ListView *parent, Q3ListViewItem *after,
     QString, QString = QString::null,
     QString = QString::null, QString = QString::null,
     QString = QString::null, QString = QString::null,
     QString = QString::null, QString = QString::null);
 
-  KListViewItem(QListViewItem *parent, QListViewItem *after,
+  KListViewItem(Q3ListViewItem *parent, Q3ListViewItem *after,
     QString, QString = QString::null,
     QString = QString::null, QString = QString::null,
     QString = QString::null, QString = QString::null,
     QString = QString::null, QString = QString::null);
 
   virtual ~KListViewItem();
 
   /**
    * retuns true if this item is to be drawn with the alternate background
    */
   bool isAlternate();
   /**
    * returns the background colour for this item
    */
   const QColor &backgroundColor();
 
   virtual void paintCell(QPainter *p, const QColorGroup &cg,
     int column, int width, int alignment);
 
 private:
   void init();
 
 private:
   uint m_odd : 1;
   uint m_known : 1;
   uint m_unused : 30;
 };
 
 #endif
 
 // vim: ts=2 sw=2 et
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kmainwindow.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/kmainwindow.cpp
index fa678f2..bac0db8 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/kmainwindow.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kmainwindow.cpp
@@ -1,996 +1,993 @@
  /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
      Copyright
      (C) 2000 Reginald Stadlbauer (reggie@kde.org)
      (C) 1997 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org)
      (C) 1997-2000 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org)
      (C) 1997-2000 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org)
      (C) 1999 Chris Schlaeger (cs@kde.org)
      (C) 2002 Joseph Wenninger (jowenn@kde.org)
 
      This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
      modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
      License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 
      This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
      but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
      MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
      Library General Public License for more details.
 
      You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
      along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
      the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
      Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
  */
-#include <qobjectlist.h>
+#include <qobject.h>
 #include <qstringlist.h>
 #include <qtimer.h>
 #include <qmenubar.h>
 #include <qstatusbar.h>
 #include <qapplication.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <QCloseEvent>
+#include <QPaintEvent>
+#include <QResizeEvent>
+#include <QChildEvent>
+#include <Q3PtrList>
 
  
 #include "kdebug.h"
 #include "kmainwindow.h"
 #include "kglobalsettings.h"
 #include "kactioncollection.h"
 
 class KMainWindowPrivate {
 public:
 //US    bool showHelpMenu:1;
 
     bool autoSaveSettings:1;
     bool settingsDirty:1;
     bool autoSaveWindowSize:1;
     bool care_about_geometry:1;
     QString autoSaveGroup;
 //US    KAccel * kaccel;
 //US    KMainWindowInterface *m_interface;
     KDEPrivate::ToolBarHandler *toolBarHandler;
     QTimer* settingsTimer;
     KToggleAction *showStatusBarAction;
     QRect defaultWindowSize;
 };
 
 static bool no_query_exit = false;
 
 KMainWindow::KMainWindow( QWidget* parent, const char *name )
-    : QMainWindow( parent, name ) /*LR, f ) with the default widget flag we cannot have fastload */ /*US, KXMLGUIBuilder( this ), helpMenu2( 0 ), factory_( 0 )*/
+    : Q3MainWindow( parent, name ) /*LR, f ) with the default widget flag we cannot have fastload */ /*US, KXMLGUIBuilder( this ), helpMenu2( 0 ), factory_( 0 )*/
 {
     mQToolBar = 0;
     initKMainWindow(name);
 }
 
 void KMainWindow::parseGeometry(bool parsewidth)
 {
 //US the following code is not getting used in the embedded version !! So disable it for now   
 /*US    
     
     assert ( !kapp->geometryArgument().isNull() );
     assert ( d->care_about_geometry );
 
 #ifndef Q_WS_QWS
     // FIXME: (E) Implement something similar for Qt Embedded (or decide we don't need it)
     int x, y;
     int w, h;
     int m = XParseGeometry( kapp->geometryArgument().latin1(), &x, &y, (unsigned int*)&w, (unsigned int*)&h);
     if (parsewidth) {
         QSize minSize = minimumSize();
         QSize maxSize = maximumSize();
         if ( (m & WidthValue) == 0 )
             w = width();
         if ( (m & HeightValue) == 0 )
             h = height();
          w = QMIN(w,maxSize.width());
          h = QMIN(h,maxSize.height());
          w = QMAX(w,minSize.width());
          h = QMAX(h,minSize.height());
          resize(w, h);
     } else {
         if ( parsewidth && (m & XValue) == 0 )
             x = geometry().x();
         if ( parsewidth && (m & YValue) == 0 )
             y = geometry().y();
         if ( (m & XNegative) )
             x = KApplication::desktop()->width()  + x - w;
         if ( (m & YNegative) )
             y = KApplication::desktop()->height() + y - h;
         move(x, y);
     }
 #endif
 */    
 }
 
 KMainWindow::~KMainWindow()
 {
     delete d->settingsTimer;
     QMenuBar* mb = internalMenuBar();
     delete mb;
 //US    delete d->m_interface;
     
     delete d;
 //US    memberList->remove( this );
 }
 
 void KMainWindow::initKMainWindow(const char *name)
 {
     setDockMenuEnabled( FALSE );
 //US     mHelpMenu = 0;
     
 //US    kapp->setTopWidget( this );
     actionCollection()->setWidget( this );
 //US    connect(kapp, SIGNAL(shutDown()), this, SLOT(shuttingDown()));
 //US    if( !memberList )
 //US        memberList = new QPtrList<KMainWindow>;
 /*US    
 
     if ( !ksm )
         ksm = ksmd.setObject(new KMWSessionManaged());
     // set a unique object name. Required by session management.
     QCString objname;
     QCString s;
     int unusedNumber;
     if ( !name )
         { // no name given
         objname = kapp->instanceName() + "-mainwindow#";
         s = objname + '1'; // start adding number immediately
         unusedNumber = 1;
         }
     else if( name[ strlen( name ) - 1 ] == '#' )
         { // trailing # - always add a number
         objname = name;
         s = objname + '1'; // start adding number immediately
         unusedNumber = 1;
         }
     else
         {
         objname = name;
         s = objname;
         unusedNumber = 0; // add numbers only when needed
         }
     for(;;) {
         QWidgetList* list = kapp->topLevelWidgets();
         QWidgetListIt it( *list );
         bool found = false;
         for( QWidget* w = it.current();
              w != NULL;
              ++it, w = it.current())
             if( w != this && w->name() == s )
                 {
                 found = true;
                 break;
                 }
         delete list;
         if( !found )
             break;
         s.setNum( ++unusedNumber );
         s = objname + s;
     }
     setName( s );
     memberList->append( this );
 */
     
     d = new KMainWindowPrivate;
 //US    d->showHelpMenu = true;
     d->settingsDirty = false;
     d->autoSaveSettings = false;
     d->autoSaveWindowSize = true; // for compatibility
 //US    d->kaccel = actionCollection()->kaccel();
     d->toolBarHandler = 0;
     d->settingsTimer = 0;
     d->showStatusBarAction = NULL;
 /*US    
     if ((d->care_about_geometry == beeing_first)) {
         beeing_first = false;
         if ( kapp->geometryArgument().isNull() ) // if there is no geometry, it doesn't mater
             d->care_about_geometry = false;
         else
             parseGeometry(false);
     }
 */    
     d->care_about_geometry = false;
 
 //US    setCaption( kapp->caption() );
     // attach dcop interface
 //US    d->m_interface = new KMainWindowInterface(this);
 
 //US    if (!kapp->authorize("movable_toolbars"))
 //US        setDockWindowsMovable(false);
 }
 
 KAction *KMainWindow::toolBarMenuAction()
 {
   if ( !d->toolBarHandler )
     return 0;
 
   return d->toolBarHandler->toolBarMenuAction();
 }
 
 bool KMainWindow::canBeRestored( int number )
 {
 /*US we do not have and want to save sessioninformation. Use info from the default 
 application config.
 */
 //US    if ( !kapp->isRestored() )
 //US        return FALSE;
 //US    KConfig *config = kapp->sessionConfig();
     KConfig *config = KGlobal::config();
     if ( !config )
         return FALSE;
     config->setGroup( QString::fromLatin1("Number") );
     int n = config->readNumEntry( QString::fromLatin1("NumberOfWindows") , 1 );
     return number >= 1 && number <= n;
 
 }
 
 const QString KMainWindow::classNameOfToplevel( int number )
 {
 /*US we do not have and want to save sessioninformation. Use info from the default 
 application config.
 */
 //US    if ( !kapp->isRestored() )
 //US        return QString::null;
 //US    KConfig *config = kapp->sessionConfig();
     KConfig *config = KGlobal::config();
     if ( !config )
         return QString::null;
     QString s;
     s.setNum( number );
     s.prepend( QString::fromLatin1("WindowProperties") );
     config->setGroup( s );
     if ( !config->hasKey( QString::fromLatin1("ClassName") ) )
         return QString::null;
     else
         return config->readEntry( QString::fromLatin1("ClassName") );
 }
 
 bool KMainWindow::restore( int number, bool show )
 {
 /*US we do not have and want to save sessioninformation. Use info from the default 
 application config.
 */
     if ( !canBeRestored( number ) )
         return FALSE;
 //US    KConfig *config = kapp->sessionConfig();
     KConfig *config = KGlobal::config();
 
     if ( readPropertiesInternal( config, number ) ){
         if ( show )
             KMainWindow::show();
         return FALSE;
     }
     return FALSE;
     
 }
 
 void KMainWindow::setCaption( const QString &caption )
 {
 //US    setPlainCaption( kapp->makeStdCaption(caption) );
     setPlainCaption( caption );
 }
 
 void KMainWindow::setCaption( const QString &caption, bool modified )
 {
 //US    setPlainCaption( kapp->makeStdCaption(caption, true, modified) );
     setPlainCaption( caption + "modified:" );
 }
 
 void KMainWindow::setPlainCaption( const QString &caption )
 {
-    QMainWindow::setCaption( caption );
+    Q3MainWindow::setCaption( caption );
 #ifndef Q_WS_QWS
 //US the following is disabled for the embedded version
 //US    NETWinInfo info( qt_xdisplay(), winId(), qt_xrootwin(), 0 );
 //US    info.setName( caption.utf8().data() );
 #endif
 }
 
 void KMainWindow::slotStateChanged(const QString &newstate)
 {
   stateChanged(newstate, KXMLGUIClient::StateNoReverse);
 }
 
 /*
  * Get rid of this for KDE 4.0
  */
 void KMainWindow::slotStateChanged(const QString &newstate,
                                    KXMLGUIClient::ReverseStateChange reverse)
 {
   stateChanged(newstate, reverse);
 }
 
 void KMainWindow::closeEvent ( QCloseEvent *e )
 {
     //qDebug("MainWindow::closeEvent  ");
     // Save settings if auto-save is enabled, and settings have changed
     if (d->settingsDirty && d->autoSaveSettings)
         saveAutoSaveSettings();
 
     if (queryClose()) {
         e->accept();
 
         int not_withdrawn = 0;
 /*US        
         QPtrListIterator<KMainWindow> it(*KMainWindow::memberList);
         for (it.toFirst(); it.current(); ++it){
             if ( !it.current()->isHidden() && it.current()->isTopLevel() && it.current() != this )
                 not_withdrawn++;
         }
 */
         if ( !no_query_exit && not_withdrawn <= 0 ) { // last window close accepted?
 /*US            
             if ( queryExit() && !kapp->sessionSaving()) {            // Yes, Quit app?
                 // don't call queryExit() twice
                 disconnect(kapp, SIGNAL(shutDown()), this, SLOT(shuttingDown()));
                 kapp->deref();             // ...and quit aplication.
             }  else {
                 // cancel closing, it's stupid to end up with no windows at all....
                 e->ignore();
             }
 */
 //US we have no sessionmanagement. Simply close app.
             if ( queryExit() ) {            // Yes, Quit app?
             qDebug("KMainWindow::closeEvent: Exit application ???");
                 // don't call queryExit() twice
 //US                disconnect(kapp, SIGNAL(shutDown()), this, SLOT(shuttingDown()));
             } 
             
         }
     }
 }
 
 bool KMainWindow::queryExit()
 {
     return TRUE;
 }
 
 bool KMainWindow::queryClose()
 {
     return TRUE;
 }
 
 void KMainWindow::saveGlobalProperties( KConfig*  )
 {
 }
 
 void KMainWindow::readGlobalProperties( KConfig*  )
 {
 }
 
 void KMainWindow::savePropertiesInternal( KConfig *config, int number )
 {
     bool oldASWS = d->autoSaveWindowSize;
     d->autoSaveWindowSize = true; // make saveMainWindowSettings save the window size
 
     QString s;
     s.setNum(number);
     s.prepend(QString::fromLatin1("WindowProperties"));
     config->setGroup(s);
 
     // store objectName, className, Width and Height  for later restoring
     // (Only useful for session management)
     config->writeEntry(QString::fromLatin1("ObjectName"), name());
     config->writeEntry(QString::fromLatin1("ClassName"), className());
 
     saveMainWindowSettings(config); // Menubar, statusbar and Toolbar settings.
 
     s.setNum(number);
     config->setGroup(s);
     saveProperties(config);
 
     d->autoSaveWindowSize = oldASWS;
 }
 
 void KMainWindow::setStandardToolBarMenuEnabled( bool enable )
 {
   if ( enable )
   {
     if ( d->toolBarHandler )
       return;
 
   d->toolBarHandler = new KDEPrivate::ToolBarHandler( this );
 
 /*US  if ( factory() )
     factory()->addClient( d->toolBarHandler );
 */    
   }
   else
   {
     if ( !d->toolBarHandler )
       return;
 /*US
     if ( factory() )
       factory()->removeClient( d->toolBarHandler );
 */
     delete d->toolBarHandler;
     d->toolBarHandler = 0;
   }
   
 }
 
 bool KMainWindow::isStandardToolBarMenuEnabled() const
 {
     return ( d->toolBarHandler != 0 );
 }
 
 void KMainWindow::createStandardStatusBarAction(){
   if(!d->showStatusBarAction){
     d->showStatusBarAction = KStdAction::showStatusbar(this, SLOT(setSettingsDirty()), actionCollection());
     connect(d->showStatusBarAction, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), statusBar(), SLOT(setShown(bool)));
     if(internalStatusBar())
       d->showStatusBarAction->setChecked(!internalStatusBar()->isHidden());
   }
 }
 
-QToolBar *KMainWindow::tBar(  )
+Q3ToolBar *KMainWindow::tBar(  )
 {
     if  ( ! mQToolBar )
-      mQToolBar =   new QToolBar( this );
+      mQToolBar =   new Q3ToolBar( this );
     return mQToolBar;
 }
 
 KToolBar *KMainWindow::toolBar( const char * name )
 {
    
     if (!name)
        name = "mainToolBar";
     KToolBar *tb = (KToolBar*)child( name, "KToolBar" );
     if ( tb )
         return tb;
     bool honor_mode = (name == "mainToolBar");
 
 /*US
     if ( builderClient() )
         return new KToolBar(this, name, honor_mode); // XMLGUI constructor
     else
 */    
-      return new KToolBar(this, Top, false, name, honor_mode ); // non-XMLGUI
+      return new KToolBar(this, Qt::Top, false, name, honor_mode ); // non-XMLGUI
 }
 
-QPtrListIterator<KToolBar> KMainWindow::toolBarIterator()
+Q3PtrListIterator<KToolBar> KMainWindow::toolBarIterator()
 {
     toolbarList.clear();
-    QPtrList<QToolBar> lst;
-    for ( int i = (int)QMainWindow::Unmanaged; i <= (int)Minimized; ++i ) {
-        lst = toolBars( (ToolBarDock)i );
-        for ( QToolBar *tb = lst.first(); tb; tb = lst.next() ) {
+    QList<Q3ToolBar*> lst;
+    for ( int i = (int)Qt::Unmanaged; i <= (int)Qt::Minimized; ++i ) {
+        lst = toolBars( (Qt::ToolBarDock)i );
+	for(QList<Q3ToolBar*>::iterator i=lst.begin();i!=lst.end();++i) {
+	    Q3ToolBar *tb = *i;
             if ( !tb->inherits( "KToolBar" ) )
                 continue;
             toolbarList.append( (KToolBar*)tb );
         }
     }
-    return QPtrListIterator<KToolBar>( toolbarList );
+    return Q3PtrListIterator<KToolBar>( toolbarList );
 }
 
 void KMainWindow::setAutoSaveSettings( const QString & groupName, bool saveWindowSize )
 {
     d->autoSaveSettings = true;
     d->autoSaveGroup = groupName;
     d->autoSaveWindowSize = saveWindowSize;
     // Get notified when the user moves a toolbar around
 //US    connect( this, SIGNAL( dockWindowPositionChanged( QDockWindow * ) ),
 //US             this, SLOT( setSettingsDirty() ) );
-    connect( this, SIGNAL( toolBarPositionChanged(QToolBar *) ),
+    connect( this, SIGNAL( toolBarPositionChanged(Q3ToolBar *) ),
              this, SLOT( setSettingsDirty() ) );
 
              
     // Get default values
 //US    int scnum = QApplication::desktop()->screenNumber(parentWidget());
 //US    QRect desk = QApplication::desktop()->screenGeometry(scnum);
     QRect desk = KGlobalSettings::desktopGeometry(0);
     
     d->defaultWindowSize = QRect(desk.width(), width(), desk.height(), height());
     // Now read the previously saved settings
     applyMainWindowSettings( KGlobal::config(), groupName );
 }
 
 
 void KMainWindow::resetAutoSaveSettings()
 {
     d->autoSaveSettings = false;
     if ( d->settingsTimer )
         d->settingsTimer->stop();
 }
 
 bool KMainWindow::autoSaveSettings() const
 {
     return d->autoSaveSettings;
 }
 
 QString KMainWindow::autoSaveGroup() const
 {
     return d->autoSaveGroup;
 }
 
 void KMainWindow::saveAutoSaveSettings()
 {
-    ASSERT( d->autoSaveSettings );
+    Q_ASSERT( d->autoSaveSettings );
     //kdDebug(200) << "KMainWindow::saveAutoSaveSettings -> saving settings" << endl;
     saveMainWindowSettings( KGlobal::config(), d->autoSaveGroup );
     KGlobal::config()->sync();
     d->settingsDirty = false;
     if ( d->settingsTimer )
         d->settingsTimer->stop();
 }
 
 void KMainWindow::createGUI( const QString &xmlfile, bool _conserveMemory )
 {
     // disabling the updates prevents unnecessary redraws
     setUpdatesEnabled( false );
 
     // just in case we are rebuilding, let's remove our old client
 //US    guiFactory()->removeClient( this );
 
     // make sure to have an empty GUI
     QMenuBar* mb = internalMenuBar();
     if ( mb )
         mb->clear();
 
     (void)toolBarIterator(); // make sure toolbarList is most-up-to-date
     toolbarList.setAutoDelete( true );
     toolbarList.clear();
     toolbarList.setAutoDelete( false );
 /*US
     // don't build a help menu unless the user ask for it
     if (d->showHelpMenu) {
         // we always want a help menu
         if (helpMenu2 == 0)
             helpMenu2 = new KHelpMenu(this, instance()->aboutData(), true,
                                       actionCollection());
     }
 
     // we always want to load in our global standards file
     setXMLFile( locate( "config", "ui/ui_standards.rc", instance() ) );
 
     // now, merge in our local xml file.  if this is null, then that
     // means that we will be only using the global file
     if ( !xmlfile.isNull() ) {
         setXMLFile( xmlfile, true );
     } else {
         QString auto_file(instance()->instanceName() + "ui.rc");
         setXMLFile( auto_file, true );
     }
 
     // make sure we don't have any state saved already
     setXMLGUIBuildDocument( QDomDocument() );
 
     // do the actual GUI building
     guiFactory()->addClient( this );
 
     // try and get back *some* of our memory
     if ( _conserveMemory )
     {
       // before freeing the memory allocated by the DOM document we also
       // free all memory allocated internally in the KXMLGUIFactory for
       // the menubar and the toolbars . This however implies that we
       // have to take care of deleting those widgets ourselves. For
       // destruction this is no problem, but when rebuilding we have
       // to take care of that (and we want to rebuild the GUI when
       // using stuff like the toolbar editor ).
       // In addition we have to take care of not removing containers
       // like popupmenus, defined in the XML document.
       // this code should probably go into a separate method in KMainWindow.
       // there's just one problem: I'm bad in finding names ;-) , so
       // I skipped this ;-)
 
       QDomDocument doc = domDocument();
 
       QDomElement e = doc.documentElement().firstChild().toElement();
       for (; !e.isNull(); e = e.nextSibling().toElement() ) {
           if ( e.tagName().lower() == "toolbar" )
               factory_->resetContainer( e.attribute( "name" ) );
           else if ( e.tagName().lower() == "menubar" )
               factory_->resetContainer( e.tagName(), true );
       }
 
       conserveMemory();
     }
 */
     setUpdatesEnabled( true );
     updateGeometry();
 }
 
 void KMainWindow::saveMainWindowSettings(KConfig *config, const QString &configGroup)
 {
     kdDebug(200) << "KMainWindow::saveMainWindowSettings " << configGroup << endl;
 //US    QStrList entryList;
     QStringList entryList;
     QString oldGroup;
 
     if (!configGroup.isEmpty())
     {
        oldGroup = config->group();
        config->setGroup(configGroup);
     }
 
     // Called by session management - or if we want to save the window size anyway
     if ( d->autoSaveWindowSize )
         saveWindowSize( config );
 
     QStatusBar* sb = internalStatusBar();
     if (sb) {
         entryList.clear();
         if ( sb->isHidden() )
             entryList.append("Disabled");
         else
             entryList.append("Enabled");
 
 	if(sb->isHidden())
 //US	  config->writeEntry(QString::fromLatin1("StatusBar"), entryList, ';');
 	  config->writeEntry(QString::fromLatin1("StatusBar"), entryList);
 	else
 	  config->deleteEntry(QString::fromLatin1("StatusBar"));
     }
 
     QMenuBar* mb = internalMenuBar();
     if (mb) {
         entryList.clear();
         if ( mb->isHidden() )
             entryList.append("Disabled");
         else
             entryList.append("Enabled");
 
 	// By default we don't hide.
 	if(mb->isHidden())
 //US	  config->writeEntry(QString::fromLatin1("MenuBar"), entryList, ';');
 	  config->writeEntry(QString::fromLatin1("MenuBar"), entryList);
 	else
 	  config->deleteEntry(QString::fromLatin1("MenuBar"));
     }
 
     int n = 1; // Toolbar counter. toolbars are counted from 1,
     KToolBar *toolbar = 0;
-    QPtrListIterator<KToolBar> it( toolBarIterator() );
+    Q3PtrListIterator<KToolBar> it( toolBarIterator() );
     while ( ( toolbar = it.current() ) ) {
         ++it;
         QString group;
         if (!configGroup.isEmpty())
         {
            // Give a number to the toolbar, but prefer a name if there is one,
            // because there's no real guarantee on the ordering of toolbars
            group = (!::qstrcmp(toolbar->name(), "unnamed") ? QString::number(n) : QString(" ")+toolbar->name());
            group.prepend(" Toolbar");
            group.prepend(configGroup);
         }
         toolbar->saveSettings(config, group);
         n++;
     }
     if (!configGroup.isEmpty())
        config->setGroup(oldGroup);
 }
 
 bool KMainWindow::readPropertiesInternal( KConfig *config, int number )
 {
     if ( number == 1 )
         readGlobalProperties( config );
 
     // in order they are in toolbar list
     QString s;
     s.setNum(number);
     s.prepend(QString::fromLatin1("WindowProperties"));
 
     config->setGroup(s);
 
     // restore the object name (window role)
     if ( config->hasKey(QString::fromLatin1("ObjectName" )) )
         setName( config->readEntry(QString::fromLatin1("ObjectName")).latin1()); // latin1 is right here
 
     applyMainWindowSettings(config); // Menubar, statusbar and toolbar settings.
 
     s.setNum(number);
     config->setGroup(s);
     readProperties(config);
     return true;
 }
 
 void KMainWindow::applyMainWindowSettings(KConfig *config, const QString &configGroup)
 {
     kdDebug(200) << "KMainWindow::applyMainWindowSettings" << endl;
     QString entry;
 //US    QStrList entryList;
     QStringList entryList;
     int i = 0; // Number of entries in list
 
     if (!configGroup.isEmpty())
        config->setGroup(configGroup);
 
     restoreWindowSize(config);
 
     QStatusBar* sb = internalStatusBar();
     if (sb) {
         entryList.clear();
 //US        i = config->readListEntry (QString::fromLatin1("StatusBar"), entryList, ';');
         entryList = config->readListEntry (QString::fromLatin1("StatusBar"));
         entry = entryList.first();
         if (entry == QString::fromLatin1("Disabled"))
            sb->hide();
         else
            sb->show();
 	if(d->showStatusBarAction)
 	   d->showStatusBarAction->setChecked(!sb->isHidden());
     }
 
     QMenuBar* mb = internalMenuBar();
     if (mb) {
         entryList.clear();
 //US        i = config->readListEntry (QString::fromLatin1("MenuBar"), entryList, ';');
         entryList = config->readListEntry (QString::fromLatin1("MenuBar"));
+        if(!entryList.empty()) {
         entry = entryList.first();
         if (entry==QString::fromLatin1("Disabled"))
         {
             mb->hide(); 
         } else
         {
             mb->show();
         }
     }
+    }
 
         int n = 1; // Toolbar counter. toolbars are counted from 1,
         KToolBar *toolbar;
-        QPtrListIterator<KToolBar> it( toolBarIterator() ); // must use own iterator
+        Q3PtrListIterator<KToolBar> it( toolBarIterator() ); // must use own iterator
 
         for ( ; it.current(); ++it) {
             toolbar= it.current();
             QString group;
             if (!configGroup.isEmpty())
             {
                // Give a number to the toolbar, but prefer a name if there is one,
                // because there's no real guarantee on the ordering of toolbars
                group = (!::qstrcmp(toolbar->name(), "unnamed") ? QString::number(n) : QString(" ")+toolbar->name());
                group.prepend(" Toolbar");
                group.prepend(configGroup);
             }
             toolbar->applySettings(config, group);
             n++;
         }
 
     finalizeGUI( true );
     }
 
 void KMainWindow::finalizeGUI( bool force )
 {
     //kdDebug(200) << "KMainWindow::finalizeGUI force=" << force << endl;
     // The whole reason for this is that moveToolBar relies on the indexes
     // of the other toolbars, so in theory it should be called only once per
     // toolbar, but in increasing order of indexes.
     // Since we can't do that immediately, we move them, and _then_
     // we call positionYourself again for each of them, but this time
     // the toolbariterator should give them in the proper order.
     // Both the XMLGUI and applySettings call this, hence "force" for the latter.
-    QPtrListIterator<KToolBar> it( toolBarIterator() );
+    Q3PtrListIterator<KToolBar> it( toolBarIterator() );
     for ( ; it.current() ; ++ it )
             it.current()->positionYourself( force );
 
     d->settingsDirty = false;
 }
 
 void KMainWindow::saveWindowSize( KConfig * config ) const
 {
 /*US  
   int scnum = QApplication::desktop()->screenNumber(parentWidget());
   QRect desk = QApplication::desktop()->screenGeometry(scnum);
 */
   QRect desk = KGlobalSettings::desktopGeometry(0);
   
   QRect size( desk.width(), width(), desk.height(), height() );
   if(size != d->defaultWindowSize){
     config->writeEntry(QString::fromLatin1("Width %1").arg(desk.width()), width() );
     config->writeEntry(QString::fromLatin1("Height %1").arg(desk.height()), height() );
   }
   else{
     config->deleteEntry(QString::fromLatin1("Width %1").arg(desk.width()));
     config->deleteEntry(QString::fromLatin1("Height %1").arg(desk.height()));
   }
 }
 
 void KMainWindow::restoreWindowSize( KConfig * config )
 {
     if (d->care_about_geometry) {
         parseGeometry(true);
     } else {
         // restore the size
 /*US        int scnum = QApplication::desktop()->screenNumber(parentWidget());
         QRect desk = QApplication::desktop()->screenGeometry(scnum);
 */        
         QRect desk = KGlobalSettings::desktopGeometry(0);
         
         QSize size( config->readNumEntry( QString::fromLatin1("Width %1").arg(desk.width()), 0 ),
                     config->readNumEntry( QString::fromLatin1("Height %1").arg(desk.height()), 0 ) );
         if (size.isEmpty()) {
             // try the KDE 2.0 way
             size = QSize( config->readNumEntry( QString::fromLatin1("Width"), 0 ),
                           config->readNumEntry( QString::fromLatin1("Height"), 0 ) );
             if (!size.isEmpty()) {
                 // make sure the other resolutions don't get old settings
                 config->writeEntry( QString::fromLatin1("Width"), 0 );
                 config->writeEntry( QString::fromLatin1("Height"), 0 );
             }
         }
         if ( !size.isEmpty() )
             resize( size );
     }
 }
 
 bool KMainWindow::initialGeometrySet() const
 {
     return d->care_about_geometry;
 }
 
 void KMainWindow::ignoreInitialGeometry()
 {
     d->care_about_geometry = false;
 }
 
 void KMainWindow::setSettingsDirty()
 {
     //kdDebug(200) << "KMainWindow::setSettingsDirty" << endl;
     d->settingsDirty = true;
     if ( d->autoSaveSettings )
     {
         // Use a timer to save "immediately" user-wise, but not too immediately
         // (to compress calls and save only once, in case of multiple changes)
         if ( !d->settingsTimer )
         {
            d->settingsTimer = new QTimer( this );
            connect( d->settingsTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ), SLOT( saveAutoSaveSettings() ) );
         }
         d->settingsTimer->start( 500, true );
     }
 }
 
 bool KMainWindow::settingsDirty() const
 {
     return d->settingsDirty;
 }
 
 QString KMainWindow::settingsGroup() const
 {
     return d->autoSaveGroup;
 }
 
 void KMainWindow::resizeEvent( QResizeEvent * e)
 {
     if ( d->autoSaveWindowSize )
         setSettingsDirty(); 
-    QMainWindow::resizeEvent( e ); 
+    Q3MainWindow::resizeEvent( e ); 
 }
 
 bool KMainWindow::hasMenuBar()
 {
 	return (internalMenuBar());
 }
 
 //US KMenuBar *KMainWindow::menuBar()
 QMenuBar *KMainWindow::menuBar()
 {
 //US    KMenuBar * mb = internalMenuBar();
     QMenuBar * mb = internalMenuBar();
     if ( !mb ) {
 //US        mb = new KMenuBar( this );
         mb = new QMenuBar( this );
         // trigger a re-layout and trigger a call to the private
         // setMenuBar method.
-        QMainWindow::menuBar();
+        Q3MainWindow::menuBar();
     }
     return mb;
 }
 
 //US KStatusBar *KMainWindow::statusBar()
 QStatusBar *KMainWindow::statusBar()
 {
 //US    KStatusBar * sb = internalStatusBar();
     QStatusBar * sb = internalStatusBar();
     if ( !sb ) {
 //US        sb = new KStatusBar( this );
         sb = new QStatusBar( this );
         // trigger a re-layout and trigger a call to the private
         // setStatusBar method.
-        QMainWindow::statusBar();
+        Q3MainWindow::statusBar();
     }
     return sb;
 }
 
 void KMainWindow::shuttingDown()
 {
     // Needed for Qt <= 3.0.3 at least to prevent reentrancy
     // when queryExit() shows a dialog. Check before removing!
     static bool reentrancy_protection = false;
     if (!reentrancy_protection)
     {
        reentrancy_protection = true;
        // call the virtual queryExit
        queryExit();
        reentrancy_protection = false;
     }
 
 }
 
 //US KMenuBar *KMainWindow::internalMenuBar()
 QMenuBar *KMainWindow::internalMenuBar()
 {
 //US    QObjectList *l = queryList( "KMenuBar", 0, false, false );
-    QObjectList *l = queryList( "QMenuBar", 0, false, false );
-    if ( !l || !l->first() ) {
-        delete l;
+    QObjectList l = queryList( "QMenuBar", 0, false, false );
+    if(l.empty())
         return 0;
-    }
-
-//US    KMenuBar *m = (KMenuBar*)l->first();
-    QMenuBar *m = (QMenuBar*)l->first();
-    delete l;
-    return m;
+    return (QMenuBar*)l.front();
 }
 
 //US KStatusBar *KMainWindow::internalStatusBar()
 QStatusBar *KMainWindow::internalStatusBar()
 {
 //US    QObjectList *l = queryList( "KStatusBar", 0, false, false );
-    QObjectList *l = queryList( "QStatusBar", 0, false, false );
-    if ( !l || !l->first() ) {
-        delete l;
+    QObjectList l = queryList( "QStatusBar", 0, false, false );
+    if(l.empty())
         return 0;
-    }
-
-//US    KStatusBar *s = (KStatusBar*)l->first();
-    QStatusBar *s = (QStatusBar*)l->first();
-    delete l;
-    return s;
+    return (QStatusBar*)l.front();
 }
 
 void KMainWindow::childEvent( QChildEvent* e)
 {
-    QMainWindow::childEvent( e );
+    Q3MainWindow::childEvent( e );
 }
 
 void KMainWindow::paintEvent( QPaintEvent * e)
 {
-    QMainWindow::paintEvent( e );
+    Q3MainWindow::paintEvent( e );
 }
 
 QSize KMainWindow::sizeForCentralWidgetSize(QSize size)
 {
     KToolBar *tb = (KToolBar*)child( "mainToolBar", "KToolBar" );
     if (tb && !tb->isHidden()) {
         switch( tb->barPos() )
         {
           case KToolBar::Top:
           case KToolBar::Bottom:
             size += QSize(0, tb->sizeHint().height());
             break;
 
           case KToolBar::Left:
           case KToolBar::Right:
             size += QSize(toolBar()->sizeHint().width(), 0);
             break;
 
           case KToolBar::Flat:
 //US            size += QSize(0, 3+kapp->style().pixelMetric( QStyle::PM_DockWindowHandleExtent ));
             size += QSize(0, tb->sizeHint().height());
             break;
 
           default:
             break;
         }
     }
 //US    KMenuBar *mb = menuBar();
     QMenuBar *mb = menuBar();
     if (!mb->isHidden()) {
         size += QSize(0,mb->heightForWidth(size.width()));
 /*US        if (style().styleHint(QStyle::SH_MainWindow_SpaceBelowMenuBar, this))
            size += QSize( 0, dockWindowsMovable() ? 1 : 2);
 */           
            size += QSize( 0, 2);
     }
     QStatusBar *sb = internalStatusBar();
     if( sb && !sb->isHidden() )
        size += QSize(0, sb->sizeHint().height());
 
     return size;
 }
 
 // why do we support old gcc versions? using KXMLGUIBuilder::finalizeGUI;
 void KMainWindow::finalizeGUI( KXMLGUIClient *client )
 { /*US KXMLGUIBuilder::finalizeGUI( client );*/ }
 
 void KMainWindow::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
 { /*US KXMLGUIBuilder::virtual_hook( id, data );*/
   KXMLGUIClient::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kmainwindow.h b/microkde/kdeui/kmainwindow.h
index 2dc8033..a3ac82f 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/kmainwindow.h
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kmainwindow.h
@@ -1,777 +1,782 @@
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <QResizeEvent>
+#include <QChildEvent>
+#include <QCloseEvent>
+#include <QPaintEvent>
 /*
     This file is part of the KDE libraries
 
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 
     $Id$
 
 */
 
 
 
 #ifndef KMAINWINDOW_H
 #define KMAINWINDOW_H
 
 /*US
 #include "kxmlguifactory.h"
 #include "kxmlguiclient.h"
 #include "kxmlguibuilder.h"
 #include <qmetaobject.h>
 
 class KPopupMenu;
 class KXMLGUIFactory;
 class KConfig;
 class KHelpMenu;
 class KStatusBar;
 class QStatusBar;
 class KMenuBar;
 class KMWSessionManaged;
 class KAccel;
 class KToolBarMenuAction;
 */
 
 class QMenuBar;
 class QStatusBar;
 class KMainWindowPrivate;
 class KAction;
 
 #include <ktoolbar.h>
 #include <ktoolbarhandler.h>
 #include <kxmlguiclient.h>
-#include <qmainwindow.h>
-#include <qptrlist.h>
+#include <q3mainwindow.h>
+#include <q3ptrlist.h>
 
 class KActionCollection;
 
-class KMainWindow : public QMainWindow, virtual public KXMLGUIClient
+class KMainWindow : public Q3MainWindow, virtual public KXMLGUIClient
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 
 private:
 //US create private defaultconstructor
     KMainWindow() {;};
   
 
 public:
     /**
      * Construct a main window.
      *
      * @param parent The widget parent. This is usually 0 but it may also be the window
      * group leader. In that case, the KMainWindow becomes sort of a
      * secondary window.
      *
      * @param name The object name. For session management and window management to work
      * properly, all main windows in the application should have a
      * different name. When passing 0 (the default), KMainWindow will create
      * a unique name, but it's recommended to explicitly pass a window name that will
      * also describe the type of the window. If there can be several windows of the same
      * type, append '#' (hash) to the name, and KMainWindow will append numbers to make
      * the names unique. For example, for a mail client which has one main window showing
      * the mails and folders, and which can also have one or more windows for composing
      * mails, the name for the folders window should be e.g. "mainwindow" and
      * for the composer windows "composer#".
      *
      * @param f Specify the widget flags. The default is
      * WType_TopLevel and WDestructiveClose.  TopLevel indicates that a
      * main window is a toplevel window, regardless of whether it has a
      * parent or not. DestructiveClose indicates that a main window is
      * automatically destroyed when its window is closed. Pass 0 if
      * you do not want this behavior.
      *
      * KMainWindows must be created on the heap with 'new', like:
      *  <pre> KMainWindow *kmw = new KMainWindow (...</pre>
      **/
     //LR remove  WDestructiveClose
     KMainWindow( QWidget* parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); //, WFlags f = WType_TopLevel /*| WDestructiveClose*/ ;
 
 
     /**
      * Destructor.
      *
      * Will also destroy the toolbars, and menubar if
      * needed.
      */
     virtual ~KMainWindow();
 
     /**
      * Retrieve the standard help menu.
      *
      * It contains entires for the
      * help system (activated by F1), an optional "What's This?" entry
      * (activated by Shift F1), an application specific dialog box,
      * and an "About KDE" dialog box.
      *
      * Example (adding a standard help menu to your application):
      * <pre>
      * KPopupMenu *help = helpMenu( <myTextString> );
      * menuBar()->insertItem( i18n("&Help"), help );
      * </pre>
      *
      * @param aboutAppText The string that is used in the application
      *        specific dialog box. If you leave this string empty the
      *        information in the global @ref KAboutData of the
      *        application will be used to make a standard dialog box.
      *
      * @param showWhatsThis Set this to false if you do not want to include
      *        the "What's This" menu entry.
      *
      * @return A standard help menu.
      */
 //US    KPopupMenu* helpMenu( const QString &aboutAppText = QString::null,
 //US    bool showWhatsThis = TRUE );
 
     /**
      * Returns the help menu. Creates a standard help menu if none exists yet.
      *
      * It contains entries for the
      * help system (activated by F1), an optional "What's This?" entry
      * (activated by Shift F1), an application specific dialog box,
      * and an "About KDE" dialog box. You must create the application
      * specific dialog box yourself. When the "About application"
      * menu entry is activated, a signal will trigger the
      * @ref showAboutApplication slot. See @ref showAboutApplication for more
      * information.
      *
      * Example (adding a help menu to your application):
      * <pre>
      * menuBar()->insertItem( i18n("&Help"), customHelpMenu() );
      * </pre>
      *
      * @param showWhatsThis Set this to @p false if you do not want to include
      *        the "What's This" menu entry.
      *
      * @return A standard help menu.
      */
 //US    KPopupMenu* customHelpMenu( bool showWhatsThis = TRUE );
 
     /**
      * @sect Session Management
      *
      * Try to restore the toplevel widget as defined by the number (1..X).
      *
      * If the session did not contain so high a number, the configuration
      * is not changed and @p false returned.
      *
      * That means clients could simply do the following:
      * <pre>
      * if (kapp->isRestored()){
      *   int n = 1;
      *   while (KMainWindow::canBeRestored(n)){
      *     (new childMW)->restore(n);
      *     n++;
      *   }
      * } else {
      * // create default application as usual
      * }
      * </pre>
      * Note that @ref QWidget::show() is called implicitly in restore.
      *
      * With this you can easily restore all toplevel windows of your
      * application.
      *
      * If your application uses different kinds of toplevel
      * windows, then you can use @ref KMainWindow::classNameOfToplevel(n)
      * to determine the exact type before calling the childMW
      * constructor in the example from above.
      *
      * If your client has only one kind of toplevel widgets (which
      * should be pretty usual) then you should use the RESTORE-macro
      * for backwards compatibility with 3.1 and 3.0 branches:
      *
      * <pre>
      * if (kapp->isRestored())
      *   RESTORE(childMW)
      * else {
      * // create default application as usual
      * }
      * </pre>
      *
      * The macro expands to the term above but is easier to use and
      * less code to write.
      *
      * For new code or if you have more than one kind of toplevel
      * widget (each derived from @ref KMainWindow, of course), you can
      * use the templated @ref kRestoreMainWindows global functions:
      *
      * <pre>
      * if (kapp->isRestored())
      *   kRestoreMainWindows< childMW1, childMW2, childMW3 >();
      * else {
      * // create default application as usual
      * }
      * </pre>
      *
      * Currently, these functions are provided for up to three
      * template arguments. If you need more, tell us. To help you in
      * deciding whether or not you can use @ref kRestoreMainWindows, a
      * define KDE_RESTORE_MAIN_WINDOWS_NUM_TEMPLATE_ARGS is provided.
      *
      * @see restore()
      * @see classNameOfToplevel()
      *
      **/
     static bool canBeRestored( int number );
 
     /**
      * Returns the @ref className() of the @p number of the toplevel window which
      * should be restored.
      *
      *  This is only useful if your application uses
      * different kinds of toplevel windows.
      */
     static const QString classNameOfToplevel( int number );
 
     /**
      * Restore the session specified by @p number.
      *
      * Returns @p false if this
      * fails, otherwise returns @p true and shows the window.
      * You should call @ref canBeRestored() first.
      * If @p show is true (default), this widget will be shown automatically.
      */
     bool restore( int number, bool show = TRUE );
 
 //US    virtual KXMLGUIFactory *guiFactory();
 
     /**
      * Create a GUI given a local XML file.
      *
      * If @p xmlfile is NULL,
      * then it will try to construct a local XML filename like
      * appnameui.rc where 'appname' is your app's name.  If that file
      * does not exist, then the XML UI code will only use the global
      * (standard) XML file for the layout purposes.
      *
      * Note that when passing true for the conserveMemory argument subsequent
      * calls to guiFactory()->addClient/removeClient may not work as expected.
      * Also retrieving references to containers like popup menus or toolbars using
      * the container method will not work.
      *
      * @param xmlfile The local xmlfile (relative or absolute)
      * @param _conserveMemory Specify whether createGUI() should call
      *     @ref KXMLGuiClient::conserveMemory() to free all memory
      *     allocated by the @ref QDomDocument and by the KXMLGUIFactory.
      */
     void createGUI( const QString &xmlfile = QString::null, bool _conserveMemory = TRUE );
 
     /**
      * Enables the build of a standard help menu when calling createGUI().
      *
      * The default behavior is to build one, you must call this function
      * to disable it
      */
     void setHelpMenuEnabled(bool showHelpMenu = true);
 
     /**
      * Return @p true when the help menu is enabled
      */
     bool isHelpMenuEnabled();
 
 
     /**
      * Returns true, if there is a menubar
      * @since 3.1
      */
      bool hasMenuBar();
 
     /**
      * Returns a pointer to the menu bar.
      *
      * If there is no menu bar yet one will be created.
      **/
 //US    KMenuBar *menuBar();
     QMenuBar *menuBar();
 
     /**
      * Returns a pointer to the status bar.
      *
      *  If there is no
      * status bar yet one will be created.
      */
 //US    KStatusBar *statusBar();
     QStatusBar *statusBar();
 
     /**
      * List of members of KMainWindow class.
      */
 //US    static QPtrList<KMainWindow>* memberList;
 
     /**
      * Returns a pointer to the toolbar with the specified name.
      * This refers to toolbars created dynamically from the XML UI
      * framework.  If the toolbar does not exist one will be created.
      *
      * @param name The internal name of the toolbar. If no name is
      *             specified "mainToolBar" is assumed.
      *
      * @return A pointer to the toolbar
      **/
     KToolBar *toolBar( const char *name=0 );
     // method for getting rid of KDE-Crap
-    QToolBar *tBar( );
+    Q3ToolBar *tBar( );
 
     /**
      * @return An iterator over the list of all toolbars for this window.
      */
-    QPtrListIterator<KToolBar> toolBarIterator();
+    Q3PtrListIterator<KToolBar> toolBarIterator();
 
     /**
      * @return A KAccel instance bound to this mainwindow. Used automatically
      * by KAction to make keybindings work in all cases.
      */
     KAccel *accel();
 
     void setFrameBorderWidth( int ) {}
 
     /**
      * Call this to enable "auto-save" of toolbar/menubar/statusbar settings
      * (and optionally window size).
      * If the *bars were moved around/shown/hidden when the window is closed,
      * saveMainWindowSettings( KGlobal::config(), groupName ) will be called.
      *
      * @param groupName a name that identifies this "type of window".
      * You can have several types of window in the same application.
      *
      * @param saveWindowSize set it to true to include the window size
      * when saving.
      *
      * Typically, you will call setAutoSaveSettings() in your
      * KMainWindow-inherited class constructor, and it will take care
      * of restoring and saving automatically. Make sure you call this
      * _after all_ your *bars have been created.
      */
     void setAutoSaveSettings( const QString & groupName = QString::fromLatin1("MainWindow"),
                               bool saveWindowSize = true );
 
     /**
      * Disable the auto-save-settings feature.
      * You don't normally need to call this, ever.
      */
     void resetAutoSaveSettings();
 
     /**
      * @return the current autosave setting, i.e. true if setAutoSaveSettings() was called,
      * false by default or if resetAutoSaveSettings() was called.
      * @since 3.1
      */
     bool autoSaveSettings() const;
 
     /**
      * @return the group used for setting-autosaving.
      * Only meaningful if setAutoSaveSettings() was called.
      * This can be useful for forcing a save or an apply, e.g. before and after
      * using KEditToolbar.
      * @since 3.1
      */
     QString autoSaveGroup() const;
 
     /**
      * Read settings for statusbar, menubar and toolbar from their respective
      * groups in the config file and apply them.
      *
      * @param config Config file to read the settings from.
      * @param groupName Group name to use. If not specified, the last used
      * group name is used.
      */
     void applyMainWindowSettings(KConfig *config, const QString &groupName = QString::null);
 
     /**
      * Save settings for statusbar, menubar and toolbar to their respective
      * groups in the config file @p config.
      *
      * @param config Config file to save the settings to.
      * @param groupName Group name to use. If not specified, the last used
      * group name is used
      */
     void saveMainWindowSettings(KConfig *config, const QString &groupName = QString::null);
 
     /**
      * Sets whether KMainWindow should provide a menu that allows showing/hiding
      * the available toolbars ( using @ref KToggleToolBarAction ) . In case there
      * is only one toolbar configured a simple 'Show <toolbar name here>' menu item
      * is shown.
      *
      * The menu / menu item is implemented using xmlgui. It will be inserted in your
      * menu structure in the 'Settings' menu.
      *
      * If your application uses a non-standard xmlgui resource file then you can
      * specify the exact position of the menu / menu item by adding a
      * &lt;Merge name="StandardToolBarMenuHandler" /&gt;
      * line to the settings menu section of your resource file ( usually appname.rc ).
      *
      * Note that you should enable this feature before calling createGUI() ( or similar ) .
      * You enable/disable it anytime if you pass false to the conserveMemory argument of createGUI.
      * @since 3.1
      */
     void setStandardToolBarMenuEnabled( bool enable );
     /// @since 3.1
     bool isStandardToolBarMenuEnabled() const;
 
 
     /**
      * Sets whether KMainWindow should provide a menu that allows showing/hiding
      * of the statusbar ( using @ref KToggleStatusBarAction ).
      *
      * The menu / menu item is implemented using xmlgui. It will be inserted
      * in your menu structure in the 'Settings' menu.
      *
      * Note that you should enable this feature before calling createGUI()
      * ( or similar ).
      *
      * If an application maintains the action on its own (i.e. never calls
      * this function) a connection needs to be made to let KMainWindow
      * know when that status (hidden/shown) of the statusbar has changed.
      * For example:
      * connect(action, SIGNAL(activated()),
      *         kmainwindow, SLOT(setSettingsDirty()));
      * Otherwise the status (hidden/show) of the statusbar might not be saved
      * by KMainWindow.
      * @since 3.2
      */
     void createStandardStatusBarAction();
 
 
     /**
      * Returns a pointer to the mainwindows action responsible for the toolbars menu
      * @since 3.1
      */
     KAction *toolBarMenuAction();
 
     // why do we support old gcc versions? using KXMLGUIBuilder::finalizeGUI;
     /// @since 3.1
     virtual void finalizeGUI( KXMLGUIClient *client );
 
     /**
      * @internal
      */
     void finalizeGUI( bool force );
 
     /**
      * @return true if a -geometry argument was given on the command line,
      * and this is the first window created (the one on which this option applies)
      */
     bool initialGeometrySet() const;
 
     /**
      * @internal
      * Used from Konqueror when reusing the main window.
      */
     void ignoreInitialGeometry();
 
     /**
      * @return the size the mainwindow should have so that the central
      * widget will be of @p size.
      */
     QSize sizeForCentralWidgetSize(QSize size);
 
 public slots:
     /**
      * Makes a KDE compliant caption.
      *
      * @param caption Your caption. @em Do @em not include the application name
      * in this string. It will be added automatically according to the KDE
      * standard.
      */
     virtual void setCaption( const QString &caption );
     /**
      * Makes a KDE compliant caption.
      *
      * @param caption Your caption. @em Do @em not include the application name
      * in this string. It will be added automatically according to the KDE
      * standard.
      * @param modified Specify whether the document is modified. This displays
      * an additional sign in the title bar, usually "**".
      */
     virtual void setCaption( const QString &caption, bool modified );
 
     /**
      * Make a plain caption without any modifications.
      *
      * @param caption Your caption. This is the string that will be
      * displayed in the window title.
      */
     virtual void setPlainCaption( const QString &caption );
 
     /**
      * Open the help page for the application.
      *
      *  The application name is
      * used as a key to determine what to display and the system will attempt
      * to open <appName>/index.html.
      *
      * This method is intended for use by a help button in the toolbar or
      * components outside the regular help menu. Use @ref helpMenu() when you
      * want to provide access to the help system from the help menu.
      *
      * Example (adding a help button to the first toolbar):
      *
      * <pre>
      * KIconLoader &loader = *KGlobal::iconLoader();
      * QPixmap pixmap = loader.loadIcon( "help" );
      * toolBar(0)->insertButton( pixmap, 0, SIGNAL(clicked()),
      *   this, SLOT(appHelpActivated()), true, i18n("Help") );
      * </pre>
      *
      */
 //US    void appHelpActivated( void );
 
     /**
      * Apply a state change
      *
      * Enable and disable actions as defined in the XML rc file
      * @since 3.1
      */
     virtual void slotStateChanged(const QString &newstate);
 
     /**
      * Apply a state change
      *
      * Enable and disable actions as defined in the XML rc file,
      * can "reverse" the state (disable the actions which should be
      * enabled, and vice-versa) if specified.
      * @since 3.1
      */
     void slotStateChanged(const QString &newstate,
                           KXMLGUIClient::ReverseStateChange); // KDE 4.0: remove this
 
 
     /**
      * Apply a state change
      *
      * Enable and disable actions as defined in the XML rc file,
      * can "reverse" the state (disable the actions which should be
      * enabled, and vice-versa) if specified.
      */
 //     void slotStateChanged(const QString &newstate,
 //                           bool reverse); // KDE 4.0: enable this
 
     /**
      * Tell the main window that it should save its settings when being closed.
      * This is part of the auto-save-settings feature.
      * For everything related to toolbars this happens automatically,
      * but you have to call setSettingsDirty() in the slot that toggles
      * the visibility of the statusbar.
      */
     void setSettingsDirty();
 
 protected:
     void paintEvent( QPaintEvent* e );
     void childEvent( QChildEvent* e);
     void resizeEvent( QResizeEvent* e);
     /**
      * Reimplemented to call the queryClose() and queryExit() handlers.
      *
      * We recommend that you reimplement the handlers rather than @ref closeEvent().
      * If you do it anyway, ensure to call the base implementation to keep
      * @ref queryExit() running.
      */
     virtual void closeEvent ( QCloseEvent *);
 
     // KDE4 This seems to be flawed to me. Either the app has only one
     // mainwindow, so queryClose() is enough, or if it can have more of them,
     // then the windows should take care of themselves, and queryExit()
     // would be useful only for the annoying 'really quit' dialog, which
     // also doesn't make sense in apps with multiple mainwindows.
     // And saving configuration in something called queryExit()? IMHO
     // one can e.g. use KApplication::shutDown(), which if nothing else
     // has at least better fitting name.
     // See also KApplication::sessionSaving().
     // This stuff should get changed somehow, so that it at least doesn't
     // mess with session management.
     /**
        Called before the very last window is closed, either by the
        user or indirectly by the session manager.
 
        It is not recommended to do any user interaction in this
        function other than indicating severe errors. Better ask the
        user on @ref queryClose() (see below).
 
        A typical usage of @ref queryExit() is to write configuration data back.
        Note that the application may continue to run after @ref queryExit()
        (the user may have cancelled a shutdown), so you should not do any cleanups
        here. The purpose of @ref queryExit() is purely to prepare the application
        (with possible user interaction) so it can safely be closed later (without
        user interaction).
 
        If you need to do serious things on exit (like shutting a
        dial-up connection down), connect to the signal
        @ref KApplication::shutDown().
 
        Default implementation returns @p true. Returning @p false will
        cancel the exiting. In the latter case, the last window will
        remain visible. If KApplication::sessionSaving() is true, refusing
        the exit will also cancel KDE logout.
 
        @see queryClose()
        @see KApplication::sessionSaving()
      */
     virtual bool queryExit();
 
     /**
        Called before the window is closed, either by the user or indirectly by
        the session manager.
 
        The purpose of this function is to prepare the window in a way that it is
        safe to close it, i.e. without the user losing some data.
 
        Default implementation returns true. Returning @p false will cancel
        the closing, and, if KApplication::sessionSaving() is true, it will also
        cancel KDE logout.
 
        Reimplement this function to prevent the user from losing data.
        Example:
        <pre>
 
            switch ( KMessageBox::warningYesNoCancel( this,
 				   i18n("Save changes to document foo?")) ) {
            case KMessageBox::Yes :
              // save document here. If saving fails, return FALSE;
              return TRUE;
            case KMessageBox::No :
              return TRUE;
            default: // cancel
              return FALSE;
 
     </pre>
 
    @see queryExit()
    @see KApplication::sessionSaving()
 
     */
     virtual bool queryClose();
     /**
      * Save your instance-specific properties. The function is
      * invoked when the session manager requests your application
      * to save its state.
      *
      * You @em must @em not change the group of the @p kconfig object, since
      * KMainWindow uses one group for each window.  Please
      * reimplement these function in childclasses.
      *
      * Note: No user interaction is allowed
      * in this function!
      *
      */
     virtual void saveProperties( KConfig* ) {}
 
    /**
     * Read your instance-specific properties.
     */
     virtual void readProperties( KConfig* ) {}
 
    /**
      * Save your application-wide properties. The function is
      * invoked when the session manager requests your application
      * to save its state.
      *
      * This function is similar to @ref saveProperties() but is only called for
      * the very first main window, regardless how many main window are open.
 
      * Override it if you need to save other data about your documents on
      * session end. sessionConfig is a config to which that data should be
      * saved. Normally, you don't need this function. But if you want to save
      * data about your documents that are not in opened windows you might need
      * it.
      *
      * Default implementation does nothing.
      */
     virtual void saveGlobalProperties( KConfig* sessionConfig );
 
     /**
      * The counterpart of @ref saveGlobalProperties().
      *
      * Read the application-specific properties in again.
      */
     virtual void readGlobalProperties( KConfig* sessionConfig );
     void savePropertiesInternal( KConfig*, int );
     bool readPropertiesInternal( KConfig*, int );
 
     /**
      * For inherited classes
      */
     bool settingsDirty() const;
     /**
      * For inherited classes
      */
     QString settingsGroup() const;
     /**
      * For inherited classes
      * Note that the group must be set before calling
      */
     void saveWindowSize( KConfig * config ) const;
     /**
      * For inherited classes
      * Note that the group must be set before calling, and that
      * a -geometry on the command line has priority.
      */
     void restoreWindowSize( KConfig * config );
 
     /// parse the geometry from the geometry command line argument
     void parseGeometry(bool parsewidth);
 
 protected slots:
 
    /**
     * This slot does nothing.
     *
     * It must be reimplemented if you want
     * to use a custom About Application dialog box. This slot is
     * connected to the About Application entry in the menu returned
     * by @ref customHelpMenu.
     *
     * Example:
     * <pre>
     *
     * void MyMainLevel::setupInterface()
     * {
     *   ..
     *   menuBar()->insertItem( i18n("&Help"), customHelpMenu() );
     *   ..
     * }
     *
     * void MyMainLevel::showAboutApplication()
     * {
     *   <activate your custom dialog>
     * }
     * </pre>
     */
 //US    virtual void showAboutApplication();
 
 private slots:
    /**
     * Called when the app is shutting down.
     */
     void shuttingDown();
 
     void saveAutoSaveSettings();
             
 private:
-    QToolBar * mQToolBar;
+    Q3ToolBar * mQToolBar;
 //US    KMenuBar *internalMenuBar();
     QMenuBar *internalMenuBar();
 //US    KStatusBar *internalStatusBar();
     QStatusBar *internalStatusBar();
     
     KMainWindowPrivate *d;
     void initKMainWindow(const char *name);
 
-    QPtrList<KToolBar> toolbarList;
+    Q3PtrList<KToolBar> toolbarList;
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
     
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/knuminput.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/knuminput.cpp
index 335d6f4..da01a20 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/knuminput.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/knuminput.cpp
@@ -1,1095 +1,1098 @@
 // -*- c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
 /*
  * knuminput.cpp
  *
  * Initial implementation:
  *     Copyright (c) 1997 Patrick Dowler <dowler@morgul.fsh.uvic.ca>
  * Rewritten and maintained by:
  *     Copyright (c) 2000 Dirk A. Mueller <mueller@kde.org>
  * KDoubleSpinBox:
  *     Copyright (c) 2002 Marc Mutz <mutz@kde.org>
  *
  *  Requires the Qt widget libraries, available at no cost at
  *  http://www.troll.no/
  *
  *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
  *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
  *  License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
  *  version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
  *
  *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
  *  Library General Public License for more details.
  *
  *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
  *  along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
  *  the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
  *  Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
  */
 
 //US #include <config.h>
 #ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H
 #include <limits.h>
 #endif
 #include <assert.h>
 #include <math.h>
 #include <algorithm>
 
 #include <qlabel.h>
 #include <qlineedit.h>
 #include <qsize.h>
 #include <qslider.h>
 #include <qspinbox.h>
 #include <qstyle.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <QResizeEvent>
+#include <QEvent>
 
 #include <kglobal.h>
 #include <klocale.h>
 #include <kdebug.h>
 
 #include "knumvalidator.h"
 #include "knuminput.h"
 
 static inline int calcDiffByTen( int x, int y ) {
     // calculate ( x - y ) / 10 without overflowing ints:
     return ( x / 10 ) - ( y / 10 )  +  ( x % 10 - y % 10 ) / 10;
 }
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 KNumInput::KNumInput(QWidget* parent, const char* name)
     : QWidget(parent, name)
 {
     init();
 }
 
 KNumInput::KNumInput(KNumInput* below, QWidget* parent, const char* name)
     : QWidget(parent, name)
 {
     init();
 
     if(below) {
         m_next = below->m_next;
         m_prev = below;
         below->m_next = this;
         if(m_next)
             m_next->m_prev = this;
     }
 }
 
 void KNumInput::init()
 {
     m_prev = m_next = 0;
     m_colw1 = m_colw2 = 0;
 
     m_label = 0;
     m_slider = 0;
     m_alignment = 0;
 }
 
 KNumInput::~KNumInput()
 {
     if(m_prev)
         m_prev->m_next = m_next;
 
     if(m_next)
         m_next->m_prev = m_prev;
 }
 
 void KNumInput::setLabel(const QString & label, int a)
 {
     if(label.isEmpty()) {
         delete m_label;
         m_label = 0;
         m_alignment = 0;
     }
     else {
         if (m_label) m_label->setText(label);
         else m_label = new QLabel(label, this, "KNumInput::QLabel");
-        m_label->setAlignment((a & (~(AlignTop|AlignBottom|AlignVCenter)))
-                              | AlignVCenter);
+        m_label->setAlignment((a & (~(Qt::AlignTop|Qt::AlignBottom|Qt::AlignVCenter)))
+                              | Qt::AlignVCenter);
         // if no vertical alignment set, use Top alignment
-        if(!(a & (AlignTop|AlignBottom|AlignVCenter)))
-           a |= AlignTop;
+        if(!(a & (Qt::AlignTop|Qt::AlignBottom|Qt::AlignVCenter)))
+           a |= Qt::AlignTop;
         m_alignment = a;
     }
 
     layout(true);
 }
 
 QString KNumInput::label() const
 {
     if (m_label) return m_label->text();
     return QString::null;
 }
 
 void KNumInput::layout(bool deep)
 {
     int w1 = m_colw1;
     int w2 = m_colw2;
 
     // label sizeHint
     m_sizeLabel = (m_label ? m_label->sizeHint() : QSize(0,0));
 
-    if(m_label && (m_alignment & AlignVCenter))
+    if(m_label && (m_alignment & Qt::AlignVCenter))
         m_colw1 = m_sizeLabel.width() + 4;
     else
         m_colw1 = 0;
 
     // slider sizeHint
     m_sizeSlider = (m_slider ? m_slider->sizeHint() : QSize(0, 0));
 
     doLayout();
 
     if(!deep) {
         m_colw1 = w1;
         m_colw2 = w2;
         return;
     }
 
     KNumInput* p = this;
     while(p) {
         p->doLayout();
         w1 = QMAX(w1, p->m_colw1);
         w2 = QMAX(w2, p->m_colw2);
         p = p->m_prev;
     }
 
     p = m_next;
     while(p) {
         p->doLayout();
         w1 = QMAX(w1, p->m_colw1);
         w2 = QMAX(w2, p->m_colw2);
         p = p->m_next;
     }
 
     p = this;
     while(p) {
         p->m_colw1 = w1;
         p->m_colw2 = w2;
         p = p->m_prev;
     }
 
     p = m_next;
     while(p) {
         p->m_colw1 = w1;
         p->m_colw2 = w2;
         p = p->m_next;
     }
 
 //    kdDebug() << "w1 " << w1 << " w2 " << w2 << endl;
 }
 
 QSizePolicy KNumInput::sizePolicy() const
 {
     return QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Minimum, QSizePolicy::Fixed );
 }
 
 QSize KNumInput::sizeHint() const
 {
     return minimumSizeHint();
 }
 
 void KNumInput::setSteps(int minor, int major)
 {
     if(m_slider)
         m_slider->setSteps( minor, major );
 }
 
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 KIntSpinBox::KIntSpinBox(QWidget *parent, const char *name)
     : QSpinBox(0, 99, 1, parent, name)
 {
-    editor()->setAlignment(AlignRight);
+    setAlignment(Qt::AlignRight);
     val_base = 10;
     setValue(0);
 }
 
 KIntSpinBox::~KIntSpinBox()
 {
 }
 
 KIntSpinBox::KIntSpinBox(int lower, int upper, int step, int value, int base,
                          QWidget* parent, const char* name)
     : QSpinBox(lower, upper, step, parent, name)
 {
-    editor()->setAlignment(AlignRight);
+    setAlignment(Qt::AlignRight);
     val_base = base;
     setValue(value);
 }
 
 void KIntSpinBox::setBase(int base)
 {
     val_base = base;
 }
 
 
 int KIntSpinBox::base() const
 {
     return val_base;
 }
 
 QString KIntSpinBox::mapValueToText(int v)
 {
     return QString::number(v, val_base);
 }
 
 int KIntSpinBox::mapTextToValue(bool* ok)
 {
     return cleanText().toInt(ok, val_base);
 }
 
 void KIntSpinBox::setEditFocus(bool mark)
 {
-    editor()->setFocus();
+    setFocus();
     if(mark)
-        editor()->selectAll();
+        selectAll();
 }
 
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 class KIntNumInput::KIntNumInputPrivate {
 public:
     int referencePoint;
     short blockRelative;
     KIntNumInputPrivate( int r )
 	: referencePoint( r ),
 	  blockRelative( 0 ) {}
 };
 
 
 KIntNumInput::KIntNumInput(KNumInput* below, int val, QWidget* parent,
                            int _base, const char* name)
     : KNumInput(below, parent, name)
 {
     init(val, _base);
 }
 
 KIntNumInput::KIntNumInput(QWidget *parent, const char *name)
     : KNumInput(parent, name)
 {
     init(0, 10);
 }
 
 KIntNumInput::KIntNumInput(int val, QWidget *parent, int _base, const char *name)
     : KNumInput(parent, name)
 {
     init(val, _base);
 
 }
 
 void KIntNumInput::init(int val, int _base)
 {
     d = new KIntNumInputPrivate( val );
     m_spin = new KIntSpinBox(INT_MIN, INT_MAX, 1, val, _base, this, "KIntNumInput::KIntSpinBox");
     m_spin->setValidator(new KIntValidator(this, _base, "KNumInput::KIntValidtr"));
     connect(m_spin, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), SLOT(spinValueChanged(int)));
     connect(this, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)),
 	    SLOT(slotEmitRelativeValueChanged(int)));
 
     setFocusProxy(m_spin);
     layout(true);
 }
 
 void KIntNumInput::setReferencePoint( int ref ) {
     // clip to valid range:
     ref = kMin( maxValue(), kMax( minValue(),  ref ) );
     d->referencePoint = ref;
 }
 
 int KIntNumInput::referencePoint() const {
     return d->referencePoint;
 }
 
 void KIntNumInput::spinValueChanged(int val)
 {
     if(m_slider)
         m_slider->setValue(val);
 
     emit valueChanged(val);
 }
 
 void KIntNumInput::slotEmitRelativeValueChanged( int value ) {
     if ( d->blockRelative || !d->referencePoint ) return;
     emit relativeValueChanged( double( value ) / double( d->referencePoint ) );
 }
 
 void KIntNumInput::setRange(int lower, int upper, int step, bool slider)
 {
     upper = kMax(upper, lower);
     lower = kMin(upper, lower);
     m_spin->setMinValue(lower);
     m_spin->setMaxValue(upper);
     m_spin->setLineStep(step);
 
-    step = m_spin->lineStep(); // maybe QRangeControl didn't like out lineStep?
+    step = m_spin->singleStep(); // maybe QRangeControl didn't like out lineStep?
 
     if(slider) {
 	if (m_slider)
 	    m_slider->setRange(lower, upper);
 	else {
 	    m_slider = new QSlider(lower, upper, step, m_spin->value(),
-				   QSlider::Horizontal, this);
+				   Qt::Horizontal, this);
 	    m_slider->setTickmarks(QSlider::Below);
 	    connect(m_slider, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)),
 		    m_spin, SLOT(setValue(int)));
 	}
 
 	// calculate (upper-lower)/10 without overflowing int's:
         int major = calcDiffByTen( upper, lower );
 	if ( major==0 ) major = step; // #### workaround Qt bug in 2.1-beta4
 
         m_slider->setSteps(step, major);
         m_slider->setTickInterval(major);
     }
     else {
         delete m_slider;
         m_slider = 0;
     }
 
     // check that reference point is still inside valid range:
     setReferencePoint( referencePoint() );
 
     layout(true);
 }
 
 void KIntNumInput::setMinValue(int min)
 {
-    setRange(min, m_spin->maxValue(), m_spin->lineStep(), m_slider);
+    setRange(min, m_spin->maxValue(), m_spin->singleStep(), m_slider);
 }
 
 int KIntNumInput::minValue() const
 {
     return m_spin->minValue();
 }
 
 void KIntNumInput::setMaxValue(int max)
 {
-    setRange(m_spin->minValue(), max, m_spin->lineStep(), m_slider);
+    setRange(m_spin->minValue(), max, m_spin->singleStep(), m_slider);
 }
 
 int KIntNumInput::maxValue() const
 {
     return m_spin->maxValue();
 }
 
 void KIntNumInput::setSuffix(const QString &suffix)
 {
     m_spin->setSuffix(suffix);
 
     layout(true);
 }
 
 QString KIntNumInput::suffix() const
 {
     return m_spin->suffix();
 }
 
 void KIntNumInput::setPrefix(const QString &prefix)
 {
     m_spin->setPrefix(prefix);
 
     layout(true);
 }
 
 QString KIntNumInput::prefix() const
 {
     return m_spin->prefix();
 }
 
 void KIntNumInput::setEditFocus(bool mark)
 {
     m_spin->setEditFocus(mark);
 }
 
 QSize KIntNumInput::minimumSizeHint() const
 {
     constPolish();
 
     int w;
     int h;
 
     h = 2 + QMAX(m_sizeSpin.height(), m_sizeSlider.height());
 
     // if in extra row, then count it here
-    if(m_label && (m_alignment & (AlignBottom|AlignTop)))
+    if(m_label && (m_alignment & (Qt::AlignBottom|Qt::AlignTop)))
         h += 4 + m_sizeLabel.height();
     else
         // label is in the same row as the other widgets
         h = QMAX(h, m_sizeLabel.height() + 2);
 
     w = m_slider ? m_slider->sizeHint().width() + 8 : 0;
     w += m_colw1 + m_colw2;
 
-    if(m_alignment & (AlignTop|AlignBottom))
+    if(m_alignment & (Qt::AlignTop|Qt::AlignBottom))
         w = QMAX(w, m_sizeLabel.width() + 4);
 
     return QSize(w, h);
 }
 
 void KIntNumInput::doLayout()
 {
     m_sizeSpin = m_spin->sizeHint();
     m_colw2 = m_sizeSpin.width();
 
     if (m_label)
         m_label->setBuddy(m_spin);
 }
 
 void KIntNumInput::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent* e)
 {
     int w = m_colw1;
     int h = 0;
 
-    if(m_label && (m_alignment & AlignTop)) {
+    if(m_label && (m_alignment & Qt::AlignTop)) {
         m_label->setGeometry(0, 0, e->size().width(), m_sizeLabel.height());
         h += m_sizeLabel.height() + 4;
     }
 
-    if(m_label && (m_alignment & AlignVCenter))
+    if(m_label && (m_alignment & Qt::AlignVCenter))
         m_label->setGeometry(0, 0, w, m_sizeSpin.height());
 
     m_spin->setGeometry(w, h, m_slider ? m_colw2 : QMAX(m_colw2, e->size().width() - w), m_sizeSpin.height());
     w += m_colw2 + 8;
 
     if(m_slider)
         m_slider->setGeometry(w, h, e->size().width() - w, m_sizeSpin.height());
 
     h += m_sizeSpin.height() + 2;
 
-    if(m_label && (m_alignment & AlignBottom))
+    if(m_label && (m_alignment & Qt::AlignBottom))
         m_label->setGeometry(0, h, m_sizeLabel.width(), m_sizeLabel.height());
 }
 
 KIntNumInput::~KIntNumInput()
 {
 	delete d;
 }
 
 void KIntNumInput::setValue(int val)
 {
     m_spin->setValue(val);
     // slider value is changed by spinValueChanged
 }
 
 void KIntNumInput::setRelativeValue( double r ) {
     if ( !d->referencePoint ) return;
     ++d->blockRelative;
     setValue( int( d->referencePoint * r + 0.5 ) );
     --d->blockRelative;
 }
 
 double KIntNumInput::relativeValue() const {
     if ( !d->referencePoint ) return 0;
     return double( value() ) / double ( d->referencePoint );
 }
 
 int  KIntNumInput::value() const
 {
     return m_spin->value();
 }
 
 void KIntNumInput::setSpecialValueText(const QString& text)
 {
     m_spin->setSpecialValueText(text);
     layout(true);
 }
 
 QString KIntNumInput::specialValueText() const
 {
     return m_spin->specialValueText();
 }
 
 void KIntNumInput::setLabel(const QString & label, int a)
 {
     KNumInput::setLabel(label, a);
 
     if(m_label)
         m_label->setBuddy(m_spin);
 }
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 class KDoubleNumInput::KDoubleNumInputPrivate {
 public:
     KDoubleNumInputPrivate( double r )
 	: spin( 0 ),
 	  referencePoint( r ),
 	  blockRelative ( 0 ) {}
     KDoubleSpinBox * spin;
     double referencePoint;
     short blockRelative;
 };
 
 KDoubleNumInput::KDoubleNumInput(QWidget *parent, const char *name)
     : KNumInput(parent, name)
 {
     init(0.0, 0.0, 9999.0, 0.01, 2);
 }
 
 KDoubleNumInput::KDoubleNumInput(double lower, double upper, double value,
 				 double step, int precision, QWidget* parent,
 				 const char *name)
     : KNumInput(parent, name)
 {
     init(value, lower, upper, step, precision);
 }
 
 KDoubleNumInput::KDoubleNumInput(KNumInput *below,
 				 double lower, double upper, double value,
 				 double step, int precision, QWidget* parent,
 				 const char *name)
     : KNumInput(below, parent, name)
 {
     init(value, lower, upper, step, precision);
 }
 
 KDoubleNumInput::KDoubleNumInput(double value, QWidget *parent, const char *name)
     : KNumInput(parent, name)
 {
     init(value, kMin(0.0, value), kMax(0.0, value), 0.01, 2 );
 }
 
 KDoubleNumInput::KDoubleNumInput(KNumInput* below, double value, QWidget* parent,
                                  const char* name)
     : KNumInput(below, parent, name)
 {
     init( value, kMin(0.0, value), kMax(0.0, value), 0.01, 2 );
 }
 
 KDoubleNumInput::~KDoubleNumInput()
 {
 	delete d;
 }
 
 // ### remove when BIC changes are allowed again:
 
 bool KDoubleNumInput::eventFilter( QObject * o, QEvent * e ) {
     return KNumInput::eventFilter( o, e );
 }
 
 void KDoubleNumInput::resetEditBox() {
 
 }
 
 // ### end stuff to remove when BIC changes are allowed again
 
 
 
 void KDoubleNumInput::init(double value, double lower, double upper,
 			   double step, int precision )
 {
     // ### init no longer used members:
     edit = 0;
     m_range = true;
     m_value = 0.0;
     m_precision = 2;
     // ### end
 
     d = new KDoubleNumInputPrivate( value );
 
     d->spin = new KDoubleSpinBox( lower, upper, step, value, precision,
 				  this, "KDoubleNumInput::d->spin" );
     setFocusProxy(d->spin);
     connect( d->spin, SIGNAL(valueChanged(double)),
 	     this, SIGNAL(valueChanged(double)) );
     connect( this, SIGNAL(valueChanged(double)),
 	     this, SLOT(slotEmitRelativeValueChanged(double)) );
 
     updateLegacyMembers();
 
     layout(true);
 }
 
 void KDoubleNumInput::updateLegacyMembers() {
     // ### update legacy members that are either not private or for
     // which an inlined getter exists:
     m_lower = minValue();
     m_upper = maxValue();
     m_step = d->spin->lineStep();
     m_specialvalue = specialValueText();
 }
 
 
 double KDoubleNumInput::mapSliderToSpin( int val ) const
 {
     // map [slidemin,slidemax] to [spinmin,spinmax]
     double spinmin = d->spin->minValue();
     double spinmax = d->spin->maxValue();
     double slidemin = m_slider->minValue(); // cast int to double to avoid
     double slidemax = m_slider->maxValue(); // overflow in rel denominator
     double rel = ( double(val) - slidemin ) / ( slidemax - slidemin );
     return spinmin + rel * ( spinmax - spinmin );
 }
 
 void KDoubleNumInput::sliderMoved(int val)
 {
     d->spin->setValue( mapSliderToSpin( val ) );
 }
 
 void KDoubleNumInput::slotEmitRelativeValueChanged( double value )
 {
     if ( !d->referencePoint ) return;
     emit relativeValueChanged( value / d->referencePoint );
 }
 
 QSize KDoubleNumInput::minimumSizeHint() const
 {
     constPolish();
 
     int w;
     int h;
 
     h = 2 + QMAX(m_sizeEdit.height(), m_sizeSlider.height());
 
     // if in extra row, then count it here
-    if(m_label && (m_alignment & (AlignBottom|AlignTop)))
+    if(m_label && (m_alignment & (Qt::AlignBottom|Qt::AlignTop)))
         h += 4 + m_sizeLabel.height();
     else
         // label is in the same row as the other widgets
 	h = QMAX(h, m_sizeLabel.height() + 2);
 
     w = m_slider ? m_slider->sizeHint().width() + 8 : 0;
     w += m_colw1 + m_colw2;
 
-    if(m_alignment & (AlignTop|AlignBottom))
+    if(m_alignment & (Qt::AlignTop|Qt::AlignBottom))
         w = QMAX(w, m_sizeLabel.width() + 4);
 
     return QSize(w, h);
 }
 
 void KDoubleNumInput::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent* e)
 {
     int w = m_colw1;
     int h = 0;
 
-    if(m_label && (m_alignment & AlignTop)) {
+    if(m_label && (m_alignment & Qt::AlignTop)) {
         m_label->setGeometry(0, 0, e->size().width(), m_sizeLabel.height());
         h += m_sizeLabel.height() + 4;
     }
 
-    if(m_label && (m_alignment & AlignVCenter))
+    if(m_label && (m_alignment & Qt::AlignVCenter))
         m_label->setGeometry(0, 0, w, m_sizeEdit.height());
 
     d->spin->setGeometry(w, h, m_slider ? m_colw2
                                           : e->size().width() - w, m_sizeEdit.height());
     w += m_colw2 + 8;
 
     if(m_slider)
         m_slider->setGeometry(w, h, e->size().width() - w, m_sizeEdit.height());
 
     h += m_sizeEdit.height() + 2;
 
-    if(m_label && (m_alignment & AlignBottom))
+    if(m_label && (m_alignment & Qt::AlignBottom))
         m_label->setGeometry(0, h, m_sizeLabel.width(), m_sizeLabel.height());
 }
 
 void KDoubleNumInput::doLayout()
 {
     m_sizeEdit = d->spin->sizeHint();
     m_colw2 = m_sizeEdit.width();
 }
 
 void KDoubleNumInput::setValue(double val)
 {
     d->spin->setValue( val );
 }
 
 void KDoubleNumInput::setRelativeValue( double r )
 {
     if ( !d->referencePoint ) return;
     ++d->blockRelative;
     setValue( r * d->referencePoint );
     --d->blockRelative;
 }
 
 void KDoubleNumInput::setReferencePoint( double ref )
 {
     // clip to valid range:
     ref = kMin( maxValue(), kMax( minValue(), ref ) );
     d->referencePoint = ref;
 }
 
 void KDoubleNumInput::setRange(double lower, double upper, double step,
                                                            bool slider)
 {
     if( m_slider ) {
 	// don't update the slider to avoid an endless recursion
 	QSpinBox * spin = d->spin;
 	disconnect(spin, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)),
 		m_slider, SLOT(setValue(int)) );
     }
     d->spin->setRange( lower, upper, step, d->spin->precision() );
 
     if(slider) {
 	// upcast to base type to get the min/maxValue in int form:
 	QSpinBox * spin = d->spin;
         int slmax = spin->maxValue();
 	int slmin = spin->minValue();
         int slvalue = spin->value();
-	int slstep = spin->lineStep();
+	int slstep = spin->singleStep();
         if (m_slider) {
             m_slider->setRange(slmin, slmax);
 	    m_slider->setLineStep(slstep);
             m_slider->setValue(slvalue);
         } else {
             m_slider = new QSlider(slmin, slmax, slstep, slvalue,
-                                   QSlider::Horizontal, this);
+                                   Qt::Horizontal, this);
             m_slider->setTickmarks(QSlider::Below);
 	    // feedback line: when one moves, the other moves, too:
             connect(m_slider, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)),
                     SLOT(sliderMoved(int)) );
         }
 	connect(spin, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)),
 			m_slider, SLOT(setValue(int)) );
 	// calculate ( slmax - slmin ) / 10 without overflowing ints:
 	int major = calcDiffByTen( slmax, slmin );
 	if ( !major ) major = slstep; // ### needed?
         m_slider->setTickInterval(major);
     } else {
         delete m_slider;
         m_slider = 0;
     }
 
     setReferencePoint( referencePoint() );
 
     layout(true);
     updateLegacyMembers();
 }
 
 void KDoubleNumInput::setMinValue(double min)
 {
     setRange(min, maxValue(), d->spin->lineStep(), m_slider);
 }
 
 double KDoubleNumInput::minValue() const
 {
     return d->spin->minValue();
 }
 
 void KDoubleNumInput::setMaxValue(double max)
 {
     setRange(minValue(), max, d->spin->lineStep(), m_slider);
 }
 
 double KDoubleNumInput::maxValue() const
 {
     return d->spin->maxValue();
 }
 
 double  KDoubleNumInput::value() const
 {
     return d->spin->value();
 }
 
 double KDoubleNumInput::relativeValue() const
 {
     if ( !d->referencePoint ) return 0;
     return value() / d->referencePoint;
 }
 
 double KDoubleNumInput::referencePoint() const
 {
     return d->referencePoint;
 }
 
 QString KDoubleNumInput::suffix() const
 {
     return d->spin->suffix();
 }
 
 QString KDoubleNumInput::prefix() const
 {
     return d->spin->prefix();
 }
 
 void KDoubleNumInput::setSuffix(const QString &suffix)
 {
     d->spin->setSuffix( suffix );
 
     layout(true);
 }
 
 void KDoubleNumInput::setPrefix(const QString &prefix)
 {
     d->spin->setPrefix( prefix );
 
     layout(true);
 }
 
 void KDoubleNumInput::setPrecision(int precision)
 {
     d->spin->setPrecision( precision );
 
     layout(true);
 }
 
 int KDoubleNumInput::precision() const
 {
     return d->spin->precision();
 }
 
 void KDoubleNumInput::setSpecialValueText(const QString& text)
 {
     d->spin->setSpecialValueText( text );
 
     layout(true);
     updateLegacyMembers();
 }
 
 void KDoubleNumInput::setLabel(const QString & label, int a)
 {
     KNumInput::setLabel(label, a);
 
     if(m_label)
         m_label->setBuddy(d->spin);
 
 }
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 // We use a kind of fixed-point arithmetic to represent the range of
 // doubles [mLower,mUpper] in steps of 10^(-mPrecision). Thus, the
 // following relations hold:
 //
 // 1. factor = 10^mPrecision
 // 2. basicStep = 1/factor = 10^(-mPrecision);
 // 3. lowerInt = lower * factor;
 // 4. upperInt = upper * factor;
 // 5. lower = lowerInt * basicStep;
 // 6. upper = upperInt * basicStep;
 class KDoubleSpinBox::Private {
 public:
   Private( int precision=1 )
     : mPrecision( precision ),
       mValidator( 0 )
   {
   }
 
   int factor() const {
     int f = 1;
     for ( int i = 0 ; i < mPrecision ; ++i ) f *= 10;
     return f;
   }
 
   double basicStep() const {
     return 1.0/double(factor());
   }
 
   int mapToInt( double value, bool * ok ) const {
     assert( ok );
     const double f = factor();
     if ( value > double(INT_MAX) / f ) {
       kdWarning() << "KDoubleSpinBox: can't represent value " << value
 		  << "in terms of fixed-point numbers with precision "
 		  << mPrecision << endl;
       *ok = false;
       return INT_MAX;
     } else if ( value < double(INT_MIN) / f ) {
       kdWarning() << "KDoubleSpinBox: can't represent value " << value
 		  << "in terms of fixed-point numbers with precision "
 		  << mPrecision << endl;
       *ok = false;
       return INT_MIN;
     } else {
       *ok = true;
       return int( value * f + ( value < 0 ? -0.5 : 0.5 ) );
     }
   }
 
   double mapToDouble( int value ) const {
     return double(value) * basicStep();
   }
 
   int mPrecision;
   KDoubleValidator * mValidator;
 };
 
 KDoubleSpinBox::KDoubleSpinBox( QWidget * parent, const char * name )
   : QSpinBox( parent, name )
 {
-  editor()->setAlignment( Qt::AlignRight );
+  setAlignment( Qt::AlignRight );
   d = new Private();
   updateValidator();
 }
 
 KDoubleSpinBox::KDoubleSpinBox( double lower, double upper, double step,
 				double value, int precision,
 				QWidget * parent, const char * name )
   : QSpinBox( parent, name )
 {
-  editor()->setAlignment( Qt::AlignRight );
+  setAlignment( Qt::AlignRight );
   d = new Private();
   setRange( lower, upper, step, precision );
   setValue( value );
   connect( this, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), SLOT(slotValueChanged(int)) );
 }
 
 KDoubleSpinBox::~KDoubleSpinBox() {
   delete d; d = 0;
 }
 
 bool KDoubleSpinBox::acceptLocalizedNumbers() const {
   if ( !d->mValidator ) return true; // we'll set one that does;
                                      // can't do it now, since we're const
   return d->mValidator->acceptLocalizedNumbers();
 }
 
 void KDoubleSpinBox::setAcceptLocalizedNumbers( bool accept ) {
   if ( !d->mValidator ) updateValidator();
   d->mValidator->setAcceptLocalizedNumbers( accept );
 }
 
 void KDoubleSpinBox::setRange( double lower, double upper, double step,
 			       int precision ) {
   lower = kMin(upper, lower);
   upper = kMax(upper, lower);
   setPrecision( precision, true ); // disable bounds checking, since
   setMinValue( lower );            // it's done in set{Min,Max}Value
   setMaxValue( upper );            // anyway and we want lower, upper
   setLineStep( step );             // and step to have the right precision
 }
 
 int KDoubleSpinBox::precision() const {
   return d->mPrecision;
 }
 
 void KDoubleSpinBox::setPrecision( int precision ) {
     setPrecision( precision, false );
 }
 
 void KDoubleSpinBox::setPrecision( int precision, bool force ) {
   if ( precision < 1 ) return;
   if ( !force ) {
     int maxPrec = maxPrecision();
     if ( precision > maxPrec )
       precision = maxPrec;
   }
   d->mPrecision = precision;
   updateValidator();
 }
 
 int KDoubleSpinBox::maxPrecision() const {
     // INT_MAX must be > maxAbsValue * 10^precision
     // ==> 10^precision < INT_MAX / maxAbsValue
     // ==> precision < log10 ( INT_MAX / maxAbsValue )
     // ==> maxPrecision = floor( log10 ( INT_MAX / maxAbsValue ) );
     double maxAbsValue = kMax( fabs(minValue()), fabs(maxValue()) );
     if ( maxAbsValue == 0 ) return 6; // return arbitrary value to avoid dbz...
 
     return int( floor( log10( double(INT_MAX) / maxAbsValue ) ) );
 }
 
 double KDoubleSpinBox::value() const {
   return d->mapToDouble( base::value() );
 }
 
 void KDoubleSpinBox::setValue( double value ) {
     if ( value == this->value() ) return;
     if ( value < minValue() )
 	base::setValue( base::minValue() );
     else if ( value > maxValue() )
 	base::setValue( base::maxValue() );
     else {
 	bool ok = false;
 	base::setValue( d->mapToInt( value, &ok ) );
 	assert( ok );
     }
 }
 
 double KDoubleSpinBox::minValue() const {
   return d->mapToDouble( base::minValue() );
 }
 
 void KDoubleSpinBox::setMinValue( double value ) {
   bool ok = false;
   int min = d->mapToInt( value, &ok );
   if ( !ok ) return;
   base::setMinValue( min );
   updateValidator();
 }
 
 
 double KDoubleSpinBox::maxValue() const {
   return d->mapToDouble( base::maxValue() );
 }
 
 void KDoubleSpinBox::setMaxValue( double value ) {
   bool ok = false;
   int max = d->mapToInt( value, &ok );
   if ( !ok ) return;
   base::setMaxValue( max );
   updateValidator();
 }
 
 double KDoubleSpinBox::lineStep() const {
-  return d->mapToDouble( base::lineStep() );
+  return d->mapToDouble( base::singleStep() );
 }
 
 void KDoubleSpinBox::setLineStep( double step ) {
   bool ok = false;
   if ( step > maxValue() - minValue() )
     base::setLineStep( 1 );
   else
     base::setLineStep( kMax( d->mapToInt( step, &ok ), 1 ) );
 }
 
 QString KDoubleSpinBox::mapValueToText( int value ) {
   if ( acceptLocalizedNumbers() )
     return KGlobal::locale()
       ->formatNumber( d->mapToDouble( value ), d->mPrecision );
   else
     return QString().setNum( d->mapToDouble( value ), 'f', d->mPrecision );
 }
 
 int KDoubleSpinBox::mapTextToValue( bool * ok ) {
   double value;
   if ( acceptLocalizedNumbers() )
     value = KGlobal::locale()->readNumber( cleanText(), ok );
   else
     value = cleanText().toDouble( ok );
   if ( !*ok ) return 0;
   if ( value > maxValue() )
     value = maxValue();
   else if ( value < minValue() )
     value = minValue();
   return d->mapToInt( value, ok );
 }
 
 void KDoubleSpinBox::setValidator( const QValidator * ) {
   // silently discard the new validator. We don't want another one ;-)
 }
 
 void KDoubleSpinBox::slotValueChanged( int value ) {
   emit valueChanged( d->mapToDouble( value ) );
 }
 
 void KDoubleSpinBox::updateValidator() {
   if ( !d->mValidator ) {
     d->mValidator =  new KDoubleValidator( minValue(), maxValue(), precision(),
 					   this, "d->mValidator" );
-    base::setValidator( d->mValidator );
+    lineEdit()->setValidator( d->mValidator );
   } else
     d->mValidator->setRange( minValue(), maxValue(), precision() );
 }
 
 void KNumInput::virtual_hook( int, void* )
 { /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
 
 void KIntNumInput::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
 { KNumInput::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
 
 void KDoubleNumInput::virtual_hook( int id, void* data )
 { KNumInput::virtual_hook( id, data ); }
 
 void KIntSpinBox::virtual_hook( int, void* )
 { /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
 
 void KDoubleSpinBox::virtual_hook( int, void* )
 { /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
 
 //US #include "knuminput.moc"
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/knuminput.h b/microkde/kdeui/knuminput.h
index 123fefa..9f9e200 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/knuminput.h
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/knuminput.h
@@ -1,948 +1,957 @@
 /*
  * knuminput.h
  *
  *  Copyright (c) 1997 Patrick Dowler <dowler@morgul.fsh.uvic.ca>
  *  Copyright (c) 2000 Dirk A. Mueller <mueller@kde.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2002 Marc Mutz <mutz@kde.org>
  *
  *  Requires the Qt widget libraries, available at no cost at
  *  http://www.troll.no/
  *
  *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
  *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
  *  License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
  *  version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
  *
  *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
  *  Library General Public License for more details.
  *
  *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
  *  along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
  *  the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
  *  Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
  */
 
 #ifndef K_NUMINPUT_H
 #define K_NUMINPUT_H
 
 #include <qwidget.h>
 #include <qspinbox.h>
+#include <QLineEdit>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <QResizeEvent>
+#include <QLabel>
+#include <QEvent>
 
 class QLabel;
 class QSlider;
 class QLineEdit;
 class QLayout;
 class QValidator;
 
 class KIntSpinBox;
 
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
 
 /**
  * You need to inherit from this class if you want to implement K*NumInput
  * for a different variable type
  *
  */
 class KNumInput : public QWidget
 {
     Q_OBJECT
     Q_PROPERTY( QString label READ label WRITE setLabel )
 public:
     /**
      * Default constructor
      *
      */
     KNumInput(QWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0);
 
     /**
      * @param below A pointer to another KNumInput.
      *
      */
     KNumInput(KNumInput* below, QWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0);
     ~KNumInput();
 
     /**
      * Sets the text and alignment of the main description label.
      *
      * @param label The text of the label.
      *              Use QString::null to remove an existing one.
      *
      * @param a one of @p AlignLeft, @p AlignHCenter, YAlignRight and
      *          @p AlignTop, @p AlignVCenter, @p AlignBottom.
      *          default is @p AlignLeft | @p AlignTop.
      *
      * The vertical alignment flags have special meaning with this
      * widget:
      *
      *     @li @p AlignTop     The label is placed above the edit/slider
      *     @li @p AlignVCenter The label is placed left beside the edit
      *     @li @p AlignBottom  The label is placed below the edit/slider
      *
      */
-    virtual void setLabel(const QString & label, int a = AlignLeft | AlignTop);
+    virtual void setLabel(const QString & label, int a = Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignTop);
 
     /**
      * @return the text of the label.
      */
     QString label() const;
 
     /**
      * @return if the num input has a slider.
      * @since 3.1
      */
     bool showSlider() const { return m_slider; }
 
     /**
      * Sets the spacing of tickmarks for the slider.
      *
      * @param minor Minor tickmark separation.
      * @param major Major tickmark separation.
      */
     void setSteps(int minor, int major);
 
     /**
      * Specifies that this widget may stretch horizontally, but is
      * fixed vertically (like @ref QSpinBox itself).
      */
     QSizePolicy sizePolicy() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns a size which fits the contents of the control.
      *
      * @return the preferred size necessary to show the control
      */
     virtual QSize sizeHint() const;
 
 protected:
     /**
      * Call this function whenever you change something in the geometry
      * of your KNumInput child.
      *
      */
     void layout(bool deep);
 
     /**
      * You need to overwrite this method and implement your layout
      * calculations there.
      *
      * See KIntNumInput::doLayout and KDoubleNumInput::doLayout implementation
      * for details.
      *
      */
     virtual void doLayout() = 0;
 
     KNumInput* m_prev, *m_next;
     int m_colw1, m_colw2;
 
     QLabel*  m_label;
     QSlider* m_slider;
     QSize    m_sizeSlider, m_sizeLabel;
 
     int      m_alignment;
 
 private:
     void init();
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
 private:
     class KNumInputPrivate;
     KNumInputPrivate *d;
 };
 
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
 
 /**
  * KIntNumInput combines a @ref QSpinBox and optionally a @ref QSlider
  * with a label to make an easy to use control for setting some integer
  * parameter. This is especially nice for configuration dialogs,
  * which can have many such combinated controls.
  *
  * The slider is created only when the user specifies a range
  * for the control using the setRange function with the slider
  * parameter set to "true".
  *
  * A special feature of KIntNumInput, designed specifically for
  * the situation when there are several KIntNumInputs in a column,
  * is that you can specify what portion of the control is taken by the
  * QSpinBox (the remaining portion is used by the slider). This makes
  * it very simple to have all the sliders in a column be the same size.
  *
  * It uses @ref KIntValidator validator class. KIntNumInput enforces the
  * value to be in the given range, and can display it in any base
  * between 2 and 36.
  *
  * @short An input widget for integer numbers, consisting of a spinbox and a slider.
  * @version $Id$
  */
 
 class KIntNumInput : public KNumInput
 {
     Q_OBJECT
     Q_PROPERTY( int value READ value WRITE setValue )
     Q_PROPERTY( int minValue READ minValue WRITE setMinValue )
     Q_PROPERTY( int maxValue READ maxValue WRITE setMaxValue )
     Q_PROPERTY( int referencePoint READ referencePoint WRITE setReferencePoint )
     Q_PROPERTY( QString suffix READ suffix WRITE setSuffix )
     Q_PROPERTY( QString prefix READ prefix WRITE setPrefix )
     Q_PROPERTY( QString specialValueText READ specialValueText WRITE setSpecialValueText )
 
 public:
     /**
      * Constructs an input control for integer values
      * with base 10 and initial value 0.
      */
     KIntNumInput(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Constructor
      * It constructs a QSpinBox that allows the input of integer numbers
      * in the range of -INT_MAX to +INT_MAX. To set a descriptive label,
      * use setLabel(). To enforce the value being in a range and optionally to
      * attach a slider to it, use setRange().
      *
      * @param value  initial value for the control
      * @param base   numeric base used for display
      * @param parent parent QWidget
      * @param name   internal name for this widget
      */
     KIntNumInput(int value, QWidget* parent=0, int base = 10, const char *name=0);
 
     /**
      * Constructor
      *
      * the difference to the one above is the "below" parameter. It tells
      * this instance that it is visually put below some other KNumInput widget.
      * Note that these two KNumInput's need not to have the same parent widget
      * or be in the same layout group.
      * The effect is that it'll adjust it's layout in correspondence
      * with the layout of the other KNumInput's (you can build an arbitary long
      * chain).
      *
      * @param below  append KIntNumInput to the KNumInput chain
      * @param value  initial value for the control
      * @param base   numeric base used for display
      * @param parent parent QWidget
      * @param name   internal name for this widget
      */
     KIntNumInput(KNumInput* below, int value, QWidget* parent=0, int base = 10, const char *name=0);
 
     /**
      * Destructor
      *
      *
      */
     virtual ~KIntNumInput();
 
     /**
      * @return the current value.
      */
     int value() const;
 
     /**
      * @return the curent value in units of the @ref referencePoint.
      * @since 3.1
      */
     double relativeValue() const;
 
     /**
      * @return the current reference point
      * @since 3.1
      */
     int referencePoint() const;
 
     /**
      * @return the suffix displayed behind the value.
      * @see #setSuffix()
      */
     QString suffix() const;
     /**
      * @return the prefix displayed in front of the value.
      * @see #setPrefix()
      */
     QString prefix() const;
     /**
      * @return the string displayed for a special value.
      * @see #setSpecialValueText()
      */
     QString specialValueText() const;
 
     /**
      * @param min  minimum value
      * @param max  maximum value
      * @param step step size for the QSlider
      */
     void setRange(int min, int max, int step=1, bool slider=true);
     /**
      * Sets the minimum value.
      */
     void setMinValue(int min);
     /**
      * @return the minimum value.
      */
     int minValue() const;
     /**
      * Sets the maximum value.
      */
     void setMaxValue(int max);
     /**
      * @return the maximum value.
      */
     int maxValue() const;
 
     /**
      * Sets the special value text. If set, the SpinBox will display
      * this text instead of the numeric value whenever the current
      * value is equal to minVal(). Typically this is used for indicating
      * that the choice has a special (default) meaning.
      */
     void setSpecialValueText(const QString& text);
 
     /**
      * @reimplemented
      */
-    virtual void setLabel(const QString & label, int a = AlignLeft | AlignTop);
+    virtual void setLabel(const QString & label, int a = Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignTop);
 
     /**
      * This method returns the minimum size necessary to display the
      * control. The minimum size is enough to show all the labels
      * in the current font (font change may invalidate the return value).
      *
      * @return the minimum size necessary to show the control
      */
     virtual QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
 
 public slots:
     /**
      * Sets the value of the control.
      */
     void setValue(int);
 
     /** 
      * Sets the value in units of the @ref referencePoint
      * @since 3.1
      */
     void setRelativeValue(double);
 
     /**
      * Sets the reference point for @ref relativeValue.
      * @since 3.1
      */
     void setReferencePoint(int);
 
     /**
      * Sets the suffix to @p suffix.
      * Use QString::null to disable this feature.
      * Formatting has to be provided (e.g. a space separator between the
      * prepended @p value and the suffix's text has to be provided
      * as the first character in the suffix).
      *
      * @see QSpinBox::setSuffix(), #setPrefix()
      */
     void setSuffix(const QString &suffix);
 
     /**
      * Sets the prefix to @p prefix.
      * Use QString::null to disable this feature.
      * Formatting has to be provided (see above).
      *
      * @see QSpinBox::setPrefix(), #setSuffix()
      */
     void setPrefix(const QString &prefix);
 
     /**
      * sets focus to the edit widget and marks all text in if mark == true
      *
      */
     void setEditFocus( bool mark = true );
 
 signals:
     /**
      * Emitted every time the value changes (by calling @ref setValue() or
      * by user interaction).
      */
     void valueChanged(int);
 
     /**
      * Emitted whenever @ref #valueChanged is. Contains the change
      * relative to the @ref referencePoint.
      * @since 3.1
      */
     void relativeValueChanged(double);
 
 private slots:
     void spinValueChanged(int);
     void slotEmitRelativeValueChanged(int); 
 
 protected:
     /**
      * @reimplemented
      */
     virtual void doLayout();
     /**
      * @reimplemented
      */
     void resizeEvent ( QResizeEvent * );
 
     KIntSpinBox* m_spin;
     QSize        m_sizeSpin;
 
 private:
     void init(int value, int _base);
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
 private:
     class KIntNumInputPrivate;
     KIntNumInputPrivate *d;
 };
 
 
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
 
 class KDoubleLine;
 
 /**
  * KDoubleNumInput combines a @ref QSpinBox and optionally a @ref QSlider
  * with a label to make an easy to use control for setting some float
  * parameter. This is especially nice for configuration dialogs,
  * which can have many such combinated controls.
  *
  * The slider is created only when the user specifies a range
  * for the control using the setRange function with the slider
  * parameter set to "true".
  *
  * A special feature of KDoubleNumInput, designed specifically for
  * the situation when there are several instances in a column,
  * is that you can specify what portion of the control is taken by the
  * QSpinBox (the remaining portion is used by the slider). This makes
  * it very simple to have all the sliders in a column be the same size.
  *
  * It uses the @ref KDoubleValidator validator class. KDoubleNumInput
  * enforces the value to be in the given range, but see the class
  * documentation of @ref KDoubleSpinBox for the tricky
  * interrelationship of precision and values. All of what is said
  * there applies here, too.
  *
  * @see KIntNumInput, KDoubleSpinBox
  * @short An input control for real numbers, consisting of a spinbox and a slider.
  */
 
 class KDoubleNumInput : public KNumInput
 {
     Q_OBJECT
     Q_PROPERTY( double value READ value WRITE setValue )
     Q_PROPERTY( double minValue READ minValue WRITE setMinValue )
     Q_PROPERTY( double maxValue READ maxValue WRITE setMaxValue )
     Q_PROPERTY( QString suffix READ suffix WRITE setSuffix )
     Q_PROPERTY( QString prefix READ prefix WRITE setPrefix )
     Q_PROPERTY( QString specialValueText READ specialValueText WRITE setSpecialValueText )
     Q_PROPERTY( int precision READ precision WRITE setPrecision )
 
 public:
     /**
      * Constructs an input control for double values
      * with initial value 0.00.
      */
     KDoubleNumInput(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
 
     /**
      * @deprecated (value is rounded to a multiple of 1/100)
      * Constructor
      *
      * @param value  initial value for the control
      * @param parent parent QWidget
      * @param name   internal name for this widget
      */
     KDoubleNumInput(double value, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
 
     /**
      * Constructor
      *
      * @param lower lower boundary value
      * @param upper upper boundary value
      * @param value  initial value for the control
      * @param step   step size to use for up/down arrow clicks
      * @param precision number of digits after the decimal point
      * @param parent parent QWidget
      * @param name   internal name for this widget
      * @since 3.1
      */
     KDoubleNumInput(double lower, double upper, double value, double step=0.01,
 		    int precision=2, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
 
     /**
      * destructor
      */
     virtual ~KDoubleNumInput();
 
     /**
      * @deprecated (rounds @p value to a mulitple of 1/100)
      * Constructor
      *
      * puts it below other KNumInput
      *
      * @param  below
      * @param  value  initial value for the control
      * @param  parent parent QWidget
      * @param  name   internal name for this widget
      **/
     KDoubleNumInput(KNumInput* below, double value, QWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0);
 
     /**
      * Constructor
      *
      * puts it below other KNumInput
      *
      * @param lower lower boundary value
      * @param upper upper boundary value
      * @param value  initial value for the control
      * @param step   step size to use for up/down arrow clicks
      * @param precision number of digits after the decimal point
      * @param parent parent QWidget
      * @param name   internal name for this widget
      * @since 3.1
      */
     KDoubleNumInput(KNumInput* below,
 		    double lower, double upper, double value, double step=0.02,
 		    int precision=2, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
 
     /**
      * @return the current value.
      */
     double value() const;
 
     /**
      * @return the suffix.
      * @see #setSuffix()
      */
     QString suffix() const;
 
     /**
      * @return the prefix.
      * @see #setPrefix()
      */
     QString prefix() const;
 
     /**
      * @return the precision.
      * @see #setPrecision()
      */
     int precision() const;
 
     /**
      * @return the string displayed for a special value.
      * @see #setSpecialValueText()
      */
     QString specialValueText() const { return m_specialvalue; }
 
      /**
      * @param min  minimum value
      * @param max  maximum value
      * @param step step size for the QSlider
      */
     void setRange(double min, double max, double step=1, bool slider=true);
     /**
      * Sets the minimum value.
      */
     void setMinValue(double min);
     /**
      * @return the minimum value.
      */
     double minValue() const;
     /**
      * Sets the maximum value.
      */
     void setMaxValue(double max);
     /**
      * @return the maximum value.
      */
     double maxValue() const;
 
     /**
      * Specifies the number of digits to use.
      */
     void setPrecision(int precision);
 
     /**
      * @return the reference point for @ref #relativeValue calculation
      * @since 3.1
      */
     double referencePoint() const;
 
     /**
      * @return the current value in units of @ref #referencePoint.
      * @since 3.1
      */
     double relativeValue() const;
 
     /**
      * Sets the special value text. If set, the spin box will display
      * this text instead of the numeric value whenever the current
      * value is equal to @ref #minVal(). Typically this is used for indicating
      * that the choice has a special (default) meaning.
      */
     void setSpecialValueText(const QString& text);
 
     /**
      * @reimplemented
      */
-    virtual void setLabel(const QString & label, int a = AlignLeft | AlignTop);
+    virtual void setLabel(const QString & label, int a = Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignTop);
     /**
      * @reimplemented
      */
     virtual QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
     /**
      * @reimplemented
      */
     virtual bool eventFilter(QObject*, QEvent*);
 
 public slots:
     /**
      * Sets the value of the control.
      */
     void setValue(double);
 
     /**
      * Sets the value in units of @ref #referencePoint.
      * @since 3.1
      */
     void setRelativeValue(double);
 
     /**
      * Sets the reference Point to @p ref. It @p ref == 0, emitting of
      * @ref #relativeValueChanged is blocked and @ref #relativeValue
      * just returns 0.
      * @since 3.1
      */
     void setReferencePoint(double ref);
 
     /**
      * Sets the suffix to be displayed to @p suffix. Use QString::null to disable
      * this feature. Note that the suffix is attached to the value without any
      * spacing. So if you prefer to display a space separator, set suffix
      * to something like " cm".
      * @see #setSuffix()
      */
     void setSuffix(const QString &suffix);
 
     /**
      * Sets the prefix to be displayed to @p prefix. Use QString::null to disable
      * this feature. Note that the prefix is attached to the value without any
      * spacing.
      * @see #setPrefix()
      */
     void setPrefix(const QString &prefix);
 
 signals:
     /**
      * Emitted every time the value changes (by calling @ref setValue() or
      * by user interaction).
      */
     void valueChanged(double);
     /**
      * This is an overloaded member function, provided for
      * convenience. It essentially behaves like the above function.
      *
      * Contains the value in units of @ref #referencePoint.
      * @since 3.1
      */
     void relativeValueChanged(double);
 
 private slots:
     void sliderMoved(int);
     void slotEmitRelativeValueChanged(double);
 
 protected:
 
     /**
      * @reimplemented
      */
     virtual void doLayout();
     /**
      * @reimplemented
      */
     void resizeEvent ( QResizeEvent * );
     virtual void resetEditBox();
 
     // ### no longer used, remove when BIC allowed
     KDoubleLine*   edit;
 
     bool     m_range;
     double   m_lower, m_upper, m_step;
     // ### end no longer used
 
     QSize    m_sizeEdit;
 
     friend class KDoubleLine;
 private:
     void init(double value, double lower, double upper,
 	      double step, int precision);
     double mapSliderToSpin(int) const;
     void updateLegacyMembers();
     // ### no longer used, remove when BIC allowed:
     QString  m_specialvalue, m_prefix, m_suffix;
     double   m_value;
     short    m_precision;
     // ### end remove when BIC allowed
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
 private:
     class KDoubleNumInputPrivate;
     KDoubleNumInputPrivate *d;
 };
 
 
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
 
 /**
  *  A @ref QSpinBox with support for arbitrary base numbers
  *  (e.g. hexadecimal).
  *
  *  The class provides an easy interface to use other
  *  numeric systems than the decimal.
  *
  *  @short A @ref QSpinBox with support for arbitrary base numbers.
  */
 class KIntSpinBox : public QSpinBox
 {
     Q_OBJECT
     Q_PROPERTY( int base READ base WRITE setBase )
 
 public:
 
     /**
      *  Constructor.
      *
      *  Constructs a widget with an integer inputline with a little scrollbar
      *  and a slider, with minimal value 0, maximal value 99, step 1, base 10
      *  and initial value 0.
      */
     KIntSpinBox( QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
 
     /**
      *  Constructor.
      *
      *  Constructs a widget with an integer inputline with a little scrollbar
      *  and a slider.
      *
      *  @param lower  The lowest valid value.
      *  @param upper  The greatest valid value.
      *  @param step   The step size of the scrollbar.
      *  @param value  The actual value.
      *  @param base   The base of the used number system.
      *  @param parent The parent of the widget.
      *  @param name   The Name of the widget.
      */
     KIntSpinBox(int lower, int upper, int step, int value, int base = 10,
                 QWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
 
     /**
      *  Destructor.
      */
     virtual ~KIntSpinBox();
 
     /**
      * Sets the base in which the numbers in the spin box are represented.
      */
     void setBase(int base);
     /**
      * @return the base in which numbers in the spin box are represented.
      */
     int base() const;
     /**
      * sets focus and optionally marks all text
      *
      */
     void setEditFocus(bool mark);
 
+    void setValidator(const QValidator *v) {
+	lineEdit()->setValidator(v);
+    }
+
 protected:
 
     /**
      *  Overloaded the method in QSpinBox
      *  to make use of the base given in the constructor.
      */
     virtual QString mapValueToText(int);
 
     /**
      *  Overloaded the method in QSpinBox
      *  to make use of the base given in the constructor.
      */
     virtual int mapTextToValue(bool*);
 
 private:
     int val_base;
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
 private:
     class KIntSpinBoxPrivate;
     KIntSpinBoxPrivate *d;
 };
 
 
 /* --------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
 /**
    This class provides a spin box for fractional numbers.
 
    @sect Parameters
 
    There are a number of interdependent parameters whose relation to
    each other you need to understand in order to make successful use
    of the spin box.
 
    @li precision: The number of decimals after the decimal point.
    @li maxValue/minValue: upper and lower bound of the valid range
    @li lineStep: the size of the step that is taken when the user hits
                  the up or down buttons
 
    Since we work with fixed-point numbers internally, the maximum
    precision is a function of the valid range and vice versa. More
    precisely, the following relations hold:
    <pre>
    max( abs(minValue()), abs(maxValue() ) <= INT_MAX/10^precision
    maxPrecision = floor( log10( INT_MAX/max(abs(minValue()),abs(maxValue())) ) )
    </pre>
 
    Since the value, bounds and step are rounded to the current
    precision, you may experience that the order of setting above
    parameters matters. E.g. the following are @em not equivalent (try
    it!):
 
    <pre>
    // sets precision,
    // then min/max value (rounded to precison and clipped to obtainable range if needed)
    // then value and lineStep
    KDoubleSpinBox * spin = new KDoubleSpinBox( 0, 9.999, 0.001, 4.321, 3, this );
 
    // sets minValue to 0; maxValue to 10.00(!); value to 4.32(!) and only then
    // increases the precision - too late, since e.g. value has already been rounded...
    KDpubleSpinBox * spin = new KDoubleSpinBox( this );
    spin->setMinValue( 0 );
    spin->setMaxValue( 9.999 );
    spin->setValue( 4.321 );
    spin->setPrecision( 3 );
    </pre>
 
    @short A spin box for fractional numbers.
    @author Marc Mutz <mutz@kde.org>
    @version $Id$
    @since 3.1
 **/
 
 class KDoubleSpinBox : public QSpinBox {
   Q_OBJECT
   Q_PROPERTY( bool acceptLocalizedNumbers READ acceptLocalizedNumbers WRITE setAcceptLocalizedNumbers )
   Q_OVERRIDE( double maxValue READ maxValue WRITE setMaxValue )
   Q_OVERRIDE( double minValue READ minValue WRITE setMinValue )
   Q_OVERRIDE( double lineStep READ lineStep WRITE setLineStep )
   Q_OVERRIDE( double value READ value WRITE setValue )
   Q_PROPERTY( int precision READ precision WRITE setPrecision )
 
 public:
   /** Constructs a @ref KDoubleSpinBox with parent @p parent and
       default values for range and value (whatever @ref QRangeControl
       uses) and precision (2). */
   KDoubleSpinBox( QWidget * parent=0, const char * name=0 );
   /** Constructs a @ref KDoubleSpinBox with parent @p parent, range
       [@p lower,@p upper], @ref lineStep @p step, @ref precision @p
       precision and initial value @p value. */
   KDoubleSpinBox( double lower, double upper, double step, double value,
 		  int precision=2, QWidget * parent=0, const char * name=0 );
 
   virtual ~KDoubleSpinBox();
 
   /** @return whether the spinbox uses localized numbers */
   bool acceptLocalizedNumbers() const;
   /** Sets whether to use and accept localized numbers as returned by
       @ref KLocale::formatNumber() */
   virtual void setAcceptLocalizedNumbers( bool accept );
 
   /** Sets a new range for the spin box values. Note that @p lower, @p
       upper and @p step are rounded to @p precision decimal points
       first. */
   void setRange( double lower, double upper, double step=0.01, int precision=2 );
 
   /** @return the current number of decimal points displayed. */
   int precision() const;
   /** Equivalent to @ref setPrecsion( @p precison, @p false ); Needed
       since Qt's moc doesn't ignore trailing parameters with default
       args when searching for a property setter method. */
   void setPrecision( int precision );
   /** Sets the number of decimal points to use. Note that there is a
       tradeoff between the precision used and the available range of
       values. See the class docs for more.
       @param precision the new number of decimal points to use
 
       @param force disables checking of bound violations that can
              arise if you increase the precision so much that the
              minimum and maximum values can't be represented
              anymore. Disabling is useful if you don't want to keep
              the current min and max values anyway. This is what
              e.g. @ref setRange() does.
   **/
   virtual void setPrecision( int precision, bool force );
 
   /** @return the current value */
   double value() const;
   /** @return the current lower bound */
   double minValue() const;
   /** Sets the lower bound of the range to @p value, subject to the
       contraints that @p value is first rounded to the current
       precision and then clipped to the maximum representable
       interval.
       @see maxValue, minValue, setMaxValue, setRange
   */
   void setMinValue( double value );
   /** @return the current upper bound */
   double maxValue() const;
   /** Sets the upper bound of the range to @p value, subject to the
       contraints that @p value is first rounded to the current
       precision and then clipped to the maximum representable
       interval.
       @see minValue, maxValue, setMinValue, setRange
   */
   void setMaxValue( double value );
 
   /** @return the current step size */
   double lineStep() const;
   /** Sets the step size for clicking the up/down buttons to @p step,
       subject to the constraints that @p step is first rounded to the
       current precision and then clipped to the meaningful interval
       [1, @p maxValue - @p minValue]. */
   void setLineStep( double step );
 
   /** Overridden to ignore any setValidator() calls. */
   void setValidator( const QValidator * );
 
 signals:
   /** Emitted whenever @ref QSpinBox::valueChanged( int ) is emitted. */
   void valueChanged( double value );
 
 public slots:
   /** Sets the current value to @p value, cubject to the constraints
       that @p value is frist rounded to the current precision and then
       clipped to the interval [@p minvalue(),@p maxValue()]. */
   virtual void setValue( double value );
 
 protected:
   virtual QString mapValueToText(int);
   virtual int mapTextToValue(bool*);
 
 protected slots:
   void slotValueChanged( int value );
 
 protected:
  virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
 private:
   typedef QSpinBox base; 
   void updateValidator();
   int maxPrecision() const;
 
   class Private;
   Private * d;
 };
 
 #endif // K_NUMINPUT_H
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kpopupmenu.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/kpopupmenu.cpp
index 96d2a87..7e1503c 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/kpopupmenu.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kpopupmenu.cpp
@@ -1,19 +1,22 @@
 
 #include <kpopupmenu.h>
 #include <qtimer.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <QFocusEvent>
+#include <Q3PopupMenu>
 
 
 KPopupMenu::KPopupMenu ( QWidget * parent, const char * name )
-    : QPopupMenu ( parent, name ) {;}
+    : Q3PopupMenu ( parent, name ) {;}
 
 
 
 KMenuBar::KMenuBar ( QWidget * parent, const char * name )
     : QPEMenuBar ( parent, name ) {}
 
 void KMenuBar::focusOutEvent ( QFocusEvent * e)
 { 
     QPEMenuBar::focusOutEvent( e );
     QTimer::singleShot( 100, this, SIGNAL ( lostFocus() ) );
     
 }
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kpopupmenu.h b/microkde/kdeui/kpopupmenu.h
index fd00f36..1c903ad 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/kpopupmenu.h
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kpopupmenu.h
@@ -1,32 +1,34 @@
 #ifndef KPOPUPMENU_H
 #define KPOPUPMENU_H
 
-#include <qpopupmenu.h>
+#include <q3popupmenu.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <QFocusEvent>
 #ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION
 #include <qmenubar.h>
 #define QPEMenuBar QMenuBar
 #else
 #include <qpe/qpemenubar.h>
 #endif
 
-class KPopupMenu : public QPopupMenu
+class KPopupMenu : public Q3PopupMenu
 {
 Q_OBJECT
     public:
     KPopupMenu ( QWidget * parent=0, const char * name=0 );
 
 };
 
 
 class KMenuBar : public QPEMenuBar
 {
 Q_OBJECT
     public:
     KMenuBar ( QWidget * parent=0, const char * name=0 );
  signals:
   void lostFocus();
  protected:
   void focusOutEvent ( QFocusEvent * e);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kseparator.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/kseparator.cpp
index d028420..66000f0 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/kseparator.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kseparator.cpp
@@ -1,121 +1,123 @@
 /*
  *   Copyright (C) 1997  Michael Roth <mroth@wirlweb.de>
  *
  *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  *   it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by
  *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
  *   (at your option) any later version.
  *
  *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  *   GNU Library General Public License for more details.
  *
  *   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
  *   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
  *   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
  *
  */
 
 #include <qstyle.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3Frame>
 
 #include <kdebug.h>
 //US #include <kapplication.h>
 
 //US #include "kseparator.moc"
 
 #include "kseparator.h"
 
-KSeparator::KSeparator(QWidget* parent, const char* name, WFlags f)
-   : QFrame(parent, name, f)
+KSeparator::KSeparator(QWidget* parent, const char* name, Qt::WFlags f)
+   : Q3Frame(parent, name, f)
 {
    setLineWidth(1);
    setMidLineWidth(0);
    setOrientation( HLine );
 }
 
 
 
-KSeparator::KSeparator(int orientation, QWidget* parent, const char* name, WFlags f)
-   : QFrame(parent, name, f)
+KSeparator::KSeparator(int orientation, QWidget* parent, const char* name, Qt::WFlags f)
+   : Q3Frame(parent, name, f)
 {
    setLineWidth(1);
    setMidLineWidth(0);
    setOrientation( orientation );
 }
 
 
 
 void KSeparator::setOrientation(int orientation)
 {
    switch(orientation)
    {
-      case Vertical:
+       case Qt::Vertical:
       case VLine:
-         setFrameStyle( QFrame::VLine | QFrame::Sunken );
+         setFrameStyle( Q3Frame::VLine | Q3Frame::Sunken );
          setMinimumSize(2, 0);
          break;
       
       default:
          kdWarning() << "KSeparator::setOrientation(): invalid orientation, using default orientation HLine" << endl;
          
-      case Horizontal:
+      case Qt::Horizontal:
       case HLine:
-         setFrameStyle( QFrame::HLine | QFrame::Sunken );
+         setFrameStyle( Q3Frame::HLine | Q3Frame::Sunken );
          setMinimumSize(0, 2);
          break;
    }
 }
 
 
 
 int KSeparator::orientation() const
 {
    if ( frameStyle() & VLine )
       return VLine;
    
    if ( frameStyle() & HLine )
       return HLine;
    
    return 0;
 }
 
 void KSeparator::drawFrame(QPainter *p)
 {
    QPoint	p1, p2;
    QRect	r     = frameRect();
    const QColorGroup & g = colorGroup();
 
    if ( frameStyle() & HLine ) {
       p1 = QPoint( r.x(), r.height()/2 );
       p2 = QPoint( r.x()+r.width(), p1.y() );
    }
    else {
       p1 = QPoint( r.x()+r.width()/2, 0 );
       p2 = QPoint( p1.x(), r.height() );
    }
 
 /*US
    QStyleOption opt( lineWidth(), midLineWidth() );
    style().drawPrimitive( QStyle::PE_Separator, p, QRect( p1, p2 ), g,
 		          QStyle::Style_Sunken, opt );
 */
 //LRstyle().drawSeparator( p, p1.x(), p1.y(), p2.x(), p2.y(), g, true, lineWidth(), midLineWidth());
 
 }
 
 
 QSize KSeparator::sizeHint() const
 {
    if ( frameStyle() & VLine )
       return QSize(2, 0);
    
    if ( frameStyle() & HLine )
       return QSize(0, 2);
    
    return QSize(-1, -1);
 }
 
 void KSeparator::virtual_hook( int, void* )
 { /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
 
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kseparator.h b/microkde/kdeui/kseparator.h
index 6d2712a..c673475 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/kseparator.h
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kseparator.h
@@ -1,77 +1,77 @@
 /*
  *   Copyright (C) 1997  Michael Roth <mroth@wirlweb.de>
  *
  *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  *   it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by
  *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
  *   (at your option) any later version.
  *
  *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  *   GNU Library General Public License for more details.
  *
  *   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
  *   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
  *   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
  *
  */
 
 #ifndef __KSEPARATOR_H__
 #define __KSEPARATOR_H__
 
-#include <qframe.h>
+#include <q3frame.h>
 
 /**
  * Standard horizontal or vertical separator.
  *
  * @author Michael Roth <mroth@wirlweb.de>
  * @version $Id$
 */
-class KSeparator : public QFrame
+class KSeparator : public Q3Frame
 {
   Q_OBJECT
   Q_PROPERTY( int orientation READ orientation WRITE setOrientation )
  public:
   /**
    * Constructor.
    **/
-  KSeparator(QWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0, WFlags f=0);
+  KSeparator(QWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0, Qt::WFlags f=0);
   /**
    * Constructor.
    *
    * @param orientation Set the orientation of the separator.
    * Possible values are HLine or Horizontal and VLine or Vertical.
    **/
   KSeparator(int orientation, QWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0, 
-	     WFlags f=0);
+	     Qt::WFlags f=0);
   
   /**
    * Returns the orientation of the separator.
    *
    * Possible values are VLine and HLine.
    **/
   int orientation() const;
   
   /**
    * Set the orientation of the separator to @p orient
    *
    * Possible values are VLine and HLine.
    */
   void setOrientation(int orient);
   
   /**
    * The recommended height (width) for a horizontal (vertical) separator.
    **/
   virtual QSize sizeHint() const;
 
 protected:
   virtual void drawFrame( QPainter * );
 protected:
   virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
 private:
   class KSeparatorPrivate* d;
 };
 
 
 #endif // __KSEPARATOR_H__
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/ksqueezedtextlabel.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/ksqueezedtextlabel.cpp
index 37fa29a..e2c61fd 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/ksqueezedtextlabel.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/ksqueezedtextlabel.cpp
@@ -1,107 +1,110 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
    Copyright (C) 2000 Ronny Standtke <Ronny.Standtke@gmx.de>
 
    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
    License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 
    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
    Library General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 #include "ksqueezedtextlabel.h"
 #include <qtooltip.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <QResizeEvent>
+#include <QLabel>
 
 KSqueezedTextLabel::KSqueezedTextLabel( const QString &text , QWidget *parent, const char *name )
  : QLabel ( parent, name ) {
   setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Expanding, QSizePolicy::Fixed ));
   fullText = text;
   squeezeTextToLabel();
 }
 
 KSqueezedTextLabel::KSqueezedTextLabel( QWidget *parent, const char *name )
  : QLabel ( parent, name ) {
   setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Expanding, QSizePolicy::Fixed ));
 }
 
 void KSqueezedTextLabel::resizeEvent( QResizeEvent * ) {
   squeezeTextToLabel();
 }
 
 QSize KSqueezedTextLabel::minimumSizeHint() const
 {
   QSize sh = QLabel::minimumSizeHint();
   sh.setWidth(-1);
   return sh;
 }
 
 void KSqueezedTextLabel::setText( const QString &text ) {
   fullText = text;
   squeezeTextToLabel();
 }
 
 void KSqueezedTextLabel::squeezeTextToLabel() {
   QFontMetrics fm(fontMetrics());
   int labelWidth = size().width();
   int textWidth = fm.width(fullText);
   if (textWidth > labelWidth) {
     // start with the dots only
     QString squeezedText = "...";
     int squeezedWidth = fm.width(squeezedText);
 
     // estimate how many letters we can add to the dots on both sides
     int letters = fullText.length() * (labelWidth - squeezedWidth) / textWidth / 2;
     if (labelWidth < squeezedWidth) letters=1;
     squeezedText = fullText.left(letters) + "..." + fullText.right(letters);
     squeezedWidth = fm.width(squeezedText);
 
     if (squeezedWidth < labelWidth) {
         // we estimated too short
         // add letters while text < label
         do {
                 letters++;
                 squeezedText = fullText.left(letters) + "..." + fullText.right(letters);
                 squeezedWidth = fm.width(squeezedText);
         } while (squeezedWidth < labelWidth);
         letters--;
         squeezedText = fullText.left(letters) + "..." + fullText.right(letters);
     } else if (squeezedWidth > labelWidth) {
         // we estimated too long
         // remove letters while text > label
         do {
             letters--;
             squeezedText = fullText.left(letters) + "..." + fullText.right(letters);
             squeezedWidth = fm.width(squeezedText);
         } while (letters && squeezedWidth > labelWidth);
     }
 
     if (letters < 5) {
     	// too few letters added -> we give up squeezing
     	QLabel::setText(fullText);
     } else {
 	QLabel::setText(squeezedText);
     }
 
 //US    QToolTip::remove( this );
 //US    QToolTip::add( this, fullText );
 
   } else {
     QLabel::setText(fullText);
 
 //US    QToolTip::remove( this );
 //US    QToolTip::hide();
 
   };
 }
 
 void KSqueezedTextLabel::virtual_hook( int, void* )
 { /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
 
 //US #include "ksqueezedtextlabel.moc"
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/ksqueezedtextlabel.h b/microkde/kdeui/ksqueezedtextlabel.h
index 1634adc..487d0b0 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/ksqueezedtextlabel.h
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/ksqueezedtextlabel.h
@@ -1,76 +1,78 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
    Copyright (C) 2000 Ronny Standtke <Ronny.Standtke@gmx.de>
 
    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
    License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 
    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
    Library General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 #ifndef KSQUEEZEDTEXTLABEL_H
 #define KSQUEEZEDTEXTLABEL_H
 
 #include <qlabel.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <QResizeEvent>
 
 /**
  * A label class that squeezes its text into the label
  *
  * If the text is too long to fit into the label it is divided into
  * remaining left and right parts which are separated by three dots.
  *
  * Example:
  * http://www.kde.org/documentation/index.html could be squeezed to
  * http://www.kde...ion/index.html
 
  * @short A replacement for QLabel that squeezes its text
  * @author Ronny Standtke <Ronny.Standtke@gmx.de>
  * @version $Id$
  *
  */
 
 /*
  * @ref QLabel
  */
 class KSqueezedTextLabel : public QLabel {
   Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
   /**
    * Default constructor.
    */
   KSqueezedTextLabel( QWidget *parent, const char *name = 0 );
   KSqueezedTextLabel( const QString &text, QWidget *parent, const char *name = 0 );
 
   virtual QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
 
 public slots:
   void setText( const QString & );
 
 protected:
   /**
    * used when widget is resized
    */
   void resizeEvent( QResizeEvent * );
   /**
    * does the dirty work
    */
   void squeezeTextToLabel();
   QString fullText;
 
 protected:
   virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
 private:
   class KSqueezedTextLabelPrivate;
   KSqueezedTextLabelPrivate *d;
 };
 
 #endif // KSQUEEZEDTEXTLABEL_H
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kstdaction.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/kstdaction.cpp
index cfd7b54..f0d162d 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/kstdaction.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kstdaction.cpp
@@ -1,362 +1,362 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
    Copyright (C) 1999,2000 Kurt Granroth <granroth@kde.org>
 
    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
    License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 
    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
    Library General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 #include "kstdaction.h"
 
 #include <qtoolbutton.h>
-#include <qwhatsthis.h>
+#include <q3whatsthis.h>
 
 //US #include <kaboutdata.h>
 #include <kaction.h>
 #include <kapplication.h>
 #include <kdebug.h>
 #include <kglobal.h>
 #include <kiconloader.h>
 #include <klocale.h>
 //US #include <kstdaccel.h>
 //US #include <kmainwindow.h>
 
 namespace KStdAction
 {
 
 struct KStdActionInfo
 {
 	StdAction id;
 /*US	KStdAccel::StdAccel idAccel;*/
 	const char* psName;
 	const char* psLabel;
 	const char* psWhatsThis;
 	const char* psIconName;
 };
 
 const KStdActionInfo g_rgActionInfo[] =
 {
 	{ New,           /*USKStdAccel::New,*/ "file_new", I18N_NOOP("&New"), 0, "filenew" },
 	{ Open,          /*USKStdAccel::Open,*/ "file_open", I18N_NOOP("&Open..."), 0, "fileopen" },
 	{ OpenRecent,    /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "file_open_recent", I18N_NOOP("Open &Recent"), 0, 0 },
 	{ Save,          /*USKStdAccel::Save,*/ "file_save", I18N_NOOP("&Save"), 0, "filesave" },
 	{ SaveAs,        /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "file_save_as", I18N_NOOP("Save &As..."), 0, "filesaveas" },
 	{ Revert,        /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "file_revert", I18N_NOOP("Re&vert"), 0, "revert" },
 	{ Close,         /*USKStdAccel::Close,*/ "file_close", I18N_NOOP("&Close"), 0, "fileclose" },
 	{ Print,         /*USKStdAccel::Print,*/ "file_print", I18N_NOOP("&Print..."), 0, "fileprint" },
 	{ PrintPreview,  /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "file_print_preview", I18N_NOOP("Print Previe&w..."), 0, "filequickprint" },
 	{ Mail,          /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "file_mail", I18N_NOOP("&Mail..."), 0, "mail_send" },
 	{ Quit,          /*USKStdAccel::Quit,*/ "file_quit", I18N_NOOP("&Exit"), 0, "exit" },
 
 	{ Undo,          /*USKStdAccel::Undo,*/ "edit_undo", I18N_NOOP("&Undo"), 0, "undo" },
 	{ Redo,          /*USKStdAccel::Redo,*/ "edit_redo", I18N_NOOP("Re&do"), 0, "redo" },
 	{ Cut,           /*USKStdAccel::Cut,*/ "edit_cut", I18N_NOOP("Cu&t"), 0, "editcut" },
 	{ Copy,          /*USKStdAccel::Copy,*/ "edit_copy", I18N_NOOP("&Copy"), 0, "editcopy" },
 	{ Paste,         /*USKStdAccel::Paste,*/ "edit_paste", I18N_NOOP("&Paste"), 0, "editpaste" },
 	{ SelectAll,     /*USKStdAccel::SelectAll,*/ "edit_select_all", I18N_NOOP("Select &All"), 0, 0 },
 	{ Deselect,      /*USKStdAccel::Deselect,*/ "edit_deselect", I18N_NOOP("Dese&lect"), 0, 0 },
 	{ Find,          /*USKStdAccel::Find,*/ "edit_find", I18N_NOOP("&Find..."), 0, "find" },
 	{ FindNext,      /*USKStdAccel::FindNext,*/ "edit_find_next", I18N_NOOP("Find &Next"), 0, "next" },
 	// FIXME: rename edit_find_last to edit_find_prev for KDE 4
 	{ FindPrev,      /*USKStdAccel::FindPrev,*/ "edit_find_last", I18N_NOOP("Find Pre&vious"), 0, "previous" },
 	{ Replace,       /*USKStdAccel::Replace,*/ "edit_replace", I18N_NOOP("&Replace..."), 0, 0 },
 
 	{ ActualSize,    /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "view_actual_size", I18N_NOOP("&Actual Size"), 0, 0 },
 	{ FitToPage,     /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "view_fit_to_page", I18N_NOOP("&Fit to Page"), 0, 0 },
 	{ FitToWidth,    /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "view_fit_to_width", I18N_NOOP("Fit to Page &Width"), 0, 0 },
 	{ FitToHeight,   /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "view_fit_to_height", I18N_NOOP("Fit to Page &Height"), 0, 0 },
 	{ ZoomIn,        /*USKStdAccel::ZoomIn,*/ "view_zoom_in", I18N_NOOP("Zoom &In"), 0, "viewmag+" },
 	{ ZoomOut,       /*USKStdAccel::ZoomOut,*/ "view_zoom_out", I18N_NOOP("Zoom &Out"), 0, "viewmag-" },
 	{ Zoom,          /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "view_zoom", I18N_NOOP("&Zoom..."), 0, "viewmag" },
 	{ Redisplay,     /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "view_redisplay", I18N_NOOP("&Redisplay"), 0, "reload" },
 
 	{ Up,            /*USKStdAccel::Up,*/ "go_up", I18N_NOOP("&Up"), 0, "up" },
 	// The following three have special i18n() needs for sLabel
 	{ Back,          /*USKStdAccel::Back,*/ "go_back", 0, 0, "back" },
 	{ Forward,       /*USKStdAccel::Forward,*/ "go_forward", 0, 0, "forward" },
 	{ Home,          /*USKStdAccel::Home,*/ "go_home", 0, 0, "gohome" },
 	{ Prior,         /*USKStdAccel::Prior,*/ "go_previous", I18N_NOOP("&Previous Page"), 0, "previous" },
 	{ Next,          /*USKStdAccel::Next,*/ "go_next", I18N_NOOP("&Next Page"), 0, "next" },
 	{ Goto,          /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "go_goto", I18N_NOOP("&Go To..."), 0, 0 },
 	{ GotoPage,      /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "go_goto_page", I18N_NOOP("&Go to Page..."), 0, "goto" },
 	{ GotoLine,      /*USKStdAccel::GotoLine,*/ "go_goto_line", I18N_NOOP("&Go to Line..."), 0, 0 },
 	{ FirstPage,     /*USKStdAccel::Home,*/ "go_first", I18N_NOOP("&First Page"), 0, "top" },
 	{ LastPage,      /*USKStdAccel::End,*/ "go_last", I18N_NOOP("&Last Page"), 0, "bottom" },
 
 	{ AddBookmark,   /*USKStdAccel::AddBookmark,*/ "bookmark_add", I18N_NOOP("&Add Bookmark"), 0, "bookmark_add" },
 	{ EditBookmarks, /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "bookmark_edit", I18N_NOOP("&Edit Bookmarks"), 0, "bookmark" },
 
 	{ Spelling,      /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "tools_spelling", I18N_NOOP("&Spelling..."), 0, "spellcheck" },
 
 	{ ShowMenubar,   /*USKStdAccel::ShowMenubar,*/ "options_show_menubar", I18N_NOOP("Show &Menubar"), 0, "showmenu" },
 	{ ShowToolbar,   /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "options_show_toolbar", I18N_NOOP("Show &Toolbar"), 0, 0 },
 	{ ShowStatusbar, /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "options_show_statusbar", I18N_NOOP("Show St&atusbar"), 0, 0 },
 	{ SaveOptions,   /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "options_save_options", I18N_NOOP("&Save Settings"), 0, 0 },
 	{ KeyBindings,   /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "options_configure_keybinding", I18N_NOOP("Configure S&hortcuts..."), 0,"configure_shortcuts" },
 	{ Preferences,   /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "options_configure", I18N_NOOP("&Configure %1..."), 0, "configure" },
 	{ ConfigureToolbars, /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "options_configure_toolbars", I18N_NOOP("Configure Tool&bars..."), 0,"configure_toolbars" },
 	{ ConfigureNotifications, /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "options_configure_notifications", I18N_NOOP("Configure &Notifications..."), 0, "knotify" },
 
 	{ Help,          /*USKStdAccel::Help,*/ "help", 0, 0, "help" },
 	{ HelpContents,  /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "help_contents", I18N_NOOP("%1 &Handbook"), 0, "contents" },
 	{ WhatsThis,     /*USKStdAccel::WhatsThis,*/ "help_whats_this", I18N_NOOP("What's &This?"), 0, "contexthelp" },
 	{ TipofDay,      /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "help_show_tip", I18N_NOOP("Tip of the &Day"), 0, "idea" },
 	{ ReportBug,     /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "help_report_bug", I18N_NOOP("&Report Bug..."), 0, 0 },
 	{ AboutApp,      /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "help_about_app", I18N_NOOP("&About %1"), 0, 0 },
 	{ AboutKDE,      /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ "help_about_kde", I18N_NOOP("About &KDE"), 0,"about_kde" },
 	{ ActionNone, /*USKStdAccel::AccelNone,*/ 0, 0, 0, 0 }
 };
 
 static const KStdActionInfo* infoPtr( StdAction id )
 {
 	for( uint i = 0; g_rgActionInfo[i].id != ActionNone; i++ ) {
 		if( g_rgActionInfo[i].id == id )
 			return &g_rgActionInfo[i];
 	}
 	return 0;
 }
 
 QStringList stdNames()
 {
     QStringList result;
 
     for( uint i = 0; g_rgActionInfo[i].id != ActionNone; i++ )
         if (g_rgActionInfo[i].psLabel)
             result.append(i18n(g_rgActionInfo[i].psLabel));
     return result;
 }
 
 KAction* create( StdAction id, const char *name, const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent )
 {
 	KAction* pAction = 0;
 	const KStdActionInfo* pInfo = infoPtr( id );
 	kdDebug(125) << "KStdAction::create( " << id << "=" << (pInfo ? pInfo->psName : (const char*)0) << ", " << parent << ", " << name << " )" << endl; // ellis
 	if( pInfo ) {
 		QString sLabel, iconName = pInfo->psIconName;
 		switch( id ) {
 		 case Back: sLabel = i18n("go back", "&Back"); 
 //US			if (QApplication::reverseLayout() )
 //US			    iconName = "forward";
 			break; 
 
 		 case Forward: sLabel = i18n("go forward", "&Forward"); 
 //US			if (QApplication::reverseLayout() )
 //US			    iconName = "back";
 			break;  
 		
 		 case Home: sLabel = i18n("beginning (of line)", "&Home"); break;
 		 case Help: sLabel = i18n("show help", "&Help"); break;
 //US		 case AboutApp: iconName = kapp->miniIconName();
 		 case Preferences:
 		 case HelpContents:
 			{
 //US			const KAboutData *aboutData = KGlobal::instance()->aboutData();
 //US			QString appName = (aboutData) ? aboutData->programName() : QString::fromLatin1(qApp->name());
 			QString appName = QString::fromLatin1(KGlobal::getAppName());
 			sLabel = i18n(pInfo->psLabel).arg(appName);
 			}
 			break;
 		 default: sLabel = i18n(pInfo->psLabel);
 		}
 		
 /*US		if (QApplication::reverseLayout()){
 			if (id == Prior) iconName = "next";
 			if (id == Next ) iconName = "previous";
 		}
 */				
 //US		KShortcut cut = KStdAccel::shortcut(pInfo->idAccel);
 		KShortcut cut;
 		switch( id ) {
 		 case OpenRecent:
 			pAction = new KRecentFilesAction( sLabel, cut,
 					recvr, slot,
 					parent, (name) ? name : pInfo->psName );
 			break;
 		 case ShowMenubar:
 		 case ShowToolbar:
 		 case ShowStatusbar:
 			KToggleAction *ret;
 			ret = new KToggleAction( sLabel, pInfo->psIconName, cut,
 					recvr, slot,
 					parent, (name) ? name : pInfo->psName );
 			ret->setChecked( true );
 			pAction = ret;
 			break;
 		 default:
 			pAction = new KAction( sLabel, iconName, cut,
 					recvr, slot,
 					parent, (name) ? name : pInfo->psName );
 			break;
 		}
 	}
 	return pAction;
 }
 
 const char* name( StdAction id )
 {
 	const KStdActionInfo* pInfo = infoPtr( id );
 	return (pInfo) ? pInfo->psName : 0;
 }
 
 KAction *openNew( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( New, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *open( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( Open, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KRecentFilesAction *openRecent( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return (KRecentFilesAction*) KStdAction::create( OpenRecent, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *save( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( Save, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *saveAs( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( SaveAs, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *revert( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( Revert, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *print( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( Print, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *printPreview( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( PrintPreview, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *close( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( Close, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *mail( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( Mail, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *quit( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( Quit, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *undo( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( Undo, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *redo( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( Redo, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *cut( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( Cut, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *copy( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( Copy, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *paste( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( Paste, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *selectAll( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( SelectAll, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *deselect( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( Deselect, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *find( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( Find, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *findNext( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( FindNext, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *findPrev( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( FindPrev, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *replace( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( Replace, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *actualSize( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( ActualSize, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *fitToPage( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( FitToPage, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *fitToWidth( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( FitToWidth, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *fitToHeight( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( FitToHeight, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *zoomIn( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( ZoomIn, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *zoomOut( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( ZoomOut, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *zoom( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( Zoom, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *redisplay( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( Redisplay, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *up( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( Up, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *back( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( Back, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *forward( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( Forward, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *home( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( Home, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *prior( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( Prior, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *next( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( Next, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *goTo( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( Goto, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *gotoPage( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( GotoPage, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *gotoLine( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( GotoLine, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *firstPage( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( FirstPage, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *lastPage( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( LastPage, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *addBookmark( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( AddBookmark, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *editBookmarks( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( EditBookmarks, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *spelling( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( Spelling, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 
 KToggleAction *showMenubar( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *_name )
 {
     KToggleAction *ret;
     ret = new KToggleAction(i18n("Show &Menubar"), "showmenu", /*US KStdAccel::shortcut(KStdAccel::ShowMenubar)*/0, recvr, slot,
                             parent, _name ? _name : name(ShowMenubar));
     ret->setChecked(true);
     return ret;
 }
 
 KToggleAction *showToolbar( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *_name )
 {
     KToggleAction *ret;
     ret = new KToggleAction(i18n("Show &Toolbar"), 0, recvr, slot, parent,
                             _name ? _name : name(ShowToolbar));
     ret->setChecked(true);
     return ret;
 
 }
 
 KToggleToolBarAction *showToolbar( const char* toolBarName, KActionCollection* parent, const char *_name )
 {
     KToggleToolBarAction *ret;
     ret = new KToggleToolBarAction(toolBarName, i18n("Show &Toolbar"), parent,
                             _name ? _name : name(ShowToolbar));
     return ret;
 }
 
 KToggleAction *showStatusbar( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot,
                                          KActionCollection* parent, const char *_name )
 {
     KToggleAction *ret;
     ret = new KToggleAction(i18n("Show St&atusbar"), 0, recvr, slot, parent,
                             _name ? _name : name(ShowStatusbar));
     ret->setChecked(true);
     return ret;
 }
 
 KAction *saveOptions( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( SaveOptions, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *keyBindings( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( KeyBindings, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *preferences( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( Preferences, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *configureToolbars( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( ConfigureToolbars, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *configureNotifications( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( ConfigureNotifications, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *help( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( Help, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *helpContents( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( HelpContents, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *whatsThis( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( WhatsThis, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *tipOfDay( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( TipofDay, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *reportBug( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( ReportBug, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *aboutApp( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( AboutApp, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 KAction *aboutKDE( const QObject *recvr, const char *slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char *name )
 	{ return KStdAction::create( AboutKDE, name, recvr, slot, parent ); }
 
 }
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbar.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbar.cpp
index 027e5e9..02db316 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbar.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbar.cpp
@@ -1,2278 +1,2289 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
     Copyright
     (C) 2000 Reginald Stadlbauer (reggie@kde.org)
     (C) 1997, 1998 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org)
     (C) 1997, 1998 Mark Donohoe (donohoe@kde.org)
     (C) 1997, 1998 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org)
     (C) 1997, 1998 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org)
     (C) 1999 Chris Schlaeger (cs@kde.org)
     (C) 1999 Kurt Granroth (granroth@kde.org)
 
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 #ifdef KDE_USE_FINAL
 #undef Always
-#include <qdockwindow.h>
+#include <q3dockwindow.h>
 #endif
-
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3ValueList>
+#include <Q3PtrList>
+#include <QPixmap>
+#include <Q3Frame>
+#include <QResizeEvent>
+#include <QMouseEvent>
+#include <QChildEvent>
+#include <QEvent>
+#include <QShowEvent>
+#include <QDesktopWidget>
+#include <QBoxLayout>
 
 
 #include "ktoolbar.h"
 #include "kmainwindow.h"
 
 #include <string.h>
 
 #include <qpainter.h>
 #include <qtooltip.h>
 #include <qdrawutil.h>
 #include <qstring.h>
 #include <qrect.h>
-#include <qobjectlist.h>
+#include <qobject.h>
 #include <qtimer.h>
 #include <qstyle.h>
 #include <qapplication.h>
 
 //US #include <config.h>
 
 #include "klineedit.h"
 #include "kseparator.h"
 #include <klocale.h>
 #include <kapplication.h>
 #include <kaction.h>
 #include <kstdaction.h>
 #include <kglobal.h>
 #include <kconfig.h>
 #include <kiconloader.h>
 #include <kcombobox.h>
 //US #include <kpopupmenu.h>
 //US #include <kanimwidget.h>
 //US #include <kipc.h>
 //US #include <kwin.h>
 #include <kdebug.h>
 #include <qlayout.h>
 
 #include "ktoolbarbutton.h"
 
 //US 
 #include "kconfigbase.h"
 
-#include <qpopupmenu.h>
-#include <qmainwindow.h>
+#include <q3popupmenu.h>
+#include <q3mainwindow.h>
 
 enum {
     CONTEXT_TOP = 0,
     CONTEXT_LEFT = 1,
     CONTEXT_RIGHT = 2,
     CONTEXT_BOTTOM = 3,
     CONTEXT_FLOAT = 4,
     CONTEXT_FLAT = 5,
     CONTEXT_ICONS = 6,
     CONTEXT_TEXT = 7,
     CONTEXT_TEXTRIGHT = 8,
     CONTEXT_TEXTUNDER = 9,
     CONTEXT_ICONSIZES = 50 // starting point for the icon size list, put everything else before
 };
 
 class KToolBarPrivate
 {
 public:
     KToolBarPrivate() {
         m_iconSize     = 0;
         m_iconText     = KToolBar::IconOnly;
         m_highlight    = true;
         m_transparent  = true;
         m_honorStyle   = false;
 
         m_enableContext  = true;
 
         m_xmlguiClient   = 0;
         m_configurePlugged = false;
 
 //US        oldPos = Qt::DockUnmanaged;
-        oldPos = QMainWindow::Unmanaged;
+        oldPos = Qt::Unmanaged;
 
         modified = m_isHorizontal = positioned = FALSE;
 
         HiddenDefault = false;
         IconSizeDefault = 0;
         IconTextDefault = "IconOnly";
         IndexDefault = -1;
         NewLineDefault = false;
         OffsetDefault = -1;
         PositionDefault = "Top";
         idleButtons.setAutoDelete(true);
     }
 
     int m_iconSize;
     KToolBar::IconText m_iconText;
     bool m_highlight : 1;
     bool m_transparent : 1;
     bool m_honorStyle : 1;
     bool m_isHorizontal : 1;
     bool m_enableContext : 1;
     bool m_configurePlugged : 1;
     bool modified : 1;
     bool positioned : 1;
 
     QWidget *m_parent;
 
-    QMainWindow::ToolBarDock oldPos;
+    Qt::ToolBarDock oldPos;
 
     KXMLGUIClient *m_xmlguiClient;
 
     struct ToolBarInfo
     {
 //US        ToolBarInfo() : index( 0 ), offset( -1 ), newline( FALSE ), dock( Qt::DockTop ) {}
-        ToolBarInfo() : index( 0 ), offset( -1 ), newline( FALSE ), dock( QMainWindow::Top ) {}
+        ToolBarInfo() : index( 0 ), offset( -1 ), newline( FALSE ), dock( Qt::DockTop ) {}
 //US        ToolBarInfo( Qt::Dock d, int i, bool n, int o ) : index( i ), offset( o ), newline( n ), dock( d ) {}
-        ToolBarInfo( QMainWindow::ToolBarDock d, int i, bool n, int o ) : index( i ), offset( o ), newline( n ), dock( d ) {}
+        ToolBarInfo( Qt::ToolBarDock d, int i, bool n, int o ) : index( i ), offset( o ), newline( n ), dock( d ) {}
         int index, offset;
         bool newline;
 //US        Qt::Dock dock;
-        QMainWindow::ToolBarDock dock;
+        Qt::ToolBarDock dock;
     };
 
     ToolBarInfo toolBarInfo;
-    QValueList<int> iconSizes;
+    Q3ValueList<int> iconSizes;
     QTimer repaintTimer;
 
   // Default Values.
   bool HiddenDefault;
   int IconSizeDefault;
   QString IconTextDefault;
   int IndexDefault;
   bool NewLineDefault;
   int OffsetDefault;
   QString PositionDefault;
 
-   QPtrList<QWidget> idleButtons;
+   Q3PtrList<QWidget> idleButtons;
 };
 
-KToolBarSeparator::KToolBarSeparator(Orientation o , bool l, QToolBar *parent,
+KToolBarSeparator::KToolBarSeparator(Qt::Orientation o , bool l, Q3ToolBar *parent,
                                      const char* name )
-    :QFrame( parent, name ), line( l )
+    :Q3Frame( parent, name ), line( l )
 {
-    connect( parent, SIGNAL(orientationChanged(Orientation)),
-             this, SLOT(setOrientation(Orientation)) );
+    connect( parent, SIGNAL(orientationChanged(Qt::Orientation)),
+             this, SLOT(setOrientation(Qt::Orientation)) );
     setOrientation( o );
     setBackgroundMode( parent->backgroundMode() );
     setBackgroundOrigin( ParentOrigin );
 }
 
-void KToolBarSeparator::setOrientation( Orientation o )
+void KToolBarSeparator::setOrientation( Qt::Orientation o )
 {
     orient = o;
     if ( line ) {
-        if ( orientation() == Vertical )
+        if ( orientation() == Qt::Vertical )
             setFrameStyle( HLine + Sunken );
         else
             setFrameStyle( VLine + Sunken );
     } else {
             setFrameStyle( NoFrame );
     }
 }
 
 void KToolBarSeparator::styleChange( QStyle& )
 {
     setOrientation( orient );
 }
 
 QSize KToolBarSeparator::sizeHint() const
 {
-    return orientation() == Vertical ? QSize( 0, 6 ) : QSize( 6, 0 );
+    return orientation() == Qt::Vertical ? QSize( 0, 6 ) : QSize( 6, 0 );
 }
 
 QSizePolicy KToolBarSeparator::sizePolicy() const
 {
     return QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Minimum, QSizePolicy::Minimum );
 }
 
 KToolBar::KToolBar( QWidget *parent, const char *name, bool honorStyle, bool readConfig )
 #ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION
-    : QToolBar( QString::fromLatin1( name ),
-      parent && parent->inherits( "QMainWindow" ) ? static_cast<QMainWindow*>(parent) : 0,
+    : Q3ToolBar( QString::fromLatin1( name ),
+      parent && parent->inherits( "Q3MainWindow" ) ? static_cast<Q3MainWindow*>(parent) : 0,
       parent, FALSE,
       name ? name : "mainToolBar")
 #else
-  : QPEToolBar( parent && parent->inherits( "QMainWindow" ) ? static_cast<QMainWindow*>(parent) : 0,
+  : QPEToolBar( parent && parent->inherits( "Q3MainWindow" ) ? static_cast<Q3MainWindow*>(parent) : 0,
                 QString::fromLatin1( name ))
 
 
 #endif
 {
     init( readConfig, honorStyle );
 }
 
-KToolBar::KToolBar( QMainWindow *parentWindow, QMainWindow::ToolBarDock dock, bool newLine, const char *name, bool honorStyle, bool readConfig )
+KToolBar::KToolBar( Q3MainWindow *parentWindow, Qt::ToolBarDock dock, bool newLine, const char *name, bool honorStyle, bool readConfig )
 #ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION
-    : QToolBar( QString::fromLatin1( name ),
+    : Q3ToolBar( QString::fromLatin1( name ),
       parentWindow, dock, newLine,
       name ? name : "mainToolBar")
 #else
   : QPEToolBar( parentWindow,QString::fromLatin1( name ))
 
 
 #endif
 
 {
     init( readConfig, honorStyle );
 }
 
-KToolBar::KToolBar( QMainWindow *parentWindow, QWidget *dock, bool newLine, const char *name, bool honorStyle, bool readConfig )
+KToolBar::KToolBar( Q3MainWindow *parentWindow, QWidget *dock, bool newLine, const char *name, bool honorStyle, bool readConfig )
 #ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION
-    : QToolBar( QString::fromLatin1( name ),
+    : Q3ToolBar( QString::fromLatin1( name ),
       parentWindow, dock, newLine,
       name ? name : "mainToolBar")
 #else
   : QPEToolBar( parentWindow,QString::fromLatin1( name ))
 
 
 #endif
 
 {
     init( readConfig, honorStyle );
 }
 
 KToolBar::~KToolBar()
 {
     inshutdownprocess = true;
      emit toolbarDestroyed();
      delete d;
 }
 
 void KToolBar::init( bool readConfig, bool honorStyle )
 {
     sizeHintW = 240;
     sizeHintH = 22;
     inshutdownprocess = false;
     d = new KToolBarPrivate;
     setFullSize( TRUE );
     d->m_honorStyle = honorStyle;
     context = 0;
     layoutTimer = new QTimer( this );
     connect( layoutTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ),
              this, SLOT( rebuildLayout() ) );
     connect( &(d->repaintTimer), SIGNAL( timeout() ),
              this, SLOT( slotRepaint() ) );
 /*US
     if ( kapp ) { // may be null when started inside designer
         connect(kapp, SIGNAL(toolbarAppearanceChanged(int)), this, SLOT(slotAppearanceChanged()));
         // request notification of changes in icon style
         kapp->addKipcEventMask(KIPC::IconChanged);
         connect(kapp, SIGNAL(iconChanged(int)), this, SLOT(slotIconChanged(int)));
     }
 */
     // finally, read in our configurable settings
     if ( readConfig )
         slotReadConfig();
 
     if ( mainWindow() )
-        connect( mainWindow(), SIGNAL( toolBarPositionChanged( QToolBar * ) ),
-                 this, SLOT( toolBarPosChanged( QToolBar * ) ) );
+        connect( mainWindow(), SIGNAL( toolBarPositionChanged( Q3ToolBar * ) ),
+                 this, SLOT( toolBarPosChanged( Q3ToolBar * ) ) );
 
     // Hack to make sure we recalculate our size when we dock.
 //US    connect( this, SIGNAL(placeChanged(QDockWindow::Place)), SLOT(rebuildLayout()) );
 }
 
 int KToolBar::insertButton(const QString& icon, int id, bool enabled,
                             const QString& text, int index/*US, KInstance *_instance*/ )
 {
     KToolBarButton *button = new KToolBarButton( icon, id, this, 0, text/*US, _instance*/ );
 
     insertWidgetInternal( button, index, id );
     button->setEnabled( enabled );
     doConnections( button );
     return index;
 }
 
 
 int KToolBar::insertButton(const QString& icon, int id, const char *signal,
                             const QObject *receiver, const char *slot,
                             bool enabled, const QString& text, int index/*US, KInstance *_instance*/ )
 {
     KToolBarButton *button = new KToolBarButton( icon, id, this, 0, text/*US, _instance*/);
     insertWidgetInternal( button, index, id );
     button->setEnabled( enabled );
     connect( button, signal, receiver, slot );
     doConnections( button );
     return index;
 }
 
 
 int KToolBar::insertButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, bool enabled,
                             const QString& text, int index )
 {
     KToolBarButton *button = new KToolBarButton( pixmap, id, this, 0, text);
     insertWidgetInternal( button, index, id );
     button->setEnabled( enabled );
     doConnections( button );
     return index;
 }
 #if 0
  bar->insertButton( icon, id_, SIGNAL( clicked() ), this,
                            SLOT( slotActivated() ),
                            d->isEnabled(), d->plainText(), index/*US, instance*/ );
 #endif
 
 int KToolBar::insertButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, const char *signal,
                             const QObject *receiver, const char *slot,
                             bool enabled, const QString& text,
                             int index )
 {
     KToolBarButton *button = new KToolBarButton( pixmap, id, this, 0, text);
     insertWidgetInternal( button, index, id );
     button->setEnabled( enabled );
     connect( button, signal, receiver, slot );
     doConnections( button );
     return index;
 }
 
 
-int KToolBar::insertButton(const QString& icon, int id, QPopupMenu *popup,
+int KToolBar::insertButton(const QString& icon, int id, Q3PopupMenu *popup,
                             bool enabled, const QString &text, int index )
 {
     KToolBarButton *button = new KToolBarButton( icon, id, this, 0, text );
     insertWidgetInternal( button, index, id );
     button->setEnabled( enabled );
     button->setPopup( popup );
     doConnections( button );
     return index;
 }
 
 
-int KToolBar::insertButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QPopupMenu *popup,
+int KToolBar::insertButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, Q3PopupMenu *popup,
                             bool enabled, const QString &text, int index )
 {
     KToolBarButton *button = new KToolBarButton( pixmap, id, this, 0, text );
     insertWidgetInternal( button, index, id );
     button->setEnabled( enabled );
     button->setPopup( popup );
     doConnections( button );
     return index;
 }
 
 
 int KToolBar::insertLined (const QString& text, int id,
                             const char *signal,
                             const QObject *receiver, const char *slot,
                             bool enabled ,
                             const QString& toolTipText,
                             int size, int index )
 {
     KLineEdit *lined = new KLineEdit ( this, 0 );
     if ( !toolTipText.isEmpty() )
         QToolTip::add( lined, toolTipText );
     if ( size > 0 )
         lined->setMinimumWidth( size );
     insertWidgetInternal( lined, index, id );
     connect( lined, signal, receiver, slot );
     lined->setText(text);
     lined->setEnabled( enabled );
     return index;
 }
 
 int KToolBar::insertCombo (const QStringList &list, int id, bool writable,
                             const char *signal, const QObject *receiver,
                             const char *slot, bool enabled,
                             const QString& tooltiptext,
                             int size, int index,
                             QComboBox::Policy policy )
 {
 //US    KComboBox *combo = new KComboBox ( writable, this );
     KComboBox *combo = new KComboBox ( this );
     combo->setEditable(writable);
     
     insertWidgetInternal( combo, index, id );
     combo->insertStringList (list);
     combo->setInsertionPolicy(policy);
     combo->setEnabled( enabled );
     if ( !tooltiptext.isEmpty() )
         QToolTip::add( combo, tooltiptext );
     if ( size > 0 )
         combo->setMinimumWidth( size );
     if (!tooltiptext.isNull())
         QToolTip::add( combo, tooltiptext );
 
     if ( signal && receiver && slot )
         connect ( combo, signal, receiver, slot );
     return index;
 }
 
 
 int KToolBar::insertCombo (const QString& text, int id, bool writable,
                             const char *signal, QObject *receiver,
                             const char *slot, bool enabled,
                             const QString& tooltiptext,
                             int size, int index,
                             QComboBox::Policy policy )
 {
 //US    KComboBox *combo = new KComboBox ( writable, this );
     KComboBox *combo = new KComboBox ( this );
     combo->setEditable(writable);
     
     insertWidgetInternal( combo, index, id );
     combo->insertItem (text);
     combo->setInsertionPolicy(policy);
     combo->setEnabled( enabled );
     if ( !tooltiptext.isEmpty() )
         QToolTip::add( combo, tooltiptext );
     if ( size > 0 )
         combo->setMinimumWidth( size );
     if (!tooltiptext.isNull())
         QToolTip::add( combo, tooltiptext );
     connect (combo, signal, receiver, slot);
     return index;
 }
 
 int KToolBar::insertSeparator(int index, int id)
 {
     QWidget *w = new KToolBarSeparator( orientation(), FALSE, this, "tool bar separator" );
     insertWidgetInternal( w, index, id );
     return index;
 }
 
 int KToolBar::insertLineSeparator(int index, int id)
 {
     QWidget *w = new KToolBarSeparator( orientation(), TRUE, this, "tool bar separator" );
     insertWidgetInternal( w, index, id );
     return index;
 }
 
 
 int KToolBar::insertWidget(int id, int /*width*/, QWidget *widget, int index)
 {
     // removeWidgetInternal( widget ); // in case we already have it ?
     insertWidgetInternal( widget, index, id );
     return index;
 }
 /*US
 int KToolBar::insertAnimatedWidget(int id, QObject *receiver, const char *slot,
                                     const QString& icons, int index )
 {
     KAnimWidget *anim = new KAnimWidget( icons, d->m_iconSize, this );
     insertWidgetInternal( anim, index, id );
 
     if ( receiver )
         connect( anim, SIGNAL(clicked()), receiver, slot);
 
     return index;
 }
 
 KAnimWidget *KToolBar::animatedWidget( int id )
 {
     Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
     if ( it == id2widget.end() )
         return 0;
     if ( (*it) && (*it)->inherits( "KAnimWidget" ) )
         return (KAnimWidget*)(*it);
     QObjectList *l = queryList( "KAnimWidget" );
     if ( !l || !l->first() ) {
         delete l;
         return 0;
     }
 
     for ( QObject *o = l->first(); o; o = l->next() ) {
         if ( o->inherits( "KAnimWidget" ) )
         {
             delete l;
             return (KAnimWidget*)o;
         }
     }
 
     delete l;
     return 0;
 }
 */
 
 void KToolBar::addConnection (int id, const char *signal,
                                const QObject *receiver, const char *slot)
 {
     Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
     if ( it == id2widget.end() )
         return;
     if ( (*it) )
         connect( (*it), signal, receiver, slot );
 }
 
 void KToolBar::setItemEnabled( int id, bool enabled )
 {
     Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
     if ( it == id2widget.end() )
         return;
     if ( (*it) )
         (*it)->setEnabled( enabled );
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::setButtonPixmap( int id, const QPixmap& _pixmap )
 {
     Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
     if ( it == id2widget.end() )
         return;
 //US    KToolBarButton * button = dynamic_cast<KToolBarButton *>( *it );
     KToolBarButton * button = (KToolBarButton *)( *it );
     if ( button )
         button->setPixmap( _pixmap );
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::setButtonIcon( int id, const QString& _icon )
 {
     Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
     if ( it == id2widget.end() )
         return;
 //US    KToolBarButton * button = dynamic_cast<KToolBarButton *>( *it );
     KToolBarButton * button = (KToolBarButton *)( *it );
     if ( button )
         button->setIcon( _icon );
 }
 
-void KToolBar::setButtonIconSet( int id, const QIconSet& iconset )
+void KToolBar::setButtonIconSet( int id, const QIcon& iconset )
 {
     Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
     if ( it == id2widget.end() )
         return;
 //US    KToolBarButton * button = dynamic_cast<KToolBarButton *>( *it );
     KToolBarButton * button = (KToolBarButton *)( *it );
     if ( button )
         button->setIconSet( iconset );
 }
 
 
-void KToolBar::setDelayedPopup (int id , QPopupMenu *_popup, bool toggle )
+void KToolBar::setDelayedPopup (int id , Q3PopupMenu *_popup, bool toggle )
 {
     Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
     if ( it == id2widget.end() )
         return;
 //US    KToolBarButton * button = dynamic_cast<KToolBarButton *>( *it );
     KToolBarButton * button = (KToolBarButton *)( *it );
     if ( button )
         button->setDelayedPopup( _popup, toggle );
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::setAutoRepeat (int id, bool flag)
 {
     Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
     if ( it == id2widget.end() )
         return;
 //US    KToolBarButton * button = dynamic_cast<KToolBarButton *>( *it );
     KToolBarButton * button = (KToolBarButton *)( *it );
     if ( button )
         button->setAutoRepeat( flag );
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::setToggle (int id, bool flag )
 {
     Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
     if ( it == id2widget.end() )
         return;
 //US    KToolBarButton * button = dynamic_cast<KToolBarButton *>( *it );
     KToolBarButton * button = (KToolBarButton *)( *it );
     if ( button )
         button->setToggle( flag );
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::toggleButton (int id)
 {
     Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
     if ( it == id2widget.end() )
         return;
 //US    KToolBarButton * button = dynamic_cast<KToolBarButton *>( *it );
     KToolBarButton * button = (KToolBarButton *)( *it );
     if ( button )
         button->toggle();
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::setButton (int id, bool flag)
 {
     Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
     if ( it == id2widget.end() )
         return;
 //US    KToolBarButton * button = dynamic_cast<KToolBarButton *>( *it );
     KToolBarButton * button = (KToolBarButton *)( *it );
     if ( button )
         button->on( flag );
 }
 
 
 bool KToolBar::isButtonOn (int id) const
 {
     Id2WidgetMap::ConstIterator it = id2widget.find( id );
     if ( it == id2widget.end() )
         return false;
 //US    KToolBarButton * button = dynamic_cast<KToolBarButton *>( *it );
     KToolBarButton * button = (KToolBarButton *)( *it );
     return button ? button->isOn() : false;
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::setLinedText (int id, const QString& text)
 {
     Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
     if ( it == id2widget.end() )
         return;
 //US    QLineEdit * lineEdit = dynamic_cast<QLineEdit *>( *it );
     QLineEdit * lineEdit = (QLineEdit *)( *it );
     if ( lineEdit )
         lineEdit->setText( text );
 }
 
 
 QString KToolBar::getLinedText (int id) const
 {
     Id2WidgetMap::ConstIterator it = id2widget.find( id );
     if ( it == id2widget.end() )
         return QString::null;
 //US    QLineEdit * lineEdit = dynamic_cast<QLineEdit *>( *it );
     QLineEdit * lineEdit = (QLineEdit *)( *it );
     return lineEdit ? lineEdit->text() : QString::null;
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::insertComboItem (int id, const QString& text, int index)
 {
     Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
     if ( it == id2widget.end() )
         return;
 //US    QComboBox * comboBox = dynamic_cast<QComboBox *>( *it );
     QComboBox * comboBox = (QComboBox *)( *it );
     if (comboBox)
         comboBox->insertItem( text, index );
 }
 
 void KToolBar::insertComboList (int id, const QStringList &list, int index)
 {
     Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
     if ( it == id2widget.end() )
         return;
 //US    QComboBox * comboBox = dynamic_cast<QComboBox *>( *it );
     QComboBox * comboBox = (QComboBox *)( *it );
     if (comboBox)
         comboBox->insertStringList( list, index );
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::removeComboItem (int id, int index)
 {
     Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
     if ( it == id2widget.end() )
         return;
 //US    QComboBox * comboBox = dynamic_cast<QComboBox *>( *it );
     QComboBox * comboBox = (QComboBox *)( *it );
     if (comboBox)
         comboBox->removeItem( index );
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::setCurrentComboItem (int id, int index)
 {
     Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
     if ( it == id2widget.end() )
         return;
 //US    QComboBox * comboBox = dynamic_cast<QComboBox *>( *it );
     QComboBox * comboBox = (QComboBox *)( *it );
     if (comboBox)
         comboBox->setCurrentItem( index );
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::changeComboItem  (int id, const QString& text, int index)
 {
     Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
     if ( it == id2widget.end() )
         return;
 //US    QComboBox * comboBox = dynamic_cast<QComboBox *>( *it );
     QComboBox * comboBox = (QComboBox *)( *it );
     if (comboBox)
         comboBox->changeItem( text, index );
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::clearCombo (int id)
 {
     Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
     if ( it == id2widget.end() )
         return;
 //US    QComboBox * comboBox = dynamic_cast<QComboBox *>( *it );
     QComboBox * comboBox = (QComboBox *)( *it );
     if (comboBox)
         comboBox->clear();
 }
 
 
 QString KToolBar::getComboItem (int id, int index) const
 {
     Id2WidgetMap::ConstIterator it = id2widget.find( id );
     if ( it == id2widget.end() )
         return QString::null;
 //US    QComboBox * comboBox = dynamic_cast<QComboBox *>( *it );
     QComboBox * comboBox = (QComboBox *)( *it );
     return comboBox ? comboBox->text( index ) : QString::null;
 }
 
 
 KComboBox * KToolBar::getCombo(int id)
 {
     Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
     if ( it == id2widget.end() )
         return 0;
 //US    return dynamic_cast<KComboBox *>( *it );
     return (KComboBox *)( *it );
 }
 
 
 KLineEdit * KToolBar::getLined (int id)
 {
     Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
     if ( it == id2widget.end() )
         return 0;
 //US    return dynamic_cast<KLineEdit *>( *it );
     return (KLineEdit *)( *it );
 }
 
 
 KToolBarButton * KToolBar::getButton (int id)
 {
     Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
     if ( it == id2widget.end() )
         return 0;
 //US    return dynamic_cast<KToolBarButton *>( *it );
     return (KToolBarButton *)( *it );
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::alignItemRight (int id, bool right )
 {
     Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
     if ( it == id2widget.end() )
         return;
     if ( rightAligned && !right && (*it) == rightAligned )
         rightAligned = 0;
     if ( (*it) && right )
         rightAligned = (*it);
 }
 
 
 QWidget *KToolBar::getWidget (int id)
 {
     Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
     return ( it == id2widget.end() ) ? 0 : (*it);
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::setItemAutoSized (int id, bool yes )
 {
     QWidget *w = getWidget(id);
     if ( w && yes )
         setStretchableWidget( w );
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::clear ()
 {
-    QToolBar::clear();
+    Q3ToolBar::clear();
     widget2id.clear();
     id2widget.clear();
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::removeItem(int id)
 {
     Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
     if ( it == id2widget.end() )
     {
         kdDebug(220) << "KToolBar::removeItem item " << id << " not found" << endl;
         return;
     }
     QWidget * w = (*it);
     id2widget.remove( id );
     widget2id.remove( w );
     widgets.removeRef( w );
     delete w;
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::removeItemDelayed(int id)
 {
     Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
     if ( it == id2widget.end() )
     {
         kdDebug(220) << "KToolBar::removeItem item " << id << " not found" << endl;
         return;
     }
     QWidget * w = (*it);
     id2widget.remove( id );
     widget2id.remove( w );
     widgets.removeRef( w );
 
     w->blockSignals(true);
     d->idleButtons.append(w);
     layoutTimer->start( 50, TRUE );
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::hideItem (int id)
 {
     QWidget *w = getWidget(id);
     if ( w )
         w->hide();
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::showItem (int id)
 {
     QWidget *w = getWidget(id);
     if ( w )
         w->show();
 }
 
 
 int KToolBar::itemIndex (int id)
 {
     QWidget *w = getWidget(id);
     return w ? widgets.findRef(w) : -1;
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::setFullSize(bool flag )
 {
     setHorizontalStretchable( flag );
     setVerticalStretchable( flag );
 }
 
 
 bool KToolBar::fullSize() const
 {
     return isHorizontalStretchable() || isVerticalStretchable();
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::enableMoving(bool flag )
 {
 //US    setMovingEnabled(flag);
   this->mainWindow()->setToolBarsMovable(flag);    
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::setBarPos (BarPosition bpos)
 {
     if ( !mainWindow() )
         return;
 //US    mainWindow()->moveDockWindow( this, (Dock)bpos );
-    mainWindow()->moveToolBar( this, (QMainWindow::ToolBarDock)bpos );
+    mainWindow()->moveToolBar( this, (Qt::ToolBarDock)bpos );
 }
 
 
 const KToolBar::BarPosition KToolBar::barPos()
 {
-    if ( !(QMainWindow*)mainWindow() )
+    if ( !(Q3MainWindow*)mainWindow() )
         return KToolBar::Top;
 //US    Dock dock;
-    QMainWindow::ToolBarDock dock;
+    Qt::ToolBarDock dock;
     int dm1, dm2;
     bool dm3;
-    ((QMainWindow*)mainWindow())->getLocation( (QToolBar*)this, dock, dm1, dm3, dm2 );
+    ((Q3MainWindow*)mainWindow())->getLocation( (Q3ToolBar*)this, dock, dm1, dm3, dm2 );
 //US    if ( dock == DockUnmanaged ) {
-    if ( dock == QMainWindow::Unmanaged ) {
+    if ( dock == Qt::Unmanaged ) {
         return (KToolBar::BarPosition)Top;
     }
     return (BarPosition)dock;
 }
 
 
 bool KToolBar::enable(BarStatus stat)
 {
     bool mystat = isVisible();
 
     if ( (stat == Toggle && mystat) || stat == Hide )
         hide();
     else
         show();
 
     return isVisible() == mystat;
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::setMaxHeight ( int h )
 {
     setMaximumHeight( h );
 }
 
 int KToolBar::maxHeight()
 {
     return maximumHeight();
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::setMaxWidth (int dw)
 {
     setMaximumWidth( dw );
 }
 
 
 int KToolBar::maxWidth()
 {
     return maximumWidth();
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::setTitle (const QString& _title)
 {
     setLabel( _title );
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::enableFloating (bool )
 {
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::setIconText(IconText it)
 {
     setIconText( it, true );
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::setIconText(IconText icontext, bool update)
 {
     bool doUpdate=false;
 
     if (icontext != d->m_iconText) {
         d->m_iconText = icontext;
         doUpdate=true;
     }
 
     if (update == false)
         return;
 
     if (doUpdate)
         emit modechange(); // tell buttons what happened
 
     // ugly hack to force a QMainWindow::triggerLayout( TRUE )
     if ( mainWindow() ) {
-        QMainWindow *mw = mainWindow();
+        Q3MainWindow *mw = mainWindow();
         mw->setUpdatesEnabled( FALSE );
         mw->setToolBarsMovable( !mw->toolBarsMovable() );
         mw->setToolBarsMovable( !mw->toolBarsMovable() );
         mw->setUpdatesEnabled( TRUE );
     }
 }
 
 
 KToolBar::IconText KToolBar::iconText() const
 {
     return d->m_iconText;
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::setIconSize(int size)
 {
     setIconSize( size, true );
 }
 
 void KToolBar::setIconSize(int size, bool update)
 {
     bool doUpdate=false;
 
     if ( size != d->m_iconSize ) {
             d->m_iconSize = size;
             doUpdate=true;
     }
 
     if (update == false)
         return;
 
     if (doUpdate)
         emit modechange(); // tell buttons what happened
 
     // ugly hack to force a QMainWindow::triggerLayout( TRUE )
     if ( mainWindow() ) {
-        QMainWindow *mw = mainWindow();
+        Q3MainWindow *mw = mainWindow();
         mw->setUpdatesEnabled( FALSE );
         mw->setToolBarsMovable( !mw->toolBarsMovable() );
         mw->setToolBarsMovable( !mw->toolBarsMovable() );
         mw->setUpdatesEnabled( TRUE );
     }
 }
 
 
 int KToolBar::iconSize() const
 {
 /*US
     if ( !d->m_iconSize ) // default value?
     {
          if (!::qstrcmp(QObject::name(), "mainToolBar"))
              return KGlobal::iconLoader()->currentSize(KIcon::MainToolbar);
          else
              return KGlobal::iconLoader()->currentSize(KIcon::Toolbar);
     }
     return d->m_iconSize;
 */
     int ret = 18;
     if ( QApplication::desktop()->width() > 320   )
         ret = 30;
    return ret;
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::setEnableContextMenu(bool enable )
 {
     d->m_enableContext = enable;
 }
 
 
 bool KToolBar::contextMenuEnabled() const
 {
     return d->m_enableContext;
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::setItemNoStyle(int id, bool no_style )
 {
     Id2WidgetMap::Iterator it = id2widget.find( id );
     if ( it == id2widget.end() )
         return;
 //US    KToolBarButton * button = dynamic_cast<KToolBarButton *>( *it );
     KToolBarButton * button = (KToolBarButton *)( *it );
     if (button)
         button->setNoStyle( no_style );
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::setFlat (bool flag)
 {
     if ( !mainWindow() )
         return;
     if ( flag )
 //US        mainWindow()->moveDockWindow( this, DockMinimized );
-        mainWindow()->moveToolBar( this, QMainWindow::Minimized );
+        mainWindow()->moveToolBar( this, Qt::Minimized );
     else
 //US        mainWindow()->moveDockWindow( this, DockTop );
-        mainWindow()->moveToolBar( this, QMainWindow::Top );
+        mainWindow()->moveToolBar( this, Qt::Top );
     // And remember to save the new look later
 /*US    
     if ( mainWindow()->inherits( "KMainWindow" ) )
         static_cast<KMainWindow *>(mainWindow())->setSettingsDirty();
 */        
 }
 
 
 int KToolBar::count() const
 {
     return id2widget.count();
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::saveState()
 {
 /*US
     // first, try to save to the xml file
     if ( d->m_xmlguiClient && !d->m_xmlguiClient->xmlFile().isEmpty() ) {
         // go down one level to get to the right tags
         QDomElement elem = d->m_xmlguiClient->domDocument().documentElement().toElement();
         elem = elem.firstChild().toElement();
         QString barname(!::qstrcmp(name(), "unnamed") ? "mainToolBar" : name());
         QDomElement current;
         // now try to find our toolbar
         d->modified = false;
         for( ; !elem.isNull(); elem = elem.nextSibling().toElement() ) {
             current = elem;
 
             if ( current.tagName().lower() != "toolbar" )
                 continue;
 
             QString curname(current.attribute( "name" ));
 
             if ( curname == barname ) {
                 saveState( current );
                 break;
             }
         }
         // if we didn't make changes, then just return
         if ( !d->modified )
             return;
 
         // now we load in the (non-merged) local file
         QString local_xml(KXMLGUIFactory::readConfigFile(d->m_xmlguiClient->xmlFile(), true, d->m_xmlguiClient->instance()));
         QDomDocument local;
         local.setContent(local_xml);
 
         // make sure we don't append if this toolbar already exists locally
         bool just_append = true;
         elem = local.documentElement().toElement();
         KXMLGUIFactory::removeDOMComments( elem );
         elem = elem.firstChild().toElement();
         for( ; !elem.isNull(); elem = elem.nextSibling().toElement() ) {
             if ( elem.tagName().lower() != "toolbar" )
                 continue;
 
             QString curname(elem.attribute( "name" ));
 
             if ( curname == barname ) {
                 just_append = false;
                 local.documentElement().replaceChild( current, elem );
                 break;
             }
         }
 
         if (just_append)
             local.documentElement().appendChild( current );
 
         KXMLGUIFactory::saveConfigFile(local, d->m_xmlguiClient->localXMLFile(), d->m_xmlguiClient->instance() );
 
         return;
     }
 */
     // if that didn't work, we save to the config file
     KConfig *config = KGlobal::config();
     saveSettings(config, QString::null);
     config->sync();
 }
 
 QString KToolBar::settingsGroup()
 {
     QString configGroup;
     if (!::qstrcmp(name(), "unnamed") || !::qstrcmp(name(), "mainToolBar"))
         configGroup = "Toolbar style";
     else
         configGroup = QString(name()) + " Toolbar style";
     if ( this->mainWindow() )
     {
         configGroup.prepend(" ");
         configGroup.prepend( this->mainWindow()->name() );
     }
     return configGroup;
 }
 
 void KToolBar::saveSettings(KConfig *config, const QString &_configGroup)
 {
     return;
     QString configGroup = _configGroup;
     if (configGroup.isEmpty())
         configGroup = settingsGroup();
     //kdDebug(220) << "KToolBar::saveSettings group=" << _configGroup << " -> " << configGroup << endl;
 
     QString position, icontext;
     int index;
     getAttributes( position, icontext, index );
 
     //kdDebug(220) << "KToolBar::saveSettings " << name() << " newLine=" << newLine << endl;
 
     KConfigGroupSaver saver(config, configGroup);
 
     if ( position != d->PositionDefault )
       config->writeEntry("Position", position);
     else
       config->deleteEntry("Position");
 
     if ( icontext != d->IconTextDefault )
       config->writeEntry("IconText", icontext);
     else
       config->deleteEntry("IconText");
 
     if ( iconSize() != d->IconSizeDefault )
       config->writeEntry("IconSize", iconSize());
     else
       config->deleteEntry("IconSize");
 
     if ( isHidden() != d->HiddenDefault )
       config->writeEntry("Hidden", isHidden());
     else
       config->deleteEntry("Hidden");
 
     if ( index != d->IndexDefault )
       config->writeEntry( "Index", index );
     else
       config->deleteEntry("Index");
 //US the older version of KDE (used on the Zaurus) has no Offset property
 /*    if ( offset() != d->OffsetDefault )
       config->writeEntry( "Offset", offset() );
     else
 */    
       config->deleteEntry("Offset");
     
 //US the older version of KDE (used on the Zaurus) has no NewLine property
 /*    
     if ( newLine() != d->NewLineDefault )
       config->writeEntry( "NewLine", newLine() );
     else
 */    
       config->deleteEntry("NewLine");
 }
 
 void KToolBar::setXMLGUIClient( KXMLGUIClient *client )
 {
     d->m_xmlguiClient = client;
 }
 
 void KToolBar::setText( const QString & txt )
 {
 //US    setLabel( txt + " ( " + kapp->caption() + " ) " );
     setLabel( txt + " ( " + KGlobal::getAppName() + " ) " );
 }
 
 
 QString KToolBar::text() const
 {
     return label();
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::doConnections( KToolBarButton *button )
 {
     connect(button, SIGNAL(clicked(int)), this, SIGNAL( clicked( int ) ) );
     connect(button, SIGNAL(doubleClicked(int)), this, SIGNAL( doubleClicked( int ) ) );
     connect(button, SIGNAL(released(int)), this, SIGNAL( released( int ) ) );
     connect(button, SIGNAL(pressed(int)), this, SIGNAL( pressed( int ) ) );
     connect(button, SIGNAL(toggled(int)), this, SIGNAL( toggled( int ) ) );
     connect(button, SIGNAL(highlighted(int, bool)), this, SIGNAL( highlighted( int, bool ) ) );
 }
 
 void KToolBar::mousePressEvent ( QMouseEvent *m )
 {
     if ( !mainWindow() )
         return;
-    QMainWindow *mw = mainWindow();
+    Q3MainWindow *mw = mainWindow();
     if ( mw->toolBarsMovable() && d->m_enableContext ) {
-        if ( m->button() == RightButton ) {
+        if ( m->button() == Qt::RightButton ) {
             int i = contextMenu()->exec( m->globalPos(), 0 );
             switch ( i ) {
             case -1:
                 return; // popup cancelled
             case CONTEXT_LEFT:
 //US                mw->moveDockWindow( this, DockLeft );
-                mw->moveToolBar( this, QMainWindow::Left );
+                mw->moveToolBar( this, Qt::Left );
                 break;
             case CONTEXT_RIGHT:
 //US                mw->moveDockWindow( this, DockRight );
-                mw->moveToolBar( this, QMainWindow::Right );
+                mw->moveToolBar( this, Qt::Right );
                 break;
             case CONTEXT_TOP:
 //US                mw->moveDockWindow( this, DockTop );
-                mw->moveToolBar( this, QMainWindow::Top );
+                mw->moveToolBar( this, Qt::Top );
                 break;
             case CONTEXT_BOTTOM:
 //US                mw->moveDockWindow( this, DockBottom );
-                mw->moveToolBar( this, QMainWindow::Bottom );
+                mw->moveToolBar( this, Qt::Bottom );
                 break;
             case CONTEXT_FLOAT:
                 break;
             case CONTEXT_FLAT:
 //US                mw->moveDockWindow( this, DockMinimized );
-                mw->moveToolBar( this, QMainWindow::Minimized );
+                mw->moveToolBar( this, Qt::Minimized );
                 break;
             case CONTEXT_ICONS:
                 setIconText( IconOnly );
                 break;
             case CONTEXT_TEXTRIGHT:
                 setIconText( IconTextRight );
                 break;
             case CONTEXT_TEXT:
                 setIconText( TextOnly );
                 break;
             case CONTEXT_TEXTUNDER:
                 setIconText( IconTextBottom );
                 break;
             default:
                 if ( i >= CONTEXT_ICONSIZES )
                     setIconSize( i - CONTEXT_ICONSIZES );
                 else
                     return; // assume this was an action handled elsewhere, no need for setSettingsDirty()
             }
 /*US            
             if ( mw->inherits("KMainWindow") )
                 static_cast<KMainWindow *>(mw)->setSettingsDirty();
 */                
         }
     }
 }
 
 
 void KToolBar::rebuildLayout()
 {
  
     for(QWidget *w=d->idleButtons.first(); w; w=d->idleButtons.next())
        w->blockSignals(false);
     d->idleButtons.clear();
 
     layoutTimer->stop();
     QApplication::sendPostedEvents( this, QEvent::ChildInserted );
     QBoxLayout *l = boxLayout();
     l->setMargin( 1 );
     // clear the old layout
     QLayoutIterator it = l->iterator();
     
     while ( it.current() ) {
         it.deleteCurrent();
     }
         for ( QWidget *w = widgets.first(); w; w = widgets.next() ) {
         if ( w == rightAligned ) {
             continue;
         }
         if ( w->inherits( "KToolBarSeparator" ) &&
              !( (KToolBarSeparator*)w )->showLine() ) {
             l->addSpacing( 6 );
             w->hide();
             continue;
         }
-        if ( w->inherits( "QPopupMenu" ) )
+        if ( w->inherits( "Q3PopupMenu" ) )
             continue;
         l->addWidget( w );
         w->show();
     }
     if ( rightAligned ) {
         l->addStretch();
         l->addWidget( rightAligned );
         rightAligned->show();
     }
 
     if ( fullSize() ) {
         // This code sucks. It makes the last combo in a toolbar VERY big (e.g. zoom combo in kword).
         //if ( !stretchableWidget && widgets.last() &&
         //     !widgets.last()->inherits( "QButton" ) && !widgets.last()->inherits( "KAnimWidget" ) )
         //    setStretchableWidget( widgets.last() );
         if ( !rightAligned )
             l->addStretch();
         if ( stretchableWidget )
             l->setStretchFactor( stretchableWidget, 10 );
     }
     l->invalidate();
     QApplication::postEvent( this, new QEvent( QEvent::LayoutHint ) );
     //#endif //DESKTOP_VERSION
 }
 
 void KToolBar::childEvent( QChildEvent *e )
 {
 
     if ( e->child()->isWidgetType() ) {
         QWidget * w = (QWidget*)e->child();
         if ( e->type() == QEvent::ChildInserted ) {
-            if ( !e->child()->inherits( "QPopupMenu" ) &&
+            if ( !e->child()->inherits( "Q3PopupMenu" ) &&
                  ::qstrcmp( "qt_dockwidget_internal", e->child()->name() ) != 0 ) {
 
                 // prevent items that have been explicitly inserted by insert*() from
                 // being inserted again
                 if ( !widget2id.contains( w ) )
                 {
                     int dummy = -1;
                     insertWidgetInternal( w, dummy, -1 );
                 }
             }
-        } else {
+        } else if( e->type() == QEvent::ChildRemoved ) {
             removeWidgetInternal( w );
         }
-        if ( isVisibleTo( 0 ) )
+        /* TODO:hacker: if ( isVisibleTo( 0 ) )
         {
             QBoxLayout *l = boxLayout();
             // QLayout *l = layout();
 
             // clear the old layout so that we don't get unnecassery layout
             // changes till we have rebuild the thing
             QLayoutIterator it = l->iterator();
             while ( it.current() ) {
                it.deleteCurrent();
             }
             layoutTimer->start( 50, TRUE );
+        } */
         }
-    }
-    QToolBar::childEvent( e );
+    Q3ToolBar::childEvent( e );
 }
 
 void KToolBar::insertWidgetInternal( QWidget *w, int &index, int id )
 {
     // we can't have it in widgets, or something is really wrong
     //widgets.removeRef( w );
 
     connect( w, SIGNAL( destroyed() ),
              this, SLOT( widgetDestroyed() ) );
     if ( index == -1 || index > (int)widgets.count() ) {
         widgets.append( w );
         index = (int)widgets.count();
     }
     else
         widgets.insert( index, w );
     if ( id == -1 )
         id = id2widget.count();
     id2widget.insert( id, w );
     widget2id.insert( w, id );
 }
 void KToolBar::repaintMe()
 {
     setUpdatesEnabled( true );
-    QToolBar::repaint( true );
+    Q3ToolBar::repaint( true );
     qDebug(" KToolBar::repaintMe() ");
 }
 
 void KToolBar::showEvent( QShowEvent *e )
 {
     rebuildLayout();
-    QToolBar::showEvent( e );
+    Q3ToolBar::showEvent( e );
 }
 
 void KToolBar::setStretchableWidget( QWidget *w )
 {
-    QToolBar::setStretchableWidget( w );
+    Q3ToolBar::setStretchableWidget( w );
     stretchableWidget = w;
 }
 
 QSizePolicy KToolBar::sizePolicy() const
 {
-    if ( orientation() == Horizontal )
+    if ( orientation() == Qt::Horizontal )
         return QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Expanding, QSizePolicy::Fixed );
     else
         return QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Fixed, QSizePolicy::Expanding );
 }
 
 QSize KToolBar::sizeHint() const
 {  
-    QSize sh = QToolBar::sizeHint();
+    QSize sh = Q3ToolBar::sizeHint();
     //qDebug("%x KToolBar::sizeHint() %d %d ",this, QToolBar::sizeHint().width(),QToolBar::sizeHint().height() );
     if ( sh.height() <= 20 || sh.width() < 60 )
         return QSize(  sizeHintW, sizeHintH );
     KToolBar* ttt =  (KToolBar*) this;
     ttt->sizeHintW = sh.width();
     ttt->sizeHintH = sh.height();
     return sh;
     //return QToolBar::sizeHint();
 #if 0
     QWidget::polish();
     static int iii = 0;
     ++iii;
     qDebug("++++++++ KToolBar::sizeHint() %d ", iii );
     int margin = static_cast<QWidget*>(ncThis)->layout()->margin();
     switch( barPos() )
     {
      case KToolBar::Top:
      case KToolBar::Bottom:
        for ( QWidget *w = widgets.first(); w; w =widgets.next() )
        {
           if ( w->inherits( "KToolBarSeparator" ) &&
              !( static_cast<KToolBarSeparator*>(w)->showLine() ) )
           {
              minSize += QSize(6, 0);
           }
           else
           {
              QSize sh = w->sizeHint();
              if (!sh.isValid())
                 sh = w->minimumSize();
              minSize = minSize.expandedTo(QSize(0, sh.height()));
              minSize += QSize(sh.width()+1, 0);
           }
        }
 /*US       
        minSize += QSize(QApplication::style().pixelMetric( QStyle::PM_DockWindowHandleExtent ), 0);
 */       
        minSize += QSize(margin*2, margin*2);
        break;
 
      case KToolBar::Left:
      case KToolBar::Right:
        for ( QWidget *w = widgets.first(); w; w = widgets.next() )
        {
           if ( w->inherits( "KToolBarSeparator" ) &&
              !( static_cast<KToolBarSeparator*>(w)->showLine() ) )
           {
              minSize += QSize(0, 6);
           }
           else
           {
              QSize sh = w->sizeHint();
              if (!sh.isValid())
                 sh = w->minimumSize();
              minSize = minSize.expandedTo(QSize(sh.width(), 0));
              minSize += QSize(0, sh.height()+1);
           }
        }
 /*US       
        minSize += QSize(0, QApplication::style().pixelMetric( QStyle::PM_DockWindowHandleExtent ));
 */       
        minSize += QSize(margin*2, margin*2);
        break;
 
      default:
-       minSize = QToolBar::sizeHint();
+       minSize = Q3ToolBar::sizeHint();
        break;
     }
     return minSize;
 #endif
 }
 
 QSize KToolBar::minimumSize() const
 {
     return minimumSizeHint();
 }
 
 QSize KToolBar::minimumSizeHint() const
 {
     return sizeHint();
 }
 
 bool KToolBar::highlight() const
 {
     return d->m_highlight;
 }
 
 void KToolBar::hide()
 {
-    QToolBar::hide();
+    Q3ToolBar::hide();
 }
 
 void KToolBar::show()
 {
-    QToolBar::show();
+    Q3ToolBar::show();
 }
 
 void KToolBar::resizeEvent( QResizeEvent *e )
 {
     bool b = isUpdatesEnabled();
     setUpdatesEnabled( FALSE );
-    QToolBar::resizeEvent( e );
+    Q3ToolBar::resizeEvent( e );
     if (b)
        d->repaintTimer.start( 100, true );
 }
 
 void KToolBar::slotIconChanged(int group)
 {
     if ((group != KIcon::Toolbar) && (group != KIcon::MainToolbar))
         return;
     if ((group == KIcon::MainToolbar) != !::qstrcmp(name(), "mainToolBar"))
         return;
 
     emit modechange();
     if (isVisible())
         updateGeometry();
 }
 
 void KToolBar::slotReadConfig()
 {
     //kdDebug(220) << "KToolBar::slotReadConfig" << endl;
     // Read appearance settings (hmm, we used to do both here,
     // but a well behaved application will call applyMainWindowSettings
     // anyway, right ?)
     applyAppearanceSettings(KGlobal::config(), QString::null );
 }
 
 void KToolBar::slotAppearanceChanged()
 {
     // Read appearance settings from global file.
     applyAppearanceSettings(KGlobal::config(), QString::null, true /* lose local settings */ );
     // And remember to save the new look later
 /*US    
     if ( mainWindow() && mainWindow()->inherits( "KMainWindow" ) )
         static_cast<KMainWindow *>(mainWindow())->setSettingsDirty();
 */        
 }
 
 //static
 bool KToolBar::highlightSetting()
 {
     QString grpToolbar(QString::fromLatin1("Toolbar style"));
     KConfigGroupSaver saver(KGlobal::config(), grpToolbar);
     return KGlobal::config()->readBoolEntry(QString::fromLatin1("Highlighting"),true);
 }
 
 //static
 bool KToolBar::transparentSetting()
 {
     QString grpToolbar(QString::fromLatin1("Toolbar style"));
     KConfigGroupSaver saver(KGlobal::config(), grpToolbar);
     return KGlobal::config()->readBoolEntry(QString::fromLatin1("TransparentMoving"),true);
 }
 
 //static
 KToolBar::IconText KToolBar::iconTextSetting()
 {
     QString grpToolbar(QString::fromLatin1("Toolbar style"));
     KConfigGroupSaver saver(KGlobal::config(), grpToolbar);
     QString icontext = KGlobal::config()->readEntry(QString::fromLatin1("IconText"),QString::fromLatin1("IconOnly"));
     if ( icontext == "IconTextRight" )
         return IconTextRight;
     else if ( icontext == "IconTextBottom" )
         return IconTextBottom;
     else if ( icontext == "TextOnly" )
         return TextOnly;
     else
         return IconOnly;
 }
 
 void KToolBar::applyAppearanceSettings(KConfig *config, const QString &_configGroup, bool forceGlobal)
 {
     return;
     QString configGroup = _configGroup.isEmpty() ? settingsGroup() : _configGroup;
     //kdDebug(220) << "KToolBar::applyAppearanceSettings: configGroup=" << configGroup << endl;
     // We have application-specific settings in the XML file,
     // and nothing in the application's config file
     // -> don't apply the global defaults, the XML ones are preferred
     // See applySettings for a full explanation
 /*US :we do not support xml files    
     if ( d->m_xmlguiClient && !d->m_xmlguiClient->xmlFile().isEmpty() &&
            !config->hasGroup(configGroup) )
     {
         //kdDebug(220) << "skipping global defaults, using XML ones instead" << endl;
         return;
     }
 */
     if ( !config->hasGroup(configGroup) )
     {
         //kdDebug(220) << "skipping global defaults, using XML ones instead" << endl;
         return;
     }
 
 
     KConfig *gconfig = KGlobal::config();
 /*US
     static const QString &attrIconText  = KGlobal::staticQString("IconText");
     static const QString &attrHighlight = KGlobal::staticQString("Highlighting");
     static const QString &attrTrans     = KGlobal::staticQString("TransparentMoving");
     static const QString &attrSize      = KGlobal::staticQString("IconSize");
 */
     // we actually do this in two steps.
     // First, we read in the global styles [Toolbar style] (from the KControl module).
     // Then, if the toolbar is NOT 'mainToolBar', we will also try to read in [barname Toolbar style]
     bool highlight;
     int transparent;
     QString icontext;
     int iconsize = 0;
 
     // this is the first iteration
     QString grpToolbar(QString::fromLatin1("Toolbar style"));
     { // start block for KConfigGroupSaver
         KConfigGroupSaver saver(gconfig, grpToolbar);
 
         // first, get the generic settings
 //US        highlight   = gconfig->readBoolEntry(attrHighlight, true);
         highlight   = gconfig->readBoolEntry("Highlighting", true);
 //US        transparent = gconfig->readBoolEntry(attrTrans, true);
         transparent = gconfig->readBoolEntry("TransparentMoving", true);
 
         // we read in the IconText property *only* if we intend on actually
         // honoring it
         if (d->m_honorStyle)
 //US            d->IconTextDefault = gconfig->readEntry(attrIconText, d->IconTextDefault);
             d->IconTextDefault = gconfig->readEntry("IconText", d->IconTextDefault);
         else
             d->IconTextDefault = "IconOnly";
 
         // Use the default icon size for toolbar icons.
 //US        d->IconSizeDefault = gconfig->readNumEntry(attrSize, d->IconSizeDefault);
         d->IconSizeDefault = gconfig->readNumEntry("IconSize", d->IconSizeDefault);
 
         if ( !forceGlobal && config->hasGroup(configGroup) )
         {
             config->setGroup(configGroup);
 
             // first, get the generic settings
 //US            highlight   = config->readBoolEntry(attrHighlight, highlight);
             highlight   = config->readBoolEntry("Highlighting", highlight);
 //US            transparent = config->readBoolEntry(attrTrans, transparent);
             transparent = config->readBoolEntry("TransparentMoving", transparent);
             // now we always read in the IconText property
 //US            icontext = config->readEntry(attrIconText, d->IconTextDefault);
             icontext = config->readEntry("IconText", d->IconTextDefault);
 
             // now get the size
 //US            iconsize = config->readNumEntry(attrSize, d->IconSizeDefault);
             iconsize = config->readNumEntry("IconSize", d->IconSizeDefault);
         }
         else
         {
             iconsize = d->IconSizeDefault;
             icontext = d->IconTextDefault;
         }
 
         // revert back to the old group
     } // end block for KConfigGroupSaver
 
     bool doUpdate = false;
 
     IconText icon_text;
     if ( icontext == "IconTextRight" )
         icon_text = IconTextRight;
     else if ( icontext == "IconTextBottom" )
         icon_text = IconTextBottom;
     else if ( icontext == "TextOnly" )
         icon_text = TextOnly;
     else
         icon_text = IconOnly;
 
     // check if the icon/text has changed
     if (icon_text != d->m_iconText) {
         //kdDebug(220) << "KToolBar::applyAppearanceSettings setIconText " << icon_text << endl;
         setIconText(icon_text, false);
         doUpdate = true;
     }
 
     // ...and check if the icon size has changed
     if (iconsize != d->m_iconSize) {
         setIconSize(iconsize, false);
         doUpdate = true;
     }
 
-    QMainWindow *mw = mainWindow();
+    Q3MainWindow *mw = mainWindow();
 
     // ...and if we should highlight
     if ( highlight != d->m_highlight ) {
         d->m_highlight = highlight;
         doUpdate = true;
     }
 
     // ...and if we should move transparently
     if ( mw && transparent != (!mw->opaqueMoving()) ) {
         mw->setOpaqueMoving( !transparent );
     }
 
     if (doUpdate)
         emit modechange(); // tell buttons what happened
     if (isVisible ())
         updateGeometry();
 }
 
 void KToolBar::applySettings(KConfig *config, const QString &_configGroup)
 {
     //kdDebug(220) << "KToolBar::applySettings group=" << _configGroup << endl;
 
     QString configGroup = _configGroup.isEmpty() ? settingsGroup() : _configGroup;
 
     /*
       Let's explain this a bit more in details.
       The order in which we apply settings is :
        Global config / <appnamerc> user settings                        if no XMLGUI is used
        Global config / App-XML attributes / <appnamerc> user settings   if XMLGUI is used
 
       So in the first case, we simply read everything from KConfig as below,
       but in the second case we don't do anything here if there is no app-specific config,
       and the XMLGUI uses the static methods of this class to get the global defaults.
 
       Global config doesn't include position (index, offset, newline and hidden/shown).
     */
 
     // First the appearance stuff - the one which has a global config
     applyAppearanceSettings( config, _configGroup );
 
     // ...and now the position stuff
     if ( config->hasGroup(configGroup) )
     {
         KConfigGroupSaver cgs(config, configGroup);
 /*US
         static const QString &attrPosition  = KGlobal::staticQString("Position");
         static const QString &attrIndex  = KGlobal::staticQString("Index");
         static const QString &attrOffset  = KGlobal::staticQString("Offset");
         static const QString &attrNewLine  = KGlobal::staticQString("NewLine");
         static const QString &attrHidden  = KGlobal::staticQString("Hidden");
         
         QString position = config->readEntry(attrPosition, d->PositionDefault);
         int index = config->readNumEntry(attrIndex, d->IndexDefault);
         int offset = config->readNumEntry(attrOffset, d->OffsetDefault);
         bool newLine = config->readBoolEntry(attrNewLine, d->NewLineDefault);
         bool hidden = config->readBoolEntry(attrHidden, d->HiddenDefault);
 */
 
         QString position = config->readEntry("Position", d->PositionDefault);
         int index = config->readNumEntry("Index", d->IndexDefault);
         int offset = config->readNumEntry("Offset", d->OffsetDefault);
         bool newLine = config->readBoolEntry("NewLine", d->NewLineDefault);
         bool hidden = config->readBoolEntry("Hidden", d->HiddenDefault);
 
 /*US        Dock pos(DockTop);
         if ( position == "Top" )
             pos = DockTop;
         else if ( position == "Bottom" )
             pos = DockBottom;
         else if ( position == "Left" )
             pos = DockLeft;
         else if ( position == "Right" )
             pos = DockRight;
         else if ( position == "Floating" )
             pos = DockTornOff;
         else if ( position == "Flat" )
             pos = DockMinimized;
 */
-        QMainWindow::ToolBarDock pos(QMainWindow::Top);
+        Qt::ToolBarDock pos(Qt::DockTop);
         if ( position == "Top" )
-            pos = QMainWindow::Top;
+            pos = Qt::Top;
         else if ( position == "Bottom" )
-            pos = QMainWindow::Bottom;
+            pos = Qt::Bottom;
         else if ( position == "Left" )
-            pos = QMainWindow::Left;
+            pos = Qt::Left;
         else if ( position == "Right" )
-            pos = QMainWindow::Right;
+            pos = Qt::Right;
         else if ( position == "Floating" )
-            pos = QMainWindow::TornOff;
+            pos = Qt::TornOff;
         else if ( position == "Flat" )
-            pos = QMainWindow::Minimized;
+            pos = Qt::Minimized;
             
         //kdDebug(220) << "KToolBar::applySettings hidden=" << hidden << endl;
         if (hidden)
             hide();
         else
             show();
 
         if ( mainWindow() )
         {
-            QMainWindow *mw = mainWindow();
+            Q3MainWindow *mw = mainWindow();
 
             //kdDebug(220) << "KToolBar::applySettings updating ToolbarInfo" << endl;
             d->toolBarInfo = KToolBarPrivate::ToolBarInfo( pos, index, newLine, offset );
 
             // moveDockWindow calls QDockArea which does a reparent() on us with
             // showIt = true, so we loose our visibility status
             bool doHide = isHidden();
 
 //US            mw->moveDockWindow( this, pos, newLine, index, offset );
             mw->moveToolBar( this, pos, newLine, index, offset );
       
             //kdDebug(220) << "KToolBar::applySettings " << name() << " moveDockWindow with pos=" << pos << " newLine=" << newLine << " idx=" << index << " offs=" << offset << endl;
             if ( doHide )
                 hide();
         }
         if (isVisible ())
             updateGeometry();
     }
 }
 
 bool KToolBar::event( QEvent *e )
 {
     if ( (e->type() == QEvent::LayoutHint) && isUpdatesEnabled() )
        d->repaintTimer.start( 100, true );
 
     if (e->type() == QEvent::ChildInserted )
     {
        // By pass QToolBar::event,
        // it will show() the inserted child and we don't want to
        // do that until we have rebuild the layout.
        childEvent((QChildEvent *)e);
        return true;
     }
 
-    return QToolBar::event( e );
+    return Q3ToolBar::event( e );
 }
 
 void KToolBar::slotRepaint()
 {
     setUpdatesEnabled( FALSE );
     // Send a resizeEvent to update the "toolbar extension arrow"
     // (The button you get when your toolbar-items don't fit in
     // the available space)
     QResizeEvent ev(size(), size());
     resizeEvent(&ev);
     //#ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION
     QApplication::sendPostedEvents( this, QEvent::LayoutHint );
     //#endif //DESKTOP_VERSION   
     setUpdatesEnabled( TRUE );
     repaint( TRUE );
 }
 
-void KToolBar::toolBarPosChanged( QToolBar *tb )
+void KToolBar::toolBarPosChanged( Q3ToolBar *tb )
 {
     if ( tb != this )
         return;
 //US    if ( d->oldPos == DockMinimized )
-    if ( d->oldPos == QMainWindow::Minimized )
+    if ( d->oldPos == Qt::Minimized )
         rebuildLayout();
-    d->oldPos = (QMainWindow::ToolBarDock)barPos();
+    d->oldPos = (Qt::ToolBarDock)barPos();
 /*US    
     if ( mainWindow() && mainWindow()->inherits( "KMainWindow" ) )
         static_cast<KMainWindow *>(mainWindow())->setSettingsDirty();
 */        
 }
 
 /*US
 void KToolBar::loadState( const QDomElement &element )
 {
     //kdDebug(220) << "KToolBar::loadState " << this << endl;
     if ( !mainWindow() )
         return;
 
     {
         QCString text = element.namedItem( "text" ).toElement().text().utf8();
         if ( text.isEmpty() )
             text = element.namedItem( "Text" ).toElement().text().utf8();
         if ( !text.isEmpty() )
             setText( i18n( text ) );
     }
 
     {
         QCString attrFullWidth = element.attribute( "fullWidth" ).lower().latin1();
         if ( !attrFullWidth.isEmpty() )
             setFullSize( attrFullWidth == "true" );
     }
 
     Dock dock = DockTop;
     {
         QCString attrPosition = element.attribute( "position" ).lower().latin1();
         //kdDebug(220) << "KToolBar::loadState attrPosition=" << attrPosition << endl;
         if ( !attrPosition.isEmpty() ) {
             if ( attrPosition == "top" )
                 dock = DockTop;
             else if ( attrPosition == "left" )
                 dock = DockLeft;
             else if ( attrPosition == "right" )
                 dock = DockRight;
             else if ( attrPosition == "bottom" )
                 dock = DockBottom;
             else if ( attrPosition == "floating" )
                 dock = DockTornOff;
             else if ( attrPosition == "flat" )
                 dock = DockMinimized;
         }
     }
 
     {
         QCString attrIconText = element.attribute( "iconText" ).lower().latin1();
         if ( !attrIconText.isEmpty() ) {
             //kdDebug(220) << "KToolBar::loadState attrIconText=" << attrIconText << endl;
             if ( attrIconText == "icontextright" )
                 setIconText( KToolBar::IconTextRight );
             else if ( attrIconText == "textonly" )
                 setIconText( KToolBar::TextOnly );
             else if ( attrIconText == "icontextbottom" )
                 setIconText( KToolBar::IconTextBottom );
             else if ( attrIconText == "icononly" )
                 setIconText( KToolBar::IconOnly );
         } else
             // Use global setting
             setIconText( iconTextSetting() );
     }
 
     {
         QString attrIconSize = element.attribute( "iconSize" ).lower();
         if ( !attrIconSize.isEmpty() )
             d->IconSizeDefault = attrIconSize.toInt();
         setIconSize( d->IconSizeDefault );
     }
 
     {
         QString attrIndex = element.attribute( "index" ).lower();
         if ( !attrIndex.isEmpty() )
             d->IndexDefault = attrIndex.toInt();
     }
 
     {
         QString attrOffset = element.attribute( "offset" ).lower();
         if ( !attrOffset.isEmpty() )
             d->OffsetDefault = attrOffset.toInt();
     }
 
     {
         QString attrNewLine = element.attribute( "newline" ).lower();
         if ( !attrNewLine.isEmpty() )
             d->NewLineDefault = attrNewLine == "true";
     }
 
     {
         QString attrHidden = element.attribute( "hidden" ).lower();
         if ( !attrHidden.isEmpty() )
             d->HiddenDefault  = attrHidden  == "true";
     }
 
     d->toolBarInfo = KToolBarPrivate::ToolBarInfo( dock, d->IndexDefault, d->NewLineDefault, d->OffsetDefault );
     mainWindow()->addDockWindow( this, dock, d->NewLineDefault );
 //US    mainWindow()->moveDockWindow( this, dock, d->NewLineDefault, d->IndexDefault, d->OffsetDefault );
     mainWindow()->moveToolBar( this, dock, d->NewLineDefault, d->IndexDefault, d->OffsetDefault );
 
     // Apply the highlight button setting
     d->m_highlight = highlightSetting();
 
     // Apply transparent-toolbar-moving setting (ok, this is global to the mainwindow,
     // but we do it only if there are toolbars...)
     if ( transparentSetting() != !mainWindow()->opaqueMoving() )
         mainWindow()->setOpaqueMoving( !transparentSetting() );
 
     if ( d->HiddenDefault )
         hide();
     else
         show();
 
     getAttributes( d->PositionDefault, d->IconTextDefault, d->IndexDefault );
 }
 */
 
 void KToolBar::getAttributes( QString &position, QString &icontext, int &index )
 {
     // get all of the stuff to save
     switch ( barPos() ) {
     case KToolBar::Flat:
         position = "Flat";
         break;
     case KToolBar::Bottom:
         position = "Bottom";
         break;
     case KToolBar::Left:
         position = "Left";
         break;
     case KToolBar::Right:
         position = "Right";
         break;
     case KToolBar::Floating:
         position = "Floating";
         break;
     case KToolBar::Top:
     default:
         position = "Top";
         break;
     }
 
     if ( mainWindow() ) {
-        QMainWindow::ToolBarDock dock;
+        Qt::ToolBarDock dock;
         bool newLine;
         int offset;
         mainWindow()->getLocation( this, dock, index, newLine, offset );
     }
 
     switch (d->m_iconText) {
     case KToolBar::IconTextRight:
         icontext = "IconTextRight";
         break;
     case KToolBar::IconTextBottom:
         icontext = "IconTextBottom";
         break;
     case KToolBar::TextOnly:
         icontext = "TextOnly";
         break;
     case KToolBar::IconOnly:
     default:
         icontext = "IconOnly";
         break;
     }
 }
 /*US
 void KToolBar::saveState( QDomElement &current )
 {
     QString position, icontext;
     int index = -1;
     getAttributes( position, icontext, index );
 
     current.setAttribute( "noMerge", "1" );
     current.setAttribute( "position", position );
     current.setAttribute( "iconText", icontext );
     current.setAttribute( "index", index );
     current.setAttribute( "offset", offset() );
     current.setAttribute( "newline", newLine() );
     if ( isHidden() )
         current.setAttribute( "hidden", "true" );
     d->modified = true;
 }
 */
 
 void KToolBar::positionYourself( bool force )
 {
     if (force)
         d->positioned = false;
 
     if ( d->positioned || !mainWindow() )
     {
         //kdDebug(220) << "KToolBar::positionYourself d->positioned=true  ALREADY DONE" << endl;
         return;
     }
     // we can't test for ForceHide after moveDockWindow because QDockArea
     // does a reparent() with showIt == true
     bool doHide = isHidden();
     //kdDebug(220) << "positionYourself " << name() << " dock=" << d->toolBarInfo.dock << " newLine=" << d->toolBarInfo.newline << " offset=" << d->toolBarInfo.offset << endl;
 /*US    mainWindow()->moveDockWindow( this, d->toolBarInfo.dock,
                                d->toolBarInfo.newline,
                                d->toolBarInfo.index,
                                d->toolBarInfo.offset );
 */                               
     mainWindow()->moveToolBar( this, d->toolBarInfo.dock, d->NewLineDefault, d->IndexDefault, d->OffsetDefault );
                                
     if ( doHide )
         hide();
     // This method can only have an effect once - unless force is set
     d->positioned = TRUE;
 }
 
 //US KPopupMenu *KToolBar::contextMenu()
-QPopupMenu *KToolBar::contextMenu()
+Q3PopupMenu *KToolBar::contextMenu()
 {
   if ( context )
     return context;
 
   // Construct our context popup menu. Name it qt_dockwidget_internal so it
   // won't be deleted by QToolBar::clear().
 //US  context = new KPopupMenu( this, "qt_dockwidget_internal" );
-  context = new QPopupMenu( this, "qt_dockwidget_internal" );
+  context = new Q3PopupMenu( this, "qt_dockwidget_internal" );
 //US  context->insertTitle(i18n("Toolbar Menu"));
 
 //US  KPopupMenu *orient = new KPopupMenu( context, "orient" );
-  QPopupMenu *orient = new QPopupMenu( context, "orient" );
+  Q3PopupMenu *orient = new Q3PopupMenu( context, "orient" );
   orient->insertItem( i18n("toolbar position string","Top"),  CONTEXT_TOP );
   orient->insertItem( i18n("toolbar position string","Left"), CONTEXT_LEFT );
   orient->insertItem( i18n("toolbar position string","Right"), CONTEXT_RIGHT );
   orient->insertItem( i18n("toolbar position string","Bottom"), CONTEXT_BOTTOM );
   orient->insertSeparator(-1);
   //orient->insertItem( i18n("toolbar position string","Floating"), CONTEXT_FLOAT );
   orient->insertItem( i18n("min toolbar", "Flat"), CONTEXT_FLAT );
 
 //US  KPopupMenu *mode = new KPopupMenu( context, "mode" );
-  QPopupMenu *mode = new QPopupMenu( context, "mode" );
+  Q3PopupMenu *mode = new Q3PopupMenu( context, "mode" );
   mode->insertItem( i18n("Icons Only"), CONTEXT_ICONS );
   mode->insertItem( i18n("Text Only"), CONTEXT_TEXT );
   mode->insertItem( i18n("Text Alongside Icons"), CONTEXT_TEXTRIGHT );
   mode->insertItem( i18n("Text Under Icons"), CONTEXT_TEXTUNDER );
 
 //US  KPopupMenu *size = new KPopupMenu( context, "size" );
-  QPopupMenu *size = new QPopupMenu( context, "size" );
+  Q3PopupMenu *size = new Q3PopupMenu( context, "size" );
   size->insertItem( i18n("Default"), CONTEXT_ICONSIZES );
   // Query the current theme for available sizes
-  QValueList<int> avSizes;
+  Q3ValueList<int> avSizes;
 /*US  
   KIconTheme *theme = KGlobal::instance()->iconLoader()->theme();
   if (!::qstrcmp(QObject::name(), "mainToolBar"))
       avSizes = theme->querySizes( KIcon::MainToolbar);
   else
       avSizes = theme->querySizes( KIcon::Toolbar);
 */
   avSizes << 16;
   avSizes << 32;
   
   d->iconSizes = avSizes;
 
-  QValueList<int>::Iterator it;
+  Q3ValueList<int>::Iterator it;
   for (it=avSizes.begin(); it!=avSizes.end(); it++) {
       QString text;
       if ( *it < 19 )
           text = i18n("Small (%1x%2)").arg(*it).arg(*it);
       else if (*it < 25)
           text = i18n("Medium (%1x%2)").arg(*it).arg(*it);
       else
           text = i18n("Large (%1x%2)").arg(*it).arg(*it);
       //we use the size as an id, with an offset
       size->insertItem( text, CONTEXT_ICONSIZES + *it );
   }
 
   context->insertItem( i18n("Orientation"), orient );
   orient->setItemChecked(CONTEXT_TOP, true);
   context->insertItem( i18n("Text Position"), mode );
   context->setItemChecked(CONTEXT_ICONS, true);
   context->insertItem( i18n("Icon Size"), size );
 
 /*US  
   if (mainWindow()->inherits("KMainWindow"))
   {
       if ( (static_cast<KMainWindow*>(mainWindow())->toolBarMenuAction()) &&
 		(static_cast<KMainWindow*>(mainWindow())->hasMenuBar()) )
 
       (static_cast<KMainWindow*>(mainWindow()))->toolBarMenuAction()->plug(context);
   }
 */
 
   connect( context, SIGNAL( aboutToShow() ), this, SLOT( slotContextAboutToShow() ) );
   return context;
 }
 
 void KToolBar::slotContextAboutToShow()
 {
   if (!d->m_configurePlugged)
   {
     // try to find "configure toolbars" action
 
     KXMLGUIClient *xmlGuiClient = d->m_xmlguiClient;
     if ( !xmlGuiClient && mainWindow() && mainWindow()->inherits( "KMainWindow" ) )
       xmlGuiClient = (KXMLGUIClient *)mainWindow();
     if ( xmlGuiClient )
     {
         KAction *configureAction = xmlGuiClient->actionCollection()->action(KStdAction::stdName(KStdAction::ConfigureToolbars));
         if ( configureAction )
         {
           configureAction->plug(context);
           d->m_configurePlugged = true;
         }
     }
   }
 
   for(int i = CONTEXT_ICONS; i <= CONTEXT_TEXTUNDER; ++i)
     context->setItemChecked(i, false);
 
   switch( d->m_iconText )
   {
         case IconOnly:
         default:
             context->setItemChecked(CONTEXT_ICONS, true);
             break;
         case IconTextRight:
             context->setItemChecked(CONTEXT_TEXTRIGHT, true);
             break;
         case TextOnly:
             context->setItemChecked(CONTEXT_TEXT, true);
             break;
         case IconTextBottom:
             context->setItemChecked(CONTEXT_TEXTUNDER, true);
             break;
   }
 
-  QValueList<int>::ConstIterator iIt = d->iconSizes.begin();
-  QValueList<int>::ConstIterator iEnd = d->iconSizes.end();
+  Q3ValueList<int>::ConstIterator iIt = d->iconSizes.begin();
+  Q3ValueList<int>::ConstIterator iEnd = d->iconSizes.end();
   for (; iIt != iEnd; ++iIt )
       context->setItemChecked( CONTEXT_ICONSIZES + *iIt, false );
 
   context->setItemChecked( CONTEXT_ICONSIZES, false );
 
   context->setItemChecked( CONTEXT_ICONSIZES + d->m_iconSize, true );
 
   for ( int i = CONTEXT_TOP; i <= CONTEXT_FLAT; ++i )
       context->setItemChecked( i, false );
 
   switch ( barPos() )
   {
   case KToolBar::Flat:
       context->setItemChecked( CONTEXT_FLAT, true );
       break;
   case KToolBar::Bottom:
       context->setItemChecked( CONTEXT_BOTTOM, true );
       break;
   case KToolBar::Left:
       context->setItemChecked( CONTEXT_LEFT, true );
       break;
   case KToolBar::Right:
       context->setItemChecked( CONTEXT_RIGHT, true );
       break;
   case KToolBar::Floating:
       context->setItemChecked( CONTEXT_FLOAT, true );
       break;
   case KToolBar::Top:
       context->setItemChecked( CONTEXT_TOP, true );
       break;
   default: break;
   }
 }
 
 void KToolBar::widgetDestroyed()
 {
     removeWidgetInternal( (QWidget*)sender() );
 }
 
 void KToolBar::removeWidgetInternal( QWidget * w )
 { 
     if ( inshutdownprocess )
         return;
     widgets.removeRef( w );
     QMap< QWidget*, int >::Iterator it = widget2id.find( w );
     if ( it == widget2id.end() )
         return;
     id2widget.remove( *it );
     widget2id.remove( it );
 }
 
 void KToolBar::virtual_hook( int, void* )
 { /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
 
 //US #include "ktoolbar.moc"
 
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbar.h b/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbar.h
index 3319fa8..4e00abd 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbar.h
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbar.h
@@ -1,1110 +1,1118 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
     Copyright (C) 2000 Reginald Stadlbauer (reggie@kde.org)
     (C) 1997, 1998 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org)
     (C) 1997, 1998 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org)
     (C) 1997, 1998 Mark Donohoe (donohoe@kde.org)
     (C) 1997, 1998 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org)
     (C) 1999, 2000 Kurt Granroth (granroth@kde.org)
 
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
     */
 
 #ifndef KTOOLBAR_H
 #define KTOOLBAR_H
 
 #ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION
 #define private public
-#include <qtoolbar.h>
+#include <q3toolbar.h>
 #undef private
 #include <qpe/qpetoolbar.h>
 #else
-#include <qtoolbar.h>
+#include <q3toolbar.h>
 #endif
 
 
-#include <qmainwindow.h>
+#include <q3mainwindow.h>
 #include <qcombobox.h>
 #include <qmap.h>
-#include <qptrlist.h>
+#include <q3ptrlist.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <QPixmap>
+#include <QResizeEvent>
+#include <Q3PopupMenu>
+#include <QMouseEvent>
+#include <QChildEvent>
+#include <QEvent>
+#include <QShowEvent>
 #include <kglobal.h>
-#include <qguardedptr.h>
-#include <qframe.h>
-#include <qiconset.h>
+#include <qpointer.h>
+#include <q3frame.h>
+#include <qicon.h>
 
 class QDomElement;
 class QSize;
 class QPixmap;
-class QPopupMenu;
+class Q3PopupMenu;
 class QStringList;
 class QDomDocument;
 class QTimer;
 
 class KLineEdit;
 class KToolBar;
 class KToolBarButton;
 class KToolBoxManager;
 //US class KAnimWidget;
 //US class KPopupMenu;
 //US class KInstance;
 class KComboBox;
 class KXMLGUIClient;
 
 class KToolBarPrivate;
 
-class KToolBarSeparator : public QFrame
+class KToolBarSeparator : public Q3Frame
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 public:
-    KToolBarSeparator( Orientation, bool l, QToolBar *parent, const char* name=0 );
+    KToolBarSeparator( Qt::Orientation, bool l, Q3ToolBar *parent, const char* name=0 );
 
     QSize sizeHint() const;
-    Orientation orientation() const { return orient; }
+    Qt::Orientation orientation() const { return orient; }
     QSizePolicy sizePolicy() const;
     bool showLine() const { return line; }
 public slots:
-   void setOrientation( Orientation );
+   void setOrientation( Qt::Orientation );
 protected:
     void styleChange( QStyle& );
 private:
-    Orientation orient;
+    Qt::Orientation orient;
     bool line;
 };
 
 
  /**
   * A KDE-style toolbar.
   *
   * KToolBar can be dragged around in and between different docks.
   *
   * A KToolBar can contain all sorts of widgets.
   *
   * KToolBar can be used as a standalone widget, but @ref KMainWindow
   * provides easy factories and management of one or more toolbars.
   * Once you have a KToolBar object, you can insert items into it with the
   * insert... methods, or remove them with the @ref removeItem() method. This
   * can be done at any time; the toolbar will be automatically updated.
   * There are also many methods to set per-child properties like alignment
   * and toggle behaviour.
   *
   * KToolBar uses a global config group to load toolbar settings on
   * construction. It will reread this config group on a
   * @ref KApplication::appearanceChanged() signal.
   *
   * @short Floatable toolbar with auto resize.
   * @version $Id$
   * @author Reginald Stadlbauer <reggie@kde.org>, Stephan Kulow <coolo@kde.org>, Sven Radej <radej@kde.org>.
   */
 
 // strange things are happening ... so I have to use strange define methods ...
 // porting KToolBar back to Qt2 really needs some strange hacks
 
 #ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION
-#define QToolBar QPEToolBar
+#define Q3ToolBar QPEToolBar
 #endif
 
- class KToolBar : public QToolBar
+ class KToolBar : public Q3ToolBar
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 
 
     Q_ENUMS( IconText BarPosition )
      
     Q_PROPERTY( IconText iconText READ iconText WRITE setIconText )
     Q_PROPERTY( BarPosition barPos READ barPos WRITE setBarPos )
     Q_PROPERTY( bool fullSize READ fullSize WRITE setFullSize )
     Q_PROPERTY( int iconSize READ iconSize WRITE setIconSize )
     Q_PROPERTY( QString text READ text WRITE setText )
 #ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION
-#undef QToolBar
+#undef Q3ToolBar
 #endif    
 public:
     enum IconText{IconOnly = 0, IconTextRight, TextOnly, IconTextBottom};
     /**
      * The state of the status bar.
      * @deprecated
      **/
     enum BarStatus{Toggle, Show, Hide};
     /**
    * Possible bar positions.
    **/
     enum BarPosition{ Unmanaged, Floating, Top, Bottom, Right, Left, Flat};
 
   /**
    * Constructor.
    * This constructor is used by the XML-GUI. If you use it, you need
    * to call QMainWindow::addToolBar to specify the position of the toolbar.
    * So it's simpler to use the other constructor.
    *
    * The toolbar will read in various global config settings for
    * things like icon size and text position, etc.  However, some of
    * the settings will be honored only if @ref #_honor_mode is set to
    * true.  All other toolbars will be IconOnly and use Medium icons.
    *
    * @param parent      The standard toolbar parent (usually a
    *                    @ref KMainWindow)
    * @param name        The standard internal name
    * @param honor_style If true, then global settings for IconSize and IconText will be honored
    * @param readConfig  whether to apply the configuration (global and application-specific)
    */
     KToolBar( QWidget *parent, const char *name = 0, bool honor_style = FALSE, bool readConfig = TRUE );
 
   /**
    * Constructor for non-XML-GUI applications.
    *
    * The toolbar will read in various global config settings for
    * things like icon size and text position, etc.  However, some of
    * the settings will be honored only if @ref #_honor_mode is set to
    * true.  All other toolbars will be IconOnly and use Medium icons.
    *
    * @param parentWindow The window that should be the parent of this toolbar
    * @param dock        The position of the toolbar. Usually QMainWindow::Top.
    * @param newLine     If true, start a new line in the dock for this toolbar.
    * @param name        The standard internal name
    * @param honor_style If true, then global settings for IconSize and IconText will be honored
    * @param readConfig  whether to apply the configuration (global and application-specific)
    */
-    KToolBar( QMainWindow *parentWindow, QMainWindow::ToolBarDock dock /*= QMainWindow::Top*/, bool newLine = false,
+    KToolBar( Q3MainWindow *parentWindow, Qt::ToolBarDock dock /*= QMainWindow::Top*/, bool newLine = false,
               const char *name = 0, bool honor_style = FALSE, bool readConfig = TRUE );
 
   /**
    * Constructor for non-XML-GUI applications.
    *
    * The toolbar will read in various global config settings for
    * things like icon size and text position, etc.  However, some of
    * the settings will be honored only if @ref #_honor_mode is set to
    * true.  All other toolbars will be IconOnly and use Medium icons.
    *
    * @param parentWindow The window that should be the parent of this toolbar
    * @param dock        Another widget than the mainwindow to dock toolbar to.
    * @param newLine     If true, start a new line in the dock for this toolbar.
    * @param name        The standard internal name
    * @param honor_style If true, then global settings for IconSize and IconText will be honored
    * @param readConfig  whether to apply the configuration (global and application-specific)
    */
-    KToolBar( QMainWindow *parentWindow, QWidget *dock, bool newLine = false,
+    KToolBar( Q3MainWindow *parentWindow, QWidget *dock, bool newLine = false,
               const char *name = 0, bool honor_style = FALSE, bool readConfig = TRUE );
 
     virtual ~KToolBar();
 
   /**
    * Insert a button (a @ref KToolBarButton) with a pixmap.  The
    * pixmap is loaded by the button itself based on the global icon
    * settings.
    *
    * You should connect to one or more signals in KToolBar:
    * @ref clicked() , @ref pressed() , @ref released() , or
    * @ref highlighted()  and if the button is a toggle button
    * (@ref setToggle() ) @ref toggled() .  Those signals have @p id
    * of a button that caused the signal.  If you want to bind a popup
    * to button, see @ref setButton().
    *
    * @param icon    The name of the icon to use as the active pixmap
    * @param id      The id of this button
    * @param enabled Enable or disable the button at startup
    * @param text    The tooltip or toolbar text (depending on state)
    * @param index The position of the button. (-1 = at end).
    *
    * @return The item index.
    */
     int insertButton(const QString& icon, int id, bool enabled = true,
 		     const QString& text = QString::null, int index=-1/*US ,
 		     KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()*/);
 
     /**
    * This is the same as above, but with specified signals and
    * slots to which this button will be connected.
    *
    * You can add more signals with @ref addConnection().
    *
    * @param icon     The name of the icon to use as the active pixmap
    * @param id       The id of this button
    * @param signal   The signal to connect to
    * @param receiver The slot's parent
    * @param enabled  Enable or disable the button at startup
    * @param text     The tooltip or toolbar text (depending on state)
    * @param index    The position of the button. (-1 = at end).
    *
    * @return The item index.
    */
     int insertButton(const QString& icon, int id, const char *signal,
 		     const QObject *receiver, const char *slot,
 		     bool enabled = true, const QString& text = QString::null,
 		     int index=-1/*US, KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()*/ );
 
   /**
    * Inserts a button (a @ref KToolBarButton) with the specified
    * pixmap.  This pixmap will be used as the "active" one and the
    * disabled and default ones will be autogenerated.
    *
    * It is recommended that you use the insertButton function that
    * allows you to specify the icon name rather then the pixmap
    * itself.  Specifying the icon name is much more flexible.
    *
    * You should connect to one or more signals in KToolBar:
    * @ref clicked() , @ref pressed() , @ref released() , or
    * @ref highlighted()  and if the button is a toggle button
    * (@ref setToggle() ) @ref toggled() .  Those signals have @p id
    * of a button that caused the signal.  If you want to bind a popup
    * to button, see @ref setButton().
    *
    * @param pixmap  The active pixmap
    * @param id      The id of this button
    * @param enabled Enable or disable the button at startup
    * @param text    The tooltip or toolbar text (depending on state)
    * @param index The position of the button. (-1 = at end).
    *
    * @return The item index.
    */
     int insertButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, bool enabled = true,
 		     const QString& text = QString::null, int index=-1 );
 
   /**
    * This is the same as above, but with specified signals and
    * slots to which this button will be connected.
    *
    * You can add more signals with @ref addConnection().
    *
    * @param icon     The name of the icon to use as the active pixmap
    * @param id       The id of this button
    * @param signal   The signal to connect to
    * @param receiver The slot's parent
    * @param enabled  Enable or disable the button at startup
    * @param text     The tooltip or toolbar text (depending on state)
    * @param index    The position of the button. (-1 = at end).
    *
    * @return The item index.
    */
     int insertButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, const char *signal,
 		     const QObject *receiver, const char *slot,
 		     bool enabled = true, const QString& text = QString::null,
 		     int index=-1 );
 
   /**
    * Inserts a button with popupmenu.
    *
    * Button will have small
    * triangle. You have to connect to popup's signals. The
    * signals @ref KButton::pressed(), @ref KButton::released(),
    * @ref KButton::clicked() or @ref KButton::doubleClicked() are @p not
    * emmited by
    * this button (see @ref setDelayedPopup() for that).
    * You can add custom popups which inherit @ref QPopupMenu to get popups
    * with tables, drawings etc. Just don't fiddle with events there.
    */
-    int insertButton(const QString& icon, int id, QPopupMenu *popup,
+    int insertButton(const QString& icon, int id, Q3PopupMenu *popup,
 		     bool enabled, const QString&_text, int index=-1);
 
   /**
    * Inserts a button with popupmenu.
    *
    * Button will have small
    * triangle. You have to connect to popup's signals. The
    * signals @ref KButton::pressed(), @ref KButton::released(),
    * @ref KButton::clicked() or @ref KButton::doubleClicked() are @p not
    * emmited by
    * this button (see @ref setDelayedPopup() for that).
    * You can add custom popups which inherit @ref QPopupMenu to get popups
    * with tables, drawings etc. Just don't fiddle with events there.
    */
-    int insertButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QPopupMenu *popup,
+    int insertButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, Q3PopupMenu *popup,
 		     bool enabled, const QString&_text, int index=-1);
 
   /**
    * Inserts a @ref KLineEdit. You have to specify signals and slots to
    * which KLineEdit will be connected. KLineEdit has all slots QLineEdit
    * has, plus signals @ref KLineEdit::completion and @ref KLineEdit::textRotation
    * KLineEdit can be set to autoresize itself to full free width
    * in toolbar, that is to last right aligned item. For that,
    * toolbar must be set to full width (which it is by default).
    * @see setFullWidth()
    * @see setItemAutoSized()
    * @see KLineEdit
    * @return Item index.
    */
     int insertLined (const QString& text, int id,
 		     const char *signal,
 		     const QObject *receiver, const char *slot,
 		     bool enabled = true,
 		     const QString& toolTipText = QString::null,
 		     int size = 70, int index =-1);
 
   /**
    * Inserts a @ref KComboBox with list.
    *
    * Can be writable, but cannot contain
    * pixmaps. By default inserting policy is AtBottom, i.e. typed items
    * are placed at the bottom of the list. Can be autosized. If the size
    * argument is specified as -1, the width of the combobox is automatically
    * computed.
    *
    * @see setFullWidth()
    * @see setItemAutoSized()
    * @see KComboBox
    * @return Item index.
    */
     int insertCombo (const QStringList &list, int id, bool writable,
 		     const char *signal, const QObject *receiver,
 		     const char *slot, bool enabled=true,
 		     const QString& tooltiptext=QString::null,
 		     int size=70, int index=-1,
-		     QComboBox::Policy policy = QComboBox::AtBottom);
+		     QComboBox::Policy policy = QComboBox::InsertAtBottom);
 
   /**
    * Insert a @ref KComboBox with text.
    *
    *  The rest is the same as above.
    * @see setItemAutoSized()
    *
    * @see KComboBox
    * @return Item index.
    */
     int insertCombo (const QString& text, int id, bool writable,
 		     const char *signal, QObject *recevier,
 		     const char *slot, bool enabled=true,
 		     const QString& tooltiptext=QString::null,
 		     int size=70, int index=-1,
-		     QComboBox::Policy policy = QComboBox::AtBottom);
+		     QComboBox::Policy policy = QComboBox::InsertAtBottom);
 
     /**
      * Inserts a separator into the toolbar with the given id.
      * Returns the separator's index
      */
     int insertSeparator( int index = -1, int id = -1 );
 
     /**
      * Inserts a line separator into the toolbar with the given id.
      * Returns the separator's index
      */
     int insertLineSeparator( int index = -1, int id = -1 );
 
   /**
    * Inserts a user-defined widget.  The widget @p must have this
    * toolbar as its parent.
    *
    * Widget must have a QWidget for base class.  Widget can be
    * autosized to full width. If you forget about it, you can get a
    * pointer to this widget with @ref getWidget().
    * @see setItemAutoSized()
    * @return Item index.
    */
     int insertWidget(int id, int width, QWidget *_widget, int index=-1);
 
   /**
    * Inserts an animated widget.  A @ref KAnimWidget will be created
    * internally using the icon name you provide.
    * This will emit a signal (clicked()) whenever the
    * animation widget is clicked.
    *
    * @see animatedWidget()
    *
    * @param id       The id for this toolbar item
    * @param receiver The parent of your slot
    * @param slot     The slot to receive the clicked() signal
    * @param icons    The name of the animation icon group to use
    * @param index    The item index
    *
    * @return The item index
    */
 /*US    
     int insertAnimatedWidget(int id, QObject *receiver, const char *slot,
 			     const QString& icons, int index = -1);
 */
     /**
    * This will return a pointer to the given animated widget, if it
    * exists.
    *
    * @see insertAnimatedWidget
    *
    * @param id The id for the widget you want to get a pointer to
    *
    * @return A pointer to the current animated widget or 0L
    */
 //US    KAnimWidget *animatedWidget( int id );
 
   /**
    * Adds connections to items.
    *
    * It is important that you
    * know the @p id of particular item. Nothing happens if you forget @p id.
    */
     void addConnection (int id, const char *signal,
                         const QObject *receiver, const char *slot);
   /**
    * Enables/disables item.
    */
     void setItemEnabled( int id, bool enabled );
 
   /**
    * Sets the icon for a button.
    *
    * Can be used while button is visible.
    */
     void setButtonIcon( int id, const QString& _icon );
 
   /**
    * Sets button pixmap.
    *
    * Can be used while button is visible.
    */
     void setButtonPixmap( int id, const QPixmap& _pixmap );
 
   /**
    * Sets a button icon from a QIconSet.
    *
    * Can be used while button is visible.
    */
-    void setButtonIconSet( int id, const QIconSet& iconset );
+    void setButtonIconSet( int id, const QIcon& iconset );
 
   /**
    * Sets a delayed popup for a button.
    *
    * Delayed popup is what you see in
    * Netscape Navigator's Previous and Next buttons: If you click them you
    * go back
    * or forth. If you press them long enough, you get a history-menu.
    * This is exactly what we do here.
    *
    * You will insert normal a button with connection (or use signals from
    * toolbar):
    * <pre>
    * bar->insertButton(icon, id, SIGNAL(clicked ()), this,
    *                   SLOT (slotClick()), true, "click or wait for popup");
    * </pre> And then add a delayed popup:
    * <pre>
    * bar->setDelayedPopup (id, historyPopup); </pre>
    *
    * Don't add delayed popups to buttons which have normal popups.
    *
    * You may add popups which are derived from @ref QPopupMenu. You may
    * add popups that are already in the menu bar or are submenus of
    * other popups.
    */
-    void setDelayedPopup (int id , QPopupMenu *_popup, bool toggle = false);
+    void setDelayedPopup (int id , Q3PopupMenu *_popup, bool toggle = false);
 
   /**
    * Turns a button into an autorepeat button.
    *
    * Toggle buttons, buttons with menus, or
    * buttons with delayed menus cannot be made into autorepeat buttons.
    * Moreover, you can and will receive
    * only the signal clicked(), but not pressed() or released().
    * When the user presses this button, you will receive the signal clicked(),
    * and if the button is still pressed after some time,
    * you will receive more clicked() signals separated by regular
    * intervals.  Since this uses @ref QButton::setAutoRepeat() ,
    * I can't quantify 'some'.
    */
     void setAutoRepeat (int id, bool flag=true);
 
 
   /**
    * Turns button into a toggle button if @p flag is true.
    */
     void setToggle (int id, bool flag = true);
 
   /**
    * Toggles a togglebutton.
    *
    * If the button is a toggle button  (see @ref setToggle())
    * the button state will be toggled. This will also cause the toolbar to
    * emit the signal @ref KButton::toggled() with parameter @p id. You must connect to
    * this signal, or use @ref addConnection() to connect directly to the
    * button signal @ref KButton::toggled().
    */
     void toggleButton (int id);
 
   /**
    * Sets a toggle button state.
    *
    * If the button is a toggle button (see @ref setToggle())
    * this will set its state flag. This will also emit the signal
    * @ref KButton::toggled().
    *
    * @see setToggle()
    */
     void setButton (int id, bool flag);
 
   /**
    * @return @p true if button is on, @p false if button is off or if the
    * button is not a toggle button.
    * @see setToggle()
    */
     bool isButtonOn (int id) const;
 
   /**
    * Sets the text of a line editor.
    *
    * Cursor is set at end of text.
    */
     void setLinedText (int id, const QString& text);
 
   /**
    * Returns a line editor text.
    */
     QString getLinedText (int id) const;
 
   /**
    * Inserts @p text in combobox @p id at position @p index.
    */
     void insertComboItem (int id, const QString& text, int index);
 
     /**
    * Inserts @p list in combobox @p id at position @p index.
    */
     void insertComboList (int id, const QStringList &list, int index);
 
   /**
    * Removes item @p index from combobox @p id.
    */
     void removeComboItem (int id, int index);
 
   /**
    * Sets item @p index to be current item in combobox @p id.
    */
     void setCurrentComboItem (int id, int index);
 
   /**
    * Changes item @p index in combobox @p id to text.
    *
    * @p index = -1 refers current item (one displayed in the button).
    */
     void changeComboItem  (int id, const QString& text, int index=-1);
 
   /**
    * Clears the combobox @p id.
    *
    * Does not delete it or hide it.
    */
     void clearCombo (int id);
 
   /**
    * Returns text of item @p index from combobox @p id.
    *
    * @p index = -1 refers to current item.
    */
 
     QString getComboItem (int id, int index=-1) const;
 
     /**
    * Returns a pointer to the combobox.
    *
    * Example:
    * <pre>
    * KComboBox *combo = toolbar->getCombo(combo_id);
    * </pre>
    * That way you can get access to other public methods
    * that @ref KComboBox provides.
    */
     KComboBox * getCombo(int id);
 
     /**
    * Returns a pointer to KToolBarLined.
    *
    * Example:
    * <pre>
    * KLineEdit * lined = toolbar->getKToolBarLined(lined_id);
    * </pre>
    * That way you can get access to other public methods
    * that @ref KLineEdit provides. @ref KLineEdit is the same thing
    * as @ref QLineEdit plus completion signals.
    */
     KLineEdit * getLined (int id);
 
     /**
    * Returns a pointer to KToolBarButton.
    *
    * Example:
    * <pre>
    * KToolBarButton * button = toolbar->getButton(button_id);
    * </pre>
    * That way you can get access to other public methods
    * that @ref KToolBarButton provides.
    *
    *  Using this method is not recommended.
    */
     KToolBarButton * getButton (int id);
 
     /**
    * Align item to the right.
    *
    * This works only if toolbar is set to full width.
    * @see setFullWidth()
    */
     void alignItemRight (int id, bool right = true);
 
     /**
    * Returns a pointer to an inserted widget.
    *
    * Wrong ids are not tested.
    * You can do with this whatever you want,
    * except change its height (hardcoded). If you change its width
    * you will probably have to call QToolBar::updateRects(true)
    * @see QWidget
    * @see updateRects()
    * 
    * KDE4: make this const!
    */
     QWidget *getWidget (int id);
 
     /**
    * Set item autosized.
    *
    * This works only if the toolbar is set to full width.
    * Only @p one item can be autosized, and it has to be
    * the last left-aligned item. Items that come after this must be right
    * aligned. Items that can be right aligned are Lineds, Frames, Widgets and
    * Combos. An autosized item will resize itself whenever the toolbar geometry
    * changes to the last right-aligned item (or to end of toolbar if there
    * are no right-aligned items.)
    * @see setFullWidth()
    * @see alignItemRight()
    */
     void setItemAutoSized (int id, bool yes = true);
 
     /**
    * Remove all items.
    *
    * The toolbar is redrawn after it.
    */
     void clear ();
 
     /**
    * Remove item @p id.
    *
    * Item is deleted. Toolbar is redrawn after it.
    */
     void removeItem (int id);
 
     /**
    * Remove item @p id.
    *
    * Item is deleted when toolbar is redrawn.
    */
     void removeItemDelayed (int id);
 
     /**
    * Hide item.
    */
     void hideItem (int id);
 
     /**
    * Show item.
    */
     void showItem (int id);
 
     /**
    * Returns the index of the given item.
    *
    * KDE4: make this const!
    */
     int itemIndex (int id);
 
     /**
    * Set toolbar to full parent size (default).
    *
    *  In full size mode the bar
    * extends over the parent's full width or height. If the mode is disabled
    * the toolbar tries to take as much space as it needs without wrapping, but
    * it does not exceed the parent box. You can force a certain width or
    * height with @ref setMaxWidth() or @ref setMaxHeight().
    *
    * If you want to use right-aligned items or auto-sized items you must use
    * full size mode.
    */
     void setFullSize(bool flag = true);
 
     /**
    * @return @p true if the full-size mode is enabled. Otherwise
    * it returns @false.
    */
     bool fullSize() const;
 
     /**
    * @deprecated use setMovingEnabled(bool) instead.
    * Enable or disable moving of toolbar.
    */
     void enableMoving(bool flag = true);
 
     /**
    * Set position of toolbar.
    * @see BarPosition()
    */
     void setBarPos (BarPosition bpos);
 
     /**
    * Returns position of toolbar.
    */
     const BarPosition barPos();
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
    * Show, hide, or toggle toolbar.
    *
    * This method is provided for compatibility only,
    * please use show() and/or hide() instead.
    * @see BarStatus
    */
     bool enable(BarStatus stat);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
    * Use setMaximumHeight() instead.
    */
     void setMaxHeight (int h);  // Set max height for vertical toolbars
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
    * Use maximumHeight() instead.
    * Returns the value that was set with @ref setMaxHeight().
    */
     int maxHeight();
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
    * Use setMaximumWidth() instead.
    * Set maximal width of horizontal (top or bottom) toolbar.
    */
     void setMaxWidth (int dw);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
    * Use maximumWidth() instead.
    * Returns the value that was set with @ref setMaxWidth().
    */
     int maxWidth();
 
   /**
    * Set title for toolbar when it floats.
    *
    * Titles are however not (yet)
    * visible. You can't change toolbar's title while it's floating.
    */
     void setTitle (const QString& _title);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
    * Use enableMoving() instead.
    */
     void enableFloating (bool arrrrrrgh);
 
   /**
    * Set the kind of painting for buttons.
    *
    * Choose from:
    * @li IconOnly (only icons),
    * @li IconTextRight (icon and text, text is left from icons),
    * @li TextOnly (only text),
    * @li IconTextBottom (icons and text, text is under icons).
    * @see IconText
    *
    */
     void setIconText(IconText it);
    // Note: don't merge with the next one, it breaks Qt properties
 
   /**
    * Similar to @ref setIconText(IconText it) but allows you to
    * disable or enable updating.  If @p update is false, then the
    * buttons will not be updated.  This is useful only if you know
    * that you will be forcing an update later.
    */
     void setIconText(IconText it, bool update);
 
   /**
    * @return The current text style for buttons.
    */
     IconText iconText() const;
 
   /**
    * Set the icon size to load. Usually you should not call
    * this, the icon size is taken care of by KIconLoader
    * and globally configured.
    * By default, the toolbar will load icons of size 32 for main
    * toolbars and 22 for other toolbars
    * @see KIconLoader.
    *
    * @param size The size to use
    */
     void setIconSize(int size);
     // Note: don't merge with the next one, it breaks Qt properties
 
   /**
    * Same as @ref setIconText(int size) but allows you
    * to disable the toolbar update.
    *
    * @param size   The size to use
    * @param update If true, then the toolbar will be updated after
    *               this
    */
     void setIconSize(int size, bool update);
 
   /**
    * @return The current icon size for buttons.
    */
     int iconSize() const;
 
   /**
    * This allows you to enable or disable the context menu.
    *
    * @param enable If false, then the context menu will be disabled
    */
     void setEnableContextMenu(bool enable = true);
 
   /**
    * Returns whether or not the context menu is disabled
    *
    * @return The context menu state
    */
     bool contextMenuEnabled() const;
 
   /**
    * This will inform a toolbar button to ignore certain style
    * changes.  Specifically, it will ignore IconText (always IconOnly)
    * and will not allow image effects to apply.
    *
    * @param id The button to exclude from styles
    * @param no_style If true, then it is excluded (default: true).
    */
     void setItemNoStyle(int id, bool no_style = true);
 
     void setFlat (bool flag);
 
   /**
    * @return the number of items in the toolbar
    */
     int count() const;
 
   /**
    * Instruct the toolbar to save it's current state to either the app
    * config file or to the XML-GUI resource file (whichever has
    * precedence).
    */
     void saveState();
 
   /**
    * Save the toolbar settings to group @p configGroup in @p config.
    */
     void saveSettings(KConfig *config, const QString &configGroup);
 
   /**
    * Read the toolbar settings from group @p configGroup in @p config
    * and apply them.
    */
     void applySettings(KConfig *config, const QString &configGroup);
 
   /**
    * Tell the toolbar what XML-GUI resource file it should use to save
    * it's state.  The state of the toolbar (position, size, etc) is
    * saved in KConfig files if the application does not use XML-GUI..
    * but if the app does, then it's saved the XML file.  This function
    * allows this to happen.
    *
    * @param xmlfile The XML-GUI resource file to write to
    * @param xml     The DOM document for the XML-GUI building
    */
   //  void setXML(const QString& xmlfile, const QDomDocument& xml);
   /* @internal */
   void setXMLGUIClient( KXMLGUIClient *client );
 
   /**
    * Assign a (translated) text to this toolbar. This is used
    * for the tooltip on the handle, and when listing the toolbars.
    */
     void setText( const QString & txt );
 
   /**
    * @return the toolbar's text.
    */
     QString text() const;
 
     void setStretchableWidget( QWidget *w );
     QSizePolicy sizePolicy() const;
     bool highlight() const;
     QSize sizeHint() const;
     QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
     QSize minimumSize() const;
 
     void hide();
     void show();
 
     void updateRects( bool = FALSE ) {}
 
 //US    void loadState( const QDomElement &e );
 //US    void saveState( QDomElement &e );
 
     /**
      * @internal
      */
     void positionYourself( bool force = false);
 
 signals:
     /**
      * Emitted when button @p id is clicked.
      */
     void clicked(int id);
 
     /**
      * Emitted when button @p id is double-clicked.
      *
      * Note: you will always
      * recive two @ref clicked() , @ref pressed() and @ref released() signals.
      * There is no way to avoid it - at least no easy way.
      * If you need to resolve this all you can do is set up timers
      * which wait for @ref QApplication::doubleClickInterval() to expire.
      * If in that time you don't get this signal, you may belive that
      * button was only clicked and not double-clicked.
      * And please note that butons with popup menus do not emit this signal,
      * but those with delayed popup do.
      */
     void doubleClicked (int id);
 
     /**
      * Emitted when button @p id is pressed.
      */
     void pressed(int);
 
     /**
      * Emits when button @p id is released.
      */
     void released(int);
 
     /**
      * Emitted when a toggle button changes state.
      *
      * Emitted also if you change state
      * with @ref setButton() or @ref toggleButton()
      * If you make a button normal again, with
      * setToggle(false), this signal won't
      * be emitted.
      */
     void toggled(int);
 
     /**
      * This signal is emitted when item id gets highlighted/unhighlighted
      * (i.e when mouse enters/exits).
      *
      * Note that this signal is emitted from
      * all buttons (normal, disabled and toggle) even when there is no visible
      * change in buttons (i.e., buttons do not raise when mouse enters).
      * The parameter @p isHighlighted is @p true when mouse enters and @p false when
      * mouse exits.
      */
     void highlighted(int id, bool isHighlighted);
 
     /**
      * This signal is emitted when item id gets highlighted/unhighlighted
      * (i.e when mouse enters/exits).
      *
      * Note that this signal is emitted from
      * all buttons (normal, disabled and toggle) even when there is no visible
      * change in buttons (i.e., buttons do not raise when mouse enters).
      */
     void highlighted(int id );
 
     /**
      * Emitted when toolbar changes position, or when
      * an item is removed from toolbar.
      *
      * If you subclass @ref KMainWindow and reimplement
      * @ref KMainWindow::resizeEvent() be sure to connect to
      * this signal. Note: You can connect this signal to a slot that
      * doesn't take parameter.
      */
     void moved( BarPosition );
 
     /**
      * @internal
      * This signal is emitted when toolbar detects changing of
      * following parameters:
      * highlighting, button-size, button-mode. This signal is
      * internal, aimed to buttons.
      */
     void modechange ();
 
     /**
      * This signal is emitted when the toolbar is getting deleted,
      * and before ~KToolbar finishes (so it's still time to remove
      * widgets from the toolbar).
      * Used by KWidgetAction.
      * @since 3.2
      */
     void toolbarDestroyed();
 
 public:
     /**
      * @return global setting for "Highlight buttons under mouse"
      */
     void repaintMe();
     static bool highlightSetting();
 
     /**
      * @return global setting for "Toolbars transparent when moving"
      */
     static bool transparentSetting();
 
     /**
      * @return global setting for "Icon Text"
      */
     static IconText iconTextSetting();
 
 public slots:
     virtual void setIconText( const QString &txt )
-    { QToolBar::setIconText( txt ); }
+    { Q3ToolBar::setIconText( txt ); }
     void slotRepaint();
 
 protected:
     void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * );
     void childEvent( QChildEvent *e );
     void showEvent( QShowEvent *e );
     void resizeEvent( QResizeEvent *e );
     bool event( QEvent *e );
     void applyAppearanceSettings(KConfig *config, const QString &_configGroup, bool forceGlobal = false);
     QString settingsGroup();
 
 private slots:
     void rebuildLayout();
     void slotReadConfig ();
     void slotAppearanceChanged();
     void slotIconChanged(int);
-    void toolBarPosChanged( QToolBar *tb );
+    void toolBarPosChanged( Q3ToolBar *tb );
     void slotContextAboutToShow();
     void widgetDestroyed();
 
 private: 
     int sizeHintW;
     int sizeHintH;
     void init( bool readConfig = true, bool honorStyle = false );
     void doConnections( KToolBarButton *button );
     void insertWidgetInternal( QWidget *w, int &index, int id );
     void removeWidgetInternal( QWidget *w );
     void getAttributes( QString &position, QString &icontext, int &index );
 //US    KPopupMenu *contextMenu();
-    QPopupMenu *contextMenu();
+    Q3PopupMenu *contextMenu();
 
     QMap<QWidget*, int > widget2id;
     typedef QMap<int, QWidget* > Id2WidgetMap;
     Id2WidgetMap id2widget;
 //US    KPopupMenu *context;
-    QPopupMenu *context;
-    QPtrList<QWidget> widgets;
+    Q3PopupMenu *context;
+    Q3PtrList<QWidget> widgets;
     QTimer *layoutTimer;
-    QGuardedPtr<QWidget> stretchableWidget, rightAligned;
+    QPointer<QWidget> stretchableWidget, rightAligned;
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
 private:
     KToolBarPrivate *d;
     bool inshutdownprocess;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbarbutton.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbarbutton.cpp
index 1d5d0e5..7b98b32 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbarbutton.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbarbutton.cpp
@@ -1,756 +1,770 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
     Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org)
               (C) 1997, 1998 Mark Donohoe (donohoe@kde.org)
               (C) 1997, 1998 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org)
               (C) 1997, 1998 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org)
               (C) 1999 Chris Schlaeger (cs@kde.org)
               (C) 1999 Kurt Granroth (granroth@kde.org)
 
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 //US #include <config.h>
 #include <string.h>
 
 #include "ktoolbarbutton.h"
 #include "ktoolbar.h"
 
 #include <qstyle.h>
 #include <qimage.h>
 #include <qtimer.h>
 #include <qdrawutil.h>
 #include <qtooltip.h>
 #include <qbitmap.h>
-#include <qpopupmenu.h>
+#include <q3popupmenu.h>
 #include <qcursor.h>
 #include <qpainter.h>
 #include <qlayout.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <QPixmap>
+#include <QMouseEvent>
+#include <QEvent>
 
 #include <kapplication.h>
 #include <kdebug.h>
 #include <kglobal.h>
 #include <kglobalsettings.h>
 //US #include <kiconeffect.h>
 #include <kiconloader.h>
 
 // needed to get our instance
 #include <kmainwindow.h>
 
-template class QIntDict<KToolBarButton>;
+template class Q3IntDict<KToolBarButton>;
 
 class KToolBarButtonPrivate
 {
 public:
   KToolBarButtonPrivate()
   {
     m_noStyle     = false;
     m_isSeparator = false;
     m_isRadio     = false;
     m_highlight   = false;
     m_isRaised    = false;
     m_isActive    = false;
 
     m_iconName    = QString::null;
     m_iconText    = KToolBar::IconOnly;
     m_iconSize    = 0;
 
 //US    m_instance = KGlobal::instance();
   }
   ~KToolBarButtonPrivate()
   {
   }
 
   int     m_id;
   bool    m_noStyle: 1;
   bool    m_isSeparator: 1;
   bool    m_isRadio: 1;
   bool    m_highlight: 1;
   bool    m_isRaised: 1;
   bool    m_isActive: 1;
 
   QString m_iconName;
 
   KToolBar *m_parent;
   KToolBar::IconText m_iconText;
   int m_iconSize;
   QSize size;
   
   QPoint m_mousePressPos;
 
 //US  KInstance  *m_instance;
 };
 
 // This will construct a separator
 KToolBarButton::KToolBarButton( QWidget *_parent, const char *_name )
   : QToolButton( _parent , _name)
 {
   d = new KToolBarButtonPrivate;
 
   resize(6,6);
   hide();
   d->m_isSeparator = true;
 }
 
 KToolBarButton::KToolBarButton( const QString& _icon, int _id,
                                 QWidget *_parent, const char *_name,
                                 const QString &_txt/*US, KInstance *_instance*/ )
     : QToolButton( _parent, _name ), d( 0 )
 {
   d = new KToolBarButtonPrivate;
 
   d->m_id     = _id;
   d->m_parent = (KToolBar*)_parent;
   QToolButton::setTextLabel(_txt);
 //US  d->m_instance = _instance;
 
-  setFocusPolicy( NoFocus );
+  setFocusPolicy( Qt::NoFocus );
 
   // connect all of our slots and start trapping events
   connect(d->m_parent, SIGNAL( modechange() ),
           this,         SLOT( modeChange() ));
 
   connect(this, SIGNAL( clicked() ),
           this, SLOT( slotClicked() ) );
   connect(this, SIGNAL( pressed() ),
           this, SLOT( slotPressed() ) );
   connect(this, SIGNAL( released() ),
           this, SLOT( slotReleased() ) );
   installEventFilter(this);
 
   d->m_iconName = _icon;
 
   // do our initial setup
   modeChange();
 }
 
 KToolBarButton::KToolBarButton( const QPixmap& pixmap, int _id,
                                 QWidget *_parent, const char *name,
                                 const QString& txt)
     : QToolButton( _parent, name ), d( 0 )
 {
   d = new KToolBarButtonPrivate;
 
   d->m_id       = _id;
   d->m_parent   = (KToolBar *) _parent;
   QToolButton::setTextLabel(txt);
 
-  setFocusPolicy( NoFocus );
+  setFocusPolicy( Qt::NoFocus );
 
   // connect all of our slots and start trapping events
   connect(d->m_parent, SIGNAL( modechange()),
           this,        SLOT(modeChange()));
 
   connect(this, SIGNAL( clicked() ),
           this, SLOT( slotClicked() ));
   connect(this, SIGNAL( pressed() ),
           this, SLOT( slotPressed() ));
   connect(this, SIGNAL( released() ),
           this, SLOT( slotReleased() ));
   installEventFilter(this);
 
   // set our pixmap and do our initial setup
-  setIconSet( QIconSet( pixmap ));
+  setIconSet( QIcon( pixmap ));
   modeChange();
 }
 
 KToolBarButton::~KToolBarButton()
 {
   delete d; d = 0;
 }
 
 void KToolBarButton::modeChange()
 {
   QSize mysize;
 
   // grab a few global variables for use in this function and others
   d->m_highlight = d->m_parent->highlight();
   d->m_iconText  = d->m_parent->iconText();
 
   d->m_iconSize = d->m_parent->iconSize();
   if (!d->m_iconName.isNull())
     setIcon(d->m_iconName);
 
   // we'll start with the size of our pixmap
   int pix_width  = d->m_iconSize;
 
   if ( d->m_iconSize == 0 ) {
       if (!strcmp(d->m_parent->name(), "mainToolBar"))
 /*US      
           pix_width = IconSize( KIcon::MainToolbar );
       else
           pix_width = IconSize( KIcon::Toolbar );
 */
 //qDebug("KToolBarButton::modeChange make iconsize configurable");          
       pix_width = 16;
   }
   int pix_height = pix_width;
 
   int text_height = 0;
   int text_width = 0;
 
   QToolTip::remove(this);
   if (d->m_iconText != KToolBar::IconOnly)
   {
     // okay, we have to deal with fonts.  let's get our information now
 /*US    
     QFont tmp_font = KGlobalSettings::toolBarFont();
 
     // now parse out our font sizes from our chosen font
     QFontMetrics fm(tmp_font);
 
     text_height = fm.lineSpacing();
     text_width  = fm.width(textLabel());
 */    
 //qDebug("KToolBarButton::modeChange make textsize configurable");          
 
     // none of the other modes want tooltips
   }
   else
   {
     QToolTip::add(this, textLabel());
   }
 
   switch (d->m_iconText)
   {
   case KToolBar::IconOnly:
     mysize = QSize(pix_width, pix_height);
     break;
 
   case KToolBar::IconTextRight:
     mysize = QSize(pix_width + text_width + 4, pix_height);
     break;
 
   case KToolBar::TextOnly:
     mysize = QSize(text_width + 4, text_height);
     break;
 
   case KToolBar::IconTextBottom:
     mysize = QSize((text_width + 4 > pix_width) ? text_width + 4 : pix_width, pix_height + text_height);
     break;
 
   default:
     break;
   }
 /*US
   mysize = style().sizeFromContents(QStyle::CT_ToolButton, this, mysize).
                expandedTo(QApplication::globalStrut());
 */
   // make sure that this isn't taller then it is wide
   if (mysize.height() > mysize.width())
     mysize.setWidth(mysize.height());
 
   d->size = mysize;
   setFixedSize(mysize);
   updateGeometry();
 }
 
 void KToolBarButton::setTextLabel( const QString& text, bool tipToo)
 {
   if (text.isNull())
     return;
 
   QString txt(text);
   if (txt.right(3) == QString::fromLatin1("..."))
     txt.truncate(txt.length() - 3);
 
   QToolButton::setTextLabel(txt, tipToo);
   update();
 }
 
 void KToolBarButton::setText( const QString& text)
 {
   setTextLabel(text, true);
   modeChange();
 }
 
 void KToolBarButton::setIcon( const QString &icon )
 {
   d->m_iconName = icon;
   d->m_iconSize = d->m_parent->iconSize();
   // QObject::name() return "const char *" instead of QString.
   if (!strcmp(d->m_parent->name(), "mainToolBar"))
 /*US    QToolButton::setIconSet( d->m_instance->iconLoader()->loadIconSet(
         d->m_iconName, KIcon::MainToolbar, d->m_iconSize ));
 */
     QToolButton::setIconSet( KGlobal::iconLoader()->loadIconSet(d->m_iconName ));
   else
 /*US    QToolButton::setIconSet(d->m_instance->iconLoader()->loadIconSet(
         d->m_iconName, KIcon::Toolbar, d->m_iconSize ));
 */        
     QToolButton::setIconSet(KGlobal::iconLoader()->loadIconSet(d->m_iconName));
 }
 
-void KToolBarButton::setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset )
+void KToolBarButton::setIconSet( const QIcon &iconset )
 {
   QToolButton::setIconSet( iconset );
 }
 
 // remove?
 void KToolBarButton::setPixmap( const QPixmap &pixmap )
 {
   if( pixmap.isNull()) // called by QToolButton
   {
     QToolButton::setPixmap( pixmap );
     return;
   }
-  QIconSet set = iconSet();
-  set.setPixmap( pixmap, QIconSet::Automatic, QIconSet::Active );
+  QIcon set = iconSet();
+  set.setPixmap( pixmap, QIcon::Automatic, QIcon::Active );
   QToolButton::setIconSet( set );
 }
 
 void KToolBarButton::setDefaultPixmap( const QPixmap &pixmap )
 {
-  QIconSet set = iconSet();
-  set.setPixmap( pixmap, QIconSet::Automatic, QIconSet::Normal );
+  QIcon set = iconSet();
+  set.setPixmap( pixmap, QIcon::Automatic, QIcon::Normal );
   QToolButton::setIconSet( set );
 }
 
 void KToolBarButton::setDisabledPixmap( const QPixmap &pixmap )
 {
-  QIconSet set = iconSet();
-  set.setPixmap( pixmap, QIconSet::Automatic, QIconSet::Disabled );
+  QIcon set = iconSet();
+  set.setPixmap( pixmap, QIcon::Automatic, QIcon::Disabled );
   QToolButton::setIconSet( set );
 }
 
 void KToolBarButton::setDefaultIcon( const QString& icon )
 {
-  QIconSet set = iconSet();
+  QIcon set = iconSet();
   QPixmap pm;
   if (!strcmp(d->m_parent->name(), "mainToolBar"))
     pm = /*US d->m_instance->iconLoader()*/KGlobal::iconLoader()->loadIcon( icon, KIcon::MainToolbar,
         d->m_iconSize );
   else
     pm = /*US d->m_instance->iconLoader()*/KGlobal::iconLoader()->loadIcon( icon, KIcon::Toolbar,
         d->m_iconSize );
-  set.setPixmap( pm, QIconSet::Automatic, QIconSet::Normal );
+  set.setPixmap( pm, QIcon::Automatic, QIcon::Normal );
   QToolButton::setIconSet( set );
 }
 
 void KToolBarButton::setDisabledIcon( const QString& icon )
 {
-  QIconSet set = iconSet();
+  QIcon set = iconSet();
   QPixmap pm;
   if (!strcmp(d->m_parent->name(), "mainToolBar"))
     pm = /*US d->m_instance->iconLoader()*/ KGlobal::iconLoader()->loadIcon( icon, KIcon::MainToolbar,
         d->m_iconSize );
   else
     pm = /*US d->m_instance->iconLoader()*/ KGlobal::iconLoader()->loadIcon( icon, KIcon::Toolbar,
         d->m_iconSize );
-  set.setPixmap( pm, QIconSet::Automatic, QIconSet::Disabled );
+  set.setPixmap( pm, QIcon::Automatic, QIcon::Disabled );
   QToolButton::setIconSet( set );
 }
 
-QPopupMenu *KToolBarButton::popup()
+QMenu *KToolBarButton::popup()
 {
   // obsolete
   // KDE4: remove me
   return QToolButton::popup();
 }
 
-void KToolBarButton::setPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool)
+void KToolBarButton::setPopup(Q3PopupMenu *p, bool)
 {
   QToolButton::setPopup(p);
   QToolButton::setPopupDelay(1);
 }
 
 
-void KToolBarButton::setDelayedPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool)
+void KToolBarButton::setDelayedPopup (Q3PopupMenu *p, bool)
 {
   QToolButton::setPopup(p);
 //US  QToolButton::setPopupDelay(QApplication::startDragTime());
 }
 
 void KToolBarButton::leaveEvent(QEvent *)
 {
   if( d->m_isRaised || d->m_isActive )
   {
     d->m_isRaised = false;
     d->m_isActive = false;
     repaint(false);
   }
 
   emit highlighted(d->m_id, false);
 }
 
 void KToolBarButton::enterEvent(QEvent *)
 {
   if (d->m_highlight)
   {
     if (isEnabled())
     {
       d->m_isActive = true;
       if (!isToggleButton())
         d->m_isRaised = true;
     }
     else
     {
       d->m_isRaised = false;
       d->m_isActive = false;
     }
 
     repaint(false);
   }
   emit highlighted(d->m_id, true);
 }
 
 bool KToolBarButton::eventFilter(QObject *o, QEvent *ev)
 {
   if ((KToolBarButton *)o == this)
   {
 
     // Popup the menu when the left mousebutton is pressed and the mouse
     // is moved by a small distance.
     if (QToolButton::popup())
     {
       if (ev->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonPress)
       {
         QMouseEvent* mev = static_cast<QMouseEvent*>(ev);
         d->m_mousePressPos = mev->pos();
       }
       else if (ev->type() == QEvent::MouseMove)
       {
         QMouseEvent* mev = static_cast<QMouseEvent*>(ev);
         if ((mev->pos() - d->m_mousePressPos).manhattanLength()
 //US              > KGlobalSettings::dndEventDelay())
                   > 5 )
         {
 //US          openPopup();
           return true;
         }
       }
     }
 
     if ((ev->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonPress ||
          ev->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonRelease ||
          ev->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick) && d->m_isRadio && isOn())
       return true;
 
     // From Kai-Uwe Sattler <kus@iti.CS.Uni-Magdeburg.De>
     if (ev->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick)
     {
       emit doubleClicked(d->m_id);
       return true;
     }
   }
 
   return QToolButton::eventFilter(o, ev);
 }
 
 void KToolBarButton::drawButton( QPainter *_painter )
 {
 #ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION
-  QStyle::SFlags flags   = QStyle::Style_Default;
-  QStyle::SCFlags active = QStyle::SC_None;
+  QStyle::State flags   = QStyle::State_None;
+  QStyle::SubControls active = QStyle::SC_None;
 
   if (isDown()) {
-    flags  |= QStyle::Style_Down;
+    flags  |= QStyle::State_DownArrow;
     active |= QStyle::SC_ToolButton;
   }
-  if (isEnabled()) 	flags |= QStyle::Style_Enabled;
-  if (isOn()) 		flags |= QStyle::Style_On;
-  if (isEnabled() && d->m_isRaised)	flags |= QStyle::Style_Raised;
-  if (hasFocus())	flags |= QStyle::Style_HasFocus;
+  if (isEnabled()) 	flags |= QStyle::State_Enabled;
+  if (isOn()) 		flags |= QStyle::State_On;
+  if (isEnabled() && d->m_isRaised)	flags |= QStyle::State_Raised;
+  if (hasFocus())	flags |= QStyle::State_HasFocus;
+
+  QStyleOptionToolButton qsotb;
+  qsotb.initFrom(this);
+  qsotb.state = flags;
+  qsotb.activeSubControls = active;
+  qsotb.rect = rect();
+  qsotb.palette = palette();
 
   // Draw a styled toolbutton
-  style().drawComplexControl(QStyle::CC_ToolButton, _painter, this, rect(),
-	colorGroup(), flags, QStyle::SC_ToolButton, active, QStyleOption());
+  style()->drawComplexControl(QStyle::CC_ToolButton, &qsotb, _painter, this);
 
 #else
   style().drawToolButton(_painter, rect().x(), rect().y(), rect().width(), rect().height(), colorGroup());
 #endif
   int dx, dy;
   QFont tmp_font(KGlobalSettings::toolBarFont());
   QFontMetrics fm(tmp_font);
   QRect textRect;
   int textFlags = 0;
 
   if (d->m_iconText == KToolBar::IconOnly) // icon only
   {
 /*US  
     QPixmap pixmap = iconSet().pixmap( QIconSet::Automatic,
         isEnabled() ? (d->m_isActive ? QIconSet::Active : QIconSet::Normal) :
             	QIconSet::Disabled,
         isOn() ? QIconSet::On : QIconSet::Off );
 */        
-    QPixmap pixmap = iconSet().pixmap( QIconSet::Automatic,
-        isEnabled() ? (d->m_isActive ? QIconSet::Active : QIconSet::Normal) :
-            	QIconSet::Disabled);
+    QPixmap pixmap = iconSet().pixmap( QIcon::Automatic,
+        isEnabled() ? (d->m_isActive ? QIcon::Active : QIcon::Normal) :
+            	QIcon::Disabled);
     
     if( !pixmap.isNull())
     {
       dx = ( width() - pixmap.width() ) / 2;
       dy = ( height() - pixmap.height() ) / 2;
       if ( isDown() /*US && style().styleHint(QStyle::SH_GUIStyle) == WindowsStyle*/ )
       {
         ++dx;
         ++dy;
       }
       _painter->drawPixmap( dx, dy, pixmap );
     }
   }
   else if (d->m_iconText == KToolBar::IconTextRight) // icon and text (if any)
   {
 /*US    
     QPixmap pixmap = iconSet().pixmap( QIconSet::Automatic,
         isEnabled() ? (d->m_isActive ? QIconSet::Active : QIconSet::Normal) :
             	QIconSet::Disabled,
         isOn() ? QIconSet::On : QIconSet::Off );
 */        
-    QPixmap pixmap = iconSet().pixmap( QIconSet::Automatic,
-        isEnabled() ? (d->m_isActive ? QIconSet::Active : QIconSet::Normal) :
-            	QIconSet::Disabled);
+    QPixmap pixmap = iconSet().pixmap( QIcon::Automatic,
+        isEnabled() ? (d->m_isActive ? QIcon::Active : QIcon::Normal) :
+            	QIcon::Disabled);
     
     if( !pixmap.isNull())
     {
       dx = 4;
       dy = ( height() - pixmap.height() ) / 2;
       if ( isDown() /*US && style().styleHint(QStyle::SH_GUIStyle) == WindowsStyle*/ )
       {
         ++dx;
         ++dy;
       }
       _painter->drawPixmap( dx, dy, pixmap );
     }
 
     if (!textLabel().isNull())
     {
-      textFlags = AlignVCenter|AlignLeft;
+      textFlags = Qt::AlignVCenter|Qt::AlignLeft;
       if (!pixmap.isNull())
         dx = 4 + pixmap.width() + 2;
       else
         dx = 4;
       dy = 0;
       if ( isDown() /*US && style().styleHint(QStyle::SH_GUIStyle) == WindowsStyle*/ )
       {
         ++dx;
         ++dy;
       }
       textRect = QRect(dx, dy, width()-dx, height());
     }
   }
   else if (d->m_iconText == KToolBar::TextOnly)
   {
     if (!textLabel().isNull())
     {
-      textFlags = AlignVCenter|AlignLeft;
+      textFlags = Qt::AlignVCenter|Qt::AlignLeft;
       dx = (width() - fm.width(textLabel())) / 2;
       dy = (height() - fm.lineSpacing()) / 2;
       if ( isDown() /*US && style().styleHint(QStyle::SH_GUIStyle) == WindowsStyle*/ )
       {
         ++dx;
         ++dy;
       }
       textRect = QRect( dx, dy, fm.width(textLabel()), fm.lineSpacing() );
     }
   }
   else if (d->m_iconText == KToolBar::IconTextBottom)
   {
 /*US    
     QPixmap pixmap = iconSet().pixmap( QIconSet::Automatic,
         isEnabled() ? (d->m_isActive ? QIconSet::Active : QIconSet::Normal) :
             	QIconSet::Disabled,
         isOn() ? QIconSet::On : QIconSet::Off );
 */    
-    QPixmap pixmap = iconSet().pixmap( QIconSet::Automatic,
-        isEnabled() ? (d->m_isActive ? QIconSet::Active : QIconSet::Normal) :
-            	QIconSet::Disabled);
+    QPixmap pixmap = iconSet().pixmap( QIcon::Automatic,
+        isEnabled() ? (d->m_isActive ? QIcon::Active : QIcon::Normal) :
+            	QIcon::Disabled);
     
     if( !pixmap.isNull())
     {
       dx = (width() - pixmap.width()) / 2;
       dy = (height() - fm.lineSpacing() - pixmap.height()) / 2;
       if ( isDown() /*US && style().styleHint(QStyle::SH_GUIStyle) == WindowsStyle*/ )
       {
         ++dx;
         ++dy;
       }
       _painter->drawPixmap( dx, dy, pixmap );
     }
 
     if (!textLabel().isNull())
     {
-      textFlags = AlignBottom|AlignHCenter;
+      textFlags = Qt::AlignBottom|Qt::AlignHCenter;
       dx = (width() - fm.width(textLabel())) / 2;
       dy = height() - fm.lineSpacing() - 4;
 
       if ( isDown() /*US && style().styleHint(QStyle::SH_GUIStyle) == WindowsStyle*/ )
       {
         ++dx;
         ++dy;
       }
       textRect = QRect( dx, dy, fm.width(textLabel()), fm.lineSpacing() );
     }
   }
 
   // Draw the text at the position given by textRect, and using textFlags
   if (!textLabel().isNull() && !textRect.isNull())
   {
       _painter->setFont(KGlobalSettings::toolBarFont());
       if (!isEnabled())
         _painter->setPen(palette().disabled().dark());
       else if(d->m_isRaised)
         _painter->setPen(KGlobalSettings::toolBarHighlightColor());
       else
 	_painter->setPen( colorGroup().buttonText() );
       _painter->drawText(textRect, textFlags, textLabel());
   }
 
   if (QToolButton::popup())
   {
 #ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION
-    QStyle::SFlags arrowFlags = QStyle::Style_Default;
+    QStyle::State arrowFlags = QStyle::State_None;
+
+    if (isDown())	arrowFlags |= QStyle::State_DownArrow;
+    if (isEnabled()) 	arrowFlags |= QStyle::State_Enabled;
 
-    if (isDown())	arrowFlags |= QStyle::Style_Down;
-    if (isEnabled()) 	arrowFlags |= QStyle::Style_Enabled;
+    QStyleOption qso;
+    qso.initFrom(this);
+    qso.state = arrowFlags;
+    qso.rect = QRect(width()-7, height()-7, 7, 7);
+    qso.palette = palette();
 
-      style().drawPrimitive(QStyle::PE_ArrowDown, _painter,
-          QRect(width()-7, height()-7, 7, 7), colorGroup(),
-	  arrowFlags, QStyleOption() );
+      style()->drawPrimitive(QStyle::PE_IndicatorArrowDown, &qso, _painter);
 #else  
       style().drawArrow(_painter, Qt::DownArrow, isDown(),
           width()-7, height()-7, 7, 7, colorGroup(), isEnabled() );
 #endif
           
   }
 }
 
 void KToolBarButton::paletteChange(const QPalette &)
 {
   if(!d->m_isSeparator)
   {
     modeChange();
     repaint(false); // no need to delete it first therefore only false
   }
 }
 
 void KToolBarButton::showMenu()
 {
   // obsolete
   // KDE4: remove me
 }
 
 void KToolBarButton::slotDelayTimeout()
 {
   // obsolete
   // KDE4: remove me
 }
 
 void KToolBarButton::slotClicked()
 {
   emit clicked( d->m_id );
 }
 
 void KToolBarButton::slotPressed()
 {
   emit pressed( d->m_id );
 }
 
 void KToolBarButton::slotReleased()
 {
   emit released( d->m_id );
 }
 
 void KToolBarButton::slotToggled()
 {
   emit toggled( d->m_id );
 }
 
 void KToolBarButton::setNoStyle(bool no_style)
 {
     d->m_noStyle = no_style;
 
     modeChange();
     d->m_iconText = KToolBar::IconTextRight;
     repaint(false);
 }
 
 void KToolBarButton::setRadio (bool f)
 {
     if ( d )
 	d->m_isRadio = f;
 }
 
 void KToolBarButton::on(bool flag)
 {
   if(isToggleButton() == true)
     setOn(flag);
   else
   {
     setDown(flag);
     leaveEvent((QEvent *) 0);
   }
   repaint();
 }
 
 void KToolBarButton::toggle()
 {
   setOn(!isOn());
   repaint();
 }
 
 void KToolBarButton::setToggle(bool flag)
 {
   setToggleButton(flag);
   if (flag == true)
     connect(this, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), this, SLOT(slotToggled()));
   else
     disconnect(this, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), this, SLOT(slotToggled()));
 }
 
 QSize KToolBarButton::sizeHint() const
 {
    return d->size;
 }
 
 QSize KToolBarButton::minimumSizeHint() const
 {
    return d->size;
 }
 
 QSize KToolBarButton::minimumSize() const
 {
    return d->size;
 }
 
 bool KToolBarButton::isRaised() const
 {
     return d->m_isRaised;
 }
 
 bool KToolBarButton::isActive() const
 {
     return d->m_isActive;
 }
 
 int KToolBarButton::iconTextMode() const
 {
     return static_cast<int>( d->m_iconText );
 }
 
 int KToolBarButton::id() const
 {
     return d->m_id;
 }
 
 // KToolBarButtonList
 KToolBarButtonList::KToolBarButtonList()
 {
    setAutoDelete(false);
 }
 
 void KToolBarButton::virtual_hook( int, void* )
 { /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
 
 //US #include "ktoolbarbutton.moc"
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbarbutton.h b/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbarbutton.h
index 9aaa13c..ad02e4e 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbarbutton.h
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbarbutton.h
@@ -1,313 +1,316 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
     Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org)
               (C) 1997, 1998 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org)
               (C) 1997, 1998 Mark Donohoe (donohoe@kde.org)
               (C) 1997, 1998 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org)
               (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth (granroth@kde.org)
 
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 // $Id$
 #ifndef _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H
 #define _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H
 
 #include <qpixmap.h>
 #include <qtoolbutton.h>
-#include <qintdict.h>
+#include <q3intdict.h>
 #include <qstring.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <QEvent>
+#include <Q3PopupMenu>
 #include <kglobal.h>
 
 class KToolBar;
 class KToolBarButtonPrivate;
 //USclass KInstance;
 class QEvent;
-class QPopupMenu;
+class Q3PopupMenu;
 class QPainter;
 
 /**
  * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the
  * KToolBar methods instead.
  * @internal
  */
 class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
   /**
    * Construct a button with an icon loaded by the button itself.
    * This will trust the button to load the correct icon with the
    * correct size.
    *
    * @param icon   Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative)
    * @param id     Id of this button
    * @param parent This button's parent
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
   KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent,
                  const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null/*US,
                  KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()*/);
 
   /**
    * Construct a button with an existing pixmap.  It is not
    * recommended that you use this as the internal icon loading code
    * will almost always get it "right".
    *
    * @param icon   Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative)
    * @param id     Id of this button
    * @param parent This button's parent
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
   KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent,
                  const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null);
 
   /**
    * Construct a separator button
    *
    * @param parent This button's parent
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    */
   KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
 
   /**
    * Standard destructor
    */
   ~KToolBarButton();
   QSize sizeHint() const;
   QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
   QSize minimumSize() const;
 
 #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
   /**
    * @deprecated
    * Set the pixmap directly for this button.  This pixmap should be
    * the active one... the dimmed and disabled pixmaps are constructed
    * based on this one.  However, don't use this function unless you
    * are positive that you don't want to use @ref setIcon.
    *
    * @param pixmap The active pixmap
    */
   // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
   virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
    * Force the button to use this pixmap as the default one rather
    * then generating it using effects.
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one
    */
   void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
    * Force the button to use this pixmap when disabled one rather then
    * generating it using effects.
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled
    */
   void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap);
 #endif
 
   /**
    * Set the text for this button.  The text will be either used as a
    * tooltip (IconOnly) or will be along side the icon
    *
    * @param text The button (or tooltip) text
    */
   virtual void setText(const QString &text);
 
   /**
    * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally
    * with the correct size. This function is preferred over @ref setIconSet
    *
    * @param icon The name of the icon
    */
   virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon);
 
   /// @since 3.1
   virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap )
   { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
 
   /**
    * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet.
    * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods
    * that set icons or pixmaps.
    * @param iconset  The iconset to use
    */
-  virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset );
+  virtual void setIconSet( const QIcon &iconset );
 
 #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
   /**
    * @deprecated
    * Set the active icon for this button.  The pixmap itself is loaded
    * internally based on the icon size...  .. the disabled and default
    * pixmaps, however will only be constructed if @ref #generate is
    * true.  This function is preferred over @ref setPixmap
    *
    * @param icon     The name of the active icon
    * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically
    *                 generated from this one
    */
   void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); }
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
    * Force the button to use this icon as the default one rather
    * then generating it using effects.
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one
    */
   void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
    * Force the button to use this icon when disabled one rather then
    * generating it using effects.
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use when disabled
    */
   void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon);
 #endif
 
   /**
    * Turn this button on or off
    *
    * @param flag true or false
    */
   void on(bool flag = true);
 
   /**
    * Toggle this button
    */
   void toggle();
 
   /**
    * Turn this button into a toggle button or disable the toggle
    * aspects of it.  This does not toggle the button itself.
    * Use @ref toggle() for that.
    *
    * @param toggle true or false
    */
   void setToggle(bool toggle = true);
 
   /**
    * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists)
    */
-  QPopupMenu *popup();
+  QMenu *popup();
 
   /**
    * Returns the button's id.
    * @since 3.2
    */
   int id() const;
 
   /**
    * Give this button a popup menu.  There will not be a delay when
    * you press the button.  Use @ref setDelayedPopup if you want that
    * behavior. 
    *
    * @param p The new popup menu
    */
-  void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+  void setPopup (Q3PopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
 
   /**
    * Gives this button a delayed popup menu.
    *
    * This function allows you to add a delayed popup menu to the button.
    * The popup menu is then only displayed when the button is pressed and
    * held down for about half a second.
    *
    * @param p the new popup menu
    */
-  void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+  void setDelayedPopup(Q3PopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
 
   /**
    * Turn this button into a radio button
    *
    * @param f true or false
    */
   void setRadio(bool f = true);
 
   /**
    * Toolbar buttons naturally will assume the global styles
    * concerning icons, icons sizes, etc.  You can use this function to
    * explicitely turn this off, if you like.
    *
    * @param no_style Will disable styles if true
    */
   void setNoStyle(bool no_style = true);
 
 signals:
   void clicked(int);
   void doubleClicked(int);
   void pressed(int);
   void released(int);
   void toggled(int);
   void highlighted(int, bool);
 
 public slots:
   /**
    * This slot should be called whenever the toolbar mode has
    * potentially changed.  This includes such events as text changing,
    * orientation changing, etc.
    */
    void modeChange();
    virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo);
 
 protected:
   void paletteChange(const QPalette &);
   void leaveEvent(QEvent *e);
   void enterEvent(QEvent *e);
   void drawButton(QPainter *p);
   bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e);
   void showMenu();
 
   /// @since 3.1
   bool isRaised() const;
   /// @since 3.1
   bool isActive() const;
   /// @since 3.1
   int iconTextMode() const;
 
 protected slots:
   void slotClicked();
   void slotPressed();
   void slotReleased();
   void slotToggled();
   void slotDelayTimeout();
 
 protected:
   virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
 private:
   KToolBarButtonPrivate *d;
 };
 
 /**
 * List of @ref KToolBarButton objects.
 * @internal
 * @version $Id$
 */
-class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton>
+class KToolBarButtonList : public Q3IntDict<KToolBarButton>
 {
 public:
    KToolBarButtonList();
    ~KToolBarButtonList() {}
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbarhandler.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbarhandler.cpp
index 7b97233..4d3ace7 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbarhandler.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbarhandler.cpp
@@ -1,253 +1,255 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
    Copyright (C) 2002 Simon Hausmann <hausmann@kde.org>
 
    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
    License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 
    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
    Library General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 #include "ktoolbarhandler.h"
 
-#include <qpopupmenu.h>
+#include <q3popupmenu.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3PtrList>
 #include <kapplication.h>
 #include <ktoolbar.h>
 #include <kmainwindow.h>
 #include <klocale.h>
 #include <kaction.h>
 #include <assert.h>
 
 namespace
 {
     const char *actionListName = "show_menu_and_toolbar_actionlist";
 
     const char *guiDescription = ""
         "<!DOCTYPE kpartgui><kpartgui name=\"StandardToolBarMenuHandler\">"
         "<MenuBar>"
         "    <Menu name=\"settings\">"
         "        <ActionList name=\"%1\" />"
         "    </Menu>"
         "</MenuBar>"
         "</kpartgui>";
 
     const char *resourceFileName = "barhandler.rc";
 
     class BarActionBuilder
     {
     public:
-        BarActionBuilder( KActionCollection *actionCollection, KMainWindow *mainWindow, QPtrList<KToolBar> &oldToolBarList )
+        BarActionBuilder( KActionCollection *actionCollection, KMainWindow *mainWindow, Q3PtrList<KToolBar> &oldToolBarList )
             : m_actionCollection( actionCollection ), m_mainWindow( mainWindow ), m_needsRebuild( false )
         {
 /*US        
             QPtrList<QDockWindow> dockWindows = m_mainWindow->dockWindows();
             QPtrListIterator<QDockWindow> dockWindowIt( dockWindows );
             for ( ; dockWindowIt.current(); ++dockWindowIt ) {
 
 //US                KToolBar *toolBar = dynamic_cast<KToolBar *>( dockWindowIt.current() );
                 KToolBar *toolBar = (KToolBar *)( dockWindowIt.current() );
                 if ( !toolBar )
                     continue;
 
                 if ( oldToolBarList.findRef( toolBar ) == -1 )
                     m_needsRebuild = true;
 
                 m_toolBars.append( toolBar );
             }
 */
             if ( !m_needsRebuild )
                 m_needsRebuild = ( oldToolBarList.count() != m_toolBars.count() );
                 
         }
 
         bool needsRebuild() const { return m_needsRebuild; }
 
-        QPtrList<KAction> create()
+        Q3PtrList<KAction> create()
         {
             if ( !m_needsRebuild )
-                return QPtrList<KAction>();
+                return Q3PtrList<KAction>();
 
-            QPtrListIterator<KToolBar> toolBarIt( m_toolBars );
+            Q3PtrListIterator<KToolBar> toolBarIt( m_toolBars );
             for ( ; toolBarIt.current(); ++toolBarIt ) 
                 handleToolBar( toolBarIt.current() );
 
-            QPtrList<KAction> actions;
+            Q3PtrList<KAction> actions;
 
             if ( m_toolBarActions.count() == 0 )
                 return actions;
 
             if ( m_toolBarActions.count() == 1 ) {
                 m_toolBarActions.getFirst()->setText( i18n( "Show Toolbar" ) );
                 return m_toolBarActions;
             }
 
             KActionMenu *menuAction = new KActionMenu( i18n( "Toolbars" ), m_actionCollection, "toolbars_submenu_action" );
 
-            QPtrListIterator<KAction> actionIt( m_toolBarActions );
+            Q3PtrListIterator<KAction> actionIt( m_toolBarActions );
             for ( ; actionIt.current(); ++actionIt )
                 menuAction->insert( actionIt.current() );
 
             actions.append( menuAction );
             return actions;
         }
 
-        const QPtrList<KToolBar> &toolBars() const { return m_toolBars; }
+        const Q3PtrList<KToolBar> &toolBars() const { return m_toolBars; }
 
     private:
         void handleToolBar( KToolBar *toolBar )
         {
             KAction *action = new KToggleToolBarAction( toolBar,
                                                         i18n( "Show %1" ).arg( toolBar->label() ),
                                                         m_actionCollection, 
                                                         toolBar->name() );
 
             m_toolBarActions.append( action );
         }
 
         KActionCollection *m_actionCollection;
         KMainWindow *m_mainWindow;
 
-        QPtrList<KToolBar> m_toolBars; 
-        QPtrList<KAction> m_toolBarActions;
+        Q3PtrList<KToolBar> m_toolBars; 
+        Q3PtrList<KAction> m_toolBarActions;
 
         bool m_needsRebuild : 1;
     };
 }
 
 using namespace KDEPrivate;
 
 ToolBarHandler::ToolBarHandler( KMainWindow *mainWindow, const char *name )
    : QObject( mainWindow, name ), KXMLGUIClient( mainWindow )
 {
     init( mainWindow );
 }
 
 ToolBarHandler::ToolBarHandler( KMainWindow *mainWindow, QObject *parent, const char *name ) 
     : QObject( parent, name ), KXMLGUIClient( mainWindow )  
 { 
     init( mainWindow ); 
 }
 
 ToolBarHandler::~ToolBarHandler()
 {
     m_actions.setAutoDelete( true );
     m_actions.clear();
 }
 
 KAction *ToolBarHandler::toolBarMenuAction()
 {
     assert( m_actions.count() == 1 );
     return m_actions.getFirst();
 }
 
 void ToolBarHandler::setupActions()
 {
 //US    if ( !factory() || !m_mainWindow )
     if ( !m_mainWindow )
         return;
 
     BarActionBuilder builder( actionCollection(), m_mainWindow, m_toolBars );
 
     if ( !builder.needsRebuild() ) 
         return;
 
     unplugActionList( actionListName );
 
     m_actions.setAutoDelete( true );
     
     m_actions.clear();
     m_actions.setAutoDelete( false );
 
     m_actions = builder.create();
 
     /*
     for (  QPtrListIterator<KToolBar> toolBarIt( m_toolBars );
            toolBarIt.current(); ++toolBarIt )
         toolBarIt.current()->disconnect( this );
         */
 
     m_toolBars = builder.toolBars();
 
     /*
     for (  QPtrListIterator<KToolBar> toolBarIt( m_toolBars );
            toolBarIt.current(); ++toolBarIt )
         connect( toolBarIt.current(), SIGNAL( destroyed() ),
                  this, SLOT( setupActions() ) );
                  */
 
 //US    if (kapp && kapp->authorizeKAction("options_show_toolbar"))
 	plugActionList( actionListName, m_actions );
 
     connectToActionContainers();
 }
 
 /*US
 void ToolBarHandler::clientAdded( KXMLGUIClient *client )
 {
     if ( client == this )
         setupActions();
 }
 */
 
 void ToolBarHandler::init( KMainWindow *mainWindow )
 {
     d = 0;
     m_mainWindow = mainWindow;
     
 /*US
     connect( m_mainWindow->guiFactory(), SIGNAL( clientAdded( KXMLGUIClient * ) ),
              this, SLOT( clientAdded( KXMLGUIClient * ) ) );
 */
     /* re-use an existing resource file if it exists. can happen if the user launches the
      * toolbar editor */
     /*
     setXMLFile( resourceFileName );
     */
 /*US
     if ( domDocument().documentElement().isNull() ) {
 
         QString completeDescription = QString::fromLatin1( guiDescription )
             .arg( actionListName );
 
         setXML( completeDescription, false*/ /*merge*/ /*);
     }
 */    
 }
 
 void ToolBarHandler::connectToActionContainers()
 {
-    QPtrListIterator<KAction> actionIt( m_actions );
+    Q3PtrListIterator<KAction> actionIt( m_actions );
     for ( ; actionIt.current(); ++actionIt ) 
         connectToActionContainer( actionIt.current() );
 }
 
 void ToolBarHandler::connectToActionContainer( KAction *action )
 {
     uint containerCount = action->containerCount();
     for ( uint i = 0; i < containerCount; ++i )
         connectToActionContainer( action->container( i ) );
 }
 
 void ToolBarHandler::connectToActionContainer( QWidget *container )
 {
 //US    QPopupMenu *popupMenu = dynamic_cast<QPopupMenu *>( container );
-    QPopupMenu *popupMenu = (QPopupMenu *)( container );
+    Q3PopupMenu *popupMenu = (Q3PopupMenu *)( container );
     if ( !popupMenu )
         return;
 
     connect( popupMenu, SIGNAL( aboutToShow() ),
              this, SLOT( setupActions() ) );
 }
 
 //US #include "ktoolbarhandler.moc"
 
 /* vim: et sw=4 ts=4
  */
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbarhandler.h b/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbarhandler.h
index a1340ae..35f0d18 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbarhandler.h
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/ktoolbarhandler.h
@@ -1,70 +1,70 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
    Copyright (C) 2002 Simon Hausmann <hausmann@kde.org>
 
    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
    License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 
    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
    Library General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 #ifndef KBARHANDLER_H
 #define KBARHANDLER_H
 
 #include <qobject.h>
-#include <qguardedptr.h>
-#include <qptrlist.h>
+#include <qpointer.h>
+#include <q3ptrlist.h>
 #include <kxmlguiclient.h>
 #include <kaction.h>
 
 class KMainWindow;
 class KToolBar;
 
 namespace KDEPrivate
 {
 
 /// @since 3.1
 class ToolBarHandler : public QObject, public KXMLGUIClient
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 public:
     ToolBarHandler( KMainWindow *mainWindow, const char *name = 0 );
     ToolBarHandler( KMainWindow *mainWindow, QObject *parent, const char *name = 0 );
     virtual ~ToolBarHandler();
 
     KAction *toolBarMenuAction();
     
 public slots:
     void setupActions();
 
 private slots:
 //US    void clientAdded( KXMLGUIClient *client );
 
 private:
     void init( KMainWindow *mainWindow );
     void connectToActionContainers();
     void connectToActionContainer( KAction *action );
     void connectToActionContainer( QWidget *container );
 
     struct Data;
     Data *d;
 
-    QGuardedPtr<KMainWindow> m_mainWindow;
-    QPtrList<KAction> m_actions;
-    QPtrList<KToolBar> m_toolBars;
+    QPointer<KMainWindow> m_mainWindow;
+    Q3PtrList<KAction> m_actions;
+    Q3PtrList<KToolBar> m_toolBars;
 };
 
 } // namespace KDEPrivate
 
 #endif // KBARHANDLER_H
 
 /* vim: et sw=4 ts=4
  */
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kxmlguiclient.cpp b/microkde/kdeui/kxmlguiclient.cpp
index 073e30b..8740bde 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/kxmlguiclient.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kxmlguiclient.cpp
@@ -1,958 +1,960 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
    Copyright (C) 2000 Simon Hausmann <hausmann@kde.org>
    Copyright (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth <granroth@kde.org>
 
    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
    License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 
    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
    Library General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 #include "kxmlguiclient.h"
 
 /*US
 #include "kxmlguifactory.h"
 #include "kxmlguibuilder.h"
 */
 
 /*US
 #include <qdir.h>
 #include <qfile.h>
 #include <qdom.h>
 #include <qtextstream.h>
 #include <qregexp.h>
 */
 
 //US #include <kinstance.h>
 #include <kstandarddirs.h>
 #include <kdebug.h>
 #include <kaction.h>
 #include <kapplication.h>
 
 #include <assert.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3PtrList>
 
 class KXMLGUIClientPrivate
 {
 public:
   KXMLGUIClientPrivate()
   {
 //US    m_instance = KGlobal::instance();
 //US    m_factory = 0L;
     m_parent = 0L;
 //US    m_builder = 0L;
     m_actionCollection = 0;
   }
   ~KXMLGUIClientPrivate()
   {
   }
 
 //US  KInstance *m_instance;
 
 //US  QDomDocument m_doc;
   KActionCollection *m_actionCollection;
 //US  QDomDocument m_buildDocument;
 //US  KXMLGUIFactory *m_factory;
   KXMLGUIClient *m_parent;
   //QPtrList<KXMLGUIClient> m_supers;
-  QPtrList<KXMLGUIClient> m_children;
+  Q3PtrList<KXMLGUIClient> m_children;
 //US  KXMLGUIBuilder *m_builder;
 //US  QString m_xmlFile;
 //US  QString m_localXMLFile;
 };
 
 KXMLGUIClient::KXMLGUIClient()
 {
   d = new KXMLGUIClientPrivate;
 }
 
 KXMLGUIClient::KXMLGUIClient( KXMLGUIClient *parent )
 {
   d = new KXMLGUIClientPrivate;
   parent->insertChildClient( this );
 }
 
 KXMLGUIClient::~KXMLGUIClient()
 {
   if ( d->m_parent )
     d->m_parent->removeChildClient( this );
 
-  QPtrListIterator<KXMLGUIClient> it( d->m_children );
+  Q3PtrListIterator<KXMLGUIClient> it( d->m_children );
   for ( ; it.current(); ++it ) {
       assert( it.current()->d->m_parent == this );
       it.current()->d->m_parent = 0;
   }
 
   delete d->m_actionCollection;
   delete d;
 }
 
 KAction *KXMLGUIClient::action( const char *name ) const
 {
   KAction* act = actionCollection()->action( name );
   if ( !act ) {
-    QPtrListIterator<KXMLGUIClient> childIt( d->m_children );
+    Q3PtrListIterator<KXMLGUIClient> childIt( d->m_children );
     for (; childIt.current(); ++childIt ) {
       act = childIt.current()->actionCollection()->action( name );
       if ( act )
         break;
     }
   }
   return act;
 }
 
 KActionCollection *KXMLGUIClient::actionCollection() const
 {
   if ( !d->m_actionCollection )
     d->m_actionCollection = new KActionCollection( 0, 0,
       "KXMLGUILClient-KActionCollection" );
   return d->m_actionCollection;
 }
 
 /*US
 KAction *KXMLGUIClient::action( const QDomElement &element ) const
 {
   static const QString &attrName = KGlobal::staticQString( "name" );
   return actionCollection()->action( element.attribute( attrName ).latin1() );
 }
 
 KInstance *KXMLGUIClient::instance() const
 {
   return d->m_instance;
 }
 
 QDomDocument KXMLGUIClient::domDocument() const
 {
   return d->m_doc;
 }
 
 QString KXMLGUIClient::xmlFile() const
 {
   return d->m_xmlFile;
 }
 
 QString KXMLGUIClient::localXMLFile() const
 {
   if ( !d->m_localXMLFile.isEmpty() )
     return d->m_localXMLFile;
 
   if ( d->m_xmlFile[0] == '/' )
       return QString::null; // can't save anything here
 
   return locateLocal( "data", QString::fromLatin1( instance()->instanceName() + '/' ) + d->m_xmlFile );
 }
 
 
 void KXMLGUIClient::reloadXML()
 {
     QString file( xmlFile() );
     if ( !file.isEmpty() )
         setXMLFile( file );
 }
 
 void KXMLGUIClient::setInstance( KInstance *instance )
 {
   d->m_instance = instance;
   actionCollection()->setInstance( instance );
   if ( d->m_builder )
     d->m_builder->setBuilderClient( this );
 }
 
 void KXMLGUIClient::setXMLFile( const QString& _file, bool merge, bool setXMLDoc )
 {
   // store our xml file name
   if ( !_file.isNull() ) {
     d->m_xmlFile = _file;
     actionCollection()->setXMLFile( _file );
   }
 
   if ( !setXMLDoc )
     return;
 
   QString file = _file;
   if ( file[0] != '/' )
   {
     QString doc;
 
     QString filter = QString::fromLatin1( instance()->instanceName() + '/' ) + _file;
 
     QStringList allFiles = instance()->dirs()->findAllResources( "data", filter ) + instance()->dirs()->findAllResources( "data", _file );
 
     file = findMostRecentXMLFile( allFiles, doc );
 
     if ( file.isEmpty() )
     {
       // this might or might not be an error.  for the time being,
       // let's treat this as if it isn't a problem and the user just
       // wants the global standards file
       setXML( QString::null, true );
       return;
     }
     else if ( !doc.isEmpty() )
     {
       setXML( doc, merge );
       return;
     }
   }
 
   QString xml = KXMLGUIFactory::readConfigFile( file );
   setXML( xml, merge );
 }
 
 void KXMLGUIClient::setLocalXMLFile( const QString &file )
 {
     d->m_localXMLFile = file;
 }
 
 void KXMLGUIClient::setXML( const QString &document, bool merge )
 {
   QDomDocument doc;
   doc.setContent( document );
   setDOMDocument( doc, merge );
 }
 
 void KXMLGUIClient::setDOMDocument( const QDomDocument &document, bool merge )
 {
   if ( merge )
   {
     QDomElement base = d->m_doc.documentElement();
 
     QDomElement e = document.documentElement();
     KXMLGUIFactory::removeDOMComments( e );
 
     // merge our original (global) xml with our new one
     mergeXML(base, e, actionCollection());
 
     // reassign our pointer as mergeXML might have done something
     // strange to it
     base = d->m_doc.documentElement();
 
     // we want some sort of failsafe.. just in case
     if ( base.isNull() )
       d->m_doc = document;
   }
   else
   {
     d->m_doc = document;
     KXMLGUIFactory::removeDOMComments( d->m_doc );
   }
 
   setXMLGUIBuildDocument( QDomDocument() );
 }
 */
 
 /*US
 bool KXMLGUIClient::mergeXML( QDomElement &base, const QDomElement &additive, KActionCollection *actionCollection )
 {
   static const QString &tagAction = KGlobal::staticQString( "Action" );
   static const QString &tagMerge = KGlobal::staticQString( "Merge" );
   static const QString &tagSeparator = KGlobal::staticQString( "Separator" );
   static const QString &attrName = KGlobal::staticQString( "name" );
   static const QString &attrAppend = KGlobal::staticQString( "append" );
   static const QString &attrWeakSeparator = KGlobal::staticQString( "weakSeparator" );
   static const QString &tagMergeLocal = KGlobal::staticQString( "MergeLocal" );
   static const QString &tagText = KGlobal::staticQString( "text" );
   static const QString &attrAlreadyVisited = KGlobal::staticQString( "alreadyVisited" );
   static const QString &attrNoMerge = KGlobal::staticQString( "noMerge" );
   static const QString &attrOne = KGlobal::staticQString( "1" );
 
   // there is a possibility that we don't want to merge in the
   // additive.. rather, we might want to *replace* the base with the
   // additive.  this can be for any container.. either at a file wide
   // level or a simple container level.  we look for the 'noMerge'
   // tag, in any event and just replace the old with the new
   if ( additive.attribute(attrNoMerge) == attrOne ) // ### use toInt() instead? (Simon)
   {
     base.parentNode().replaceChild(additive, base);
     return true;
   }
 
   QString tag;
 
   QDomElement e = base.firstChild().toElement();
   // iterate over all elements in the container (of the global DOM tree)
   while ( !e.isNull() )
   {
     tag = e.tagName();
 
     // if there's an action tag in the global tree and the action is
     // not implemented, then we remove the element
     if ( tag == tagAction )
     {
       QCString name =  e.attribute( attrName ).utf8(); // WABA
       if ( !actionCollection->action( name ) ||
            (kapp && !kapp->authorizeKAction(name)))
       {
         // remove this child as we aren't using it
         QDomElement oldChild = e;
         e = e.nextSibling().toElement();
         base.removeChild( oldChild );
         continue;
       }
     }
 
     // if there's a separator defined in the global tree, then add an
     // attribute, specifying that this is a "weak" separator
     else if ( tag == tagSeparator )
     {
       e.setAttribute( attrWeakSeparator, (uint)1 );
 
       // okay, hack time. if the last item was a weak separator OR
       // this is the first item in a container, then we nuke the
       // current one
       QDomElement prev = e.previousSibling().toElement();
       if ( prev.isNull() ||
 	 ( prev.tagName() == tagSeparator && !prev.attribute( attrWeakSeparator ).isNull() ) ||
 	 ( prev.tagName() == tagText ) )
       {
         // the previous element was a weak separator or didn't exist
         QDomElement oldChild = e;
         e = e.nextSibling().toElement();
         base.removeChild( oldChild );
         continue;
       }
     }
 
     // the MergeLocal tag lets us specify where non-standard elements
     // of the local tree shall be merged in.  After inserting the
     // elements we delete this element
     else if ( tag == tagMergeLocal )
     {
       QDomElement currElement = e;
 
       // switch our iterator "e" to the next sibling, so that we don't
       // process the local tree's inserted items!
       e = e.nextSibling().toElement();
 
       QDomElement it = additive.firstChild().toElement();
       while ( !it.isNull() )
       {
         QDomElement newChild = it;
 
         it = it.nextSibling().toElement();
 
         if ( newChild.tagName() == tagText )
           continue;
 
         if ( newChild.attribute( attrAlreadyVisited ) == attrOne )
           continue;
 
         QString itAppend( newChild.attribute( attrAppend ) );
         QString elemName( currElement.attribute( attrName ) );
 
         if ( ( itAppend.isNull() && elemName.isEmpty() ) ||
              ( itAppend == elemName ) )
         {
           // first, see if this new element matches a standard one in
           // the global file.  if it does, then we skip it as it will
           // be merged in, later
           QDomElement matchingElement = findMatchingElement( newChild, base );
           if ( matchingElement.isNull() || newChild.tagName() == tagSeparator )
             base.insertBefore( newChild, currElement );
         }
       }
 
       base.removeChild( currElement );
       continue;
     }
 
     // in this last case we check for a separator tag and, if not, we
     // can be sure that its a container --> proceed with child nodes
     // recursively and delete the just proceeded container item in
     // case its empty (if the recursive call returns true)
     else if ( tag != tagMerge )
     {
       // handle the text tag
       if ( tag == tagText )
       {
         e = e.nextSibling().toElement();
         continue;
       }
 
       QDomElement matchingElement = findMatchingElement( e, additive );
 
       QDomElement currElement = e;
       e = e.nextSibling().toElement();
 
       if ( !matchingElement.isNull() )
       {
         matchingElement.setAttribute( attrAlreadyVisited, (uint)1 );
 
         if ( mergeXML( currElement, matchingElement, actionCollection ) )
         {
           base.removeChild( currElement );
           continue;
         }
 
         // Merge attributes
         QDomNamedNodeMap attribs = matchingElement.attributes();
         for(uint i = 0; i < attribs.count(); i++)
         {
           QDomNode node = attribs.item(i);
           currElement.setAttribute(node.nodeName(), node.nodeValue());
         }
 
         continue;
       }
       else
       {
         // this is an important case here! We reach this point if the
         // "local" tree does not contain a container definition for
         // this container. However we have to call mergeXML recursively
         // and make it check if there are actions implemented for this
         // container. *If* none, then we can remove this container now
         if ( mergeXML( currElement, QDomElement(), actionCollection ) )
           base.removeChild( currElement );
         continue;
       }
     }
 
     //I think this can be removed ;-)
     e = e.nextSibling().toElement();
   }
 
   //here we append all child elements which were not inserted
   //previously via the LocalMerge tag
   e = additive.firstChild().toElement();
   while ( !e.isNull() )
   {
     QDomElement matchingElement = findMatchingElement( e, base );
 
     if ( matchingElement.isNull() )
     {
       QDomElement newChild = e;
       e = e.nextSibling().toElement();
       base.appendChild( newChild );
     }
     else
       e = e.nextSibling().toElement();
   }
 
   // do one quick check to make sure that the last element was not
   // a weak separator
   QDomElement last = base.lastChild().toElement();
   if ( (last.tagName() == tagSeparator) && (!last.attribute( attrWeakSeparator ).isNull()) )
   {
     base.removeChild( base.lastChild() );
   }
 
   // now we check if we are empty (in which case we return "true", to
   // indicate the caller that it can delete "us" (the base element
   // argument of "this" call)
   bool deleteMe = true;
   e = base.firstChild().toElement();
   for ( ; !e.isNull(); e = e.nextSibling().toElement() )
   {
     tag = e.tagName();
 
     if ( tag == tagAction )
     {
       // if base contains an implemented action, then we must not get
       // deleted (note that the actionCollection contains both,
       // "global" and "local" actions
       if ( actionCollection->action( e.attribute( attrName ).utf8() ) )
       {
         deleteMe = false;
         break;
       }
     }
     else if ( tag == tagSeparator )
     {
       // if we have a separator which has *not* the weak attribute
       // set, then it must be owned by the "local" tree in which case
       // we must not get deleted either
       QString weakAttr = e.attribute( attrWeakSeparator );
       if ( weakAttr.isEmpty() || weakAttr.toInt() != 1 )
       {
         deleteMe = false;
         break;
       }
     }
 
     // in case of a merge tag we have unlimited lives, too ;-)
     else if ( tag == tagMerge )
     {
 //      deleteMe = false;
 //      break;
         continue;
     }
 
     // a text tag is NOT enough to spare this container
     else if ( tag == tagText )
     {
       continue;
     }
 
     // what's left are non-empty containers! *don't* delete us in this
     // case (at this position we can be *sure* that the container is
     // *not* empty, as the recursive call for it was in the first loop
     // which deleted the element in case the call returned "true"
     else
     {
       deleteMe = false;
       break;
     }
   }
 
   return deleteMe;
 }
 
 QDomElement KXMLGUIClient::findMatchingElement( const QDomElement &base, const QDomElement &additive )
 {
   static const QString &tagAction = KGlobal::staticQString( "Action" );
   static const QString &tagMergeLocal = KGlobal::staticQString( "MergeLocal" );
   static const QString &attrName = KGlobal::staticQString( "name" );
 
   QDomElement e = additive.firstChild().toElement();
   for ( ; !e.isNull(); e = e.nextSibling().toElement() )
   {
     // skip all action and merge tags as we will never use them
     if ( ( e.tagName() == tagAction ) || ( e.tagName() == tagMergeLocal ) )
     {
       continue;
     }
 
     // now see if our tags are equivalent
     if ( ( e.tagName() == base.tagName() ) &&
          ( e.attribute( attrName ) == base.attribute( attrName ) ) )
     {
         return e;
     }
   }
 
   // nope, return a (now) null element
   return e;
 }
 
 void KXMLGUIClient::conserveMemory()
 {
   d->m_doc = QDomDocument();
   d->m_buildDocument = QDomDocument();
 }
 
 void KXMLGUIClient::setXMLGUIBuildDocument( const QDomDocument &doc )
 {
   d->m_buildDocument = doc;
 }
 
 QDomDocument KXMLGUIClient::xmlguiBuildDocument() const
 {
   return d->m_buildDocument;
 }
 */
 
 /*US
 void KXMLGUIClient::setFactory( KXMLGUIFactory *factory )
 {
   d->m_factory = factory;
 }
 
 KXMLGUIFactory *KXMLGUIClient::factory() const
 {
   return d->m_factory;
 }
 */
 KXMLGUIClient *KXMLGUIClient::parentClient() const
 {
   return d->m_parent;
 }
 
 void KXMLGUIClient::insertChildClient( KXMLGUIClient *child )
 {
   if (  child->d->m_parent )
     child->d->m_parent->removeChildClient( child );
    d->m_children.append( child );
    child->d->m_parent = this;
 }
 
 void KXMLGUIClient::removeChildClient( KXMLGUIClient *child )
 {
   assert( d->m_children.containsRef( child ) );
   d->m_children.removeRef( child );
   child->d->m_parent = 0;
 }
 
 /*bool KXMLGUIClient::addSuperClient( KXMLGUIClient *super )
 {
   if ( d->m_supers.contains( super ) )
     return false;
   d->m_supers.append( super );
   return true;
 }*/
 
-const QPtrList<KXMLGUIClient> *KXMLGUIClient::childClients()
+const Q3PtrList<KXMLGUIClient> *KXMLGUIClient::childClients()
 {
   return &d->m_children;
 }
 /*US
 void KXMLGUIClient::setClientBuilder( KXMLGUIBuilder *builder )
 {
   d->m_builder = builder;
   if ( builder )
     builder->setBuilderInstance( instance() );
 }
 
 KXMLGUIBuilder *KXMLGUIClient::clientBuilder() const
 {
   return d->m_builder;
 }
 */
 
-void KXMLGUIClient::plugActionList( const QString &name, const QPtrList<KAction> &actionList )
+void KXMLGUIClient::plugActionList( const QString &name, const Q3PtrList<KAction> &actionList )
 {
 /*US  
   if ( !d->m_factory )
     return;
 
   d->m_factory->plugActionList( this, name, actionList );
 */  
 }
 
 void KXMLGUIClient::unplugActionList( const QString &name )
 {
 /*US
   if ( !d->m_factory )
     return;
 
   d->m_factory->unplugActionList( this, name );
 */  
 }
 
 /*US
 QString KXMLGUIClient::findMostRecentXMLFile( const QStringList &files, QString &doc )
 {
 
   QValueList<DocStruct> allDocuments;
 
   QStringList::ConstIterator it = files.begin();
   QStringList::ConstIterator end = files.end();
   for (; it != end; ++it )
   {
     //kdDebug() << "KXMLGUIClient::findMostRecentXMLFile " << *it << endl;
     QString data = KXMLGUIFactory::readConfigFile( *it );
     DocStruct d;
     d.file = *it;
     d.data = data;
     allDocuments.append( d );
   }
 
   QValueList<DocStruct>::Iterator best = allDocuments.end();
   uint bestVersion = 0;
 
   QValueList<DocStruct>::Iterator docIt = allDocuments.begin();
   QValueList<DocStruct>::Iterator docEnd = allDocuments.end();
   for (; docIt != docEnd; ++docIt )
   {
     QString versionStr = findVersionNumber( (*docIt).data );
     if ( versionStr.isEmpty() )
       continue;
 
     bool ok = false;
     uint version = versionStr.toUInt( &ok );
     if ( !ok )
       continue;
     //kdDebug() << "FOUND VERSION " << version << endl;
 
     if ( version > bestVersion )
     {
       best = docIt;
       //kdDebug() << "best version is now " << version << endl;
       bestVersion = version;
     }
   }
 
   if ( best != docEnd )
   {
     if ( best != allDocuments.begin() )
     {
       QValueList<DocStruct>::Iterator local = allDocuments.begin();
 
       // load the local document and extract the action properties
       QDomDocument document;
       document.setContent( (*local).data );
 
       ActionPropertiesMap properties = extractActionProperties( document );
 
       // in case the document has a ActionProperties section
       // we must not delete it but copy over the global doc
       // to the local and insert the ActionProperties section
       if ( !properties.isEmpty() )
       {
           // now load the global one with the higher version number
           // into memory
           document.setContent( (*best).data );
           // and store the properties in there
           storeActionProperties( document, properties );
 
           (*local).data = document.toString();
           // make sure we pick up the new local doc, when we return later
           best = local;
 
           // write out the new version of the local document
           QFile f( (*local).file );
           if ( f.open( IO_WriteOnly ) )
           {
             QCString utf8data = (*local).data.utf8();
             f.writeBlock( utf8data.data(), utf8data.length() );
             f.close();
           }
       }
       else
       {
         QString f = (*local).file;
         QString backup = f + QString::fromLatin1( ".backup" );
         QDir dir;
         dir.rename( f, backup );
       }
     }
     doc = (*best).data;
     return (*best).file;
   }
   else if ( files.count() > 0 )
   {
     //kdDebug() << "returning first one..." << endl;
     doc = (*allDocuments.begin()).data;
     return (*allDocuments.begin()).file;
   }
 
   return QString::null;
 }
 
 
 
 QString KXMLGUIClient::findVersionNumber( const QString &xml )
 {
   enum { ST_START, ST_AFTER_OPEN, ST_AFTER_GUI,
                ST_EXPECT_VERSION, ST_VERSION_NUM} state = ST_START;
   for (unsigned int pos = 0; pos < xml.length(); pos++)
   {
     switch (state)
     {
       case ST_START:
         if (xml[pos] == '<')
           state = ST_AFTER_OPEN;
         break;
       case ST_AFTER_OPEN:
       {
         //Jump to gui..
         int guipos = xml.find("gui", pos, false);
         if (guipos == -1)
           return QString::null; //Reject
 
         pos = guipos + 2; //Position at i, so we're moved ahead to the next character by the ++;
         state = ST_AFTER_GUI;
         break;
       }       
       case ST_AFTER_GUI:
         state = ST_EXPECT_VERSION;
         break;
       case ST_EXPECT_VERSION:
       {
         int verpos =  xml.find("version=\"", pos, false );
         if (verpos == -1)
           return QString::null; //Reject
 
         pos = verpos +  8; //v = 0, e = +1, r = +2, s = +3 , i = +4, o = +5, n = +6, = = +7, " = + 8
         state = ST_VERSION_NUM;
         break;
       }
       case ST_VERSION_NUM:
       {
         unsigned int endpos;
         for (endpos = pos; endpos <  xml.length(); endpos++)
         {
           if (xml[endpos].unicode() >= '0' && xml[endpos].unicode() <= '9')
             continue; //Number..
           if (xml[endpos].unicode() == '"') //End of parameter
             break;
           else //This shouldn't be here..
           {
             endpos = xml.length();
           }                  
         }
 
         if (endpos != pos && endpos < xml.length() )
         {
           QString matchCandidate = xml.mid(pos, endpos - pos); //Don't include " ".
           return matchCandidate;
         }
 
         state = ST_EXPECT_VERSION; //Try to match a well-formed version..            
         break;
       } //case..
     } //switch
   } //for
  
   return QString::null;
 }
 
 KXMLGUIClient::ActionPropertiesMap KXMLGUIClient::extractActionProperties( const QDomDocument &doc )
 {
   ActionPropertiesMap properties;
 
   QDomElement actionPropElement = doc.documentElement().namedItem( "ActionProperties" ).toElement();
 
   if ( actionPropElement.isNull() )
     return properties;
 
   QDomNode n = actionPropElement.firstChild();
   for (; !n.isNull(); n = n.nextSibling() )
   {
     QDomElement e = n.toElement();
     if ( e.isNull() )
       continue;
 
     if ( e.tagName().lower() != "action" )
       continue;
 
     QString actionName = e.attribute( "name" );
 
     if ( actionName.isEmpty() )
       continue;
 
     QMap<QString, QMap<QString, QString> >::Iterator propIt = properties.find( actionName );
     if ( propIt == properties.end() )
       propIt = properties.insert( actionName, QMap<QString, QString>() );
 
     QDomNamedNodeMap attributes = e.attributes();
     for ( uint i = 0; i < attributes.length(); ++i )
     {
       QDomAttr attr = attributes.item( i ).toAttr();
 
       if ( attr.isNull() )
         continue;
 
       QString name = attr.name();
 
       if ( name == "name" || name.isEmpty() )
         continue;
 
       (*propIt)[ name ] = attr.value();
     }
 
   }
 
   return properties;
 }
 
 void KXMLGUIClient::storeActionProperties( QDomDocument &doc, const ActionPropertiesMap &properties )
 {
   QDomElement actionPropElement = doc.documentElement().namedItem( "ActionProperties" ).toElement();
 
   if ( actionPropElement.isNull() )
   {
     actionPropElement = doc.createElement( "ActionProperties" );
     doc.documentElement().appendChild( actionPropElement );
   }
 
   while ( !actionPropElement.firstChild().isNull() )
     actionPropElement.removeChild( actionPropElement.firstChild() );
 
   ActionPropertiesMap::ConstIterator it = properties.begin();
   ActionPropertiesMap::ConstIterator end = properties.end();
   for (; it != end; ++it )
   {
     QDomElement action = doc.createElement( "Action" );
     action.setAttribute( "name", it.key() );
     actionPropElement.appendChild( action );
 
     QMap<QString, QString> attributes = (*it);
     QMap<QString, QString>::ConstIterator attrIt = attributes.begin();
     QMap<QString, QString>::ConstIterator attrEnd = attributes.end();
     for (; attrIt != attrEnd; ++attrIt )
       action.setAttribute( attrIt.key(), attrIt.data() );
   }
 }
 */
 
 void KXMLGUIClient::addStateActionEnabled(const QString& state,
                                           const QString& action)
 {
   StateChange stateChange = getActionsToChangeForState(state);
 
   stateChange.actionsToEnable.append( action );
   //kdDebug() << "KXMLGUIClient::addStateActionEnabled( " << state << ", " << action << ")" << endl;
 
   m_actionsStateMap.replace( state, stateChange );
 }
 
 
 void KXMLGUIClient::addStateActionDisabled(const QString& state,
                                            const QString& action)
 {
   StateChange stateChange = getActionsToChangeForState(state);
 
   stateChange.actionsToDisable.append( action );
   //kdDebug() << "KXMLGUIClient::addStateActionDisabled( " << state << ", " << action << ")" << endl;
 
   m_actionsStateMap.replace( state, stateChange );
 }
 
 
 KXMLGUIClient::StateChange KXMLGUIClient::getActionsToChangeForState(const QString& state)
 {
   return m_actionsStateMap[state];
 }
 
 
 void KXMLGUIClient::stateChanged(const QString &newstate, KXMLGUIClient::ReverseStateChange reverse)
 {
   StateChange stateChange = getActionsToChangeForState(newstate);
 
   bool setTrue = (reverse == StateNoReverse);
   bool setFalse = !setTrue;
 
   // Enable actions which need to be enabled...
   //
   for ( QStringList::Iterator it = stateChange.actionsToEnable.begin();
         it != stateChange.actionsToEnable.end(); ++it ) {
 
     KAction *action = actionCollection()->action((*it).latin1());
     if (action) action->setEnabled(setTrue);
   }
 
   // and disable actions which need to be disabled...
   //
   for ( QStringList::Iterator it = stateChange.actionsToDisable.begin();
         it != stateChange.actionsToDisable.end(); ++it ) {
 
     KAction *action = actionCollection()->action((*it).latin1());
     if (action) action->setEnabled(setFalse);
   }
 
 }
 /*US
 void KXMLGUIClient::beginXMLPlug( QWidget *w )
 {
   actionCollection()->beginXMLPlug( w );
   QPtrListIterator<KXMLGUIClient> childIt( d->m_children );
   for (; childIt.current(); ++childIt )
     childIt.current()->actionCollection()->beginXMLPlug( w );
 }
 
 void KXMLGUIClient::endXMLPlug()
 {
   actionCollection()->endXMLPlug();
   QPtrListIterator<KXMLGUIClient> childIt( d->m_children );
   for (; childIt.current(); ++childIt )
     childIt.current()->actionCollection()->endXMLPlug();
 }
 
 void KXMLGUIClient::prepareXMLUnplug( QWidget * )
 {
   actionCollection()->prepareXMLUnplug();
   QPtrListIterator<KXMLGUIClient> childIt( d->m_children );
   for (; childIt.current(); ++childIt )
     childIt.current()->actionCollection()->prepareXMLUnplug();
 }
 */
 void KXMLGUIClient::virtual_hook( int, void* )
 { /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
diff --git a/microkde/kdeui/kxmlguiclient.h b/microkde/kdeui/kxmlguiclient.h
index cd74c8e..b9d7b09 100644
--- a/microkde/kdeui/kxmlguiclient.h
+++ b/microkde/kdeui/kxmlguiclient.h
@@ -1,361 +1,361 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
    Copyright (C) 2000 Simon Hausmann <hausmann@kde.org>
    Copyright (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth <granroth@kde.org>
 
    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
    License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 
    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
    Library General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 #ifndef _KXMLGUICLIENT_H
 #define _KXMLGUICLIENT_H
 
 
 //US #include <qdom.h>
-#include <qptrlist.h>
+#include <q3ptrlist.h>
 #include <qmap.h>
 #include <qstringlist.h>
 
 class QWidget;
 class KAction;
 class KActionCollection;
 class KInstance;
 
 class KXMLGUIClientPrivate;
 class KXMLGUIFactory;
 class KXMLGUIBuilder;
 
 /**
  *
  * A KXMLGUIClient can be used with @ref KXMLGUIFactory to create a
  * GUI from actions and an XML document, and can be dynamically merged
  * with other KXMLGUIClients.
  */
 class KXMLGUIClient
 {
     friend class KEditToolbarWidget; // for setXMLFile(3 args)
 public:
   /**
    * Constructs a KXMLGUIClient which can be used with a
    * @ref KXMLGUIFactory to create a GUI from actions and an XML document, and
    * which can be dynamically merged with other KXMLGUIClients.
    */
   KXMLGUIClient();
 
   /**
    * Constructs a KXMLGUIClient which can be used with a @ref KXMLGUIFactory
    * to create a GUI from actions and an XML document,
    * and which can be dynamically merged with other KXMLGUIClients.
    *
    * This constructor takes an additional @p parent argument, which makes
    * the client a child client of the parent.
    *
    * Child clients are automatically added to the GUI if the parent is added.
    *
    */
   KXMLGUIClient( KXMLGUIClient *parent );
 
   /**
    * Destructs the KXMLGUIClient.
    */
   virtual ~KXMLGUIClient();
 
   /**
    * Retrieves an action of the client by name.  If not found, it looks in its child clients.
    * This method is provided for convenience, as it uses @ref #actionCollection()
    * to get the action object.
    */
   KAction* action( const char* name ) const;
 
   /**
    * Retrieves an action for a given @ref QDomElement. The default
    * implementation uses the "name" attribute to query the action
    * object via the other action() method.
    */
 //US  virtual KAction *action( const QDomElement &element ) const;
 
   /**
    * Retrieves the entire action collection for the GUI client
    */
   virtual KActionCollection* actionCollection() const;
 
   /**
    * @return The instance (@ref KInstance) for this part.
    */
 //US  virtual KInstance *instance() const;
 
   /**
    * @return The parsed XML in a @ref QDomDocument, set by @ref
    * setXMLFile() or @ref setXML().
    * This document describes the layout of the GUI.
    */
 //US  virtual QDomDocument domDocument() const;
 
   /**
    * This will return the name of the XML file as set by @ref #setXMLFile().
    * If @ref #setXML() is used directly, then this will return NULL.
    *
    * The filename that this returns is obvious for components as each
    * component has exactly one XML file.  In non-components, however,
    * there are usually two: the global file and the local file.  This
    * function doesn't really care about that, though.  It will always
    * return the last XML file set.  This, in almost all cases, will
    * be the local XML file.
    *
    * @return The name of the XML file or QString::null
    */
 //US  virtual QString xmlFile() const;
 
 //US  virtual QString localXMLFile() const;
 
   /**
    * @internal
    */
 //US  void setXMLGUIBuildDocument( const QDomDocument &doc );
   /**
    * @internal
    */
 //US  QDomDocument xmlguiBuildDocument() const;
 
   /**
    * This method is called by the @ref KXMLGUIFactory as soon as the client
    * is added to the KXMLGUIFactory's GUI.
    */
 //US  void setFactory( KXMLGUIFactory *factory );
   /**
    * Retrieves a pointer to the @ref KXMLGUIFactory this client is
    * associated with (will return 0L if the client's GUI has not been built
    * by a KXMLGUIFactory.
    */
 //US  KXMLGUIFactory *factory() const;
 
   /**
    * KXMLGUIClients can form a simple child/parent object tree. This
    * method returns a pointer to the parent client or 0L if it has no
    * parent client assigned.
    */
   KXMLGUIClient *parentClient() const;
 
   /**
    * Use this method to make a client a child client of another client.
    * Usually you don't need to call this method, as it is called
    * automatically when using the second constructor, which takes a
    * arent argument.
    */
   void insertChildClient( KXMLGUIClient *child );
 
   /**
    * Removes the given @p child from the client's children list.
    */
   void removeChildClient( KXMLGUIClient *child );
 
   /**
    * Retrieves a list of all child clients.
    */
-  const QPtrList<KXMLGUIClient> *childClients();
+  const Q3PtrList<KXMLGUIClient> *childClients();
 
   /**
    * A client can have an own @ref KXMLGUIBuilder.
    * Use this method to assign your builder instance to the client (so that the
    * @ref KXMLGUIFactory can use it when building the client's GUI)
    *
    * Client specific guibuilders are useful if you want to create
    * custom container widgets for your GUI.
    */
 //US  void setClientBuilder( KXMLGUIBuilder *builder );
 
   /**
    * Retrieves the client's GUI builder or 0L if no client specific
    * builder has been assigned via @ref #setClientBuilder()
    */
 //US  KXMLGUIBuilder *clientBuilder() const;
 
   /**
    * Forces this client to re-read its XML resource file.  This is
    * intended to be used when you know that the resource file has
    * changed and you will soon be rebuilding the GUI.  It has no
    * useful effect with non-KParts GUIs, so don't bother using it
    * unless your app is component based.
    */
 //US  void reloadXML();
 
   /**
    * ActionLists are a way for XMLGUI to support dynamic lists of
    * actions.  E.g. if you are writing a file manager, and there is a
    * menu file whose contents depend on the mimetype of the file that
    * is selected, then you can achieve this using ActionLists. It
    * works as follows:
    * In your xxxui.rc file ( the one that you set in @ref setXMLFile()
    * ), you put an <ActionList name="xxx"> tag.  E.g.
    * \verbatim
    * <kpartgui name="xxx_part" version="1">
    * <MenuBar>
    *   <Menu name="file">
    *     ...  <!-- some useful actions-->
    *     <ActionList name="xxx_file_actionlist" />
    *     ...  <!-- even more useful actions-->
    *   </Menu>
    *   ...
    * </MenuBar>
    * </kpartgui>
    * \endverbatim
    *
    * This tag will get expanded to a list of actions.  In the example
    * above ( a file manager with a dynamic file menu ), you would call
    * \code
    * QPtrList<KAction> file_actions;
    * for( ... )
    *   if( ... )
    *     file_actions.append( cool_action );
    * unplugActionList( "xxx_file_actionlist" );
    * plugActionList( "xxx_file_actionlist", file_actions );
    * \endcode
    * every time a file is selected, unselected or ...
    *
    * \note You should not call createGUI() after calling this
    *       function.  In fact, that would remove the newly added
    *       actionlists again...
    * \note Forgetting to call unplugActionList() before
    *       plugActionList() would leave the previous actions in the
    *       menu too..
    */
-  void plugActionList( const QString &name, const QPtrList<KAction> &actionList );
+  void plugActionList( const QString &name, const Q3PtrList<KAction> &actionList );
 
   /**
    * The complement of \ref plugActionList() ...
    */
   void unplugActionList( const QString &name );
 
 //US  static QString findMostRecentXMLFile( const QStringList &files, QString &doc );
 
   void addStateActionEnabled(const QString& state, const QString& action);
 
   void addStateActionDisabled(const QString& state, const QString& action);
 
   enum ReverseStateChange { StateNoReverse, StateReverse };
   struct StateChange
   {
     QStringList actionsToEnable;
     QStringList actionsToDisable;
   };
 
   StateChange getActionsToChangeForState(const QString& state);
 
   /// @since 3.1
 //US  void beginXMLPlug( QWidget * );
   /// @since 3.1
 //US  void endXMLPlug();
   /// @since 3.1
 //US  void prepareXMLUnplug( QWidget * );
 
 protected:
   /**
    * Returns true if client was added to super client list.
    * Returns false if client was already in list.
    */
   //bool addSuperClient( KXMLGUIClient * );
 
   /**
    * Sets the instance (@ref KInstance) for this part.
    *
    * Call this first in the inherited class constructor.
    * (At least before @ref setXMLFile().)
    */
 //US  virtual void setInstance( KInstance *instance );
 
   /**
    * Sets the name of the rc file containing the XML for the part.
    *
    * Call this in the Part-inherited class constructor.
    *
    * @param file Either an absolute path for the file, or simply the
    *             filename, which will then be assumed to be installed
    *             in the "data" resource, under a directory named like
    *             the instance.
    * @param setXML Specify whether to call setXML. Default is true.
    *               and the DOM document at once.
    **/
 //US  virtual void setXMLFile( const QString& file, bool merge = false, bool setXMLDoc = true );
 
 //US  virtual void setLocalXMLFile( const QString &file );
 
   /**
    * Sets the XML for the part.
    *
    * Call this in the Part-inherited class constructor if you
    *  don't call @ref setXMLFile().
    **/
 //US  virtual void setXML( const QString &document, bool merge = false );
 
   /**
    * Sets the Document for the part, describing the layout of the GUI.
    *
    * Call this in the Part-inherited class constructor if you don't call
    * @ref setXMLFile or @ref setXML .
    */
 //US  virtual void setDOMDocument( const QDomDocument &document, bool merge = false );
 
   /**
    * This function will attempt to give up some memory after the GUI
    * is built.  It should never be used in apps where the GUI may be
    * rebuilt at some later time (components, for instance).
    */
 //US  virtual void conserveMemory();
 
   /**
    * Actions can collectively be assigned a "State". To accomplish this
    * the respective actions are tagged as <enable> or <disable> in
    * a <State> </State> group of the XMLfile. During program execution the
    * programmer can call stateChanged() to set actions to a defined state.
    *
    * @param newstate Name of a State in the XMLfile.
    * @param reverse If the flag reverse is set to StateReverse, the State is reversed.
    * (actions to be enabled will be disabled and action to be disabled will be enabled)
    * Default is reverse=false.
    */
    virtual void stateChanged(const QString &newstate, ReverseStateChange reverse = StateNoReverse);
 
    // Use this one for KDE 4.0
    //virtual void stateChanged(const QString &newstate, bool reverse = false);
 
 private:
 /*US  
   struct DocStruct
   {
     QString file;
     QString data;
   };
 
   bool mergeXML( QDomElement &base, const QDomElement &additive,
                  KActionCollection *actionCollection );
 
   QDomElement findMatchingElement( const QDomElement &base,
                                    const QDomElement &additive );
 */
   typedef QMap<QString, QMap<QString, QString> > ActionPropertiesMap;
 
 //US  static ActionPropertiesMap extractActionProperties( const QDomDocument &doc );
 
 //US  static void storeActionProperties( QDomDocument &doc, const ActionPropertiesMap &properties );
 
 //US  static QString findVersionNumber( const QString &_xml );
 
   // Actions to enable/disable on a state change
   QMap<QString,StateChange> m_actionsStateMap;
 
 protected:
   virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
 private:
   KXMLGUIClientPrivate *d;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdialog.cpp b/microkde/kdialog.cpp
index 8398956..57e7ea6 100644
--- a/microkde/kdialog.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kdialog.cpp
@@ -1,72 +1,74 @@
 
 #include <kdialog.h>
-#include <qapp.h>
+#include <qapplication.h>
 #include <qlabel.h>
 #include <qpushbutton.h>
 #include <qlayout.h>
-#include <qprogressbar.h>
+#include <q3progressbar.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3VBoxLayout>
 #include <klocale.h>
     
 KDialog::KDialog( QWidget *parent, const char *name, bool modal ) :
       QDialog( parent, name, modal ) 
 {
     ;
 
 }
 #ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION
 int KDialog::spacingHint() { return 7; }
 int KDialog::marginHint() { return 7; }
 
 int KDialog::spacingHintSmall() { return 4; }
 int KDialog::marginHintSmall() { return 4; }
 
 #else
 int KDialog::spacingHint() { return 3; }
 int KDialog::marginHint() { return 3; }
 
 int KDialog::spacingHintSmall() { return 1; }
 int KDialog::marginHintSmall() { return 1; }
 #endif
 KProgressDialog::KProgressDialog( QWidget *parent, const char *name, bool modal ) :
       QDialog( parent, name, modal ) 
 {
-    QVBoxLayout* lay= new QVBoxLayout ( this ); 
+    Q3VBoxLayout* lay= new Q3VBoxLayout ( this ); 
     mLabel = new QLabel ( "abc",this );
-    mBar = new QProgressBar ( this );
+    mBar = new Q3ProgressBar ( this );
     mButton = new QPushButton ( i18n("Cancel"),this );
     lay->addWidget ( mLabel );
     lay->addWidget ( mBar );
     lay->addWidget ( mButton  );
     connect ( mButton , SIGNAL ( clicked () ), this, SIGNAL ( cancelled () ));
     resize ( 220, sizeHint().height() +mLabel->sizeHint().height());
 
 }
 
 void KProgressDialog::setLabelText ( const QString & t)
 {
     mLabel->setText( t );
 }
 
 void KProgressDialog::setTotalSteps ( int totalSteps )
 {
     setActiveWindow();
     setFocus();
     mBar->setTotalSteps ( totalSteps );
 }
 void KProgressDialog::setProgress ( int progress )
 {   
     setActiveWindow();
     setFocus();
     mBar->setProgress (  progress ); 
 }
 void KProgressDialog::accept()
 {
     mLabel->setText( i18n("Eeek, there I am ticklish!") );
     move ( geometry().x()-20,geometry().y()+20);
     // QDialog::accept();
 }
 void KProgressDialog::reject()
 {
     emit cancelled ();
     //QDialog::reject();
 }
diff --git a/microkde/kdialog.h b/microkde/kdialog.h
index bc80689..5f9bf0e 100644
--- a/microkde/kdialog.h
+++ b/microkde/kdialog.h
@@ -1,38 +1,40 @@
 #ifndef MINIKDE_KDIALOG_H
 #define MINIKDE_KDIALOG_H
 
 #include <qdialog.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <QLabel>
 class QLabel;
-class QProgressBar;
+class Q3ProgressBar;
 class QPushButton ;
 
 class KDialog : public QDialog
 { 
     Q_OBJECT
   public:
     KDialog( QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0, bool modal=true );
 
     static int spacingHint();
     static int marginHint();
     static int spacingHintSmall();
     static int marginHintSmall();
 };
 class KProgressDialog : public QDialog
 { 
     Q_OBJECT
   public:
     KProgressDialog( QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0, bool modal=false );
     void setLabelText ( const QString & );
     void setTotalSteps ( int totalSteps );
     void setProgress ( int progress );
     void accept();
     void reject();
  private:
     QLabel * mLabel;
-    QProgressBar *mBar;
+    Q3ProgressBar *mBar;
     QPushButton *mButton;
  signals:
     void cancelled (); 
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/kdialogbase.cpp b/microkde/kdialogbase.cpp
index d5c7e61..a40bad6 100644
--- a/microkde/kdialogbase.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kdialogbase.cpp
@@ -1,301 +1,305 @@
 #include <qtabwidget.h>
 #include <qpushbutton.h>
 #include <qlayout.h>
-#include <qframe.h>
+#include <q3frame.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <QPixmap>
+#include <Q3HBoxLayout>
+#include <Q3VBoxLayout>
 
 
 #include "klocale.h"
 #include "kdebug.h"
 
 #include "kdialogbase.h"
 
 KDialogBase::KDialogBase()
 {
 }
 
 KDialogBase::KDialogBase( QWidget *parent, const char *name, bool modal,
              const QString &caption,
              int buttonMask, ButtonCode defaultButton,
              bool separator,
              const QString &user1,
              const QString &user2,
              const QString &user3) :
     KDialog( parent, name, modal )
 {
   init( caption, buttonMask, user1, user2 );
   if (findButton( defaultButton ) ) {
       (findButton( defaultButton ) )->setFocus();
       (findButton( defaultButton ) )->setDefault( true );
   }
 
 }
 
 KDialogBase::KDialogBase( int dialogFace, const QString &caption,
              int buttonMask, ButtonCode defaultButton,
              QWidget *parent, const char *name, bool modal,
              bool separator,
              const QString &user1,
              const QString &user2,
              const QString &user3) :
     KDialog( parent, name, modal )
 {
     init( caption, buttonMask, user1, user2 );
     if (findButton( defaultButton ) ) {
         (findButton( defaultButton ) )->setFocus();
         (findButton( defaultButton ) )->setDefault( true );
     }
 
 }
 
 KDialogBase::~KDialogBase()
 {
 }
 
 void KDialogBase::init( const QString &caption, int buttonMask,
                         const QString &user1 ,const QString &user2 )
 {
   mMainWidget = 0;
   mTabWidget = 0;
   mPlainPage = 0;
   mTopLayout = 0;
   if ( !caption.isEmpty() ) {
     setCaption( caption );
   }
 
   if ( buttonMask & User1 ) {
     mUser1Button = new QPushButton( user1, this );
     connect( mUser1Button, SIGNAL( clicked() ), SLOT( slotUser1() ) );
   } else {
     mUser1Button = 0;
   }
   if ( buttonMask & User2 ) {
     mUser2Button = new QPushButton( user2, this );
     connect( mUser2Button, SIGNAL( clicked() ), SLOT( slotUser2() ) );
   } else {
     mUser2Button = 0;
   }
 
   if ( buttonMask & Ok ) {
     mOkButton = new QPushButton( i18n("Ok"), this );
     connect( mOkButton, SIGNAL( clicked() ), SLOT( slotOk() ) );
     //mOkButton->setDefault( true );
   } else {
     mOkButton = 0;
   }
   if ( buttonMask & Default ) {
     mDefaultButton = new QPushButton( i18n("Default"), this );
     connect( mDefaultButton, SIGNAL( clicked() ), SIGNAL( defaultClicked() ) );
   } else {
     mDefaultButton = 0;
   }
 
   if ( buttonMask & Apply ) {
     mApplyButton = new QPushButton( i18n("Apply"), this );
     connect( mApplyButton, SIGNAL( clicked() ), SLOT( slotApply() ) );
   } else {
     mApplyButton = 0;
   }
 
   if ( buttonMask & Cancel ) {
     mCancelButton = new QPushButton( i18n("Cancel"), this );
     connect( mCancelButton, SIGNAL( clicked() ), SLOT( slotCancel() ) );
   } else {
     mCancelButton = 0;
   }
 
   if ( buttonMask & Close ) {
     mCloseButton = new QPushButton( i18n("Close"), this );
     connect( mCloseButton, SIGNAL( clicked() ), SLOT( slotClose() ) );
   } else {
     mCloseButton = 0;
   }
 }
 
 QTabWidget *KDialogBase::tabWidget()
 {
   if ( !mTabWidget ) {
     mTabWidget = new QTabWidget( this );
     setMainWidget( mTabWidget );
   }
   return mTabWidget;
 }
 
 void KDialogBase::hideButtons()
 {
     if ( mUser1Button ) mUser1Button->hide() ;
     if ( mUser2Button ) mUser2Button->hide() ;
     if ( mOkButton ) mOkButton->hide()  ;
     if ( mApplyButton )  mApplyButton->hide()  ;
     if ( mDefaultButton ) mDefaultButton->hide();
     if ( mCancelButton ) mCancelButton->hide()  ;
     if ( mCloseButton ) mCloseButton->hide()  ;
 
 }
 void KDialogBase::initLayout()
 {
 
   delete mTopLayout;
-  mTopLayout = new QVBoxLayout( this );
+  mTopLayout = new Q3VBoxLayout( this );
   mTopLayout->setMargin( marginHintSmall() );
   mTopLayout->setSpacing( spacingHintSmall() );
 
   mTopLayout->addWidget( mMainWidget );
 
-  QBoxLayout *buttonLayout = new QHBoxLayout;
+  Q3BoxLayout *buttonLayout = new Q3HBoxLayout;
   mTopLayout->addLayout( buttonLayout );
 
   if ( mUser1Button ) buttonLayout->addWidget( mUser1Button );
   if ( mUser2Button ) buttonLayout->addWidget( mUser2Button );
   if ( mOkButton ) buttonLayout->addWidget( mOkButton );
   if ( mApplyButton ) buttonLayout->addWidget( mApplyButton );
   if ( mDefaultButton ) buttonLayout->addWidget( mDefaultButton );
   if ( mCancelButton ) buttonLayout->addWidget( mCancelButton );
   if ( mCloseButton ) buttonLayout->addWidget( mCloseButton );
   buttonLayout->setMargin( marginHintSmall()  );
   buttonLayout->setSpacing( spacingHintSmall() );
 }
 
-QFrame *KDialogBase::addPage( const QString &name )
+Q3Frame *KDialogBase::addPage( const QString &name )
 {
 //  kdDebug() << "KDialogBase::addPage(): " << name << endl;
-  QFrame *frame = new QFrame( tabWidget() );
+  Q3Frame *frame = new Q3Frame( tabWidget() );
   tabWidget()->addTab( frame, name );
   return frame;
 }
 
-QFrame *KDialogBase::addPage( const QString &name, int, const QPixmap & )
+Q3Frame *KDialogBase::addPage( const QString &name, int, const QPixmap & )
 {
   return addPage( name );
 }
 
 
 void KDialogBase::setMainWidget( QWidget *widget )
 {
   kdDebug() << "KDialogBase::setMainWidget()" << endl;
 
   mMainWidget = widget;
   initLayout();
 }
 
 void KDialogBase::setButtonText( ButtonCode id, const QString &text )
 {
   QPushButton *button = findButton( id );
   if ( button ) {
     button->setText( text );
   }
 }
 
 void KDialogBase::enableButton( ButtonCode id, bool state )
 {
   QPushButton *button = findButton( id );
   if ( button ) {
     button->setEnabled( state );
   }
 }
 
 QPushButton *KDialogBase::findButton( ButtonCode id )
 {
   QPushButton *button = 0;
   switch ( id ) {
     case Ok:
       button = mOkButton;
       break;
     case Apply:
       button = mApplyButton;
       break;
     case User1:
       button = mUser1Button;
       break;
     case User2:
       button = mUser2Button;
       break;
     case Cancel:
       button = mCancelButton;
       break;
     case Default:
       button = mDefaultButton;
       break;
     case Close:
       button = mCloseButton;
       break;
     default:
       break;
   }
   return button;
 }
 
 void KDialogBase::enableButtonOK( bool state )
 {
   enableButton( Ok, state );
 }
 
 void KDialogBase::enableButtonApply( bool state )
 {
   enableButton( Apply, state );
 }
 
 void KDialogBase::showButton( ButtonCode id, bool show )
 {
   QPushButton *button = findButton( id );
   if ( button ) {
     if ( show ) button->show();
     else button->hide();
   }
 }
 
 int KDialogBase::pageIndex( QWidget *widget ) const
 {
   return 0;
 }
 
 
 bool KDialogBase::showPage( int index )
 {
     tabWidget()->setCurrentPage( index );return false;
 }
 
-QFrame *KDialogBase::plainPage()
+Q3Frame *KDialogBase::plainPage()
 {
   if ( !mPlainPage ) {
-    mPlainPage = new QFrame( this );
+    mPlainPage = new Q3Frame( this );
     setMainWidget( mPlainPage );
   }
   return mPlainPage;
 }
 
 void KDialogBase::slotOk()
 {
   emit okClicked();
   accept();
 }
 
 void KDialogBase::slotApply()
 {
   emit applyClicked();
 }
 
 void KDialogBase::slotCancel()
 {
   emit cancelClicked();
   reject();
 }
 
 void KDialogBase::slotClose()
 {
   emit closeClicked();
   reject();
 }
 
 void KDialogBase::accept ()
 {
     emit acceptClicked();
     KDialog::accept();
 }
 void KDialogBase::slotUser1()
 {
   emit user1Clicked();
 }
 void KDialogBase::slotUser2()
 {
   emit user2Clicked();
 }
diff --git a/microkde/kdialogbase.h b/microkde/kdialogbase.h
index 17c186b..64cbd17 100644
--- a/microkde/kdialogbase.h
+++ b/microkde/kdialogbase.h
@@ -1,143 +1,145 @@
 #ifndef MINIKDE_KDIALOGBASE_H
 #define MINIKDE_KDIALOGBASE_H
 
-#include <qframe.h>
+#include <q3frame.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <QPixmap>
 
 #include "kdialog.h"
 
 class QPushButton;
 class QLayout;
 class QTabWidget;
-class QBoxLayout;
+class Q3BoxLayout;
 
 class KDialogBase : public KDialog
 {
     Q_OBJECT
   public:
     enum ButtonCode
     {
       Help    = 0x00000001,
       Default = 0x00000002,
       Ok      = 0x00000004,
       Apply   = 0x00000008,
       Try     = 0x00000010,
       Cancel  = 0x00000020,
       Close   = 0x00000040,
       User1   = 0x00000080,
       User2   = 0x00000100,
       User3   = 0x00000200,
       No      = 0x00000080,
       Yes     = 0x00000100,
       Details = 0x00000400,
       Filler  = 0x40000000,
       Stretch = 0x80000000
     };
 
     enum DialogType
     {
       TreeList,
       Tabbed,
       Plain, 
       Swallow,
       IconList
     };
 
     KDialogBase();
     KDialogBase( QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0, bool modal=true,
 		 const QString &caption=QString::null,
 		 int buttonMask=Ok|Apply|Cancel, ButtonCode defaultButton=Ok,
 		 bool separator=false, 
 		 const QString &user1=QString::null,
 		 const QString &user2=QString::null,
 		 const QString &user3=QString::null);
     KDialogBase( int dialogFace, const QString &caption, 
 		 int buttonMask, ButtonCode defaultButton, 
 		 QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0, bool modal=true, 
 		 bool separator=false,
 		 const QString &user1=QString::null,
 		 const QString &user2=QString::null,
 		 const QString &user3=QString::null);
     virtual ~KDialogBase();
     
-    QFrame *addPage( const QString & );
-    QFrame *addPage( const QString &, int, const QPixmap & );
+    Q3Frame *addPage( const QString & );
+    Q3Frame *addPage( const QString &, int, const QPixmap & );
 
     void setMainWidget( QWidget *widget );
 
     void setButtonText( ButtonCode id, const QString &text );
 
     void enableButton( ButtonCode id, bool state );
     void enableButtonOK( bool state );
     void enableButtonApply( bool state );
 
     void showButton( ButtonCode, bool show );
 
     int pageIndex( QWidget *widget ) const;
 
     bool showPage( int index );
     void hideButtons();
 
-    QFrame *plainPage();
+    Q3Frame *plainPage();
 
   signals:
     void user1Clicked();
     void user2Clicked();
  /**
      * The Apply button was pressed. This signal is only emitted if
      * @ref slotApply() is not replaced.
      */
     void applyClicked();
 
     /**
      * The OK button was pressed. This signal is only emitted if
      * @ref slotOk() is not replaced.
      */
     void okClicked();
     
     /**
      * The Cancel button was pressed. This signal is only emitted if
      * @ref slotCancel() is not replaced.
      */
     void cancelClicked();
     
     /**
      * The Close button was pressed. This signal is only emitted if
      * @ref slotClose() is not replaced.
      */
     void closeClicked();
     void defaultClicked();
 
     void acceptClicked();
 
   protected slots:
     virtual void slotOk();
     virtual void slotApply();
     virtual void slotCancel();
     virtual void slotClose();
     virtual void slotUser1();
     virtual void slotUser2();
     virtual void accept ();
   protected:
     QPushButton *findButton( ButtonCode );
     QTabWidget *tabWidget();
 
   private:
     void init( const QString &caption, int buttonMask,
                const QString &user1=QString::null, const QString &user2=QString::null );
     void initLayout();
 
     QWidget *mMainWidget;
     QTabWidget *mTabWidget;
-    QFrame *mPlainPage;
-    QBoxLayout *mTopLayout;
+    Q3Frame *mPlainPage;
+    Q3BoxLayout *mTopLayout;
     
     QPushButton *mUser1Button;
     QPushButton *mUser2Button;
     QPushButton *mCloseButton;
     QPushButton *mOkButton;
     QPushButton *mApplyButton;
     QPushButton *mCancelButton;     
     QPushButton *mDefaultButton;    
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/keditlistbox.cpp b/microkde/keditlistbox.cpp
index 55b7784..257a44a 100644
--- a/microkde/keditlistbox.cpp
+++ b/microkde/keditlistbox.cpp
@@ -1,389 +1,394 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
    Copyright (C) 2000 David Faure <faure@kde.org>, Alexander Neundorf <neundorf@kde.org>
    2000, 2002 Carsten Pfeiffer <pfeiffer@kde.org>
 
    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
    Library General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 #include <qstringlist.h>
 #include <qpushbutton.h>
 #include <qlayout.h>
-#include <qgroupbox.h>
-#include <qlistbox.h>
-#include <qwhatsthis.h>
+#include <q3groupbox.h>
+#include <q3listbox.h>
+#include <q3whatsthis.h>
 #include <qlabel.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3GridLayout>
+#include <Q3StrList>
 
 #include <kcombobox.h>
 #include <kdebug.h>
 #include <kdialog.h>
 #include <klineedit.h>
 #include <klocale.h>
 #include <kapplication.h>
 #include <knotifyclient.h>
 
 #include "keditlistbox.h"
 
 #include <assert.h>
 
 class KEditListBoxPrivate
 {
 public:
     bool m_checkAtEntering;
     int buttons;
 };
 
 KEditListBox::KEditListBox(QWidget *parent, const char *name,
 			   bool checkAtEntering, int buttons )
-    :QGroupBox(parent, name )
+    :Q3GroupBox(parent, name )
 {
     init( checkAtEntering, buttons );
 }
 
 KEditListBox::KEditListBox(const QString& title, QWidget *parent,
 			   const char *name, bool checkAtEntering, int buttons)
-    :QGroupBox(title, parent, name )
+    :Q3GroupBox(title, parent, name )
 {
     init( checkAtEntering, buttons );
 }
 
 KEditListBox::KEditListBox(const QString& title, const CustomEditor& custom,
                            QWidget *parent, const char *name,
                            bool checkAtEntering, int buttons)
-    :QGroupBox(title, parent, name )
+    :Q3GroupBox(title, parent, name )
 {
     m_lineEdit = custom.lineEdit();
     init( checkAtEntering, buttons, custom.representationWidget() );
 }
 
 KEditListBox::~KEditListBox()
 {
     delete d;
     d=0;
 }
 
 void KEditListBox::init( bool checkAtEntering, int buttons,
                          QWidget *representationWidget )
 {
     d=new KEditListBoxPrivate;
     d->m_checkAtEntering=checkAtEntering;
     d->buttons = buttons;
 
     int lostButtons = 0;
     if ( (buttons & Add) == 0 )
         lostButtons++;
     if ( (buttons & Remove) == 0 )
         lostButtons++;
     if ( (buttons & UpDown) == 0 )
         lostButtons += 2;
 
 
     servNewButton = servRemoveButton = servUpButton = servDownButton = 0L;
     setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::MinimumExpanding,
                               QSizePolicy::MinimumExpanding));
 
     QWidget * gb = this;
-    QGridLayout * grid = new QGridLayout(gb, 7 - lostButtons, 2,
+    Q3GridLayout * grid = new Q3GridLayout(gb, 7 - lostButtons, 2,
                                          KDialog::marginHint(),
                                          KDialog::spacingHint());
     grid->addRowSpacing(0, fontMetrics().lineSpacing());
     for ( int i = 1; i < 7 - lostButtons; i++ )
         grid->setRowStretch(i, 1);
 
     grid->setMargin(15);
 
     if ( representationWidget )
         representationWidget->reparent( gb, QPoint(0,0) );
     else
         m_lineEdit=new KLineEdit(gb);
 
-    m_listBox = new QListBox(gb);
+    m_listBox = new Q3ListBox(gb);
 
     QWidget *editingWidget = representationWidget ?
                              representationWidget : m_lineEdit;
     grid->addMultiCellWidget(editingWidget,1,1,0,1);
     grid->addMultiCellWidget(m_listBox, 2, 6 - lostButtons, 0, 0);
     int row = 2;
     if ( buttons & Add ) {
         servNewButton = new QPushButton(i18n("&Add"), gb);
         servNewButton->setEnabled(false);
         connect(servNewButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(addItem()));
 
         grid->addWidget(servNewButton, row++, 1);
     }
 
     if ( buttons & Remove ) {
         servRemoveButton = new QPushButton(i18n("&Remove"), gb);
         servRemoveButton->setEnabled(false);
         connect(servRemoveButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(removeItem()));
 
         grid->addWidget(servRemoveButton, row++, 1);
     }
 
     if ( buttons & UpDown ) {
         servUpButton = new QPushButton(i18n("Move &Up"), gb);
         servUpButton->setEnabled(false);
         connect(servUpButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(moveItemUp()));
 
         servDownButton = new QPushButton(i18n("Move &Down"), gb);
         servDownButton->setEnabled(false);
         connect(servDownButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(moveItemDown()));
 
         grid->addWidget(servUpButton, row++, 1);
         grid->addWidget(servDownButton, row++, 1);
     }
 
     connect(m_lineEdit,SIGNAL(textChanged(const QString&)),this,SLOT(typedSomething(const QString&)));
     m_lineEdit->setTrapReturnKey(true);
     connect(m_lineEdit,SIGNAL(returnPressed()),this,SLOT(addItem()));
     connect(m_listBox, SIGNAL(highlighted(int)), SLOT(enableMoveButtons(int)));
 
     // maybe supplied lineedit has some text already
     typedSomething( m_lineEdit->text() );
 }
 
 void KEditListBox::typedSomething(const QString& text)
 {
     if(currentItem() >= 0) {
         if(currentText() != m_lineEdit->text())
         {
             // IMHO changeItem() shouldn't do anything with the value
             // of currentItem() ... like changing it or emitting signals ...
             // but TT disagree with me on this one (it's been that way since ages ... grrr)
             bool block = m_listBox->signalsBlocked();
             m_listBox->blockSignals( true );
             m_listBox->changeItem(text, currentItem());
             m_listBox->blockSignals( block );
             emit changed();
         }
     }
 
     if ( !servNewButton )
         return;
 
     if (!d->m_checkAtEntering)
         servNewButton->setEnabled(!text.isEmpty());
     else
     {
         if (text.isEmpty())
         {
             servNewButton->setEnabled(false);
         }
         else
         {
             bool enable = (m_listBox->findItem( text ) == 0L);
             servNewButton->setEnabled( enable );
         }
     }
 }
 
 void KEditListBox::moveItemUp()
 {
     if (!m_listBox->isEnabled())
     {
         KNotifyClient::beep();
         return;
     }
 
     unsigned int selIndex = m_listBox->currentItem();
     if (selIndex == 0)
     {
         KNotifyClient::beep();
         return;
     }
 
-    QListBoxItem *selItem = m_listBox->item(selIndex);
+    Q3ListBoxItem *selItem = m_listBox->item(selIndex);
     m_listBox->takeItem(selItem);
     m_listBox->insertItem(selItem, selIndex-1);
     m_listBox->setCurrentItem(selIndex - 1);
 
     emit changed();
 }
 
 void KEditListBox::moveItemDown()
 {
     if (!m_listBox->isEnabled())
     {
         KNotifyClient::beep();
         return;
     }
 
     unsigned int selIndex = m_listBox->currentItem();
     if (selIndex == m_listBox->count() - 1)
     {
         KNotifyClient::beep();
         return;
     }
 
-    QListBoxItem *selItem = m_listBox->item(selIndex);
+    Q3ListBoxItem *selItem = m_listBox->item(selIndex);
     m_listBox->takeItem(selItem);
     m_listBox->insertItem(selItem, selIndex+1);
     m_listBox->setCurrentItem(selIndex + 1);
 
     emit changed();
 }
 
 void KEditListBox::addItem()
 {
     // when m_checkAtEntering is true, the add-button is disabled, but this
     // slot can still be called through Key_Return/Key_Enter. So we guard
     // against this.
     if ( !servNewButton || !servNewButton->isEnabled() )
         return;
 
     const QString& currentTextLE=m_lineEdit->text();
     bool alreadyInList(false);
     //if we didn't check for dupes at the inserting we have to do it now
     if (!d->m_checkAtEntering)
     {
         // first check current item instead of dumb iterating the entire list
         if ( m_listBox->currentText() == currentTextLE )
             alreadyInList = true;
         else
         {
             alreadyInList =(m_listBox->findItem(currentTextLE) != 0);
         }
     }
 
     if ( servNewButton )
         servNewButton->setEnabled(false);
 
     bool block = m_lineEdit->signalsBlocked();
     m_lineEdit->blockSignals(true);
     m_lineEdit->clear();
     m_lineEdit->blockSignals(block);
 
     m_listBox->setSelected(currentItem(), false);
 
     if (!alreadyInList)
     {
         block = m_listBox->signalsBlocked();
         m_listBox->blockSignals( true );
         m_listBox->insertItem(currentTextLE);
         m_listBox->blockSignals( block );
         emit changed();
     }
 }
 
 int KEditListBox::currentItem() const 
 {
     int nr = m_listBox->currentItem();
     if(nr >= 0 && !m_listBox->item(nr)->selected()) return -1;
     return nr;
 }
 
 void KEditListBox::removeItem()
 {
     int selected = m_listBox->currentItem();
 
     if ( selected >= 0 )
     {
         m_listBox->removeItem( selected );
         if ( count() > 0 )
             m_listBox->setSelected( QMIN( selected, count() - 1 ), true );
 
         emit changed();
     }
 
     if ( servRemoveButton && m_listBox->currentItem() == -1 )
         servRemoveButton->setEnabled(false);
 }
 
 void KEditListBox::enableMoveButtons(int index)
 {
     // Update the lineEdit when we select a different line.
     if(currentText() != m_lineEdit->text())
         m_lineEdit->setText(currentText());
 
     bool moveEnabled = servUpButton && servDownButton;
 
     if (moveEnabled )
     {
         if (m_listBox->count() <= 1)
         {
             servUpButton->setEnabled(false);
             servDownButton->setEnabled(false);
         }
         else if ((uint) index == (m_listBox->count() - 1))
         {
             servUpButton->setEnabled(true);
             servDownButton->setEnabled(false);
         }
         else if (index == 0)
         {
             servUpButton->setEnabled(false);
             servDownButton->setEnabled(true);
         }
         else
         {
             servUpButton->setEnabled(true);
             servDownButton->setEnabled(true);
         }
     }
 
     if ( servRemoveButton )
         servRemoveButton->setEnabled(true);
 }
 
 void KEditListBox::clear()
 {
     m_lineEdit->clear();
     m_listBox->clear();
     emit changed();
 }
 
 void KEditListBox::insertStringList(const QStringList& list, int index)
 {
     m_listBox->insertStringList(list,index);
 }
 
-void KEditListBox::insertStrList(const QStrList* list, int index)
+void KEditListBox::insertStrList(const Q3StrList* list, int index)
 {
-    m_listBox->insertStrList(list,index);
+    for(Q3StrList::const_iterator i=list->begin();i!=list->end();++i)
+	m_listBox->insertItem(*i,index++);
 }
 
-void KEditListBox::insertStrList(const QStrList& list, int index)
+void KEditListBox::insertStrList(const Q3StrList& list, int index)
 {
-    m_listBox->insertStrList(list,index);
+    for(Q3StrList::const_iterator i=list.begin();i!=list.end();++i)
+	m_listBox->insertItem(*i,index++);
 }
 
 void KEditListBox::insertStrList(const char ** list, int numStrings, int index)
 {
     m_listBox->insertStrList(list,numStrings,index);
 }
 
 QStringList KEditListBox::items() const
 {
     QStringList list;
     for ( uint i = 0; i < m_listBox->count(); i++ )
 	list.append( m_listBox->text( i ));
 
     return list;
 }
 
 void KEditListBox::virtual_hook( int, void* )
 { /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
 
 
 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 KEditListBox::CustomEditor::CustomEditor( KComboBox *combo )
 {
     m_representationWidget = combo;
     m_lineEdit = static_cast<KLineEdit*>( combo->lineEdit() );
     assert( m_lineEdit );
 }
 
diff --git a/microkde/keditlistbox.h b/microkde/keditlistbox.h
index 130d933..e43d958 100644
--- a/microkde/keditlistbox.h
+++ b/microkde/keditlistbox.h
@@ -1,226 +1,228 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
     Copyright (C) 2000 David Faure <faure@kde.org>, Alexander Neundorf <neundorf@kde.org>
 
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
     version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 #ifndef KEDITLISTBOX_H
 #define KEDITLISTBOX_H
 
-#include <qgroupbox.h>
-#include <qlistbox.h>
+#include <q3groupbox.h>
+#include <q3listbox.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3StrList>
 
 class KLineEdit;
 class KComboBox;
 class QPushButton;
 
 class KEditListBoxPrivate;
 /**
  * An editable listbox
  *
  * This class provides a editable listbox ;-), this means
  * a listbox which is accompanied by a line edit to enter new
  * items into the listbox and pushbuttons to add and remove
  * items from the listbox and two buttons to move items up and down.
  */
-class KEditListBox : public QGroupBox
+class KEditListBox : public Q3GroupBox
 {
    Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
     /// @since 3.1
     class CustomEditor
     {
     public:
         CustomEditor()
             : m_representationWidget( 0L ),
               m_lineEdit( 0L ) {}
         CustomEditor( QWidget *repWidget, KLineEdit *edit )
             : m_representationWidget( repWidget ),
               m_lineEdit( edit ) {}
         CustomEditor( KComboBox *combo );
 
         void setRepresentationWidget( QWidget *repWidget ) {
             m_representationWidget = repWidget;
         }
         void setLineEdit( KLineEdit *edit ) {
             m_lineEdit = edit;
         }
 
         virtual QWidget   *representationWidget() const {
             return m_representationWidget;
         }
         virtual KLineEdit *lineEdit() const {
             return m_lineEdit;
         }
 
     protected:
         QWidget *m_representationWidget;
         KLineEdit *m_lineEdit;
     };
 
    public:
 
       /**
        * Enumeration of the buttons, the listbox offers. Specify them in the
        * constructor in the buttons parameter.
        */
       enum Button { Add = 1, Remove = 2, UpDown = 4, All = Add|Remove|UpDown };
 
       /**
        * Create an editable listbox.
        *
        * If @p checkAtEntering is true, after every character you type
        * in the line edit KEditListBox will enable or disable
        * the Add-button, depending whether the current content of the
        * line edit is already in the listbox. Maybe this can become a
        * performance hit with large lists on slow machines.
        * If @p checkAtEntering is false,
        * it will be checked if you press the Add-button. It is not
        * possible to enter items twice into the listbox.
        */
       KEditListBox(QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0,
 		   bool checkAtEntering=false, int buttons = All );
       /**
        * Create an editable listbox.
        *
        * The same as the other constructor, additionally it takes
        * @title, which will be the title of the frame around the listbox.
        */
       KEditListBox(const QString& title, QWidget *parent = 0,
 		   const char *name = 0, bool checkAtEntering=false,
 		   int buttons = All );
 
       /**
        * Another constructor, which allows to use a custom editing widget
        * instead of the standard KLineEdit widget. E.g. you can use a 
        * @ref KURLRequester or a @ref KComboBox as input widget. The custom
        * editor must consist of a lineedit and optionally another widget that
        * is used as representation. A KComboBox or a KURLRequester have a
        * KLineEdit as child-widget for example, so the KComboBox is used as
        * the representation widget.
        *
        * @see KURLRequester::customEditor()
        * @since 3.1
        */
       KEditListBox( const QString& title,
                     const CustomEditor &customEditor,
                     QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0,
                     bool checkAtEntering = false, int buttons = All );
 
       virtual ~KEditListBox();
 
       /**
        * Return a pointer to the embedded QListBox.
        */
-      QListBox* listBox() const     { return m_listBox; }
+      Q3ListBox* listBox() const     { return m_listBox; }
       /**
        * Return a pointer to the embedded QLineEdit.
        */
       KLineEdit* lineEdit() const     { return m_lineEdit; }
       /**
        * Return a pointer to the Add button
        */
       QPushButton* addButton() const     { return servNewButton; }
       /**
        * Return a pointer to the Remove button
        */
       QPushButton* removeButton() const     { return servRemoveButton; }
       /**
        * Return a pointer to the Up button
        */
       QPushButton* upButton() const     { return servUpButton; }
       /**
        * Return a pointer to the Down button
        */
       QPushButton* downButton() const     { return servDownButton; }
 
       /**
        * See @ref QListBox::count()
        */
       int count() const   { return int(m_listBox->count()); }
       /**
        * See @ref QListBox::insertStringList()
        */
       void insertStringList(const QStringList& list, int index=-1);
       /**
        * See @ref QListBox::insertStringList()
        */
-      void insertStrList(const QStrList* list, int index=-1);
+      void insertStrList(const Q3StrList* list, int index=-1);
       /**
        * See @ref QListBox::insertStrList()
        */
-      void insertStrList(const QStrList& list, int index=-1);
+      void insertStrList(const Q3StrList& list, int index=-1);
       /**
        * See @ref QListBox::insertStrList()
        */
       void insertStrList(const char ** list, int numStrings=-1, int index=-1);
       /**
        * See @ref QListBox::insertItem()
        */
       void insertItem(const QString& text, int index=-1) {m_listBox->insertItem(text,index);}
       /**
        * Clears both the listbox and the line edit.
        */
       void clear();
       /**
        * See @ref QListBox::text()
        */
       QString text(int index) const { return m_listBox->text(index); }
       /**
        * See @ref QListBox::currentItem()
        */
       int currentItem() const;
       /**
        * See @ref QListBox::currentText()
        */
       QString currentText() const  { return m_listBox->currentText(); }
 
       /**
        * @returns a stringlist of all items in the listbox
        */
       QStringList items() const;
 
    signals:
       void changed();
 
    protected slots:
       //the names should be self-explaining
       void moveItemUp();
       void moveItemDown();
       void addItem();
       void removeItem();
       void enableMoveButtons(int index);
       void typedSomething(const QString& text);
 
    private:
-      QListBox *m_listBox;
+      Q3ListBox *m_listBox;
       QPushButton *servUpButton, *servDownButton;
       QPushButton *servNewButton, *servRemoveButton;
       KLineEdit *m_lineEdit;
 
       //this is called in both ctors, to avoid code duplication
       void init( bool checkAtEntering, int buttons,
                  QWidget *representationWidget = 0L );
 
    protected:
       virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
    private:
       //our lovely private d-pointer
       KEditListBoxPrivate *d;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/kfiledialog.cpp b/microkde/kfiledialog.cpp
index 383e711..c1bfdef 100644
--- a/microkde/kfiledialog.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kfiledialog.cpp
@@ -1,88 +1,90 @@
 #include <kfiledialog.h>
 #include <qdialog.h>
 #include <qlayout.h>
 #include <qdir.h>
 #include <qfileinfo.h>
 #include <qapplication.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3VBoxLayout>
 
 #ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION
 //US orig#include <ofileselector.h>
 #include <ofileselector_p.h>
 QString KFileDialog::getSaveFileName( const QString & fn,
                                              const QString & cap , QWidget * par )
 {
     QString retfile = "";
     QDialog dia ( par, "input-dialog", true ); 
-    QVBoxLayout lay( &dia );
+    Q3VBoxLayout lay( &dia );
     lay.setMargin(7); 
     lay.setSpacing(7); 
     QString file = fn;
     if ( file.isEmpty() )
         file = QDir::homeDirPath()+"/*";
     QFileInfo fi ( file );
     OFileSelector o ( &dia,OFileSelector::FileSelector, OFileSelector::Save, fi.dirPath(true), fi.fileName() );
     QObject::connect (  &o, SIGNAL( ok() ), &dia, SLOT ( accept () ) );
     lay.addWidget( &o);
     // o.setNewVisible( true );
     // o.setNameVisible( true );
     dia.showMaximized();
     if ( cap.isEmpty() )
         dia.setCaption( file );
     else
         dia.setCaption( cap );
     int res = dia.exec();
     if ( res )
         retfile = o.selectedName();
     return retfile;
 }
 
 QString KFileDialog::getOpenFileName( const QString & fn,
                                              const QString & cap, QWidget * par )
 {
    QString retfile = "";
     QDialog dia ( par, "input-dialog", true ); 
     // QLineEdit lab ( &dia ); 
-    QVBoxLayout lay( &dia );
+    Q3VBoxLayout lay( &dia );
     lay.setMargin(7); 
     lay.setSpacing(7);
     QString file = fn;
     if ( file.isEmpty() )
         file = QDir::homeDirPath()+"/*";;
     QFileInfo fi ( file );
     OFileSelector o ( &dia,OFileSelector::FileSelector, OFileSelector::Open, fi.dirPath(true), fi.fileName() );
     QObject::connect (  &o, SIGNAL( ok() ), &dia, SLOT ( accept () ) );
     lay.addWidget( &o);
     dia.showMaximized();
     dia.setCaption( cap );
     int res = dia.exec();
     if ( res )
         retfile = o.selectedName();
     return retfile;
 }
 QString KFileDialog::getExistingDirectory( const QString & fn,
                                              const QString & cap, QWidget * par )
 {
     return KFileDialog::getSaveFileName( fn, cap, par );
 }
 #else
 
-#include <qfiledialog.h> 
+#include <q3filedialog.h> 
 
 QString KFileDialog::getSaveFileName( const QString & fn,
                                              const QString & cap , QWidget * par )
 {
-    return QFileDialog::getSaveFileName( fn, QString::null, par, "openfile", cap );
+    return Q3FileDialog::getSaveFileName( fn, QString::null, par, "openfile", cap );
 }
 QString KFileDialog::getOpenFileName( const QString & fn,
                                              const QString & cap, QWidget * par )
 {
 
-    return QFileDialog::getOpenFileName( fn, QString::null, par, "openfile", cap );
+    return Q3FileDialog::getOpenFileName( fn, QString::null, par, "openfile", cap );
 }
 QString KFileDialog::getExistingDirectory( const QString & fn,
                                              const QString & cap, QWidget * par )
 {
-    return QFileDialog::getExistingDirectory( fn, par, "exidtingdir", cap );
+    return Q3FileDialog::getExistingDirectory( fn, par, "exidtingdir", cap );
 }
 #endif
 
diff --git a/microkde/kfontdialog.cpp b/microkde/kfontdialog.cpp
index 174123c..f83c2a8 100644
--- a/microkde/kfontdialog.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kfontdialog.cpp
@@ -1,32 +1,34 @@
 #include "kfontdialog.h"
 #ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION
 #include "ofontselector.h"
 #else
 #include <qfontdialog.h>
 #endif
 #include <qdialog.h>
 #include <qlayout.h>
 #include <qpushbutton.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3VBoxLayout>
 QFont KFontDialog::getFont( const QFont & f, bool & ok )
 {
 #ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION
     QDialog d( 0, "fd", true );;
     OFontSelector s ( true,  &d, "fontsel");
-    QVBoxLayout l ( &d );
+    Q3VBoxLayout l ( &d );
     l.addWidget( &s );
     s.setSelectedFont (  f );
     QPushButton b ( "OK",  &d );
     l.addWidget( &b );
     qDebug("size %d ", f.bold());
     QObject::connect( &b, SIGNAL( clicked () ), &d, SLOT ( accept () ) );
     d.show();
     ok = false;
     if ( d.exec () ) {
         ok = true;
         return s.selectedFont ( );
     }
     return f;
 #else
     return  QFontDialog::getFont ( &ok, f, 0, "fontdialog" );
 #endif
 }
diff --git a/microkde/kglobal.cpp b/microkde/kglobal.cpp
index 53edd08..9cc5835 100644
--- a/microkde/kglobal.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kglobal.cpp
@@ -1,175 +1,176 @@
 #include "kglobal.h"
 #include "kstandarddirs.h"
-#include <qkeycode.h>
+#include <qnamespace.h>
 #include <qapplication.h>
+#include <QDesktopWidget>
 
 KLocale *KGlobal::mLocale = 0;
 KConfig *KGlobal::mConfig = 0;
 KIconLoader *KGlobal::mIconLoader = 0;
 KStandardDirs *KGlobal::mDirs = 0;
 
 QString KGlobal::mAppName = "godot";
 
 KLocale *KGlobal::locale()
 {
   if ( !mLocale ) {
-    ASSERT(mAppName);
+    Q_ASSERT(!mAppName.isEmpty());
 
     mLocale = new KLocale();//mAppName);
   }
 
   return mLocale;
 }
 
 //US
 void KGlobal::setLocale(KLocale *kg)
 {
     mLocale = kg;
 }
 
 KConfig *KGlobal::config()
 {
   //mConfig is set inside setAppName. Though it has to be the first function you call.
   return mConfig;
 }
 
 KGlobal::Size KGlobal::getDesktopSize()
 {
 #ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION
   return KGlobal::Desktop;
 #else
   if ( QApplication::desktop()->width() <= 320 )
     return KGlobal::Small;
   else if ( QApplication::desktop()->width() > 480)
     return KGlobal::Desktop;
   else
     return KGlobal::Medium;
 #endif
 }
 
 KGlobal::Orientation KGlobal::getOrientation()
 {
   if (QApplication::desktop()->width() > QApplication::desktop()->height())
     return KGlobal::Landscape;
   else
     return KGlobal::Portrait;
 }
 
 int KGlobal::getDesktopWidth()
 {
   return QApplication::desktop()->width();
 }
 
 int KGlobal::getDesktopHeight()
 {
   return QApplication::desktop()->height();
 }
 
 
 KIconLoader *KGlobal::iconLoader()
 {
   if ( !mIconLoader ) {
     mIconLoader = new KIconLoader();
   }
 
   return mIconLoader;
 }
 
 KStandardDirs *KGlobal::dirs()
 {
   if ( !mDirs ) {
     mDirs = new KStandardDirs();
   }
 
   return mDirs;
 }
 
 void KGlobal::setAppName( const QString &appName )
 {
   mAppName = appName;
 
   mConfig = new KConfig( locateLocal("config", mAppName + "rc" ) );
 }
 
 //US
 QString KGlobal::getAppName()
 {
   return mAppName;
 }
 QString KGlobal::formatMessage ( QString mess, int maxlen  )
 {
     //int maxlen = 80;
     if ( maxlen == 0 ) {
         maxlen =  QApplication::desktop()->width()/10;
         if ( maxlen > 32 )
             maxlen = (maxlen * 3) / 4;
         if ( maxlen > 100 )
             maxlen = 100;
     }
     int start = 0;
     int end = mess.length();
     QString retVal = "";
     int nl, space;
     while ( (end - start) > maxlen ) {
         nl = mess.find( "\n", start );
         if ( nl > 0 &&  nl  < start + maxlen ) {
             nl += 1;
             retVal += mess.mid( start, nl - start);
             start = nl;
         } else {
             space = mess.findRev( " ", start + maxlen );
             if ( space < start ) {
                 retVal += mess.mid( start, maxlen) +"\n";
                 start +=  maxlen ;
             } else {
                 retVal += mess.mid( start, space - start ) +"\n";
                 start =  space+ 1;
             }
         }
     }
     retVal += mess.mid( start, end - start );
     return retVal;
 }
 int  KGlobal::knumkeykonv( int k )
 {
     int key;
 switch( k ) {
  case Qt::Key_Q :
      key = Qt::Key_1;
     break;
  case Qt::Key_W :
      key = Qt::Key_2;
     break;
  case Qt::Key_E :
      key = Qt::Key_3;
     break;
  case Qt::Key_R :
      key = Qt::Key_4;
     break;
  case Qt::Key_T :
      key = Qt::Key_5;
     break;
  case Qt::Key_Z :
      key = Qt::Key_6;
     break;
  case Qt::Key_Y :
      key = Qt::Key_6;
     break;
  case Qt::Key_U :
      key = Qt::Key_7;
     break;
  case Qt::Key_I :
      key = Qt::Key_8;
     break;
  case Qt::Key_O :
      key = Qt::Key_9;
     break;
  case Qt::Key_P :
      key = Qt::Key_0;
     break;
    default:
        key = k;
     break;
   } // switch
  return key;
 }
diff --git a/microkde/kglobalsettings.cpp b/microkde/kglobalsettings.cpp
index 2e483e9..1f08255 100644
--- a/microkde/kglobalsettings.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kglobalsettings.cpp
@@ -1,113 +1,114 @@
 #include "kglobalsettings.h"
 #include "kconfig.h"
 #include "kglobal.h"
 #include "kconfigbase.h"
 
 #include <qapplication.h>
+#include <QDesktopWidget>
 
 #ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION
   QColor KGlobalSettings::mAlternate = QColor( 235, 235, 235 );
 #else
   QColor KGlobalSettings::mAlternate =  QColor( 210, 210, 210 );
 #endif 
 
 
 QFont KGlobalSettings::generalFont()
 {
    int size = 12;
    if (QApplication::desktop()->width() < 480 ) {
         size = 10;   
    }
 #ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION
    else
     if (QApplication::desktop()->width() >= 480 && QApplication::desktop()->width() <= 640 )
         size = 18;  
 #endif 
     QFont f = QApplication::font();
     //qDebug("pointsize %d %s", f.pointSize(),f.family().latin1());
     f.setPointSize( size );
     return f;
 }
 QFont KGlobalSettings::generalMaxFont()
 {
    int size = 12;
    if (QApplication::desktop()->width() < 480 ) {
         size = 10;   
    }
 #ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION
    else
     if (QApplication::desktop()->width() >= 480 && QApplication::desktop()->width() <= 640 )
         size = 18;  
 #endif 
     QFont f = QApplication::font();
     if ( f.pointSize() > size )
         f.setPointSize( size );
     return f;
 }
 
 QString KGlobalSettings::timeTrackerDir()
 {
     static QString dir;
     if ( dir.isEmpty() ) {
         dir = locateLocal( "data", "timetrackerdir/d.ttl" );
         dir = dir.left ( dir.length() - 5);
     }
     return dir;
 }
 QString KGlobalSettings::backupDataDir()
 {
     static QString dir;
     if ( dir.isEmpty() ) {
         dir = locateLocal( "data", "backupdir/d.ttl" );
         dir = dir.left ( dir.length() - 5);
     }
     return dir;
 }
 QString KGlobalSettings::calendarDir()
 {
     static QString dir;
     if ( dir.isEmpty() ) {
         dir = locateLocal( "data", "korganizer/d.ttl" );
         dir = dir.left ( dir.length() - 5);
     }
     return dir;
 }
 
 QFont KGlobalSettings::toolBarFont()
 {
     return  QApplication::font();
 }
 
 QColor KGlobalSettings::toolBarHighlightColor()
 {
     return QColor( "black" );
 }
 
 QColor KGlobalSettings::alternateBackgroundColor()
 {
     return mAlternate;
 
 }
 void  KGlobalSettings::setAlternateBackgroundColor(QColor c)
 {
    mAlternate = c;
 
 }
 
 QRect KGlobalSettings::desktopGeometry( QWidget * )
 {
   return QApplication::desktop()->rect();
 }
 
     /**
      * Returns whether KDE runs in single (default) or double click
      * mode.
      * see http://developer.kde.org/documentation/standards/kde/style/mouse/index.html
      * @return true if single click mode, or false if double click mode.
      **/
 bool KGlobalSettings::singleClick()
 {   
     KConfig *c = KGlobal::config();
     KConfigGroupSaver cgs( c, "KDE" );
     return c->readBoolEntry("SingleClick", KDE_DEFAULT_SINGLECLICK);
 }
diff --git a/microkde/kiconloader.cpp b/microkde/kiconloader.cpp
index 4842d71..e7f657d 100644
--- a/microkde/kiconloader.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kiconloader.cpp
@@ -1,140 +1,142 @@
 
 #include "kiconloader.h"
 #include "kglobal.h"
 
 #ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION_OEGEL
 #include <qdir.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <QPixmap>
 QPixmap KIconLoader::loadIcon( const QString& name, KIcon::Group, int,
                                int, QString *, bool ) const
 {
     QPixmap pix; 
     QString file;
     file = iconPath() + name+".png";
     pix.load (  file );
     // qDebug("KIconLoader::loadIcon %s -----------",  file.latin1());
     return pix;
 }
-QIconSet KIconLoader::loadIconSet( const QString& name) const
+QIcon KIconLoader::loadIconSet( const QString& name) const
 {
     QPixmap pixmapLoader; 
     QString file;
     file = iconPath() + name+".png";
     pixmapLoader.load( file ); 
     //qDebug("KIconLoader::loadIconSet: %s ************", file.latin1() );
-    QIconSet is ( pixmapLoader );
+    QIcon is ( pixmapLoader );
   return is;
 }
 
 QPixmap BarIcon( const QString &name )
 { 
     QPixmap pix;
     pix.load ( KGlobal::iconLoader()->iconPath()  + name +".png" );
     return pix;
 }
 
 QPixmap DesktopIcon( const QString &name, int )
 {
     QPixmap pix;
     pix.load ( KGlobal::iconLoader()->iconPath()  + name +".png" );
     return pix;
 
 }
 
 QPixmap SmallIcon( const QString &name )
 { 
     QPixmap pixmapLoader; 
     QString file;
     file =KGlobal::iconLoader()->iconPath()  + name +".png";
     pixmapLoader.load( file );
     return pixmapLoader;
   
 }
 
 QPixmap SmallIconSet( const QString &name )
 {
     QPixmap pixmapLoader; 
     QString file;
     file =KGlobal::iconLoader()->iconPath()  + name +".png";
     pixmapLoader.load( file ); 
     return pixmapLoader;
 }
 
 
 #else
 
 #include <qpe/resource.h>
 #include <kglobal.h>
 QPixmap KIconLoader::loadIcon( const QString& name, KIcon::Group, int,
                                int, QString *, bool ) const
 {
   QString px = this->iconPath() + "/" + name;
   
   QPixmap p = Resource::loadPixmap( px );
   QPixmap* pPtr = &p;
   if (pPtr == 0)
     qDebug("KIconLoader::loadIcon: %s not found", px.latin1());
   
   return p;
 }
 
-QIconSet KIconLoader::loadIconSet( const QString& name) const
+QIcon KIconLoader::loadIconSet( const QString& name) const
 {
   QString px = this->iconPath() + "/" + name;
   
-  QIconSet is ;//= Resource::loadIconSet( px );
-  QIconSet* isPtr = 0;//LR&is;
+  QIcon is ;//= Resource::loadIconSet( px );
+  QIcon* isPtr = 0;//LR&is;
   if (isPtr == 0)
     qDebug("KIconLoader::loadIconSet: %s not foun", px.latin1());
   
   return is;
 }
 
 QPixmap BarIcon( const QString &name )
 {
   QPixmap p = KGlobal::iconLoader()->loadIcon(name, KIcon::Desktop);
   return p;
 }
 
 QPixmap DesktopIcon( const QString &name, int )
 {
   QPixmap p = KGlobal::iconLoader()->loadIcon(name, KIcon::Desktop);
   return p;
 }
 
 QPixmap SmallIcon( const QString &name )
 {
   QPixmap p = KGlobal::iconLoader()->loadIcon(name, KIcon::Desktop);
   return p;
 }
 
 QPixmap SmallIconSet( const QString &name )
 {
   QPixmap p = KGlobal::iconLoader()->loadIcon(name, KIcon::Desktop);
   return p;
 }
 
 #endif
 
 //US    
 QString KIconLoader::setIconPath( const QString &iconpath)
 {
   QString _old = mIconpath;
   mIconpath = iconpath;
 
   return _old;
 }
 QString KIconLoader::iconPath(  const QString & name, int ) const
 {
   return mIconpath + name + ".png";
 }
 
 QString KIconLoader::iconPath( /*US const QString &, int */) const
 {
     // LR we set the path at startup
     // if (KGlobal::getDesktopSize() == KGlobal::Small)
     //return mIconpath + "/icons16";
 
   //Fall back to the defaultpath  
   return mIconpath;
 }
 
diff --git a/microkde/kiconloader.h b/microkde/kiconloader.h
index 68fec4e..2abb667 100644
--- a/microkde/kiconloader.h
+++ b/microkde/kiconloader.h
@@ -1,52 +1,52 @@
 #ifndef MINIKDE_KICONLOADER_H
 #define MINIKDE_KICONLOADER_H
 
 #include <qpixmap.h>
 #include <qstring.h>
 //US
-#include <qiconset.h>
+#include <qicon.h>
 
 class KIcon
 {
   public:
     enum Group { NoGroup=-1, Desktop=0, Toolbar, MainToolbar, Small,
 	         Panel, LastGroup, User };
     enum StdSizes { SizeSmall=16, SizeMedium=32, SizeLarge=48 };
     enum States { DefaultState, ActiveState, DisabledState, LastState };
 };
 
 class KIconLoader
 {
   public:
     KIconLoader()
       : mIconpath(0) {}
       
     KIconLoader( const QString &iconpath )
       : mIconpath(iconpath) {}
 
 //US    QPixmap loadIcon( const QString &name, int ); 
 
     QPixmap loadIcon(const QString& name, KIcon::Group group, int size=0,
 		     int state=KIcon::DefaultState, QString *path_store=0,
 		     bool canReturnNull=false) const;
 
 //US    
     QString setIconPath( const QString &);
     QString iconPath( /*US const QString &, int */) const;
     QString iconPath( const QString &, int ) const;
-    QIconSet loadIconSet( const QString &name) const; 
+    QIcon loadIconSet( const QString &name) const; 
     
 //US to make this class usable for different applications, we have to add a iconpathvariable
   private:
     QString mIconpath;
 };
 
 QPixmap BarIcon(const QString& name);
 
 QPixmap DesktopIcon(const QString& name, int);
 
 QPixmap SmallIcon(const QString& name);
 
 QPixmap SmallIconSet( const QString &name );
 
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/kio/kfile/kurlrequester.cpp b/microkde/kio/kfile/kurlrequester.cpp
index ca94570..ce62da7 100644
--- a/microkde/kio/kfile/kurlrequester.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kio/kfile/kurlrequester.cpp
@@ -1,409 +1,411 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
     Copyright (C) 1999,2000,2001 Carsten Pfeiffer <pfeiffer@kde.org>
 
     library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #ifdef _WIN32_
 
 #else
 #include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 #include <qstring.h>
 //US #include <qtooltip.h>
 
 #include <qpushbutton.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <QPixmap>
 
 //US #include <kaccel.h>
 //US #include <kcombobox.h>
 #include <kdebug.h>
 #include <kdialog.h>
 #include <kfiledialog.h>
 #include <kglobal.h>
 #include <kiconloader.h>
 #include <klineedit.h>
 #include <klocale.h>
 //US #include <kurlcompletion.h>
 //US #include <kurldrag.h>
 //US #include <kprotocolinfo.h>
 
 
 #include "kurlrequester.h"
 
 
 class KURLDragPushButton : public QPushButton
 {
 public:
     KURLDragPushButton( QWidget *parent, const char *name=0 )
 	: QPushButton( parent, name ) {
 //US    	setDragEnabled( true );
     }
     ~KURLDragPushButton() {}
 
     void setURL( const KURL& url ) {
 	m_urls.clear();
 	m_urls.append( url );
     }
 
     /* not needed so far
     void setURLs( const KURL::List& urls ) {
 	m_urls = urls;	
     }
     const KURL::List& urls() const { return m_urls; }
     */
 
 protected:
 /*US
     virtual QDragObject *dragObject() {
 	if ( m_urls.isEmpty() )
 	    return 0L;
 
 	QDragObject *drag = KURLDrag::newDrag( m_urls, this, "url drag" );
 	return drag;
     }
 */
 private:
     KURL::List m_urls;
 
 };
 
 
 /*
 *************************************************************************
 */
 
 class KURLRequester::KURLRequesterPrivate
 {
 public:
     KURLRequesterPrivate() {
 	edit = 0L;
 //US	combo = 0L;
 //US        fileDialogMode = KFile::File | KFile::ExistingOnly | KFile::LocalOnly;
     }
 
     void setText( const QString& text ) {
 /*US    
 	if ( combo )
 	{
 	    if (combo->editable())
 	    {
                combo->setEditText( text );
             }
             else
             {
                combo->insertItem( text );
                combo->setCurrentItem( combo->count()-1 );
             }
         }
 	else
 */  
 	{
 	    edit->setText( text );
 	}
     }
 
     void connectSignals( QObject *receiver ) {
 	QObject *sender;
 /*US	if ( combo )
 	    sender = combo;
 	else
 */  
 	    sender = edit;
 
 	connect( sender, SIGNAL( textChanged( const QString& )),
 		 receiver, SIGNAL( textChanged( const QString& )));
 	connect( sender, SIGNAL( returnPressed() ),
 		 receiver, SIGNAL( returnPressed() ));
 //US	connect( sender, SIGNAL( returnPressed( const QString& ) ),
 //US		 receiver, SIGNAL( returnPressed( const QString& ) ));
     }
 /*US
     void setCompletionObject( KCompletion *comp ) {
 	if ( combo )
 	    combo->setCompletionObject( comp );
 	else
 	    edit->setCompletionObject( comp );
     }
 */	
     /**
      * replaces ~user or $FOO, if necessary
      */
     QString url() {
         QString txt = /*US combo ? combo->currentText() : */ edit->text();
 /*US        KURLCompletion *comp;
         if ( combo )
             comp = dynamic_cast<KURLCompletion*>(combo->completionObject());
         else
             comp = dynamic_cast<KURLCompletion*>(edit->completionObject());
 
         if ( comp )
             return comp->replacedPath( txt );
         else
 */        
             return txt;
     }
 
     KLineEdit *edit;
 //US    KComboBox *combo;
     int fileDialogMode;
     QString fileDialogFilter;
 };
 
 
 /*US
 KURLRequester::KURLRequester( QWidget *editWidget, QWidget *parent,
 			      const char *name )
   : QHBox( parent, name )
 {
     d = new KURLRequesterPrivate;
 
     // must have this as parent
     editWidget->reparent( this, 0, QPoint(0,0) );
 //US    d->edit = dynamic_cast<KLineEdit*>( editWidget );
     d->edit = (KLineEdit*)( editWidget );
 //US    d->combo = dynamic_cast<KComboBox*>( editWidget );
 
     init();
 }
 */
 
 KURLRequester::KURLRequester( QWidget *parent, const char *name )
-  : QHBox( parent, name )
+  : Q3HBox( parent, name )
 {
     d = new KURLRequesterPrivate;
     init();
 }
 
 
 KURLRequester::KURLRequester( const QString& url, QWidget *parent,
 			      const char *name )
-  : QHBox( parent, name )
+  : Q3HBox( parent, name )
 {
     d = new KURLRequesterPrivate;
     init();
     setURL( url );
 }
 
 
 KURLRequester::~KURLRequester()
 {
 //US    delete myCompletion;
     delete myFileDialog;
     delete d;
 }
 
 
 void KURLRequester::init()
 {
     myFileDialog    = 0L;
     myShowLocalProt = false;
     mPathIsDir = false;
     if (/*US !d->combo && */ !d->edit )
 	d->edit = new KLineEdit( this, "KURLRequester::KLineEdit" );
 
     myButton = new KURLDragPushButton( this, "kfile button");
-    QIconSet iconSet = SmallIconSet("fileopen");
-    QPixmap pixMap = iconSet.pixmap( QIconSet::Small, QIconSet::Normal );
+    QIcon iconSet = SmallIconSet("fileopen");
+    QPixmap pixMap = iconSet.pixmap( QIcon::Small, QIcon::Normal );
     myButton->setIconSet( iconSet );
     myButton->setFixedSize( pixMap.width()+8, pixMap.height()+8 );
 //US    QToolTip::add(myButton, i18n("Open file dialog"));
 
     connect( myButton, SIGNAL( pressed() ), SLOT( slotUpdateURL() ));
 
     setSpacing( KDialog::spacingHint() );
 
     QWidget *widget = /*US d->combo ? (QWidget*) d->combo : */ (QWidget*) d->edit;
     setFocusProxy( widget );
 
     d->connectSignals( this );
     connect( myButton, SIGNAL( clicked() ), this, SLOT( slotOpenDialog() ));
 /*US
     myCompletion = new KURLCompletion();
     d->setCompletionObject( myCompletion );
 
     KAccel *accel = new KAccel( this );
     accel->insert( KStdAccel::Open, this, SLOT( slotOpenDialog() ));
     accel->readSettings();
 */    
 }
 
 
 void KURLRequester::setURL( const QString& url )
 {
     bool hasLocalPrefix = (url.startsWith("file:"));
 
     if ( !myShowLocalProt && hasLocalPrefix )
 	d->setText( url.mid( 5, url.length()-5 ));
     else
 	d->setText( url );
 }
 
 void KURLRequester::setCaption( const QString& caption )
 {
 //US	fileDialog()->setCaption( caption );
 //US	QWidget::setCaption( caption );
 }
 
 QString KURLRequester::url() const
 {
     return d->url();
 }
 
 
 void KURLRequester::slotOpenDialog()
 {
     emit openFileDialog( this );
 
 //US use our special KFIleDialog instead
     KURL u( url() );
     //QString fn = u.url();
     QString fn = d->edit->text();
     if ( mPathIsDir ) 
         fn =  KFileDialog::getExistingDirectory ( fn, "", this );
     else
         fn =  KFileDialog::getSaveFileName( fn, "", this );
 
     if ( fn == "" )
         return;
    
 	  setURL( fn );
     emit urlSelected( d->url() );
 /*US    
     KFileDialog *dlg = fileDialog();
     if ( !d->url().isEmpty() ) {
         KURL u( url() );
         // If we won't be able to list it (e.g. http), then don't try :)
         if ( KProtocolInfo::supportsListing( u.protocol() ) )
 	    dlg->setSelection( u.url() );
     }
 
     if ( dlg->exec() == QDialog::Accepted )
     {
 	setURL( dlg->selectedURL().prettyURL() );
         emit urlSelected( d->url() );
     }
 */
         
 }
 
 void KURLRequester::setMode(unsigned int mode)
 {
 /*US
     Q_ASSERT( (mode & KFile::Files) == 0 );
     d->fileDialogMode = mode;
     if ( (mode & KFile::Directory) && !(mode & KFile::File) )
         myCompletion->setMode( KURLCompletion::DirCompletion );
     
     if (myFileDialog)
        myFileDialog->setMode( d->fileDialogMode );
 */
 }
 
 void KURLRequester::setFilter(const QString &filter)
 {
 /*US
     d->fileDialogFilter = filter;
     if (myFileDialog)
        myFileDialog->setFilter( d->fileDialogFilter );
 */
 }
 
 KFileDialog * KURLRequester::fileDialog() const
 {
 /*US
     if ( !myFileDialog ) {
 	QWidget *p = parentWidget();
 	myFileDialog = new KFileDialog( QString::null, QString::null, p,
 					"file dialog", true );
 	
 	myFileDialog->setMode( d->fileDialogMode );
         myFileDialog->setFilter( d->fileDialogFilter );
     }
 
     return myFileDialog;
 */    
   return 0;
 }
 
 
 void KURLRequester::setShowLocalProtocol( bool b )
 {
     if ( myShowLocalProt == b )
 	return;
 
     myShowLocalProt = b;
     setURL( url() );
 }
 
 void KURLRequester::clear()
 {
     d->setText( QString::null );
 }
 
 KLineEdit * KURLRequester::lineEdit() const
 {
     return d->edit;
 }
 /*US
 KComboBox * KURLRequester::comboBox() const
 {
     return d->combo;
 }
 */
 void KURLRequester::slotUpdateURL()
 {
     // bin compat, myButton is declared as QPushButton
 //US    KURL u( QDir::currentDirPath() + '/', url() );
     KURL u( url() );
     (static_cast<KURLDragPushButton *>( myButton))->setURL( u );
 }
 
 QPushButton * KURLRequester::button() const
 {
     return myButton;
 }
 /*US
 KEditListBox::CustomEditor KURLRequester::customEditor()
 {
     setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Preferred,
                                QSizePolicy::Fixed));
 
     KLineEdit *edit = d->edit;
     if ( !edit && d->combo )
         edit = dynamic_cast<KLineEdit*>( d->combo->lineEdit() );
 
 #ifndef NDEBUG
     if ( !edit )
         kdWarning() << "KURLRequester's lineedit is not a KLineEdit!??\n";
 #endif
 
     KEditListBox::CustomEditor editor( this, edit );
     return editor;
 }
 */
 void KURLRequester::virtual_hook( int, void* )
 { /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
 
 /*US
 KURLComboRequester::KURLComboRequester( QWidget *parent,
 			      const char *name )
   : KURLRequester( new KComboBox(false), parent, name)
 {
 }
 */
 
 //US #include "kurlrequester.moc"
diff --git a/microkde/kio/kfile/kurlrequester.h b/microkde/kio/kfile/kurlrequester.h
index faa3326..5d4fa11 100644
--- a/microkde/kio/kfile/kurlrequester.h
+++ b/microkde/kio/kfile/kurlrequester.h
@@ -1,271 +1,271 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
     Copyright (C) 1999,2000,2001 Carsten Pfeiffer <pfeiffer@kde.org>
 
     library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 
 #ifndef KURLREQUESTER_H
 #define KURLREQUESTER_H
 
-#include <qhbox.h>
+#include <q3hbox.h>
 
 #include <keditlistbox.h>
 //US #include <kfile.h>
 //US #include <kpushbutton.h>
 #include <kurl.h>
 
 //US class KComboBox;
 
 class KFileDialog;
 class KLineEdit;
 //US class KURLCompletion;
 class KURLDragPushButton;
 
 class QPushButton;
 class QString;
 class QTimer;
 
 /**
  * This class is a widget showing a lineedit and a button, which invokes a
  * filedialog. File name completion is available in the lineedit.
  *
  * The defaults for the filedialog are to ask for one existing local file, i.e.
  * KFileDialog::setMode( KFile::File | KFile::ExistingOnly | KFile::LocalOnly )
  * The default filter is "*", i.e. show all files, and the start directory is
  * the current working directory, or the last directory where a file has been
  * selected.
  *
  * You can change this behavior by using @ref setMode() or @ref setFilter().
  *
  * @short A widget to request a filename/url from the user
  * @author Carsten Pfeiffer <pfeiffer@kde.org>
  */
-class KURLRequester : public QHBox
+class KURLRequester : public Q3HBox
 {
     Q_OBJECT
     Q_PROPERTY( QString url READ url WRITE setURL )
 
 public:
     /**
      * Constructs a KURLRequester widget.
      */
     KURLRequester( QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
 
     /**
      * Constructs a KURLRequester widget with the initial URL @p url.
      */
     KURLRequester( const QString& url, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
 
     /**
      * Special constructor, which creates a KURLRequester widget with a custom
      * edit-widget. The edit-widget can be either a KComboBox or a KLineEdit
      * (or inherited thereof). Note: for geometry management reasons, the
      * edit-widget is reparented to have the KURLRequester as parent.
      * @param modal specifies whether the filedialog should be opened as modal
      * or not.
      */
 //US    KURLRequester( QWidget *editWidget, QWidget *parent, const char *name=0 );
     /**
      * Destructs the KURLRequester.
      */
     ~KURLRequester();
 
     /**
      * @returns the current url in the lineedit. May be malformed, if the user
      * entered something weird. ~user or environment variables are substituted
      * for local files.
      */
     QString url() const;
 
     /**
      * Enables/disables showing file:/ in the lineedit, when a local file has
      * been selected in the filedialog or was set via @ref setURL().
      * Default is false, not showing file:/
      * @see #showLocalProtocol
      */
     void setShowLocalProtocol( bool b );
 
     /**
      * Sets the mode of the file dialog.
      * Note: you can only select one file with the filedialog,
      * so KFile::Files doesn't make much sense.
      * @see KFileDialog::setMode()
      */
     void setMode( unsigned int m );
     void setPathIsDir( ) {mPathIsDir  = true;}
 
     /**
      * Sets the filter for the file dialog.
      * @see KFileDialog::setFilter()
      */
     void setFilter( const QString& filter );
 
     /**
      * @returns whether local files will be prefixed with file:/ in the
      * lineedit
      * @see #setShowLocalProtocol
      */
     bool showLocalProtocol() const { return myShowLocalProt; }
 
     /**
      * @returns a pointer to the filedialog
      * You can use this to customize the dialog, e.g. to specify a filter.
      * Never returns 0L.
      */
     virtual KFileDialog * fileDialog() const;
 
     /**
      * @returns a pointer to the lineedit, either the default one, or the
      * special one, if you used the special constructor.
      *
      * It is provided so that you can e.g. set an own completion object
      * (e.g. @ref KShellCompletion) into it.
      */
     KLineEdit * lineEdit() const;
 
     /**
      * @returns a pointer to the combobox, in case you have set one using the
      * special constructor. Returns 0L otherwise.
      */
 //US    KComboBox * comboBox() const;
 
     /**
      * @returns a pointer to the pushbutton. It is provided so that you can
      * specify an own pixmap or a text, if you really need to.
      */
     QPushButton * button() const;
 
     /**
      * @returns the KURLCompletion object used in the lineedit/combobox.
      */
 //US    KURLCompletion *completionObject() const { return myCompletion; }
 
     /**
      * @returns an object, suitable for use with KEditListBox. It allows you
      * to put this KURLRequester into a KEditListBox.
      * Basically, do it like this:
      * <pre>
      * KURLRequester *req = new KURLRequester( someWidget );
      * [...]
      * KEditListBox *editListBox = new KEditListBox( i18n("Some Title"), req->customEditor(), someWidget );
      * </pre>
      * @since 3.1
      */
 //US    KEditListBox::CustomEditor customEditor();
 
 public slots:
     /**
      * Sets the url in the lineedit to @p url. Depending on the state of
      * @ref showLocalProtocol(), file:/ on local files will be shown or not.
      * @since 3.1
      */
     void setURL( const QString& url );
 
     /**
      * @reimp
      * Sets the caption of the file dialog.
      * @since 3.1
      */
     virtual void setCaption( const QString& caption );
 
     /**
      * Clears the lineedit/combobox.
      */
     void clear();
 
 signals:
     // forwards from LineEdit
     /**
      * Emitted when the text in the lineedit changes.
      * The parameter contains the contents of the lineedit.
      * @since 3.1
      */
     void textChanged( const QString& );
 
     /**
      * Emitted when return or enter was pressed in the lineedit.
      */
     void returnPressed();
 
     /**
      * Emitted when return or enter was pressed in the lineedit.
      * The parameter contains the contents of the lineedit.
      */
     void returnPressed( const QString& );
 
     /**
      * Emitted before the filedialog is going to open. Connect
      * to this signal to "configure" the filedialog, e.g. set the
      * filefilter, the mode, a preview-widget, etc. It's usually
      * not necessary to set a URL for the filedialog, as it will
      * get set properly from the editfield contents.
      *
      * If you use multiple KURLRequesters, you can connect all of them
      * to the same slot and use the given KURLRequester pointer to know
      * which one is going to open.
      */
     void openFileDialog( KURLRequester * );
 
     /**
      * Emitted when the user changed the URL via the file dialog.
      * The parameter contains the contents of the lineedit.
      */
     void urlSelected( const QString& );
 
 protected:
     void		init();
 
 //US    KURLCompletion *    myCompletion;
 
 
 private:
     KURLDragPushButton * myButton;
     bool 		myShowLocalProt;
     mutable KFileDialog * myFileDialog;
     bool mPathIsDir;
 
 
 protected slots:
     /**
      * Called when the button is pressed to open the filedialog.
      * Also called when @ref KStdAccel::Open (default is Ctrl-O) is pressed.
      */
     void slotOpenDialog();
 
 private slots:
     void slotUpdateURL();
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
 private:
     class KURLRequesterPrivate;
     KURLRequesterPrivate *d;
 };
 /*US
 class KURLComboRequester : public KURLRequester // For use in Qt Designer
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 public:    
 */
     /**
      * Constructs a KURLRequester widget with a combobox.
      */
 /*US     
     KURLComboRequester( QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
 };
 */
 
 #endif // KURLREQUESTER_H
diff --git a/microkde/kio/kio/kdirwatch.cpp b/microkde/kio/kio/kdirwatch.cpp
index 1596d1f..5f07c54 100644
--- a/microkde/kio/kio/kdirwatch.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kio/kio/kdirwatch.cpp
@@ -1,1443 +1,1445 @@
 // -*- c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
    Copyright (C) 1998 Sven Radej <sven@lisa.exp.univie.ac.at>
 
    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
    License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 
    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
    Library General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 /*
 Enhanced Version of the file for platform independent KDE tools.
 Copyright (c) 2004 Ulf Schenk
 
 $Id$
 */
 
 
 // CHANGES:
 // Februar 2002 - Add file watching and remote mount check for STAT
 // Mar 30, 2001 - Native support for Linux dir change notification.
 // Jan 28, 2000 - Usage of FAM service on IRIX (Josef.Weidendorfer@in.tum.de)
 // May 24. 1998 - List of times introduced, and some bugs are fixed. (sven)
 // May 23. 1998 - Removed static pointer - you can have more instances.
 // It was Needed for KRegistry. KDirWatch now emits signals and doesn't
 // call (or need) KFM. No more URL's - just plain paths. (sven)
 // Mar 29. 1998 - added docs, stop/restart for particular Dirs and
 // deep copies for list of dirs. (sven)
 // Mar 28. 1998 - Created.  (sven)
 
 
 //US #include <config.h>
 
 #ifdef HAVE_DNOTIFY
 #include <unistd.h>
 #include <time.h>
 #include <fcntl.h>
 #include <signal.h>
 #include <errno.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #include <assert.h>
 #include <qdir.h>
 #include <qfile.h>
-#include <qintdict.h>
-#include <qptrlist.h>
+#include <q3intdict.h>
+#include <q3ptrlist.h>
 #include <qsocketnotifier.h>
 #include <qstringlist.h>
 #include <qtimer.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3CString>
 
 #include <kapplication.h>
 #include <kdebug.h>
 #include <kconfig.h>
 #include <kconfigbase.h>
 #include <kglobal.h>
 #include <kstaticdeleter.h>
 
 #include "kdirwatch.h"
 #include "kdirwatch_p.h"
 //US #include "global.h" //  KIO::probably_slow_mounted
 
 #define NO_NOTIFY (time_t) 0
 
 static KDirWatchPrivate* dwp_self = 0;
 
 #ifdef HAVE_DNOTIFY
 
 #include <sys/utsname.h>
 
 static int dnotify_signal = 0;
 
 /* DNOTIFY signal handler
  *
  * As this is called asynchronously, only a flag is set and
  * a rescan is requested.
  * This is done by writing into a pipe to trigger a QSocketNotifier
  * watching on this pipe: a timer is started and after a timeout,
  * the rescan is done.
  */
 void KDirWatchPrivate::dnotify_handler(int, siginfo_t *si, void *)
 {
   // write might change errno, we have to save it and restore it
   // (Richard Stevens, Advanced programming in the Unix Environment)
   int saved_errno = errno;
 
   Entry* e = (dwp_self) ? dwp_self->fd_Entry.find(si->si_fd) :0;
 
 //  kdDebug(7001) << "DNOTIFY Handler: fd " << si->si_fd << " path "
 //		<< QString(e ? e->path:"unknown") << endl;
 
   if(!e || e->dn_fd != si->si_fd) {
     qDebug("fatal error in KDirWatch");
   } else
     e->dn_dirty = true;
 
   char c = 0;
   write(dwp_self->mPipe[1], &c, 1);
   errno = saved_errno;
 }
 
 static struct sigaction old_sigio_act;
 /* DNOTIFY SIGIO signal handler
  *
  * When the kernel queue for the dnotify_signal overflows, a SIGIO is send.
  */
 void KDirWatchPrivate::dnotify_sigio_handler(int sig, siginfo_t *si, void *p)
 {
   // write might change errno, we have to save it and restore it
   // (Richard Stevens, Advanced programming in the Unix Environment)
   int saved_errno = errno;
 
   if (dwp_self) 
     dwp_self->rescan_all = true;
 
   char c = 0;
   write(dwp_self->mPipe[1], &c, 1);
 
   errno = saved_errno;
   
   // Call previous signal handler
   if (old_sigio_act.sa_flags & SA_SIGINFO)
   {
     if (old_sigio_act.sa_sigaction)
       (*old_sigio_act.sa_sigaction)(sig, si, p);
   }
   else
   {
     if ((old_sigio_act.sa_handler != SIG_DFL) &&
         (old_sigio_act.sa_handler != SIG_IGN))
       (*old_sigio_act.sa_handler)(sig);
   }
 }
 #endif
 
 
 //
 // Class KDirWatchPrivate (singleton)
 //
 
 /* All entries (files/directories) to be watched in the
  * application (coming from multiple KDirWatch instances)
  * are registered in a single KDirWatchPrivate instance.
  *
  * At the moment, the following methods for file watching
  * are supported:
  * - Polling: All files to be watched are polled regularly
  *   using stat (more precise: QFileInfo.lastModified()).
  *   The polling frequency is determined from global kconfig
  *   settings, defaulting to 500 ms for local directories
  *   and 5000 ms for remote mounts
  * - FAM (File Alternation Monitor): first used on IRIX, SGI
  *   has ported this method to LINUX. It uses a kernel part
  *   (IMON, sending change events to /dev/imon) and a user
  *   level damon (fam), to which applications connect for
  *   notification of file changes. For NFS, the fam damon
  *   on the NFS server machine is used; if IMON is not built
  *   into the kernel, fam uses polling for local files.
  * - DNOTIFY: In late LINUX 2.3.x, directory notification was
  *   introduced. By opening a directory, you can request for
  *   UNIX signals to be sent to the process when a directory
  *   is changed.
  */
 
 KDirWatchPrivate::KDirWatchPrivate()
 {
   timer = new QTimer(this);
   connect (timer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(slotRescan()));
   freq = 3600000; // 1 hour as upper bound
   statEntries = 0;
   delayRemove = false;
   m_ref = 0;
 
 //US  KConfigGroup config(KGlobal::config(), QCString("DirWatch"));
 //US  m_nfsPollInterval = config.readNumEntry("NFSPollInterval", 5000);
 //US  m_PollInterval = config.readNumEntry("PollInterval", 500);
   KConfig *config = KGlobal::config();
-  KConfigGroupSaver saver( config, QCString("DirWatch") );
+  KConfigGroupSaver saver( config, Q3CString("DirWatch") );
   
   m_nfsPollInterval = config->readNumEntry("NFSPollInterval", 5000);
   m_PollInterval = config->readNumEntry("PollInterval", 500);
   
 
   QString available("Stat");
 
 #ifdef HAVE_FAM
   // It's possible that FAM server can't be started
   if (FAMOpen(&fc) ==0) {
     available += ", FAM";
     use_fam=true;
     sn = new QSocketNotifier( FAMCONNECTION_GETFD(&fc),
 			      QSocketNotifier::Read, this);
     connect( sn, SIGNAL(activated(int)),
  	     this, SLOT(famEventReceived()) );
   }
   else {
     kdDebug(7001) << "Can't use FAM (fam daemon not running?)" << endl;
     use_fam=false;
   }
 #endif
 
 #ifdef HAVE_DNOTIFY
   supports_dnotify = true; // not guilty until proven guilty
   rescan_all = false;
   struct utsname uts;
   int major, minor, patch;
   if (uname(&uts) < 0)
     supports_dnotify = false; // *shrug*
   else if (sscanf(uts.release, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, &patch) != 3)
     supports_dnotify = false; // *shrug*
   else if( major * 1000000 + minor * 1000 + patch < 2004019 ) { // <2.4.19
     kdDebug(7001) << "Can't use DNotify, Linux kernel too old" << endl;
     supports_dnotify = false; 
   }
 
   if( supports_dnotify ) {
     available += ", DNotify";
 
     pipe(mPipe);
     fcntl(mPipe[0], F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
     fcntl(mPipe[1], F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
     mSn = new QSocketNotifier( mPipe[0], QSocketNotifier::Read, this);
     connect(mSn, SIGNAL(activated(int)), this, SLOT(slotActivated()));
     connect(&mTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(slotRescan()));
     struct sigaction act;
     act.sa_sigaction = KDirWatchPrivate::dnotify_handler;
     sigemptyset(&act.sa_mask);
     act.sa_flags = SA_SIGINFO;
 #ifdef SA_RESTART
     act.sa_flags |= SA_RESTART;
 #endif
     if( dnotify_signal == 0 )
         dnotify_signal = SIGRTMIN + 8;
     sigaction(dnotify_signal, &act, NULL);
     
     act.sa_sigaction = KDirWatchPrivate::dnotify_sigio_handler;
     sigaction(SIGIO, &act, &old_sigio_act);
   }
 #endif
 
   kdDebug(7001) << "Available methods: " << available << endl;
 }
 
 /* This should never be called, but doesn't harm */
 KDirWatchPrivate::~KDirWatchPrivate()
 {
   timer->stop();
 
   /* remove all entries being watched */
   removeEntries(0);
 
 #ifdef HAVE_FAM
   if (use_fam) {
     FAMClose(&fc);
     kdDebug(7001) << "KDirWatch deleted (FAM closed)" << endl;
   }
 #endif
 
 }
 
 #ifdef HAVE_DNOTIFY
 void KDirWatchPrivate::slotActivated()
 {
    char dummy_buf[100];
    read(mPipe[0], &dummy_buf, 100);
 
    if (!mTimer.isActive())
       mTimer.start(200, true);
 }
 
 /* In DNOTIFY mode, only entries which are marked dirty are scanned.
  * We first need to mark all yet nonexistant, but possible created
  * entries as dirty...
  */
 void KDirWatchPrivate::Entry::propagate_dirty()
 {
   Entry* sub_entry;
   for(sub_entry = m_entries.first(); sub_entry; sub_entry = m_entries.next())
   {
      if (!sub_entry->dn_dirty)
      {
         sub_entry->dn_dirty = true;
         sub_entry->propagate_dirty();
      }
   }
 }
 
 #else // !HAVE_DNOTIFY
 // slots always have to be defined...
 void KDirWatchPrivate::slotActivated() {}
 #endif
 
 /* A KDirWatch instance is interested in getting events for
  * this file/Dir entry.
  */
 void KDirWatchPrivate::Entry::addClient(KDirWatch* instance)
 {
   Client* client = m_clients.first();
   for(;client; client = m_clients.next())
     if (client->instance == instance) break;
 
   if (client) {
     client->count++;
     return;
   }
 
   client = new Client;
   client->instance = instance;
   client->count = 1;
   client->watchingStopped = instance->isStopped();
   client->pending = NoChange;
 
   m_clients.append(client);
 }
 
 void KDirWatchPrivate::Entry::removeClient(KDirWatch* instance)
 {
   Client* client = m_clients.first();
   for(;client; client = m_clients.next())
     if (client->instance == instance) break;
 
   if (client) {
     client->count--;
     if (client->count == 0) {
       m_clients.removeRef(client);
       delete client;
     }
   }
 }
 
 /* get number of clients */
 int KDirWatchPrivate::Entry::clients()
 {
   int clients = 0;
   Client* client = m_clients.first();
   for(;client; client = m_clients.next())
     clients += client->count;
 
   return clients;
 }
 
 
 KDirWatchPrivate::Entry* KDirWatchPrivate::entry(const QString& _path)
 {
 // we only support absolute paths
   if (_path.left(1) != "/") {
     return 0;
   }
 
   QString path = _path;
 
   if ( path.length() > 1 && path.right(1) == "/" )
     path.truncate( path.length() - 1 );
 
   EntryMap::Iterator it = m_mapEntries.find( path );
   if ( it == m_mapEntries.end() )
     return 0;
   else
     return &(*it);
 }
 
 // set polling frequency for a entry and adjust global freq if needed
 void KDirWatchPrivate::useFreq(Entry* e, int newFreq)
 {
   e->freq = newFreq;
 
   // a reasonable frequency for the global polling timer
   if (e->freq < freq) {
     freq = e->freq;
     if (timer->isActive()) timer->changeInterval(freq);
     kdDebug(7001) << "Global Poll Freq is now " << freq << " msec" << endl;
   }
 }
 
 
 #if defined(HAVE_FAM)
 // setup FAM notification, returns false if not possible
 bool KDirWatchPrivate::useFAM(Entry* e)
 {
   if (!use_fam) return false;
 
   e->m_mode = FAMMode;
 
   if (e->isDir) {
     if (e->m_status == NonExistent) {
       // If the directory does not exist we watch the parent directory
       addEntry(0, QDir::cleanDirPath(e->path+"/.."), e, true);
     }
     else {
       int res =FAMMonitorDirectory(&fc, QFile::encodeName(e->path),
 				   &(e->fr), e);
       if (res<0) {
 	e->m_mode = UnknownMode;
 	use_fam=false;
 	return false;
       }
       kdDebug(7001) << " Setup FAM (Req "
 		    << FAMREQUEST_GETREQNUM(&(e->fr))
 		    << ") for " << e->path << endl;
     }
   }
   else {
     if (e->m_status == NonExistent) {
       // If the file does not exist we watch the directory
       addEntry(0, QFileInfo(e->path).dirPath(true), e, true);
     }
     else {
       int res = FAMMonitorFile(&fc, QFile::encodeName(e->path),
 			       &(e->fr), e);
       if (res<0) {
 	e->m_mode = UnknownMode;
 	use_fam=false;
 	return false;
       }
 
       kdDebug(7001) << " Setup FAM (Req "
 		    << FAMREQUEST_GETREQNUM(&(e->fr))
 		    << ") for " << e->path << endl;
     }
   }
 
   // handle FAM events to avoid deadlock
   // (FAM sends back all files in a directory when monitoring)
   famEventReceived();
 
   return true;
 }
 #endif
 
 
 #ifdef HAVE_DNOTIFY
 // setup DNotify notification, returns false if not possible
 bool KDirWatchPrivate::useDNotify(Entry* e)
 {
   e->dn_fd = 0;
   if (!supports_dnotify) return false;
 
   e->m_mode = DNotifyMode;
 
   if (e->isDir) {
     e->dn_dirty = false;
     if (e->m_status == Normal) {
       int fd = open(QFile::encodeName(e->path).data(), O_RDONLY);
       // Migrate fd to somewhere above 128. Some libraries have 
       // constructs like:
       //    fd = socket(...)
       //    if (fd > ARBITRARY_LIMIT)
       //       return error;
       //
       // Since programs might end up using a lot of KDirWatch objects 
       // for a rather long time the above braindamage could get
       // triggered.
       // 
       // By moving the kdirwatch fd's to > 128, calls like socket() will keep
       // returning fd's < ARBITRARY_LIMIT for a bit longer.
       int fd2 = fcntl(fd, F_DUPFD, 128);
       if (fd2 >= 0)
       {
         close(fd);
         fd = fd2;
       }
       if (fd<0) {
 	e->m_mode = UnknownMode;
 	return false;
       }
 
       int mask = DN_DELETE|DN_CREATE|DN_RENAME|DN_MULTISHOT;
       // if dependant is a file watch, we check for MODIFY & ATTRIB too
       for(Entry* dep=e->m_entries.first();dep;dep=e->m_entries.next())
 	if (!dep->isDir) { mask |= DN_MODIFY|DN_ATTRIB; break; }
 
       if(fcntl(fd, F_SETSIG, dnotify_signal) < 0 ||
 	 fcntl(fd, F_NOTIFY, mask) < 0) {
 
 	kdDebug(7001) << "Not using Linux Directory Notifications."
 		      << endl;
 	supports_dnotify = false;
 	::close(fd);
 	e->m_mode = UnknownMode;
 	return false;
       }
 
       fd_Entry.replace(fd, e);
       e->dn_fd = fd;
 
       kdDebug(7001) << " Setup DNotify (fd " << fd
 		    << ") for " << e->path << endl;
     }
     else { // NotExisting
       addEntry(0, QDir::cleanDirPath(e->path+"/.."), e, true);
     }
   }
   else { // File
     // we always watch the directory (DNOTIFY can't watch files alone)
     // this notifies us about changes of files therein
     addEntry(0, QFileInfo(e->path).dirPath(true), e, true);
   }
 
   return true;
 }
 #endif
 
 
 bool KDirWatchPrivate::useStat(Entry* e)
 {
 //US we have no KIO::probably_slow_mounted. So disable this part
 //US  if (KIO::probably_slow_mounted(e->path))
 //US    useFreq(e, m_nfsPollInterval);
 //US  else
     useFreq(e, m_PollInterval);
 
   if (e->m_mode != StatMode) {
     e->m_mode = StatMode;
     statEntries++;
 
     if ( statEntries == 1 ) {
       // if this was first STAT entry (=timer was stopped)
       timer->start(freq);      // then start the timer
       kdDebug(7001) << " Started Polling Timer, freq " << freq << endl;
     }
   }
 
   kdDebug(7001) << " Setup Stat (freq " << e->freq
 		<< ") for " << e->path << endl;
 
   return true;
 }
 
 
 /* If <instance> !=0, this KDirWatch instance wants to watch at <_path>,
  * providing in <isDir> the type of the entry to be watched.
  * Sometimes, entries are dependant on each other: if <sub_entry> !=0,
  * this entry needs another entry to watch himself (when notExistent).
  */
 void KDirWatchPrivate::addEntry(KDirWatch* instance, const QString& _path,
 				Entry* sub_entry, bool isDir)
 {
   QString path = _path;
   if (path.startsWith("/dev/") || (path == "/dev"))
     return; // Don't even go there.
 
   if ( path.length() > 1 && path.right(1) == "/" )
     path.truncate( path.length() - 1 );
 
   EntryMap::Iterator it = m_mapEntries.find( path );
   if ( it != m_mapEntries.end() )
   {
     if (sub_entry) {
        (*it).m_entries.append(sub_entry);
        kdDebug(7001) << "Added already watched Entry " << path
 		     << " (for " << sub_entry->path << ")" << endl;
 #ifdef HAVE_DNOTIFY
        Entry* e = &(*it);
        if( e->dn_fd > 0 ) {
          int mask = DN_DELETE|DN_CREATE|DN_RENAME|DN_MULTISHOT;
          // if dependant is a file watch, we check for MODIFY & ATTRIB too
          for(Entry* dep=e->m_entries.first();dep;dep=e->m_entries.next())
      	   if (!dep->isDir) { mask |= DN_MODIFY|DN_ATTRIB; break; }
 	 if( fcntl(e->dn_fd, F_NOTIFY, mask) < 0) { // shouldn't happen
 	   ::close(e->dn_fd);
 	   e->m_mode = UnknownMode;
   	   fd_Entry.remove(e->dn_fd);
            e->dn_fd = 0;
            useStat( e );
          }
        }
 #endif
     }
     else {
        (*it).addClient(instance);
        kdDebug(7001) << "Added already watched Entry " << path
 		     << " (now " <<  (*it).clients() << " clients)"
 		     << QString(" [%1]").arg(instance->name()) << endl;
     }
     return;
   }
 
   // we have a new path to watch
 
   struct stat stat_buf;
   bool exists = (stat(QFile::encodeName(path), &stat_buf) == 0);
 
   Entry newEntry;
   m_mapEntries.insert( path, newEntry );
   // the insert does a copy, so we have to use <e> now
   Entry* e = &(m_mapEntries[path]);
 
   if (exists) {
     QFileInfo fi ( path );
     e->isDir = fi.isDir();
 
     if (e->isDir && !isDir)
       qWarning("KDirWatch: %s is a directory. Use addDir!", path.ascii());
     else if (!e->isDir && isDir)
       qWarning("KDirWatch: %s is a file. Use addFile!", path.ascii());
 
     e->m_ctime = stat_buf.st_ctime;
     e->m_status = Normal;
     e->m_nlink = stat_buf.st_nlink;
   }
   else {
     e->isDir = isDir;
     e->m_ctime = invalid_ctime;
     e->m_status = NonExistent;
     e->m_nlink = 0;
   }
 
   e->path = path;
   if (sub_entry)
      e->m_entries.append(sub_entry);
   else
     e->addClient(instance);
 
   kdDebug(7001) << "Added " << (e->isDir ? "Dir ":"File ") << path
 		<< (e->m_status == NonExistent ? " NotExisting" : "")
 		<< (sub_entry ? QString(" for %1").arg(sub_entry->path) : QString(""))
 		<< (instance ? QString(" [%1]").arg(instance->name()) : QString(""))
 		<< endl;
 
 
   // now setup the notification method
   e->m_mode = UnknownMode;
   e->msecLeft = 0;
 
 #if defined(HAVE_FAM)
   if (useFAM(e)) return;
 #endif
 
 #ifdef HAVE_DNOTIFY
   if (useDNotify(e)) return;
 #endif
 
   useStat(e);
 }
 
 
 void KDirWatchPrivate::removeEntry( KDirWatch* instance,
 				    const QString& _path, Entry* sub_entry )
 {
   Entry* e = entry(_path);
   if (!e) {
     kdWarning(7001) << "KDirWatch::removeDir can't handle '" << _path << "'" << endl;
     return;
   }
 
   if (sub_entry)
     e->m_entries.removeRef(sub_entry);
   else
     e->removeClient(instance);
 
   if (e->m_clients.count() || e->m_entries.count())
     return;
 
   if (delayRemove) {
     // removeList is allowed to contain any entry at most once
     if (removeList.findRef(e)==-1)
     removeList.append(e);
     // now e->isValid() is false
     return;
   }
 
 #ifdef HAVE_FAM
   if (e->m_mode == FAMMode) {
     if ( e->m_status == Normal) {
       FAMCancelMonitor(&fc, &(e->fr) );
       kdDebug(7001) << "Cancelled FAM (Req "
 		    << FAMREQUEST_GETREQNUM(&(e->fr))
 		    << ") for " << e->path << endl;
     }
     else {
       if (e->isDir)
 	removeEntry(0, QDir::cleanDirPath(e->path+"/.."), e);
       else
 	removeEntry(0, QFileInfo(e->path).dirPath(true), e);
     }
   }
 #endif
 
 #ifdef HAVE_DNOTIFY
   if (e->m_mode == DNotifyMode) {
     if (!e->isDir) {
       removeEntry(0, QFileInfo(e->path).dirPath(true), e);
     }
     else { // isDir
       // must close the FD.
       if ( e->m_status == Normal) {
 	if (e->dn_fd) {
 	  ::close(e->dn_fd);
 	  fd_Entry.remove(e->dn_fd);
 
 	  kdDebug(7001) << "Cancelled DNotify (fd " << e->dn_fd
 			<< ") for " << e->path << endl;
 	  e->dn_fd = 0;
 
 	}
       }
       else {
 	removeEntry(0, QDir::cleanDirPath(e->path+"/.."), e);
       }
     }
   }
 #endif
 
   if (e->m_mode == StatMode) {
     statEntries--;
     if ( statEntries == 0 ) {
       timer->stop(); // stop timer if lists are empty
       kdDebug(7001) << " Stopped Polling Timer" << endl;
     }
   }
 
   kdDebug(7001) << "Removed " << (e->isDir ? "Dir ":"File ") << e->path
 		<< (sub_entry ? QString(" for %1").arg(sub_entry->path) : QString(""))
 		<< (instance ? QString(" [%1]").arg(instance->name()) : QString(""))
 		<< endl;
   m_mapEntries.remove( e->path ); // <e> not valid any more
 }
 
 
 /* Called from KDirWatch destructor:
  * remove <instance> as client from all entries
  */
 void KDirWatchPrivate::removeEntries( KDirWatch* instance )
 {
-  QPtrList<Entry> list;
+  Q3PtrList<Entry> list;
   int minfreq = 3600000;
 
   // put all entries where instance is a client in list
   EntryMap::Iterator it = m_mapEntries.begin();
   for( ; it != m_mapEntries.end(); ++it ) {
     Client* c = (*it).m_clients.first();
     for(;c;c=(*it).m_clients.next())
       if (c->instance == instance) break;
     if (c) {
       c->count = 1; // forces deletion of instance as client
       list.append(&(*it));
     }
     else if ( (*it).m_mode == StatMode && (*it).freq < minfreq )
       minfreq = (*it).freq;
   }
 
   for(Entry* e=list.first();e;e=list.next())
     removeEntry(instance, e->path, 0);
 
   if (minfreq > freq) {
     // we can decrease the global polling frequency
     freq = minfreq;
     if (timer->isActive()) timer->changeInterval(freq);
     kdDebug(7001) << "Poll Freq now " << freq << " msec" << endl;
   }
 }
 
 // instance ==0: stop scanning for all instances
 bool KDirWatchPrivate::stopEntryScan( KDirWatch* instance, Entry* e)
 {
   int stillWatching = 0;
   Client* c = e->m_clients.first();
   for(;c;c=e->m_clients.next()) {
     if (!instance || instance == c->instance)
       c->watchingStopped = true;
     else if (!c->watchingStopped)
       stillWatching += c->count;
   }
 
   kdDebug(7001) << instance->name() << " stopped scanning " << e->path
 		<< " (now " << stillWatching << " watchers)" << endl;
 
   if (stillWatching == 0) {
     // if nobody is interested, we don't watch
     e->m_ctime = invalid_ctime; // invalid
     //    e->m_status = Normal;
   }
   return true;
 }
 
 // instance ==0: start scanning for all instances
 bool KDirWatchPrivate::restartEntryScan( KDirWatch* instance, Entry* e,
 					 bool notify)
 {
   int wasWatching = 0, newWatching = 0;
   Client* c = e->m_clients.first();
   for(;c;c=e->m_clients.next()) {
     if (!c->watchingStopped)
       wasWatching += c->count;
     else if (!instance || instance == c->instance) {
       c->watchingStopped = false;
       newWatching += c->count;
     }
   }
   if (newWatching == 0)
     return false;
 
   kdDebug(7001) << instance->name() << " restarted scanning " << e->path
 		<< " (now " << wasWatching+newWatching << " watchers)" << endl;
 
   // restart watching and emit pending events
 
   int ev = NoChange;
   if (wasWatching == 0) {
     if (!notify) {
       struct stat stat_buf;
       bool exists = (stat(QFile::encodeName(e->path), &stat_buf) == 0);
       if (exists) {
 	e->m_ctime = stat_buf.st_ctime;
 	e->m_status = Normal;
         e->m_nlink = stat_buf.st_nlink;
       }
       else {
 	e->m_ctime = invalid_ctime;
 	e->m_status = NonExistent;
         e->m_nlink = 0;
       }
     }
     e->msecLeft = 0;
     ev = scanEntry(e);
   }
   emitEvent(e,ev);
 
   return true;
 }
 
 // instance ==0: stop scanning for all instances
 void KDirWatchPrivate::stopScan(KDirWatch* instance)
 {
   EntryMap::Iterator it = m_mapEntries.begin();
   for( ; it != m_mapEntries.end(); ++it )
     stopEntryScan(instance, &(*it));
 }
 
 
 void KDirWatchPrivate::startScan(KDirWatch* instance,
 				 bool notify, bool skippedToo )
 {
   if (!notify)
     resetList(instance,skippedToo);
 
   EntryMap::Iterator it = m_mapEntries.begin();
   for( ; it != m_mapEntries.end(); ++it )
     restartEntryScan(instance, &(*it), notify);
 
   // timer should still be running when in polling mode
 }
 
 
 // clear all pending events, also from stopped
 void KDirWatchPrivate::resetList( KDirWatch* /*instance*/,
 				  bool skippedToo )
 {
   EntryMap::Iterator it = m_mapEntries.begin();
   for( ; it != m_mapEntries.end(); ++it ) {
 
     Client* c = (*it).m_clients.first();
     for(;c;c=(*it).m_clients.next())
       if (!c->watchingStopped || skippedToo)
 	c->pending = NoChange;
   }
 }
 
 // Return event happened on <e>
 //
 int KDirWatchPrivate::scanEntry(Entry* e)
 {
 #ifdef HAVE_FAM
   // we do not stat entries using FAM
   if (e->m_mode == FAMMode) return NoChange;
 #endif
 
   // Shouldn't happen: Ignore "unknown" notification method
   if (e->m_mode == UnknownMode) return NoChange;
 
 #ifdef HAVE_DNOTIFY
   if (e->m_mode == DNotifyMode) {
     // we know nothing has changed, no need to stat
     if(!e->dn_dirty) return NoChange;
     e->dn_dirty = false;
   }
 #endif
 
   if (e->m_mode == StatMode) {
     // only scan if timeout on entry timer happens;
     // e.g. when using 500msec global timer, a entry
     // with freq=5000 is only watched every 10th time
 
     e->msecLeft -= freq;
     if (e->msecLeft>0) return NoChange;
     e->msecLeft += e->freq;
   }
 
   struct stat stat_buf;
   bool exists = (stat(QFile::encodeName(e->path), &stat_buf) == 0);
   if (exists) {
 
     if (e->m_status == NonExistent) {
       e->m_ctime = stat_buf.st_ctime;
       e->m_status = Normal;
       e->m_nlink = stat_buf.st_nlink;
       return Created;
     }
 
     if ( (e->m_ctime != invalid_ctime) && 
 	 ((stat_buf.st_ctime != e->m_ctime) || 
 //	  (stat_buf.st_nlink != (nlink_t) e->m_nlink)) ) {
 	  (stat_buf.st_nlink != e->m_nlink)) ) {
       e->m_ctime = stat_buf.st_ctime;
       e->m_nlink = stat_buf.st_nlink;
       return Changed;
     }
 
     return NoChange;
   }
 
   // dir/file doesn't exist
 
   if (e->m_ctime == invalid_ctime)
     return NoChange;
 
   e->m_ctime = invalid_ctime;
   e->m_nlink = 0;
   e->m_status = NonExistent;
 
   return Deleted;
 }
 
 /* Notify all interested KDirWatch instances about a given event on an entry
  * and stored pending events. When watching is stopped, the event is
  * added to the pending events.
  */
 void KDirWatchPrivate::emitEvent(Entry* e, int event, const QString &fileName)
 {
   QString path = e->path;
   if (!fileName.isEmpty()) {
     if (fileName[0] == '/')
       path = fileName;
     else
       path += "/" + fileName;
   }
 
   Client* c = e->m_clients.first();
   for(;c;c=e->m_clients.next()) {
     if (c->instance==0 || c->count==0) continue;
 
     if (c->watchingStopped) {
       // add event to pending...
       if (event == Changed)
 	c->pending |= event;
       else if (event == Created || event == Deleted)
 	c->pending = event;
       continue;
     }
     // not stopped
     if (event == NoChange || event == Changed)
       event |= c->pending;
     c->pending = NoChange;
     if (event == NoChange) continue;
 
     if (event & Deleted) {
       c->instance->setDeleted(path);
       // emit only Deleted event...
       continue;
     }
 
     if (event & Created) {
       c->instance->setCreated(path);
       // possible emit Change event after creation
     }
 
     if (event & Changed)
       c->instance->setDirty(path);
   }
 }
 
 // Remove entries which were marked to be removed
 void KDirWatchPrivate::slotRemoveDelayed()
 {
   Entry* e;
   delayRemove = false;
   for(e=removeList.first();e;e=removeList.next())
     removeEntry(0, e->path, 0);
   removeList.clear();
 }
 
 /* Scan all entries to be watched for changes. This is done regularly
  * when polling and once after a DNOTIFY signal. This is NOT used by FAM.
  */
 void KDirWatchPrivate::slotRescan()
 {
   EntryMap::Iterator it;
 
   // People can do very long things in the slot connected to dirty(),
   // like showing a message box. We don't want to keep polling during
   // that time, otherwise the value of 'delayRemove' will be reset.
   bool timerRunning = timer->isActive();
   if ( timerRunning )
     timer->stop();
 
   // We delay deletions of entries this way.
   // removeDir(), when called in slotDirty(), can cause a crash otherwise
   delayRemove = true;
 
 #ifdef HAVE_DNOTIFY
-  QPtrList<Entry> dList, cList;
+  Q3PtrList<Entry> dList, cList;
 
   // for DNotify method,
   if (rescan_all)
   {
     // mark all as dirty
     it = m_mapEntries.begin();
     for( ; it != m_mapEntries.end(); ++it )
       (*it).dn_dirty = true;
     rescan_all = false;
   }
   else
   {
     // progate dirty flag to dependant entries (e.g. file watches)
     it = m_mapEntries.begin();
     for( ; it != m_mapEntries.end(); ++it )
       if ( ((*it).m_mode == DNotifyMode) && (*it).dn_dirty )
         (*it).propagate_dirty();
   }
 
 #endif
 
   it = m_mapEntries.begin();
   for( ; it != m_mapEntries.end(); ++it ) {
     // we don't check invalid entries (i.e. remove delayed)
     if (!(*it).isValid()) continue;
 
     int ev = scanEntry( &(*it) );
 
 #ifdef HAVE_DNOTIFY
     if ((*it).m_mode == DNotifyMode) {
       if ((*it).isDir && (ev == Deleted)) {
 	dList.append( &(*it) );
 
 	// must close the FD.
 	if ((*it).dn_fd) {
 	  ::close((*it).dn_fd);
 	  fd_Entry.remove((*it).dn_fd);
 	  (*it).dn_fd = 0;
 	}
       }
 
       else if ((*it).isDir && (ev == Created)) {
 	// For created, but yet without DNOTIFYing ...
 	if ( (*it).dn_fd == 0) {
 	  cList.append( &(*it) );
 	  if (! useDNotify( &(*it) )) {
 	    // if DNotify setup fails...
 	    useStat( &(*it) );
 	  }
 	}
       }
     }
 #endif
 
     if ( ev != NoChange )
       emitEvent( &(*it), ev);
   }
 
 
 #ifdef HAVE_DNOTIFY
   // Scan parent of deleted directories for new creation
   Entry* e;
   for(e=dList.first();e;e=dList.next())
     addEntry(0, QDir::cleanDirPath( e->path+"/.."), e, true);
 
   // Remove watch of parent of new created directories
   for(e=cList.first();e;e=cList.next())
     removeEntry(0, QDir::cleanDirPath( e->path+"/.."), e);
 #endif
 
   if ( timerRunning )
     timer->start(freq);
 
   QTimer::singleShot(0, this, SLOT(slotRemoveDelayed()));
 }
 
 #ifdef HAVE_FAM
 void KDirWatchPrivate::famEventReceived()
 {
   static FAMEvent fe;
 
   delayRemove = true;
 
   while(use_fam && FAMPending(&fc)) {
     if (FAMNextEvent(&fc, &fe) == -1) {
       kdWarning(7001) << "FAM connection problem, switching to polling."
 		      << endl;
       use_fam = false;
       delete sn; sn = 0;
 
       // Replace all FAMMode entries with DNotify/Stat
       EntryMap::Iterator it;
       it = m_mapEntries.begin();
       for( ; it != m_mapEntries.end(); ++it )
 	if ((*it).m_mode == FAMMode && (*it).m_clients.count()>0) {
 #ifdef HAVE_DNOTIFY
 	  if (useDNotify( &(*it) )) continue;
 #endif
 	  useStat( &(*it) );
 	}
     }
     else
       checkFAMEvent(&fe);
   }
 
   QTimer::singleShot(0, this, SLOT(slotRemoveDelayed()));
 }
 
 void KDirWatchPrivate::checkFAMEvent(FAMEvent* fe)
 {
   // Don't be too verbose ;-)
   if ((fe->code == FAMExists) ||
       (fe->code == FAMEndExist) ||
       (fe->code == FAMAcknowledge)) return;
 
   // $HOME/.X.err grows with debug output, so don't notify change
   if ( *(fe->filename) == '.') {
     if (strncmp(fe->filename, ".X.err", 6) == 0) return;
     if (strncmp(fe->filename, ".xsession-errors", 16) == 0) return;
   }
 
   Entry* e = 0;
   EntryMap::Iterator it = m_mapEntries.begin();
   for( ; it != m_mapEntries.end(); ++it )
     if (FAMREQUEST_GETREQNUM(&( (*it).fr )) ==
        FAMREQUEST_GETREQNUM(&(fe->fr)) ) {
       e = &(*it);
       break;
     }
 
   // Entry* e = static_cast<Entry*>(fe->userdata);
 
   kdDebug(7001) << "Processing FAM event ("
 		<< ((fe->code == FAMChanged) ? "FAMChanged" :
 		    (fe->code == FAMDeleted) ? "FAMDeleted" :
 		    (fe->code == FAMStartExecuting) ? "FAMStartExecuting" :
 		    (fe->code == FAMStopExecuting) ? "FAMStopExecuting" :
 		    (fe->code == FAMCreated) ? "FAMCreated" :
 		    (fe->code == FAMMoved) ? "FAMMoved" :
 		    (fe->code == FAMAcknowledge) ? "FAMAcknowledge" :
 		    (fe->code == FAMExists) ? "FAMExists" :
 		    (fe->code == FAMEndExist) ? "FAMEndExist" : "Unknown Code")
 		<< ", " << fe->filename
 		<< ", Req " << FAMREQUEST_GETREQNUM(&(fe->fr))
 		<< ")" << endl;
 
   if (!e) {
     // this happens e.g. for FAMAcknowledge after deleting a dir...
     //    kdDebug(7001) << "No entry for FAM event ?!" << endl;
     return;
   }
 
   if (e->m_status == NonExistent) {
     kdDebug(7001) << "FAM event for nonExistent entry " << e->path << endl;
     return;
   }
 
   if (e->isDir)
     switch (fe->code)
     {
       case FAMDeleted:
        // file absolute: watched dir
         if (fe->filename[0] == '/')
         {
           // a watched directory was deleted
 
           e->m_status = NonExistent;
           FAMCancelMonitor(&fc, &(e->fr) ); // needed ?
           kdDebug(7001) << "Cancelled FAMReq "
                         << FAMREQUEST_GETREQNUM(&(e->fr))
                         << " for " << e->path << endl;
           // Scan parent for a new creation
           addEntry(0, QDir::cleanDirPath( e->path+"/.."), e, true);
         }
         emitEvent(e, Deleted, QFile::decodeName(fe->filename));
         break;
 
       case FAMCreated: {
           // check for creation of a directory we have to watch
           Entry *sub_entry = e->m_entries.first();
           for(;sub_entry; sub_entry = e->m_entries.next())
             if (sub_entry->path == e->path + "/" + fe->filename) break;
           if (sub_entry && sub_entry->isDir) {
             QString path = e->path;
             removeEntry(0,e->path,sub_entry); // <e> can be invalid here!!
             sub_entry->m_status = Normal;
             if (!useFAM(sub_entry))
               useStat(sub_entry);
 
             emitEvent(sub_entry, Created);
           }
           else emitEvent(e, Created, QFile::decodeName(fe->filename));
           break;
         }
 
       case FAMChanged:
         emitEvent(e, Changed, QFile::decodeName(fe->filename));
 
       default:
         break;
     }
   else switch (fe->code)
     {
       case FAMCreated: emitEvent(e, Created);
                        break;
       case FAMDeleted: emitEvent(e, Deleted);
                        break;
       case FAMChanged: emitEvent(e, Changed);
                        break;
       default: break;
     }
 }
 #else
 void KDirWatchPrivate::famEventReceived() {}
 #endif
 
 
 void KDirWatchPrivate::statistics()
 {
   EntryMap::Iterator it;
 
   kdDebug(7001) << "Entries watched:" << endl;
   if (m_mapEntries.count()==0) {
     kdDebug(7001) << "  None." << endl;
   }
   else {
     it = m_mapEntries.begin();
     for( ; it != m_mapEntries.end(); ++it ) {
       Entry* e = &(*it);
       kdDebug(7001) << "  " << e->path << " ("
 		    << ((e->m_status==Normal)?"":"Nonexistent ")
 		    << (e->isDir ? "Dir":"File") << ", using "
 		    << ((e->m_mode == FAMMode) ? "FAM" :
 			(e->m_mode == DNotifyMode) ? "DNotify" :
 			(e->m_mode == StatMode) ? "Stat" : "Unknown Method")
 		    << ")" << endl;
 
       Client* c = e->m_clients.first();
       for(;c; c = e->m_clients.next()) {
 	QString pending;
 	if (c->watchingStopped) {
 	  if (c->pending & Deleted) pending += "deleted ";
 	  if (c->pending & Created) pending += "created ";
 	  if (c->pending & Changed) pending += "changed ";
 	  if (!pending.isEmpty()) pending = " (pending: " + pending + ")";
 	  pending = ", stopped" + pending;
 	}
 	kdDebug(7001) << "    by " << c->instance->name()
 		      << " (" << c->count << " times)"
 		      << pending << endl;
       }
       if (e->m_entries.count()>0) {
 	kdDebug(7001) << "    dependent entries:" << endl;
 	Entry* d = e->m_entries.first();
 	for(;d; d = e->m_entries.next()) {
 	  kdDebug(7001) << "      " << d->path << endl;
 	}
       }
     }
   }
 }
 
 
 //
 // Class KDirWatch
 //
 
 static KStaticDeleter<KDirWatch> sd_dw;
 KDirWatch* KDirWatch::s_pSelf = 0L;
 
 KDirWatch* KDirWatch::self()
 {
   if ( !s_pSelf ) {
 //US    sd_dw.setObject( s_pSelf, new KDirWatch );
     s_pSelf = sd_dw.setObject( new KDirWatch );
   }
 
   return s_pSelf;
 }
 
 bool KDirWatch::exists()
 {
   return s_pSelf != 0;
 }
 
 KDirWatch::KDirWatch (QObject* parent, const char* name)
   : QObject(parent,name)
 {
   if (!name) {
     static int nameCounter = 0;
 
     nameCounter++;
     setName(QString("KDirWatch-%1").arg(nameCounter).ascii());
   }
 
   if (!dwp_self)
     dwp_self = new KDirWatchPrivate;
   d = dwp_self;
   d->ref();
 
   _isStopped = false;
 }
 
 KDirWatch::~KDirWatch()
 {
   if (d) d->removeEntries(this);
   if ( d->deref() )
   {
     // delete it if it's the last one
     delete d;
     dwp_self = 0L;
   }
 }
 
 
 // TODO: add watchFiles/recursive support
 void KDirWatch::addDir( const QString& _path,
 			bool watchFiles, bool recursive)
 {
   if (watchFiles || recursive) {
     kdDebug(7001) << "addDir - recursive/watchFiles not supported in KDE 3.0"
 		  << endl;
   }
   if (d) d->addEntry(this, _path, 0, true);
 }
 
 void KDirWatch::addFile( const QString& _path )
 {
   if (d) d->addEntry(this, _path, 0, false);
 }
 
 QDateTime KDirWatch::ctime( const QString &_path )
 {
   KDirWatchPrivate::Entry* e = d->entry(_path);
 
   if (!e)
     return QDateTime();
 
   QDateTime result;
   result.setTime_t(e->m_ctime);
   return result;
 }
 
 void KDirWatch::removeDir( const QString& _path )
 {
   if (d) d->removeEntry(this, _path, 0);
 }
 
 void KDirWatch::removeFile( const QString& _path )
 {
   if (d) d->removeEntry(this, _path, 0);
 }
 
 bool KDirWatch::stopDirScan( const QString& _path )
 {
   if (d) {
     KDirWatchPrivate::Entry *e = d->entry(_path);
     if (e && e->isDir) return d->stopEntryScan(this, e);
   }
   return false;
 }
 
 bool KDirWatch::restartDirScan( const QString& _path )
 {
   if (d) {
     KDirWatchPrivate::Entry *e = d->entry(_path);
     if (e && e->isDir)
       // restart without notifying pending events
       return d->restartEntryScan(this, e, false);
   }
   return false;
 }
 
 void KDirWatch::stopScan()
 {
   if (d) d->stopScan(this);
   _isStopped = true;
 }
 
 void KDirWatch::startScan( bool notify, bool skippedToo )
 {
   _isStopped = false;
   if (d) d->startScan(this, notify, skippedToo);
 }
 
 
 bool KDirWatch::contains( const QString& _path ) const
 {
   KDirWatchPrivate::Entry* e = d->entry(_path);
   if (!e)
      return false;
 
   KDirWatchPrivate::Client* c = e->m_clients.first();
   for(;c;c=e->m_clients.next())
     if (c->instance == this) return true;
 
   return false;
 }
 
 void KDirWatch::statistics()
 {
   if (!dwp_self) {
     kdDebug(7001) << "KDirWatch not used" << endl;
     return;
   }
   dwp_self->statistics();
 }
 
 
 void KDirWatch::setCreated( const QString & _file )
 {
   kdDebug(7001) << name() << " emitting created " << _file << endl;
   emit created( _file );
 }
 
 void KDirWatch::setDirty( const QString & _file )
 {
   kdDebug(7001) << name() << " emitting dirty " << _file << endl;
   emit dirty( _file );
 }
 
 void KDirWatch::setDeleted( const QString & _file )
 {
   kdDebug(7001) << name() << " emitting deleted " << _file << endl;
   emit deleted( _file );
 }
 
 //US #include "kdirwatch.moc"
 //US #include "kdirwatch_p.moc"
 
 //sven
 
 // vim: sw=2 ts=8 et
diff --git a/microkde/kio/kio/kdirwatch_p.h b/microkde/kio/kio/kdirwatch_p.h
index 0ab482f..be74f2a 100644
--- a/microkde/kio/kio/kdirwatch_p.h
+++ b/microkde/kio/kio/kdirwatch_p.h
@@ -1,153 +1,153 @@
 /* Private Header for class of KDirWatchPrivate
  *
  * this separate header file is needed for MOC processing
  * because KDirWatchPrivate has signals and slots
  */
 
 /*
 Enhanced Version of the file for platform independent KDE tools.
 Copyright (c) 2004 Ulf Schenk
 
 $Id$
 */
  
 #ifndef _KDIRWATCH_P_H
 #define _KDIRWATCH_P_H
 
 #ifdef HAVE_FAM
 #include <fam.h>
 #endif
 
-#include <qptrlist.h>
+#include <q3ptrlist.h>
 
 #include <kdirwatch.h>
 
 #include <ctime>
 
 #define invalid_ctime ((time_t)-1)
 
 /* KDirWatchPrivate is a singleton and does the watching
  * for every KDirWatch instance in the application.
  */
 class KDirWatchPrivate : public QObject
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 public:
 
   enum entryStatus { Normal = 0, NonExistent };
   enum entryMode { UnknownMode = 0, StatMode, DNotifyMode, FAMMode };
   enum { NoChange=0, Changed=1, Created=2, Deleted=4 };
 
   struct Client {
     KDirWatch* instance;
     int count;
     // did the instance stop watching
     bool watchingStopped;
     // events blocked when stopped
     int pending;
   };
 
   class Entry
   {
   public:
     // the last observed modification time
     time_t m_ctime;
     // the last observed link count
     int m_nlink; 
     entryStatus m_status;
     entryMode m_mode;
     bool isDir;
     // instances interested in events
-    QPtrList<Client> m_clients;
+    Q3PtrList<Client> m_clients;
     // nonexistent entries of this directory
-    QPtrList<Entry> m_entries;
+    Q3PtrList<Entry> m_entries;
     QString path;
 
     int msecLeft, freq;
 
     void addClient(KDirWatch*);
     void removeClient(KDirWatch*);
     int clients();
     bool isValid() { return m_clients.count() || m_entries.count(); }
 
 #ifdef HAVE_FAM
     FAMRequest fr;
 #endif
 
 #ifdef HAVE_DNOTIFY
     int dn_fd;
     bool dn_dirty;
     void propagate_dirty();
 #endif
   };
 
   typedef QMap<QString,Entry> EntryMap;
 
   KDirWatchPrivate();
   ~KDirWatchPrivate();
 
   void resetList (KDirWatch*,bool);
   void useFreq(Entry* e, int newFreq);
   void addEntry(KDirWatch*,const QString&, Entry*, bool);
   void removeEntry(KDirWatch*,const QString&, Entry*);
   bool stopEntryScan(KDirWatch*, Entry*);
   bool restartEntryScan(KDirWatch*, Entry*, bool );
   void stopScan(KDirWatch*);
   void startScan(KDirWatch*, bool, bool);
 
   void removeEntries(KDirWatch*);
   void statistics();
 
   Entry* entry(const QString&);
   int scanEntry(Entry* e);
   void emitEvent(Entry* e, int event, const QString &fileName = QString::null);
 
   // Memory management - delete when last KDirWatch gets deleted
   void ref() { m_ref++; }
   bool deref() { return ( --m_ref == 0 ); }
 
 public slots:
   void slotRescan();
   void famEventReceived(); // for FAM
   void slotActivated(); // for DNOTIFY
   void slotRemoveDelayed();
 
 public:
   QTimer *timer;
   EntryMap m_mapEntries;
 
 private:
   int freq;
   int statEntries;
   int m_nfsPollInterval, m_PollInterval;
   int m_ref;
   bool useStat(Entry*);
 
   bool delayRemove;
-  QPtrList<Entry> removeList;
+  Q3PtrList<Entry> removeList;
 
 #ifdef HAVE_FAM
   QSocketNotifier *sn;
   FAMConnection fc;
   bool use_fam;
 
   void checkFAMEvent(FAMEvent*);
   bool useFAM(Entry*);
 #endif
 
 #ifdef HAVE_DNOTIFY
   bool supports_dnotify;
   bool rescan_all;
   int mPipe[2];
   QTimer mTimer;
   QSocketNotifier *mSn;
-  QIntDict<Entry> fd_Entry;
+  Q3IntDict<Entry> fd_Entry;
 
   static void dnotify_handler(int, siginfo_t *si, void *);
   static void dnotify_sigio_handler(int, siginfo_t *si, void *);
   bool useDNotify(Entry*);
 #endif
 };
 
 #endif // KDIRWATCH_P_H
 
diff --git a/microkde/klineedit.h b/microkde/klineedit.h
index 70c72d1..9eb749d 100644
--- a/microkde/klineedit.h
+++ b/microkde/klineedit.h
@@ -1,47 +1,49 @@
 #ifndef MINIKDE_KLINEEDIT_H
 #define MINIKDE_KLINEEDIT_H
 
 #include <qlineedit.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <QKeyEvent>
 
 #ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION
 #include <qpe/qpeapplication.h>
 #endif
 
 
 class KLineEdit : public QLineEdit
 {
     
   Q_OBJECT
 
   public:
     KLineEdit( QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 ) :
       QLineEdit( parent, name ) 
         {
 #ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION
     QPEApplication::setStylusOperation( this, QPEApplication::RightOnHold );
 #endif
         }
         void keyPressEvent ( QKeyEvent * e) 
         {
             switch ( e->key() ) {
             case Qt::Key_Down:
                 emit scrollDOWN();
                 e->accept();
                 break; 
             case Qt::Key_Up:
                 emit scrollUP();
                 e->accept();
                 break; 
             default:
                 QLineEdit::keyPressEvent ( e );
                 break;
             }
             
         }
     void setTrapReturnKey( bool ) {}
  signals:
     void scrollUP();
     void scrollDOWN();
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/klineeditdlg.h b/microkde/klineeditdlg.h
index 68e9252..d0004cd 100644
--- a/microkde/klineeditdlg.h
+++ b/microkde/klineeditdlg.h
@@ -1,34 +1,36 @@
 #ifndef MICROKDE_KLINEEDITDLG_H
 #define MICROKDE_KLINEEDITDLG_H
 
 #include "kdialogbase.h"
 #include <klineedit.h>
 #include <qlayout.h>
 #include <qlabel.h>
 #include <qdialog.h>
 #include <qpushbutton.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3VBoxLayout>
 
 class KLineEditDlg : public QDialog
 {
   public:
     KLineEditDlg( const QString & text, const QString & editText, QWidget *parent ) :
       QDialog( parent,"lineedit", true ) {
         QLabel* lab = new QLabel( text, this );
         mEdit = new KLineEdit( this );
-        QVBoxLayout* vl = new QVBoxLayout( this );
+        Q3VBoxLayout* vl = new Q3VBoxLayout( this );
         vl->setSpacing(5);
         vl->setMargin(7);
         vl->addWidget( lab );
         vl->addWidget( mEdit );
         mEdit->setText( editText );
         QPushButton * p = new QPushButton (" OK ", this );
         vl->addWidget( p );
         connect( p, SIGNAL ( clicked () ), this , SLOT (accept() ) );
     }
 
     QString text() { return mEdit->text(); }
  private:
     KLineEdit* mEdit;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/kresources/configdialog.cpp b/microkde/kresources/configdialog.cpp
index 55253c0..4820faf 100644
--- a/microkde/kresources/configdialog.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kresources/configdialog.cpp
@@ -1,179 +1,182 @@
 /*
     This file is part of libkresources.
 
     Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org>
     Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org>
     Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org>
 
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
     version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 #include <klocale.h>
 #include <kglobal.h>
 #include <kmessagebox.h>
 
-#include <qgroupbox.h>
+#include <q3groupbox.h>
 #include <qlabel.h>
 #include <qlayout.h>
 #include <qpushbutton.h>
-#include <qvbox.h>
+#include <q3vbox.h>
 
 #include <qcheckbox.h>
-#include <qscrollview.h>
+#include <q3scrollview.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3VBoxLayout>
+#include <Q3Frame>
 
 #include <kbuttonbox.h>
 #include <kdialog.h>
 #include <klineedit.h>
 
 #include "factory.h"
 #include "configwidget.h"
 #include "configdialog.h"
 
 using namespace KRES;
 
 ConfigDialog::ConfigDialog( QWidget *parent, const QString& resourceFamily,
     Resource* resource, const char *name )
   : KDialogBase( parent, name, true, i18n( "Resource Configuration" ),
     Ok|Cancel, Ok, true )/*, mConfig( config )*/, mResource( resource ), mPersistentReadOnly(false)
 {
 
   Factory *factory = Factory::self( resourceFamily );
 
 //US  resize( 250, 240 );
   resize( KMIN(KGlobal::getDesktopWidth(), 250), KMIN(KGlobal::getDesktopHeight(), 240));
 
-  QFrame *main;
+  Q3Frame *main;
 
   main = plainPage();
 
-  QVBoxLayout *mainLayout = new QVBoxLayout( main, 0, spacingHint() );
+  Q3VBoxLayout *mainLayout = new Q3VBoxLayout( main, 0, spacingHint() );
 
 
-  QGroupBox *generalGroupBox = new QGroupBox( 2, Qt::Horizontal, main );
+  Q3GroupBox *generalGroupBox = new Q3GroupBox( 2, Qt::Horizontal, main );
   generalGroupBox->layout()->setSpacing( spacingHint() );
   generalGroupBox->setTitle( i18n( "General Settings" ) );
 
   new QLabel( i18n( "Name:" ), generalGroupBox );
 
   mName = new KLineEdit( generalGroupBox );
 
   new QLabel("", generalGroupBox );
   mReadOnly = new QCheckBox( i18n( "Read-only" ), generalGroupBox );
   mReadOnly->setChecked( mResource->readOnly() );
 
   new QLabel("", generalGroupBox );
   mIncludeInSync = new QCheckBox( i18n( "Include in sync" ), generalGroupBox );
   mIncludeInSync->setChecked( mResource->includeInSync() );
 
   mName->setText( mResource->resourceName() );
 
   mainLayout->addWidget( generalGroupBox );
 
-  QGroupBox *resourceGroupBox = new QGroupBox( 2, Qt::Horizontal,  main );
+  Q3GroupBox *resourceGroupBox = new Q3GroupBox( 2, Qt::Horizontal,  main );
   resourceGroupBox->layout()->setSpacing( spacingHint());
   resourceGroupBox->setTitle( i18n( "%1 Resource Settings" )
                               .arg( factory->typeName( resource->type() ) ) );
   mainLayout->addWidget( resourceGroupBox );
 
   mainLayout->addStretch();
 
   mConfigWidget = factory->configWidget( resource->type(), resourceGroupBox );
   if ( mConfigWidget ) {
     connect( mConfigWidget, SIGNAL( setReadOnly( bool ) ),
         SLOT( setReadOnly( bool ) ) );
     connect( mConfigWidget, SIGNAL( setIncludeInSync( bool ) ),
         SLOT( setIncludeInSync( bool ) ) );
     connect( mConfigWidget, SIGNAL( setPersistentReadOnly( bool ) ),
         SLOT( setPersistentReadOnly( bool ) ) );
     mConfigWidget->setInEditMode( false );
     mConfigWidget->loadSettings( mResource );
     mConfigWidget->show();
 
   }
 
 
   connect( mName, SIGNAL( textChanged(const QString &)),
       SLOT( slotNameChanged(const QString &)));
 
   slotNameChanged( mName->text() );
 
 //US  setMinimumSize( 400, 250 );
   setMinimumSize( KMIN(KGlobal::getDesktopWidth(), 400), KMIN(KGlobal::getDesktopHeight(), 250));
 
 }
 
 void ConfigDialog::setInEditMode( bool value )
 {
   if ( mConfigWidget )
     mConfigWidget->setInEditMode( value );
 }
 
 void ConfigDialog::slotNameChanged( const QString &text)
 {
   enableButtonOK( !text.isEmpty() );
 }
 
 void ConfigDialog::setReadOnly( bool value )
 {
     if (mPersistentReadOnly == false)
       mReadOnly->setChecked( value );
     else
       mReadOnly->setChecked( true );
 }
 
 void ConfigDialog::setIncludeInSync( bool value )
 {
     if (mPersistentReadOnly == false)
       mIncludeInSync->setChecked( value );
     else
       mIncludeInSync->setChecked( false );
 }
 
 void ConfigDialog::setPersistentReadOnly( bool value )
 {
     mPersistentReadOnly = value;
 
     if (value == true) {
       setReadOnly( true );
       setIncludeInSync( false );
     }
 
     mReadOnly->setEnabled( !value );
     mIncludeInSync->setEnabled (!value );
 }
 
 
 void ConfigDialog::accept()
 {
   if ( mName->text().isEmpty() ) {
     KMessageBox::sorry( this, i18n( "Please enter a resource name" ) );
     return;
   }
 
   mResource->setResourceName( mName->text() );
   mResource->setReadOnly( mReadOnly->isChecked() );
   mResource->setIncludeInSync( mIncludeInSync->isChecked() );
 
   if ( mConfigWidget ) {
     // First save generic information
     // Also save setting of specific resource type
     mConfigWidget->saveSettings( mResource );
   }
 
   KDialog::accept();
 }
 
 //US #include "configdialog.moc"
diff --git a/microkde/kresources/configpage.cpp b/microkde/kresources/configpage.cpp
index fc7a42e..1a9d063 100644
--- a/microkde/kresources/configpage.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kresources/configpage.cpp
@@ -1,534 +1,538 @@
 /*
     This file is part of libkresources.
 
     Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org>
     Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org>
     Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org>
 
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
     version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 /*
 Enhanced Version of the file for platform independent KDE tools.
 Copyright (c) 2004 Ulf Schenk
 
 $Id$
 */
 
-#include <qgroupbox.h>
+#include <q3groupbox.h>
 
 #ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION
 #include <qinputdialog.h>
 #else
 #include <qtcompat/qinputdialog.h>
 #endif
 #include <qlabel.h>
 #include <qlayout.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3GridLayout>
+#include <Q3ValueList>
+#include <Q3VBoxLayout>
 #include <kapplication.h>
 #include <kcombobox.h>
 #include <kdebug.h>
 #include <klocale.h>
 #include <kmessagebox.h>
 #include <ksimpleconfig.h>
 #include <kstandarddirs.h>
 #include <kurlrequester.h>
 #include <klistview.h>
 #include <kbuttonbox.h>
 //US #include <ktrader.h>
 
 #include "resource.h"
 #include "configdialog.h"
 
 #include "configpage.h"
 
 //US
 #include <qpushbutton.h>
 #include <qfile.h>
 #include <kglobal.h>
 
 using namespace KRES;
 
-class ConfigViewItem : public QCheckListItem
+class ConfigViewItem : public Q3CheckListItem
 {
   public:
-    ConfigViewItem( QListView *parent, Resource* resource ) :
-      QCheckListItem( parent, resource->resourceName(), CheckBox ),
+    ConfigViewItem( Q3ListView *parent, Resource* resource ) :
+      Q3CheckListItem( parent, resource->resourceName(), CheckBox ),
       mResource( resource ),
       mIsStandard( false )
     {
       setText( 1, mResource->type() );
       setOn( mResource->isActive() );
     }
 
     void setStandard( bool value )
     {
       setText( 2, ( value ? i18n( "Yes" ) : QString::null ) );
       mIsStandard = value;
     }
 
     bool standard() const { return mIsStandard; }
     bool readOnly() const { return mResource->readOnly(); }
 
     Resource *resource() { return mResource; }
 
   private:
     Resource* mResource;
 
     bool mIsStandard;
 };
 
 ConfigPage::ConfigPage( QWidget *parent, const char *name )
   : QWidget( parent, name ),
     mCurrentManager( 0 ),
     mCurrentConfig( 0 )
 {
   setCaption( i18n( "Resource Configuration" ) );
 
-  QVBoxLayout *mainLayout = new QVBoxLayout( this );
+  Q3VBoxLayout *mainLayout = new Q3VBoxLayout( this );
 
-  QGroupBox *groupBox = new QGroupBox( i18n( "Resources" ), this );
+  Q3GroupBox *groupBox = new Q3GroupBox( i18n( "Resources" ), this );
   groupBox->setColumnLayout(0, Qt::Vertical );
   groupBox->layout()->setSpacing( 3 );
   groupBox->layout()->setMargin( 5 );
-  QGridLayout *groupBoxLayout = new QGridLayout( groupBox->layout(), 4, 2 );
+  Q3GridLayout *groupBoxLayout = new Q3GridLayout( groupBox->layout(), 4, 2 );
 
 //US  mFamilyCombo = new KComboBox( false, groupBox );
   mFamilyCombo = new KComboBox( groupBox );
   groupBoxLayout->addMultiCellWidget( mFamilyCombo, 0, 0, 0, 1 );
 
   mListView = new KListView( groupBox );
   mListView->setAllColumnsShowFocus( true );
   mListView->addColumn( i18n( "Name" ) );
   mListView->addColumn( i18n( "Type" ) );
   mListView->addColumn( i18n( "Standard" ) ); 
 
 //US  groupBoxLayout->addWidget( mListView, 1, 0 );
   groupBoxLayout->addMultiCellWidget( mListView, 1, 1, 0, 1 );
 
 
   mAddButton = new QPushButton( i18n( "&Add..." ), groupBox );
   groupBoxLayout->addWidget( mAddButton, 2, 0 );
   mRemoveButton = new QPushButton( i18n( "&Remove" ), groupBox );
   groupBoxLayout->addWidget( mRemoveButton, 2, 1 );
   mEditButton = new QPushButton( i18n( "&Edit..." ), groupBox );
   groupBoxLayout->addWidget( mEditButton, 3, 0 );
   mStandardButton = new QPushButton( i18n( "&Use as Standard" ), groupBox );
   groupBoxLayout->addWidget( mStandardButton, 3, 1 );
 
   mRemoveButton->setEnabled( false );
   mEditButton->setEnabled( false );
   mStandardButton->setEnabled( false );
 
 
   connect( mAddButton, SIGNAL( clicked() ), SLOT(slotAdd()) );
   connect( mRemoveButton, SIGNAL( clicked() ), SLOT(slotRemove()) );
   connect( mEditButton, SIGNAL( clicked() ), SLOT(slotEdit()) );
   connect( mStandardButton, SIGNAL( clicked() ), SLOT(slotStandard()) );
 
 
   mainLayout->addWidget( groupBox );
 
   connect( mFamilyCombo, SIGNAL( activated( int ) ),
            SLOT( slotFamilyChanged( int ) ) );
   connect( mListView, SIGNAL( selectionChanged() ),
            SLOT( slotSelectionChanged() ) );
-  connect( mListView, SIGNAL( clicked( QListViewItem * ) ),
-           SLOT( slotItemClicked( QListViewItem * ) ) );
+  connect( mListView, SIGNAL( clicked( Q3ListViewItem * ) ),
+           SLOT( slotItemClicked( Q3ListViewItem * ) ) );
 
   mLastItem = 0;
 
 //US  mConfig = new KConfig( "kcmkresourcesrc" );
   mConfig = new KConfig( locateLocal( "config", "kcmkresourcesrc")   );
   mConfig->setGroup( "General" );
 
   load();
 }
 
 ConfigPage::~ConfigPage()
 {
-  QValueList<ResourcePageInfo>::Iterator it;
+  Q3ValueList<ResourcePageInfo>::Iterator it;
   for ( it = mInfoMap.begin(); it != mInfoMap.end(); ++it ) {
     (*it).mManager->removeListener( this );
     delete (*it).mManager;
     delete (*it).mConfig;
   }
 
   mConfig->writeEntry( "CurrentFamily", mFamilyCombo->currentItem() );
   delete mConfig;
   mConfig = 0;
 }
 
 void ConfigPage::load()
 {
   kdDebug(5650) << "ConfigPage::load()" << endl;
 
   mListView->clear();
 
 //US we remove the dynamic pluginloader, and set the one family we need (contact) manually.
 
 //US  KTrader::OfferList plugins = KTrader::self()->query( "KResources/Plugin" );
 //US  KTrader::OfferList::ConstIterator it;
 //US  for ( it = plugins.begin(); it != plugins.end(); ++it ) {
 //US    QVariant tmp = (*it)->property( "X-KDE-ResourceFamily" );
 //US    QString family = tmp.toString();
   QStringList families;
   families << "contact";
 
 
   for ( QStringList::Iterator it = families.begin(); it != families.end(); ++it )
   {
     QString family = (*it);
     if ( !family.isEmpty() ) {
       if ( !mFamilyMap.contains( family ) ) {
         mCurrentManager = new Manager<Resource>( family );
         if ( mCurrentManager ) {
           mFamilyMap.append( family );
           mCurrentManager->addListener( this );
 
           ResourcePageInfo info;
           info.mManager = mCurrentManager;
           QString configDir = KGlobal::dirs()->saveLocation( "config" );
           //QString configDir = KStandardDirs::appDir() + "/config";
           if ( family == "contact" && QFile::exists( configDir + "/kabcrc" ) ) {
             info.mConfig = new KConfig( locateLocal( "config", "kabcrc" ) );
           } else if ( family == "calendar" && QFile::exists( configDir + "/kcalrc" ) ) {
             info.mConfig = new KConfig( locateLocal( "config", "kcalrc" ) );
           } else {
             QString configFile = locateLocal( "config", QString( "kresources/%1/stdrc" ).arg( family ) );
             info.mConfig = new KConfig( configFile );
           }
           info.mManager->readConfig( info.mConfig );
 
           mInfoMap.append( info );
         }
       }
     }
   }
   mCurrentManager = 0;
 
   mFamilyCombo->insertStringList( mFamilyMap );
 
   int currentFamily = mConfig->readNumEntry( "CurrentFamily", 0 );
   mFamilyCombo->setCurrentItem( currentFamily );
   slotFamilyChanged( currentFamily );
 }
 
 void ConfigPage::save()
 {
   saveResourceSettings();
 
-  QValueList<ResourcePageInfo>::Iterator it;
+  Q3ValueList<ResourcePageInfo>::Iterator it;
   for ( it = mInfoMap.begin(); it != mInfoMap.end(); ++it )
     (*it).mManager->writeConfig( (*it).mConfig );
 
   emit changed( false );
 }
 
 void ConfigPage::defaults()
 {
 }
 
 void ConfigPage::slotFamilyChanged( int pos )
 {
   if ( pos < 0 || pos >= (int)mFamilyMap.count() )
     return;
 
   saveResourceSettings();
 
   mFamily = mFamilyMap[ pos ];
 
 //US  qDebug("ConfigPage::slotFamilyChanged 4 family=%s", mFamily.latin1());
 
   mCurrentManager = mInfoMap[ pos ].mManager;
   mCurrentConfig = mInfoMap[ pos ].mConfig;
 
   if ( !mCurrentManager )
     kdDebug(5650) << "ERROR: cannot create ResourceManager<Resource>( mFamily )" << endl;
 
   mListView->clear();
 
   if ( mCurrentManager->isEmpty() ) {
 //US    qDebug("ConfigPage::slotFamilyChanged 4.1 mCurrentManager=%ul", mCurrentManager );
 
     defaults();
   }
 
   Resource *standardResource = mCurrentManager->standardResource();
 
 //US    qDebug("ConfigPage::slotFamilyChanged 4.4 resourcename=%s", standardResource->resourceName().latin1());
 
 
   Manager<Resource>::Iterator it;
   for ( it = mCurrentManager->begin(); it != mCurrentManager->end(); ++it ) {
     ConfigViewItem *item = new ConfigViewItem( mListView, *it );
     if ( *it == standardResource )
       item->setStandard( true );
   }
 
   if ( mListView->childCount() == 0 ) {
 //US    qDebug("ConfigPage::slotFamilyChanged 4.5 ");
 
     defaults();
     emit changed( true );
     mCurrentManager->writeConfig( mCurrentConfig );
   } else {
 //US    qDebug("ConfigPage::slotFamilyChanged 4.6 ");
 
     if ( !standardResource ) {
       KMessageBox::sorry( this, i18n( "There is no standard resource!<br> Please select one." ) );
 
 //US    qDebug("ConfigPage::slotFamilyChanged 4.7" );
 
     }
 
     emit changed( false );
   }
 }
 
 void ConfigPage::slotAdd()
 {
   if ( !mCurrentManager )
     return;
 
   QStringList types = mCurrentManager->resourceTypeNames();
   QStringList descs = mCurrentManager->resourceTypeDescriptions();
   bool ok = false;
 
   QString desc;
 
   desc = QInputDialog::getItem( i18n( "Resource Configuration" ),
                     i18n( "Select type of the new resource:" ), descs, 0,
                     false, &ok, this );
 
   if ( !ok )
     return;
 
   QString type = types[ descs.findIndex( desc ) ];
 
   // Create new resource
   Resource *resource = mCurrentManager->createResource( type );
   if ( !resource ) {
     KMessageBox::error( this, i18n("Unable to create resource of type '%1'.")
                               .arg( type ) );
     return;
   }
 
   resource->setResourceName( type + "-resource" );
 
   ConfigDialog dlg( this, mFamily, resource, "KRES::ConfigDialog" );
 
   if ( dlg.exec() ) {
     mCurrentManager->add( resource );
 
     ConfigViewItem *item = new ConfigViewItem( mListView, resource );
 
     mLastItem = item;
 
     // if there are only read-only resources we'll set this resource
     // as standard resource
     if ( !resource->readOnly() ) {
       bool onlyReadOnly = true;
-      QListViewItem *it = mListView->firstChild();
+      Q3ListViewItem *it = mListView->firstChild();
       while ( it != 0 ) {
         ConfigViewItem *confIt = static_cast<ConfigViewItem*>( it );
         if ( !confIt->readOnly() && confIt != item )
           onlyReadOnly = false;
 
         it = it->itemBelow();
       }
 
       if ( onlyReadOnly )
         item->setStandard( true );
     }
 
     emit changed( true );
   } else {
     delete resource;
     resource = 0;
   }
 }
 
 void ConfigPage::slotRemove()
 {
   if ( !mCurrentManager )
     return;
 
-  QListViewItem *item = mListView->currentItem();
+  Q3ListViewItem *item = mListView->currentItem();
   ConfigViewItem *confItem = static_cast<ConfigViewItem*>( item );
 
   if ( !confItem )
     return;
 
   if ( confItem->standard() ) {
     KMessageBox::sorry( this, i18n( "You cannot remove your standard resource!\n Please select a new standard resource first." ) );
     return;
   }
 
   mCurrentManager->remove( confItem->resource() );
 
   if ( item == mLastItem )
     mLastItem = 0;
 
   mListView->takeItem( item );
   delete item;
 
   emit changed( true );
 }
 
 void ConfigPage::slotEdit()
 {
   if ( !mCurrentManager )
     return;
 
-  QListViewItem *item = mListView->currentItem();
+  Q3ListViewItem *item = mListView->currentItem();
   ConfigViewItem *configItem = static_cast<ConfigViewItem*>( item );
   if ( !configItem )
     return;
 
   Resource *resource = configItem->resource();
 
   ConfigDialog dlg( this, mFamily, resource, "KRES::ConfigDialog" );
 
   if ( dlg.exec() ) {
     configItem->setText( 0, resource->resourceName() );
     configItem->setText( 1, resource->type() );
 
     if ( configItem->standard() && configItem->readOnly() ) {
       KMessageBox::sorry( this, i18n( "You cannot use a read-only<br> resource as standard!" ) );
       configItem->setStandard( false );
     }
 
     mCurrentManager->resourceChanged( resource );
     emit changed( true );
   }
 }
 
 void ConfigPage::slotStandard()
 {
   if ( !mCurrentManager )
     return;
 
   ConfigViewItem *item = static_cast<ConfigViewItem*>( mListView->currentItem() );
   if ( !item )
     return;
 
   if ( item->readOnly() ) {
     KMessageBox::sorry( this, i18n( "You cannot use a read-only<br>resource as standard!" ) );
     return;
   }
 
   if ( !item->isOn() ) {
     KMessageBox::sorry( this, i18n( "You cannot use an inactive<br>resource as standard!" ) );
     return;
   }
 
-  QListViewItem *it = mListView->firstChild();
+  Q3ListViewItem *it = mListView->firstChild();
   while ( it != 0 ) {
     ConfigViewItem *configItem = static_cast<ConfigViewItem*>( it );
     if ( configItem->standard() )
       configItem->setStandard( false );
     it = it->itemBelow();
   }
 
   item->setStandard( true );
   mCurrentManager->setStandardResource( item->resource() );
    emit changed( true );
 
 }
 
 void ConfigPage::slotSelectionChanged()
 {
   bool state = ( mListView->currentItem() != 0 );
 
   mRemoveButton->setEnabled( state );
   mEditButton->setEnabled( state );
   mStandardButton->setEnabled( state );
 }
 
 void ConfigPage::resourceAdded( Resource* resource )
 {
   qDebug("ConfigPage::resourceAdded  : %s", resource->resourceName().latin1());
   ConfigViewItem *item = new ConfigViewItem( mListView, resource );
 
   // FIXME: this sucks. This should be in the config file,
   // or application-dependent, in which case it's always Off
   item->setOn( false );
 
   mLastItem = item;
 
   emit changed( true );
 }
 
 void ConfigPage::resourceModified( Resource* resource )
 {
   qDebug("ConfigPage::resourceModified  : %s", resource->resourceName().latin1());
 }
 
 void ConfigPage::resourceDeleted( Resource* resource )
 {
   qDebug("ConfigPage::resourceDeleted  : %s", resource->resourceName().latin1());
 }
 
-void ConfigPage::slotItemClicked( QListViewItem *item )
+void ConfigPage::slotItemClicked( Q3ListViewItem *item )
 {
   ConfigViewItem *configItem = static_cast<ConfigViewItem *>( item );
   if ( !configItem ) return;
 
   if ( configItem->standard() && !configItem->isOn() ) {
     KMessageBox::sorry( this, i18n( "You cannot deactivate the<br>standard resource. Choose<br>another standard resource first." ) );
     configItem->setOn( true );
     return;
   }
 
   if ( configItem->isOn() != configItem->resource()->isActive() ) {
     emit changed( true );
   }
 }
 
 void ConfigPage::saveResourceSettings()
 {
     //qDebug("ConfigPage::saveResourceSettings() begin");
 
   if ( mCurrentManager ) {
 
-    QListViewItem *item = mListView->firstChild();
+    Q3ListViewItem *item = mListView->firstChild();
     while ( item ) {
       ConfigViewItem *configItem = static_cast<ConfigViewItem*>( item );
 
       // check if standard resource
       if ( configItem->standard() && !configItem->readOnly() &&
            configItem->isOn() ) {
 
         mCurrentManager->setStandardResource( configItem->resource() );
       }
 
       // check if active or passive resource
       configItem->resource()->setActive( configItem->isOn() );
 
       item = item->nextSibling();
     }
     mCurrentManager->writeConfig( mCurrentConfig );
 
     if ( !mCurrentManager->standardResource() )
       KMessageBox::sorry( this, i18n( "There is no valid standard resource!<br>Please select one which is neither read-only nor inactive." ) );
   }
 
   //qDebug("ConfigPage::saveResourceSettings() end");
 
 }
 
 //US #include "configpage.moc"
 
diff --git a/microkde/kresources/configpage.h b/microkde/kresources/configpage.h
index be9239e..dc1aa50 100644
--- a/microkde/kresources/configpage.h
+++ b/microkde/kresources/configpage.h
@@ -1,104 +1,106 @@
 /*
     This file is part of libkresources.
     Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org>
     Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org>
 
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
     version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 
 #ifndef KRESOURCES_CONFIGPAGE_H
 #define KRESOURCES_CONFIGPAGE_H
 
 #include <qstringlist.h>
 #include <qwidget.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3ValueList>
 
 #include "manager.h"
 
 class KComboBox;
 class KListView;
 
-class QListViewItem;
+class Q3ListViewItem;
 class QPushButton;
 
 
 namespace KRES {
 
 class ResourcePageInfo
 {
   public:
     Manager<Resource> *mManager;
     KConfig *mConfig;
 };
 
 class Resource;
 
 class ConfigPage : public QWidget, public ManagerListener<Resource>
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 
   public:
     ConfigPage( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
     virtual ~ConfigPage();
 
     void load();
     void save();
     virtual void defaults();
 
   public slots:
     void slotFamilyChanged( int );
     void slotAdd();
     void slotRemove();
     void slotEdit();
     void slotStandard();
     void slotSelectionChanged();
 
     // From ManagerListener<Resource>
   public:
     virtual void resourceAdded( Resource* resource );
     virtual void resourceModified( Resource* resource );
     virtual void resourceDeleted( Resource* resource );
 
   protected slots:
-    void slotItemClicked( QListViewItem * );
+    void slotItemClicked( Q3ListViewItem * );
 
   signals:
     void changed( bool );
 
   private:
     void saveResourceSettings();
 
     Manager<Resource>* mCurrentManager;
     KConfig* mCurrentConfig;
     KConfig* mConfig;
     QString mFamily;
     QStringList mFamilyMap;
-    QValueList<ResourcePageInfo> mInfoMap;
+    Q3ValueList<ResourcePageInfo> mInfoMap;
 
     KComboBox* mFamilyCombo;
     KListView* mListView;
     QPushButton* mAddButton;
     QPushButton* mRemoveButton;
     QPushButton* mEditButton;
     QPushButton* mStandardButton;
 
-    QListViewItem* mLastItem;
+    Q3ListViewItem* mLastItem;
     static const QString syncfamily;
 };
 
 }
 
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/kresources/factory.cpp b/microkde/kresources/factory.cpp
index 86b22b2..4f286d1 100644
--- a/microkde/kresources/factory.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kresources/factory.cpp
@@ -1,295 +1,295 @@
 /*
     This file is part of libkresources.
 
     Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org>
     Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org>
     Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org>
 
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
     version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 #include <kdebug.h>
 #include <klocale.h>
 #include <ksimpleconfig.h>
 #include <kstandarddirs.h>
 #include <kstaticdeleter.h>
 //#ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION
 #include <klibloader.h>
 //#endif
 #include <qfile.h>
 
 #include "resource.h"
 #include "factory.h"
 
 #ifdef STATIC_RESOURCES
 #include <file/resourcefile.h>
 #include <dir/resourcedir.h>
 #include <qtopia/resourceqtopia.h>
 #endif 
 using namespace KRES;
 
-QDict<Factory> *Factory::mSelves = 0;
-static KStaticDeleter< QDict<Factory> > staticDeleter;
+Q3Dict<Factory> *Factory::mSelves = 0;
+static KStaticDeleter< Q3Dict<Factory> > staticDeleter;
 
 Factory *Factory::self( const QString& resourceFamily)
 {
 
 
   Factory *factory = 0;
   if ( !mSelves )
   {
-    mSelves = staticDeleter.setObject( new QDict<Factory> );
+    mSelves = staticDeleter.setObject( new Q3Dict<Factory> );
   }
 
   factory = mSelves->find( resourceFamily );
 
   if ( !factory ) {
     factory = new Factory( resourceFamily);
     mSelves->insert( resourceFamily, factory );
   }
 
   return factory;
 }
 
 Factory::Factory( const QString& resourceFamily) :
   mResourceFamily( resourceFamily )
 {
 //US so far we have three types available for resourceFamily "contact"
 // and that are "file", "dir", "ldap"
 /*US
 
   KTrader::OfferList plugins = KTrader::self()->query( "KResources/Plugin", QString( "[X-KDE-ResourceFamily] == '%1'" )
                                                 .arg( resourceFamily ) );
   KTrader::OfferList::ConstIterator it;
   for ( it = plugins.begin(); it != plugins.end(); ++it ) {
     QVariant type = (*it)->property( "X-KDE-ResourceType" );
     if ( !type.toString().isEmpty() )
       mTypeMap.insert( type.toString(), *it );
   }
 */
 
 //US new
   PluginInfo* info = new PluginInfo;
   info->library = "microkabc_file";
   info->nameLabel = i18n( "file" );
   info->descriptionLabel = i18n( "One file" );
   mTypeMap.insert( "file", info );
 
   info = new PluginInfo;
   info->library = "microkabc_dir";
   info->nameLabel = i18n( "dir" );
   info->descriptionLabel = i18n( "A directory with many files" );
   mTypeMap.insert( "dir", info );
 
   info = new PluginInfo;
   info->library = "microkabc_ldap";
   info->nameLabel = i18n( "ldap" );
   info->descriptionLabel = i18n( "Connect to a directory server" );
   mTypeMap.insert( "ldap", info );
 
   //US add opie plugin only, if the library exists.
   /*US
   QString libname = "microkabc_opie";
   QString path = KLibLoader::findLibrary( QFile::encodeName( libname ) );
   if ( !path.isEmpty() )
   {
     info = new PluginInfo;
     info->library = libname;
     info->nameLabel = i18n( "opie" );
     info->descriptionLabel = i18n( "Opie PIM Addressbook." );
     mTypeMap.insert( "opie", info );
   }
   */
   //US add qtopia plugin only, if the library exists.
   QString libname = "microkabc_qtopia";
   QString path = KLibLoader::findLibrary( QFile::encodeName( libname ) );
   if ( !path.isEmpty() )
   {
     info = new PluginInfo;
     info->library = libname;
     info->nameLabel = i18n( "qtopia" );
     info->descriptionLabel = i18n( "Qtopia PIM Addressbook." );
     mTypeMap.insert( "qtopia", info );
   }
 
   //US add sharp plugin only, if the library exists.
   libname = "microkabc_sharpdtm";
   path = KLibLoader::findLibrary( QFile::encodeName( libname ) );
   if ( !path.isEmpty() )
   {
     info = new PluginInfo;
     info->library = libname;
     info->nameLabel = i18n( "sharp" );
     info->descriptionLabel = i18n( "Sharp DTM Addressbook." );
     mTypeMap.insert( "sharp", info );
   }
 
 
   //LR add ol plugin only, if the library exists.
   libname = "microkabc_olaccess";
   path = KLibLoader::findLibrary( QFile::encodeName( libname ) );
   if ( !path.isEmpty() )
   {
     info = new PluginInfo;
     info->library = libname;
     info->nameLabel = i18n( "olaccess" );
     info->descriptionLabel = i18n( "Outlook Addressbook." );
     mTypeMap.insert( "olaccess", info );
   }
 
 
 }
 
 Factory::~Factory()
 {
 }
 
 QStringList Factory::typeNames() const
 {
 //US method QMap::keys() not available yet. SO collect the data manually
 //US return mTypeMap.keys();
 
   QStringList result;
 
   QMap<QString, PluginInfo*>::ConstIterator it;
   for( it = mTypeMap.begin(); it != mTypeMap.end(); ++it ) {
     result << it.key().latin1();
 //    qDebug("Factory::typeNames() : %s ", it.key().latin1());
 
   }
   return result;
 }
 
 ConfigWidget *Factory::configWidget( const QString& type, QWidget *parent )
 {
   if ( type.isEmpty() || !mTypeMap.contains( type ) )
     return 0;
 
 //US  KService::Ptr ptr = mTypeMap[ type ];
 //US  KLibFactory *factory = KLibLoader::self()->factory( ptr->library().latin1() );
   PluginInfo* pi = mTypeMap[ type ];
   KLibFactory *factory = (KLibFactory *)KLibLoader::self()->factory( pi->library.latin1() );
   if ( !factory ) {
     qDebug("KRES::Factory::configWidget(): Factory creation failed for library %s", pi->library.latin1());
     kdDebug() << "KRES::Factory::configWidget(): Factory creation failed" << endl;
     return 0;
   }
 
   PluginFactoryBase *pluginFactory = static_cast<PluginFactoryBase *>( factory );
 
   if ( !pluginFactory ) {
     qDebug("KRES::Factory::configWidget(): no plugin factory for library %s", pi->library.latin1());
     kdDebug() << "KRES::Factory::configWidget(): no plugin factory." << endl;
     return 0;
   }
 
   ConfigWidget *wdg = pluginFactory->configWidget( parent );
   if ( !wdg ) {
 //US    kdDebug() << "'" << ptr->library() << "' is not a " + mResourceFamily + " plugin." << endl;
       qDebug("%s is not a %s plugin.", pi->library.latin1(), mResourceFamily.latin1());
     return 0;
   }
   return wdg;
 
 }
 
 QString Factory::typeName( const QString &type ) const
 {
   if ( type.isEmpty() || !mTypeMap.contains( type ) )
     return QString();
 
 
 //US  KService::Ptr ptr = mTypeMap[ type ];
 //US  return ptr->name();
   PluginInfo* pi = mTypeMap[ type ];
   return pi->nameLabel;
 
 }
 
 QString Factory::typeDescription( const QString &type ) const
 {
   if ( type.isEmpty() || !mTypeMap.contains( type ) )
     return QString();
 
 //US  KService::Ptr ptr = mTypeMap[ type ];
 //US  return ptr->comment();
   PluginInfo* pi = mTypeMap[ type ];
   return pi->descriptionLabel;
 }
 
 Resource *Factory::resource( const QString& type, const KConfig *config )
 {
 
 
   if ( type.isEmpty() || !mTypeMap.contains( type ) )
     return 0;
 
 #ifdef STATIC_RESOURCES
   qDebug("NEW STATIC RESOURCE %s", type.latin1());
   Resource *resource = 0;
   if ( type == "file" ) {
       resource = (Resource *) new KABC::ResourceFile( config );
   } else if ( type == "dir" ) {
       resource = new KABC::ResourceDir( config );
   } else if ( type == "qtopia" ) {
       resource = new KABC::ResourceQtopia(  config );
   }
   if ( !resource)
       qDebug("Factory::resource:: resources are statically linked. resource type %s is not supported ",type.latin1() );
   else
       resource->setType( type );
   return resource;
 #else
 
 
 
 /*US load the lib not dynamicly. !!
   KService::Ptr ptr = mTypeMap[ type ];
   KLibFactory *factory = KLibLoader::self()->factory( ptr->library().latin1() );
   if ( !factory ) {
     kdDebug() << "KRES::Factory::resource(): Factory creation failed" << endl;
     return 0;
   }
 */
   PluginInfo* pi = mTypeMap[ type ];
   KLibFactory *factory = (KLibFactory *)KLibLoader::self()->factory( pi->library.latin1() );
   if ( !factory ) {
     qDebug("KRES::Factory::resource(): Factory creation failed for library %s", pi->library.latin1());
     kdDebug() << "KRES::Factory::resource(): Factory creation failed" << endl;
     return 0;
   }
 
   PluginFactoryBase *pluginFactory = static_cast<PluginFactoryBase *>( factory );
 
   if ( !pluginFactory ) {
     qDebug("KRES::Factory::resource(): no plugin factory for library %s", pi->library.latin1());
     kdDebug() << "KRES::Factory::resource(): no plugin factory." << endl;
     return 0;
   }
 
   Resource *resource = pluginFactory->resource( config );
   if ( !resource ) {
 //US    kdDebug() << "'" << ptr->library() << "' is not a " + mResourceFamily + " plugin." << endl;
       qDebug("%s is not a %s plugin.", pi->library.latin1(), mResourceFamily.latin1());
     return 0;
   }
 
   resource->setType( type );
 
   return resource;
 
 #endif 
 }
diff --git a/microkde/kresources/factory.h b/microkde/kresources/factory.h
index ea01b23..709fde0 100644
--- a/microkde/kresources/factory.h
+++ b/microkde/kresources/factory.h
@@ -1,126 +1,126 @@
 /*
     This file is part of libkresources.
 
     Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org>
     Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org>
     Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org>
 
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
     version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 #ifndef KRESOURCES_FACTORY_H
 #define KRESOURCES_FACTORY_H
 
-#include <qdict.h>
+#include <q3dict.h>
 #include <qstring.h>
 
 #include <kconfig.h>
 
 
 #include "resource.h"
 
 namespace KRES {
 
 class ConfigWidget;
 
 //US
 struct PluginInfo
 {
   QString library;
   QString nameLabel;
   QString descriptionLabel;
 };
 
 
 /**
  * Class for loading resource plugins.
  * Do not use this class directly. Use ResourceManager instead
  *
  * Example:
  *
  * <pre>
  * KABC::Factory<Calendar> *factory = KABC::Factory<Calendar>::self();
  *
  * QStringList list = factory->resources();
  * QStringList::Iterator it;
  * for ( it = list.begin(); it != list.end(); ++it ) {
  *   Resource<Calendar> *resource = factory->resource( (*it),
  *        KABC::StdAddressBook::self(), 0 );
  *   // do something with resource
  * }
  * </pre>
  */
 class Factory
 {
   public:
 
 
     /**
      * Returns the global resource factory.
      */
     static Factory *self( const QString& resourceFamily );
 
     ~Factory();
 
     /**
      * Returns the config widget for the given resource type,
      * or a null pointer if resource type doesn't exist.
      *
      * @param type   The type of the resource, returned by @ref resources()
      * @param resource The resource to be editted.
      * @param parent The parent widget
      */
     ConfigWidget *configWidget( const QString& type, QWidget *parent = 0 );
 
     /**
      * Returns a pointer to a resource object or a null pointer
      * if resource type doesn't exist.
      *
      * @param type   The type of the resource, returned by @ref resources()
      * @param ab     The address book, the resource should belong to
      * @param config The config object where the resource get it settings from, or 0 if a new resource should be created.
      */
     Resource *resource( const QString& type, const KConfig *config);
 
     /**
      * Returns a list of all available resource types.
      */
     QStringList typeNames() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name for a special type.
      */
     QString typeName( const QString &type ) const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the description for a special type.
      */
     QString typeDescription( const QString &type ) const;
 
   protected:
     Factory( const QString& resourceFamily);
 
   private:
-    static QDict<Factory> *mSelves;
+    static Q3Dict<Factory> *mSelves;
 
     QString mResourceFamily;
 //US    QMap<QString, KService::Ptr> mTypeMap;
 //US lets store the pluginfo struct as value instead of a KService
     QMap<QString, PluginInfo*> mTypeMap;
 };
 
 }
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/kresources/kcmkresources.cpp b/microkde/kresources/kcmkresources.cpp
index d600a31..f5eb826 100644
--- a/microkde/kresources/kcmkresources.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kresources/kcmkresources.cpp
@@ -1,89 +1,92 @@
 /*
     This file is part of libkresources.
 
     Copyright (c) 2003 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org>
 
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
     version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 #include <qlayout.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3VBoxLayout>
+#include <Q3Frame>
 
 //US #include <kaboutdata.h>
 //US #include <kgenericfactory.h>
 #include <klocale.h>
 
 #include "configpage.h"
 
 #include "kcmkresources.h"
 
 using namespace KRES;
 
 //US typedef KGenericFactory<KCMKResources, QWidget> ResourcesFactory;
 //US K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kcm_kresources, ResourcesFactory( "kcmkresources" ) );
 
 //US KCMKResources::KCMKResources( QWidget *parent, const char *name, const QStringList& )
 //US  : KCModule( ResourcesFactory::instance(), parent, name )
 KCMKResources::KCMKResources( QWidget *parent, const char *name, const QStringList& )
   : KDialogBase( parent, name, true, i18n( "Configure Resources" ),
     Ok|Cancel, Ok, true )
 {
-  QFrame *main = plainPage();
+  Q3Frame *main = plainPage();
 
-  QVBoxLayout *layout = new QVBoxLayout( main );
+  Q3VBoxLayout *layout = new Q3VBoxLayout( main );
   mConfigPage = new KRES::ConfigPage( main );
   layout->addWidget( mConfigPage );
 
 
   connect( mConfigPage, SIGNAL( changed( bool ) ), SLOT( changed( bool ) ) );
 #ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION
     showMaximized();
 #endif
 }
 
 void KCMKResources::changed( bool changed)
 {
   modified = changed;
 }
 
 void KCMKResources::slotOk()
 {
   if (modified) {
     mConfigPage->save();
     modified = false;
   }
   
   KDialogBase::slotOk();
 }
 
 void KCMKResources::load()
 {
   qDebug("KCMKResources::load" );
   mConfigPage->load();
 }
 
 void KCMKResources::save()
 {
   qDebug("KCMKResources::save" );
   mConfigPage->save();
 }
 
 void KCMKResources::defaults()
 {
   qDebug("KCMKResources::defaults" );
   mConfigPage->defaults();
 }
 
 //US #include "kcmkresources.moc"
diff --git a/microkde/kresources/manager.h b/microkde/kresources/manager.h
index 69062da..88705d4 100644
--- a/microkde/kresources/manager.h
+++ b/microkde/kresources/manager.h
@@ -1,338 +1,340 @@
 /*
     This file is part of libkresources.
 
     Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org>
     Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org>
     Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org>
     Copyright (c) 2004 Ulf Schenk
 
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
     version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 /*
 Enhanced Version of the file for platform independent KDE tools.
 Copyright (c) 2004 Ulf Schenk
 
 $Id$
 */
 
 #ifndef KRESOURCES_MANAGER_H
 #define KRESOURCES_MANAGER_H
 
-#include <qdict.h>
+#include <q3dict.h>
 #include <qstringlist.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3PtrList>
 
 #include "factory.h"
 #include "managerimpl.h"
 
 namespace KRES {
 
 class Resource;
 
 template<class T>
 class ManagerListener
 {
   public:
     virtual void resourceAdded( T *resource ) = 0;
     virtual void resourceModified( T *resource ) = 0;
     virtual void resourceDeleted( T *resource ) = 0;
 };
 
 // TODO:
 // The resource manager should provide some signals
 // to warn applications that resources have been added,
 // removed or modified.
 //
 // The manager should also keep track of which (or at least
 // how many) applications hve opened a resource, so that it
 // is only closed if none of them is using it any more
 
 template<class T>
 class Manager : private ManagerImplListener
 {
   public:
     class Iterator
     {
         friend class Manager;
       public:
         Iterator() {};
         Iterator( const Iterator &it ) { mIt = it.mIt; }
 
         T *operator*() { return static_cast<T *>( *mIt ); }
         Iterator &operator++() { mIt++; return *this; }
         Iterator &operator++(int) { mIt++; return *this; }
         Iterator &operator--() { mIt--; return *this; }
         Iterator &operator--(int) { mIt--; return *this; }
         bool operator==( const Iterator &it ) { return mIt == it.mIt; }
         bool operator!=( const Iterator &it ) { return mIt != it.mIt; }
 
       private:
         Resource::List::Iterator mIt;
     };
 
     Iterator begin()
     {
       Iterator it;
       it.mIt = mImpl->resourceList()->begin();
       return it;
     }
 
     Iterator end()
     {
       Iterator it;
       it.mIt = mImpl->resourceList()->end();
       return it;
     }
 
     class ActiveIterator
     {
         friend class Manager;
       public:
         ActiveIterator() : mList( 0 ) {};
         ActiveIterator( const ActiveIterator &it )
         {
           mIt = it.mIt;
           mList = it.mList;
         }
 
         T *operator*() { return static_cast<T *>( *mIt ); }
         ActiveIterator &operator++()
         {
           do { mIt++; } while ( checkActive() );
           return *this;
         }
         ActiveIterator &operator++(int)
         {
           do { mIt++; } while ( checkActive() );
           return *this;
         }
         ActiveIterator &operator--()
         {
           do { mIt--; } while ( checkActive() );
           return *this;
         }
         ActiveIterator &operator--(int)
         {
           do { mIt--; } while ( checkActive() );
           return *this;
         }
         bool operator==( const ActiveIterator &it ) { return mIt == it.mIt; }
         bool operator!=( const ActiveIterator &it ) { return mIt != it.mIt; }
 
       private:
         /**
           Check if iterator needs to be advanced once more.
         */
         bool checkActive()
         {
           if ( !mList || mIt == mList->end() ) return false;
           return !(*mIt)->isActive();
         }
 
         Resource::List::Iterator mIt;
         Resource::List *mList;
     };
 
     ActiveIterator activeBegin()
     {
       ActiveIterator it;
       it.mIt = mImpl->resourceList()->begin();
       it.mList = mImpl->resourceList();
       if ( it.mIt != mImpl->resourceList()->end() ) {
         if ( !(*it)->isActive() ) it++;
       }
       return it;
     }
 
     ActiveIterator activeEnd()
     {
       ActiveIterator it;
       it.mIt = mImpl->resourceList()->end();
       it.mList = mImpl->resourceList();
       return it;
     }
 
     bool isEmpty() const { return mImpl->resourceList()->isEmpty(); }
 
     Manager( const QString &family )
     {
       mFactory = Factory::self( family );
       // The managerimpl will use the same Factory object as the manager
       // because of the Factory::self() pattern
       mImpl = new ManagerImpl( family );
       mImpl->setListener( this );
 
-      mListeners = new QPtrList<ManagerListener<T> >;
+      mListeners = new Q3PtrList<ManagerListener<T> >;
     }
 
     virtual ~Manager()
     {
       mImpl->setListener( 0 );
       delete mListeners;
       delete mImpl;
     }
 
     /**
       Recreate Resource objects from configuration file. If cfg is 0, read standard
       configuration file.
     */
     void readConfig( KConfig *cfg = 0 )
     {
       mImpl->readConfig( cfg );
     }
 
     /**
       Write configuration of Resource objects to configuration file. If cfg is 0, write
       to standard configuration file.
     */
     void writeConfig( KConfig *cfg = 0 )
     {
       mImpl->writeConfig( cfg );
     }
 
     /**
       Add resource to manager. This passes ownership of the Resource object
       to the manager.
     */
     void add( Resource *resource )
     {
       if ( resource ) mImpl->add( resource );
     }
 
     void remove( Resource *resource )
     {
       if ( resource ) mImpl->remove( resource );
     }
 
     T* standardResource()
     {
       return static_cast<T *>( mImpl->standardResource() );
     }
 
     void setStandardResource( T *resource )
     {
       if ( resource ) mImpl->setStandardResource( resource );
     }
 
     void setActive( Resource *resource, bool active )
     {
       if ( resource ) mImpl->setActive( resource, active );
     }
 
     /**
       Returns a list of the names of the reources managed by the
       Manager for this family.
     */
     QStringList resourceNames() const
     {
       return mImpl->resourceNames();
     }
 
     ConfigWidget *configWidget( const QString& type, QWidget *parent = 0 )
     {
       return mFactory->configWidget( type, parent );
     }
 
     /**
       Creates a new resource of type @param type, with default
       settings. The resource is
       not added to the manager, the application has to do that.
       Returns a pointer to a resource object or a null pointer
       if resource type doesn't exist.
 
       @param type   The type of the resource, one of those returned
                     by @ref resourceTypeNames()
     */
     T *createResource( const QString& type )
     {
       return (T *)( mFactory->resource( type, 0 ) );
     }
 
     /**
       Returns a list of the names of all available resource types.
     */
     QStringList resourceTypeNames() const
     {
       return mFactory->typeNames();
     }
 
     QStringList resourceTypeDescriptions() const
     {
       QStringList typeDescs;
       QStringList types = mFactory->typeNames();
 
       for ( QStringList::ConstIterator it = types.begin(); it != types.end(); ++it ) {
         QString desc = mFactory->typeName( *it );
         if ( !mFactory->typeDescription( *it ).isEmpty() )
           desc += " (" + mFactory->typeDescription( *it ) + ")";
 
         typeDescs.append( desc );
       }
 
       return typeDescs;
     }
 
     void resourceChanged( T *resource )
     {
       mImpl->resourceChanged( resource );
     }
 
     void addListener( ManagerListener<T> *listener )
     {
       mListeners->append( listener );
     }
 
     void removeListener( ManagerListener<T> *listener )
     {
       mListeners->remove( listener );
     }
 
     virtual void resourceAdded( Resource *res )
     {
       T* resource = (T *)( res );
       ManagerListener<T> *listener;
       for ( listener = mListeners->first(); listener; listener = mListeners->next() )
         listener->resourceAdded( resource );
     }
 
     virtual void resourceModified( Resource *res )
     {
      
       T* resource = (T *)( res );
       ManagerListener<T> *listener;
       for ( listener = mListeners->first(); listener; listener = mListeners->next() )
         listener->resourceModified( resource );
     }
 
     virtual void resourceDeleted( Resource *res )
     {
      
       T* resource = (T *)( res );
       ManagerListener<T> *listener;
       for ( listener = mListeners->first(); listener; listener = mListeners->next() ) {
         listener->resourceDeleted( resource );
       }
     }
 
   private:
     ManagerImpl *mImpl;
     Factory *mFactory;
-    QPtrList<ManagerListener<T> > *mListeners;
+    Q3PtrList<ManagerListener<T> > *mListeners;
 };
 
 }
 
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/kresources/managerimpl.cpp b/microkde/kresources/managerimpl.cpp
index a6d2007..4c0751c 100644
--- a/microkde/kresources/managerimpl.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kresources/managerimpl.cpp
@@ -1,376 +1,378 @@
 /*
     This file is part of libkresources.
 
     Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org>
     Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org>
     Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org>
 
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
     version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 /*
 Enhanced Version of the file for platform independent KDE tools.
 Copyright (c) 2004 Ulf Schenk
 
 $Id$
 */
 
 #include <kglobal.h>
 
 #include <kapplication.h>
 #include <kdebug.h>
 #include <kconfig.h>
 #include <kstandarddirs.h>
 #include <qfile.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3PtrList>
 
 #include "resource.h"
 #include "factory.h"
 #include "managerimpl.h"
 
 
 
 using namespace KRES;
 
 ManagerImpl::ManagerImpl( const QString &family )
   : mFamily( family ), mConfig( 0 ), mStdConfig( 0 ), mStandard( 0 ),
     mFactory( 0 )
 
 {
   kdDebug(5650) << "ManagerImpl::ManagerImpl()" << endl;
 
 
 }
 
 ManagerImpl::~ManagerImpl()
 {
   kdDebug(5650) << "ManagerImpl::~ManagerImpl()" << endl;
 
   Resource::List::ConstIterator it;
   for ( it = mResources.begin(); it != mResources.end(); ++it ) {
     delete *it;
   }
 
   delete mStdConfig;
 }
 
 void ManagerImpl::createStandardConfig()
 {
   if ( !mStdConfig ) {
     QString file = locateLocal( "data", KGlobal::getAppName()
                                 + "/kresources/" + mFamily + "rc" ); 
     if (   mFamily == "tmpcontact" ) {
         if (QFile::exists ( file ) ){
             QFile::remove ( file ); 
             qDebug("removed tmp rc file: %s ", file.latin1());
         }
     }
     mStdConfig = new KConfig( file );
   }
 
   mConfig = mStdConfig;
 }
 
 void ManagerImpl::readConfig( KConfig *cfg )
 {
   kdDebug(5650) << "ManagerImpl::readConfig()" << endl;
 
   delete mFactory;
   mFactory = Factory::self( mFamily );
 
   if ( !cfg ) {
     createStandardConfig();
   } else {
     mConfig = cfg;
   }
 
   mStandard = 0;
 
   mConfig->setGroup( "General" );
 
   QStringList keys = mConfig->readListEntry( "ResourceKeys" );
   keys += mConfig->readListEntry( "PassiveResourceKeys" );
 
   QString standardKey = mConfig->readEntry( "Standard" );
 
   for ( QStringList::Iterator it = keys.begin(); it != keys.end(); ++it ) {
     readResourceConfig( *it, false );
   }
 
 }
 
 void ManagerImpl::writeConfig( KConfig *cfg )
 {
 //USqDebug("ManagerImpl::writeConfig begin this= %ul cfg=%ul", this, cfg);
 
 
   kdDebug(5650) << "ManagerImpl::writeConfig()" << endl;
 
   if ( !cfg ) {
     createStandardConfig();
   } else {
     mConfig = cfg;
   }
 
   QStringList activeKeys;
   QStringList passiveKeys;
 
   // First write all keys, collect active and passive keys on the way
   Resource::List::Iterator it;
   for ( it = mResources.begin(); it != mResources.end(); ++it ) {
     writeResourceConfig( *it, false );
 
     QString key = (*it)->identifier();
     if( (*it)->isActive() )
       activeKeys.append( key );
     else
       passiveKeys.append( key );
   }
 
   // And then the general group
 
   kdDebug(5650) << "Saving general info" << endl;
   mConfig->setGroup( "General" );
   mConfig->writeEntry( "ResourceKeys", activeKeys );
   mConfig->writeEntry( "PassiveResourceKeys", passiveKeys );
   if ( mStandard )
     mConfig->writeEntry( "Standard", mStandard->identifier() );
   else
     mConfig->writeEntry( "Standard", "" );
 
   mConfig->sync();
   kdDebug(5650) << "ManagerImpl::save() finished" << endl;
 
 //US qDebug("ManagerImpl::writeConfig end this= %ul cfg=%ul", this, cfg);
 
 }
 
 void ManagerImpl::add( Resource *resource, bool useDCOP )
 {
     //qDebug("ManagerImpl::add begin this= %ul resource=%ul", this, resource);
 
   resource->setActive( true );
 
   if ( mResources.isEmpty() ) {
     mStandard = resource;
   }
 
   mResources.append( resource );
 
   writeResourceConfig( resource, true );
 
   //qDebug("ManagerImpl::add end this= %ul resource=%ul", this, resource);
 
 }
 
 void ManagerImpl::remove( Resource *resource, bool useDCOP )
 {
   if ( mStandard == resource ) mStandard = 0;
   removeResource( resource );
 
   mResources.remove( resource );
 
   delete resource;
 
   kdDebug(5650) << "Finished ManagerImpl::remove()" << endl;
 }
 
 void ManagerImpl::setActive( Resource *resource, bool active )
 {
   if ( resource && resource->isActive() != active ) {
     resource->setActive( active );
   }
 }
 
 Resource *ManagerImpl::standardResource()
 {
   return mStandard;
 }
 
 void ManagerImpl::setStandardResource( Resource *resource )
 {
   mStandard = resource;
 }
 
 void ManagerImpl::resourceChanged( Resource *resource )
 {
   writeResourceConfig( resource, true );
 
 
 //  ManagerIface_stub allManagers( "*", "ManagerIface_" + mFamily.utf8() );
 //  allManagers.dcopResourceModified( resource->identifier() );
 }
 
 // DCOP asynchronous functions
 //US since we work from inside the application, we call the methods directly.
 
 QStringList ManagerImpl::resourceNames()
 {
   QStringList result;
 
   Resource::List::ConstIterator it;
   for ( it = mResources.begin(); it != mResources.end(); ++it ) {
     result.append( (*it)->resourceName() );
   }
   return result;
 }
 
 Resource::List *ManagerImpl::resourceList()
 {
   return &mResources;
 }
 
-QPtrList<Resource> ManagerImpl::resources()
+Q3PtrList<Resource> ManagerImpl::resources()
 {
-  QPtrList<Resource> result;
+  Q3PtrList<Resource> result;
 
   Resource::List::ConstIterator it;
   for ( it = mResources.begin(); it != mResources.end(); ++it ) {
     result.append( *it );
   }
   return result;
 }
 
-QPtrList<Resource> ManagerImpl::resources( bool active )
+Q3PtrList<Resource> ManagerImpl::resources( bool active )
 {
-  QPtrList<Resource> result;
+  Q3PtrList<Resource> result;
 
   Resource::List::ConstIterator it;
   for ( it = mResources.begin(); it != mResources.end(); ++it ) {
     if ( (*it)->isActive() == active ) {
       result.append( *it );
     }
   }
   return result;
 }
 
 void ManagerImpl::setListener( ManagerImplListener *listener )
 {
   mListener = listener;
 }
 
 Resource* ManagerImpl::readResourceConfig( const QString& identifier,
                                                    bool checkActive )
 {
   kdDebug() << "ManagerImpl::readResourceConfig() " << identifier << endl;
 
 //  qDebug("ManagerImpl::readResourceConfig() %s", identifier.latin1());
 
   mConfig->setGroup( "Resource_" + identifier );
 #ifdef _WIN32_
   // we use plugins on win32. the group is stored in a static variable
   // such that gourp info not avail on win32 plugins
   // to fix that, it would be a looooot of work
   mConfig->setTempGroup( "Resource_" + identifier );
 #endif
   QString type = mConfig->readEntry( "ResourceType" );
   QString name = mConfig->readEntry( "ResourceName" );
   Resource *resource = mFactory->resource( type, mConfig );
   if ( !resource ) {
       qDebug("Failed to create resource with id %s ",identifier.latin1() );
       return 0;
   }
 
   if ( resource->identifier().isEmpty() )
     resource->setIdentifier( identifier );
 
   mConfig->setGroup( "General" );
 
   QString standardKey = mConfig->readEntry( "Standard" );
   if ( standardKey == identifier ) {
     mStandard = resource;
   }
 
   if ( checkActive ) {
     QStringList activeKeys = mConfig->readListEntry( "ResourceKeys" );
     resource->setActive( activeKeys.contains( identifier ) );
   }
   mResources.append( resource );
 
   return resource;
 }
 
 void ManagerImpl::writeResourceConfig( Resource *resource,
                                                bool checkActive )
 {
   QString key = resource->identifier();
 
   kdDebug(5650) << "Saving resource " << key << endl;
 
   if ( !mConfig ) createStandardConfig();
 
   mConfig->setGroup( "Resource_" + key );
   resource->writeConfig( mConfig );
 
   mConfig->setGroup( "General" );
   QString standardKey = mConfig->readEntry( "Standard" );
 
   if ( resource == mStandard  && standardKey != key )
     mConfig->writeEntry( "Standard", resource->identifier() );
   else if ( resource != mStandard && standardKey == key )
     mConfig->writeEntry( "Standard", "" );
 
   if ( checkActive ) {
     QStringList activeKeys = mConfig->readListEntry( "ResourceKeys" );
     if ( resource->isActive() && !activeKeys.contains( key ) ) {
       activeKeys.append( resource->identifier() );
       mConfig->writeEntry( "ResourceKeys", activeKeys );
     } else if ( !resource->isActive() && activeKeys.contains( key ) ) {
       activeKeys.remove( key );
       mConfig->writeEntry( "ResourceKeys", activeKeys );
     }
   }
 
   mConfig->sync();
 }
 
 void ManagerImpl::removeResource( Resource *resource )
 {
   QString key = resource->identifier();
 
   if ( !mConfig ) createStandardConfig();
 
   mConfig->setGroup( "General" );
   QStringList activeKeys = mConfig->readListEntry( "ResourceKeys" );
   if ( activeKeys.contains( key ) ) {
     activeKeys.remove( key );
     mConfig->writeEntry( "ResourceKeys", activeKeys );
   } else {
     QStringList passiveKeys = mConfig->readListEntry( "PassiveResourceKeys" );
     passiveKeys.remove( key );
     mConfig->writeEntry( "PassiveResourceKeys", passiveKeys );
   }
 
   QString standardKey = mConfig->readEntry( "Standard" );
   if ( standardKey == key ) {
     mConfig->writeEntry( "Standard", "" );
   }
 
   mConfig->deleteGroup( "Resource_" + resource->identifier() );
 
   mConfig->sync();
 }
 
 Resource* ManagerImpl::getResource( const QString& identifier )
 {
   Resource::List::ConstIterator it;
   for ( it = mResources.begin(); it != mResources.end(); ++it ) {
     if ( (*it)->identifier() == identifier )
       return *it;
   }
   return 0;
 }
 
 
diff --git a/microkde/kresources/managerimpl.h b/microkde/kresources/managerimpl.h
index 56a2db6..1f728e5 100644
--- a/microkde/kresources/managerimpl.h
+++ b/microkde/kresources/managerimpl.h
@@ -1,120 +1,120 @@
 /*
     This file is part of libkresources.
 
     Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org>
     Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org>
     Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org>
 
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
     version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 /*
 Enhanced Version of the file for platform independent KDE tools.
 Copyright (c) 2004 Ulf Schenk
 
 $Id$
 */
 
 #ifndef KRESOURCES_MANAGERIMPL_H
 #define KRESOURCES_MANAGERIMPL_H
 
 #include <qstring.h>
-#include <qptrlist.h>
-#include <qdict.h>
+#include <q3ptrlist.h>
+#include <q3dict.h>
 //US
 #include <qobject.h>
 
 #include "resource.h"
 
 
 class KConfig;
 
 namespace KRES {
 
 class Resource;
 class Factory;
 
 class ManagerImplListener
 {
   public:
     virtual void resourceAdded( Resource *resource ) = 0;
     virtual void resourceModified( Resource *resource ) = 0;
     virtual void resourceDeleted( Resource *resource ) = 0;
 };
 
 
 /**
   @internal
 
   Do not use this class directly. Use ResourceManager instead
 */
 class ManagerImpl : public QObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
   public:
     ManagerImpl( const QString &family);
     ~ManagerImpl();
 
     void readConfig( KConfig * );
     void writeConfig( KConfig * );
 
     void add( Resource *resource, bool useDCOP = true );
     void remove( Resource *resource, bool useDCOP = true );
 
     Resource *standardResource();
     void setStandardResource( Resource *resource );
 
     void setActive( Resource *resource, bool active );
 
     Resource::List *resourceList();
 
-    QPtrList<Resource> resources();
+    Q3PtrList<Resource> resources();
 
     // Get only active or passive resources
-    QPtrList<Resource> resources( bool active );
+    Q3PtrList<Resource> resources( bool active );
 
     QStringList resourceNames();
 
     void setListener( ManagerImplListener *listener );
 
   public slots:
     void resourceChanged( Resource *resource );
 
   private:
     // dcop calls
 
   private:
     void createStandardConfig();
 
     Resource *readResourceConfig( const QString& identifier, bool checkActive );
     void writeResourceConfig( Resource *resource, bool checkActive );
 
     void removeResource( Resource *resource );
     Resource *getResource( Resource *resource );
     Resource *getResource( const QString& identifier );
 
     QString mFamily;
     KConfig *mConfig;
     KConfig *mStdConfig;
     Resource *mStandard;
     Factory *mFactory;
     Resource::List mResources;
     ManagerImplListener *mListener;
 };
 
 }
 
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/kresources/resource.h b/microkde/kresources/resource.h
index ed5af96..1f9527c 100644
--- a/microkde/kresources/resource.h
+++ b/microkde/kresources/resource.h
@@ -1,404 +1,404 @@
 /*
     This file is part of libkresources
 
     Copyright (c) 2001 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org>
     Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org>
 
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
     version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 #ifndef KRESOURCES_RESOURCE_H
 #define KRESOURCES_RESOURCE_H
 
 //US
 #ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
 #include <qmutex.h>
 #endif //QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
 
-#include <qvaluelist.h>
+#include <q3valuelist.h>
 #include <qwidget.h>
 
 #include <qobject.h>
 
 #include <klibloader.h>
 
 class KConfig;
 
 namespace KRES {
 
 class ConfigWidget;
 
 /**
  * @internal
  * @libdoc The KDE Resource library
  *
  * NOTE: this library is NOT (YET?) PUBLIC. Do not publish this
  * interface, it is in constant flux.
  *
  * The KDE Resource framework can be used to manage resources of
  * different types, organized in families. The Resource framework
  * is currently used for addressbook resources in libkabc and for
  * calendar resources in libkcal.
  *
  * When you want to use the framework for a new family, you need to
  * <ul><li>Define a name for your resource family</li>
  * <li>subclass Resource and add the fields and method that are needed
  * in your application</li>
  * <li>If needed, override the doOpen() and doClose() methods.
  * <li> Provide a configuration possibility for resources in your
  * new family. You can use @ref ResourcesConfigPage to easily create a
  * KControl applet</li>
  * <li>In your application, you can use @ref ResourceManager to keep track
  * of the resources in your family, and you can use @ref ResourceSelectDialog
  * to let the user select a single resource.</li>
  * </ul>
  *
  * When you want to add a new resource type to an existing resource family,
  * you need to
  * <ul><li>Further subclass the family-specific Resource to implement
  * resource type-specific operation</li>
  * <li>Subclass ResourceConfigWidget to provide a configuration widget
  * for your new resource type</li>
  * <li>Provide a .desktop file so that the new resource type can be found
  * automatically by the ResourceManager</li>
  * </ul>
  *
  * Example:
  *
 <B>resourceexample.h</B>:
 <pre>
 #include <kconfig.h>
 #include <kresources/resource.h>
 
 class ResourceExample : public KRES::ResourceExample
 {
 public:
   ResourceExample( const KConfig * );
   ~ResourceCalendarExchange();
   void writeConfig( KConfig *config );
 private:
   QString mLocation;
   QString mPassword;
 }
 </pre>
 <B>resourceexample.cpp</B>:
 <pre>
 #include <kconfig.h>
 
 #include "resourceexample.h"
 
 ResourceExample::ResourceExample( const KConfig *config )
     : Resource( config )
 {
   if ( config ) {
     mLocation = config->readEntry( "Location" );
     mPassword = KStringHandler::obscure( config->readEntry( "Password" ) );
   } else {
     mLocation = ""; // Or some sensible default
     mPassword = "";
   }
 }
 
 void ResourceExample::writeConfig( KConfig *config )
 {
   KRES::Resource::writeConfig( config );
   config->writeEntry( "Location", mLocation );
   config->writeEntry( "Password", KStringHandler::obscure( mPassword ) );
 }
 
 extern "C"
 {
   KRES::ResourceExample *config_widget( QWidget *parent ) {
     return new ResourceExampleConfig( parent, "Configure Example Resource" );
   }
 
   KRES::Resource *resource( const KConfig *config ) {
     return new ResourceExample( config );
   }
 }
 </pre>
 * <B>resourceexampleconfig.h</B>:
 <pre>
 #include <klineedit.h>
 #include <kresources/resourceconfigwidget.h>
 
 #include "resourceexample.h"
 
 class ResourceExampleConfig : public KRES::ResourceConfigWidget
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
   ResourceExampleConfig( QWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
 
 public slots:
   virtual void loadSettings( KRES::Resource *resource);
   virtual void saveSettings( KRES::Resource *resource );
 
 private:
   KLineEdit* mLocationEdit;
   KLineEdit* mPasswordEdit;
 };
 </pre>
 * <B>resourceexampleconfig.cpp</B>:
 <pre>
 #include <qlayout.h>
 #include <qlabel.h"
 #include <kresources/resourceconfigwidget.h>
 #include "resourceexample.h"
 #include "resourceexampleconfig.h"
 
 ResourceExampleConfig::ResourceExampleConfig( QWidget* parent,  const char* name )
     : KRES::ResourceConfigWidget( parent, name )
 {
   resize( 245, 115 );
   QGridLayout *mainLayout = new QGridLayout( this, 2, 2 );
 
   QLabel *label = new QLabel( i18n( "Location:" ), this );
   mHostEdit = new KLineEdit( this );
   mainLayout->addWidget( label, 1, 0 );
   mainLayout->addWidget( mHostEdit, 1, 1 );
 
   label = new QLabel( i18n( "Password:" ), this );
   mPasswordEdit = new KLineEdit( this );
   mPasswordEdit->setEchoMode( QLineEdit::Password );
   mainLayout->addWidget( label, 2, 0 );
   mainLayout->addWidget( mPasswordEdit, 2, 1 );
 }
 
 void ResourceExampleConfig::loadSettings( KRES::Resource *resource )
 {
   ResourceExample* res = dynamic_cast<ResourceExample *>( resource );
   if (res) {
     mHostEdit->setText( res->host() );
     mPasswordEdit->setText( res->password() );
   } else
     kdDebug(5700) << "ERROR: ResourceExampleConfig::loadSettings(): no ResourceExample, cast failed" << endl;
 }
 
 void ResourceExampleConfig::saveSettings( KRES::Resource *resource )
 {
   ResourceExample* res = dynamic_cast<ResourceExample *>( resource );
   if (res) {
     res->setHost(mHostEdit->text());
     res->setPassword(mPasswordEdit->text());
   } else
     kdDebug(5700) << "ERROR: ResourceExampleConfig::saveSettings(): no ResourceExample, cast failed" << endl;
 }
 </pre>
 * <B>resourceexample.desktop</B>:
 <pre>
 [Desktop Entry]
 Type=Service
 
 [Misc]
 Encoding=UTF-8
 Name=Example Resource
 
 [Plugin]
 Type=exchange
 X-KDE-Library=resourceexample
 </pre>
 * <B>Makefile.am</B>
 <pre>
 kde_module_LTLIBRARIES = resourceexample.la
 
 resourceexample_la_SOURCES = resourceexample.cpp resourceexampleconfig.cpp
 resourceexample_la_LDFLAGS= $(all_libraries) -module $(KDE_PLUGIN)
 resourceexample_la_LIBADD= -lkderesources
 
 linkdir= $(kde_datadir)/resources/family
 link_DATA= resourceexample.desktop
 </pre>
  *
  *
  */
 
 /**
  * A @ref Resource  is a ...
  *
  * A subclass should reimplement at least the constructor and the
 k * @ref writeConfig method.
  *
    */
 class Resource : public QObject
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 
   public:
-    typedef QValueList<Resource *> List;
+    typedef Q3ValueList<Resource *> List;
 
     /**
      * Constructor. Construct resource from config.
      * @param config Configuration to read persistence information from.
      *               If config==0, create object using default settings.
      */
     Resource( const KConfig* config );
 
     /**
      * Destructor.
      */
     virtual ~Resource();
 
     /**
      * Write configuration information for this resource to a configuration
      * file. If you override this method, remember to call Resource::writeConfig
      * or Terrible Things(TM) will happen.
      * @param config Configuration to write persistence information to.
      */
     virtual void writeConfig( KConfig* config );
 
     /**
      * Open this resource, if it not already open. Increase the open
      * count of this object, and open the resource by calling @ref doOpen().
      * This method may block while another thread is concurrently opening
      * or closing the resource.
      *
      * Returns true if the resource was already opened or if it was opened
      * successfully; returns false if the resource was not opened successfully.
      */
     bool open();
 
     /**
      * Decrease the open count of this object, and if the count reaches
      * zero, close this resource by calling @ref doClose().
      * This method may block while another thread is concurrently closing
      * or opening the resource.
      */
     void close();
 
     /**
      * Returns whether the resource is open or not.
      */
     bool isOpen() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns a unique identifier. The identifier is unique for this resource.
      * It is created when the resource is first created, and it is retained
      * in the resource family configuration file for this resource.
      * @return This resource's identifier
      */
     QString identifier() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the type of this resource.
      */
     QString type() const;
 
     /**
      * Mark the resource as read-only. You can override this method,
      * but also remember to call Resource::setReadOnly().
      */
     virtual void setReadOnly( bool value );
 
     /**
      * Returns, if the resource is read-only.
      */
     virtual bool readOnly() const;
 
     void setIncludeInSync( bool value );
     bool includeInSync() const;
     /**
      * Set the name of resource.You can override this method,
      * but also remember to call Resource::setResourceName().
      */
     virtual void setResourceName( const QString &name );
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of resource.
      */
     virtual QString resourceName() const;
 
     /**
       Sets, if the resource is active.
     */
     void setActive( bool active );
 
     /**
       Return true, if the resource is active.
     */
     bool isActive() const;
 
     friend class Factory;
     friend class ManagerImpl;
 
     /**
       Print resource information as debug output.
     */
     virtual void dump() const;
 
 
   protected:
     /**
      * Open this resource. When called, the resource must be in
      * a closed state.
      *
      * Returns true if the resource was opened successfully;
      * returns false if the resource was not opened successfully.
      *
      * The result of this call can be accessed later by @ref isOpen()
      */
     virtual bool doOpen() { return true; }
 
     /**
      * Close this resource. Pre-condition: resource is open.
      * Post-condition: resource is closed.
      */
     virtual void doClose() {}
 
     void setIdentifier( const QString& identifier );
     void setType( const QString& type );
 
   private:
     class ResourcePrivate;
     ResourcePrivate *d;
 };
 
 class PluginFactoryBase : public KLibFactory
 {
   public:
     virtual Resource *resource( const KConfig *config) = 0;
 
     virtual ConfigWidget *configWidget( QWidget *parent ) = 0;
 
   protected:
     virtual QObject* createObject( QObject*, const char*, const char*,
                                    const QStringList & )
     {
       return 0;
     }
 };
 
 template<class TR,class TC>
 class PluginFactory : public PluginFactoryBase
 {
   public:
     Resource *resource( const KConfig *config)
     {
       return new TR( config );
     }
 
     ConfigWidget *configWidget( QWidget *parent )
     {
       return new TC( parent );
     }
 };
 
 
 
 }
 
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/kresources/selectdialog.cpp b/microkde/kresources/selectdialog.cpp
index fba8648..d5b83e9 100644
--- a/microkde/kresources/selectdialog.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kresources/selectdialog.cpp
@@ -1,154 +1,158 @@
 /*
     This file is part of libkresources.
 
     Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org>
     Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org>
     Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org>
 
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
     version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 /*US
 #include <kbuttonbox.h>
 #include <klistbox.h>
 #include <klocale.h>
 #include <kmessagebox.h>
 
 */
 #include <klocale.h>
 #include <kmessagebox.h>
 
 //US
 #include <kglobal.h>
 
-#include <qlistbox.h>
+#include <q3listbox.h>
 #include <qlayout.h>
-#include <qgroupbox.h>
+#include <q3groupbox.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3VBoxLayout>
+#include <Q3Frame>
+#include <Q3PtrList>
 
 #include "resource.h"
 
 #include "selectdialog.h"
 
 using namespace KRES;
 
 //US I am using KBaseDialog instead of KDialog
 //US  : KDialog( parent, name, true )
-SelectDialog::SelectDialog( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent,
+SelectDialog::SelectDialog( Q3PtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent,
                             const char *name )
   : KDialogBase( parent, name, true, i18n( "Resource Selection" ), Help | Ok | Cancel,
                  Ok, true)
 
 {
 //US  setCaption( i18n( "Resource Selection" ) );
 //US  resize( 300, 200 );
   resize( KMIN(KGlobal::getDesktopWidth(), 300), KMIN(KGlobal::getDesktopHeight(), 200) );
 
 //US  
-  QFrame *main = plainPage();
+  Q3Frame *main = plainPage();
 /*US
   QVBoxLayout *layout = new QVBoxLayout( main );
   mConfigPage = new KRES::ConfigPage( main );
   layout->addWidget( mConfigPage );
 */
 
 //US  QVBoxLayout *mainLayout = new QVBoxLayout( this );
-  QVBoxLayout *mainLayout = new QVBoxLayout( main );
+  Q3VBoxLayout *mainLayout = new Q3VBoxLayout( main );
   mainLayout->setMargin( marginHint() );
     
 //US  QGroupBox *groupBox = new QGroupBox( 2, Qt::Horizontal,  this );
-  QGroupBox *groupBox = new QGroupBox( 2, Qt::Horizontal,  main );
+  Q3GroupBox *groupBox = new Q3GroupBox( 2, Qt::Horizontal,  main );
   groupBox->setTitle( i18n( "Resources" ) );
 
 //US  mResourceId = new KListBox( groupBox );
-  mResourceId = new QListBox( groupBox );
+  mResourceId = new Q3ListBox( groupBox );
 
   mainLayout->addWidget( groupBox );
 
   mainLayout->addSpacing( 40 );
 
 /*US 
   KButtonBox *buttonBox = new KButtonBox( this );
 
   buttonBox->addStretch();    
   buttonBox->addButton( i18n( "&OK" ), this, SLOT( accept() ) );
   buttonBox->addButton( i18n( "&Cancel" ), this, SLOT( reject() ) );
   buttonBox->layout();
 
   mainLayout->addWidget( buttonBox );
 */
   // setup listbox
   uint counter = 0;
   for ( uint i = 0; i < list.count(); ++i ) {
     Resource *resource = list.at( i );
     if ( resource && !resource->readOnly() ) {
       mResourceMap.insert( counter, resource );
       mResourceId->insertItem( resource->resourceName() );
       counter++;
     }
   }
 
   mResourceId->setCurrentItem( 0 );
-  connect( mResourceId, SIGNAL(returnPressed(QListBoxItem*)), 
+  connect( mResourceId, SIGNAL(returnPressed(Q3ListBoxItem*)), 
            SLOT(accept()) );
 }
 
 Resource *SelectDialog::resource()
 {
   if ( mResourceId->currentItem() != -1 )
     return mResourceMap[ mResourceId->currentItem() ];
   else
     return 0;
 }
 
-Resource *SelectDialog::getResource( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent )
+Resource *SelectDialog::getResource( Q3PtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent )
 {
   if ( list.count() == 0 ) {
     KMessageBox::error( parent, i18n( "There is no resource available!" ) );
     return 0;
   }
 
   if ( list.count() == 1 ) return list.first();
 
   // the following lines will return a writeable resource if only _one_ writeable
   // resource exists
   Resource *found = 0;
   Resource *it = list.first();
   while ( it ) {
     if ( !it->readOnly() ) {
       if ( found ) {
         found = 0;
 	break;
       } else
         found = it;
     }
     it = list.next();
   }
 
   if ( found )
     return found;
   
   SelectDialog dlg( list, parent);
 //US  if ( dlg.exec() == KDialog::Accepted )
   if ( dlg.exec() )
     return dlg.resource();
   else 
     return 0;
 }
 
 /*US
 #include "selectdialog.moc"
 */
 
diff --git a/microkde/kresources/selectdialog.h b/microkde/kresources/selectdialog.h
index 7026212..be5152b 100644
--- a/microkde/kresources/selectdialog.h
+++ b/microkde/kresources/selectdialog.h
@@ -1,92 +1,92 @@
 /*
     This file is part of libkresources.
 
     Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org>
     Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org>
     Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org>
 
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
     version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 #ifndef KRESOURCES_SELECTDIALOG_H
 #define KRESOURCES_SELECTDIALOG_H
 
 #include <qobject.h>
-#include <qptrlist.h>
+#include <q3ptrlist.h>
 #include <qmap.h>
 
 #include <kdialogbase.h>
 
 //US class KListBox;
-class QListBox;
+class Q3ListBox;
 
 namespace KRES {
 
 class Resource;
 
 /**
  * Dialog for selecting a resource.
  * 
  * Example:
  *
  * <pre>
  * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource();
  * if ( !( res ) ) {
  *   // no resource selected
  * } else {
  *   // do something with resource
  * }
  * </pre>
  */
 //US class SelectDialog : KDialog
 class SelectDialog : KDialogBase
 {
     // Q_OBJECT
   public:
     /**
      * Constructor.
      * @param ab     The address book you want to select the resource from
      * @param parent The parent widget
      * @param name   The name of the dialog
      */
-    SelectDialog( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0,
+    SelectDialog( Q3PtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0,
         const char *name = 0);
 
   //  ~SelectDialog();
 
     /**
      * Return selected resource.
      */
     Resource *resource();
 
     /**
      * Open a dialog showing the available resources and return the resource the
      * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled.
      */
-    static Resource *getResource( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0 );
+    static Resource *getResource( Q3PtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0 );
 
   private:
 //US    KListBox *mResourceId;
-    QListBox *mResourceId;
+    Q3ListBox *mResourceId;
 
     QMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap;
 };
 
 
 
 }
 
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/ksystemtray.cpp b/microkde/ksystemtray.cpp
index 4f81d02..0d0045f 100644
--- a/microkde/ksystemtray.cpp
+++ b/microkde/ksystemtray.cpp
@@ -1,11 +1,14 @@
 #include "ksystemtray.h"
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <QMouseEvent>
+#include <QLabel>
 
 void KSystemTray::mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent *)
 {
    ; //qDebug("hallo");
 }
 
 KSystemTray::KSystemTray( QWidget *parent ) : QLabel( parent ) 
 {
 
 }
diff --git a/microkde/ksystemtray.h b/microkde/ksystemtray.h
index f3e4f6a..6708c86 100644
--- a/microkde/ksystemtray.h
+++ b/microkde/ksystemtray.h
@@ -1,14 +1,16 @@
 #ifndef MICROKDE_KSYSTEMTRAY_H
 #define MICROKDE_KSYSTEMTRAY_H
 
 #include <qlabel.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <QMouseEvent>
 
 class KSystemTray : public QLabel
 { 
     Q_OBJECT
   public:
     KSystemTray( QWidget *parent = 0 );
     void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent *);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/ktempfile.cpp b/microkde/ktempfile.cpp
index b9166bd..d61d22e 100644
--- a/microkde/ktempfile.cpp
+++ b/microkde/ktempfile.cpp
@@ -1,25 +1,25 @@
-#include <qtextstream.h>
+#include <q3textstream.h>
 
 #include "ktempfile.h"
 
 KTempFile::KTempFile()
 {
 }
 
 KTempFile::KTempFile( const QString &filename, const QString &extension )
 {
 }
 
 void KTempFile::setAutoDelete( bool )
 {
 }
 
 QString KTempFile::name()
 {
   return QString::null;
 }
 
-QTextStream *KTempFile::textStream()
+Q3TextStream *KTempFile::textStream()
 {
   return 0;
 }
diff --git a/microkde/ktempfile.h b/microkde/ktempfile.h
index 20dfa82..1ac7258 100644
--- a/microkde/ktempfile.h
+++ b/microkde/ktempfile.h
@@ -1,20 +1,20 @@
 #ifndef MINIKDE_KTEMPFILE_H
 #define MINIKDE_KTEMPFILE_H
 
 #include <qstring.h>
 
-class QTextStream;
+class Q3TextStream;
 
 class KTempFile
 {
   public:
     KTempFile();
     KTempFile( const QString &filename, const QString &extension );
   
     void setAutoDelete( bool );
     QString name();
     
-    QTextStream *textStream();
+    Q3TextStream *textStream();
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/ktextedit.cpp b/microkde/ktextedit.cpp
index 4dd6875..d74706b 100644
--- a/microkde/ktextedit.cpp
+++ b/microkde/ktextedit.cpp
@@ -1,53 +1,55 @@
 
 #include <ktextedit.h>
 #ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION
 #include <qpe/qpeapplication.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <QMouseEvent>
 #endif
 
 
-KTextEdit::KTextEdit ( QWidget *parent ) : QMultiLineEdit( parent ) 
+KTextEdit::KTextEdit ( QWidget *parent ) : Q3MultiLineEdit( parent ) 
 {
     mAllowPopupMenu = false; 
     mMouseDown = false; 
     mIgnoreMark = false; 
 #ifndef DESKTOP_VERSION 
     QPEApplication::setStylusOperation( this, QPEApplication::RightOnHold );
 #endif 
 }
 
 void KTextEdit::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
 {
-    if (  e->button() == LeftButton ) {
+    if (  e->button() == Qt::LeftButton ) {
         mAllowPopupMenu = true;
         mYMousePos = mapToGlobal( (e->pos())).y();
         mXMousePos = mapToGlobal( (e->pos())).x();
     }
-     if (  e->button() == RightButton &&  !mAllowPopupMenu   )
+     if (  e->button() == Qt::RightButton &&  !mAllowPopupMenu   )
       return;
-    if (  e->button() == LeftButton ) {
+    if (  e->button() == Qt::LeftButton ) {
         if ( hasMarkedText () )
             mIgnoreMark = !mIgnoreMark;
         if ( mIgnoreMark && hasMarkedText () ) {
             mMouseDown = false;
             return ;
         }
     }
-    QMultiLineEdit::mousePressEvent( e );
+    Q3MultiLineEdit::mousePressEvent( e );
 }
 
 void KTextEdit::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
 {
-    QMultiLineEdit::mouseReleaseEvent(e);
+    Q3MultiLineEdit::mouseReleaseEvent(e);
 }
 
 void KTextEdit::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
 {
     int diff = mYMousePos - mapToGlobal( (e->pos())).y();
     if ( diff < 0 ) diff = -diff;
     int diff2 = mXMousePos - mapToGlobal( (e->pos())).x();
     if ( diff2 < 0 ) diff2 = -diff2;
     if ( diff+ diff2 > 20 )
         mAllowPopupMenu = false;
-    QMultiLineEdit::mouseMoveEvent(e);
+    Q3MultiLineEdit::mouseMoveEvent(e);
 }
 
diff --git a/microkde/ktextedit.h b/microkde/ktextedit.h
index 87c0602..b7c8924 100644
--- a/microkde/ktextedit.h
+++ b/microkde/ktextedit.h
@@ -1,23 +1,25 @@
 #ifndef MICROKDE_KTEXTEDIT_H
 #define MICROKDE_KTEXTEDIT_H
 
-#include <qmultilineedit.h>
+#include <q3multilineedit.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <QMouseEvent>
 
-class KTextEdit : public QMultiLineEdit
+class KTextEdit : public Q3MultiLineEdit
 {
   public:
     KTextEdit( QWidget *parent )  ;
     void setIgnoreMark( bool b ) { mIgnoreMark = b; }
 
  private:
     bool mAllowPopupMenu;
     bool mMouseDown;
     bool mIgnoreMark;
     int mYMousePos;
     int mXMousePos;
     void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *e);
     void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *e);
     void mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *e);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/kurl.cpp b/microkde/kurl.cpp
index 2574e25..122ad71 100644
--- a/microkde/kurl.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kurl.cpp
@@ -1,1942 +1,1944 @@
 /*
     Copyright (C) 1999 Torben Weis <weis@kde.org>
 
     This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
     modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
     License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
     version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
     This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
     along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
     the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
     Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 */
 
 #include "kurl.h"
 
 #ifndef KDE_QT_ONLY
 #include <kdebug.h>
 #include <kglobal.h>
 //US#include <kidna.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <assert.h>
 #include <ctype.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #ifdef _WIN32_
 
 #else
 #include <unistd.h>
 #endif
-#include <qurl.h>
+#include <q3url.h>
 #include <qdir.h>
 #include <qstringlist.h>
 #include <qregexp.h>
 //US#include <qstylesheet.h>
 #include <qmap.h>
 #include <qtextcodec.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3CString>
 
 static const QString fileProt = "file";
 
 static QTextCodec * codecForHint( int encoding_hint /* not 0 ! */ )
 {
     return QTextCodec::codecForMib( encoding_hint );
 }
 
 static QString encode( const QString& segment, bool encode_slash, int encoding_hint )
 {
   const char *encode_string;
   if (encode_slash)
     encode_string = "<>#@\"&%?={}|^~[]\'`\\:+/";
   else
     encode_string = "<>#@\"&%?={}|^~[]\'`\\:+";
 
-  QCString local;
+  Q3CString local;
   if (encoding_hint==0)
     local = segment.local8Bit();
   else
   {
       QTextCodec * textCodec = codecForHint( encoding_hint );
       if (!textCodec)
           local = segment.local8Bit();
       else
           local = textCodec->fromUnicode( segment );
   }
 
   int old_length = local.length();
 
   if ( !old_length )
     return segment.isNull() ? QString::null : QString(""); // differenciate null and empty
 
   // a worst case approximation
   QChar *new_segment = new QChar[ old_length * 3 + 1 ];
   int new_length = 0;
 
   for ( int i = 0; i < old_length; i++ )
   {
     // 'unsave' and 'reserved' characters
     // according to RFC 1738,
     // 2.2. URL Character Encoding Issues (pp. 3-4)
     // WABA: Added non-ascii
     unsigned char character = local[i];
     if ( (character <= 32) || (character >= 127) ||
          strchr(encode_string, character) )
     {
       new_segment[ new_length++ ] = '%';
 
       unsigned int c = character / 16;
       c += (c > 9) ? ('A' - 10) : '0';
       new_segment[ new_length++ ] = c;
 
       c = character % 16;
       c += (c > 9) ? ('A' - 10) : '0';
       new_segment[ new_length++ ] = c;
 
     }
     else
-      new_segment[ new_length++ ] = local[i];
+      new_segment[ new_length++ ] = character;
   }
 
   QString result = QString(new_segment, new_length);
   delete [] new_segment;
   return result;
 }
 
 static QString encodeHost( const QString& segment, bool encode_slash, int encoding_hint )
 {
   // Hostnames are encoded differently
   // we use the IDNA transformation instead
 
   // Note: when merging qt-addon, use QResolver::domainToAscii here
 #ifndef KDE_QT_ONLY
   Q_UNUSED( encode_slash );
   Q_UNUSED( encoding_hint );
   return KIDNA::toAscii(segment);
 #else
   return encode(segment, encode_slash, encoding_hint);
 #endif
 }
 
 static int hex2int( unsigned int _char )
 {
   if ( _char >= 'A' && _char <='F')
     return _char - 'A' + 10;
   if ( _char >= 'a' && _char <='f')
     return _char - 'a' + 10;
   if ( _char >= '0' && _char <='9')
     return _char - '0';
   return -1;
 }
 
 // WABA: The result of lazy_encode isn't usable for a URL which
 // needs to satisfies RFC requirements. However, the following
 // operation will make it usable again:
 //      encode(decode(...))
 //
 // As a result one can see that url.prettyURL() does not result in
 // a RFC compliant URL but that the following sequence does:
 //      KURL(url.prettyURL()).url()
 
 
 static QString lazy_encode( const QString& segment )
 {
   int old_length = segment.length();
 
   if ( !old_length )
     return QString::null;
 
   // a worst case approximation
   QChar *new_segment = new QChar[ old_length * 3 + 1 ];
   int new_length = 0;
 
   for ( int i = 0; i < old_length; i++ )
   {
     unsigned int character = segment[i].unicode(); // Don't use latin1()
                                                    // It returns 0 for non-latin1 values
     // Small set of really ambiguous chars
     if ((character < 32) ||  // Low ASCII
         ((character == '%') && // The escape character itself
            (i+2 < old_length) && // But only if part of a valid escape sequence!
           (hex2int(segment[i+1].unicode())!= -1) &&
           (hex2int(segment[i+2].unicode())!= -1)) ||
         (character == '?') || // Start of query delimiter
         (character == '@') || // Username delimiter
         (character == '#') || // Start of reference delimiter
         ((character == 32) && (i+1 == old_length))) // A trailing space
     {
       new_segment[ new_length++ ] = '%';
 
       unsigned int c = character / 16;
       c += (c > 9) ? ('A' - 10) : '0';
       new_segment[ new_length++ ] = c;
 
       c = character % 16;
       c += (c > 9) ? ('A' - 10) : '0';
       new_segment[ new_length++ ] = c;
     }
     else
     new_segment[ new_length++ ] = segment[i];
   }
 
   QString result = QString(new_segment, new_length);
   delete [] new_segment;
   return result;
 }
 
 static void decode( const QString& segment, QString &decoded, QString &encoded, int encoding_hint=0, bool updateDecoded = true )
 {
   decoded = QString::null;
   encoded = segment;
 
   int old_length = segment.length();
   if ( !old_length )
     return;
 
   QTextCodec *textCodec = 0;
   if (encoding_hint)
       textCodec = codecForHint( encoding_hint );
 
   if (!textCodec)
       textCodec = QTextCodec::codecForLocale();
 
-  QCString csegment = textCodec->fromUnicode(segment);
+  Q3CString csegment = textCodec->fromUnicode(segment);
   // Check if everything went ok
   if (textCodec->toUnicode(csegment) != segment)
   {
       // Uh oh
       textCodec = codecForHint( 106 ); // Fall back to utf-8
       csegment = textCodec->fromUnicode(segment);
   } 
   old_length = csegment.length();
 
   int new_length = 0;
   int new_length2 = 0;
 
   // make a copy of the old one
   char *new_segment = new char[ old_length + 1 ];
   QChar *new_usegment = new QChar[ old_length * 3 + 1 ];
 
   int i = 0;
   while( i < old_length )
   {
     bool bReencode = false;
     unsigned char character = csegment[ i++ ];
     if ((character <= ' ') || (character > 127))
        bReencode = true;
 
     new_usegment [ new_length2++ ] = character;
     if (character == '%' )
     {
       int a = i+1 < old_length ? hex2int( csegment[i] ) : -1;
       int b = i+1 < old_length ? hex2int( csegment[i+1] ) : -1;
       if ((a == -1) || (b == -1)) // Only replace if sequence is valid
       {
          // Contains stray %, make sure to re-encode!
          bReencode = true;
       }
       else
       {
          // Valid %xx sequence
          character = a * 16 + b; // Replace with value of %dd
          if (!character && updateDecoded)
             break; // Stop at %00
 
          new_usegment [ new_length2++ ] = (unsigned char) csegment[i++];
          new_usegment [ new_length2++ ] = (unsigned char) csegment[i++];
       }
     }
     if (bReencode)
     {
       new_length2--;
       new_usegment [ new_length2++ ] = '%';
 
       unsigned int c = character / 16;
       c += (c > 9) ? ('A' - 10) : '0';
       new_usegment[ new_length2++ ] = c;
 
       c = character % 16;
       c += (c > 9) ? ('A' - 10) : '0';
       new_usegment[ new_length2++ ] = c;
     }
 
     new_segment [ new_length++ ] = character;
   }
   new_segment [ new_length ] = 0;
 
   encoded = QString( new_usegment, new_length2);
 
   // Encoding specified
   if (updateDecoded)
   {
      QByteArray array;
      array.setRawData(new_segment, new_length);
      decoded = textCodec->toUnicode( array, new_length );
      array.resetRawData(new_segment, new_length);
-     QCString validate = textCodec->fromUnicode(decoded);
+     Q3CString validate = textCodec->fromUnicode(decoded);
 
      if (strcmp(validate.data(), new_segment) != 0)
      {
         decoded = QString::fromLocal8Bit(new_segment, new_length);
      }
   }
 
   delete [] new_segment;
   delete [] new_usegment;
 }
 
 static QString decode(const QString &segment, int encoding_hint = 0)
 {
   QString result;
   QString tmp;
   decode(segment, result, tmp, encoding_hint);
   return result;
 }
 
 static QString cleanpath(const QString &path, bool cleanDirSeparator=true)
 {
   if (path.isEmpty()) return QString::null;
   int len = path.length();
   bool slash = (len && path[len-1] == '/') ||
                (len > 1 && path[len-2] == '/' && path[len-1] == '.');
 
   // The following code cleans up directory path much like
   // QDir::cleanDirPath() except it can be made to ignore multiple
   // directory separators by setting the flag to false.  That fixes
   // bug# 15044, mail.altavista.com and other similar brain-dead server
   // implementations that do not follow what has been specified in
   // RFC 2396!! (dA)
   QString result;
   int cdUp, orig_pos, pos;
 
   cdUp = 0;
   pos = orig_pos = len;
   while ( pos && (pos = path.findRev('/',--pos)) != -1 )
   {
     len = orig_pos - pos - 1;
     if ( len == 2 && path[pos+1] == '.' && path[pos+2] == '.' )
       cdUp++;
     else
     {
       // Ignore any occurances of '.'
       // This includes entries that simply do not make sense like /..../
       if ( (len || !cleanDirSeparator) &&
            (len != 1 || path[pos+1] != '.' ) )
       {
           if ( !cdUp )
               result.prepend(path.mid(pos, len+1));
           else
               cdUp--;
       }
     }
     orig_pos = pos;
   }
 
   if ( result.isEmpty() )
     result = "/";
   else if ( slash && result.at(result.length()-1) != '/' )
        result.append('/');
 
   return result;
 }
 
 bool KURL::isRelativeURL(const QString &_url)
 {
   int len = _url.length();
   if (!len) return true; // Very short relative URL.
   const QChar *str = _url.unicode();
 
   // Absolute URL must start with alpha-character
   if (!isalpha(str[0].latin1()))
      return true; // Relative URL
 
   for(int i = 1; i < len; i++)
   {
      char c = str[i].latin1(); // Note: non-latin1 chars return 0!
      if (c == ':')
         return false; // Absolute URL
 
      // Protocol part may only contain alpha, digit, + or -
      if (!isalpha(c) && !isdigit(c) && (c != '+') && (c != '-'))
         return true; // Relative URL
   }
   // URL did not contain ':'
   return true; // Relative URL
 }
 
 KURL::List::List(const KURL &url)
 {
     append( url );
 }
 
 KURL::List::List(const QStringList &list)
 {
   for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = list.begin();
        it != list.end();
        it++)
     {
       append( KURL(*it) );
     }
 }
 
 QStringList KURL::List::toStringList() const
 {
   QStringList lst;
    for( KURL::List::ConstIterator it = begin();
         it != end();
         it++)
    {
       lst.append( (*it).url() );
    }
    return lst;
 }
 
 
 KURL::KURL()
 {
   reset();
 }
 
 KURL::~KURL()
 {
 }
 
 
 KURL::KURL( const QString &url, int encoding_hint )
 {
   reset();
   parse( url, encoding_hint );
 }
 
 KURL::KURL( const char * url, int encoding_hint )
 {
   reset();
   parse( QString::fromLatin1(url), encoding_hint );
 }
 
-KURL::KURL( const QCString& url, int encoding_hint )
+KURL::KURL( const Q3CString& url, int encoding_hint )
 {
   reset();
   parse( QString::fromLatin1(url), encoding_hint );
 }
 
 KURL::KURL( const KURL& _u )
 {
   *this = _u;
 }
 
 QDataStream & operator<< (QDataStream & s, const KURL & a)
 {
   QString QueryForWire=a.m_strQuery_encoded;
   if (!a.m_strQuery_encoded.isNull())
     QueryForWire.prepend("?");
 
     s << a.m_strProtocol << a.m_strUser << a.m_strPass << a.m_strHost
       << a.m_strPath << a.m_strPath_encoded << QueryForWire << a.m_strRef_encoded
       << Q_INT8(a.m_bIsMalformed ? 1 : 0) << a.m_iPort;
     return s;
 }
 
 QDataStream & operator>> (QDataStream & s, KURL & a)
 {
     Q_INT8 malf;
     QString QueryFromWire;
     s >> a.m_strProtocol >> a.m_strUser >> a.m_strPass >> a.m_strHost
       >> a.m_strPath >> a.m_strPath_encoded >> QueryFromWire >> a.m_strRef_encoded
       >> malf >> a.m_iPort;
     a.m_bIsMalformed = (malf != 0);
 
     if ( QueryFromWire.isEmpty() )
       a.m_strQuery_encoded = QString::null;
     else
       a.m_strQuery_encoded = QueryFromWire.mid(1);
 
     return s;
 }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
-KURL::KURL( const QUrl &u )
+KURL::KURL( const Q3Url &u )
 {
   *this = u;
 }
 #endif
 
 KURL::KURL( const KURL& _u, const QString& _rel_url, int encoding_hint )
 {
   // WORKAROUND THE RFC 1606 LOOPHOLE THAT ALLOWS
   // http:/index.html AS A VALID SYNTAX FOR RELATIVE
   // URLS. ( RFC 2396 section 5.2 item # 3 )
   QString rUrl = _rel_url;
   int len = _u.m_strProtocol.length();
   if ( !_u.m_strHost.isEmpty() && !rUrl.isEmpty() &&
        rUrl.find( _u.m_strProtocol, 0, false ) == 0 &&
        rUrl[len] == ':' && (rUrl[len+1] != '/' ||
        (rUrl[len+1] == '/' && rUrl[len+2] != '/')) )
   {
     rUrl.remove( 0, rUrl.find( ':' ) + 1 );
   }
 
   if ( rUrl.isEmpty() )
   {
     *this = _u;
   }
   else if ( rUrl[0] == '#' )
   {
     *this = _u;
     QString ref = decode(rUrl.mid(1), encoding_hint);
     if ( ref.isNull() )
         ref = ""; // we know there was an (empty) html ref, we saw the '#'
     setHTMLRef( ref );
   }
   else if ( isRelativeURL( rUrl) )
   {
     *this = _u;
     m_strQuery_encoded = QString::null;
     m_strRef_encoded = QString::null;
     if ( rUrl[0] == '/')
     {
         if ((rUrl.length() > 1) && (rUrl[1] == '/'))
         {
            m_strHost = QString::null;
         }
         m_strPath = QString::null;
         m_strPath_encoded = QString::null;
     }
     else if ( rUrl[0] != '?' )
     {
        int pos = m_strPath.findRev( '/' );
        if (pos >= 0)
           m_strPath.truncate(pos);
        m_strPath += '/';
        if (!m_strPath_encoded.isEmpty())
        {
           pos = m_strPath_encoded.findRev( '/' );
           if (pos >= 0)
              m_strPath_encoded.truncate(pos);
           m_strPath_encoded += '/';
        }
     }
     else
     {
        if ( m_strPath.isEmpty() )
           m_strPath = '/';
     }
     KURL tmp( url() + rUrl, encoding_hint);
     *this = tmp;
     cleanPath(false);
   }
   else
   {
     KURL tmp( rUrl, encoding_hint);
     *this = tmp;
     // Preserve userinfo if applicable.
     if (!_u.m_strUser.isEmpty() && m_strUser.isEmpty() && (_u.m_strHost == m_strHost) && (_u.m_strProtocol == m_strProtocol))
     {
        m_strUser = _u.m_strUser;
        m_strPass = _u.m_strPass;
     }
   }
 }
 
 void KURL::reset()
 {
   m_strProtocol = QString::null;
   m_strUser = QString::null;
   m_strPass = QString::null;
   m_strHost = QString::null;
   m_strPath = QString::null;
   m_strPath_encoded = QString::null;
   m_strQuery_encoded = QString::null;
   m_strRef_encoded = QString::null;
   m_bIsMalformed = true;
   m_iPort = 0;
 }
 
 bool KURL::isEmpty() const
 {
   return (m_strPath.isEmpty() && m_strProtocol.isEmpty());
 }
 
 void KURL::parse( const QString& _url, int encoding_hint )
 {
   //kdDebug(126) << "parse " << _url << endl;
   // Return immediately whenever the given url
   // is empty or null.
   if ( _url.isEmpty() )
   {
     m_strProtocol = _url;
     return;
   }
 
   QString port;
   bool badHostName = false;
   int start = 0;
   uint len = _url.length();
   const QChar* buf = _url.unicode();
   const QChar* orig = buf;
 
   QChar delim;
   QString tmp;
 
   uint pos = 0;
 
   // Node 1: Accept alpha or slash
   QChar x = buf[pos++];
   if ( x == '/' )
     goto Node9;
-  if ( !isalpha( (int)x ) )
+  if ( !x.isLetter() )
     goto NodeErr;
 
   // Node 2: Accept any amount of (alpha|digit|'+'|'-')
   // '.' is not currently accepted, because current KURL may be confused.
   // Proceed with :// :/ or :
-  while( pos < len && (isalpha((int)buf[pos]) || isdigit((int)buf[pos]) ||
+  while( pos < len && ( buf[pos].isLetter() || buf[pos].isDigit() ||
           buf[pos] == '+' || buf[pos] == '-')) pos++;
 
   if ( pos+2 < len && buf[pos] == ':' && buf[pos+1] == '/' && buf[pos+2] == '/' )
     {
       m_strProtocol = QString( orig, pos ).lower();
       pos += 3;
     }
   else if (pos+1 < len && buf[pos] == ':' ) // Need to always compare length()-1 otherwise KURL passes "http:" as legal!!
     {
       m_strProtocol = QString( orig, pos ).lower();
       //kdDebug(126)<<"setting protocol to "<<m_strProtocol<<endl;
       pos++;
       start = pos;
       goto Node9;
     }
   else
     goto NodeErr;
 
   //Node 3: We need at least one character here
   if ( pos == len )
       goto NodeErr;
   start = pos;
 
   // Node 4: Accept any amount of characters.
   if (buf[pos] == '[')     // An IPv6 host follows.
       goto Node8;
   // Terminate on / or @ or ? or # or " or ; or <
   x = buf[pos];
   while( (x != ':') && (x != '@') && (x != '/') && (x != '?') && (x != '#') )
   {
      if ((x == '\"') || (x == ';') || (x == '<'))
         badHostName = true;
      if (++pos == len)
         break;
      x = buf[pos];
   }
   if ( pos == len )
     {
       if (badHostName)
          goto NodeErr;
 
       setHost(decode(QString( buf + start, pos - start ), encoding_hint));
       goto NodeOk;
     }
   if ( x == '@' )
     {
       m_strUser = decode(QString( buf + start, pos - start ), encoding_hint);
       pos++;
       goto Node7;
     }
   else if ( (x == '/') || (x == '?') || (x == '#'))
     {
       if (badHostName)
          goto NodeErr;
 
       setHost(decode(QString( buf + start, pos - start ), encoding_hint));
       start = pos;
       goto Node9;
     }
   else if ( x != ':' )
     goto NodeErr;
   m_strUser = decode(QString( buf + start, pos - start ), encoding_hint);
   pos++;
 
   // Node 5: We need at least one character
   if ( pos == len )
     goto NodeErr;
   start = pos++;
 
   // Node 6: Read everything until @, /, ? or #
   while( (pos < len) &&
 		(buf[pos] != '@') &&
 		(buf[pos] != '/') &&
 		(buf[pos] != '?') &&
 		(buf[pos] != '#')) pos++;
   // If we now have a '@' the ':' seperates user and password.
   // Otherwise it seperates host and port.
   if ( (pos == len) || (buf[pos] != '@') )
     {
       // Ok the : was used to separate host and port
       if (badHostName)
          goto NodeErr;
       setHost(m_strUser);
       m_strUser = QString::null;
       QString tmp( buf + start, pos - start );
       char *endptr;
       m_iPort = (unsigned short int)strtol(tmp.ascii(), &endptr, 10);
       if ((pos == len) && (strlen(endptr) == 0))
         goto NodeOk;
       // there is more after the digits
       pos -= strlen(endptr);
       start = pos++;
       goto Node9;
     }
   m_strPass = decode(QString( buf + start, pos - start), encoding_hint);
   pos++;
 
   // Node 7: We need at least one character
  Node7:
   if ( pos == len )
     goto NodeErr;
 
  Node8:
   if (buf[pos] == '[')
   {
     // IPv6 address
     start = ++pos; // Skip '['
 
     if (pos == len)
     {
        badHostName = true;
        goto NodeErr;
     }
     // Node 8b: Read everything until ] or terminate
     badHostName = false;
     x = buf[pos];
     while( (x != ']') )
     {
        if ((x == '\"') || (x == ';') || (x == '<'))
           badHostName = true;
        if (++pos == len)
        {
           badHostName = true;
           break;
        }
        x = buf[pos];
     }
     if (badHostName)
        goto NodeErr;
     setHost(decode(QString( buf + start, pos - start ), encoding_hint));
     if (pos < len) pos++; // Skip ']'
     if (pos == len)
        goto NodeOk;
   }
   else
   {
     // Non IPv6 address
     start = pos;
 
     // Node 8b: Read everything until / : or terminate
     badHostName = false;
     x = buf[pos];
     while( (x != ':') && (x != '@') && (x != '/') && (x != '?') && (x != '#') )
     {
        if ((x == '\"') || (x == ';') || (x == '<'))
           badHostName = true;
        if (++pos == len)
           break;
        x = buf[pos];
     }
     if (badHostName)
        goto NodeErr;
     if ( pos == len )
     {
        setHost(decode(QString( buf + start, pos - start ), encoding_hint));
        goto NodeOk;
     }
     setHost(decode(QString( buf + start, pos - start ), encoding_hint));
   }
   x = buf[pos];
   if ( x == '/' )
     {
       start = pos++;
       goto Node9;
     }
   else if ( x != ':' )
     goto NodeErr;
   pos++;
 
   // Node 8a: Accept at least one digit
   if ( pos == len )
     goto NodeErr;
   start = pos;
-  if ( !isdigit( buf[pos++] ) )
+  if ( !buf[pos++].isDigit() )
     goto NodeErr;
 
   // Node 8b: Accept any amount of digits
-  while( pos < len && isdigit( buf[pos] ) ) pos++;
+  while( pos < len && buf[pos].isDigit() ) pos++;
   port = QString( buf + start, pos - start );
   m_iPort = port.toUShort();
   if ( pos == len )
     goto NodeOk;
   start = pos++;
 
  Node9: // parse path until query or reference reached
 
   while( pos < len && buf[pos] != '#' && buf[pos]!='?' ) pos++;
 
   tmp = QString( buf + start, pos - start );
   //kdDebug(126)<<" setting encoded path&query to:"<<tmp<<endl;
   setEncodedPath( tmp, encoding_hint );
 
   if ( pos == len )
       goto NodeOk;
 
  //Node10: // parse query or reference depending on what comes first
   delim = (buf[pos++]=='#'?'?':'#');
 
   start = pos;
 
   while(pos < len && buf[pos]!=delim ) pos++;
 
   tmp = QString(buf + start, pos - start);
   if (delim=='#')
       setQuery(tmp, encoding_hint);
   else
       m_strRef_encoded = tmp;
 
   if (pos == len)
       goto NodeOk;
 
  //Node11: // feed the rest into the remaining variable
   tmp = QString( buf + pos + 1, len - pos - 1);
   if (delim == '#')
       m_strRef_encoded = tmp;
   else
       setQuery(tmp, encoding_hint);
 
  NodeOk:
   //kdDebug(126)<<"parsing finished. m_strProtocol="<<m_strProtocol<<" m_strHost="<<m_strHost<<" m_strPath="<<m_strPath<<endl;
   m_bIsMalformed = false; // Valid URL
 
   //kdDebug()<<"Prot="<<m_strProtocol<<"\nUser="<<m_strUser<<"\nPass="<<m_strPass<<"\nHost="<<m_strHost<<"\nPath="<<m_strPath<<"\nQuery="<<m_strQuery_encoded<<"\nRef="<<m_strRef_encoded<<"\nPort="<<m_iPort<<endl;
   if (m_strProtocol.isEmpty())
   {
     m_strProtocol = fileProt;
   }
   return;
 
  NodeErr:
 //  kdDebug(126) << "KURL couldn't parse URL \"" << _url << "\"" << endl;
   reset();
   m_strProtocol = _url;
 }
 
 KURL& KURL::operator=( const QString& _url )
 {
   reset();
   parse( _url );
 
   return *this;
 }
 
 KURL& KURL::operator=( const char * _url )
 {
   reset();
   parse( QString::fromLatin1(_url) );
 
   return *this;
 }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
-KURL& KURL::operator=( const QUrl & u )
+KURL& KURL::operator=( const Q3Url & u )
 {
   m_strProtocol = u.protocol();
   m_strUser = u.user();
   m_strPass = u.password();
   m_strHost = u.host();
   m_strPath = u.path( FALSE );
   m_strPath_encoded = QString::null;
   m_strQuery_encoded = u.query();
   m_strRef_encoded = u.ref();
   m_bIsMalformed = !u.isValid();
   m_iPort = u.port();
 
   return *this;
 }
 #endif
 
 KURL& KURL::operator=( const KURL& _u )
 {
   m_strProtocol = _u.m_strProtocol;
   m_strUser = _u.m_strUser;
   m_strPass = _u.m_strPass;
   m_strHost = _u.m_strHost;
   m_strPath = _u.m_strPath;
   m_strPath_encoded = _u.m_strPath_encoded;
   m_strQuery_encoded = _u.m_strQuery_encoded;
   m_strRef_encoded = _u.m_strRef_encoded;
   m_bIsMalformed = _u.m_bIsMalformed;
   m_iPort = _u.m_iPort;
 
   return *this;
 }
 
 bool KURL::operator==( const KURL& _u ) const
 {
   if ( isMalformed() || _u.isMalformed() )
     return false;
 
   if ( m_strProtocol == _u.m_strProtocol &&
        m_strUser == _u.m_strUser &&
        m_strPass == _u.m_strPass &&
        m_strHost == _u.m_strHost &&
        m_strPath == _u.m_strPath &&
        // The encoded path may be null, but the URLs are still equal (David)
        ( m_strPath_encoded.isNull() || _u.m_strPath_encoded.isNull() ||
          m_strPath_encoded == _u.m_strPath_encoded ) &&
        m_strQuery_encoded == _u.m_strQuery_encoded &&
        m_strRef_encoded == _u.m_strRef_encoded &&
        m_iPort == _u.m_iPort )
   {
     return true;
   }
 
   return false;
 }
 
 bool KURL::operator==( const QString& _u ) const
 {
   KURL u( _u );
   return ( *this == u );
 }
 
 bool KURL::cmp( const KURL &u, bool ignore_trailing ) const
 {
   return equals( u, ignore_trailing );
 }
 
 bool KURL::equals( const KURL &_u, bool ignore_trailing ) const
 {
   if ( isMalformed() || _u.isMalformed() )
     return false;
 
   if ( ignore_trailing )
   {
     QString path1 = path(1);
     QString path2 = _u.path(1);
     if ( path1 != path2 )
       return false;
 
     if ( m_strProtocol == _u.m_strProtocol &&
          m_strUser == _u.m_strUser &&
          m_strPass == _u.m_strPass &&
          m_strHost == _u.m_strHost &&
          m_strQuery_encoded == _u.m_strQuery_encoded &&
          m_strRef_encoded == _u.m_strRef_encoded &&
          m_iPort == _u.m_iPort )
       return true;
 
     return false;
   }
 
   return ( *this == _u );
 }
 
 bool KURL::isParentOf( const KURL& _u ) const
 {
   if ( isMalformed() || _u.isMalformed() )
     return false;
 
   if ( m_strProtocol == _u.m_strProtocol &&
        m_strUser == _u.m_strUser &&
        m_strPass == _u.m_strPass &&
        m_strHost == _u.m_strHost &&
        m_strQuery_encoded == _u.m_strQuery_encoded &&
        m_strRef_encoded == _u.m_strRef_encoded &&
        m_iPort == _u.m_iPort )
   {
     if ( path().isEmpty() || _u.path().isEmpty() )
         return false; // can't work with implicit paths
 
     QString p1( cleanpath( path() ) );
     if ( p1.at(p1.length()-1) != '/' )
         p1 += '/';
     QString p2( cleanpath( _u.path() ) );
     if ( p2.at(p2.length()-1) != '/' )
         p2 += '/';
 
     //kdDebug(126) << "p1=" << p1 << endl;
     //kdDebug(126) << "p2=" << p2 << endl;
     //kdDebug(126) << "p1.length()=" << p1.length() << endl;
     //kdDebug(126) << "p2.left(!$)=" << p2.left( p1.length() ) << endl;
     return p2.startsWith( p1 );
   }
   return false;
 }
 
 void KURL::setFileName( const QString& _txt )
 {
   m_strRef_encoded = QString::null;
   int i = 0;
   while( _txt[i] == '/' ) ++i;
   QString tmp;
   if ( i )
     tmp = _txt.mid( i );
   else
     tmp = _txt;
 
   QString path = m_strPath_encoded.isEmpty() ? m_strPath : m_strPath_encoded;
   if ( path.isEmpty() )
     path = "/";
   else
   {
     int lastSlash = path.findRev( '/' );
     if ( lastSlash == -1)
     {
       // The first character is not a '/' ???
       // This looks strange ...
       path = "/";
     }
     else if ( path.right(1) != "/" )
       path.truncate( lastSlash+1 ); // keep the "/"
   }
   if (m_strPath_encoded.isEmpty())
   {
      path += tmp;
      setPath( path );
   }
   else
   {
      path += encode_string(tmp);
      setEncodedPath( path );
   }
   cleanPath();
 }
 
 void KURL::cleanPath( bool cleanDirSeparator ) // taken from the old KURL
 {
   m_strPath = cleanpath(m_strPath, cleanDirSeparator);
   // WABA: Is this safe when "/../" is encoded with %?
   m_strPath_encoded = cleanpath(m_strPath_encoded, cleanDirSeparator);
 }
 
 static QString trailingSlash( int _trailing, const QString &path )
 {
   QString result = path;
 
   if ( _trailing == 0 )
     return result;
   else if ( _trailing == 1 )
   {
     int len = result.length();
     if ( len == 0 )
       result = QString::null;
     else if ( result[ len - 1 ] != '/' )
       result += "/";
     return result;
   }
   else if ( _trailing == -1 )
   {
     if ( result == "/" )
       return result;
     int len = result.length();
     if ( len != 0 && result[ len - 1 ] == '/' )
       result.truncate( len - 1 );
     return result;
   }
   else {
     assert( 0 );
     return QString::null;
   }
 }
 
 void KURL::adjustPath( int _trailing )
 {
   if (!m_strPath_encoded.isEmpty())
   {
      m_strPath_encoded = trailingSlash( _trailing, m_strPath_encoded );
   }
   m_strPath = trailingSlash( _trailing, m_strPath );
 }
 
 
 QString KURL::encodedPathAndQuery( int _trailing, bool _no_empty_path, int encoding_hint ) const
 {
   QString tmp;
   if (!m_strPath_encoded.isEmpty() && encoding_hint == 0)
   {
      tmp = trailingSlash( _trailing, m_strPath_encoded );
   }
   else
   {
      tmp = path( _trailing );
      if ( _no_empty_path && tmp.isEmpty() )
         tmp = "/";
      tmp = encode( tmp, false, encoding_hint );
   }
 
   // TODO apply encoding_hint to the query
   if (!m_strQuery_encoded.isNull())
       tmp += '?' + m_strQuery_encoded;
   return tmp;
 }
 
 void KURL::setEncodedPath( const QString& _txt, int encoding_hint )
 {
   m_strPath_encoded = _txt;
 
   decode( m_strPath_encoded, m_strPath, m_strPath_encoded, encoding_hint );
   // Throw away encoding for local files, makes file-operations faster.
   if (m_strProtocol == fileProt)
      m_strPath_encoded = QString::null;
 }
 
 
 void KURL::setEncodedPathAndQuery( const QString& _txt, int encoding_hint )
 {
   int pos = _txt.find( '?' );
   if ( pos == -1 )
   {
     setEncodedPath(_txt, encoding_hint);
     m_strQuery_encoded = QString::null;
   }
   else
   {
     setEncodedPath(_txt.left( pos ), encoding_hint);
     setQuery(_txt.right(_txt.length() - pos - 1), encoding_hint);
   }
 }
 
 QString KURL::path( int _trailing ) const
 {
   return trailingSlash( _trailing, path() );
 }
 
 bool KURL::isLocalFile() const
 {
   if ( (m_strProtocol != fileProt ) || hasSubURL() )
      return false;
      
   if (m_strHost.isEmpty() || (m_strHost == "localhost"))
      return true;
      
   char hostname[ 256 ];
   hostname[ 0 ] = '\0';
 #ifdef _WIN32_
   // pending LR fixme
   //hostname = "localhost";
 #else
   if (!gethostname( hostname, 255 ))
      hostname[sizeof(hostname)-1] = '\0';
 #endif
   for(char *p = hostname; *p; p++)
      *p = tolower(*p);
      
   return (m_strHost == hostname);
 }
 
 void KURL::setFileEncoding(const QString &encoding)
 {
   if (!isLocalFile())
      return;
 
   QString q = query();
 
   if (!q.isEmpty() && (q[0] == '?'))
      q = q.mid(1);
 
   QStringList args = QStringList::split('&', q);
   for(QStringList::Iterator it = args.begin();
       it != args.end();)
   {
       QString s = decode_string(*it);
       if (s.startsWith("charset="))
 //US changed erase into remove ???
          it = args.remove(it);
       else
          ++it;
   }
   if (!encoding.isEmpty())
      args.append("charset="+encode_string(encoding));
 
   if (args.isEmpty())
      setQuery(QString::null);
   else
      setQuery(args.join("&"));
 }
 
 QString KURL::fileEncoding() const
 {
   if (!isLocalFile())
      return QString::null;
 
   QString q = query();
 
   if (q.isEmpty())
      return QString::null;
 
   if (q[0] == '?')
      q = q.mid(1);
 
   QStringList args = QStringList::split('&', q);
   for(QStringList::ConstIterator it = args.begin();
       it != args.end();
       ++it)
   {
       QString s = decode_string(*it);
       if (s.startsWith("charset="))
          return s.mid(8);
   }
   return QString::null;
 }
 
 bool KURL::hasSubURL() const
 {
   if ( m_strProtocol.isEmpty() || m_bIsMalformed )
     return false;
   if (m_strRef_encoded.isEmpty())
      return false;
   if (m_strRef_encoded.startsWith("gzip:"))
      return true;
   if (m_strRef_encoded.startsWith("bzip:"))
      return true;
   if (m_strRef_encoded.startsWith("bzip2:"))
      return true;
   if (m_strRef_encoded.startsWith("tar:"))
      return true;
   if ( m_strProtocol == "error" ) // anything that starts with error: has suburls
      return true;
   return false;
 }
 
 QString KURL::url( int _trailing, int encoding_hint ) const
 {
   if( m_bIsMalformed )
   {
     // Return the whole url even when the url is
     // malformed.  Under such conditions the url
     // is stored in m_strProtocol.
     return m_strProtocol;
   }
 
   QString u = m_strProtocol;
   if (!u.isEmpty())
      u += ":";
 
   if ( hasHost() )
   {
     u += "//";
     if ( hasUser() )
     {
       u += encode(m_strUser, true, encoding_hint);
       if ( hasPass() )
       {
         u += ":";
         u += encode(m_strPass, true, encoding_hint);
       }
       u += "@";
     }
     bool IPv6 = (m_strHost.find(':') != -1);
     if (IPv6)
        u += '[' + m_strHost + ']';
     else
        u += encodeHost(m_strHost, true, encoding_hint);
     if ( m_iPort != 0 ) {
       QString buffer;
       buffer.sprintf( ":%u", m_iPort );
       u += buffer;
     }
   }
 
   u += encodedPathAndQuery( _trailing, false, encoding_hint );
 
   if ( hasRef() )
   {
     u += "#";
     u += m_strRef_encoded;
   }
 
   return u;
 }
 
 QString KURL::prettyURL( int _trailing ) const
 {
   if( m_bIsMalformed )
   {
     // Return the whole url even when the url is
     // malformed.  Under such conditions the url
     // is stored in m_strProtocol.
     return m_strProtocol;
   }
 
   QString u = m_strProtocol;
   if (!u.isEmpty())
      u += ":";
 
   if ( hasHost() )
   {
     u += "//";
     if ( hasUser() )
     {
       u += lazy_encode(m_strUser);
       // Don't show password!
       u += "@";
     }
     bool IPv6 = (m_strHost.find(':') != -1);
     if (IPv6)
     {
        u += '[' + m_strHost + ']';
     }
     else
     {
        u += lazy_encode(m_strHost);
     }
     if ( m_iPort != 0 ) {
       QString buffer;
       buffer.sprintf( ":%u", m_iPort );
       u += buffer;
     }
   }
 
   u += trailingSlash( _trailing, lazy_encode( m_strPath ) );
   if (!m_strQuery_encoded.isNull())
       u += '?' + m_strQuery_encoded;
 
   if ( hasRef() )
   {
     u += "#";
     u += m_strRef_encoded;
   }
 
   return u;
 }
 
 QString KURL::prettyURL( int _trailing, AdjustementFlags _flags) const
 {
 	QString u = prettyURL(_trailing);
 	if (_flags & StripFileProtocol && u.startsWith("file:"))
 		u.remove(0, 5);
 	return u;
 }
 
 QString KURL::htmlURL() const
 {
 //US QStyleSheet::escape was not in my Qt distribution. Why ???
 //US  return QStyleSheet::escape(prettyURL());
   return prettyURL();
 }
 
 KURL::List KURL::split( const KURL& _url )
 {
   QString ref;
   KURL::List lst;
   KURL url = _url;
 
   while(true)
   {
      KURL u = url;
      u.m_strRef_encoded = QString::null;
      lst.append(u);
      if (url.hasSubURL())
      {
         url = KURL(url.m_strRef_encoded);
      }
      else
      {
         ref = url.m_strRef_encoded;
         break;
      }
   }
 
   // Set HTML ref in all URLs.
   KURL::List::Iterator it;
   for( it = lst.begin() ; it != lst.end(); ++it )
   {
      (*it).m_strRef_encoded = ref;
   }
 
   return lst;
 }
 
 KURL::List KURL::split( const QString& _url )
 {
   return split(KURL(_url));
 }
 
 KURL KURL::join( const KURL::List & lst )
 {
   if (lst.isEmpty()) return KURL();
   KURL tmp;
 
   KURL::List::ConstIterator first = lst.fromLast();
   for( KURL::List::ConstIterator it = first; it != lst.end(); --it )
   {
      KURL u(*it);
      if (it != first)
      {
-        if (!u.m_strRef_encoded) u.m_strRef_encoded = tmp.url();
+        if (u.m_strRef_encoded.isEmpty()) u.m_strRef_encoded = tmp.url();
         else u.m_strRef_encoded += "#" + tmp.url(); // Support more than one suburl thingy
      }
      tmp = u;
   }
 
   return tmp;
 }
 
 QString KURL::fileName( bool _strip_trailing_slash ) const
 {
   QString fname;
   if (hasSubURL()) { // If we have a suburl, then return the filename from there
     KURL::List list = KURL::split(*this);
     KURL::List::Iterator it = list.fromLast();
     return (*it).fileName(_strip_trailing_slash);
   }
   const QString &path = m_strPath;
 
   int len = path.length();
   if ( len == 0 )
     return fname;
 
   if ( _strip_trailing_slash )
   {
     while ( len >= 1 && path[ len - 1 ] == '/' )
       len--;
   }
   else if ( path[ len - 1 ] == '/' )
     return fname;
 
   // Does the path only consist of '/' characters ?
   if ( len == 1 && path[ 0 ] == '/' )
     return fname;
 
   // Skip last n slashes
   int n = 1;
   if (!m_strPath_encoded.isEmpty())
   {
      // This is hairy, we need the last unencoded slash.
      // Count in the encoded string how many encoded slashes follow the last
      // unencoded one.
      int i = m_strPath_encoded.findRev( '/', len - 1 );
      QString fileName_encoded = m_strPath_encoded.mid(i+1);
-     n += fileName_encoded.contains("%2f", false);
+     n += fileName_encoded.count("%2f", Qt::CaseInsensitive);
   }
   int i = len;
   do {
     i = path.findRev( '/', i - 1 );
   }
   while (--n && (i > 0));
 
   // If ( i == -1 ) => the first character is not a '/'
   // So it's some URL like file:blah.tgz, return the whole path
   if ( i == -1 ) {
     if ( len == (int)path.length() )
       fname = path;
     else
       // Might get here if _strip_trailing_slash is true
       fname = path.left( len );
   }
   else
   {
      fname = path.mid( i + 1, len - i - 1 ); // TO CHECK
   }
   return fname;
 }
 
 void KURL::addPath( const QString& _txt )
 {
   if (hasSubURL())
   {
      KURL::List lst = split( *this );
      KURL &u = lst.last();
      u.addPath(_txt);
      *this = join( lst );
      return;
   }
   
   m_strPath_encoded = QString::null;
 
   if ( _txt.isEmpty() )
     return;
 
   int i = 0;
   int len = m_strPath.length();
   // NB: avoid three '/' when building a new path from nothing
   if ( len == 0 ) {
     while( _txt[i] == '/' ) ++i;
   }
   // Add the trailing '/' if it is missing
   else if ( _txt[0] != '/' && ( len == 0 || m_strPath[ len - 1 ] != '/' ) )
     m_strPath += "/";
 
   // No double '/' characters
   i = 0;
   if ( len != 0 && m_strPath[ len - 1 ] == '/' )
   {
     while( _txt[i] == '/' )
       ++i;
   }
 
   m_strPath += _txt.mid( i );
 }
 
 QString KURL::directory( bool _strip_trailing_slash_from_result,
                          bool _ignore_trailing_slash_in_path ) const
 {
   QString result = m_strPath_encoded.isEmpty() ? m_strPath : m_strPath_encoded;
   if ( _ignore_trailing_slash_in_path )
     result = trailingSlash( -1, result );
 
   if ( result.isEmpty() || result == "/" )
     return result;
 
   int i = result.findRev( "/" );
   // If ( i == -1 ) => the first character is not a '/'
   // So it's some URL like file:blah.tgz, with no path
   if ( i == -1 )
     return QString::null;
 
   if ( i == 0 )
   {
     result = "/";
     return result;
   }
 
   if ( _strip_trailing_slash_from_result )
     result = result.left( i );
   else
     result = result.left( i + 1 );
 
   if (!m_strPath_encoded.isEmpty())
     result = decode(result);
 
   return result;
 }
 
 
 bool KURL::cd( const QString& _dir )
 {
   if ( _dir.isEmpty() || m_bIsMalformed )
     return false;
 
   if (hasSubURL())
   {
      KURL::List lst = split( *this );
      KURL &u = lst.last();
      u.cd(_dir);
      *this = join( lst );
      return true;
   }
 
   // absolute path ?
   if ( _dir[0] == '/' )
   {
     m_strPath_encoded = QString::null;
     m_strPath = _dir;
     setHTMLRef( QString::null );
     m_strQuery_encoded = QString::null;
     return true;
   }
 
   // Users home directory on the local disk ?
   if ( ( _dir[0] == '~' ) && ( m_strProtocol == fileProt ))
   {
     m_strPath_encoded = QString::null;
     m_strPath = QDir::homeDirPath();
     m_strPath += "/";
     m_strPath += _dir.right(m_strPath.length() - 1);
     setHTMLRef( QString::null );
     m_strQuery_encoded = QString::null;
     return true;
   }
 
   // relative path
   // we always work on the past of the first url.
   // Sub URLs are not touched.
 
   // append '/' if necessary
   QString p = path(1);
   p += _dir;
   p = cleanpath( p );
   setPath( p );
 
   setHTMLRef( QString::null );
   m_strQuery_encoded = QString::null;
 
   return true;
 }
 
 KURL KURL::upURL( ) const
 {
   if (!query().isEmpty())
   {
      KURL u(*this);
      u.setQuery(QString::null);
      return u;
   };
 
   if (!hasSubURL())
   {
      KURL u(*this);
      u.cd("../");
      return u;
   }
 
   // We have a subURL.
   KURL::List lst = split( *this );
   if (lst.isEmpty())
       return KURL(); // Huh?
   while (true)
   {
      KURL &u = lst.last();
      QString old = u.path();
      u.cd("../");
      if (u.path() != old)
          break; // Finshed.
      if (lst.count() == 1)
          break; // Finished.
      lst.remove(lst.fromLast());
   }
   return join( lst );
 }
 
 QString KURL::htmlRef() const
 {
   if ( !hasSubURL() )
   {
     return decode( ref() );
   }
 
   List lst = split( *this );
   return decode( (*lst.begin()).ref() );
 }
 
 QString KURL::encodedHtmlRef() const
 {
   if ( !hasSubURL() )
   {
     return ref();
   }
 
   List lst = split( *this );
   return (*lst.begin()).ref();
 }
 
 void KURL::setHTMLRef( const QString& _ref )
 {
   if ( !hasSubURL() )
   {
     m_strRef_encoded = encode( _ref, true, 0 /*?*/);
     return;
   }
 
   List lst = split( *this );
 
   (*lst.begin()).setRef( encode( _ref, true, 0 /*?*/) );
 
   *this = join( lst );
 }
 
 bool KURL::hasHTMLRef() const
 {
   if ( !hasSubURL() )
   {
     return hasRef();
   }
 
   List lst = split( *this );
   return (*lst.begin()).hasRef();
 }
 
 void
 KURL::setProtocol( const QString& _txt )
 {
    m_strProtocol = _txt;
    m_bIsMalformed = false;
 }
 
 void
 KURL::setUser( const QString& _txt )
 {
    m_strUser = _txt;
 }
 
 void
 KURL::setPass( const QString& _txt )
 {
    m_strPass = _txt;
 }
 
 void
 KURL::setHost( const QString& _txt )
 {
 #ifndef KDE_QT_ONLY
    m_strHost = KIDNA::toUnicode(_txt);
    if (m_strHost.isEmpty())
       m_strHost = _txt.lower(); // Probably an invalid hostname, but...
 #else
    m_strHost = _txt.lower();
 #endif
 }
 
 void
 KURL::setPort( unsigned short int _p )
 {
    m_iPort = _p;
 }
 
 void KURL::setPath( const QString & path )
 {
   if (isEmpty())
     m_bIsMalformed = false;
   if (m_strProtocol.isEmpty())
   {
     m_strProtocol = fileProt;
   }
   m_strPath = path;
   m_strPath_encoded = QString::null;
 }
 
 void KURL::setDirectory( const QString &dir)
 {
 //US this has to be fixed. endsWith is not available in my distribution
 //US  if ( dir.endsWith("/"))
 //US     setPath(dir);
 //US  else
      setPath(dir+"/");
 }
 
 void KURL::setQuery( const QString &_txt, int encoding_hint)
 {
    if (!_txt.length())
    {
       m_strQuery_encoded = _txt;
       return;
    }
    if (_txt[0] =='?')
       m_strQuery_encoded = _txt.mid(1);
    else
       m_strQuery_encoded = _txt;
 
    int l = m_strQuery_encoded.length();
    int i = 0;
    QString result;
    while (i < l)
    {
       int s = i;
       // Re-encode. Break encoded string up according to the reserved
       // characters '&:;=/?' and re-encode part by part.
       while(i < l)
       {
          char c = m_strQuery_encoded[i].latin1();
          if ((c == '&') || (c == ':') || (c == ';') ||
              (c == '=') || (c == '/') || (c == '?'))
             break;
          i++;
       }
       if (i > s)
       {
          QString tmp = m_strQuery_encoded.mid(s, i-s);
          QString newTmp;
          decode( tmp, newTmp, tmp, encoding_hint, false );
          result += tmp;
       }
       if (i < l)
       {
          result += m_strQuery_encoded[i];
          i++;
       }
    }
    m_strQuery_encoded = result;
 }
 
 QString KURL::query() const
 {
     if (m_strQuery_encoded.isNull())
         return QString::null;
     return '?'+m_strQuery_encoded;
 }
 
 QString KURL::decode_string(const QString &str, int encoding_hint)
 {
    return decode(str, encoding_hint);
 }
 
 QString KURL::encode_string(const QString &str, int encoding_hint)
 {
    return encode(str, false, encoding_hint);
 }
 
 QString KURL::encode_string_no_slash(const QString &str, int encoding_hint)
 {
    return encode(str, true, encoding_hint);
 }
 
 bool urlcmp( const QString& _url1, const QString& _url2 )
 {
   // Both empty ?
   if ( _url1.isEmpty() && _url2.isEmpty() )
     return true;
   // Only one empty ?
   if ( _url1.isEmpty() || _url2.isEmpty() )
     return false;
 
   KURL::List list1 = KURL::split( _url1 );
   KURL::List list2 = KURL::split( _url2 );
 
   // Malformed ?
   if ( list1.isEmpty() || list2.isEmpty() )
     return false;
 
   return ( list1 == list2 );
 }
 
 bool urlcmp( const QString& _url1, const QString& _url2, bool _ignore_trailing, bool _ignore_ref )
 {
   // Both empty ?
   if ( _url1.isEmpty() && _url2.isEmpty() )
     return true;
   // Only one empty ?
   if ( _url1.isEmpty() || _url2.isEmpty() )
     return false;
 
   KURL::List list1 = KURL::split( _url1 );
   KURL::List list2 = KURL::split( _url2 );
 
   // Malformed ?
   if ( list1.isEmpty() || list2.isEmpty() )
     return false;
 
   unsigned int size = list1.count();
   if ( list2.count() != size )
     return false;
 
   if ( _ignore_ref )
   {
     (*list1.begin()).setRef(QString::null);
     (*list2.begin()).setRef(QString::null);
   }
 
   KURL::List::Iterator it1 = list1.begin();
   KURL::List::Iterator it2 = list2.begin();
   for( ; it1 != list1.end() ; ++it1, ++it2 )
     if ( !(*it1).equals( *it2, _ignore_trailing ) )
       return false;
 
   return true;
 }
 /*US we do not need this functions
 
 QMap< QString, QString > KURL::queryItems( int options ) const {
   return queryItems(options, 0);
 }
 
 QMap< QString, QString > KURL::queryItems( int options, int encoding_hint ) const {
   if ( m_strQuery_encoded.isEmpty() )
     return QMap<QString,QString>();
 
   QMap< QString, QString > result;
   QStringList items = QStringList::split( '&', m_strQuery_encoded );
   for ( QStringList::const_iterator it = items.begin() ; it != items.end() ; ++it ) {
     int equal_pos = (*it).find( '=' );
     if ( equal_pos > 0 ) { // = is not the first char...
       QString name = (*it).left( equal_pos );
       if ( options & CaseInsensitiveKeys )
 	name = name.lower();
       QString value = (*it).mid( equal_pos + 1 );
       if ( value.isEmpty() )
 	result.insert( name, QString::fromLatin1("") );
       else {
 	// ### why is decoding name not neccessary?
 	value.replace( '+', ' ' ); // + in queries means space
 	result.insert( name, decode_string( value, encoding_hint ) );
       }
     } else if ( equal_pos < 0 ) { // no =
       QString name = (*it);
       if ( options & CaseInsensitiveKeys )
 	name = name.lower();
       result.insert( name, QString::null );
     }
   }
 
   return result;
 }
 
 QString KURL::queryItem( const QString& _item ) const
 {
   return queryItem( _item, 0 );
 }
 
 QString KURL::queryItem( const QString& _item, int encoding_hint ) const
 {
   QString item = _item + '=';
   if ( m_strQuery_encoded.length() <= 1 )
     return QString::null;
 
   QStringList items = QStringList::split( '&', m_strQuery_encoded );
   unsigned int _len = item.length();
   for ( QStringList::ConstIterator it = items.begin(); it != items.end(); ++it )
   {
     if ( (*it).startsWith( item ) )
     {
       if ( (*it).length() > _len )
       {
         QString str = (*it).mid( _len );
         str.replace( '+', ' ' ); // + in queries means space.
         return decode_string( str, encoding_hint );
       }
       else // empty value
         return QString::fromLatin1("");
     }
   }
 
   return QString::null;
 }
 US we do not need this functions*/
 
 void KURL::removeQueryItem( const QString& _item )
 {
   QString item = _item + '=';
   if ( m_strQuery_encoded.length() <= 1 )
     return;
 
   QStringList items = QStringList::split( '&', m_strQuery_encoded );
   for ( QStringList::Iterator it = items.begin(); it != items.end(); )
   {
     if ( (*it).startsWith( item ) || (*it == _item) )
     {
       QStringList::Iterator deleteIt = it;
       ++it;
       items.remove(deleteIt);
     }
     else
     {
        ++it;
     }
   }
   m_strQuery_encoded = items.join( "&" );
 }
 
 void KURL::addQueryItem( const QString& _item, const QString& _value, int encoding_hint )
 {
   QString item = _item + '=';
   QString value = encode( _value, true, encoding_hint );
 
   if (!m_strQuery_encoded.isEmpty())
      m_strQuery_encoded += '&';
   m_strQuery_encoded += item + value;
 }
 
 // static
 KURL KURL::fromPathOrURL( const QString& text )
 {
     if ( text.isEmpty() )
         return KURL();
     
     KURL url;
     if ( text[0] == '/' )
         url.setPath( text );
     else
         url = text;
 
     return url;
 }
diff --git a/microkde/kurl.h b/microkde/kurl.h
index cd65a1c..016eb24 100644
--- a/microkde/kurl.h
+++ b/microkde/kurl.h
@@ -1,853 +1,855 @@
 /* This file is part of the KDE libraries
  *  Copyright (C) 1999 Torben Weis <weis@kde.org>
  *
  *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
  *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
  *  License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
  *  version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
  *
  *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
  *  Library General Public License for more details.
  *
  *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
  *  along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
  *  the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
  *  Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
  **/
 
 #ifndef __kurl_h__
 #define __kurl_h__ "$Id$"
 
 #include <qstring.h>
-#include <qvaluelist.h>
+#include <q3valuelist.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3CString>
 
-class QUrl;
+class Q3Url;
 class QStringList;
 template <typename K, typename V> class QMap;
 
 class KURLPrivate;
 /**
  * Represents and parses a URL.
  *
  * A prototypical URL looks like:
  * <pre>
  *   protocol:/user:password\@hostname:port/path/to/file.ext#reference
  * </pre>
  *
  * KURL has some restrictions regarding the path
  * encoding. KURL works internally with the decoded path and
  * and encoded query. For example,
  * <pre>
  * http://localhost/cgi-bin/test%20me.pl?cmd=Hello%20you
  * </pre>
  * would result in a decoded path "/cgi-bin/test me.pl"
  * and in the encoded query "?cmd=Hello%20you".
  * Since path is internally always encoded you may @em not use
  * "%00" in the path, although this is OK for the query.
  *
  *  @author  Torben Weis <weis@kde.org>
  */
 class KURL
 {
 public:
   enum AdjustementFlags
   {
     NoAdjustements = 0,
     StripFileProtocol = 1
   };
 
   /**
    * KURL::List is a QValueList that contains KURLs with a few
    * convenience methods.
    * @see KURL
    * @see QValueList
    */
-  class List : public QValueList<KURL>
+  class List : public Q3ValueList<KURL>
   {
   public:
     /**
      * Creates an empty List.
      */
       List() { }
       /**
        * Creates a list that contains the given URL as only
        * item.
        * @param url the url to add.
        */
       List(const KURL &url);
       /**
        * Creates a list that contains the URLs from the given
        * list.
        * @param list the list containing the URLs as strings
        */
       List(const QStringList &list);
       /**
        * Converts the URLs of this list to a list of strings.
        * @return the list of strings
        */
       QStringList toStringList() const;
   };
   /**
    * Constructs an empty URL.
    */
   KURL();
 
   /**
    * Destructs the KURL object.
    */
   ~KURL();
 
   /**
    * Usual constructor, to construct from a string.
    * @param url A URL, not a filename. If the URL does not have a protocol
    *             part, "file:" is assumed.
    *             It is dangerous to feed unix filenames into this function,
    *             this will work most of the time but not always.
    *             For example "/home/Torben%20Weis" will be considered a URL
    *             pointing to the file "/home/Torben Weis" instead of to the
    *             file "/home/Torben%20Weis".
    *             This means that if you have a usual UNIX like path you
    *             should not use this constructor.
    *             Instead create an empty url and set the path by using
    *             @ref setPath().
    * @param encoding_hint MIB of original encoding of URL.
    *             @see QTextCodec::mibEnum()
    */
   KURL( const QString& url, int encoding_hint = 0 );
   /**
    * Constructor taking a char * @p url, which is an _encoded_ representation
    * of the URL, exactly like the usual constructor. This is useful when
    * then URL, in its encoded form, is strictly ascii.
    * @param url A encoded URL. If the URL does not have a protocol part,
    *            "file:" is assumed.
    * @param encoding_hint MIB of original encoding of URL.
    * @see QTextCodec::mibEnum()
    */
   KURL( const char * url, int encoding_hint = 0 );
   /**
    * Constructor taking a QCString @p url, which is an _encoded_ representation
    * of the URL, exactly like the usual constructor. This is useful when
    * then URL, in its encoded form, is strictly ascii.
    * @param url A encoded URL. If the URL does not have a protocol part,
    *            "file:" is assumed.
    * @param encoding_hint MIB of original encoding of URL.
    * @see QTextCodec::mibEnum()
    */
-  KURL( const QCString& url, int encoding_hint = 0 );
+  KURL( const Q3CString& url, int encoding_hint = 0 );
   /**
    * Copy constructor.
    * @param u the KURL to copy
    */
   KURL( const KURL& u );
   /**
    * Converts from a @ref QUrl.
    * @param u the QUrl
    */
-  KURL( const QUrl &u );
+  KURL( const Q3Url &u );
   /**
    * Constructor allowing relative URLs.
    *
    * @param _baseurl The base url.
    * @param _rel_url A relative or absolute URL.
    * If this is an absolute URL then @p _baseurl will be ignored.
    * If this is a relative URL it will be combined with @p _baseurl.
    * Note that _rel_url should be encoded too, in any case.
    * So do NOT pass a path here (use setPath or addPath instead).
    * @param encoding_hint MIB of original encoding of URL.
    *             @see QTextCodec::mibEnum()
    */
   KURL( const KURL& _baseurl, const QString& _rel_url, int encoding_hint=0 );
 
   /**
    * Returns the protocol for the URL (i.e., file, http, etc.).
    * @return the protocol of the URL, does not include the colon. If the
    *         URL is malformed, QString::null will be returned.
    **/
   QString protocol() const { return m_bIsMalformed ? QString::null : m_strProtocol; }
   /**
    * Sets the protocol for the URL (i.e., file, http, etc.)
    * @param _txt the new protocol of the URL (without colon)
    **/
   void setProtocol( const QString& _txt );
 
   /**
    * Returns the decoded user name (login, user id, ...) included in the URL.
    * @return the user name or QString::null if there is no user name
    **/
   QString user() const { return m_strUser; }
   /**
    * Sets the user name (login, user id, ...) included in the URL.
    *
    * Special characters in the user name will appear encoded in the URL.
    * @param _txt the name of the user or QString::null to remove the user
    **/
   void setUser( const QString& _txt );
   /**
    * Test to see if this URL has a user name included in it.
    * @return true if the URL has an non-empty user name
    **/
   bool hasUser() const { return !m_strUser.isEmpty(); }
 
   /**
    * Returns the decoded password (corresponding to \ref user()) included in the URL.
    * @return the password or QString::null if it does not exist
    **/
   QString pass() const { return m_strPass; }
   /**
    * Sets the password (corresponding to @ref user()) included in the URL.
    *
    * Special characters in the password will appear encoded in the URL.
    * Note that a password can only appear in a URL string if you also set
    * a user.
    * @param _txt the password to set or QString::null to remove the password
    * @see #setUser
    * @see #hasUser
    **/
   void setPass( const QString& _txt );
   /**
    * Test to see if this URL has a password included in it.
    * @return true if there is a non-empty password set
    **/
   bool hasPass() const { return !m_strPass.isEmpty(); }
 
   /**
    * Returns the decoded hostname included in the URL.
    * @return the name of the host or QString::null if no host is set
    **/
   QString host() const { return m_strHost; }
 
   /**
    * Sets the hostname included in the URL.
    *
    * Special characters in the hostname will appear encoded in the URL.
    * @param _txt the new name of the host or QString::null to remove the host
    **/
   void setHost( const QString& _txt );
   /**
    * Test to see if this URL has a hostname included in it.
    * @return true if the URL has a host
    **/
   bool hasHost() const { return !m_strHost.isEmpty(); }
 
   /**
    * Returns the port number included in the URL.
    * @return the port number. If there is no port number specified in the
    *         URL, returns 0.
    **/
   unsigned short int port() const { return m_iPort; }
   /**
    * Sets the port number included in the URL.
    * @param _p the new port number or 0 to have no port number
    **/
   void setPort( unsigned short int _p );
 
   /**
    * Returns the current decoded path. This does @em not include the query.
    * @return the path of the URL (without query), or QString::null if no
    *         path set.
    */
   QString path() const  { return m_strPath; }
 
   /**
    * @param _trailing May be ( -1, 0 +1 ). -1 strips a trailing '/', +1 adds
    *                  a trailing '/' if there is none yet and 0 returns the
    *                  path unchanged. If the URL has no path, then no '/' is added
    *                  anyway. And on the other side: If the path is "/", then this
    *                  character won't be stripped. Reason: "ftp://weis\@host" means something
    *                  completely different than "ftp://weis\@host/". So adding or stripping
    *                  the '/' would really alter the URL, while "ftp://host/path" and
    *                  "ftp://host/path/" mean the same directory.
    *
    * @return The current decoded path. This does not include the query. Can
    *         be QString::null if no path is set.
    */
   QString path( int _trailing ) const;
 
   /**
    * Sets the path of the URL. The query is not changed by this function.
    *
    * @param path The new path. This is considered to be decoded. This
    *             means: %3f does not become decoded
    *             and the ? does not indicate the start of the query part.
    *             Can be QString::null to delete the path.
    */
   void setPath( const QString& path );
 
   /**
    * Test to see if this URL has a path is included in it.
    * @return true if there is a path
    **/
   bool hasPath() const { return !m_strPath.isEmpty(); }
 
   /**
    * Resolves "." and ".." components in path.
    * Some servers seem not to like the removal of extra '/'
    * even though it is against the specification in RFC 2396.
    *
    * @param cleanDirSeparator if true, occurrances of consecutive
    * directory separators (e.g. /foo//bar) are cleaned up as well.
    */
   void cleanPath(bool cleanDirSeparator = true);
 
   /**
    * Add or remove a trailing slash to/from the path.
    * @param _trailing May be ( -1, 0 +1 ). -1 strips a trailing '/', +1 adds
    *                  a trailing '/' if there is none yet and 0 returns the
    *                  path unchanged. If the URL has no path, then no '/' is added
    *                  anyway. And on the other side: If the path is "/", then this
    *                  character won't be stripped. Reason: "ftp://weis\@host" means something
    *                  completely different than "ftp://weis\@host/". So adding or stripping
    *                  the '/' would really alter the URL, while "ftp://host/path" and
    *                  "ftp://host/path/" mean the same directory.
    */
   void adjustPath(int _trailing);
 
   /**
    * This is useful for HTTP. It looks first for '?' and decodes then.
    * The encoded path is the concatenation of the current path and the query.
    * @param _txt the new path and query.
    * @param encoding_hint MIB of original encoding of @p _txt .
    * @see QTextCodec::mibEnum()
    */
   void setEncodedPathAndQuery( const QString& _txt, int encoding_hint = 0 );
 
   /**
    * Sets the (already encoded) path
    * @param _txt the new path
    * @param encoding_hint MIB of original encoding of @p _txt .
    * @see QTextCodec::mibEnum()
    */
   void setEncodedPath(const QString& _txt, int encoding_hint = 0 );
 
   /**
    * Returns the encoded path and the query.
    *
    * @param _trailing May be ( -1, 0 +1 ). -1 strips a trailing '/', +1 adds
    *                  a trailing '/' if there is none yet and 0 returns the
    *                  path unchanged. If the URL has no path, then no '/' is added
    *                  anyway. And on the other side: If the path is "/", then this
    *                  character won't be stripped. Reason: "ftp://weis\@host" means something
    *                  completely different than "ftp://weis\@host/". So adding or stripping
    *                  the '/' would really alter the URL, while "ftp://host/path" and
    *                  "ftp://host/path/" mean the same directory.
    * @param _no_empty_path If set to true then an empty path is substituted by "/".
    * @param encoding_hint MIB of desired encoding of URL.
    *             @see QTextCodec::mibEnum()
    * @return The concatenation if the encoded path , '?' and the encoded query.
    *
    */
   QString encodedPathAndQuery( int _trailing = 0, bool _no_empty_path = false, int encoding_hint = 0) const;
 
   /**
    * @param _txt This is considered to be encoded. This has a good reason:
    * The query may contain the 0 character.
    *
    * The query should start with a '?'. If it doesn't '?' is prepended.
    * @param encoding_hint Reserved, should be 0.
    * @see QTextCodec::mibEnum()
    */
   void setQuery( const QString& _txt, int encoding_hint = 0);
 
   /**
    * Returns the query of the URL.
    * The query may contain the 0 character.
    * If a query is present it always starts with a '?'.
    * A single '?' means an empty query.
    * An empty string means no query.
    * @return The encoded query, or QString::null if there is none.
    */
   QString query() const;
 
   /**
    * The reference is @em never decoded automatically.
    * @return the undecoded reference, or QString::null if there is none
    */
   QString ref() const { return m_strRef_encoded; }
 
   /**
    * Sets the reference part (everything after '#').
    * @param _txt The encoded reference (or QString::null to remove it).
    */
   void setRef( const QString& _txt ) { m_strRef_encoded = _txt; }
 
   /**
    * Checks whether the URL has a reference part.
    * @return true if the URL has a reference part. In a URL like
    *         http://www.kde.org/kdebase.tar#tar:/README it would
    *         return true, too.
    */
   bool hasRef() const { return !m_strRef_encoded.isNull(); }
 
   /**
    * Returns the HTML reference (the part of the URL after "#").
    * @return The HTML-style reference.
    * @see #split
    * @see #hasSubURL
    * @see #encodedHtmlRef
    */
   QString htmlRef() const;
 
   /**
    * Returns the HTML reference (the part of the URL after "#") in
    * encoded form.
    * @return The HTML-style reference in its original form.
    */
   QString encodedHtmlRef() const;
 
   /**
    * Sets the HTML-style reference.
    *
    * @param _ref The new reference. This is considered to be @em not encoded in
    *         contrast to @ref setRef(). Use QString::null to remove it.
    * @see htmlRef()
    */
   void setHTMLRef( const QString& _ref );
 
   /**
    * Checks whether there is a HTML reference.
    * @return true if the URL has an HTML-style reference.
    * @see htmlRef()
    */
   bool hasHTMLRef() const;
 
   /**
    * Checks whether the URL is well formed.
    * @return false if the URL is malformed. This function does @em not test
    *         whether sub URLs are well-formed, too.
    */
   bool isValid() const  { return !m_bIsMalformed; }
   /**
    * @deprecated
    */
   bool isMalformed() const { return !isValid(); }
 
   /**
    * Checks whether the file is local.
    * @return true if the file is a plain local file and has no filter protocols
    *         attached to it.
    */
   bool isLocalFile() const;
 
   /**
    * Adds encoding information to url by adding a "charset" parameter. If there
    * is already a charset parameter, it will be replaced.
    * @param encoding the encoding to add or QString::null to remove the
    *                 encoding.
    */
   void setFileEncoding(const QString &encoding);
 
   /**
    * Returns encoding information from url, the content of the "charset"
    * parameter.
    * @return An encoding suitable for QTextCodec::codecForName()
    *         or QString::null if not encoding was specified.
    */
   QString fileEncoding() const;
 
   /**
    * Checks whether the URL has any sub URLs. See @ref #split()
    * for examples for sub URLs.
    * @return true if the file has at least one sub URL.
    * @see #split
    */
   bool hasSubURL() const;
 
   /**
    * Adds to the current path.
    * Assumes that the current path is a directory. @p _txt is appended to the
    * current path. The function adds '/' if needed while concatenating.
    * This means it does not matter whether the current path has a trailing
    * '/' or not. If there is none, it becomes appended. If @p _txt
    * has a leading '/' then this one is stripped.
    *
    * @param _txt The text to add. It is considered to be decoded.
    */
   void addPath( const QString& _txt );
 
   /**
    * Returns the value of a certain query item.
    *
    * @param _item Item whose value we want
    * @param encoding_hint MIB of encoding of query.
    *
    * @return the value of the given query item name or QString::null if the
    * specified item does not exist.
    */
 /*US we do not need this functions
   QString queryItem( const QString& _item ) const;
   QString queryItem( const QString& _item, int encoding_hint ) const;
 */
   /**
    * Options for @ref #queryItems. Currently, only one option is
    * defined:
    *
    * @param CaseInsensitiveKeys normalize query keys to lowercase.
    *
    * @since 3.1
    **/
   enum QueryItemsOptions { CaseInsensitiveKeys = 1 };
 
   /**
    * Returns the list of query items as a map mapping keys to values.
    *
    * @param options any of @ref QueryItemsOptions <em>or</or>ed together.
    * @param encoding_hint MIB of encoding of query.
    *
    * @return the map of query items or the empty map if the url has no
    * query items.
    *
    * @since 3.1
    */
   QMap< QString, QString > queryItems( int options=0 ) const;
   QMap< QString, QString > queryItems( int options, int encoding_hint ) const;
 
   /**
    * Add an additional query item.
    * To replace an existing query item, the item should first be
    * removed with @ref removeQueryItem()
    *
    * @param _item Name of item to add
    * @param _value Value of item to add
    * @param encoding_hint MIB of encoding to use for _value.
    *             @see QTextCodec::mibEnum()
    */
   void addQueryItem( const QString& _item, const QString& _value, int encoding_hint = 0 );
 
   /**
    * Remove an item from the query.
    *
    * @param _item Item to be removed
    */
   void removeQueryItem( const QString& _item );
 
   /**
    * Sets the filename of the path.
    * In comparison to @ref addPath() this function does not assume that the current
    * path is a directory. This is only assumed if the current path ends with '/'.
    *
    * Any reference is reset.
    *
    * @param _txt The filename to be set. It is considered to be decoded. If the
    *             current path ends with '/' then @p _txt int just appended, otherwise
    *             all text behind the last '/' in the current path is erased and
    *             @p _txt is appended then. It does not matter whether @p _txt starts
    *             with '/' or not.
    */
   void setFileName( const QString&_txt );
 
   /**
    * Returns the filename of the path.
    * @param _ignore_trailing_slash_in_path This tells whether a trailing '/' should
    *        be ignored. This means that the function would return "torben" for
    *        <tt>file:/hallo/torben/</tt> and <tt>file:/hallo/torben</tt>.
    *        If the flag is set to false, then everything behind the last '/'
    *        is considered to be the filename.
    * @return The filename of the current path. The returned string is decoded. Null
    *         if there is no file (and thus no path).
    */
   QString fileName( bool _ignore_trailing_slash_in_path = true ) const;
 
   /**
    * Returns the directory of the path.
    * @param _strip_trailing_slash_from_result tells whether the returned result should end with '/' or not.
    *                                          If the path is empty or just "/" then this flag has no effect.
    * @param _ignore_trailing_slash_in_path means that <tt>file:/hallo/torben</tt> and
    *                                       <tt>file:/hallo/torben/"</tt> would both return <tt>/hallo/</tt>
    *                                       or <tt>/hallo</tt> depending on the other flag
    * @return The directory part of the current path. Everything between the last and the second last '/'
    *         is returned. For example <tt>file:/hallo/torben/</tt> would return "/hallo/torben/" while
    *         <tt>file:/hallo/torben</tt> would return "hallo/". The returned string is decoded. QString::null is returned when there is no path.
    */
   QString directory( bool _strip_trailing_slash_from_result = true,
 		     bool _ignore_trailing_slash_in_path = true ) const;
 
   /**
    * Set the directory to @p dir, leaving the filename empty.
    */
   void setDirectory(const QString &dir);
 
   /**
    * Changes the directory by descending into the given directory.
    * It is assumed the current URL represents a directory.
    * If @p dir starts with a "/" the
    * current URL will be "protocol://host/dir" otherwise @p _dir will
    * be appended to the path. @p _dir can be ".."
    * This function won't strip protocols. That means that when you are in
    * file:/dir/dir2/my.tgz#tar:/ and you do cd("..") you will
    * still be in file:/dir/dir2/my.tgz#tar:/
    *
    * @param _dir the directory to change to
    * @return true if successful
    */
   bool cd( const QString& _dir );
 
   /**
    * Returns the URL as string, with all escape sequences intact,
    * encoded in a given charset.
    * This is used in particular for encoding URLs in UTF-8 before using them
    * in a drag and drop operation.
    * Please note that the string returned by @ref url() will include
    * the password of the URL. If you want to show the URL to the 
    * user, use @ref prettyURL(). 
    *
    * @param _trailing This may be ( -1, 0 +1 ). -1 strips a trailing '/' from the path, +1 adds
    *                  a trailing '/' if there is none yet and 0 returns the
    *                  path unchanged.
    * @param encoding_hint MIB of encoding to use.
    * @return The complete URL, with all escape sequences intact, encoded
    * in a given charset.
    * @see QTextCodec::mibEnum()
    * @see prettyURL()
    */
   QString url( int _trailing = 0, int encoding_hint = 0) const;
 
   /**
    * Returns the URL as string in human-friendly format.
    * Example: 
    * <pre>
    * http://localhost:8080/test.cgi?test=hello world&name=fred
    * </pre>
    * @param _trailing -1 to strip a trailing '/' from the path, +1 adds
    *                  a trailing '/' if there is none yet and 0 returns the
    *                  path unchanged.
    * @return A human readable URL, with no non-necessary encodings/escaped
    * characters. Password will not be shown.
    * @see url()
    */
   QString prettyURL( int _trailing = 0) const;
 
 
   /**
    * Returns the URL as string, escaped for HTML.
    * @return A human readable URL, with no non-necessary encodings/escaped
    * characters which is html encoded for safe inclusion in html or
    * rich text. Password will not be shown.
    */
   QString htmlURL() const;
 
   /**
    * Returns the URL as string, escaped for HTML.
    * Example: 
    * <pre>
    * http://localhost:8080/test.cgi?test=hello world&name=fred
    * </pre>
    * @return A human readable URL, with no non-necessary encodings/escaped
    * characters. Password will not be shown.
    */
   QString prettyURL( int _trailing, AdjustementFlags _flags) const;
   // ### BIC: Merge the two above
 
   /**
    * Test to see if the KURL is empty.
    * @return true if the URL is empty
    **/
   bool isEmpty() const;
 
   /**
    * This function is useful to implement the "Up" button in a file manager for example.
    * @ref cd() never strips a sub-protocol. That means that if you are in
    * file:/home/x.tgz#gzip:/#tar:/ and hit the up button you expect to see
    * file:/home. The algorithm tries to go up on the right-most URL. If that is not
    * possible it strips the right most URL. It continues stripping URLs.
    * @return a URL that is a level higher
    */
   KURL upURL( ) const;
 
   KURL& operator=( const KURL& _u );
   KURL& operator=( const QString& _url );
   KURL& operator=( const char * _url );
-  KURL& operator=( const QUrl & u );
+  KURL& operator=( const Q3Url & u );
 
   bool operator==( const KURL& _u ) const;
   bool operator==( const QString& _u ) const;
   bool operator!=( const KURL& _u ) const { return !( *this == _u ); }
   bool operator!=( const QString& _u ) const { return !( *this == _u ); }
 
   /**
    * The same as equals(), just with a less obvious name.
    * Compares this url with @p u.
    * @param ignore_trailing set to true to ignore trailing '/' characters.
    * @return true if both urls are the same
    * @see operator==. This function should be used if you want to
    * ignore trailing '/' characters.
    * @deprecated
    */
   bool cmp( const KURL &u, bool ignore_trailing = false ) const;
 
   /**
    * Compares this url with @p u.
    * @param ignore_trailing set to true to ignore trailing '/' characters.
    * @return true if both urls are the same
    * @see operator==. This function should be used if you want to
    * ignore trailing '/' characters.
    * @since 3.1
    */
   bool equals( const KURL &u, bool ignore_trailing = false ) const;
 
   /**
    * Checks whether the given URL is parent of this URL.
    * For instance, ftp://host/dir/ is a parent of ftp://host/dir/subdir/subsubdir/.
    * @return true if this url is a parent of @p u (or the same URL as @p u)
    */
   bool isParentOf( const KURL& u ) const;
 
   /**
    * Splits nested URLs like file:/home/weis/kde.tgz#gzip:/#tar:/kdebase
    * A URL like http://www.kde.org#tar:/kde/README.hml#ref1 will be split in
    * http://www.kde.org and tar:/kde/README.html#ref1.
    * That means in turn that "#ref1" is an HTML-style reference and not a new sub URL.
    * Since HTML-style references mark
    * a certain position in a document this reference is appended to every URL.
    * The idea behind this is that browsers, for example, only look at the first URL while
    * the rest is not of interest to them.
    *
    *
    * @param _url The URL that has to be split.
    * @return An empty list on error or the list of split URLs.
    * @see #hasSubURL
    */
   static List split( const QString& _url );
 
   /**
    * Splits nested URLs like file:/home/weis/kde.tgz#gzip:/#tar:/kdebase
    * A URL like http://www.kde.org#tar:/kde/README.hml#ref1 will be split in
    * http://www.kde.org and tar:/kde/README.html#ref1.
    * That means in turn that "#ref1" is an HTML-style reference and not a new sub URL.
    * Since HTML-style references mark
    * a certain position in a document this reference is appended to every URL.
    * The idea behind this is that browsers, for example, only look at the first URL while
    * the rest is not of interest to them.
    *
    * @return An empty list on error or the list of split URLs.
    *
    * @param _url The URL that has to be split.
    * @see #hasSubURL
    */
   static List split( const KURL& _url );
 
   /**
    * Reverses @ref #split(). Only the first URL may have a reference. This reference
    * is considered to be HTML-like and is appended at the end of the resulting
    * joined URL.
    * @param _list the list to join
    * @return the joined URL
    */
   static KURL join( const List& _list );
 
   /**
    * Creates a KURL object from a QString representing either an absolute path
    * or a real URL. Use this method instead of
    * <pre>
    * QString someDir = ...
    * KURL url = someDir;
    * </pre>
    *
    * Otherwise some characters (e.g. the '#') won't be encoded properly.
    * @param text the string representation of the URL to convert
    * @return the new KURL
    * @since 3.1
    */
   static KURL fromPathOrURL( const QString& text );
 
 /**
    * Convenience function.
    *
    * Convert unicoded string to local encoding and use %-style
    * encoding for all common delimiters / non-ascii characters.
    * @param str String to encode (can be QString::null).
    * @param encoding_hint MIB of encoding to use.
    *             @see QTextCodec::mibEnum()
    * @return the encoded string
    **/
   static QString encode_string(const QString &str, int encoding_hint = 0);
 
   /**
    * Convenience function.
    *
    * Convert unicoded string to local encoding and use %-style
    * encoding for all common delimiters / non-ascii characters
    * as well as the slash '/'.
    * @param str String to encode
    * @param encoding_hint MIB of encoding to use.
    *             @see QTextCodec::mibEnum()
    **/
   static QString encode_string_no_slash(const QString &str, int encoding_hint = 0);
 
   /**
    * Convenience function.
    *
    * Decode %-style encoding and convert from local encoding to unicode.
    *
    * Reverse of encode_string()
    * @param str String to decode (can be QString::null).
    * @param encoding_hint MIB of original encoding of @p str .
    *             @see QTextCodec::mibEnum()
    **/
   static QString decode_string(const QString &str, int encoding_hint = 0);
 
   /**
    * Convenience function.
    *
    * Returns whether '_url' is likely to be a "relative" URL instead of
    * an "absolute" URL.
    * @param _url URL to examine
    * @return true when the URL is likely to be "relative", false otherwise.
    */
   static bool isRelativeURL(const QString &_url);
 
 #ifdef KDE_NO_COMPAT
 private:
 #endif
   QString filename( bool _ignore_trailing_slash_in_path = true ) const
   {
     return fileName(_ignore_trailing_slash_in_path);
   }
 
 protected:
   void reset();
   void parse( const QString& _url, int encoding_hint = 0);
 
 private:
   QString m_strProtocol;
   QString m_strUser;
   QString m_strPass;
   QString m_strHost;
   QString m_strPath;
   QString m_strRef_encoded;
   QString m_strQuery_encoded;
   bool m_bIsMalformed : 1;
   int freeForUse      : 7;
   unsigned short int m_iPort;
   QString m_strPath_encoded;
 
   friend QDataStream & operator<< (QDataStream & s, const KURL & a);
   friend QDataStream & operator>> (QDataStream & s, KURL & a);
 private:
   KURLPrivate* d;
 };
 
 /**
  * Compares URLs. They are parsed, split and compared.
  * Two malformed URLs with the same string representation
  * are nevertheless considered to be unequal.
  * That means no malformed URL equals anything else.
  */
 bool urlcmp( const QString& _url1, const QString& _url2 );
 
 /**
  * Compares URLs. They are parsed, split and compared.
  * Two malformed URLs with the same string representation
  * are nevertheless considered to be unequal.
  * That means no malformed URL equals anything else.
  *
  * @param _ignore_trailing Described in @ref KURL::cmp
  * @param _ignore_ref If true, disables comparison of HTML-style references.
  */
 bool urlcmp( const QString& _url1, const QString& _url2, bool _ignore_trailing, bool _ignore_ref );
 
 QDataStream & operator<< (QDataStream & s, const KURL & a);
 QDataStream & operator>> (QDataStream & s, KURL & a);
 
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/kutils/kcmultidialog.cpp b/microkde/kutils/kcmultidialog.cpp
index 9c87682..88f17e5 100644
--- a/microkde/kutils/kcmultidialog.cpp
+++ b/microkde/kutils/kcmultidialog.cpp
@@ -1,229 +1,231 @@
 /*
    Copyright (c) 2000 Matthias Elter <elter@kde.org>
    Copyright (c) 2003 Daniel Molkentin <molkentin@kde.org>
 
    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
    Library General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 
 */
 
-#include <qhbox.h>
-#include <qvbox.h>
+#include <q3hbox.h>
+#include <q3vbox.h>
 #include <qcursor.h>
 #include <qlayout.h>
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <QPixmap>
 
 #include <klocale.h>
 #include <kglobal.h>
 #include <kdebug.h>
 #include <kiconloader.h>
 #include <kmessagebox.h>
 //US #include <klibloader.h>
 #include <krun.h>
 #include <kprocess.h>
 #include <kglobalsettings.h>
 
 #include "kcmultidialog.h"
 //US #include "kcmultidialog.moc"
 //US #include "kcmoduleloader.h"
 
 KCMultiDialog::KCMultiDialog(const QString& baseGroup, QWidget *parent, const char *name, bool modal)
   : KDialogBase(IconList, i18n("Configure"), Default |Cancel | Apply | Ok, Ok,
                 parent, name, modal, true), d(0L)
 {   
     setFont( KGlobalSettings::generalMaxFont() );
     enableButton(Apply, false);
     //connect(this, SIGNAL(aboutToShowPage(QWidget *)), this, SLOT(slotAboutToShow(QWidget *)));
 
   connect( this, SIGNAL( defaultClicked() ), SLOT( slotDefault() ) );
 
   _baseGroup = baseGroup;
   mMainWidget = new KJanusWidget( this, "JanusWidget", KJanusWidget::Tabbed );
   setMainWidget(mMainWidget );
 #ifdef DESKTOP_VERSION
     resize(640,480);
 #else
     //resize(640,480);
     //setMaximumSize( KMIN(KGlobal::getDesktopWidth()-5, 640), KMIN(KGlobal::getDesktopHeight()-20, 480));
     resize(800,800);
     setMaximumSize( 800, 800 );
     //showMaximized();
 #endif
 
 }
 
 KCMultiDialog::~KCMultiDialog()
 {
 //US    moduleDict.setAutoDelete(true);
 }
 
 void KCMultiDialog::slotDefault()
 {
 
     int curPageIndex = activePageIndex();
 
-    QPtrListIterator<KCModule> it(modules);
+    Q3PtrListIterator<KCModule> it(modules);
     for (; it.current(); ++it)
     {
        if (pageIndex((QWidget *)(*it)->parent()) == curPageIndex)
        {
           (*it)->defaults();
           clientChanged(true);
           return;
        }
     }
 
 }
 void KCMultiDialog::accept()
 {
     slotOk();
 }
 void KCMultiDialog::slotApply()
 {
-    QPtrListIterator<KCModule> it(modules);
+    Q3PtrListIterator<KCModule> it(modules);
     for (; it.current(); ++it)
       (*it)->save();
     clientChanged(false);
 
     emit applyClicked();
 
 }
 
 
 void KCMultiDialog::slotOk()
 {
 qDebug("KCMultiDialog::slotOk clicked");
 
-    QPtrListIterator<KCModule> it(modules);
+    Q3PtrListIterator<KCModule> it(modules);
     for (; it.current(); ++it)
       (*it)->save();
     QDialog::accept();
 
     emit okClicked();
 }
 
 void KCMultiDialog::slotHelp()
 {
 /*US
     KURL url( KURL("help:/"), _docPath );
 
     if (url.protocol() == "help" || url.protocol() == "man" || url.protocol() == "info") {
         KProcess process;
         process << "khelpcenter"
                 << url.url();
         process.start(KProcess::DontCare);
 		process.detach();
     } else {
         new KRun(url);
     }
 */
 }
 
 void KCMultiDialog::clientChanged(bool state)
 {
     enableButton(Apply, state);
 }
 
 /*US
 void KCMultiDialog::addModule(const QString& path, bool withfallback)
 {
     kdDebug(1208) << "KCMultiDialog::addModule " << path << endl;
 
     KCModuleInfo info(path, _baseGroup);
 
     QHBox* page = addHBoxPage(info.moduleName(), info.comment(),
                               KGlobal::iconLoader()->loadIcon(info.icon(), KIcon::Desktop, KIcon::SizeMedium));
     if(!page) {
         KCModuleLoader::unloadModule(info);
         return;
     }
     moduleDict.insert(page, new LoadInfo(path, withfallback));
     if (modules.isEmpty())
        slotAboutToShow(page);
 }
 */
-QVBox * KCMultiDialog::getNewVBoxPage( const QString & modulename )
+Q3VBox * KCMultiDialog::getNewVBoxPage( const QString & modulename )
 {
-    QVBox *page = mMainWidget->addVBoxPage(modulename , QString::null,QPixmap() );
+    Q3VBox *page = mMainWidget->addVBoxPage(modulename , QString::null,QPixmap() );
     return page;
 
 }
 //US special method for microkde. We dop noty want to load everything dynamically.
 void KCMultiDialog::addModule(KCModule* module ) //, const QString& modulename, const QString& iconname)
 {
 
     modules.append(module);
     connect(module, SIGNAL(changed(bool)), this, SLOT(clientChanged(bool)));
 //US
   	module->load();
 
 
 }
 
 void KCMultiDialog::slotAboutToShow(QWidget *page)
 {
 /*US
     LoadInfo *loadInfo = moduleDict[page];
     if (!loadInfo)
        return;
 
     QApplication::setOverrideCursor(Qt::WaitCursor);
 
     moduleDict.remove(page);
 
     KCModuleInfo info(loadInfo->path, _baseGroup);
 
     KCModule *module = KCModuleLoader::loadModule(info, loadInfo->withfallback);
 
     if (!module)
     {
         QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
         KCModuleLoader::showLastLoaderError(this);
         delete loadInfo;
         return;
     }
 
     module->reparent(page,0,QPoint(0,0),true);
     connect(module, SIGNAL(changed(bool)), this, SLOT(clientChanged(bool)));
     //setHelp( docpath, QString::null );
     _docPath = info.docPath();
     modules.append(module);
 
     //KCGlobal::repairAccels( topLevelWidget() );
 
     delete loadInfo;
 
     QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
 */
 
 qDebug("KCMultiDialog::slotAboutToShow not implemented");
 }
 
 
 bool KCMultiDialog::showPage( int index )
 {
   return(mMainWidget->showPage(index) );
 }
 
 
 int KCMultiDialog::activePageIndex() const
 {
   return( mMainWidget->activePageIndex() );
 }
 
 
 int KCMultiDialog::pageIndex( QWidget *widget ) const
 {
   return( mMainWidget->pageIndex( widget) );
 }
diff --git a/microkde/kutils/kcmultidialog.h b/microkde/kutils/kcmultidialog.h
index 66412ac..78f8a00 100644
--- a/microkde/kutils/kcmultidialog.h
+++ b/microkde/kutils/kcmultidialog.h
@@ -1,151 +1,151 @@
 /*
    Copyright (c) 2000 Matthias Elter <elter@kde.org>
    Copyright (c) 2003 Daniel Molkentin <molkentin@kde.org>
 
    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
    Library General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 
 */
 
 #ifndef KCMULTIDIALOG_H
 #define KCMULTIDIALOG_H
 
-#include <qptrlist.h>
-#include <qptrdict.h>
+#include <q3ptrlist.h>
+#include <q3ptrdict.h>
 
 #include <kdialogbase.h>
 #include <kjanuswidget.h>
 #include <kcmodule.h>
 
 /**
  * A class that offers a @ref KDialogBase containing arbitrary KControl Modules
  *
  * @short A method that offers a @ref KDialogBase containing arbitrary
  *        KControl Modules.
  *
  * @author Matthias Elter <elter@kde.org>, Daniel Molkentin <molkentin@kde.org>
  * @since 3.2
  */
 class KCMultiDialog : public KDialogBase
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
     /**
      * Constructs a new KCMultiDialog
      *
      * @param parent The parent Widget
      * @param name The widget name
      * @param baseGroup The baseGroup, if you want to call a module out of
      *                  kcontrol, just keep "settings"
      * @param modal If you pass true here, the dialog will be modal
      **/
     KCMultiDialog(const QString& baseGroup = QString::fromLatin1("settings"),
                   QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0,
                   bool modal=false);
 
     /**
      * Destructor
      **/
    virtual ~KCMultiDialog();
 
     /**
      * Add a module.
      *
      * @param module Specify the name of the module that is to be added
      *               to the list of modules the dialog will show.
      *
      * @param withfallback Try harder to load the module. Might result
      *                     in the module appearing outside the dialog.
      **/
 //US    void addModule(const QString& module, bool withfallback=true);
 
 
 //US special method for microkde. We do not want to load everything dynamically.
    void addModule(KCModule* module );//, const QString& modulename, const QString& iconname);
-    QVBox* getNewVBoxPage(const QString & modulename) ;
+    Q3VBox* getNewVBoxPage(const QString & modulename) ;
 
 
     bool showPage( int index );
     int activePageIndex() const;
     int pageIndex( QWidget *widget ) const;
 
 protected slots:
     /**
      * This slot is called when the user presses the "Default" Button
      * You can reimplement it if needed.
      *
      * @note Make sure you call the original implementation!
      **/
     virtual void slotDefault();
 
     /**
      * This slot is called when the user presses the "Apply" Button
      * You can reimplement it if needed
      *
      * @note Make sure you call the original implementation!
      **/
     virtual void slotApply();
 
     /**
      * This slot is called when the user presses the "OK" Button
      * You can reimplement it if needed
      *
      * @note Make sure you call the original implementation!
      **/
     virtual void slotOk();
 
     /**
      * This slot is called when the user presses the "Help" Button
      * You can reimplement it if needed
      *
      * @note Make sure you call the original implementation!
      **/
     virtual void slotHelp();
 
     void accept();
 
 private slots:
 
     void slotAboutToShow(QWidget *);
 
     void clientChanged(bool state);
 
 private:
 /*US
     struct LoadInfo {
       LoadInfo(const QString &_path, bool _withfallback)
          : path(_path), withfallback(_withfallback)
          { }
       QString path;
       bool withfallback;
     };
 */
-    QPtrList<KCModule> modules;
+    Q3PtrList<KCModule> modules;
 /*
     QPtrDict<LoadInfo> moduleDict;
     QString _docPath;
 */
     QString _baseGroup;
 
 //US
     KJanusWidget* mMainWidget;
 
     // For future use
     class KCMultiDialogPrivate;
     KCMultiDialogPrivate *d;
 };
 
 #endif //KCMULTIDIALOG_H
diff --git a/microkde/microkde.pro b/microkde/microkde.pro
index 7120bdd..4ff06a3 100644
--- a/microkde/microkde.pro
+++ b/microkde/microkde.pro
@@ -1,180 +1,182 @@
 TEMPLATE	= lib
 CONFIG		+= qt warn_on 
 include( ../variables.pri )
 #INCLUDEPATH     += $(QTDIR)/include .
 #DEPENDPATH      += $(QTDIR)/include
 INCLUDEPATH     += .  ../  ../kabc ./kdecore ./kdeui ./kio/kfile ./kio/kio
 #LIBS            += -lqtcompat
 
-TARGET		= microkde
+TARGET		= xmicrokde
 DESTDIR= ../bin
 DEFINES += DESKTOP_VERSION KDE_QT_ONLY
 unix : {
 staticlib: {
 INCLUDEPATH += ../kabc/plugins
 DEFINES += STATIC_RESOURCES
 } 
 
 
 OBJECTS_DIR = obj/unix
 MOC_DIR = moc/unix
 }
 win32: {
 DEFINES += _WIN32_
 OBJECTS_DIR = obj/win
 MOC_DIR = moc/win
 }
 
 
 
 HEADERS = \
 qlayoutengine_p.h \
 KDGanttMinimizeSplitter.h \
  kapplication.h \
  kaudioplayer.h \
  kcalendarsystem.h \
  kcalendarsystemgregorian.h \
  kcolorbutton.h \
  kcombobox.h \
  kconfig.h \
  kdatetbl.h \
  kdebug.h \
  kdialog.h \
  kdialogbase.h \
  keditlistbox.h \
  kemailsettings.h \
  kfiledialog.h \
  kfontdialog.h \
  kglobal.h \
  kglobalsettings.h \
  kiconloader.h \
  klineedit.h \
  klineeditdlg.h \
  kmessagebox.h \
  knotifyclient.h \
  kprinter.h \
  kprocess.h \
  krestrictedline.h \
  krun.h \
  ksimpleconfig.h \
  kstaticdeleter.h \
  ksystemtray.h \
  ktempfile.h \
  ktextedit.h \
  kunload.h \
  kurl.h \
  kdeui/kguiitem.h \
  kdeui/kcmodule.h \
  kdeui/kbuttonbox.h \
  kdeui/klistbox.h \
  kdeui/klistview.h \
  kdeui/kjanuswidget.h \
  kdeui/kseparator.h \
  kdeui/knuminput.h \
  kdeui/knumvalidator.h \
  kdeui/ksqueezedtextlabel.h \
  kio/job.h \
  kio/kio/kdirwatch.h \
  kio/kio/kdirwatch_p.h \
  kio/kfile/kurlrequester.h \
  kresources/resource.h \
  kresources/factory.h \
  kresources/managerimpl.h \
  kresources/manager.h \
  kresources/selectdialog.h \
  kresources/configpage.h \
  kresources/configwidget.h \ 
  kresources/configdialog.h \
  kresources/kcmkresources.h \
  kdecore/kmdcodec.h \
  kdecore/kconfigbase.h \
  kdecore/klocale.h \
  kdecore/kcatalogue.h \
  kdecore/ksharedptr.h \
  kdecore/kshell.h \
  kdecore/kstandarddirs.h \
  kdecore/kstringhandler.h \
  kdecore/kshortcut.h \
  kutils/kcmultidialog.h \
  kdeui/kxmlguiclient.h \
  kdeui/kstdaction.h \
  kdeui/kmainwindow.h \
  kdeui/ktoolbar.h \
  kdeui/ktoolbarbutton.h \
  kdeui/ktoolbarhandler.h \
  kdeui/kaction.h \
  kdeui/kpopupmenu.h \
  kdeui/kactionclasses.h \
  kdeui/kactioncollection.h \
  kdecore/kprefs.h \
  kdecore/klibloader.h \
  kidmanager.h    
  
 
 # kdecore/klibloader.h \
 
 
 SOURCES = \
 KDGanttMinimizeSplitter.cpp \
  kapplication.cpp \
  kcalendarsystem.cpp \
  kcalendarsystemgregorian.cpp \
  kcolorbutton.cpp \
  kconfig.cpp \
  kdatetbl.cpp \
  kdialog.cpp \
  kdialogbase.cpp \
  keditlistbox.cpp \
  kemailsettings.cpp \
  kfontdialog.cpp \
  kfiledialog.cpp \
  kglobal.cpp \
  kglobalsettings.cpp \
  kiconloader.cpp \
  kmessagebox.cpp \
  ktextedit.cpp \
  kprocess.cpp \
  krun.cpp \
  ksystemtray.cpp \
  ktempfile.cpp \
  kurl.cpp \
  kdecore/kcatalogue.cpp \
  kdecore/klocale.cpp \
  kdecore/kmdcodec.cpp \
  kdecore/kshell.cpp \
  kdecore/kstandarddirs.cpp \
  kdecore/kstringhandler.cpp \
  kdeui/kbuttonbox.cpp \
  kdeui/kcmodule.cpp \
  kdeui/kguiitem.cpp \
  kdeui/kjanuswidget.cpp \
  kdeui/klistbox.cpp \
  kdeui/klistview.cpp \
  kdeui/knuminput.cpp \
  kdeui/knumvalidator.cpp \
  kdeui/kseparator.cpp \
  kdeui/ksqueezedtextlabel.cpp \
  kio/kio/kdirwatch.cpp \
  kio/kfile/kurlrequester.cpp \
  kresources/configpage.cpp \
  kresources/configdialog.cpp \
  kresources/configwidget.cpp \
  kresources/factory.cpp \
  kresources/kcmkresources.cpp \
  kresources/managerimpl.cpp \
  kresources/resource.cpp \
  kresources/selectdialog.cpp \
  kutils/kcmultidialog.cpp \
  kdeui/kaction.cpp \
  kdeui/kpopupmenu.cpp \
  kdeui/kactionclasses.cpp \
  kdeui/kactioncollection.cpp \
  kdeui/kmainwindow.cpp \
  kdeui/ktoolbar.cpp \
  kdeui/ktoolbarbutton.cpp \
  kdeui/ktoolbarhandler.cpp \
  kdeui/kstdaction.cpp \
  kdeui/kxmlguiclient.cpp \
  kdecore/kprefs.cpp \
  kdecore/klibloader.cpp \
  kidmanager.cpp 
+#The following line was inserted by qt3to4
+QT += xml  qt3support 
diff --git a/microkde/microkdeE.pro b/microkde/microkdeE.pro
index 8fe2bd5..514e7b3 100644
--- a/microkde/microkdeE.pro
+++ b/microkde/microkdeE.pro
@@ -1,174 +1,174 @@
 TEMPLATE	= lib
 CONFIG += qt warn_on
 INCLUDEPATH     += . .. $(KDEPIMDIR)/qtcompat $(KDEPIMDIR)/kabc kdecore kdeui kio/kfile kio/kio $(QPEDIR)/include
 
 DEPENDPATH      += $(QPEDIR)/include
 LIBS            += -lmicroqtcompat -L$(QPEDIR)/lib
 
 DEFINES += KDE_QT_ONLY
 
-TARGET		= microkde
+TARGET		= xmicrokde
 OBJECTS_DIR = obj/$(PLATFORM)
 MOC_DIR = moc/$(PLATFORM)
 DESTDIR=$(QPEDIR)/lib
 
 
 INTERFACES = \
 
 HEADERS = \
 qlayoutengine_p.h fncolordialog.h\
 KDGanttMinimizeSplitter.h \
  kapplication.h \
  kaudioplayer.h \
  kcalendarsystem.h \
  kcalendarsystemgregorian.h \
  kcolorbutton.h \
  kcolordialog.h \
  kcombobox.h \
  kconfig.h \
  kdatetbl.h \
  kdebug.h \
  kdialog.h \
  kdialogbase.h \
  keditlistbox.h \
  kemailsettings.h \
  kfiledialog.h \
  kfontdialog.h \
  kglobal.h \
  kglobalsettings.h \
  kiconloader.h \
  klineedit.h \
  klineeditdlg.h \
  kmessagebox.h \
  knotifyclient.h \
  kprinter.h \
  kprocess.h \
  krestrictedline.h \
  krun.h \
  ksimpleconfig.h \
  kstaticdeleter.h \
  ksystemtray.h \
  ktempfile.h \
  ktextedit.h \
  kunload.h \
  kurl.h \
  ofileselector_p.h \
  ofontselector.h \
  kdeui/kguiitem.h \
  kdeui/kaction.h \
  kdeui/kpopupmenu.h \
  kdeui/kactionclasses.h \
  kdeui/kactioncollection.h \
  kdeui/kcmodule.h \
  kdeui/kstdaction.h \
  kdeui/kbuttonbox.h \
  kdeui/klistbox.h \
  kdeui/klistview.h \
  kdeui/kjanuswidget.h \
  kdeui/kseparator.h \
  kdeui/kmainwindow.h \
  kdeui/knuminput.h \
  kdeui/knumvalidator.h \
  kdeui/ksqueezedtextlabel.h \
  kdeui/ktoolbar.h \
  kdeui/ktoolbarbutton.h \
  kdeui/ktoolbarhandler.h \
  kdeui/kxmlguiclient.h \
  kio/job.h \
  kio/kio/kdirwatch.h \
  kio/kio/kdirwatch_p.h \
  kio/kfile/kurlrequester.h \
  kresources/resource.h \
  kresources/factory.h \
  kresources/managerimpl.h \
  kresources/manager.h \
  kresources/selectdialog.h \
  kresources/configpage.h \
  kresources/configwidget.h \ 
  kresources/configdialog.h \
  kresources/kcmkresources.h \
  kdecore/kmdcodec.h \
  kdecore/kconfigbase.h \
  kdecore/klocale.h \
  kdecore/klibloader.h \
  kdecore/kcatalogue.h \
  kdecore/kprefs.h \
  kdecore/ksharedptr.h \
  kdecore/kshell.h \
  kdecore/kstandarddirs.h \
  kdecore/kstringhandler.h \
  kdecore/kshortcut.h \
  kutils/kcmultidialog.h \
  kidmanager.h    
 
  
  
 
 SOURCES = \
 KDGanttMinimizeSplitter.cpp fncolordialog.cpp \
  kapplication.cpp \
  kcalendarsystem.cpp \
  kcalendarsystemgregorian.cpp \
  kcolorbutton.cpp \
  kcolordialog.cpp \
  kconfig.cpp \
  kdatetbl.cpp \
  kdialog.cpp \
  kdialogbase.cpp \
  keditlistbox.cpp \
  kemailsettings.cpp \
  kfontdialog.cpp \
  kfiledialog.cpp \
  kglobal.cpp \
  kglobalsettings.cpp \
  kiconloader.cpp \
  kmessagebox.cpp \
  kprocess.cpp \
  krun.cpp \
  ksystemtray.cpp \
  ktempfile.cpp \
  kurl.cpp \
  ktextedit.cpp \
  ofileselector_p.cpp \
  ofontselector.cpp \
  kdecore/kcatalogue.cpp \
  kdecore/klibloader.cpp \
  kdecore/klocale.cpp \
  kdecore/kmdcodec.cpp \
  kdecore/kprefs.cpp \
  kdecore/kshell.cpp \
  kdecore/kstandarddirs.cpp \
  kdecore/kstringhandler.cpp \
  kdeui/kaction.cpp \
  kdeui/kpopupmenu.cpp \
  kdeui/kactionclasses.cpp \
  kdeui/kactioncollection.cpp \
  kdeui/kbuttonbox.cpp \
  kdeui/kcmodule.cpp \
  kdeui/kguiitem.cpp \
  kdeui/kjanuswidget.cpp \
  kdeui/klistbox.cpp \
  kdeui/klistview.cpp \
  kdeui/kmainwindow.cpp \
  kdeui/knuminput.cpp \
  kdeui/knumvalidator.cpp \
  kdeui/kseparator.cpp \
  kdeui/kstdaction.cpp \
  kdeui/ksqueezedtextlabel.cpp \
  kdeui/ktoolbar.cpp \
  kdeui/ktoolbarbutton.cpp \
  kdeui/ktoolbarhandler.cpp \
  kdeui/kxmlguiclient.cpp \
  kio/kfile/kurlrequester.cpp \
  kio/kio/kdirwatch.cpp \
  kresources/configpage.cpp \
  kresources/configdialog.cpp \
  kresources/configwidget.cpp \
  kresources/factory.cpp \
  kresources/kcmkresources.cpp \
  kresources/managerimpl.cpp \
  kresources/resource.cpp \
  kresources/selectdialog.cpp \
  kutils/kcmultidialog.cpp  \
  kidmanager.cpp   
  
diff --git a/microkde/ofileselector_p.cpp b/microkde/ofileselector_p.cpp
index f4f112e..0f95c84 100644
--- a/microkde/ofileselector_p.cpp
+++ b/microkde/ofileselector_p.cpp
@@ -1,913 +1,913 @@
 #include <qcombobox.h>
 #include <qdir.h>
 #include <qhbox.h>
 #include <qheader.h>
 #include <qlabel.h>
 #include <qlayout.h>
 #include <qlineedit.h>
 #include <qlistview.h>
 #include <qpopupmenu.h>
 #include <qwidgetstack.h>
 #include <qregexp.h>
 #include <qobjectlist.h>
 
 /* hacky but we need to get FileSelector::filter */
 #define private public
 #include <qpe/fileselector.h>
 #undef private
 
 #include <qpe/qpeapplication.h>
 #include <qpe/mimetype.h>
 #include <qpe/resource.h>
 #include <qpe/storage.h>
 #include <kglobal.h>
 #include <klocale.h>
 
 #include "ofileselector_p.h"
 //US#include "ofileselector.h"
 
 #include "klocale.h"
 
 OFileViewInterface::OFileViewInterface( OFileSelector* selector )
     : m_selector( selector ) {
 }
 OFileViewInterface::~OFileViewInterface() {
 }
 QString OFileViewInterface::name()const{
     return m_name;
 }
 void OFileViewInterface::setName( const QString& name ) {
     m_name = name;
 }
 OFileSelector* OFileViewInterface::selector()const {
     return m_selector;
 }
 
 DocLnk OFileViewInterface::selectedDocument()const {
     return DocLnk( selectedName() );
 }
 
 bool OFileViewInterface::showNew()const {
     return selector()->showNew();
 }
 bool OFileViewInterface::showClose()const {
     return selector()->showClose();
 }
 MimeTypes OFileViewInterface::mimeTypes()const {
     return selector()->mimeTypes();
 }
 QStringList OFileViewInterface::currentMimeType()const {
     return selector()->currentMimeType();
 }
 void OFileViewInterface::activate( const QString& ) {
     // not implemented here
 }
 void OFileViewInterface::ok() {
     emit selector()->ok();
 }
 void OFileViewInterface::cancel() {
     emit selector()->cancel();
 }
 void OFileViewInterface::closeMe() {
     emit selector()->closeMe();
 }
 void OFileViewInterface::fileSelected( const QString& str) {
     emit selector()->fileSelected( str);
 }
 void OFileViewInterface::fileSelected( const DocLnk& lnk) {
     emit selector()->fileSelected( lnk );
 }
 void OFileViewInterface::setCurrentFileName( const QString& str ) {
     selector()->m_lneEdit->setText( str );
 }
 QString OFileViewInterface::currentFileName()const{
     return selector()->m_lneEdit->text();
 }
 QString OFileViewInterface::startDirectory()const{
     return selector()->m_startDir;
 }
 
 
 ODocumentFileView::ODocumentFileView( OFileSelector* selector )
     : OFileViewInterface( selector ) {
     m_selector = 0;
     setName( i18n("Documents") );
 }
 ODocumentFileView::~ODocumentFileView() {
 
 }
 QString ODocumentFileView::selectedName()const {
     if (!m_selector)
         return QString::null;
 
     return m_selector->selected()->file();
 }
 QString ODocumentFileView::selectedPath()const {
     return QPEApplication::documentDir();
 }
 QString ODocumentFileView::directory()const {
     return selectedPath();
 }
 void ODocumentFileView::reread() {
     if (!m_selector)
         return;
 
     m_selector->setNewVisible( showNew() );
     m_selector->setCloseVisible( showClose() );
     m_selector->filter = currentMimeType().join(";");
     m_selector->reread();
 }
 int ODocumentFileView::fileCount()const {
     if (!m_selector)
         return -1;
 
     return m_selector->fileCount();
 }
 
 DocLnk ODocumentFileView::selectedDocument()const {
     if (!m_selector)
         return DocLnk();
     DocLnk lnk = *m_selector->selected();
     return lnk;
 }
 
 QWidget* ODocumentFileView::widget( QWidget* parent ) {
     if (!m_selector ) {
         m_selector = new FileSelector(currentMimeType().join(";"), parent, "fileselector", showNew(), showClose() );
         QObject::connect(m_selector, SIGNAL(fileSelected( const DocLnk& ) ),
                          selector(), SLOT(slotDocLnkBridge(const DocLnk&) ) );
         QObject::connect(m_selector, SIGNAL(closeMe() ),
                          selector(), SIGNAL(closeMe() ) );
         QObject::connect(m_selector, SIGNAL(newSelected(const DocLnk& ) ),
                          selector(), SIGNAL(newSelected(const DocLnk& ) ) );
     }
 
     return m_selector;
 }
 
 /*
  * This is the file system view used
  * we use a QListView + QListViewItems for it
  */
 
 OFileSelectorItem::OFileSelectorItem( QListView* view, const QPixmap& pixmap,
                                       const QString& path, const QString& date,
                                       const QString& size, const QString& dir,
                                       bool isLocked, bool isDir )
     : QListViewItem( view )
 {
 
     QString kind = "dir";;
     QString _path = path;
     if ( !isDir ){
         int arrow = path.findRev( "." ,-1); 
         if (arrow > 0 ) {
             kind = path.mid(arrow+1);
         } 
     }
     setPixmap(0, pixmap );
     int arrow = path.find( "->" );
     if (arrow > 0 ) {
         _path = path.left(arrow);
     } 
     setText(1, _path );
     setText(2, size );
     setText(3, date );
     setText(4, kind );
     m_isDir = isDir;
     m_dir = dir;
     m_locked = isLocked;
 }
 OFileSelectorItem::~OFileSelectorItem() {
 
 }
 bool OFileSelectorItem::isLocked()const {
     return m_locked;
 }
 QString OFileSelectorItem::directory()const {
     return m_dir;
 }
 bool OFileSelectorItem::isDir()const {
     return m_isDir;
 }
 QString OFileSelectorItem::path()const {
     return text( 1 );
 }
 QString OFileSelectorItem::key( int id, bool )const {
     QString ke;
     if( id == 0 || id == 1 ){ // name
         if( m_isDir ){
             ke.append("0" );
             ke.append( text(1) );
         }else{
             ke.append("1" );
             ke.append( text(1) );
         }
         return ke;
     } else if ( id == 2 ) {
         QString sort = "00000000";
         sort = sort.left( 9-text( 2 ).length()) +  text( 2 );
         return sort;
 
     } else 
         return text( id );
 
 }
 
 OFileViewFileListView::OFileViewFileListView( QWidget* parent, const QString& startDir,
                                               OFileSelector* sel)
     : QWidget( parent ), m_sel( sel ) {
     m_all = false;
     QVBoxLayout* lay = new QVBoxLayout( this );
     m_currentDir = startDir;
 
     /*
      * now we add a special bar
      * One Button For Up
      * Home
      * Doc
      * And a dropdown menu with FileSystems
      * FUTURE: one to change dir with lineedit
      * Bookmarks
      * Create Dir
      */
     QHBox* box = new QHBox(this );
     box->setBackgroundMode( PaletteButton );
     box->setSpacing( 0 );
 
     QToolButton *btn = new QToolButton( box );
     btn->setIconSet( Resource::loadPixmap("up") );
     connect(btn, SIGNAL(clicked() ),
             this, SLOT( cdUP() ) );
 
     btn = new QToolButton( box );
     btn->setIconSet( Resource::loadPixmap("home") );
     connect(btn, SIGNAL(clicked() ),
             this, SLOT( cdHome() ) );
 
     btn = new QToolButton( box );
     btn->setIconSet( Resource::loadPixmap("DocsIcon") );
     connect(btn, SIGNAL(clicked() ),
             this, SLOT(cdDoc() ) );
 
     m_btnNew = new QToolButton( box );
     m_btnNew->setIconSet( Resource::loadPixmap("new") );
     connect(m_btnNew, SIGNAL(clicked() ),
             this, SLOT(slotNew() ) );
 
 
     m_btnClose = new QToolButton( box );
     m_btnClose->setIconSet( Resource::loadPixmap("close") );
     connect(m_btnClose, SIGNAL(clicked() ),
             selector(), SIGNAL(closeMe() ) );
 
     btn = new QToolButton( box );
     btn->setIconSet( Resource::loadPixmap("cardmon/pcmcia") );
 
     /* let's fill device parts */
-    QPopupMenu* pop = new QPopupMenu(this);
+    Q3PopupMenu* pop = new Q3PopupMenu(this);
     connect(pop, SIGNAL( activated(int) ),
             this, SLOT(slotFSActivated(int) ) );
 
     StorageInfo storage;
     const QList<FileSystem> &fs = storage.fileSystems();
     QListIterator<FileSystem> it(fs);
     for ( ; it.current(); ++it ) {
         const QString disk = (*it)->name();
         const QString path = (*it)->path();
         m_dev.insert( disk, path );
         pop->insertItem( disk );
     }
     m_fsPop = pop;
 
 
     btn->setPopup( pop );
     btn->setPopupDelay ( 0 );
     lay->addWidget( box );
 
     m_view = new QListView( this );
 
     m_view->installEventFilter(this);
 
     QPEApplication::setStylusOperation( m_view->viewport(),
                                         QPEApplication::RightOnHold);
     m_view->addColumn(" " );
     m_view->addColumn(i18n("Name"), 150 );
     m_view->addColumn(i18n("Size"), -1 );
     m_view->addColumn(i18n("Date"), -1 );
     m_view->addColumn(i18n("Mime Type"), -1 );
 
 
     m_view->setSorting( 1 );
     m_view->setAllColumnsShowFocus( TRUE );
 
     lay->addWidget( m_view, 1000 );
     connectSlots();
 }
 OFileViewFileListView::~OFileViewFileListView() {
 }
 void OFileViewFileListView::slotNew() {
     DocLnk lnk;
     emit selector()->newSelected( lnk );
 }
 OFileSelectorItem* OFileViewFileListView::currentItem()const{
     QListViewItem* item = m_view->currentItem();
     if (!item )
         return 0l;
 
     return static_cast<OFileSelectorItem*>(item);
 }
 void OFileViewFileListView::reread( bool all ) {
     m_view->clear();
 
     if (selector()->showClose() )
         m_btnClose->show();
     else
         m_btnClose->hide();
 
     if (selector()->showNew() )
         m_btnNew->show();
     else
         m_btnNew->hide();
 
     m_mimes = selector()->currentMimeType();
     m_all = all;
 
     QDir dir( m_currentDir );
     if (!dir.exists() )
         return;
     topLevelWidget()->setCaption( dir.path() );
     dir.setSorting( QDir::Name | QDir::DirsFirst | QDir::Reversed );
     int filter;
     if (m_all )
         filter = QDir::Files | QDir::Dirs | QDir::Hidden | QDir::All;
     else
         filter = QDir::Files | QDir::Dirs | QDir::All;
     dir.setFilter( filter );
 
     // now go through all files
     const QFileInfoList *list = dir.entryInfoList();
     if (!list) {
         cdUP();
         return;
     }
     QFileInfoListIterator it( *list );
     QFileInfo *fi;
     while( (fi=it.current() ) ){
       if( fi->fileName() == QString::fromLatin1("..") || fi->fileName() == QString::fromLatin1(".") ){
           ++it;
           continue;
       }
 
       /*
        * It is a symlink we try to resolve it now but don't let us attack by DOS
        *
        */
       if( fi->isSymLink() ){
           //qDebug("SYMLINK ");
           QString file = fi->readLink();
           for( int i = 0; i<=5; i++) { // 5 tries to prevent dos
               QFileInfo info( file );
               //qDebug("FILE %s ", file.latin1());
               if( !info.exists() ){
                   addSymlink( fi, TRUE );
                   break;
               }else if( info.isDir() ){
                   addDir( fi, TRUE );
                   break;
               }else if( info.isFile() ){
                   addFile( fi, TRUE );
                   break;
               }else if( info.isSymLink() ){
                   file = info.readLink() ;
                   break;
               }else if( i == 4){ // couldn't resolve symlink add it as symlink
                   addSymlink( fi );
               }
         } // off for loop for symlink resolving
       }else if( fi->isDir() )
           addDir(  fi );
       else if( fi->isFile() )
         addFile( fi );
 
       ++it;
     } // of while loop
   m_view->sort();
 
 }
 int OFileViewFileListView::fileCount()const{
     return m_view->childCount();
 }
 QString OFileViewFileListView::currentDir()const{
     return m_currentDir;
 }
 OFileSelector* OFileViewFileListView::selector() {
     return m_sel;
 }
 
 bool OFileViewFileListView::eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e) {
 #if 0
     if ( e->type() == QEvent::KeyPress ) {
         QKeyEvent *k = (QKeyEvent *)e;
         if ( (k->key()==Key_Enter) || (k->key()==Key_Return)) {
             slotClicked( Qt::LeftButton,m_view->currentItem(),QPoint(0,0),0);
             return true;
         }
     }
 #endif
     return false;
 }
 
 
 void OFileViewFileListView::connectSlots() {
     connect(m_view, SIGNAL(clicked(QListViewItem*) ),
             this, SLOT(slotCurrentChanged(QListViewItem*) ) );
     connect(m_view, SIGNAL(mouseButtonClicked(int, QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int ) ),
             this, SLOT(slotClicked(int, QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int ) ) );
     connect(m_view, SIGNAL(doubleClicked( QListViewItem* )),
             this, SLOT(slotDoubleClicked(QListViewItem* ) ) );
     connect(m_view, SIGNAL(returnPressed( QListViewItem* )),
             this, SLOT(slotDoubleClicked(QListViewItem* ) ) );
 }
 void OFileViewFileListView::slotCurrentChanged( QListViewItem* item) {
     if (!item)
         return;
 #if 0
 
     OFileSelectorItem *sel = static_cast<OFileSelectorItem*>(item);
 
     if (!sel->isDir() ) {
         selector()->m_lneEdit->setText( sel->text(1) );
         // if in fileselector mode we will emit selected
         if ( selector()->mode() == OFileSelector::FileSelector ) {
             qWarning("slot Current Changed");
             QStringList str = QStringList::split("->", sel->text(1) );
             QString path = sel->directory() + "/" + str[0].stripWhiteSpace();
             emit selector()->fileSelected( path );
             DocLnk lnk( path );
             emit selector()->fileSelected( lnk );
         }
     }
 #endif
 }
 void OFileViewFileListView::slotDoubleClicked(QListViewItem* item ) {
     if (!item ) return;
     OFileSelectorItem *sel = static_cast<OFileSelectorItem*>(item);
     if (!sel->isLocked() ) {
         QStringList str = QStringList::split("->", sel->text(1) );
         if (sel->isDir() ) {
             m_currentDir = sel->directory() + "/" + str[0].stripWhiteSpace();
             emit selector()->dirSelected( m_currentDir );
             reread( m_all );
         }else { // file
             //qWarning("slot Clicked");
             selector()->m_lneEdit->setText( str[0].stripWhiteSpace() );
             QString path = sel->directory() + "/" + str[0].stripWhiteSpace();
             emit selector()->fileSelected( path );
             DocLnk lnk( path );
             emit selector()->fileSelected( lnk );
             emit selector()->ok();
         }
     } // not locked
 }
 void OFileViewFileListView::slotClicked(int button , QListViewItem* item, const QPoint&, int ) {
     if (!item || ( button != Qt::LeftButton) )
         return;
 
     OFileSelectorItem *sel = static_cast<OFileSelectorItem*>(item);
     if (!sel->isLocked() ) {
         QStringList str = QStringList::split("->", sel->text(1) );
         if (sel->isDir() ) {
             m_currentDir = sel->directory() + "/" + str[0].stripWhiteSpace();
             emit selector()->dirSelected( m_currentDir );
             reread( m_all );
         }else { // file
             //qWarning("slot Clicked");
             selector()->m_lneEdit->setText( str[0].stripWhiteSpace() );
             QString path = sel->directory() + "/" + str[0].stripWhiteSpace();
             emit selector()->fileSelected( path );
             DocLnk lnk( path );
             emit selector()->fileSelected( lnk );
         }
     } // not locked
 }
 void OFileViewFileListView::addFile( QFileInfo* info, bool symlink ) {
     MimeType type( info->absFilePath() );
     if (!compliesMime( type.id() ) )
         return;
 
     QPixmap pix = type.pixmap();
     QString dir, name; bool locked;
     if ( pix.isNull() ) {
         QWMatrix matrix;
         QPixmap pixer(Resource::loadPixmap("UnknownDocument") );
         matrix.scale( .4, .4 );
         pix = pixer.xForm( matrix );
     }
     dir = info->dirPath( true );
     locked = false;
     if ( symlink )
         name = info->fileName() + " -> " + info->readLink();
     else{
         name = info->fileName();
         if ( ( (selector()->mode() == OFileSelector::Open)&& !info->isReadable() ) ||
              ( (selector()->mode() == OFileSelector::Save)&& !info->isWritable() ) ) {
             locked = true; pix = Resource::loadPixmap("locked");
         }
     }
     (void)new OFileSelectorItem( m_view, pix, name,
                                  KGlobal::locale()->formatDateTime(info->lastModified(),true, true, KLocale::ISODate),
                                  QString::number( info->size() ),
                                  dir, locked );
 }
 void OFileViewFileListView::addDir( QFileInfo* info, bool symlink ) {
     bool locked = false; QString name; QPixmap pix;
 
     if ( ( ( selector()->mode() == OFileSelector::Open )  && !info->isReadable() ) ||
          ( ( selector()->mode() == OFileSelector::Save )  && !info->isWritable() ) ) {
         locked = true;
         if ( symlink )
             pix = Resource::loadPixmap( "symlink" );
         else
             pix = Resource::loadPixmap( "lockedfolder" );
     }else
         pix = symlink ? Resource::loadPixmap( "symlink") : Resource::loadPixmap("folder");
 
     name = symlink ? info->fileName() + " -> "  + info->readLink() :
            info->fileName();
 
     (void)new OFileSelectorItem( m_view, pix, name,
                                  KGlobal::locale()->formatDateTime(info->lastModified(),true, true, KLocale::ISODate),
                                  QString::number( info->size() ),
                                  info->dirPath( true ), locked, true );
 
 
 }
 void OFileViewFileListView::addSymlink( QFileInfo* , bool ) {
 
 }
 void OFileViewFileListView::cdUP() {
     QDir dir( m_currentDir );
     dir.cdUp();
 
     if (!dir.exists() )
         m_currentDir = "/";
     else
         m_currentDir = dir.absPath();
 
     emit selector()->dirSelected( m_currentDir );
     reread( m_all );
 }
 void OFileViewFileListView::cdHome() {
     m_currentDir = QDir::homeDirPath();
     emit selector()->dirSelected( m_currentDir );
     reread( m_all );
 }
 void OFileViewFileListView::cdDoc() {
     m_currentDir = QPEApplication::documentDir();
     emit selector()->dirSelected( m_currentDir );
     reread( m_all );
 }
 void OFileViewFileListView::changeDir( const QString& dir ) {
     m_currentDir = dir;
     emit selector()->dirSelected( m_currentDir );
     reread( m_all );
 }
 void OFileViewFileListView::slotFSActivated( int id ) {
     changeDir ( m_dev[m_fsPop->text(id)]  );
 }
 
 /*  check if the mimetype in mime
  *  complies with the  one which is current
  */
 /*
  * We've the mimetype of the file
  * We need to get the stringlist of the current mimetype
  *
  * mime = image@slashjpeg
  * QStringList = 'image@slash*'
  * or QStringList = image/jpeg;image/png;application/x-ogg
  * or QStringList = application/x-ogg;image@slash*;
  * with all these mime filters it should get acceptes
  * to do so we need to look if mime is contained inside
  * the stringlist
  * if it's contained return true
  * if not ( I'm no RegExp expert at all ) we'll look if a '@slash*'
  * is contained in the mimefilter and then we will
  * look if both are equal until the '/'
  */
 bool OFileViewFileListView::compliesMime( const QString& str) {
     if (str.isEmpty() || m_mimes.isEmpty() || str.stripWhiteSpace().isEmpty() )
         return true;
 
     for (QStringList::Iterator it = m_mimes.begin(); it != m_mimes.end(); ++it ) {
         QRegExp reg( (*it) );
         reg.setWildcard( true );
         if ( str.find( reg ) != -1 )
             return true;
 
     }
     return false;
 }
 /*
  * The listView giving access to the file system!
  */
 class OFileViewFileSystem : public OFileViewInterface {
 public:
     OFileViewFileSystem( OFileSelector* );
     ~OFileViewFileSystem();
 
     QString selectedName() const;
     QString selectedPath() const;
 
     QString directory()const;
     void reread();
     int fileCount()const;
 
     QWidget* widget( QWidget* parent );
     void activate( const QString& );
 private:
     OFileViewFileListView* m_view;
     bool m_all : 1;
 };
 OFileViewFileSystem::OFileViewFileSystem( OFileSelector* sel)
     : OFileViewInterface( sel ) {
     m_view = 0;
     m_all = false;
 }
 OFileViewFileSystem::~OFileViewFileSystem() {
 }
 QString OFileViewFileSystem::selectedName()const{
     if (!m_view )
         return QString::null;
 
     QString cFN=currentFileName();
     if (cFN.startsWith("/")) return cFN;
     return m_view->currentDir() + "/" + cFN;
 }
 QString OFileViewFileSystem::selectedPath()const{
     return QString::null;
 }
 QString OFileViewFileSystem::directory()const{
     if (!m_view)
         return QString::null;
 
     OFileSelectorItem* item = m_view->currentItem();
     if (!item )
         return QString::null;
 
     return QDir(item->directory() ).absPath();
 }
 void OFileViewFileSystem::reread() {
     if (!m_view)
         return;
 
     m_view->reread( m_all );
 }
 int OFileViewFileSystem::fileCount()const{
     if (!m_view )
         return -1;
     return m_view->fileCount();
 }
 QWidget* OFileViewFileSystem::widget( QWidget* parent ) {
     if (!m_view ) {
         m_view = new OFileViewFileListView( parent, startDirectory(), selector() );
     }
     return m_view;
 }
 void OFileViewFileSystem::activate( const QString& str) {
     m_all =  (str !=i18n("Files") );
 
 
 }
 
 /* Selector */
 OFileSelector::OFileSelector( QWidget* parent, int mode, int sel,
                               const QString& dirName, const QString& fileName,
                               const MimeTypes& mimetypes,
                               bool showNew,  bool showClose)
     : QWidget( parent, "OFileSelector" )
 {
     m_current = 0;
     m_shNew = showNew;
     m_shClose = showClose;
     m_mimeType = mimetypes;
     m_startDir = dirName;
     m_mode = mode;
     m_selector = sel;
 
     initUI();
     m_lneEdit->setText( fileName );
     initMime();
     initViews();
 
     QString str;
     switch ( m_selector ) {
     default:
     case Normal:
         str = i18n("Documents");
         m_cmbView->setCurrentItem( 0 );
         break;
     case Extended:
         str = i18n("Files");
         m_cmbView->setCurrentItem( 1 );
         break;
     case ExtendedAll:
         str = i18n("All Files");
         m_cmbView->setCurrentItem( 2 );
         break;
     }
     slotViewChange( str );
 
 }
 OFileSelector::OFileSelector( const QString& mimeFilter, QWidget* parent, const char* name,
                               bool showNew, bool showClose )
     : QWidget( parent, name )
 {
     m_current = 0;
     m_shNew   = showNew;
     m_shClose = showClose;
     m_startDir = QPEApplication::documentDir();
 
     if (!mimeFilter.isEmpty() )
         m_mimeType.insert(mimeFilter, QStringList::split(";", mimeFilter ) );
 
     m_mode = OFileSelector::FileSelector;
     m_selector = OFileSelector::Normal;
 
     initUI();
     initMime();
     initViews();
     m_cmbView->setCurrentItem( 0 );
     slotViewChange( i18n("Documents") );
 }
 /*
  * INIT UI will set up the basic GUI
  * Layout: Simple VBoxLayout
  * On top a WidgetStack containing the Views...
  *  - List View
  *  - Document View
  * Below we will have a Label + LineEdit
  * Below we will have two ComoBoxes one for choosing the view one for
  *       choosing the mimetype
  */
 void OFileSelector::initUI() {
     QVBoxLayout* lay = new QVBoxLayout( this );
 
     m_stack = new QWidgetStack( this );
     lay->addWidget( m_stack, 1000 );
 
     m_nameBox = new QHBox( this );
     (void)new QLabel( i18n("Name:"), m_nameBox );
     m_lneEdit = new QLineEdit( m_nameBox );
     m_lneEdit ->installEventFilter(this);
     lay->addWidget( m_nameBox );
 
     m_cmbBox = new QHBox( this );
     m_cmbView = new QComboBox( m_cmbBox );
     m_cmbMime = new QComboBox( m_cmbBox );
     lay->addWidget( m_cmbBox );
 }
 
 /*
  * This will make sure that the return key in the name edit causes dialogs to close
  */
 
 bool OFileSelector::eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e) {
     if ( e->type() == QEvent::KeyPress ) {
         QKeyEvent *k = (QKeyEvent *)e;
         if ( (k->key()==Key_Enter) || (k->key()==Key_Return)) {
             emit ok();
             return true;
         }
     }
     return false;
 }
 
 /*
  * This will insert the MimeTypes into the Combo Box
  * And also connect the changed signal
  *
  * AutoMimeTyping is disabled for now. It used to reparse a dir and then set available mimetypes
  */
 void OFileSelector::initMime() {
     MimeTypes::Iterator it;
     for ( it = m_mimeType.begin(); it != m_mimeType.end(); ++it ) {
         m_cmbMime->insertItem( it.key() );
     }
     m_cmbMime->setCurrentItem( 0 );
 
     connect( m_cmbMime, SIGNAL(activated(int) ),
              this, SLOT(slotMimeTypeChanged() ) );
 
 }
 void OFileSelector::initViews() {
     m_cmbView->insertItem( i18n("Documents") );
     m_cmbView->insertItem( i18n("Files") );
     m_cmbView->insertItem( i18n("All Files") );
     connect(m_cmbView, SIGNAL(activated( const QString& ) ),
             this, SLOT(slotViewChange( const QString& ) ) );
 
 
     m_views.insert( i18n("Documents"), new ODocumentFileView(this) );
 
     /* see above why add both */
     OFileViewInterface* in = new OFileViewFileSystem( this );
     m_views.insert( i18n("Files"), in );
     m_views.insert( i18n("All Files"), in );
 }
 OFileSelector::~OFileSelector() {
 
 }
 
 const DocLnk* OFileSelector::selected() {
     DocLnk* lnk = &currentView()->selectedDocument() ;
     return lnk;
 }
 
 QString OFileSelector::selectedName()const{
        return currentView()->selectedName();
 }
 QString OFileSelector::selectedPath()const {
     return currentView()->selectedPath();
 }
 QString OFileSelector::directory()const {
     return currentView()->directory();
 }
 
 DocLnk OFileSelector::selectedDocument()const {
     return currentView()->selectedDocument();
 }
 
 int OFileSelector::fileCount()const {
     return currentView()->fileCount();
 }
 void OFileSelector::reread() {
     return currentView()->reread();
 }
 OFileViewInterface* OFileSelector::currentView()const{
     return m_current;
 }
 bool OFileSelector::showNew()const {
     return m_shNew;
 }
 bool OFileSelector::showClose()const {
     return m_shClose;
 }
 MimeTypes OFileSelector::mimeTypes()const {
     return m_mimeType;
 }
 int OFileSelector::mode()const{
     return m_mode;
 }
 int OFileSelector::selector()const{
     return m_selector;
 }
 QStringList OFileSelector::currentMimeType()const {
     return m_mimeType[m_cmbMime->currentText()];
 }
 void OFileSelector::slotMimeTypeChanged() {
     reread();
 }
 void OFileSelector::slotDocLnkBridge( const DocLnk& lnk) {
     m_lneEdit->setText( lnk.name() );
     emit fileSelected( lnk );
     emit fileSelected( lnk.name() );
 }
 void OFileSelector::slotFileBridge( const QString& str) {
     DocLnk lnk( str );
     emit fileSelected( lnk );
 }
 void OFileSelector::slotViewChange( const QString& view ) {
     OFileViewInterface* interface = m_views[view];
     if (!interface)
         return;
 
     interface->activate( view );
     if (m_current)
         m_stack->removeWidget( m_current->widget( m_stack ) );
 
     static int id = 1;
 
     m_stack->addWidget( interface->widget(m_stack), id );
     m_stack->raiseWidget( id );
 
     interface->reread();
     m_current = interface;
 
     id++;
 }
 void OFileSelector::setNewVisible( bool b ) {
     m_shNew = b;
     currentView()->reread();
 }
 void OFileSelector::setCloseVisible( bool b ) {
     m_shClose = b;
     currentView()->reread();
 }
 void OFileSelector::setNameVisible( bool b ) {
     if ( b )
         m_nameBox->show();
     else
         m_nameBox->hide();
 }
diff --git a/microkde/ofileselector_p.h b/microkde/ofileselector_p.h
index 834fd70..a7d97fe 100644
--- a/microkde/ofileselector_p.h
+++ b/microkde/ofileselector_p.h
@@ -1,259 +1,259 @@
 #ifndef OPIE_OFILE_SELECTOR_PRIVATE_H
 #define OPIE_OFILE_SELECTOR_PRIVATE_H
 
 //US
 #pragma message("microkde/ofileselector_p.h")
 
 #include <qmap.h>
 #include <qstringlist.h>
 #include <qwidget.h>
 #include <qlistview.h>
 
 #include <qpe/applnk.h>
 #include <qpe/fileselector.h>
 
 
 /*
  * How to avoid having really two different objects
  * for Extended and ExtendedAll
  * The only difference is the Lister...
  * a) static object?
  * b) leave some object inside the OFileSelector which can be used?
  * c) when switching views tell which view we want o have.. internally we can switch then
  *
  * I'll take c) -zecke
  */
 
 
 /* the View Interface */
 class OFileSelector;
 typedef QMap<QString, QStringList> MimeTypes;
 class QFileInfo;
 class QToolButton;
 class OFileViewInterface {
 public:
     OFileViewInterface( OFileSelector* selector );
     virtual ~OFileViewInterface();
     virtual QString selectedName()const = 0;
     virtual QString selectedPath()const = 0;
     virtual QString directory()const = 0;
     virtual void reread() = 0;
     virtual int fileCount()const = 0;
     virtual DocLnk selectedDocument()const;
     virtual QWidget* widget( QWidget* parent) = 0;
     virtual void activate( const QString& );
     QString name()const;
 protected:
     OFileSelector* selector()const;
     void setName( const QString& );
     bool showNew()const;
     bool showClose()const;
     MimeTypes mimeTypes()const;
     QStringList currentMimeType()const;
     QString startDirectory()const;
 protected:
     void ok();
     void cancel();
     void closeMe();
     void fileSelected( const QString& );
     void fileSelected( const DocLnk& );
     void setCurrentFileName( const QString& );
     QString currentFileName()const;
 
 private:
     QString m_name;
     OFileSelector* m_selector;
 };
 
 
 /* THE Document View hosting a FileSelector*/
 class ODocumentFileView : public OFileViewInterface {
 public:
     ODocumentFileView( OFileSelector* selector );
     ~ODocumentFileView();
 
     QString selectedName() const;
     QString selectedPath() const;
 
     QString directory() const;
     void reread();
     int fileCount()const;
     DocLnk selectedDocument()const;
 
     QWidget* widget( QWidget* parent );
 
 private:
     mutable FileSelector* m_selector;
 
 };
 
 class OFileSelectorItem : public QListViewItem {
 public:
     OFileSelectorItem( QListView* view, const QPixmap& pixmap,
                        const QString& path, const QString& date,
                        const QString& size, const QString& mDir,
                        bool isLocked = false, bool isDir = false );
     ~OFileSelectorItem();
     bool isLocked()const;
     bool isDir()const;
     QString directory()const;
     QString path()const;
     QString key(int id, bool )const;
 
 private:
     bool m_locked : 1;
     bool m_isDir    : 1;
     QString m_dir;
 };
 
 class OFileViewFileListView : public QWidget {
     Q_OBJECT
 public:
     OFileViewFileListView( QWidget* parent, const QString& dir, OFileSelector* selector );
     ~OFileViewFileListView();
 
     OFileSelectorItem* currentItem()const;
     void reread( bool all = false );
     int fileCount()const;
     QString currentDir()const;
 protected:
     bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e);
 private slots:
     void slotNew(); // will emit newSelected
     void cdUP();
     void cdHome();
     void cdDoc();
     void changeDir( const QString& );
     void slotCurrentChanged( QListViewItem* );
     void slotClicked(int, QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int );
     void slotDoubleClicked(QListViewItem*);
     void slotFSActivated(int);
 
 protected:
 
     OFileSelector* selector();
 
 private:
     QMap<QString, QString> m_dev;
     bool m_all : 1;
     OFileSelector* m_sel;
-    QPopupMenu* m_fsPop;
+    Q3PopupMenu* m_fsPop;
     bool compliesMime( const QString& );
     QStringList m_mimes; // used in compy mime
     QString m_currentDir;
     QToolButton *m_btnNew, *m_btnClose;
     void connectSlots();
     void addFile( QFileInfo* info, bool symlink = FALSE );
     void addDir ( QFileInfo* info, bool symlink = FALSE );
     void addSymlink( QFileInfo* info, bool = FALSE );
 
 
 private:
     QListView* m_view;
 };
 
 typedef QMap<QString, QStringList> MimeTypes;
 
 class OFileViewInterface;
 class OFileViewFileListView;
 class QLineEdit;
 class QComboBox;
 class QWidgetStack;
 class QHBox;
 class OFileSelector : public QWidget {
     Q_OBJECT
     friend class OFileViewInterface;
     friend class OFileViewFileListView;
 public:
     enum Mode { Open=1, Save=2, FileSelector=4, OPEN=1, SAVE=2, FILESELECTOR=4 };
 //    enum OldMode { OPEN=1, SAVE=2, FILESELECTOR = 4 };
     enum Selector { Normal = 0, Extended=1,  ExtendedAll =2, Default=3,  NORMAL=0,EXTENDED=1, EXTENDED_ALL =2, DEFAULT=3 };
 //    enum OldSelector { NORMAL = 0, EXTENDED =1, EXTENDED_ALL = 2};
 
     OFileSelector(QWidget* parent, int mode, int selector,
                   const QString& dirName,
                   const QString& fileName,
                   const MimeTypes& mimetypes = MimeTypes(),
                   bool newVisible = FALSE, bool closeVisible = FALSE );
 
     OFileSelector(const QString& mimeFilter, QWidget* parent,
                   const char* name = 0,  bool newVisible = TRUE, bool closeVisible = FALSE );
     ~OFileSelector();
 
     const DocLnk* selected();
 
     QString selectedName()const;
     QString selectedPath()const;
     QString directory()const;
 
     DocLnk selectedDocument()const;
 
     int fileCount()const;
     void reread();
 
     int mode()const;
     int selector()const;
 
 
     void setNewVisible( bool b );
     void setCloseVisible( bool b );
     void setNameVisible( bool b );
 
 signals:
     void dirSelected( const QString& );
     void fileSelected( const DocLnk& );
     void fileSelected( const QString& );
     void newSelected( const DocLnk& );
     void closeMe();
     void ok();
     void cancel();
 
 /* used by the ViewInterface */
 private:
     bool showNew()const;
     bool showClose()const;
     MimeTypes mimeTypes()const;
     QStringList currentMimeType()const;
 
 private:
     /* inits the Widgets */
     void initUI();
     /* inits the MimeType ComboBox content + connects signals and slots */
     void initMime();
     /* init the Views :) */
     void initViews();
 
 private:
     QLineEdit* m_lneEdit; // the LineEdit for the Name
     QComboBox *m_cmbView, *m_cmbMime; // two ComboBoxes to select the View and MimeType
     QWidgetStack* m_stack;  // our widget stack which will contain the views
     OFileViewInterface* currentView()const; // returns the currentView
     OFileViewInterface* m_current; // here is the view saved
     bool m_shNew   : 1; // should we show New?
     bool m_shClose : 1; // should we show Close?
     MimeTypes m_mimeType; // list of mimetypes
 
     QMap<QString, OFileViewInterface*> m_views; // QString translated view name + ViewInterface Ptr
     QHBox* m_nameBox; // the LineEdit + Label is hold here
     QHBox* m_cmbBox; // this holds the two combo boxes
 
     QString m_startDir;
     int m_mode;
     int m_selector;
 
     struct Data; // used for future versions
     Data *d;
 
 private slots:
     void slotMimeTypeChanged();
 
     /* will set the text of the lineedit and emit a fileChanged signal */
     void slotDocLnkBridge( const DocLnk& );
     void slotFileBridge( const QString& );
     void slotViewChange( const QString& );
 
     bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e);
 
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/microkde/qlayoutengine_p.h b/microkde/qlayoutengine_p.h
index 2d6a556..e782703 100644
--- a/microkde/qlayoutengine_p.h
+++ b/microkde/qlayoutengine_p.h
@@ -1,111 +1,109 @@
+//Added by qt3to4:
+#include <Q3MemArray>
 // THIS IS A COPY OF THE FILE FOUND IN $QTDIR/src/kernel. Needed to modify qsplitter
 
 /****************************************************************************
 ** $Id$
 **
 ** Internal header file.
 **
 ** Created : 981027
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 1998-99 by Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
 **
 ** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed under the terms of the Q Public License
 ** as defined by Trolltech AS of Norway and appearing in the file
 ** LICENSE.QPL included in the packaging of this file.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
 ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
 ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
 ** packaging of this file.
 **
 ** Licensees holding valid Qt Enterprise Edition or Qt Professional Edition
 ** licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt Commercial License
 ** Agreement provided with the Software.
 **
 ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
 ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 **
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/pricing.html or email sales@trolltech.com for
 **   information about Qt Commercial License Agreements.
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/qpl/ for QPL licensing information.
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
 **
 ** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
 ** not clear to you.
 **
 **********************************************************************/
 
 #ifndef QLAYOUTENGINE_P_H
 #define QLAYOUTENGINE_P_H
 
 
 //
 //  W A R N I N G
 //  -------------
 //
 // This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
 // of qlayout.cpp, qlayoutengine.cpp, qmainwindow.cpp and qsplitter.cpp.
 // This header file may change from version to version without notice,
 // or even be removed.
 //
 // We mean it.
 //
 //
 
 
-#ifndef QT_H
-#include "qabstractlayout.h"
-#endif // QT_H
-
 #ifndef QT_NO_LAYOUT
 struct QLayoutStruct
 {
     void initParameters() { minimumSize = sizeHint = 0;
     maximumSize = QWIDGETSIZE_MAX; expansive = FALSE; empty = TRUE; }
     void init() { stretch = 0; initParameters(); }
     //permanent storage:
     int stretch;
     //parameters:
     QCOORD sizeHint;
     QCOORD maximumSize;
     QCOORD minimumSize;
     bool expansive;
     bool empty;
     //temporary storage:
     bool done;
     //result:
     int pos;
     int size;
 };
 
 
-void qGeomCalc( QMemArray<QLayoutStruct> &chain, int start, int count, int pos,
+void qGeomCalc( Q3MemArray<QLayoutStruct> &chain, int start, int count, int pos,
 		      int space, int spacer );
 
 
 
 /*
   Modify total maximum (max) and total expansion (exp)
   when adding boxmax/boxexp.
 
   Expansive boxes win over non-expansive boxes.
 */
 static inline void qMaxExpCalc( QCOORD & max, bool &exp,
 			       QCOORD boxmax, bool boxexp )
 {
     if ( exp ) {
 	if ( boxexp )
 	    max = QMAX( max, boxmax );
     } else {
 	if ( boxexp )
 	    max = boxmax;
 	else
 	    max = QMIN( max, boxmax );
     }
     exp = exp || boxexp;
 }
 
 #endif //QT_NO_LAYOUT
 #endif